Manual Service

SERVICE SERVICE MANUAL
MANUAL
T6.120 / T6.140 / T6.150 / T6.155
T6.120
T6.160 / T6.165 / T6.175
T6.140
Tractor
T6.150
T6.155
T6.160
T6.165
T6.175
Tractor
3/3
Part number 47461574 Part number 47461574
SERVICE MANUAL
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
Link Product / Engine
Product Market Product Engine

T6.120 WE F4DFE413E*A
T6.120 INT F4DFE413E*A
T6.140 WE F4DFE413C*A
T6.140 INT F4DFE413C*A
T6.150 WE F4DFE413B*A
T6.150 INT F4DFE413B*A
T6.155 WE F4DFE613F*A
T6.155 INT F4DFE613F*A
T6.160 WE F4DFE413A*A
T6.160 INT F4DFE413A*A
T6.165 WE F4DFE613E*A
T6.165 INT F4DFE613E*A
T6.175 WE F4DFE6132*A
T6.175 INT F4DFE6132*A
47461574 08/11/2012
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Engine....................................................................................... 10
Engine and crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.001
Pan and covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.102

Fuel tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.216
Fuel injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.218
Air cleaners and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.202

Turbocharger and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250
Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.254

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.500
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.400
Fan and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.414

Aftercooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.310
Transmission.............................................................................. 21
Power Shuttle transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.112
Power Shuttle transmission external controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.134
Power Shuttle transmission internal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.154
Semi-Powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.111

Semi-Powershift transmission external controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.133
Semi-Powershift transmission lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.103
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.152
Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.160
Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.166
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system .................................................. 23

Electrohydraulic control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.202
Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.314
Front axle system ....................................................................... 25

Powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.100
47461574 08/11/2012
Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.102
Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.108
Axle suspension control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.122
Rear axle system........................................................................ 27

Powered rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.100
Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.106
Planetary and final drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.120
Power Take-Off (PTO) ................................................................. 31

Rear electrohydraulic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.104
Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.114
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.116
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.142
Front Power Take-Off (PTO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.146
Brakes and controls .................................................................... 33

Hydraulic service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.202
Parking brake / Parking lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.110
Front axle brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.204

Trailer brake hydraulic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.220
Trailer brake pneumatic control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.224
Hydraulic systems....................................................................... 35
Hydraulic systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.000
Reservoir, cooler, and filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.300
Fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.104
Variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.106
Charge pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.105
Regulated/Low pressure system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.322
Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.204

Three-point hitch control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.114
47461574 08/11/2012
Three-point hitch cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.116
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings.................................. 37

Rear three-point hitch linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.120
Steering..................................................................................... 41
Steering control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.101
Tie rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.106

Hydraulic control components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.200
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.206
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.216
Wheels ...................................................................................... 44
Front wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.511
Rear wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.520
Cab climate control ..................................................................... 50

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.100
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.104
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.200
Electrical systems ....................................................................... 55

Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.000
Harnesses and connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.100

Engine control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.015
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.301
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.302
External lighting switches and relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.405
Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.408
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) electrical system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.988
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.012
Electronic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.640

Cab transmission controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.513
Remote control valve electric control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.035
47461574 08/11/2012
Cab Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.051
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.050
Steering control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.047
Three-point rear hitch electronic control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.130
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.911
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.DTC
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals ............................................. 90

Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.150
Engine hood and panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.100
47461574 08/11/2012
INTRODUCTION
47461574 08/11/2012
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Foreword - How to use and navigate through this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Foreword Ecology and the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Conversion factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Consumables Lubrications and Coolants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
47461574 08/11/2012
2
INTRODUCTION
Foreword
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
All repair and maintenance works listed in this manual must be carried out only by staff belonging to the NEW HOL-
LAND Service network, strictly complying with the instructions given and using, whenever required, the special tools.
Anyone who carries out the above operations without complying with the prescriptions shall be responsible for the
subsequent damages.
The manufacturer and all the organizations of its distribution chain, including - without limitation - national, regional or
local dealers, reject any responsibility for damages due to the anomalous behavior of parts and/or components not
approved by the manufacturer himself, including those used for the servicing or repair of the product manufactured
or marketed by the Manufacturer. In any case, no warranty is given or attributed on the product manufactured or
marketed by the Manufacturer in case of damages due to an anomalous behavior of parts and/or components not
approved by the Manufacturer.
No reproduction, though partial of text and illustrations allowed.
47461574 08/11/2012
3
INTRODUCTION
Foreword - How to use and navigate through this manual

This manual has been produced by a new technical information system. This new system is designed to deliver
technical information electronically through web delivery (eTIM), DVD, and paper manuals. A coding system called
SAP has been developed to link the technical information to other Product Support functions, e.g., Warranty.
Technical information is written to support the maintenance and service of the functions or systems on a customer's
machine. When a customer has a concern on their machine it is usually because a function or system on their ma-
chine is not working at all, is not working efficiently, or is not responding correctly to their commands. When you refer
to the technical information in this manual to resolve that customer's concern, you will find all the information classified
using the SAP coding, according to the functions or systems on that machine. Once you have located the technical
information for that function or system, you will then find all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, compo-
nents, assemblies, and sub assemblies for that function or system. You will also find all the types of information that
have been written for that function or system: the technical data (specifications), the functional data (how it works),
the diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting), and the service data (remove, install adjust, etc.).
By integrating SAP coding into technical information, you will be able to search and retrieve just the right piece of
technical information you need to resolve that customer's concern on his machine. This is made possible by attaching
3 categories to each piece of technical information during the authoring process.
The first category is the Location, the second category is the Information Type and the third category is the Product:
• LOCATION - the component or function on the machine, that the piece of technical information is going to describe
(e.g., Fuel tank).
• INFORMATION TYPE - the piece of technical information that has been written for a particular component or func-
tion on the machine (e.g., Capacity would be a type of Technical Data describing the amount of fuel held by the fuel
tank).
• PRODUCT - the model for which the piece of technical information is written.
Every piece of technical information will have those three categories attached to it. You will be able to use any combi-
nation of those categories to find the right piece of technical information you need to resolve that customer's concern
on their machine.
That information could be:

• the procedure for how to remove the cylinder head
• a table of specifications for a hydraulic pump
• a fault code
• a troubleshooting table
• a special tool
47461574 08/11/2012
4
INTRODUCTION
Manual content
This manual is divided into Sections. Each Section is then divided into Chapters. Contents pages are included at the
beginning of the manual, then inside every Section and inside every Chapter. An alphabetical Index is included at
the end of each Chapter. Page number references are included for every piece of technical information listed in the
Chapter Contents or Chapter Index.
Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:

• Technical Data (specifications) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components, assemblies or
sub-assemblies.
• Functional Data (how it works) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components, assemblies or
sub-assemblies.
• Diagnostic Data (fault codes, electrical and hydraulic troubleshooting) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic
devices, components, assemblies or sub-assemblies.
• Service Data (remove disassemble, assemble, install) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, com-
ponents, assemblies or sub-assemblies.
Sections
Sections are grouped according to the main functions or a systems on the machine. Each Section is identified by a
number (00, 35, 55, etc.). The Sections included in the manual will depend on the type and function of the machine that
the manual is written for. Each Section has a Contents page listed in alphabetic/numeric order. This table illustrates
which Sections could be included in a manual for a particular product.
PRODUCT
Tractors
Vehicles with working arms: backhoes, excavators,
skid steers, ….
Combines, forage harvesters, balers, ….
Seeding, planting, floating, spraying
equipment, ….
SECTION Mounted equipment and tools, ….
00 - Maintenance X X X X X
05 - Machine completion and equipment X X X X X
10 - Engine X X X X
14 - Main gearbox and drive X X X X
18 - Clutch X X X
21 - Transmission X X X X
23 - Four wheel drive (4WD) system X X X X
25 - Front axle system X X X X
27 - Rear axle system X X X X
29 - Hydrostatic drive X X X X
31 - Power Take-Off (PTO) X X
33 - Brakes and controls X X X X
35 - Hydraulic systems X X X X
36 - Pneumatic system X X X X
37 - Hitches, drawbars and implement couplings X X X
39 - Frames and ballasting X X X X X
41 - Steering X X X X
44 - Wheels X X X X
46 - Steering clutches
48 - Tracks and track suspension X X X
50 - Cab climate control X X X X
55 - Electrical systems X X X X X
56 - Grape harvester shaking
58 - Attachments/headers X
60 - Product feeding X
47461574 08/11/2012
5
INTRODUCTION
61 - Metering system X
62 - Pressing - Bale formation X
63 - Chemical applicators X
64 - Chopping X
66 - Threshing X
68 - Tying/Wrapping/Twisting X
69 - Bale wagons
70 - Ejection X
71 - Lubrication system X X X X X
72 - Separation X
73 - Residue handling X
74 - Cleaning X
75 - Soil preparation/Finishing
76 - Secondary cleaning / Destemmer
77 - Seeding X
78 - Spraying X
79 - Planting X
80 - Crop storage / Unloading X
82 - Front loader and bucket X X
83 - Telescopic single arm X X
84 - Booms, dippers and buckets X X
86 - Dozer blade and arm X X
88 - Accessories X X X X X
89 - Tools X X X X X
90 - Platform, cab, bodywork and decals X X X X
47461574 08/11/2012
6
INTRODUCTION
Chapters
Each Chapter is identified by a number e.g. Engine - Engine and crankcase - 10.001. The first number is identical
to the Section number i.e. Chapter 10.001 is inside Section 10, Engine. The second number is representative of the
Chapter contained within the Section.
CONTENTS
The Chapter Contents lists all the technical data (specifications), functional data (how it works), diagnostic data (fault
codes and troubleshooting), and service data (remove, install, adjust, etc.), that have been written in that Chapter for
that function or system on the machine.
Contents
ENGINE
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase – 10.001
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - General specification (10.001 - D.40.A.10) 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Dynamic description (10.001 - C.30.A.10) 6
SERVICE
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Remove (10.001 -F.10.A.10) 8
DIAGNOSTIC
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Troubleshooting (10.001 - G.40.A.10) 10
INDEX
The Chapter Index lists in alphabetical order all the types of information (called information units) that have been
written in that Chapter for that function or system on the machine.
Index
ENGINE - 10
ENGINE
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Dynamic description (10.001 - C.30.A.10) 6
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - General specification (10.001 - D.40.A.10) 4
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Remove (10.001 -F.10.A.10) 8
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Troubleshooting (10.001 - G.40.A.10) 10
47461574 08/11/2012
7
INTRODUCTION
Information units and information search

Each chapter is composed of information units. Each information unit has the SAP code shown in parentheses. This
indicates the function and type of information in that information unit. Each information unit has a page reference within
that Chapter. The information units provide a quick and easy way to find just the right piece of technical information
you are looking for.
Example information Engine block cover - Front – Remove (10.102.AP.01 - F.10.A.10)

unit
Information Unit SAP 10 102 AK 01 F 10.A.10
code
SAP code classification Engine Pan and covers Engine block Front Service data Remove
cover
NHIL12GEN0070A 1
Navigate to the correct information unit you are searching for by identifying the function and information type
from the SAP code.
• (1) Location and (2) Information type.
• (A) corresponds to the sections of the service manual.
(B) corresponds to the chapters of the service manual. After (B) there may be some additional information. In this
case it shows “.01”, which represents the “Front” block cover. These options may be front/rear, left/right, hydraulic/
mechanical etc.
(C) corresponds to the type of information listed in the chapter contents: Technical Data, Functional Data, Diagnos-
tic, or Service.
(A) and (B) are also shown in the page numbering on the page footer.
THE REST OF THE CODING IS NOT LISTED IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER IN THIS MANUAL.
• You will find a table of contents at the beginning and end of each section and chapter.
You will find an alphabetical index at the end of each chapter.
• By referring to (A), (B) and (C) of the coding, you can follow the contents or index (page numbers) and quickly find
the information you are looking for.
Page header and footer

The page header will contain the following references:
• Section and Chapter description
The page footer will contain the following references:

• Publication number for that Manual.
• Version reference for that publication.
• Publication date
• Section, chapter, and page reference e.g. 10.102 / 9
47461574 08/11/2012
8
INTRODUCTION
Foreword Ecology and the Environment

Soil, air, and water are vital factors of agriculture and life in general. When legislation does not yet rule the treatment
of some of the substances which are required by advanced technology, common sense should govern the use and
disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.
NOTICE: The following are recommendations which may be of assistance:
• Become acquainted with and ensure that you understand the relative legislation applicable to your country.
• Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, antifreeze, cleaning
agents, etc., with regard to their effect on man and nature and how to safely store, use and dispose of these sub-
stances.
• Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.
HELPFUL HINTS
• Avoid filling tanks using cans or inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems which may cause considerable
spillage.
• In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which may
be harmful to your health.
• Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
• Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids, etc.
Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be disposed of in a proper
way to comply with local legislation and available resources.
• Modern coolant mixtures, i.e. antifreeze and other additives, should be replaced every two years. They should not
be allowed to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed of properly.
• Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It contains gases which should not be released into the atmos-
phere. Your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE dealer or air conditioning specialist has a special extractor for this
purpose and will have to recharge the system properly.
• Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or hydraulic system immediately.
• Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to a component failure.
• Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, allowing the loss of
oils, coolant, etc.
47461574 08/11/2012
9
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
Personal Safety
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.
Throughout this manual , you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION followed by special
instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those working with you.
Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION, used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
NOTICE: Install new decals if the old decals are destroyed, lost painted over or cannot be read. When parts are
replaced that have decals make sure you install a new decal with each new part.
MACHINE SAFETY
NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in machine or property damage.
Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine or
property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.
INFORMATION
NOTE: Note indicates additional information which clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.
Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or
other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.
ACCIDENT PREVENTION
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A
47461574 08/11/2012
10
INTRODUCTION
Most accidents or injuries that occur in workshops are the result of non compliance to simple and fundamental safety
principles. For this reason, IN MOST CASES THESE ACCIDENTS CAN BE AVOIDED by applying the fundamental
safety principles, acting with the necessary caution and care.
Accidents may occur with all types of machine, regardless of how well the machine in question was designed and
built.
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR FLUID POWER SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS - HY-

DRAULICS (EUROPEAN STANDARD EN982)
• Flexible hose assemblies must not be constructed from hoses which have been previously used as part of a hose
assembly.
• Do not weld hydraulic pipes: when flexible hoses or piping are damaged, replace them immediately.
• It is forbidden to modify a hydraulic accumulator by machining, welding or any other way.
• Before removing hydraulic accumulators for servicing, the liquid pressure in the accumulators must be reduced to
zero.
• Pressure check on hydraulic accumulators must be carried out by a method recommended by the accumulator
manufacturer.
• Take care not to exceed the maximum allowed pressure of the accumulator. After any check or adjustment, check
for leakages or gas in the hoses or pipes.
SAFETY RULES
General guidelines
• Carefully follow specified repair and maintenance procedures.
• When appropriate, use P.P.E (Personal Protective Equipment)
• Do not wear rings, wristwatches, jewellery, unbuttoned or loose articles of clothing such as: ties, torn clothing,
scarves, open jackets or shirts with open zips that may remain entangled in moving parts. It is advised to wear
approved safety clothing, e.g.: non-slip footwear, gloves, safety goggles, helmets, etc.
• Do not carry out repair operations with someone sitting in the driver's seat, unless the person is a trained technician
who is assisting with the operation in question.
• Do not operate the machine or use any of the implements from different positions, other than the driver's seat.
• Do not carry out operations on the machine with the engine running, unless specifically indicated.
• Bring all hydraulic cylinders to the home positions (down, retracted, etc.) before engine shut down.
• Stop the engine and check that the hydraulic circuits are pressure-free before removing caps, covers, valves, etc.
• All repair and maintenance operations must be carried out using extreme care and attention.
• Service steps and platforms used in the workshop or elsewhere should be built according to the applicable stan-
dards and legislation.
• Disconnect the power take off (p.t.o). and label the controls to indicate that the machine is being serviced. Any
parts that are to be raises must be locked in position.
• Brakes are inoperative when manually released for repair or maintenance purposes. Use blocks or similar devices
to secure the machine in these conditions.
• Only use specified towing points for towing the machine. Connect parts carefully. Make sure that all pins and/or
locks are secured in position before applying traction. Never remain near the towing bars, cables or chains that are
operating under load.
• When loading or unloading the machine from the trailer (or other means of transport), select a flat area capable of
sustaining the trailer or truck wheels. Firmly secure the machine to the truck or trailer and lock the wheels in the
position used by the carrier.
• Electric heaters, battery-chargers and similar equipment must only be powered by auxiliary power supplies with
efficient ground insulation to avoid electrical shock hazards.
• Always use suitable hoisting or lifting devices when raising or moving heavy parts.
47461574 08/11/2012
11
INTRODUCTION
• Keep bystanders away.

• Never use gasoline, diesel oil or other inflammable liquids as cleaning agents. Use non-inflammable, non toxic
commercially available solvents.
• Wear safety goggles with side guards when cleaning parts with compressed air.
• Do not run the engine in enclosed spaces without suitable ventilation or exhaust extraction.
• Never use open flames for lighting when working on the machine or checking for leaks.
• All movements must be carried out carefully when working under, on or near the machine. Wear personal protective
equipment (P.P.E.): helmets, goggles and special footwear.
• When carrying out checks with the engine running, request the assistance of an operator in the driver's seat. The
operator must maintain visual contact with the service technician at all times.
• If operating outside the workshop, position the machine on a flat surface and lock in position. If working on a slope,
lock the machine in position. Move to a flat area as soon as is safely possible.
• Damaged or bent chains or cables are unreliable. Do not use them for lifting or towing. Always use suitable pro-
tective gloves when handling chains or cables.
• Chains should always be safely secured. Make sure that the hitch-up point is capable of sustaining the load in
question. Keep the area near the hitch-up point, chains or cables free of all bystanders.
• Maintenance and repair operations must be carried out in a CLEAN and DRY area. Clean up any water or oil
spillage immediately.
• Do not create piles of oil or grease-soaked rags as they represent a serious fire hazard. Always store rags in a
closed metal container.
• Before engaging the machine, make sure that there are no persons within the machine or implement range of action.
• Empty your pockets of all objects that may fall accidentally unobserved into the machine inner compartments.
• When metal parts are sticking out, use protective goggles or goggles with side guards, helmets, special footwear
and gloves.
• When welding, use protective safety devices: tinted safety goggles, helmets, special overalls, gloves and footwear.
All persons present in the area where welding is taking place must wear tinted goggles. NEVER LOOK DIRECTLY
AT THE WELDING ARC WITHOUT SUITABLE EYE PROTECTION.
• Always disconnect battery ground terminal when welding.
• Metal cables tend to fray with repeated use. Always use suitable protective devices (gloves, goggles, etc.) when
handling cables.
47461574 08/11/2012
12
INTRODUCTION
Machine start-up.
• Never run the engine in confined spaces that are not equipped with adequate ventilation for exhaust gas extraction.
• Never place the head, body, limbs, feet, hands or fingers near rotating and moving parts.
Hydraulic systems and fuel injection systems

• A liquid leaking from a tiny hole may be almost invisible but, at the same time, be powerful enough to penetrate
the skin. Therefore, NEVER USE HANDS TO CHECK FOR LEAKS but use a piece of cardboard or paper for this
purpose. If any liquid penetrates skin tissue, call for medical aid immediately. Failure to treat this condition with
correct medical procedure may result in serious infection or death.
• In order to check the pressure in the system use suitable instruments.
Wheels and Tires

• Make sure that the tires are correctly inflated at the pressure specified by the manufacturer. Periodically check the
rims and tires for damage.
• Stand away from (at the side of) the tire when checking inflation pressure.
• Do not use parts of recovered wheels as incorrect welding brazing or heating may weaken and eventually cause
damage to the wheel.
• Never cut or weld a rim mounted with an inflated tire.
• Deflate the tire before removing any objects that may be jammed in the tire tread.
• Never inflate tires using inflammable gases, as this may result in explosions and injury to bystanders.
Removal and Re-fitting

• Lift and handle all heavy parts using suitable hoisting equipment. Make sure that parts are sustained by appropriate
hooks and slings. Use the hoisting eyebolts for lifting operations. Extra care should be taken if persons are present
near the load to be lifted.
• Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing - safety
goggles, gloves and shoes.
• Avoid twisting chains or metal cables. Always wear safety gloves when handling cables or chains.
47461574 08/11/2012
13
INTRODUCTION
Torque
Minimum hardware tightening torques (in N m or lb in /lb ft) for normal assembly applica-
tions unless otherwise stated
NOTICE: Shown below is the suggested initial torque tightening sequences for general applications, tighten in se-
quence from item 1 through to the last item of the hardware.
The minimum hardware tightening torque on drawings, in specifications etc. have priority.
The applicable CNH Standard is ENS7001.
df5019-1 1
Metric hardware
Class 8.8 in N m (lb in or lb ft) Class 10.9 in N m (lb in or lb ft)
Nominal Plated nut Lock nut Hardened nut Plated nut Lock nut Hardened nut
Size
M3 1.3 N·m 0.7 N·m 1.2 N·m 1.8 N·m 0.9 N·m 1.6 N·m
(11.5 lb in) (6.2 lb in) (10.6 lb in) (15.9 lb in) (8.0 lb in) (14.2 lb in)
M4 2.9 N·m 1.6 N·m 2.6 N·m 4.2 N·m 2.3 N·m 3.7 N·m
M5 5.9 N·m 3.2 N·m 5.3 N·m 8.5 N·m 4.6 N·m 7.6 N·m
M6 10.1 N·m 5.5 N·m 9.1 N·m 14.5 N·m 7.9 N·m 13 N·m
(89.4 lb in) (48.7 lb in) (80.5 lb in) (10.7 lb ft) (69.9 lb in) (9.6 lb ft)
M8 24.5 N·m 13.5 N·m 22 N·m 35.1 N·m 19.3 N·m 31.5 N·m
(18.1 lb ft) (10.0 lb ft) (16.2 lb ft) (25.9 lb ft) (14.2 lb ft) (23.2 lb ft)
M10 48.7 N·m 26.8 N·m 43.8 N·m 69.5 N·m 38.2 N·m 62.5 N·m
M12 85 N·m 46.7 N·m 76.5 N·m 121 N·m 66.5 N·m 108.9 N·m
M14 135 N·m 74.2 N·m 121.5 N·m 193 N·m 106.1 N·m 173.7 N·m
M16 210 N·m 115.5 N·m 189 N·m 301 N·m 165.5 N·m 270.9 N·m
(154.9 lb ft) (85.2 lb ft) (139.4 lb ft) (222 lb ft) (122.1 lb ft) (199.8 lb ft)
M18 299 N·m 164.4 N·m 269.1 N·m 414 N·m 227.7 N·m 372.6 N·m
M20 425 N·m 233.72 N·m 382.5 N·m 587 N·m 322.8 N·m 528.3 N·m
M22 579 N·m 318.4 N·m 521.1 N·m 801 N·m 440.5 N·m 720.9 N·m
(427 lb ft) (234.8 lb ft) (384.3 lb ft) (590.8 lb ft) (324.9 lb ft) (531.7 lb ft)
M24 735 N·m 404.2 N·m 661.5 N·m 1016 N·m 558.8 N·m 914.4 N·m
M27 1073 N·m 590.1 N·m 967.5 N·m 1486 N·m 817.3 N·m 1337 N·m
(791.4 lb ft) (435.2 lb ft) (713.6 lb ft) (1096 lb ft) (602.8 lb ft) (986.1 lb ft)
M30 1461 N·m 803.5 N·m 1315 N·m 2020 N·m 1111 N·m 1818 N·m
47461574 08/11/2012
14
INTRODUCTION
ZEIL06CS0136F0A 2
ZEIL06CS0135F0A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
15
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions
SHIMMING
For each adjustment operation, select adjusting shims and measure individually using a micrometer, then add up
the recorded values. Do not rely on measuring the entire shimming set, which may be incorrect, or the rated value
indicated on each shim.
ROTATING SHAFT SEALS

For correct rotating shaft seal installation, proceed as follows:
• before assembly, allow the seal to soak in the oil it will be sealing for at least thirty minutes
• thoroughly clean the shaft and check that the working surface on the shaft is not damaged
• position the sealing lip facing the fluid; with hydrodynamic lips, take into consideration the shaft rotation direction
and position the grooves so that they will deviate the fluid towards the inner side of the seal
• coat the sealing lip with a thin layer of lubricant (use oil rather than grease) and fill the gap between the sealing lip
and the dust lip on double lip seals with grease
• insert the seal in its seat and press down using a flat punch, do not tap the seal with a hammer or mallet
• whilst inserting the seal, check that it is perpendicular to the seat; once settled, make sure that it makes contact
with the thrust element, if required
• to prevent damaging the seal lip on the shaft, position a protective guard during installation operations
O-RING SEALS
Lubricate the O-RING seals before inserting them in the seats, this will prevent them from overturning and twisting,
which would jeopardize sealing efficiency.
SEALING COMPOUNDS
Only use the sealants which are recommended in this manual! Before applying the sealing compound, prepare
the surfaces as follows:
• remove any incrustations using a metal brush;
• thoroughly de-grease the surfaces using one of the following cleaning agents: trichlorethylene, petrol or a water
and soda solution.
COTTER PINS
When fitting split cotter pins, ensure that the pin notch is positioned in the direction of the force required to stress the
pin. Spiral cotter pins do not require special positioning.
47461574 08/11/2012
16
INTRODUCTION
PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC/ ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING CHARGING OR WELD-

ING
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink large
quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
W0111A
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:

1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to ground.
3. Always disconnect the ground cable from the battery before arc welding on the unit.
• Position the welder ground clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
• If welding in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from the unit.
• Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
4. Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery when charging the battery in the unit with a battery charger.
NOTICE: If welding must be performed on the unit, the battery ground cable must be disconnected from the battery.
The electronic monitoring system and charging system will be damaged if this is not done.
SPARE PARTS
Only use "CNH Original Parts" or " NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Parts".
Only genuine spare parts guarantee the same quality, duration and safety as original parts, as they are the
same parts that are assembled during standard production. Only "CNH Original Parts" or " NEW HOLLAND
AGRICULTURE Parts" can offer this guarantee. When ordering spare parts, always provide the following information:
• Machine model (commercial name) and serial number
• part number of the ordered part, which can be found in the "Spare Parts Catalogue", used for order processing
TOOLS
The tools that NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE suggests and illustrate in this manual have been:
• specifically researched and designed for use with NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE machines
• essential for reliable repair operations
• accurately built and rigorously tested so as to offer efficient and long-lasting operation
By using these tools, Repair Personnel will benefit from:

• operating in optimal technical conditions
• obtaining the best results
• saving time and effort
• working in safe conditions
NOTE: Wear limit values indicated for certain parts should be considered to be recommended, but not binding. The
terms "front", "rear", "right-hand" and "left-hand" (when referred to different parts) are determined from the rear, facing
in the direction of travel of the machine during operation.
47461574 08/11/2012
17
INTRODUCTION
Conversion factors
Length
1 mm = 0.0393 in 1 in = 25.4 mm
1 km = 0.621 miles 1 miles = 1.609 km
1m = 3.281 ft 1 ft = 0.3048 m
Area
1 ha = 2.471 ac 1 ac = 0.404 US fl oz
1 m² = 10.76 ft² 1 ft² = 0.0923 m²
Volume
1 litre = 0.26 US gal 1 US gal = 3.78 litre
1 litre = 0.0.28 Bu 1 Bu 35.23 litre
1 litre = 1.057 US quart 1 US quart = 0.9464 litre
1 cm³ (cc) = 0.061 in³ 1 in³ = 16.38 cm³ (cc)
1 m³ = 35.31 ft³ 1 ft³ = 0.028 m³
1 ml = 0.033 US fl oz 1 US fl oz = 29.57 ml
Mass
1 kg = 2.204 lb 1 lb = 0.4536 kg
Torque
1 N·m = 0.7376 lb ft 1 lb ft = 1.3558 N·m
Power
1 kW = 1.358 Hp 1 Hp = 0.746 kW
Pressure
1 bar = 100 kPa
1 bar = 14.505 psi 1 psi = 0.06894 bar
Temperature
1 °C = ((1.8 x ° C) + 32) °F 1 °F = (0.56 x (° F - 32)) °C
Flow
1 l/min = 0.2642 US gpm 1 US gpm = 3.7853 l/min
Speed
1 km/h = 0.62 mph 1 mph = 1.6 km/h
47461574 08/11/2012
18
INTRODUCTION
Consumables Lubrications and Coolants

Lubrications
The correct engine oil viscosity grade is dependent upon ambient temperature. Refer to the chart when selecting oil
for your tractor engine.
SS09J076 1
NOTE: In areas where prolonged periods of extreme temperatures are encountered, local lubricant practices are
acceptable; such as the use of SAE 5W-30 in extreme low temperatures or SAE 50 in extreme high temperatures.
Biodegradable Transmission and Hydraulic Oil

WARNING
Burn hazard!
Be very careful to avoid contact with hot fluids. If fluid is extremely hot, allow it to cool to a moderately
warm temperature before proceeding.
W0362A
A biodegradable oil has been approved for use in the transmission, 4WD front axle and hubs, and the hydraulic system
of your tractor. Although the oil is 90 % biodegradable, it is important to follow safe handling and disposal practices.
The NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI BIO oil is available from your authorised dealer.
Biodegradable oil should not be used in conjunction with other oils. Use the following procedure to replace standard
oil with biodegradable lubricant.
1. Operate the tractor until the oil that is being changed reaches a temperature greater than 60 °C (140 °F).
2. Stop the engine and immediately drain the oil.
3. Replace all transmission and hydraulic filters.
4. Add the biodegradable oil to the correct level and run the tractor to circulate the oil.
5. Check for oil leaks and recheck the oil level.
Sulphur in Fuel
The engine oil and filter change period are shown in the Lubrication and Maintenance in the operators manual. How-
ever, locally available fuel may have a high sulphur content, in which case the engine oil and filter change period
should be adjusted as follows:
47461574 08/11/2012
19
INTRODUCTION
Sulphur Content Oil Change Period

Below 0.5 % Normal
From 0.5 - 1.0 % Half the normal
Above 1.0 % One quarter normal
NOTE: The use of fuel with a sulphur content above 1.3 % is not recommended.
Coolants
WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Chemical agent may be harmful.
-Avoid contact with eyes, and prolonged/repeated skin contact.
-Wear protective goggles when handling.
-Eye contact: Flush with water for 15 minutes. Seek immediate medical assistance.
-Wash skin with soap and water after handling.
-Keep out of reach of children.
W0370A
To reduce the amount of deposits and corrosion, the water used in the cooling system must comply with the following
values.
Total Hardness Chloride Sulphate

300 parts per million 100 parts per million 100 parts per million
Using Plain water

If you reside in a country where antifreeze is not available, use clean water premixed with 5 % chemical inhibitor. The
inhibitor is available from your authorised dealer.
Lubrications and Coolant Specifications

NH INTERNATIONAL
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND APPLICATIONS
SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION
RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA UNITEK CJ-4 ENGINE OIL SAE
10W-40
MS 3521 API CJ-4
15W-40
0W-40
ALTERNATIVE ENGINE OIL
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MASTERGOLD™ HSP ENGINE OIL
SAE 15W-40 NH 330 H; API CI-4,
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MASTERGOLD™ HSP ENGINE OIL NH 324 H ACEA E7
SAE 10W-30
TRANSMISSION, REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM OIL
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL
API GL4
FRONT AXLE (Axle and Hubs)
NH 410 B (SAE 10W-30)
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC (ISO VG32/46)
TRANSMISSION OIL
FRONT P.T.O GEARBOX OIL
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL
ENGINE RADIATOR COOLANT
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA AGRIFLU
NH 900 A Ethylene Glycol
(mixed with 50% of water)
47461574 08/11/2012
20
INTRODUCTION
NH INTERNATIONAL
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND APPLICATIONS
SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION
BRAKE OIL
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA BRAKE LHM NH 610 A ISO 7308
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR OIL PAG-E13
Low Viscosity Oil SP10 n/a ISO100 Viscosity
GREASE FITTINGS AND BEARINGS
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE NH 710 A NLGI 2
Regarding filling quantity - see Capacities ().
47461574 08/11/2012
21
INTRODUCTION
Capacities
T6.120 — 175
UNIT
120 140 150 160 155 165 175
FUEL TANK 175 l (46.2 US gal) 227 l (60.0 US gal)
DEF/ AdBlue® TANK 37 l (9.8 US gal)
25 l
COOLING SYSTEM 21 l (5.5 US gal)
( 6.6 US gal )
ENGINE (including filter) 10 l (2.64 US gal) 15 l (3.96 US gal)
TRANSMISSION / REAR AXLE / HYDRAULICS
16x16 62 l (16.4 US gal)
24x24 65.5 l (17.3 US gal)
4WD FRONT AXLE - DIFFERENTIAL 9 l (2.38 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS
1.25 l (0.33 US gal)
(Class 3 Axle - less brakes)
4WD FRONT HUBS
3.0 l (0.79 US gal)
(Class 3 Axle - with brakes)
4WD FRONT HUBS 3.6 l
not applicable
(Class 4 Axle - less brakes) ( 0.96 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS 4.0 l
not applicable
(Class 4 Axle - with brakes) ( 1.06 US gal)
FRONT P.T.O. 0.5 l (0.13 US gal)
47461574 08/11/2012
22
SERVICE MANUAL
Engine
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10
Contents
Engine - 10
Engine and crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.001

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Pan and covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.102

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Fuel tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.216

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Fuel injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.218

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Air cleaners and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.202

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Turbocharger and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.254

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.500

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.400

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Fan and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.414

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Aftercooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.310
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10
Engine - 10
Engine and crankcase - 001
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Engine
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 2
Engine - Engine and crankcase
Engine - Torque
PART TORQUE
Nm (lb ft)
Bolts securing connecting rod
caps: 1st phase 30 +/- 3 (22.1269 +/- 2.2127)
2nd phase 60 +/- 5 (44.2537 +/- 3.6878)
Angle closed 3rd phase 60 ° +/- 5 °
Nuts securing engine cover (6 cylinder engines refer to figure 3
4 cylinder engines refer to figure 4)
M8 125 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing engine flywheel: 1st phase 30 +/- 4 (22.1269 +/- 2.9502)
2nd phase 60 ° +/- 5 °
Bolts securing pulley and
damper: 1st phase 50 ± 5 (36.8781 ± 3.6878) +
2nd phase 90 ° +/- 5 °
Cooling nozzles (mechanical engines only) 15 ± 3(11 ± 2)
Bolts securing injectors on cylinder head: 110 ± 5 (81.1318 ± 3.6878)
Nut securing P.A.P. gear: 105 ± 7 (77.4440 ± 5.1629)
Nut securing compressor gear: 125 ± 19 (92.1953 ± 14.0137)
Bolts securing timing gear: 36 ± 4 (26.5522 ± 2.9502)
Unions securing piston lubrication nozzles: 15 ± 3 (11.0634 ± 2.2127)
Bolts securing timing system
casing
M8 1.25x40 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M10 1.5x30 47 ± 5 (34.6654 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing front cover
M10 1.5x30 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing main bearing
caps with angle closed
M12 1.50 12.9 1st phase 50 +/- 6 (36.8781 +/- 4.4254)
2nd phase 80 +/- 6 (59.0050 +/- 4.4254)
Angle closed 3rd phase + 90 ° +/- 5 °
Viti fissaggio Ladder Frame:
M10 1.5x25 43 ± 5 (31.7152 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing lifting brackets:
M12 1.75x25 7 ± 12 (5.1629 ± 8.8507)
M10 43 ± 5 (31.7152 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing cooler (refer to
figure 7)
M8 1.25x35 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
M8 1.25x100 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
M12 Connector 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing valve cover
M8 Nuts 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Engine Vent Fastener (Ccv)
M8 1.25x45 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M8 1.25x35 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing oil sump 6 cylinder engines (refer to figure 8) ♦
Tightening Bolts No 31 & 34 M10 1.5x45 50 ± 5 (36.8781 ± 3.6878)
Tightening Bolts No 4-14; 17-27; 32-33 M10 1.5x90 70 ± 5 (51.6293 ± 3.6878)
Tightening Bolts No 1-3, 28-30 M10 1.5x125 70 ± 5 (51.6293 ± 3.6878)
Tightening Bolts No 15-16 M10 15x190 70 ± 5 (51.6293 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing oil sump 4 cylinder engines (refer to figure 9) ♦
Tightening Bolts No 23 & 26 M10 1.5x45 50 ± 5 (36.8781 ± 3.6878)
Tightening Bolts No 3-10; 13-20; 24-25 M10 1.5x90 70 ± 5 (51.6293 ± 3.6878)
Tightening Bolts No 1-2, 21-22 M10 1.5x125 70 ± 5 (51.6293 ± 3.6878)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 3
PART TORQUE
Nm (lb ft)
Tightening Bolts No 11-12 M10 15x190 70 ± 5 (51.6293 ± 3.6878)
Bolts / Plugs On Head
1/2 in Nptf 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
3/4 in Nptf 36 ± 5 (26.5522 ± 3.6878)
1/4 in Nptf 12 ± 2 (8.8507 ± 1.4751)
♦ Lubricate With Engine Oil Before Assembly

(continued)
TORQUE WRENCH SETTINGS
PART TORQUE
Nm (lb ft)
Bolts securing 6 cylinder head (refer to figure 1) ♦
Step 1. Tightening bolts No 1-2-7-8-9-10-15-16-17-18-23-24- 55 (40.5659)
25-26 M12 1.75x150
Step 2. +90 °
Step 3. +90 °
Step 1. Tightening bolts No 3-4-5-6-11-12-13-14-19-20-21-22 35 (25.8147)
M12 1.75x130
Step 2. +90 °
Step 3. +90 °
Bolts securing 6 cylinder head (refer to figure 2) ♦
Step 1. Tightening bolts No 1-2-7-8-9-10-15-16-17-18 M12 55 (40.5659)
1.75x150
Step 2. +90 °
Step 3. +90 °
Step 1. Tightening bolts No 3-4-5-6-11-12-13-14 M12 1.75x130 35 (25.8147)
Step 2. +90 °
Step 3. +90 °
Bolts securing heater grille:
M6 10 ± 2 (7.3756 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing intake manifold:
M8 1.25x25 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
M8 1.25x60 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing exhaust manifold on 6 cylinder head: (refer to
figure 5)
M12 1.75x25 80 ± 5 (62.6928 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing exhaust manifold on 4 cylinder head: (refer to
figure 6)
M8 1.25x25 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
M8 1.25x14 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing connecting rod caps (6 cylinder engines):
M11 1.25 10.9 Flg 1st phase 30 +/- 3 (22.1269 +/- 2.2127)
2nd phase 60 +/- 5 (44.2537 +/- 3.6878)
Torque/Angle 3rd phase +60 ° +/- 5 °
Bolts securing connecting rod caps (4 cylinder engines):
M10 1.25x52 10.9 Flg 1st phase 30 +/- 3 (22.1269 +/- 2.2127)
2nd phase 60 +/- 5 (44.2537 +/- 3.6878)
Torque/Angle 3rd phase +60 ° +/- 5 °
Bolts securing flywheel
M12 85 ± 10 (62.6928 ± 7.3756)
M10 49 ± 5 (36.1405 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing camshaft thrust plate:
M8 1.25x25 10.9 Flg 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 4
Bolts securing camshaft gear:

M8 1.25x20 9.8 Flg 36 ± 4 (26.5522 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing rocker arms: 36 ± 5 (26.5522 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing rocker arm adjusters:
3/8 24 Unf Hex Nut 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing rocker arm casing: 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing phonic wheel:
M12 1.25 10.9 Flg Hex 1st phase 50 ± 5 (36.8781 ± 3.6878)
2nd phase + 90 ° +/- 5 °
Fuel connector fastener on head side 50 ± 5 (36.8781 ± 3.6878)
Fuel connector fastener on Common Rail side 20 ± 2 (14.7512 ± 1.4751)
Common Rail fastener
M8 1.25x10 9.8 Flg Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M8 1.25x50 9.8 Flg Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M8 1.25x90 9.8 Flg Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Fastener for high-pressure pipes from Common Rail to cylinder
head
M14 1.5 20 ± 2 (14.7512 ± 1.4751)
Fastener for fuel filter mounting on crankcase
M12 1.75x25 9.8 Fig Hex 77 ± 8 (56.7923 ± 5.9005)
Turbo / exhaust manifold fastener (refer to figure 10)
M8 1.25 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
Oil delivery/return pipe fastener
M12 1.5 35 ± 5 (25.8147 ± 3.6878)
Oil dipstick pipe fastener: 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
♦ Lubricate With Engine Oil Before Assembly

(continued)
TORQUE WRENCH SETTINGS
PART TORQUE
Nm (lb ft)
Bolts securing oil pump:
M8 1.25x30 8.8 Hex 1st phase 8 ± 1 (5.9005 ± 0.7376)
2nd phase 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Main oil delivery bolts (plugs)
M10 — 1 6 ± 1 (4.4254 ± 0.7376)
M14 — 1.5 11 ± 2 (8.1132 ± 1.4751)
Oil cooler / oil filter assembly fastener: 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Coolant pump / crankcase fastener:
M8 1.25x25 8.8 Hex 1st phase 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
2nd phase 43 ± 6 (31.7152 ± 4.4254)
Tightener fastener
M10 1.5x60 9.8 Fig -
Fan mounting fastener
M10 33 ± 5 (24.3395 ± 3.6878)
Fan pulley fastener -
Fan spacer or accessory pulley fastener (when required)
M6 10 ± 2 (7.3756 ± 1.4751)
M10 43 ± 6 (31.7152 ± 4.4254)
M12 77 ± 12 (56.7923 ± 8.8507)
Additional counterweight fastener (refer to figure 11)
M10 1.5x80 48 ± 8 (35 ± 6)
M10 1.5x100 48 ± 8 (35 ± 6)
Alternator fastener
M8 1.25x30 9.8 Fig Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 5
M12 1.75x120 10.9 Fig Hex 43 ± 6 (31.7152 ± 4.4254)

M12 Nut 1.75 G Fig Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M10 1.5x25 9.8 Fig Hex -
M10 1.5x40 9.8 Fig Hex -
M10 Nut 1.5 9 Fig Hex -
M16 1.5 Hex -
Stud bolts for mounting fuel pump:
M8 12 ± 2 (8.8507 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing injection pump:
M8 1.5 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Tightening nut fixing injection pump gear
M18 1.5 105 ± 5 (77.4440 ± 3.6878)
Fastener for fittings from injection pump to Common Rail:
M12 1.5 20 ± 2 (14.7512 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing injectors: Electronic Engine 8,5 ± 0,8
Bolts securing injector connectors: 1,5 ± 0,25 (1.1063 ± 0.1844)
Oil pressure regulator sensor fastener: 8 ± 2 (5.9005 ± 1.4751)
Camshaft speed sensor fastener in gearbox:
M6 8 ± 2 (5.9005 ± 1.4751)
Crankshaft speed sensor fastener on front cover
M6 8 ± 2 (5.9005 ± 1.4751)
Temperature sensor fastener on cylinder head:
M14 1.5x12 Hex 20 ± 3 (14.7512 ± 2.2127)
Air temperature sensor fastener on intake manifold:
M6 1x20 3 ± 1 (2.2127 ± 0.7376)
Air pressure and temperature sensor fastener on intake manifold:
M5 3 ± 1 (2.2127 ± 0.7376)
Fuel pressure sensor fastener: 35 ± 5 (25.8147 ± 3.6878)
Fuel temperature sensor fastener:
M14 1.5x12 Hex 20 ± 3 (14.7512 ± 2.2127)
Gear fastener on air compressor:
5/8 in18 Unf 125 ± 19 (92.1953 ± 14.0137)
Air compressor fastener on crankcase:
M12 Nut 81 ± 12 (59.7425 ± 8.8507)
♦ Lubricate with engine oil before assembly
Tightening sequence for 6 cylinder head bolts
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 6
80736 1
Tightening sequence for 4 cylinder head bolts
80362 2
Tightening sequence for 6 cylinder engine cover nuts
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 7
80737 3
Tightening sequence for 4 cylinder engine cover nuts
80365 4
Tightening sequence for 6 cylinder exhaust manifold bolts
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 8
80738 5
Tightening sequence for 4 cylinder exhaust manifold bolts
80363 6
Tightening sequence for cooler bolts
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 9
80367_89 7
Tightening sequence for engine oil sump bolts (6 cylinder engines)
80739 8
Tightening sequence for engine oil sump (4 cylinder engines)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 10
80366 9
Tightening sequence for turbocharger nuts and bolts
Sequence:
- Pre-tightening4-3-1-2
- Tightening 1-4-2-3
80364 10
Tightening sequence for additional counterweight bolts (4 cylinder engines only)
80368 11
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 11
Tighten torques engine/ transmission, cab front mounting bolt
BVE0598A_32 12
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 12
Engine - Disconnect
Prior operation:
Discharge the Air conditioning system, for further information refer to Air conditioning - Discharging (50.200)
Prior operation:
Disconnect battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect (55.302)
Prior operation:
Drain the engine coolant system, for further information refer to Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (10.400)
Prior operation:
Remove the selective catalytic reduction (SRC) muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) muffler and catalyst - Remove (10.500)
Prior operation:
Remove the selective catalytic reduction (SRC) coolant control valve, for further information refer to Coolant control
valve - Remove (10.500)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lift-
ing equipment with adequate capacity. Always
support units or parts with suitable slings or
hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all
bystanders.
Failure to comply could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place your
hands or fingers between parts. Use Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) as indicated in this
manual, including protective goggles, gloves,
and safety footwear.
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Using suitable lifting equipment support the front

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 13
2. Disconnect and remove the front weights from the

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2
3. Disconnect the radar electrical connector and re-

move the radar (if fitted).
BAIL10CVT358AVA 3
4. Remove the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 4
5. Disconnect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BAIL12APH142AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 14
6. Detach the cab heater return pipe.
BAIL07APH121AVA 6
7. Disconnect the oil cooler supply pipes.
BAIL12APH143AVA 7
8. Disconnect the oil cooler supply and return pipes (1).

Remove the oil cooler pipes (2).
BAIL12APH144AVA 8
9. Disconnect the heater supply hose from the rear of

the engine cylinder head.
BAIL12APH145AVA 9
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 15
10. Remove the starter motor heat shield.
BAIL12APH146AVA 10
11. Remove the starter motor cover.
BAIL10CVT361AVA 11
12. Disconnect the starter motor electrical connector.
BAIL10CVT363AVA 12
13. Disconnect the positive terminal (1), negative termi-

nal (2) relay and bracket (3) and position to one side.
BAIL12APH147AVA 13
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 16
14. Disconnect the starter motor negative cables.
BAIL10CVT364AVA 14
15. Detach the alternator wiring harness electrical con-

nector from the bracket (1) and detach the wiring har-
ness (2).
BAIL10CVT365AVA 15
16. Disconnect the alternator electrical connectors.
BAIL10CVT366AVA 16
17. Disconnect the brake fluid reservoir electrical con-

nector (1) and detach the brake fluid reservoir (2) and
position it to one side.
BAIL10CVT367AVA 17
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 17
18. Remove the front brake retaining bracket (1) and re-
move the front brake pipe (2).
BAIL12APH148AVA 18
19. Disconnect the A/C pipe from the A/C compressor.

NOTE: Install blanking plugs/caps to all openings to pre-
vent dirt ingress.
BAIL10CVT368AVA 19
20. Disconnect the high pressure A/C pipe (1).

Disconnect the low pressure switch electrical con-
nector (2).
BAIL12APH149AVA 20
21. Disconnect the charge air cooler intake pipe.
BAIL12APH150AVA 21
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 18
22. Detach the A/C pipes and position it to one side.
BAIL12APH151AVA 22
23. Disconnect the steering hoses.

NOTE: Mark the hoses to aid installation.
BAIL07APH105AVB 23
24. Disconnect the fuel supply line from the pre-filter/wa-

ter trap.
BAIL12APH152AVA 24
25. Disconnect the fuel return line (1).

Disconnect the flywheel electrical connector (2).
BAIL12APH153AVA 25
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 19
26. Cut the cable ties.
BAIL12APH154AVA 26
27. Cut the starter motor wiring harness cable ties.
BAIL12APH155AVA 27
28. Disconnect the engine earth connector.
BAIL10CVT433AVA 28
29. Disconnect the diff lock supply pipe (1) and pneu-
matic brake supply pipe (2).
Remove the pipe retaining bracket (3) and remove
the pipes.
BAIL07APH379AVA 29
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 20
Vehicles with SuperSteer™ front axle

Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining bolts.
Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the vehicle.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 30
Remove the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining bolts.

NOTE: Support the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 31
30. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 32
Vehicles with standard front axle

31. Remove the front wheel drive shaft guard and drive
shaft.
NOTE: The type of drive shaft fitted is dependant on type
of front axle installed.
BSD1959A 33
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 21
32. Remove the drive shaft flange, where fitted.
BSD1917A 34
Vehicles with suspended front axle

33. Remove the front wheel drive shaft guard.
BAIL12APH156AVA 35
34. Remove the circlip (1).

Slide the drive shaft sleeve (2).
BAIL12APH182AVA 36
35. Disconnect the drive shaft bearing carrier.
BAIL12APH158AVA 37
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 22
All vehicles
36. Using the tractor splitting equipment 380040228 In-
stall the larger wheeled part of the splitting equipment
under the front weight carrier.
BAIL12APH159AVA 38
37. Position the static part of the splitting equipment un-

der the transmission and secure to the transmission.
Install the smaller wheeled part of the splitting equip-
ment under the engine.
BAIL12APH160AVA 39
38. Connect the two pieces of the wheeled splitting gear

together with the alignment bar.
BAIL12APH161AVA 40
39. Support the rear of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH145AVA 41
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 23
40. Remove the left-hand side engine to transmission

securing bolts.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the right-hand side.
BAIL07APH146BVA 42
41. Remove the centre engine to transmission securing

bolt (2). Remove the top left-hand engine to trans-
mission securing bolt (1).
BAIL07APH147AVA 43
42. Separate the engine from the transmission.
BAIL12APH161AVA 44
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 24
Engine - Connect
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
All vehicles
1. Thoroughly clean the engine to transmission mating
surfaces and apply a bead of sealant.
2. Align the front support and engine assembly to the
transmission and relocate.
Tighten to 285-315 Nm ( 210-232 lb ft).
BAIL12APH161AVA 1
3. Install the centre engine to transmission securing bolt

(2). Install the top left hand engine to transmission
securing bolt (1). Tighten to 285-315 Nm ( 210-232
lb ft).
BAIL07APH147AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 25
4. Install the left-hand side engine to transmission se-

curing bolts.
BAIL07APH146BVA 3
5. Remove the support from the rear of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH145AVA 4
6. Disconnect the two pieces of the wheeled splitting

gear 380040228 by removing the alignment bar.
BAIL12APH161AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 26
7. Remove the smaller wheeled part of the splitting

equipment from under the engine.
Remove the splitting equipment securing bolts from
the transmission.
Remove the splitting equipment from under the
transmission.
BAIL12APH160AVA 6
8. Place suitable axle stands under the front axle and

support the vehicle. .
9. Remove the larger wheeled part of the splitting
equipment from under the front weight carrier.
BAIL12APH159AVA 7
Vehicles with standard front axle

10. Install the drive shaft flange (if equipped).
BSD1917A 8
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 27
11. Install front wheel drive shaft and drive shaft guard.
NOTE: The type of drive shaft fitted is dependant on type
of front axle installed.
BSD1959A 9
12. Connect the drive shaft bearing carrier.
BAIL12APH158AVA 10
13. Slide the drive shaft sleeve (2) and install the circlip
(1).
BAIL12APH182AVA 11
14. Install the front wheel drive shaft guard.
BAIL12APH156AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 28
Vehicles with SuperSteer™ front axle

Install the four-wheel drive shaft rear retaining nuts.
Tighten to 65 - 86 Nm ( 48 - 63 lbft).
BAIS06CCM035AVA 13
Install the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining nuts.

BAIS06CCM034AVA 14
Install the four-wheel drive shaft guard.

Install the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining bolts.
NOTE: Repeat this step on both sides of the vehicle.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 29
All vehicles
15. Connect the diff lock supply pipe (1) and pneumatic
brake supply pipe (2).
Install the pipe retaining bracket (3).
BAIL07APH379AVA 16
16. Connect the engine earth connector.
BAIL10CVT433AVA 17
17. Install cable ties to the starter motor wiring harness.
BAIL12APH155AVA 18
18. Install cable ties.
BAIL12APH154AVA 19
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 30
19. Connect the brake valve supply hose (if fitted).
BAIL07APH056AVA 20
20. Connect the fuel return line (1).

Connect the flywheel electrical connector (2).
BAIL12APH153AVA 21
21. Connect the fuel supply line to the pre-filter/water

trap.
BAIL12APH152AVA 22
22. Connect the steering hoses.
BAIL07APH105AVB 23
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 31
23. Attach the A/C pipes
BAIL12APH151AVA 24
24. Connect the charge air cooler intake pipe.
BAIL12APH150AVA 25
25. Connect the high pressure A/C pipe (1).

Connect the low pressure switch electrical connector
(2).
BAIL12APH149AVA 26
26. Connect the A/C pipe to the A/C compressor.
BAIL10CVT368AVA 27
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 32
27. Install the front brake retaining bracket (1) and con-
nect the front brake pipe (2).
BAIL12APH148AVA 28
28. Attach the brake reservoir (1) and connect the elec-
trical connector (2).
BAIL10CVT367AVB 29
29. Connect the alternator electrical connectors.
BAIL10CVT366AVA 30
30. Attach the radar electrical connector to the bracket

(1) and attach the alternator wiring harness to the
bracket (2).
BAIL10CVT365AVA 31
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 33
31. Connect the starter motor negative cables.
BAIL10CVT364AVA 32
32. Connect the positive terminal (1), negative terminal

(2) relay and bracket (3).
BAIL12APH147AVA 33
33. Connect the electrical connector.
BAIL10CVT363AVA 34
34. Install the starter motor cover.
BAIL10CVT361AVA 35
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 34
35. Install the starter motor heat shield.
BAIL12APH146AVA 36
36. Connect the heater supply hose to the rear of the

engine cylinder head.
BAIL12APH145AVA 37
37. Connect the oil cooler supply and return pipes (1).
Install the oil cooler pipes bracket (2).
BAIL12APH144AVA 38
38. Connect the oil cooler supply pipes.
BAIL12APH143AVA 39
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 35
39. Attach the cab heater return pipe.
BAIL07APH121AVA 40
40. Connect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BAIL12APH142AVA 41
41. Install the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 42
42. Install the radar and connect the radar electrical con-
nector (if fitted).
BAIL10CVT358AVA 43
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 36
43. WARNING
Crushing hazard!
The wheels on this vehicle are very heavy.
Always use a wheel remover or chain
hoists to remove and install the wheels.
Use an assistant as required.
Failure to comply could result in death or
serious injury.
W0149A
Install the front wheels.
BAIL07APH064AVA 44
44. Using suitable lifting equipment install the front

weights on the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH062AVA 45
45. Install the front weight retaining clamps.
BAIL07APH063AVA 46
Next operation:
Install the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) coolant control valve, for further information refer to Coolant control
valve - Install (10.500)
Next operation:
Install the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) muffler and catalyst - Install (10.500)
Next operation:
Fill the engine coolant system, for further information refer to Engine cooling system - Filling (10.400)
Next operation:
Recharge the A/C system, for further information refer to Air conditioning - Charging (50.200)
Next operation:
Connect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (55.302)
Next operation:
Bleed the brakes, for further information refer to Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed (33.202)
Next operation:
Calibrate front suspension. For further information refer to Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 -
Calibration procedures (55.640)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 37
Engine - Remove
Prior operation:
Discharge the Air conditioning system, for further information refer to Air conditioning - Discharging (50.200)
Prior operation:
Disconnect battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect (55.302)
Prior operation:
Remove the engine hood, for further information refer to Hood - Remove (90.100)
Prior operation:
Separate the front axle and front support from the engine, for further information refer to Axle support - Remove
(25.100)
Prior operation:
Remove the selective catalytic reduction (SRC) muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) muffler and catalyst - Remove (10.500)
Prior operation:
Remove the selective catalytic reduction (SRC) coolant control valve, for further information refer to Coolant control
valve - Remove (10.500)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Loosen the locknut (1), detension the air conditioning

(A/C) drive belt adjuster (2).
BAIL07APH024AVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 38
2. Loosen the A/C drive belt tensioner (1) and remove

the A/C drive belt (2).
BAIL07APH241AVA 2
3. Disconnect the engine control module electrical con-

nectors.
BAIL12ABS254AVA 3
4. Remove the engine control module retaining bracket.
BAIL12ABS255AVA 4
5. Remove the engine control module.
BAIL12ABS256AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 39
6. Disconnect the radar electrical connector and re-

move the radar (if fitted).
BAIL10CVT358AVA 6
7. Remove the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 7
8. Disconnect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BAIL12APH142AVA 8
9. Detach the cab heater return pipe.
BAIL07APH121AVA 9
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 40
10. Disconnect the oil cooler supply pipes.
BAIL12APH143AVA 10
11. Disconnect the oil cooler supply and return pipes (1).
Remove the oil cooler pipes (2).
BAIL12APH144AVA 11
12. Disconnect the heater supply hose from the rear of

the engine cylinder head.
BAIL12APH145AVA 12
13. Remove the starter motor heat shield.
BAIL12APH146AVA 13
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 41
14. Remove the starter motor cover.
BAIL10CVT361AVA 14
15. Disconnect the starter motor electrical connector.
BAIL10CVT363AVA 15
16. Disconnect the positive terminal (1), negative termi-

nal (2) relay and bracket (3) and position to one side.
BAIL12APH147AVA 16
17. Disconnect the starter motor negative cables.
BAIL10CVT364AVA 17
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 42
18. Detach the alternator wiring harness electrical con-

nector from the bracket (1) and detach the wiring har-
ness (2).
BAIL10CVT365AVA 18
19. Disconnect the alternator electrical connectors.
BAIL10CVT366AVA 19
20. Disconnect the brake fluid reservoir electrical con-

nector (1) and detach the brake fluid reservoir (2) and
position it to one side.
BAIL10CVT367AVA 20
21. Remove the front brake retaining bracket (1) and re-
move the front brake pipe (2).
BAIL12APH148AVA 21
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 43
22. Disconnect the A/C pipe from the A/C compressor.

vent dirt ingress.
BAIL10CVT368AVA 22
23. Disconnect the high pressure A/C pipe (1).

Disconnect the low pressure switch electrical con-
nector (2).
BAIL12APH149AVA 23
24. Disconnect the charge air cooler intake pipe.
BAIL12APH150AVA 24
25. Detach the A/C pipes and position it to one side.
BAIL12APH151AVA 25
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 44

BAIL07APH105AVB 26
27. Disconnect the fuel supply line from the pre-filter/wa-

ter trap.
BAIL12APH152AVA 27
28. Disconnect the fuel return line (1).

Disconnect the flywheel electrical connector (2).
BAIL12APH153AVA 28
BAIL12APH154AVA 29
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 45
30. Cut the starter motor wiring harness cable ties.
BAIL12APH155AVA 30
31. Disconnect the engine earth connector.
BAIL10CVT433AVA 31
32. Disconnect the diff lock supply pipe (1) and pneu-
matic brake supply pipe (2).
Remove the pipe retaining bracket (3) and remove
the pipes.
BAIL07APH379AVA 32
33. Remove the steering and diff lock pipe bracket.
BAIL07APH103AVA 33
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 46
34. Remove the air filter mounting frame left-hand rear

mounting bolts and wiring loom clamp.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the right-hand side of the vehi-
cle.
BAIL07APH123AVA 34
35. Disconnect the vacuum sensor electrical connectors

and remove the turbocharger intake tube.
BAIL07APH232AVB 35
36. Disconnect the coolant hose.

vent dirt ingress.
BAIL07APH125AVA 36
37. Detach the wiring loom from the left-hand air filter
frame upright
BAIL07APH128AVA 37
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 47
38. Cut the cable ties securing the wiring loom to the air
cleaner mounting frame.
BAIL07APH132AVA 38
39. Disconnect the grid heater electrical connector.
BAIL07APH140AVA 39
40. Disconnect the water-in-fuel sensor electrical con-

nector.
BAIL07APH133AVA 40
41. Detach the wiring loom from the intake manifold.
BAIL07APH134AVA 41
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 48
42. Disconnect and remove the brake line (1).

Remove the air filter mounting frame front left hand
securing bolts (2).
BAIL07APH136AVA 42
43. Remove the air filter mounting frame front right-hand

securing bolts.
BAIL07APH137AVA 43
44. Remove the front of the air filter mounting frame.
BAIL07APH138AVA 44
45. Remove the rear of the air filter mounting frame.

NOTE: When removing, take care to pass all hoses and
wiring looms through the frame.
BAIL07APH139AVA 45
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 49
46. Install the three lifting eyes 380200013 to the engine.
BAIL07APH141BVA 46
47. Using the tractor splitting equipment 380040228, po-

sition the static part of the splitting equipment under
the transmission and secure to the transmission.
Install the smaller wheeled part of the splitting equip-
ment under the engine.
BAIL12APH160AVA 47
48. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the engine.
BAIL07APH144AVA 48
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 50
49. Support the rear of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH145AVA 49
50. Remove the engine to transmission left-hand secur-

ing bolts.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the right hand side.
BAIL07APH146BVA 50
51. Remove the engine to transmission centre securing

bolt (2). Remove the engine to transmission top left-
hand securing bolt (1).
BAIL07APH147AVA 51
52. Separate the engine from the transmission.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 51
Engine - Install
WARNING
Heavy object!
ALWAYS use adequate lifting equipment
(heavy-duty hoist, loader, or forklift) to lift the
component.
ous injury.
W0101A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Thoroughly clean the engine to transmission mating

surfaces and apply a bead of sealant.
2. Using suitable lifting equipment, Align the engine to
the transmission and relocate.
3. Install the centre engine to transmission securing bolt
(2). Install the engine to transmission top left hand
securing bolt (1).
BAIL07APH147AVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 52
4. Install the left-hand side engine to transmission se-

curing bolts.
BAIL07APH146BVA 2
5. Remove the support from the rear of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH145AVA 3
6. Remove the lifting gear from the engine.
BAIL07APH144AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 53
7. Remove the three lifting eyes from the engine.
BAIL07APH141BVA 5
8. Install the rear of the air filter frame.

NOTE: When installing, take care to pass all hoses and
wiring looms through the frame.
BAIL07APH139AVA 6
9. Install the front of the air filter mounting frame.
BAIL07APH138AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 54
10. Install the front right-hand air filter mounting frame

securing bolts.
BAIL07APH137AVA 8
11. Install and connect the brake line (1).

Install the air filter mounting frame front left-hand se-
curing bolts (2).
BAIL07APH136AVA 9
12. Attach the wiring loom to the intake manifold.
BAIL07APH134AVA 10
13. Connect the water-in-fuel sensor electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL07APH133AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 55
14. Connect the grid heater electrical connector.
BAIL07APH140AVA 12
15. Cable tie the wiring loom to the air filter mounting
frame.
BAIL07APH132AVA 13
16. Attach the wiring loom to the air filter mounting frame
left-hand upright.
BAIL07APH128AVA 14
17. Connect the coolant hose.
BAIL07APH125AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 56
18. Install the turbocharger intake tube and connect the

vacuum sensor electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH232AVB 16
19. Install the air filter mounting frame left-hand rear

mounting bolts and wiring loom clamp.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the right-hand side of the vehi-
cle.
BAIL07APH123AVA 17
20. Connect the compressor magnetic clutch electrical

connector.
BAIL07APH102AVA 18
21. Connect the diff lock supply pipe (1) and pneumatic
brake supply pipe (2).
Install the pipe retaining bracket (3).
BAIL07APH379AVA 19
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 57
22. Connect the engine earth connector.
BAIL10CVT433AVA 20
23. Install cable ties to the starter motor wiring harness.
BAIL12APH155AVA 21
BAIL12APH154AVA 22
25. Connect the brake valve supply hose (if fitted).
BAIL07APH056AVA 23
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 58
26. Connect the fuel return line (1).

Connect the flywheel electrical connector (2).
BAIL12APH153AVA 24
27. Connect the fuel supply line to the pre-filter/water

trap.
BAIL12APH152AVA 25
BAIL07APH105AVB 26
29. Attach the A/C pipes
BAIL12APH151AVA 27
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 59
30. Connect the charge air cooler intake pipe.
BAIL12APH150AVA 28
31. Connect the high pressure A/C pipe (1).

Connect the low pressure switch electrical connector
(2).
BAIL12APH149AVA 29
32. Connect the A/C pipe to the A/C compressor.
BAIL10CVT368AVA 30
33. Install the front brake retaining bracket (1) and con-
nect the front brake pipe (2).
BAIL12APH148AVA 31
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 60
34. Attach the brake reservoir (1) and connect the elec-
BAIL10CVT367AVB 32
BAIL10CVT366AVA 33
36. Attach the radar electrical connector to the bracket

(1) and attach the alternator wiring harness to the
bracket (2).
BAIL10CVT365AVA 34
37. Connect the starter motor negative cables.
BAIL10CVT364AVA 35
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 61
38. Connect the positive terminal (1), negative terminal

(2) relay and bracket (3).
BAIL12APH147AVA 36
BAIL10CVT363AVA 37
40. Install the starter motor cover.
BAIL10CVT361AVA 38
41. Install the starter motor heat shield.
BAIL12APH146AVA 39
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 62
42. Connect the heater supply hose to the rear of the

engine cylinder head.
BAIL12APH145AVA 40
43. Connect the oil cooler supply and return pipes (1).
Install the oil cooler pipes bracket (2).
BAIL12APH144AVA 41
44. Connect the oil cooler supply pipes.
BAIL12APH143AVA 42
45. Attach the cab heater return pipe.
BAIL07APH121AVA 43
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 63
46. Connect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BAIL12APH142AVA 44
47. Install the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 45
48. Install the radar and connect the radar electrical con-
nector (if fitted).
BAIL10CVT358AVA 46
49. Install the engine control module.
BAIL12ABS256AVA 47
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 64
50. Install the engine control module retaining bracket.
BAIL12ABS255AVA 48
51. Connect the engine control module electrical con-

nectors.
BAIL12ABS254AVA 49
52. Install the A/C drive belt around the pulleys.
BAIL07APH241AVB 50
53. Tension the A/C drive belt adjuster (1) and tighten the
locknut (2).
BAIL07APH024AVB 51
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 65
54. Tighten the A/C compressor drive belt tensioner re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH241AVC 52
Next operation:
Install the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) coolant control valve, for further information refer to Coolant control
valve - Install (10.500)
Next operation:
Install the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) muffler and catalyst - Install (10.500)
Next operation:
Install the front axle and front support to the engine refer to Axle support - Install (25.100) .
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 66
Index
Engine - 10

Engine - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Engine - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Engine - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Engine - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Engine - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 67
47461574 08/11/2012
10.001 / 68
Engine - 10
Pan and covers - 102
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.102 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Timing gear housing

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.102 / 2
Engine - Pan and covers
Timing gear housing - Remove

1. Disconnect the high pressure pump stroke sensor
(3).
2. Remove the screws (2) and remove the timing gear
housing (1) from the engine block.
GEARHOUSING 1
47461574 08/11/2012
10.102 / 3
Index
Engine - 10

Timing gear housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.102 / 4
Engine - 10
Fuel tanks - 216
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
Fuel tanks - 216
SERVICE
Fuel tank
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 2
Engine - Fuel tanks
Fuel tank - Remove

WARNING
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required.
When assembling, operating, or servicing the machine, wear protective clothing and PPE necessary
for the particular procedure. Some PPE that may be necessary includes protective shoes, eye and/or
face protection, hard hat, heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protection.
W0353A
Prior operation:
Remove the 12V to 24V power converter, for further information refer to Power converter 12V to 24V - Remove
(55.988).
Prior operation:
Remove the SCR supply module, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) supply mod-
ule - Remove (55.988).
ATTENTION: Wait three minutes after ignition key-off before commencing any repairs SCR components.
NOTE: Make sure that all openings are sealed. Use new blanking caps.
1. Drain the fuel into a suitably sized fuel container.
BAIL12APH131AVA 1
2. Drain the DEF/ADBLUE® into a suitably sized con-

tainer.
BAIL12APH132AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 3
Engine - Fuel tanks
3. Disconnect the fuel supply and return pipes (1) and

the fuel level sender electrical connector (2).
BAIL12APH031AVA 3
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
BAIL12APH033AVA 4
5. Disconnect the DEF/ADBLUE® heated level sensor:

• Coolant supply and return pipes (1);
• DEF/ADBLUE® supply and return pipes (2);
• Breather pipe (3).
BAIL12APH032AVA 5
Vehicles with Trailer Brakes

6. Disconnect the trailer brake supply pipe.
BAIL12APH037AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 4
Engine - Fuel tanks
7. Disconnect the trailer brake supply pipe (1), detach

the filter and secure to one side. (2).
BAIL12APH039AVA 7
All Vehicles
8. Remove the fuel tank support bolt.
BAIL12APH035AVA 8
9. Remove the fuel tank support bolt.
BAIL12APH036AVA 9
10. Using suitable lifting equipment and the assistance of

another technician, raise the fuel tank to disengage
the hooking mechanism and remove the fuel tank.
BAIL12APH040AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 5
Engine - Fuel tanks
Fuel tank - Install

WARNING
When assembling, operating, or servicing the machine, wear protective clothing and PPE necessary
for the particular procedure. Some PPE that may be necessary includes protective shoes, eye and/or
face protection, hard hat, heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protection.
W0353A
1. Using suitable lifting equipment and the assistance

of another technician, raise the fuel tank to engage
the hooking mechanism and install the fuel tank.
BAIL12APH040AVA 1
2. Install the fuel tank support bolt.
BAIL12APH036AVA 2
3. Install the fuel tank support bolt.
BAIL12APH035AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 6
Engine - Fuel tanks
Vehicle with Trailer Brakes

4. Attach the filter (1), connect the trailer brake supply
pipe. (2).
BAIL12APH039AVB 4
5. Connect the trailer brake supply pipe.
BAIL12APH037AVA 5
All Vehicles
6. Connect the DEF/ADBLUE® heated level sensor:
• Breather pipe (1);
• DEF/ADBLUE® supply and return pipes (2);
• Coolant supply and return pipes (3).
BAIL12APH032AVB 6
BAIL12APH033AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 7
Engine - Fuel tanks
8. Connect the fuel level sender electrical connector (1)

and the fuel supply and return pipes (2).
BAIL12APH031AVB 8
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 8
Index
Engine - 10
Fuel tanks - 216

Fuel tank - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuel tank - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 9
47461574 08/11/2012
10.216 / 10
Engine - 10
Fuel injection system - 218
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Injection pump
Dynamic description Fuel Supply Gear Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Overview High Pressure Pump CP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sectional view High Pressure Pump Internal Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Injection pump
Remove Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Remove Bosch High Pressure Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Install Bosch High Pressure Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Remove Bosch mechanical (VE) pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Timing adjust Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Rotary injection pump
Timing adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 2
Engine - Fuel injection system
Injection pump - Dynamic description Fuel Supply Gear Pump.

The gear pump, mounted on the rear of the high-pressure pump, has the function of feeding the pump. It is governed
by the shaft of the high-pressure pump.
Normal operating condition (Figure 1)

(A) Fuel inlet from the tank, (B) fuel outlet to the filter, (1) and (2)-By-pass valves in closed position.
80716 1
Condition of overpressure at outlet Figure 2)

The by-pass valve (1) trips when overpressure is generated at the outlet (B). The pressure, overcoming the elastic
resistance of the spring of the valve (1), sets the outlet in communication with the inlet through the duct (2).
80717 2
Bleed conditions Figure 3)

The by-pass valve (2) trips when, with the engine switched off, you want to fill the feed system through the priming
pump. In this situation, the by-pass valve (1) stays shut and the by-pass valve (2) opens due to the effect of the inlet
pressure and the fuel flows out via outlet (B) .
NOTE: The mechanical fuel supply pump cannot be replaced on its own; therefore it must not be removed from the
high-pressure pump.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 3
80718 3
For an overview of the High Pressure Pump CP3, refer to Injection pump - Overview (10.218).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 4
Injection pump - Overview High Pressure Pump CP3

For information on Fuel Supply Gear Pump, refer to Injection pump - Dynamic description (10.218). This pump
with 3 radial pumping elements governed by the timing gear does not need timing. The mechanical fuel supply pump
governed by the shaft of the high-pressure pump is mounted on the back of the pump.
NOTE: The high-pressure / fuel supply pump assembly cannot be overhauled and therefore it must not be removed
and the retaining bolts must not be tampered with. The only permissible action is to change the drive gear.
80719 1
1 Fuel outlet fitting to rail 2 High-pressure pump

3 Pressure regulator 4 Drive gear
5 Fuel filter inlet fitting from filter 6 Fuel outlet fitting to filter mounting
7 Fuel inlet fitting from the cooler of the pack 8 Fuel outlet fitting from the mechanical pump to the filter
9 Mechanical supply pump.
NOTE: For sectional internal structure of High Pressure Pump, refer to Injection pump - Sectional view (10.218).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 5
Injection pump - Sectional view High Pressure Pump Internal

Structure
80720 1
1 Cylinder 2 Three-lobe element

3 Inlet cap valve 4 Delivery ball valve
5 Piston 6 Pump shaft
7 Low pressure fuel inlet 8 Fuel channels to supply pumping elements
Each pumping assembly comprises:

• a piston (5) operated by a three-lobe element (2) floating on the pump shaft (6). Since the element (2) floats on
a misaligned portion of the shaft (6), when the shaft rotates it does not turn with it, but is only moved in a circular
fashion on a wider radius, with the result of operating the three pumping elements alternately;
• an inlet cap valve (3);
• a delivery ball valve (4).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 6
Operating principle
80721 2
1 Fuel outlet fitting to rail 2 Delivery valve to rail

3 Pumping element 4 Pump shaft
5 Pumping element supply pipe 6 Pressure regulator supply pipe
7 Pressure regulator
The pumping element (3) is oriented on the cam on the pump shaft (4). In the inlet phase, the pumping element is
fed through the supply pipe (5). The amount of fuel to send to the pumping element is established by the pressure
regulator (7). The pressure regulator, on the base of the PWM control received from the control unit, chokes the flow
of fuel to the pumping element. During the compression phase of the pumping element, the fuel, on reaching such a
pressure as to open the delivery valve to the common rail (2), supplies it through the outlet (1).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 7
80722 3
1. Inlet to the pumping element 2. Pump lubrication pipes

3. Inlet to the pumping element 4. Main pumping element supply pipe
5. Pressure regulator 6. Inlet to the pumping element
7. Regulator outlet pipe 8. 5 bar ( 72.5185 psi) relief valve
9. Fuel outlet from regulator inlet
The low-pressure fuel lines in the pump are shown; the main supply pipe of the pumping elements (4), the supply
pipes of the pumping elements (1) - (3)- (6), the pipes used to lubricate the pump (2), the pressure regulator (5), the
5 bar ( 72.5185 psi) relief valve (8) and the fuel outlet (7) are shown.
The pump shaft is lubricated by the fuel through the delivery and return pipes (2).
The pressure regulator (5) determines the amount of fuel with which to supply the pumping elements; the excess fuel
flows out through the pipe (9).
The 5 bar ( 72.5185 psi) relief valve, besides acting as a manifold for the fuel outlets, has the function of keeping the
pressure constant at the regulator inlet at 5 bar( 72.5185 psi).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 8
80723 4
1. Fuel outlet pipe 2. Fuel outlet pipe

3. Fuel outlet from the pump with the high-pressure pipe fitting for the common rail.
The flow of fuel at high pressure through the pumping element outlet pipes is shown.
Operation
The cylinder is filled through the inlet cap valve only if the supply pressure is able to open the delivery valves on the
pumping elements (approximately 2 bar ( 29.0074 psi)).
The amount of fuel feeding the high-pressure pump is metered by the pressure regulator, located on the low-pressure
system. The pressure regulator is governed by the EDC 7 control unit via a PWM signal.
When fuel is sent to the pumping element, the relevant piston is moving downwards (intake stroke). When the piston
stroke reverses, the intake valve closes and the fuel left in the pumping element chamber, not being able to get out,
is compressed above the level of the supply pressure in the rail.
The pressure generated in this way causes the exhaust valve to open and the compressed fuel reaches the high-
pressure circuit.
The pumping element compresses the fuel to reach the top dead centre (delivery stroke). The pressure then de-
creases until the exhaust valve closes.
The plunger of the pumping element goes back towards the bottom dead centre and the remaining fuel decompresses.
When the pressure in the chamber of the pumping element becomes less than the supply pressure, the intake valve
opens again and the cycle is repeated.
The delivery valves must always be free to move, with no debris or oxidation.
The delivery pressure to the rail is modulated between 250 - 1350 bar ( 3625.9250 - 19579.9950 psi) by the electronic
control unit via the solenoid valve of the pressure regulator.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 9
The pump is lubricated and cooled by the fuel itself.
The time for removing - installing the radial jet pump on the engine is considerably shorter than for conventional
injection pumps as it does not need timing.
If disassembling - reassembling the piping between the fuel filter and the high-pressure pump, make sure your hands
and the components are clean.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 10
Injection pump - Remove Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump

ATTENTION: Due to the stringent emission regulations, in most locations the Delphi fuel injection pump is supplied
as a spare part preset from the manufacturer. If, for whatever reason the pump timing is lost, ie, the removal and
installation procedure is not followed correctly or the pump is allowed to be unlocked and rotated whilst off of the
engine, then it will be necessary to return the pump to an authorised agent to have it reset. This is necessary to
maintain the high level of accuracy required to comply with the emission regulations and provide the vehicle with
optimum performance and economy.
1. If it is necessary to change the fuel pump, it is sup-
plied already pre-set as a spare part.
2. If the pump has to be removed and refitted later, with-
out undergoing repair, it must be pre-set while still fit-
ted on the engine and then removed.
3. The following procedure includes this second condi-
tion as it is more complex.
4. Disconnect the battery negative cable and open the
hood.
5. Remove the starter motor (1) from the mounting (2).
80683 1
6. Install special 380000988 to enable the flywheel to

be turned.
7. Carefully turn the flywheel in its direction of rotation
to cancel the clearances of the gears.
8. turn the engine until the pin (1) engages through the
slot in the plate (2) with the recess in the flywheel (3).
BSF4477A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 11
9. Remove the retaining bolts (2) and remove the prim-

ing pump (1) from the engine block.
BRH3327B 3
10. Check through the opening of the priming pump lo-

cation that the camshaft (1) is on the correct cycle
(at TDC) using the raised reference marks (2) on the
shaft.
If the marks are not evident, withdraw the pin from
the flywheel and rotate the engine 360 ° until the
reference marks are visible. Re-insert the pin to lock.
80685 4
11. Disconnect the throttle cable (1).
BRI3821B 5
12. Disconnect the electrical connections to the fuel shut

off solenoid (4) and the cold start advance unit (3).
13. Remove the fuel feed and return pipes and the outlet
pipes to the injectors from the pump (2).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 12
14. Remove the cover plate (1) from the rear gear casing
for the fuel injection pump drive gear.
BRH3312B 6
15. Prevent the engine from turning using the turning/

holding tool 380000988 and loosen the fuel injection
pump gear retaining nut (2).
16. Partly unscrew the side bolt out (1), move the spacer
washer (2) to allow the bolt to lock the shaft
(3) Shaft unlocked
(4) Shaft locked
Retighten the side bolt (1).
BRI3824B 7
17. Remove the pump drive gear retaining nut.

18. Using the special tool 380000979 (1), remove the
gear from the pump shaft.
BRH3313B 8
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 13
19. Remove the pump retaining bolts (1) and withdraw

the fuel pump (2).
BRI3822B 9
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 14
Injection pump - Install Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump

1. When fitting the fuel pump on the engine, the engine
must be set at top dead centre (T.D.C) on cylinder
No 1.
2. Inspect the square section seal (1) on the pump cas-
ing. Replace if required.
BRH3310B 1
3. Install the pump (2) onto the engine and tighten the
retaining nuts (1), to 24 N·m (18 lb ft).
BRI3822B 2
4. Install the pump drive gear retaining nut (1) and ini-
tially tighten to 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
BRH3311B 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 15
5. Partly remove the bolt (1), reposition the spacer

washer (2) to the unlock position (3). Tighten the
bolt, locking the above- mentioned washer: in this
way, the fuel pump spindle is free to turn.
BRI3824B 4
6. Fully tighten the pump drive gear retaining nut to 90

N·m (65 lb ft).
7. Install the rear casing cover.
8. Remove the engine flywheel locking pin .
9. Remove the special tool 380000988 from the fly-
wheel.
10. Install the starter motor.
11. Connect the injector pipes and the fuel supply and
return pipes (2).
BRI3821B 5
12. Connect the throttle cable (1).

13. Connect the electrical connections to the fuel shut off
solenoid (4) and cold start advance device (3).
14. Fit the priming pump (1), using a new gasket, onto
the crankcase and tighten the retaining bolts (2) to
the correct torque.
BRH3327B 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 16
15. If any work has been done on the supply circuit com-
ponents, it is necessary to bleed the air from the sys-
tem.
16. Disconnect the filter fuel piping (3) and repeatedly
operate the bleed lever of the priming pump (2).
80639 7
17. Continue operating until fuel comes out.

18. Connect the piping (3) to the filter.
19. Connect the battery, for further information refer to
Battery - Connect (55.302).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 17
Injection pump - Remove Bosch High Pressure Pump

1. Disconnect all fuel lines (4) on the high pressure
pump (2).
2. Remove the mounting nuts (1) and remove the high
pressure pump (2) and feed pump (3) together as
one unit.
HPPUMPDH 1
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 18
Injection pump - Install Bosch High Pressure Pump

1. Slide the high pressure pump (4) including the feed
pump (3) into place on the rear cover.
2. Install the nuts (1) securing the pump to the rear
cover and tighten to 25 N·m (18.4 lb ft).
3. Connect all fuel lines (4).
HPPUMPDH 1
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 19
Injection pump - Remove Bosch mechanical (VE) pump

1. Remove the pipes (1) and (2) forming the fuel re-
covery and supply between the pump and the injec-
tors. Unscrew the ring nuts fastening the pipes to the
pumping elements. Unfasten the collar of the fuel re-
covery pipe returning to the injection pump. Unscrew
the ring nuts mounted on the injectors and unscrew
the bolts securing the fuel recovery pipe. Unscrew
the bolts fastening the brackets retaining the above
mentioned pipes. Put plugs on the ends of the pipes.
HPFUELLINEG 1
2. Remove the injectors and extract them from their

seat and recover the seals.
3. Unscrew the two retaining bolts (2) and remove the
priming pump (1).
PRIMINGPUMPCG3 2
4. With the engine at T.D.C. (See Rotary injection

pump - Timing adjust (10.218)) loosen the nut (1)
, remove the spacer washer , then screw down the
bolt (1) and lock the fuel pump shaft.
5. Unscrew the nuts (2) securing the pump to the
crankcase.
80321 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 20
6. Unscrew the nut (1) securing the pump (2) to the

cylinder block and ex tract it from its seat.
80322 4
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 21
Injection pump - Install

1. When fitting the fuel pump on the engine, it is neces-
sary to bring about the condition of T.D.C. on cylinder
No.1 as described on Rotary injection pump - Tim-
ing adjust (10.218).
2. Partly unscrew the bolt (1) locking pump spindle ro-
tation and insert the spacer washer (2). Screw down
the bolt locking the above-mentioned washer in this
way, the fuel pump spindle is free to turn.
3. Withdraw the engine flywheel locking pin outwards.
4. Remove tool 380000988 for flywheel locking/rota-
tion; place the starter motor in its seat.
5. Connect all the pipes (from the pumping elements to
the injectors, for blow-by recovery from the injectors
to the pump , the boost control piping and the supply
from the priming pump).
80636 1
6. Fit the priming pump on the crankcase and tighten

the retaining bolts to 20 - 28 N·m (14.8 - 20.7 lb ft)
80684_228 2
7. If any work has been done on the supply circuit com-

ponents, it is necessary to bleed the air from the sys-
tem.
8. Disconnect the fuel filter piping and repeatedly oper-
ate the bleed lever of the priming pump.
9. Continue operating until fuel comes out.
10. Connect the piping to the filter.
80639 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 22
Injection pump - Timing adjust Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery. Refer to Battery - Disconnect (55.302)
Checking injection pump static timing

1. Remove the starter motor (1).
80683 1
2. Fit special tool 380000988 (2) to be able to turn the

flywheel
3. Carefully turn the flywheel in its direction of rotation
to cancel the clearances of the gears.
4. Turn the engine until the pin (1) engages through the
slot in the plate (2) with the recess in the flywheel (3).
BSF4477A 2
5. Check through the opening of the priming pump lo-

cation that the camshaft (1) is on the correct cycle (at
TDC) , using the raised reference marks (2) on the
shaft. If the marks are not evident, withdraw the pin
from the flywheel and rotate the engine 360 ° until the
reference marks are visible. Reinsert the pin to lock.
80685 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 23
6. Partly unscrew the side bolt (1) to move the spacer

washer (2) to allow the bolt to lock the shaft.
(3) Shaft unlocked
(4) Shaft locked
Retighten the side bolt (1)
BRI3824B 4
NOTE: Do not attempt or allow the engine to be rotated whilst the pump is in the locked position.
7. Remove the two access plugs for the timing checking
pins (1) and (2)
BRI3802B 5
NOTE: The value, 3,stamped onto one of the plugs is unique to the pump and must not be interchanged with other
pumps.
8. Using special tool 380002734 (consisting of two
checking pin assemblies), check the position of the
pump shaft using the following procedure:
9. Unscrew the threaded pin of the tool (1) to provide
sufficient clearance to fully install the main body (2)
of the tool into the pump. With the tool body fully
installed, carefully screw in the pin (1) until contact
is made with the pump shaft. Lock the tool in this
position by tightening the collar (3) on to the main
body.
10. Repeat the above procedure using the second pin in
the other access hole.
BRI3801B 6
11. Carefully remove the pin assemblies from the pump
by unscrewing at the main body of the tool.
NOTE: Make a note of where each pin was located.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 24
12. Using a suitable vernier caliper gauge measure the

internal clearance of each tool between the collar and
pin faces.
BRI3803B 7
13. Use the following formula to determine if the pump

timing is within specification:
10 + (bottom pin clearance) - (top pin clearance)
10 + 2.95 - 3.82 = 9.13
If the result is ± 0.15 mm of the value stamped on
the access plug, the timing is within specification.
Injection pump static timing adjustment

1. It is recommended that the procedure described
above is repeated before pump adjustment is carried
out. If the static timing is not to specification after a
repeat test, perform the following operations:
2. Determine the dimensions required to bring the
pump shaft position into specification using the fol-
lowing formulas:
If the measured value is Lower than the stamped
value:
(Stamped Value) - (Measured Value) divided by 2- =
Difference
Then : Add the difference to the bottom measured
value and deduct the difference from the top mea-
sured value.
Example:
(10 + Bottom value - Top Value)

10 + 2.5 - 4.27 = 8.23 (measured value)
9.13 = stamped value
9.13 - 8.23 divided by 2 = 0.45 2
2.5 + 0.45 = 2.95 (required bottom value)

4.27 - 0.45 = 3.82 (required top value)
3. If the measured value is Higher than the stamped

value:
(Measured Value) - (Stamped Value) divided by 2 =
Difference
Then : Add the difference to the top measured value
and deduct the difference from the bottom measured
value.
Example:
(10 + Bottom value - Top Value)

10 + 3.1 - 3.67 = 9.43 (measured value)
9.13 = stamped value
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 25
9.43 - 9.13 divided by 2 = 0.15
3.1 - 0.15 = 2.95 (required bottom value)

3.67 + 0.15 = 3.82 (required top value)
4. Remove the cover plate (1) from the rear gear casing
for the fuel injection pump drive gear.
5. Prevent the engine from turning using the turning/
holding tool 380000988 and loosen the fuel injection
pump gear retaining nut (2).
BRH3312B 8
6. Using special tool 380000979 (1), loosen the gear

from the pump shaft.
BRH3313B 9
7. Ensure that the pump is unlocked. Loosen the pump

locking bolt, (1), and move the spacer, (2), to posi-
tion, (3).
BRI3824B 10
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 26
8. Adjust the timing checking pin clearances to the new

values, as determined by the previous calculation,
lock into position and carefully install into the respec-
tive pump access hole.
NOTE: The checking pin with the reduced value will be
used to rotate the pump shaft to its new position and will
require more effort to install.
BRI3803B 11
9. With both checking pins fully installed, lock the pump

shaft and tighten the pump drive gear nut, (2), initially
to 20 N·m (14.75 lb ft).
10. Remove the two checking pins, unlock the pump
shaft and remove the engine timing pin from the fly-
wheel. Fully tighten the pump drive gear retaining
nut to 90 N·m (66.38 lb ft).
11. Install the rear casing cover (1).
12. It is recommended that the timing is checked again
after rotating the engine several times, if necessary
repeat the checking and adjusting procedure until the
timing is within specification.
BRH3312B 12
Setting pump timing on an untimed pump (after pump removal without locking)
1. Determine the fuel outlet of the pump to the number
1 cylinder. Install the pump drive gear nut and rotate
the pump shaft until the shaft keyway (2) aligns with
the No.1 outlet (1). Lock the pump in this position
BRI3800B 13
2. Use the procedures described in "Checking injection

pump static timing" and "Injection pump static timing
- Adjustment" to set the pump timing.
3. The pump should then remain in a locked condition
and installed onto the engine which has been set to
the correct position with the timing pin installed.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 27
Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust

Prior operation:
Injection pump - Install (10.218)
1. With the injection pump mounted on the engine

and the mounting nuts loose, install the dial gauge
adapter for pump timing 380001601 (1) and the dial
gauge 380000228 (2). Preload the rod by 2.5 mm
(0.098 in).
2. Rotate the engine crankshaft to obtain cylinder num-
ber one TDC at the end of the compression phase.
Reset the dial gauges and rotate the engine crank-
shaft in the opposite direction until obtaining cylin-
der number one TDC at the end of the compression
phase again.
3. From this position it is necessary to compare the
value to the pumping element pre-lift specifications
below.
• 4 Cylinder Engines = 0.73 - 0.77 mm (0.029 -
0.030 in). PUMPTIMING 1
• 6 Cylinder Engines = 0.73 - 0.77 mm (0.029 -

0.030 in).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 28
Index
Engine - 10

Injection pump - Dynamic description Fuel Supply Gear Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Injection pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Injection pump - Install Bosch High Pressure Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Injection pump - Install Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Injection pump - Overview High Pressure Pump CP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Injection pump - Remove Bosch High Pressure Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Injection pump - Remove Bosch mechanical (VE) pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Injection pump - Remove Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Injection pump - Sectional view High Pressure Pump Internal Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Injection pump - Timing adjust Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 29
47461574 08/11/2012
10.218 / 30
Engine - 10
Air cleaners and lines - 202
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.202 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Air cleaner
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47461574 08/11/2012
10.202 / 2
Engine - Air cleaners and lines
Air cleaner - Remove

1. Raise the engine cover.
2. Release the retaining clips. (1) and remove cover.
BAIL07APH334ASA 1
3. Remove outer filter (1).
BAIL07APH335ASA 2
4. Remove inner filter (1).

NOTICE: Do not remove inner element unless it is to be
replaced.
BAIL07APH336ASA 3
Next operation:
Clean the air cleaner element, for further information refer to Air cleaner - Cleaning (10.202)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.202 / 3
Air cleaner - Install

1. Install inner filter (1).
NOTICE: If the inner filter element has been removed, a
new inner filter element must be installed.
BAIL07APH336ASA 1
2. Install the outer filter (1).
BAIL07APH335ASA 2
3. Install the air cleaner cover and fasten the retaining

clips (1).
BAIL07APH334ASA 3
4. Close the engine cover.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.202 / 4
Air cleaner - Cleaning

Prior operation:
Air cleaner - Remove (10.202)
1. Clean and examine the outer casing and repair or

seal any damaged seams.
2. Remove the outer filter from housing. Do not let dirt
fall on the inner filter.
NOTICE: Do not remove inner element unless it is to be
replaced.
3. To clean the element, hold the top and tap it against
the palm of the other hand to remove the dust. Never
tap it on a hard surface or you can damage the filter.
4. When tapping does not remove the dirt, direct com-
pressed air through the element, from the inside to-
wards the outside.
NOTE: Never blow compressed air from the outside to the
inside of the filter because particles can become embedded
or lodged in the filter and later be released into the engine
causing damage.
5. To prevent damage to the element when cleaning
with compressed air, take the following precautions:
1) Maximum air pressure should not exceed 2 bar
(29.00 psi)2) Move the nozzle up and down when
rotating the element. 3) Keep the nozzle at least 25
mm (0.98 in) from the pleated paper.
NOTE: To keep the interval acceptable it is highly recom-
mended to clean the element with compressed air.
TA6010077 1
6. Every time the element is cleaned, it should be ex-

amined for holes and cracks by holding an electric
light bulb inside the element and looking through it.
If any damage is noted, discard the element and fit a
new one.
7. Replace the element after 3 cleanings or once a year,
whichever comes first.
8. When fitting, make sure the element is seated prop-
erly and the sealing is in good condition.
9. Inner Element
The inner element should not be disturbed unless
damaged, or contaminated by dirt through failure of
the outer element. The element should therefore
only be replaced and not cleaned when contami-
nated.
10. If the inner element is okay leave assembled in the
cleaner body, and change only annually, or every
1200 hours whichever occurs first.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.202 / 5
Index
Engine - 10

Air cleaner - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Air cleaner - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air cleaner - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.202 / 6
Engine - 10
Turbocharger and lines - 250
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.250 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbocharger
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Turbocharger
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.250 / 2
Engine - Turbocharger and lines
Turbocharger - Torque
Part TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Turbocharger/exhaust manifold retaining nuts M8 x 1,25 20 - 30 Nm (14.75 - 22.13 lbft)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.250 / 3
Turbocharger - Remove
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (55.302)
1. Disconnect the turbocharger exhaust outlet pipe.
BAIL08CVT146AVA 1
2. Remove the charge air cooler in take pipe.
BAIL08CVT126AVA 2

BAIL07APH232AVA 3
4. Unscrew and remove the flexible lubrication piping

(1) of the turbocharger (5) .
5. Remove the turbocharger oil drain tube (3) retaining
bolt.
6. Remove turbocharger to exhaust manifold retaining
nuts (4) and turbocharger oil drain tube retaining
bolts (2).
7. Remove the turbocharger from the exhaust manifold
and remove gasket.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.250 / 4
BAIL06CCM058ASA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
10.250 / 5
Turbocharger - Install
NOTE: Before installing the turbocharger onto the exhaust manifold, make sure that the turbocharger to exhaust
manifold gasket is fitted.
1. Install the turbocharger (5) and gasket onto the ex-
haust manifold.
2. Connect the turbocharger oil drain tube to the tur-
bocharger, and tighten the retaining bolts (2).
3. Install the turbocharger retaining nuts (4). Tighten
to the specified torque. Refer to Turbocharger -
Torque (10.250).
4. Install the turbocharger oil drain tube clamp retaining
bolt (3).
5. Connect the flexible lubrication oil pipe (1) from the
oil filter/cooler.
BAIL06CCM058ASA 1

BAIL07APH232AVA 2
7. Install the charge air cooler intake pipe.
BAIL08CVT126AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.250 / 6
8. Connect the turbocharger exhaust outlet pipe.
BAIL08CVT146AVA 4
Next operation:
Connect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (55.302).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.250 / 7
Index
Engine - 10

Turbocharger - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Turbocharger - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Turbocharger - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.250 / 8
Engine - 10
Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler - 254
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Exhaust manifold
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Exhaust pipes
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 2
Engine - Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler
Exhaust manifold - Remove

Prior operation:
Turbocharger - Remove (10.250)
Vehicles with 6 cylinder engines

1. Remove the retaining bolts (x 12) and remove the
exhaust manifold.
BAIL06CCM055ASA 1
Vehicles with 4 cylinder engines

2. Remove the retaining bolts (x 8) and remove the ex-
haust manifold.
80363 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 3
Exhaust manifold - Install

Prior operation:
Turbocharger - Remove (10.250)
NOTE: Install a new exhaust manifold gasket.
Vehicles with 6 cylinder engine

1. Install the exhaust manifold.
Tighten the retaining (x 12) bolts. For further infor-
mation refer to Engine - Torque (10.001).
BAIL06CCM055ASA 1

2. Install the exhaust manifold.
Tighten the retaining (x 8) bolts. For further informa-
tion refer to Engine - Torque (10.001).
80363 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 4
Exhaust manifold - Tighten - Sequence.

1. Tightening sequence for exhaust manifold bolts.
For the required torque settings, refer to Engine -
Torque (10.001).
bail06ccm029asa 1

2. Tightening sequence for exhaust manifold bolts.
For the required torque settings, refer to Engine -
Torque (10.001)
80363 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 5
Exhaust pipes - Remove

WARNING
When assembling, operating, or servicing the
machine, wear protective clothing and PPE
necessary for the particular procedure. Some
PPE that may be necessary includes protective
shoes, eye and/or face protection, hard hat,
heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protec-
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
NOTICE: Emissions sensors mounted in the exhaust stream are sensitive to extreme vibrations. Use of tools that
generate extreme vibrations, such as impact wrenches and hammers, will result in damage to emission sensors.
Avoid using these tools during any service procedure in close proximity of emission sensors. If the use of these tools
cannot be avoided, remove the sensors using extreme caution prior to performing any service procedure.
1. Using the Electronic Service Tool (EST), select the
controller tests and carry out the flushing routine and
then the emptying routine before commencing any
repairs to the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
components.
2. Remove the SCR muffler and catalyst upper front
cover retaining bolts.
BAIL12APH083AVA 1
3. Remove the SCR muffler and catalyst upper rear

BAIL12APH084AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 6

cover.
BAIL12APH085AVA 3

cover retaining bolt. Detach the NOX sensor wiring
harness from the cover.
Remove the SCR muffler and catalyst upper rear
cover.
BAIL12APH086AVA 4
6. Remove the SCR muffler and catalyst lower cover.
BAIL12APH087AVA 5
7. Remove the exhaust pipe clamp shield.
BAIL12APH006AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 7
8. Disconnect the exhaust pipe clamp.
BAIL12APH007AVA 7
9. Detach the pre catalyst temperature sensor.
BAIL12APH008AVB 8
10. Disconnect the urea lines from the SCR dosing mod-
ule.
BAIL12APH021AVA 9
11. Disconnect the SCR dosing module electrical con-

nector.
BAIL12APH022AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 8
BAIL12APH023AVA 11
13. Remove the exhaust pipe.
BAIL12APH024AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 9
Exhaust pipes - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Install the exhaust pipe.
BAIL12APH024AVA 1
BAIL12APH023AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 10
3. Connect the SCR dosing module electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL12APH022AVA 3
4. Connect the urea lines to the SCR dosing module.
BAIL12APH021AVA 4
5. Install the pre catalyst temperature sensor.
BAIL12APH008AVB 5
6. Connect the exhaust pipe clamp.
BAIL12APH007AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 11
7. Install the exhaust pipe clamp shield.
BAIL12APH006AVA 7
8. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst lower cover.
BAIL12APH087AVA 8
9. Instal the SCR muffler and catalyst upper rear cover.

Install the SCR muffler and catalyst upper rear cover
retaining bolt. Install the NOX sensor wiring harness
to the cover.
BAIL12APH086AVA 9
10. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst upper front cover.
BAIL12APH085AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 12
11. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst upper rear cover
retaining bolts.
BAIL12APH084AVA 11
12. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst upper front cover
retaining bolts.
BAIL12APH083AVA 12

controller tests and carry out the flushing routine
and then the emptying routine after carrying out any
components.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 13
Index
Engine - 10

Exhaust manifold - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Exhaust manifold - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Exhaust manifold - Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Exhaust pipes - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Exhaust pipes - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.254 / 14
Engine - 10
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - 500
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Coolant control valve

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment

Remove Main Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install Main Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Remove In Line Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) muffler and catalyst
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Coolant control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 2
Engine - Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment
Coolant control valve - Overview
BAIL12CCM238AAB 1
1. Electrical connector 2. Outlet

3. Inlet → Direction of flow
Nominal voltage 24 V
Nominal current at 24 V and 20 °C 0.75 A
Operating pressure 0 - 2.5 bar (0.0 - 36.3 psi)
Flow rate 350 l/hour (92.5 US gal/hour)
Retaining bolt torque 20 N·m (14.8 lb ft)
BAIL12CCM239AAB 2
Valve schematic
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 3
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Remove

Main Filter
Prior operation:
Remove the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) supply module, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) supply module - Remove (55.988)
WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
NOTE: A new SCR main filter should be installed every 3600 operating hours or every two years, whichever occurs
first.
1. Remove the SCR main filter retaining cover.
BAIL10CVT409AVA 1
2. Remove and discard the SCR main filter.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 4
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Install

Main Filter
WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Install a new SCR main filter.
2. Install the SCR main filter retaining cover.
BAIL10CVT409AVA 1
Next operation:
Install the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) supply module, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) supply module - Install (55.988) .
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 5
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Remove In

Line Filter
WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
components.
2. Disconnect the battery, for further information refer
to Battery - Disconnect (55.302)
3. Remove the left-hand cab step retaining bolts and
raise the left-hand cab steps.
BAIL12APH011AVA 1
4. Remove the SCR supply module cover.
BAIL12APH012AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 6
BAIL12APH013AVA 3
6. Disconnect the urea line at the elbow connection.
BAIL10CVT415AVA 4
7. Remove and discard the inline filter.
BAIL10CVT414AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 7
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Install a new inline filter.
BAIL10CVT414AVA 1
2. Connect the urea line at the elbow connection.
BAIL10CVT415AVA 2
BAIL12APH013AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 8
4. Install the SCR supply module cover.
BAIL12APH012AVA 4
5. Lower the left-hand cab steps (1). Install the left-

hand cab step retaining bolts (2).
BAIL12APH011AVB 5

Battery - Connect (55.302)
components.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 9
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) muffler and catalyst - Remove

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
components.
BAIL12APH083AVA 1

BAIL12APH084AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 10

cover.
BAIL12APH085AVA 3

cover.
BAIL12APH086AVA 4
6. Remove the SCR muffler and catalyst lower cover.
BAIL12APH087AVA 5
7. Disconnect the exhaust clamp.
BAIL12APH001AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 11
8. Using a suitable sling remove the exhaust.
BAIL12APH002AVA 7
9. Detach the SCR muffler upper heat shield.
BAIL12APH003AVA 8
10. Remove the NOx sensor from the SCR muffler and
catalyst (1) and remove the heat shield (2).
BAIL12APH004AVA 9
11. Detach the post catalyst temperature sensor.
BAIL12APH005AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 12
12. Remove the exhaust line clamp shield.
BAIL12APH006AVA 11
13. Disconnect the exhaust line clamp.
BAIL12APH007AVA 12
14. Detach the pre catalyst temperature sensor.
BAIL12APH008AVB 13
15. Remove SCR muffler and catalyst clamp retaining

bolt.
BAIL12APH009AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 13
16. Remove the SCR muffler and catalyst retaining nuts.
BAIL12APH010AVA 15
17. WARNING
Heavy object!
ALWAYS use a hoist or get assistance to
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Using a hoist or with the aid of another technician,

remove the SCR muffler and catalyst.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 14
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) muffler and catalyst - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Using a hoist or with the aid of another technician,

install the SCR muffler and catalyst.
2. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst retaining nuts.
BAIL12APH010AVA 1
3. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst clamp retaining

bolt.
BAIL12APH009AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 15
4. Install the pre catalyst temperature sensor.
BAIL12APH008AVB 3
5. Connect the exhaust line clamp.
BAIL12APH007AVA 4
6. Install the exhaust line clamp shield.
BAIL12APH006AVA 5
7. Install the post catalyst temperature sensor.
BAIL12APH005AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 16
8. Install the heat shield (1) and install the NOX sensor
to the SCR muffler and catalyst (2).
BAIL12APH004AVA 7
9. Install the SCR muffler upper heat shield.
BAIL12APH003AVA 8
10. Using a suitable sling install the exhaust.
BAIL12APH002AVA 9
11. Connect the exhaust clamp.
BAIL12APH001AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 17
12. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst lower cover.
BAIL12APH087AVA 11
13. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst upper rear cover.
Attach the NOX sensor wiring harness to the cover.
retaining bolt.
BAIL12APH086AVA 12
BAIL12APH085AVA 13
retaining bolts.
BAIL12APH084AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 18
retaining bolts.
BAIL12APH083AVA 15

components.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 19
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the fuel and DEF/AdBlue® tanks, for further information refer to Fuel tank - Remove (10.216).
1. Detach the fuel and DEF/AdBlue® tanks from the

support bracket.
BAIL12APH040AVB 1
2. Detach the DEF/AdBlue® tank from the fuel tank.
BAIL12APH034AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 20
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank - Install

1. Attach the DEF/AdBlue® tank to the fuel tank.
BAIL12APH034AVA 1
2. Attach the fuel and DEF/AdBlue® tanks to the sup-

port bracket.
BAIL12APH040AVB 2
Next operation:
Install the fuel and DEF/AdBlue® tanks, for further inormation refer to Fuel tank - Install (10.216).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 21
Coolant control valve - Remove

Prior operation:
Drain the coolant system, for further information refer to Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (10.400).
1. Disconnect the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

coolant control valve electrical connector.
BAIL12APH025AVA 1
2. Disconnect both coolant line connectors from the

SCR coolant control valve.
BAIL12APH026AVA 2
3. Remove the SCR coolant control valve.
BAIL12APH027AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 22
Coolant control valve - Install

Prior operation:
Remove the SCR coolant control valve, for further information refer to Coolant control valve - Remove (10.500)
1. Install the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

coolant control valve.
BAIL12APH027AVA 1
2. Connect both coolant line connectors from the SCR

coolant control valve.
BAIL12APH026AVA 2
3. Connect the SCR coolant control valve electrical

connector.
BAIL12APH025AVA 3
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 23
Index
Engine - 10

Coolant control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Coolant control valve - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Coolant control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Install Main Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Remove In Line Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Remove Main Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) muffler and catalyst - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) muffler and catalyst - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47461574 08/11/2012
10.500 / 24
Engine - 10
Engine cooling system - 400
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine cooling system

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Radiator
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Coolant thermostat
SERVICE

Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Radiator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Water pump
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Coolant thermostat
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 2
Engine - Engine cooling system
Engine cooling system - Torque

Description Thread Size Torque Values
Coolant pump retaining bolts M8 x 1.25 25 Nm +/- 5 (18.4 lbft +/- 4)
Spring-loaded automatic fan belt M10 x 1.5 43 Nm +/- 5 (31.7 lbft +/- 4)
tensioner
Fan belt fixed pulley(s) retaining M10 x 1.5 45 Nm +/- 5 (33.2 lbft +/- 4)
bolt(s)
Thermostat housing retaining bolts M6 x 1.0 10 Nm +/- 2 (7.4 lbft +/- 1)
(Engines with common rail fuel
injection)
Coolant temperature sensor / sender M14 x 1.5 12 - 20 Nm (8.9 - 14.8 lbft)
Fan blade to viscous coupling M8 17 Nm (12.5 lbft)
retaining nuts
Viscous coupling to mounting pulley - 78 Nm (57.5 lbft)
Engine cooling system - General specification

Description
Coolant Pump
Type Centrifugal
Drive Multi-Ribbed-Belt
Drive Belt
Belt Tension Spring Loaded Automatic Drive Belt Tensioner
Thermostat
Starts to open at: 81 °C
Fully open at: 96 °C
Coolant Expansion Tank Cap
Cap pressure 1 bar (14.5 psi)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 3
Engine cooling system - Static description

The forced circulation, closed-circuit engine coolant system is composed of the following components:
• Coolant expansion tank: .

• Radiator, which dissipates the heat taken by the coolant from the engine. .
• Viscous fan, which increases the radiator's dissipating capacity:
• Oil cooler.
• A centrifugal coolant pump housed at the front of the crankcase.
• A thermostat governing coolant circulation.
• The circuit may also extend to the air compressor if the version includes it.
80604 1
Cooling System Diagram - 6 Cylinder Electronic Engine
A = To The Radiator
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 4
B = From The Radiator
80369 2
Cooling System Diagram - 4 Cylinder Electronic Engine
A = To The Radiator
80734 3
Cooling System Diagram - 6 Cylinder Mechanical Engine
A = To The Radiator
80395 4
Cooling System Diagram - 4 Cylinder Mechanical Engine
A = To The Radiator
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 5
Engine cooling system - Overview
BAIL07CCM266AMA 1
A Coolant flow from the thermostat

B Coolant flow to the coolant pump
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 6
Radiator - Dynamic description

Cooling occurs as the coolant passes down through the radiator cores. Air is drawn through the radiator fins by a
viscous fan situated on a pulley mounted between the radiator and the engine block.
BAIL07APH037AVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 7
Coolant thermostat - Dynamic description

When the thermostat is closed, a recirculating bypass gallery allows the coolant to recirculate from the cylinder head
to the block, to allow faster engine coolant warm-up.
BVE0376A 1
When the coolant has reached normal operating temperature, the thermostat will open and allow coolant to be drawn
through the radiator by the coolant pump. Cooled coolant then returns to the engine.
BVE0377A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 8
Engine cooling system - Filling
WARNING
Do not allow antifreeze to contact skin. Adhere to instructions detailed on antifreeze container.
B024
1. Make sure that the correct grade and quantity of

antifreeze is added to the water. Recommended
coolant mixture is 50% water to 50% antifreeze to
specification AMBRA AGRIFLU.
2. Refill the engine coolant system through the radiator
cap until completely full and reinstall the radiator cap.
BAIL07APH038AVA 1
3. Refill the coolant expansion tank to the COLD FILL

mark.
BAIL07APH040AVA 2
4. Start the engine and run until normal operating tem-

perature is reached. Check for leaks, allow to cool
and recheck the engine coolant level.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 9
Engine cooling system - Drain fluid
WARNING
The engine coolant system operates under pressure which is controlled by the radiator pressure cap. It is
dangerous to remove the pressure cap while the system is hot. When cool, use a thick cloth and turn the cap
slowly to the first stop and allow the pressure to escape before fully removing the cap. Coolant should be
kept off the skin. Adhere to the precautions outlined on the antifreeze and inhibitor containers, where used.
B097
WARNING
Do not allow antifreeze to contact skin. Adhere to instructions detailed on antifreeze container.
B024
1. Place a suitable container under the vehicle.

Detach the coolant hose and drain the coolant.
BAIL07APH020AVA 1
2. Remove the coolant expansion tank cap.

3. Connect the coolant hose when the coolant system
has finished draining.
Next operation:
Fill the cooling system, for further information refer to Engine cooling system - Filling (10.400).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 10
Radiator - Remove
Prior operation:
Drain the engine coolant system, for additional information refer to Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (10.400)
1. Disconnect the charge air cooler outlet hose (1), and

retaining clamp (3).
Disconnect the receiver/drier retaining bracket (2)
from the radiator housing.
BAIL07APH359AVA 1
2. Disconnect the charge air cooler to intake manifold

hose and remove the charge air cooler outlet pipe.
BAIL07APH042AVA 2
3. Remove the fan shroud left-hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH046AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 11
Vehicles with pneumatic trailer brakes

4. Remove the left-hand drive belt guard.
BAIL07APH022AVA 4
Vehicles without pneumatic trailer brakes

BAIL07APH017AVA 5
All vehicles
6. Remove the engine control unit (ECU).
BAIL07APH044AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 12
7. Remove the radiator top retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH359AVA 7
8. Disconnect the radiator top hoses.
BAIL07APH361AVA 8
9. Remove the condenser pivot bolt, release the over-

centre catches, and place the condenser on top of
the engine.
BAIL07APH366AVA 9
10. Detach the hose clamps and remove the charge air
cooler intake pipe.
BAIL07APH043AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 13
11. Remove the oil cooler pipe retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH060AVA 11
12. Remove the right-hand drive belt guard.
BAIL07APH036AVA 12
13. Disconnect the radiator bottom hoses.
BAIL07APH047AVB 13
14. Remove the fan shroud right hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH045AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 14
15. Raise and support the vehicle and remove the right
hand front wheel.
BAIL07APH064AVA 15
16. Slide the oil cooler out of its mountings.
BAIL07APH004AVA 16
17. Reposition and support the oil cooler to one side.
BAIL07APH084AVA 17
18. Remove the radiator baffle plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 18
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 15
19. Remove the radiator lower retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH048AVA 19
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Failure to comply
could result in serious injury or death.
M944
20. Remove the radiator assembly.
BAIL07APH360AVA 20
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 16
Radiator - Install
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Failure to comply
could result in serious injury or death.
M944
1. Install the radiator assembly.
BAIL07APH360AVB 1
2. Install the radiator lower retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH048AVA 2
3. Install the radiator baffle plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 17
4. Release the oil cooler.
BAIL07APH084AVA 4
5. Slide the oil cooler into its mountings and secure in

place.
BAIL07APH004AVA 5
6. Install the right hand front wheel and tighten the

wheel nuts to the specified torque, for further infor-
mation refer to Front wheels - Torque (44.511).
BAIL07APH064AVA 6
7. Install the fan shroud right hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH045AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 18
8. Connect radiator bottom hoses.
BAIL07APH047AVB 8
9. Install the right hand drive belt guard.
BAIL07APH036AVA 9
10. Install the oil cooler pipe retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH060AVA 10
11. Install the charge air cooler intake pipe.
BAIL07APH043AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 19
12. Position the condenser, secure with the pivot bolt and
lock the over-centre catches.
BAIL07APH366AVA 12
13. Connect the radiator top hoses.
BAIL07APH361AVA 13
14. Install the radiator top retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH359AVA 14
15. Install the engine control unit (ECU).
BAIL07APH044AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 20

16. Install the left hand drive belt guard.
BAIL07APH017AVA 16

17. Install the left hand drive belt guard.
BAIL07APH022AVA 17
All vehicles
18. Install the fan shroud left-hand retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH046AVA 18
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 21
19. Install the charge air cooler outlet pipe and connect
the air cooler to intake manifold hose.
BAIL07APH042AVA 19
20. Connect the charge air cooler outlet hose (1), and
retaining clamp (3).
Connect the receiver/drier retaining bracket (2) to the
radiator housing.
BAIL07APH359AVA 20
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 22
Water pump - Remove

Prior operation:
Drain the cooling system, for further information refer to Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (10.400)
Prior operation:
Remove the drive belt, for further information refer to Belt - Remove (10.414)
1. Remove the coolant pump retaining bolts and re-

move the coolant pump.
BAIL07APH246AVA 1
Next operation:
Water pump - Install (10.400)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 23
Water pump - Install

1. Make sure that the mating surfaces are clean.
Install a new seal (1) and lubricate with clean engine
oil. NEW HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD 15W-40.
BVE0374A 1
2.
Install the coolant pump. Tighten the retaining bolts
to the specified torque value. For further information,
refer to Engine cooling system - Torque (10.400).
BAIL07APH246AVA 2
Next operation:
Install the drive belt, for further information refer to Belt - Install (10.414)
Next operation:
Refill the engine coolant system, for further information Engine cooling system - Filling (10.400)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 24
Coolant thermostat - Remove

Prior operation:
1. Remove the right-hand belt guard.
BAIL07APH036AVA 1

BAIL07APH232AVB 2
3. Disconnect the coolant hose from the thermostat

housing.
BAIL07APH233AVA 3
4. Remove the thermostat housing from the cylinder

block.
BAIL07APH234AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 25
5. Remove the thermostat and seal. and the thermo-

stat.
BAIL07APH235AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 26
Coolant thermostat - Install

1. Make sure that the mating surfaces are clean.
Install the thermostat with a new thermostat seal.
BAIL07APH235AVA 1
2. Install the thermostat housing to the cylinder block.

Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque
value. For further information, refer to Engine cool-
ing system - Torque (10.400).
BAIL07APH234AVA 2
3. Connect the coolant hose to the thermostat housing

and tighten the hose clamp.
BAIL07APH233AVA 3

BAIL07APH232AVB 4
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 27
5. Install the right-hand belt guard.
BAIL07APH036AVA 5
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 28
Coolant thermostat - Test

Prior operation:
Coolant thermostat - Remove (10.400).
1. Place the thermostat in a container of water, and

raise the temperature to 212 °F ( 100 °C). If the ther-
mostat fails to open when hot, or fails to close prop-
erly when cooled, it must be replaced.
NOTE: A faulty thermostat may cause the engine to oper-
ate at a too hot or too cold operating temperature. If the
thermostat is not replaced, this could result in damage to
the engine or impaired engine performance.
NOTICE: Do not operate an engine without a thermostat.
RI-1-107 1
Next operation:
Coolant thermostat - Install (10.400).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 29
Index
Engine - 10

Coolant thermostat - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Coolant thermostat - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Coolant thermostat - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Coolant thermostat - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Engine cooling system - Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engine cooling system - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Engine cooling system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine cooling system - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Engine cooling system - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine cooling system - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Radiator - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Radiator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Radiator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Water pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Water pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
47461574 08/11/2012
10.400 / 30
Engine - 10
Fan and drive - 414
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
Fan and drive - 414
SERVICE
Fan
Viscous coupler - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Viscous coupler - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Belt
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Belt tensioner
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 2
Engine - Fan and drive
Fan Viscous coupler - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery ground (negative) cable from the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect
(55.302)
Prior operation:
Partially drain the engine coolant system, for further information refer to Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (10.400)
BAIL07APH036AVA 1
2. Disconnect the radiator top hoses.
BAIL07APH420AVA 2
3. Using suitable grips to hold the pulley, detach the

viscous fan.
NOTE: The viscous fan has a left-hand thread.
BAIL07APH094AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 3
4. Remove the radiator shroud retaining bolts (on both

sides of the vehicle)
BAIL07APH045AVA 4
5. Remove the radiator shroud and viscous fan to-

gether.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 4
Fan Viscous coupler - Install

1. Install the radiator shroud and viscous fan together.
2. Install the radiator shroud retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH045AVA 1
3. Using suitable grips to hold the pulley, tighten the

viscous fan to the specified torque, for further infor-
mation refer to Engine cooling system - Torque
(10.400)
NOTE: The viscous fan has a left-hand thread.
BAIL07APH094AVA 2
4. Connect the radiator top hoses.
BAIL07APH420AVA 3
BAIL07APH036AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 5
Next operation:
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 6
Belt - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect (55.302)

BAIL07APH022AVA 1
2. Loosen the air compressor drive belt tensioner (1),

detension and remove the air compressor drive belt
(2).
BAIL07APH240AVA 2

3. Remove the left-hand belt guard.
BAIL07APH017AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 7
All vehicles
BAIL07APH036AVA 4
5. Loosen the locknut (1), Detension the air condition-

ing (A/C) drive belt adjuster (2).
BAIL07APH024AVA 5
6. Release the A/C drive belt tensioner (1) and remove

the A/C drive belt (2).
BAIL07APH241AVA 6
7. Detension the accessory drive belt tensioner (1)and

detach the accessory drive belt (2).
BAIL07APH050AVA 7
8. Carefully manoeuvre the accessory drive belt be-

tween the viscous fan and the radiator shroud.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 8
Belt - Install
All vehicles
1. Carefully manoeuvre the accessory drive belt be-
tween the viscous fan and the radiator shroud.
2. Detension the accessory drive belt tensioner (1) and
install the accessory drive belt (2) around the pulleys.
BAIL07APH050AVA 1
3. Install the drive belt around the pulleys.
BAIL07APH241AVB 2
4. Tension the A/C drive belt adjuster (1) and tighten the
locknut (2).
BAIL07APH024AVB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 9
5. Tighten the A/C compressor drive belt tensioner re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH241AVC 4
BAIL07APH036AVA 5

7. Install the left-hand belt guard.
BAIL07APH017AVA 6

8. Install and tension the air compressor drive belt (1)
and tighten the air compressor drive belt tensioner
(2).
BAIL07APH240AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 10
9. Install the left-hand drive belt guard.
BAIL07APH022AVA 8
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 11
Belt tensioner - Remove

Air conditioning (A/C) drive belt tensioner
1. Remove the A/C drive belt, for further information
refer to Belt - Remove (10.414)
2. Remove the A/C drive belt tensioner.
BAIL07APH244AVA 1
Air compressor drive belt tensioner

3. Remove the air compressor drive belt, for further in-
formation refer to Belt - Remove (10.414)
4. Remove the air compressor drive belt tensioner.
BAIL07APH245AVA 2
Accessory drive belt tensioner

5. Remove the accessory drive belt, for further informa-
tion refer to Belt - Remove (10.414).
6. Remove the accessory drive belt tensioner rear re-
taining bolts.
BAIL07APH243AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 12
7. Remove the accessory drive belt tensioner.
BAIL07APH405AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 13
Belt tensioner - Install

Accessory drive belt tensioner
1. Install the accessory drive belt tensioner rear retain-
ing bolts.
BAIL07APH243AVA 1
2. Install the accessory drive belt tensioner front retain-

ing bolts.
BAIL07APH405AVA 2
3. Install the accessory drive belt, for further information

refer to Belt - Install (10.414).
Air compressor drive belt tensioner

4. Install the air compressor drive belt tensioner.
BAIL07APH245AVA 3
5. Install the air compressor drive belt, for further infor-

mation refer to Belt - Install (10.414).
Air conditioning (A/C) drive belt tensioner

6. Install the A/C drive belt, for further information refer
to Belt - Install (10.414).
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 14
7. Install the A/C drive belt tensioner.
BAIL07APH244AVA 4
8. Install the A/C drive belt, for further information refer

to Belt - Install (10.414)
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 15
Index
Engine - 10
Fan and drive - 414

Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Belt tensioner - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Belt tensioner - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fan Viscous coupler - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fan Viscous coupler - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.414 / 16
Engine - 10
Aftercooler - 310
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
10.310 / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
Aftercooler - 310
SERVICE
Aftercooler
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
10.310 / 2
Engine - Aftercooler
Aftercooler - Remove
1. Remove the condenser pivot bolt, release the over-
centre catches, and place the condenser on top of
the engine.
BAIL07APH366AVA 1
2. Disconnect the charge air cooler outlet hoses from

the charge air cooler.
BAIL07APH359AVA 2
3. Remove the charge air cooler.
BAIL07APH059AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.310 / 3
Engine - Aftercooler
Aftercooler - Install
1. Install the charge air cooler.
BAIL07APH059AVA 1
2. Connect the charge air cooler hoses to the charge

air cooler.
BAIL07APH359AVA 2
3. Place the air conditioning condenser into position

and install the pivot bolt and retaining nut. Install the
air conditioning condenser and latch the over centre
catches.
47461574 08/11/2012
10.310 / 4
Index
Engine - 10
Aftercooler - 310
Aftercooler - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Aftercooler - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
10.310 / 5
CNH Österreich GmbH Steyrerstraße 32 4300 St. Valentin Austria
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN FRANCE
© 2012 CNH GLOBAL N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices,
specification or equipment at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Dealer.
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Transmission
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21
Contents
Transmission - 21
Power Shuttle transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.112

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Power Shuttle transmission external controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.134

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Power Shuttle transmission internal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.154

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Semi-Powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.111

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Semi-Powershift transmission external controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.133

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Semi-Powershift transmission lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.103

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.152

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.160
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.166
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21
Transmission - 21
Power Shuttle transmission - 112
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
TECHNICAL DATA
Power Shuttle transmission

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Dynamic description (Electrical Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Dynamic description (Hydraulic Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Transmission housing
Cover - Exploded view (Forward/Reverse Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SERVICE

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Transmission housing
Cover - Remove (Forward / Reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Cover - Install (Forward / Reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
DIAGNOSTIC

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 2
Transmission - Power Shuttle transmission
Power Shuttle transmission - Torque
BSF4664A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 3
BSF4663A 2
BVE0599A_49 3
Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools

NOTE: The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended specific
tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included in this manual.
Tool No. Description Alternative

previous No.
380040228 Tractor splitting kit -
X 380001116 Transmission lifting eyebolt -
X 380000291 Clutch piston return spring compressor -
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 4
Locally Fabricated Tools
BTB0459A_256 1
Transmission to Stand Attachment Bracket - Constructional Detail
Main bracket made from 19 mm (0.75 in) mild steel plate.
(1) Center spigot (locally adjust to suit base stand)
NOTE: Strengthening plate should be of similar material and welds should be secure, preferably continuous.
BVF1147A 2
Range Cluster Bearing Adapter Tool
Pressure Test Tools

previous No.
380001147 Bypass Connector -
X 380000999 Adaptor 7/16 UNF male -
X 380000552 Pressure Gauge 0 - 40 bar (0 - 580 psi) -
380000579 Adaptor M10 banjo x 7/16 UNF female -
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 5

previous No.
380000492 7/16" UNF male Quick release adaptor -
380000543 Quick Release Adaptor -
Power Shuttle transmission - General specification

Type 24x24 24 forward and 24 reverse speeds,
using straight cut gears, two
multi-wet plate clutches and friction
cone synchronizers
Control system Electro-hydraulic with electronic

management system
Hydraulic Control Valve

Type Separate casting, with internal
cast-in galleries
Control Electronically operated solenoid

coils controlled by electronic
management system
Multi-Wet Plate Clutches

Type Constant running, pressure
lubricated, pressure applied, spring
released
Number of friction plates 6 pieces in each clutch

Number of steel plates 5 pieces in each clutch
Number of belleville washers 7 pieces in each clutch
Belleville washer stack height check Free Height 25.9 mm (1.02 in)
Loaded Height 2400 N (539.5 lb) 12.6 mm (0.50 in)
Number of separating springs 6 pieces in each clutch
Separating spring height check Free Height 5.08 mm (0.20 in)

Operating pressure 17 - 19 bar (246.50 - 275.50 psi)
Adjustments
Output shaft end float 0.038 - 0.089 mm (0.0015 - 0.0035 in)
Output shaft end float adjustment 0.076 mm (0.0030 in), 0.125 mm (0.0049 in),
shims available 0.305 mm (0.0120 in), 0.762 mm (0.0300 in)
C1 cluster gear shaft end float 0.050 - 0.075 mm (0.0020 - 0.0030 in)
C1 cluster gear shaft end float 0.076 mm (0.0030 in), 0.125 mm (0.0049 in),
adjustment shims available 0.305 mm (0.0120 in), 0.762 mm (0.0300 in)
Clutch plate set height 24.2 ±0.1 mm (0.9528 ±0.0039 in)

Clutch steel plate thicknesses 2 mm (0.0787 in), 2.2 mm (0.0866 in)
available
Adjustable link rod 83.5 - 84.9 mm (3.2874 - 3.3425 in)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 6
NOTE: The driveline oil specification and capacity is described in Consumables () .
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 7
Power Shuttle transmission - Static description

The 24 x 24 transmission consists of a dual, multi-wet plate clutch assembly, known as C1 (under drive) and C2 (direct
drive), located directly between the flywheel damper and the input shaft of the transmission. This eliminates the need
for a conventional clutch.
The Dual Command unit provides an under drive to all of the standard direct drive ratios, reducing road speed by 18
% and increasing torque by 22 %, providing the transmission with 24 forward and 24 reverse gears.
Selection of either under drive or direct drive modes is by switches (2 and 3) located on the main shift lever (1).
The selection is carried out by PWM solenoid valves, which are controlled by a controller. This system provides
independent electronic control of the pressure on each clutch.
BSE3685A 1
For convenience, a duplicate set of shift buttons (1) are located on the right-hand control panel.
BSF3939A 2
A shuttle lever located under the left hand side of the steering wheel is used to select forward, reverse or neutral.
Lever position is communicated to the controller via switches located in the shuttle lever.
NOTE: A warning sound will be heard, and the symbol 'N' will flash in the instrument cluster if shuttle shifting when
the speed is greater than 9 km/h (5.6 mph).
BSE2671C_257 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 8
The transmission is powered through a flywheel damper and has no conventional clutch.
BSF4016A_258 4
Low Pressure Regulating Valve with Variable Displacement Load Sensing Hydraulic Pump
The pressure oil to engage the clutches is supplied from the low pressure hydraulic circuit, which is maintained at 17
- 19 bar (246.50 - 275.50 psi) by the low pressure regulating valve (1), located in the valve block in the base of the
remote control valve assembly.
BSF3967A_259 5
Low Pressure Regulating Valve with Fixed Displacement Hydraulic Gear Pump
The pressure oil to engage the clutches is supplied from the low pressure hydraulic circuit, which is maintained at 17
- 19 bar (246.50 - 275.50 psi) by the low pressure regulating valve (1), located in the valve block on top of the low
pressure distribution block.
BSF4626A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 9
Transmission Control Valve

The control valve assembly is mounted on the right hand side of the transmission. The control valve is supplied with
low pressure oil through point (1) at 17 - 19 bar (246.50 - 275.50 psi).
The control valve assembly incorporates C1 PWM solenoid valve (2), C2 PWM solenoid valve (3), 1/2 synchronizer
status switch (4) transmission oil temperature sensor (5) and the dump solenoid valve (6).
BSF4622A 7
Lubrication Control Valve

Mounted on the C1 and C2 clutch housing is the lubrication control valve (1). This proportions the transmission lubri-
cation oil depending on the operating state of the C1/C2 clutches. This ensures adequate lubrication to the clutches
especially during inching/feathering.
BSF4629A 8
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 10
INPUT SENSORS
The engagement of the clutches are controlled by inputs from various sensors and switches:
Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor

The transmission oil temperature sensor (1) measures the temperature of the oil to provide compensation for hot/cold
oil conditions.
BRE1795E 9
Clutch Pedal Potentiometer and Disconnect Switch

The clutch pedal potentiometer (1) provides the operator with controlled engagement of the feathering clutches (C1
or C2).
The clutch pedal disconnect switch (2) de-energizes the dump solenoid valve which disengages drive.
BVE0692A_260 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 11
Shuttle Lever
The shuttle lever (1) provides information to the controller, via switches, for forward, reverse and neutral transmission
drive selection.
The neutral switch is open when the shuttle lever is in neutral, cutting off 12 V power supply to the controller. This
supply is used for C1 and C2 clutch PWM solenoid valves.
BSE2671A_261 11
Forward/Reverse Potentiometer
Provides information to the controller on the position of the forward and reverse synchronizer.
BSF4623A 12
Upshift and Downshift Switches

Located on the main shift lever (1) is the upshift switch (2) and the downshift switch (3). These switches allow the
operator to change between C1 (under drive) and C2 (direct drive) by sending a signal to the controller, without using
the clutch pedal.
BSE3685A 13
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 12
High/Medium Synchronizer Status Switch

Provides information to the controller on the position of the high/medium synchronizer.
BRE1759D 14
First/Second Synchronizer Status Switch

Provides information to the controller on the position of the first/second synchronizer.
BRE1795D 15
Third/Fourth Synchronizer Status Switch

Provides information to the controller on the position of the third/fourth synchronizer.
BSF4625A 16
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 13
Rear Axle Speed Sensor

The rear axle speed sensor (1) provides information of transmission output speed to the controller.
BVE0688A 17
Parking Brake Switch

The parking brake switch (1) is located on the parking brake lever. The parking brake has to be applied during cal-
ibration, if it is not applied an error code will be displayed.
The tractor will drive if the parking brake is applied but an audible alarm will be heard.
BRF1854B_262 18
Seat Switch
The seat switch must be operated, i.e. operator seated, before the controller allows the engagement of the forward
or reverse drive.
BRF1851B_263 19
NOTE: The clutch pedal will override a faulty seat switch.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 14
OUTPUT DEVICES
C1 and C2 Clutch PWM Solenoid Valves and Dump Solenoid Valve

The dump solenoid valve (1) stops the oil supply to the C1 and C2 clutch PWM solenoid valves.
The C1 (2) and C2 (3) clutch PWM solenoid valves control the oil supply to the clutches allowing the engagement/
disengagement of the clutches via a signal supplied from the transmission controller.
BSF4622B 20
Forward/Reverse PWM Solenoid Valves

The reverse (1) and forward (2) PWM solenoid valves control the oil supply to the forward/reverse synchronizer shift
rail, allowing the selection of forward or reverse via a signal from the transmission controller.
BSF4623B 21
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 15
Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC)

Provides information to the operator when C2 (direct drive) is engaged with the symbol (1) and if a critical fault occurs
with the transmission operation.
BVF1027A 22
CONTROL DEVICE
Controller
The controller (1) gives accurate control, via PWM solenoid valves, of the two multi-wet plate clutches. This also
enables clutchless shuttle operations and sequential power-shifting. The transmission controller has a diagnostic
facility that can interpret a number of system faults, which can be displayed or stored depending on how critical the
fault detected is.
BSE3118B_264 23
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 16
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 17
Power Shuttle transmission - Sectional view

Gear Description Number Of Teeth
40 km/h 30 km/h
( 24.9 mph) ( 18.6 mph)
A C1 gear drive 36 36
B Reverse gear drive 33 33
C Reverse gear driven 39 39
D 1st gear drive 31 27
E 2nd gear drive 38 34
F 3rd gear drive 45 40
G High range gear drive 52 49
H Medium range gear drive 35 33
J Low range gear drive 19 19
K Low range gear driven 60 60
L Medium range gear driven 44 46
M High range gear driven 27 31
N 3rd gear driven 34 39
P 2nd gear driven 41 45
Q 1st gear driven 49 52
R Reverse cluster gear drive 40 40
S Reverse cluster gear driven 33 33
T C1 cluster gear drive 35 35
U C1 cluster gear driven 30 30
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 18
bsf4397b 1
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 19
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 20
Power Shuttle transmission - Detailed view
BSF4415A 1
1 C1 clutch gear drive (A) 2 C1 clutch

3 C2 clutch 4 Bearing
5 Reverse drive gear (B) 6 Bearing
7 Forward/Reverse synchronizer 8 Reverse gear driven (C)
9 Bearing 10 1st gear drive (D)
11 2nd gear drive (E) 12 3rd gear drive (F)
13 3/4 gears synchronizer 14 Bearing
15 High range gear drive (G) 16 Medium range gear drive (H)
17 Low range gear drive (J) 18 Bearing
19 Bearing 20 PTO shaft
21 Output shaft 22 Bearing
23 Low range gear driven (K) 24 Low range synchronizer
25 Medium range gear driven (L) 26 High/medium synchronizer
27 Taper roller bearing 28 High range gear driven (M)
29 Taper roller bearing 30 3rd gear driven (N)
31 2nd gear driven (P) 32 1/2 gears synchronizer
33 1st gear driven (Q) 34 Bearing
35 Reverse cluster gear drive (R) 36 Reverse cluster gear driven (S)
37 C1 cluster gear drive (T) 38 C1 cluster gear driven (U)
39 Input shaft
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 21
Power Shuttle transmission - Dynamic description (Electrical

Operation)
Neutral
The forward/reverse shuttle lever must be in neutral to allow engine start up. The other status switches, located on
the High/Medium, 1/2 and 3/4 shift rails provide the controller with the transmission status. Drive will not be permitted
if any of the shift levers are engaged without the clutch pedal being depressed.
With the transmission in neutral the dump solenoid valve is not energized and prevents oil supply from reaching the
C1 and C2 PWM solenoid valves. The controller always defaults the transmission to the C1 (under drive) selection
on start up.
Gear Selection
The clutch pedal must be depressed prior to any shift lever engagement, if not error code `CP' will be displayed on
the instrument cluster and drive will not be permitted by the controller. When the clutch pedal is fully depressed and
a gear/range/direction selection is made, the dump solenoid valve remains de-energized by the action of the fully
depressed clutch pedal operating the disconnect switch. The C1 and C2 PWM solenoid valves are also de-energized
with the clutch pedal fully depressed.
Inching/Feathering
As the clutch pedal is raised from the fully depressed position the dump solenoid valve is energized, allowing oil supply
to the appropriate PWM solenoid valve. With the system in the default, C1 (under drive) mode, the C1 PWM solenoid
valve becomes energized. As the clutch pedal is raised the clutch potentiometer provides increased voltage to the
controller, and the controller in turn provides increased current to the C1 PWM solenoid valve, which regulates the oil
pressure to the C1 clutch. As the clutch pedal and therefore current, is raised the pressure to the C1 clutch is raised
correspondingly until full pressure/engagement is achieved.
Gear Shifting
As the clutch is depressed drive is disengaged between the engine and the transmission as the dump solenoid valve
is de-energized. Shifts are completed in the normal manner and drive is gradually re-established as the pedal is
raised as described in ìnching/feathering'. The system has an electronic override feature where if the clutch pedal is
released quickly or accidentally the controller will take over and control the engagement speed of the clutch to prevent
sudden and possibly damaging engagements.
Drive
During continuous drive mode, clutch pedal fully released, the appropriate PWM solenoid valve is fully open allowing
full unrestricted oil pressure to the corresponding clutch.
C1 (Under Drive) to C2 (Direct Drive)

Operation of the upshift switch, located on the main shift lever, de-energizes the C1 PWM solenoid valve and en-
ergizes the C2 PWM solenoid valve, pressure oil is switched to the C2 clutch. The clutch engagement time is still
controlled by the controller during this changeover to ensure a smooth shift.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 22
Auto Take Off (ATO)

The ATO feature allows the operator to engage drive without using the clutch pedal by simply moving the shuttle lever
from neutral to the forward or reverse position.
The ATO function is automatically enabled under normal starting conditions. i.e. operator in the driving seat, clutch
pedal depressed, shuttle lever in neutral.
After selecting the appropriate gear ranges with the main shift lever, simply move the shuttle lever to the forward or
reverse position without depressing the clutch pedal. The ATO function will provide a controlled start from a stationary
position.
BSE2671C_257 1
NOTE: The ATO function will be disabled if the vehicle is at rest with the shuttle lever in the neutral position and the
operator leaves the seat.
If the ATO should be disabled for any reason, the operator should carry out the following procedure to re-enable this
function.
Sit in the seat, release the parking brake and cycle the clutch pedal. The vehicle will then move off in the direction
selected on the shuttle lever.
When enabled, the ATO function will continue to function as long as the operator remains in the seat.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 23
Power Shuttle transmission - Dynamic description (Hydraulic

Operation)
Neutral
Pressure oil supplied by the hydraulic pump enters the transmission control valve. The oil is channeled directly to the
dump solenoid valve, which, with the transmission in neutral, is de-energized (closed), preventing the oil supply from
going through to the C1 and C2 PWM solenoid valves.
Inching/Feathering
With the clutch pedal depressed and the gear/range/direction selected the transmission is still immobilized due to the
dump solenoid valve remaining de-energized by the action of the clutch pedal in the fully depressed position. As the
clutch pedal is raised the dump valve is energized allowing oil supply to the C1 and C2 PWM solenoid valves. Further
lifting of the clutch pedal provides a corresponding increase in oil flow through the appropriate PWM solenoid valve
and a gradual engagement of the clutch.
Drive
With the clutch pedal fully released, full pressure is applied to the appropriate clutch to transfer drive to the forward/
reverse synchronizer.
Gear Shifting
When shifting gear, the action of fully depressing the clutch pedal de-energizes the dump solenoid valve, and the
oil pressure to C1 and C2 PWM solenoid valves is cut, which disconnects the drive between the engine and the
transmission. As the clutch pedal is raised the hydraulic pressure is progressively restored to the clutch to continue
driving.
C1 (Under Drive) to C2 (Direct Drive)

Operation of the upshift switch, located on the main shift lever, de-energizes the C1 PWM solenoid valve and en-
ergizes the C2 PWM solenoid valve, pressure oil is switched to the C2 clutch. The clutch engagement time is still
controlled by the controller during this changeover to ensure a smooth shift.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 24
Transmission Hydraulic Circuit
BSF4483A 1
1 Low pressure circuit oil supply 2 Dump solenoid valve

3 Lubrication oil supply 4 Reverse PWM solenoid valve
5 Forward PWM solenoid valve 6 Lubrication control valve
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 25
Lubrication Control Valve Operation - Clutch Pedal Fully Depressed
BVF1041A 2
1 Transmission lubrication oil supply 2 Spool

3 C1 clutch engagement oil supply 4 C2 clutch engagement oil supply
5 Clutch friction and steel plates 6 Belleville washers
7 Lubrication oil restriction 8 Control piston
9 C1/C2 clutch lubrication oil supply 10 Spool centralizing spring
11 Stop sleeve 12 Stop sleeve
Figure Colour Key

A Return to reservoir B Lubrication circuit
The spool (2) is centred in the neutral position by the spool centralizing spring (10).
Lubrication oil (1) is supplied at full flow to both the C1 and C2 clutches, transmission bearings and the synchronizers.
The flow of lubrication oil through the clutch friction and steel plates (5) is restricted in the clutch at the lubrication oil
restriction (7).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 26
Lubrication Control Valve Operation - Inching/Feathering C2 (Direct Drive)
BVF1041B 3

Figure Colour Key

C Low pressure circuit
The lubrication spool (2) is controlled by the oil pressure from the clutch engagement oil supply (4). As the oil pressure
increases, the control piston (8) will apply a force onto the clutch friction and steel plates (5) and begin to transmit
drive (inching/feathering).
The spool (2) will remain centred in the neutral position by the spool centralizing spring (10), which is rated at 13 bar
(188.50 psi). This allows a full flow of lubrication oil to the clutches. The lubrication oil restriction (7) is open fully,
allowing full flow of lubrication oil past the restriction (7), to the clutch friction and steel plates (5).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 27
Lubrication Control Valve Operation - Driving C2 (Direct Drive)
BVF1041C 4

Figure Colour Key

C Low pressure circuit
As the engagement oil supply (4) pressure increases to 13 bar (188.50 psi), the spool (2) will start to restrict the
lubrication oil flow to the clutches. As the engagement oil supply pressure increases to 15 bar (217.50 psi) the spool
(2) will have moved completely until the stop sleeve (11) touches the stop sleeve (12). The lubrication oil flow is now
restricted due to only one supply from the lubrication control valve.
The lubrication oil on the engaged C2 clutch can not flow past the engaged friction and steel plates therefore the
released clutch will still receive a restricted oil flow through the friction and steel plates.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 28
Power Shuttle transmission - Dynamic description

40 km/h 30 km/h
( 24.9 mph) ( 18.6 mph)
A C1 gear drive 36 36
B Reverse gear drive 33 33
C Reverse gear driven 39 39
D 1st gear drive 31 27
E 2nd gear drive 38 34
F 3rd gear drive 45 40
G High range gear drive 52 49
H Medium range gear drive 35 33
J Low range gear drive 19 19
K Low range gear driven 60 60
L Medium range gear driven 44 46
M High range gear driven 27 31
N 3rd gear driven 34 39
P 2nd gear driven 41 45
Q 1st gear driven 49 52
R Reverse cluster gear drive 40 40
S Reverse cluster gear driven 33 33
T C1 cluster gear drive 35 35
U C1 cluster gear driven 30 30
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 29
BSF4408A 1
Power Flows - Neutral
Engine power is transmitted from the flywheel mounted damper to the input/PTO driveshaft and C1/C2 clutch housing
which is splined to the shaft.
Gear Lever Positions
• Shuttle lever in neutral, main shift lever in neutral and range lever in neutral.
• C1 and C2 clutches are disengaged.
BVF1034A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 30
BSF4414A 3
Power Flows - 1st Gear
Input shaft - C1 - gears A-U-T-B - forward/reverse synchronizer - gears D-Q - 1/2 synchronizer - gears M-G-J-K - low
synchronizer - output shaft.

• Shuttle lever in forward, main shift lever in 1st gear and range lever in low range.
• C1 (under drive) clutch engaged.
BVF1033A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 31
BSF4413A 5
Power Flows - 4th Gear
Input shaft - C2 - gear B - forward/reverse synchronizer - gears E-P - 1/2 synchronizer - gears M-G-J-K - low synchro-
nizer - output shaft.
• Shuttle lever in forward, main shift lever in 2nd gear and range lever in low range.
• C2 (direct drive) clutch engaged.
BVF1032A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 32
BSF4412A 7
Input shaft - C1 - gears A-U-T-B - forward/reverse synchronizer - gear F - 3/4 synchronizer - gears N-M-G-H-L -
high/medium synchronizer - output shaft.
• Shuttle lever in forward, main shift lever in 3rd gear and range lever in medium range.
BVF1031A 8
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 33
BSF4411A 9
Input shaft - C2 - gear B - forward/reverse synchronizer - 3/4 synchronizer - gear G-M - high/medium synchronizer -
output shaft.
• Shuttle lever in forward, main shift lever in 4th gear and range lever in high range.
BVF1030A 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 34
BSF4410A 11
Power Flows - Reverse 9th Gear
Input shaft - C1 - gears A-U-T-S-R-C - forward/reverse synchronizer - gears D-Q - 1/2 synchronizer - gears M-G-H-L
- high/medium synchronizer - output shaft.
• Shuttle lever in reverse, main shift lever in 1st gear and range lever in medium range.
BVF1029A 12
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 35
BSF4409A 13
Power Flows - Reverse 20th Gear
Input shaft - C2 - gears B-T-S-R-C - forward/reverse synchronizer - gears E-P - 1/2 synchronizer - gear M - high/
medium synchronizer - output shaft.
• Shuttle lever in reverse, main shift lever in 2nd gear and range lever in high range.
BVF1028A 14
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 36
Transmission housing Cover - Exploded view (Forward/Reverse

Control)
BVF1018A 1
1 Forward/reverse potentiometer 2 Potentiometer spacer

3 O-ring 4 Forward/reverse shift rail end cover
5 Potentiometer operating shaft locating pin 6 Forward/reverse shift rail
7 Forward/reverse piston 8 Oil seal
9 O-ring 10 Forward/reverse shift fork
11 Shift fork retaining bolt and nut 12 Forward/reverse synchronizer control cover
13 Forward/reverse detent assembly 14 Forward PWM solenoid valve
15 PWM solenoid valve retaining plate 16 Forward/reverse shift rail end cover plate
17 Reverse PWM solenoid valve 18 O-ring
19 Potentiometer operating shaft
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 37
Power Shuttle transmission - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the cab - see Cab - Remove (90.150).
Remove the fuel tank - see .
Separate the engine and front support from the transmission - see .
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Disconnect the wiring harness as required to enable

the separation of the transmission from the rear axle.
2. Remove the battery tray swivel pin (1) and remove
the battery tray and battery.
BVE0342A 1
3. Remove the cab support.
BVE0343A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 38
4. Detach the brake tubes support bracket from the

transmission housing.
5. Disconnect the hydraulic pipes between rear axle
and transmission.
6. Install the lifting eyebolts 380001116, (1) on the
transmission.
Using a suitable chain, attach the transmission to a
hoist.
Position the splitting kit (3) underneath the tractor.
Use the supports (2), in the splitting kit to support the
rear axle on the splitting stand.
BVE0344A 3
7. Remove the transmission to rear axle retaining bolts.

Remove the transmission from the rear axle.
Next operation:
Power Shuttle transmission internal components - Disassemble (21.154)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 39
Power Shuttle transmission - Install

Prior operation:
Power Shuttle transmission internal components - Assemble (21.154)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

transmission.
hoist.
BVE0344A 1
2. Thoroughly clean and degrease the mating sufaces

and apply a bead of liquid gasket of approximately 2
mm (0.08 in) diameter following the pattern shown.
Align the transmission to the rear axle and install the
transmission to rear axle retaining bolts. Tighten to
the specified torque value.
BVE0599A_49 2
3. Connect the oil pipes between the rear axle and the
transmission.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 40
4. Attach the brake tubes support bracket.

5. Install the cab support.
BVE0343A 3
6. Install the battery tray and battery. Install the battery

tray swivel pin (1).
BVE0342A 4
7. Connect or Install the wiring harness as required.
Next operation:
Connect the engine and front support to the transmission - Engine - Connect (10.001) .
Install the fuel tank - see .
Install the cab - see Cab - Install (90.150).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 41
Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure test

Pressure test ports are provided on the transmission control valve cover to enable the transmission clutches to be
tested to determine the correct function of a number of system components. Components such as solenoids, clutch
pedal operation and micro-processor can be seen to be operating correctly by the results of pressure testing.
NOTE: Prior to pressure testing, make certain that all the points detailed under the tractor preparation are carried out
to ensure maximum safety.
Tractor Preparation
1. Start and drive the tractor to warm the transmission
oil to a minimum operating temperature of 50 °C (122
°F).
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Remove the four wheel driveshaft.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector from the
high/low/medium range switch and install the `Switch
By-Pass Connector', 380001147 (1), into the tractor
harness end. By installing the switch By-Pass con-
nector, the processor receives a signal indicating
that either high range or medium range is selected,
although the HIGH/LOW/MEDIUM RANGE LEVER
remains in NEUTRAL throughout the testing.
BVE0475A 1
5. Disconnect the differential lock solenoid electrical

connector (1).
BVE0397A_418 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 42
C1/C2 Clutch Engagement and Disengagement

6. Remove the C1 (1) and the C2 (2) test port plugs.
BVE0476A 3
7. Install the quick release fitting 380000999 (1) in the

C1 and C2 test ports.
• Test port thread 7/16 – 20 UNF
Attach two 0 - 40 bar (0 - 580 psi) pressure gauges
380000552 (3), using the hose 380000545 (2).
BVE0479A 4
8. Position the shuttle lever in Forward and leave the

High/Low/Medium range lever in Neutral.
9. Set the engine speed to 1500 rev/min to observe the
system operation pressure or 2200 rev/min for the
maximum system pressure.
Observe the readings on the gauges and compare
with those in Fig. 5.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 43
BVE0536A 5
Pressure Tests for C1 and C2
High Selected (Direct Drive)

(A)
Pressure on C1 and C2 should be zero. Indicates the dump valve solenoid is operational.
Releasing the clutch pedal from the fully depressed position should smoothly and gradually restore C2 to
(B) full pressure. C1 should remain at zero. Indicates the correct C2 PWM solenoid valve and the clutch
pedal operation.
Depressing the clutch pedal should progressively reduce the pressure in C2 and with the pedal fully
(C) depressed zero pressure should be indicated. Indicates the correct C2 PWM solenoid valve, clutch
potentiometer and the dump valve operation.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 44
Switch From High (Direct Drive) to Low (Underdrive)

C2 pressure should reduce to zero, C1 pressure should rise to full pressure. This should appear to be an
(D)
instantaneous operation with just a slight overlap of pressure between the clutches. This indicates the
correct operation of C1 and C2 PWM solenoid valves.
Low Selected (Underdrive)
(E)
Pressure on C1 and C2 should be zero. This indicates the correct dump valve operation.
Releasing the clutch pedal from the fully depressed position should smoothly and gradually restore C1 to
(F) full pressure. C2 should remain at zero. This indicates the correct C1 PWM solenoid valve and the clutch
pedal operation.
Depressing the clutch pedal should progressively reduce the pressure in C1 and with the pedal fully
(G) depressed zero pressure should be indicated. This indicates the correct C1 PWM solenoid valve, clutch
potentiometer and the dump valve operation.
Switch From Low (Underdrive) to High (Direct Drive)
C1 pressure should reduce to zero, C2 pressure should rise to full pressure. This should appear to be an
(H)
instantaneous operation with just a slight overlap of pressure between the clutches. This indicates the
correct operation of C1 and C2 PWM solenoid valves.
Pressure Testing Notes:

10. Maximum pressure should be between 15 - 18 bar
(218 - 261 psi). If maximum pressure is obtained in
only one of the clutches, suspect a fault in that clutch
circuit, e.g. leaking clutch seals, faulty PWM sole-
noid valve. The pressure at 1500 rev/min. should
be between 13.8 - 16.5 bar (200 - 239 psi).
11. If the pressure is low on both clutches this may in-
dicate a faulty dump solenoid valve or a fault in the
hydraulic supply circuit.
12. Sudden, irregular rises or drops in pressure as the
clutch pedal is operated may indicate a faulty clutch
potentiometer if it occurs in both Low (underdrive)
and High (direct drive), or if only one of the drives
drops pressure this may indicate a faulty PWM valve.
13. If the pressure comes on suddenly as the clutch
pedal is raised, this may indicate that the clutch
pedal switch is incorrectly adjusted.
14. If the pressure is not at absolute zero with the clutch
pedal fully depressed, this may also indicate a incor-
rectly adjusted clutch switch or a possible fault with
the dump solenoid valve.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 45
Forward / Reverse Synchroniser Pressure Test

15. Slide the operator seat fully rearward.
16. Remove the rubber mat from the cab.
17. Remove the cab floor panel from the cab.
BVE0227A_417 6
18. Remove the test port plugs and install the adap-
tors 380000579 (1) and the quick release fitting
380000492 (2). in the forward (F) and the reverse(R)
test ports.
• Test port thread 7/16 – 20
Attach two 0 - 40 bar (0 - 580 psi) pressure
gauges 380000552, using the quick release coupler
380000543.
BVE0477A 7
NOTE: Due to the operating characteristics of the synchroniser it is not possible to accurately pressure test the syn-
chroniser operating piston during normal tractor operation. The synchroniser will only take the required pressure to
move and then the pressure will be cut. This would be seen only as a momentary blip on a pressure gauge. Therefore
the following procedure, using the calibration mode, should be used to determine if full pressure is being achieved.
19. Enter the transmission calibration procedure.
20. The table below shows the synchroniser calibration
stages and at what stage the pressure can be ex-
pected to be seen.
Stage Synchroniser Pressures

Forward (F) Reverse (R)
SOC 18 bar (261 psi)** 0
1 0 0 - 5 bar (0 - 73 psi)*
2 0 18 bar (261 psi)*
3 0 - 5 bar (0 - 73 psi) 0
4 18 bar (261 psi)** 0
END 0 0
* This pressure slowly increases to overcome the synchroniser detent position and may not be noticed on the
pressure gauge.
** This pressure increases at a faster rate to shift the synchroniser into position.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 46
Power Shuttle transmission - Disconnect

Prior operation:
Remove the cab, for further information refer to Cab - Remove (90.150)
Prior operation:
Remove the fuel tank, for further information refer to Fuel tank - Remove (10.216)
1. Disconnect the PTO speed sensor.
BAIL12APH222AVA 1
2. Disconnect the EDC position sensor electrical con-

nectors (1) and the trailer brake electrical connectors
(2).
BAIL12APH223AVA 2
3. Disconnect the speed sensor.
BAIL12APH225AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 47
4. Disconnect the oil filter loom.
BAIL12APH224AVA 4
5. Disconnect the EDC potentiometer (1) and the EDC

raise and lower solenoids (2).
BAIL12APH226AVA 5
6. Disconnect the low pressure distribution manifold

electrical connectors.
BAIL12APH227AVA 6
7. Disconnect the creeper status switch electrical con-

nectors.
BAIL12APH228AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 48
8. Disconnect the PTO twist sensor electrical connector

(1) and the oil pressure electrical connector (2).
BAIL12APH229AVA 8
9. Disconnect the oil cooler supply pipe (1), the oil filter
pipe (2) and the differential lock supply pipe (3).
BAIL12APH230AVA 9
10. Disconnect the trailer brake air supply pipe (1) and
the differential lock supply pipe (2).
BAIL12APH231AVA 10
11. Remove the differential lock supply pipe (1).

Disconnect the trailer brake air supply pipe (2) and
remove the trailer brake air supply pipe (3).
BAIL12APH232AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 49
12. Disconnect the left-hand brake pipe.
BAIL12APH233AVA 12
13. Disconnect the brake pipes (1) and remove the left-
hand brake pipe (2).
BAIL12APH234AVA 13
14. Remove the right-hand brake pipe.
BAIL12APH236AVA 14
15. Disconnect the lubrication pipe.
BAIL12APH237AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 50
16. Remove the lubrication pipe.
BAIL12APH238AVA 16
17. Disconnect the oil filter pipe.
BAIL12APH239AVA 17
Vehicles with mechanical mid mount valves

18. Disconnect the mid mount oil pipes.
BAIL12APH240AVA 18
All vehicles
19. Disconnect the oil cooler pipe.
BAIL12APH241AVA 19
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 51
20. Disconnect the oil filter sensor electrical connector

(1).
Disconnect the suction pipe (2) and remove the seal-
ing washers (3).
BAIL12APH242AVA 20
21. Remove the oil filter.
BAIL12APH243AVA 21
22. Remove the low pressure distribution manifold return

pipe.
BAIL12APH244AVA 22
23. Disconnect the steering pump outlet pipe manifold.
BAIL12APH246AVA 23
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 52
24. Remove the steering pump outlet pipe.
BAIL12APH245AVA 24
25. Disconnect the oil cooler pipes.
BAIL12APH259AVA 25
26. Detach and reposition the oil cooler pipe.
BAIL12APH247AVA 26
27. Remove the 4WD shaft guard.
BAIL12APH248AVA 27
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 53
28. Remove the front wheels.
BAIL12APH133AVA 28
29. Install the splitting kit under the front support.
BAIL12APH250AVA 29
30. Support under the front of the rear axle.
BAIL12APH253AVA 30
31. Attach the splitting kit to the front of the transmission.
BAIL12APH255AVA 31
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 54
32. Support under the back of the rear axle.
BAIL12APH267AVA 32
33. Remove the right-hand lower bolts.
BAIL12APH254AVA 33
34. Remove the lower bolts.
BAIL12APH256AVA 34
35. Remove the left-hand bolts.
BAIL12APH257AVA 35
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 55
36. Remove the top bolts.
BAIL12APH258AVA 36
37. Disconnect the transmission from the rear axle.
BAIL12APH268AVB 37
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 56
Transmission housing Cover - Remove (Forward / Reverse)

Transmission housing Cover - Exploded view (Forward/Reverse Control) (21.112)
Prior operation:
Remove the cab floor and disconnect the plug as described in Cab - Remove (90.150).
NOTE: If the transmission is removed, the prior operation is not necessary.

1. Disconnect the oil supply pipe (1).
Remove the forward/reverse synchronizer control
cover (2).
BSF4623C 1
Next operation:
Transmission housing Cover - Install (Forward / Reverse) (21.112)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 57
Transmission housing Cover - Install (Forward / Reverse)

Transmission housing Cover - Exploded view (Forward/Reverse Control) (21.112)
Prior operation:
Transmission housing Cover - Remove (Forward / Reverse) (21.112)
1. Thoroughly clean and degrease the mating surfaces

BSF4624B_268 1
2. Install the forward/reverse synchronizer control

cover (2) and tighten the retaining bolts to the speci-
fied torque value.
Connect the oil supply pipe (1).
BSF4623D 2
NOTE: If the transmission is removed, the next operation is not necessary, continue with transmission assemble -
see Power Shuttle transmission internal components - Assemble (21.154).
Next operation:
Reconnect the plug and install the cab floor as described in Cab - Install (90.150).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 58
Power Shuttle transmission - Troubleshooting

NOTE: If the creeper is not functioning correctly, check for any electronic error codes which may be stored. These
are defined by the error code range of 2001 to 3000 - see Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
To retrieve error codes and review appropriate fault finding diagnostic charts - see Electronic module - Configure
(55.640).
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Tractor does not drive in Low or no hydraulic pump oil pressure or Pressure test the hydraulic pump - refer to
any gear flow. Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure
test (21.112).
Low or no low pressure circuit oil pressure. Pressure test the low pressure circuit - re-
fer to Power Shuttle transmission - Pres-
sure test (21.112).
Low or no oil pressure to the transmission Pressure test the clutches - refer to Power
clutch(es). Shuttle transmission - Pressure test
(21.112).
Low or no oil pressure to the forward or Pressure test the forward or reverse syn-
reverse synchronizer rail piston. chronizer - refer to Power Shuttle trans-
mission - Pressure test (21.112).
Shuttle lever faulty. Check the shuttle lever in H5, replace the
shuttle lever as necessary.
Wiring harness faulty. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Loose or damaged electrical connector(s). Refit or repair the electrical connector(s) as
necessary.
Dump solenoid valve faulty. Replace the dump solenoid valve.
PWM solenoid valve(s) faulty. Replace the PWM solenoid valve(s) and
re-calibrate the clutch(es).
Corrupt transmission software. Clear the EEPROM using H8 and re-cali-
brate. If the fault persists download the cor-
rect level of software and re-calibrate.
Faulty transmission controller. Replace the transmission controller.
Mechanical failure in the transmission. Inspect clutches for seizure, broken syn-
chronizers or broken gears. Replace
part(s) as necessary.
Transmission jumps out Incorrect selector cable(s) adjustment. Adjust selector cable(s).
of gear, holds in gear or
gears clash when shifting
Clutch pedal potentiometer faulty. Check the clutch pedal potentiometer - re-
fer to H9 in Electronic module - Configure
(55.640), replace as necessary.
Clutch disconnect switch faulty. Check the disconnect switch - refer to H5 in
Electronic module - Configure (55.640),
replace as necessary.
Clutch oil pressure is still present when the Pressure test the clutch(es) - refer to
clutch pedal is fully depressed. Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure
test (21.112).
Internal oil leakage, maintaining clutch en- Check internal clutch components for dam-
gagement. age or wear, replace parts as necessary.
Mechanical failure in the transmission. Inspect the detents in the shift cover, syn-
chronizers for wear or excessive end float
of transmission components. Replace
part(s) as necessary.
Transmission is noisy in Low driveline oil level. Refill with the specified oil to the correct
operation level. Locate oil leakage.
Incorrect driveline oil specification. Drain and refill with the specified oil to the
correct level.
Low or no lubrication oil pressure. Pressure test the lubrication circuit - refer to
Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure
test (21.112).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 59

Mechanical failure in the transmission. Inspect the bearings and for worn or dam-
aged parts. Replace part(s) as necessary.
Transmission clunks Clutches require calibration. Calibrate the clutches.
during feathering/inching Manually adjust the calibration value to
move the clutch engagement point to 35 %
clutch pedal travel.
Quickfill adjustment incorrect. Adjust the quickfill time as necessary - refer
to H3 in Electronic module - Configure
(55.640).
Clutch engagement oil pressure erratic. Pressure test the clutch(es) - refer to
Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure
test (21.112).
Clutch plates worn or damaged. Replace part(s) as necessary.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 60
Index
Transmission - 21

Power Shuttle transmission - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Power Shuttle transmission - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Power Shuttle transmission - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power Shuttle transmission - Dynamic description (Electrical Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Power Shuttle transmission - Dynamic description (Hydraulic Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Power Shuttle transmission - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Power Shuttle transmission - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Power Shuttle transmission - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Power Shuttle transmission - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Power Shuttle transmission - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Power Shuttle transmission - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Power Shuttle transmission - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Transmission housing Cover - Exploded view (Forward/Reverse Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Transmission housing Cover - Install (Forward / Reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Transmission housing Cover - Remove (Forward / Reverse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 61
47461574 08/11/2012
21.112 / 62
Transmission - 21
Power Shuttle transmission external controls - 134
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Transmission control valve

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Exploded view (Lubrication Oil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Transmission control levers

Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Remove (Valve block C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install (Valve block C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 2
Transmission - Power Shuttle transmission external controls
Transmission control valve - Exploded view
BSF4661A 1
1 Solenoid valve retaining plate 2 Dump solenoid valve

3 Low pressure oil supply 4 Transmission oil temperature sensor
5 C1 low pressure oil supply 6 1/2 synchronizer status switch
7 Spring 8 Plunger
9 C1 PWM solenoid valve 10 Solenoid valve retaining plate
11 Solenoid valve retaining plate 12 C2 PWM solenoid valve
13 C2 low pressure oil supply 14 Additional low pressure oil supply
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 3
Transmission control valve - Exploded view (Lubrication Oil)

NOTE: Apply LOCTITE® 270 onto the retaining bolt (6) when assembling.
BSF4660A 1
Lubrication Oil Control Valve
1 End cap 2 O-ring

3 Valve block 4 End cap
5 O-ring 6 Retaining bolt and washer
7 Stop sleeve 8 Spring
9 Stop sleeve 10 Spool
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 4
Transmission control levers - Travel adjust

1. Ensure the tractor is not in gear and the main shift
and range levers are in the neutral position.
2. Check and if necessary adjust the length of both of
the adjustable link rods.
X = 83.5 - 84.9 mm (3.29 - 3.34 in).
BVF1102A 1
3. Loosen the range selection cable adjustment nuts.
BVF1104B 2
4. Move the range selection cable (3) to remove the

freeplay until the range lever in the cab is in the po-
sition shown.
Tighten the adjustment nut (1) to the bracket and
tighten the adjustment nut (2).
BVF1105B 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 5
5. Loosen the range shift cable adjustment nuts.
BVF1104A 4
6. Move the range shift cable (3) to equally distribute

the freeplay until the range lever in the cab is in the
position shown.
Tighten the adjustment nuts (1) and (2).
NOTE: Ensure the range lever in the cab is still located in
the detent position.
NOTE: Ensure the range shift lever in the cab is not ob-
structed by the console when selecting a gear.
BVF1105A 5
7. Loosen the main shift selection cable adjustment

nuts.
BVF1106B 6
8. Move the main shift selection cable (3) to remove the

freeplay until the main shift lever in the cab is in the
position shown.
Tighten the adjustment nut (1) to the bracket and
tighten the adjustment nut (2).
BVF1107B 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 6
9. Loosen the main shift cable adjustment nuts.
BVF1106A 8
10. Move the main shift cable (3) to equally distribute the
freeplay until the main shift lever in the cab is in the
position shown.
Tighten the adjustment nuts (1) and (2).
NOTE: Ensure the main shift lever in the cab is still located
in the detent position.
NOTE: Ensure the main shift lever in the cab is not ob-
structed by the console when selecting a gear.
BVF1107A 9
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 7
Transmission control valve - Remove (Valve block C1/C2)

Transmission control valve - Exploded view (21.134)
Prior operation:
Remove the battery tray as described in Power Shuttle transmission - Remove (21.112) .
Disconnect the plugs from the sensor, switch and valves.
Drain the driveline oil - see Powered rear axle - Drain fluid (27.100).
NOTE: If the transmission is removed, the prior operations are not necessary.
1. Remove the transmission control valve.
BSF4662A 1
Next operation:
Transmission control valve - Install (Valve block C1/C2) (21.134)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 8
Transmission control valve - Install (Valve block C1/C2)

Transmission control valve - Exploded view (21.134)
Prior operation:
Transmission control valve - Remove (Valve block C1/C2) (21.134)
1. Install the transmission control valve and tighten the

retaining bolts to the specified torque value.
BSF4662B 1
NOTE: If the transmission is removed, the next operations are not necessary, continue with transmission assemble -
Next operation:
Reconnect the plugs.
Install the battery tray as described in Power Shuttle transmission - Install (21.112).
Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil - see Consumables ().
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 9
Index
Transmission - 21

Transmission control levers - Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Transmission control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Transmission control valve - Exploded view (Lubrication Oil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Transmission control valve - Install (Valve block C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Transmission control valve - Remove (Valve block C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47461574 08/11/2012
21.134 / 10
Transmission - 21
Power Shuttle transmission internal components - 154
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Transmission internal parts

Range fork - Exploded view (High/Medium and Low) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Speed fork - Exploded view (1/2 and 3/4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Gears, shaft and bearings
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SERVICE
Power Shuttle transmission internal components

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Clutch
Range clutch - Remove (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Range clutch - Disassemble (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Range clutch - Inspect (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Range clutch - Measure (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Range clutch - Assemble (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Range clutch - Clearance (Gear shaft, clutch C1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Range clutch - Install (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Transmission internal parts
Range fork - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Range fork - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Speed fork - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Speed fork - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Transmission drive and driven shafts
Clearance (Output shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Synchronizer
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 2
Transmission - Power Shuttle transmission internal components
Transmission internal parts Range fork - Exploded view

(High/Medium and Low)
SS09D216 1
1 Actuator lever 2 Rollpin

3 Adjustable link rod 4 Synchronizer control housing
5 High/medium detent assembly 6 High/medium synchronizer shift rail
7 Rollpin 8 High/medium synchronizer shift fork
9 Circlip 10 Washer
11 Return spring 12 Washer
13 Actuator shaft retainer 14 Spacer
15 Actuator shaft 16 Low detent assembly
17 Interlock rod 18 Low sliding coupler shift rail
19 Rollpin 20 Low sliding coupler shift fork
21 Circlip 22 Washer
23 Support shaft 24 Link rod actuator
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 3
Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Exploded view (1/2 and 3/4)
SS09D215 1
1 Actuator lever 2 Adjustable link rod

3 Link rod actuator 4 Washer
5 Circlip 6 Support shaft
7 3/4 synchronizer status switch 8 Spring
9 Actuator rod 10 3/4 synchronizer detent assembly
11 Locking bolt 12 3/4 synchronizer shift fork
13 Grub screw 14 3/4 synchronizer shift rail
15 Support shaft 16 Actuator
17 Actuator shaft 18 Spacer
19 Actuator shaft retainer 20 Circlip
21 Washers 22 Spring
23 Interlock rod 24 1/2 synchronizer detent assembly
25 Locking bolt 26 1/2 synchronizer shift fork
27 1/2 synchronizer shift rail 28 1/2 synchronizer status switch actuator
29 Synchronizer control housing
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 4
Gears, shaft and bearings - Exploded view

PTO Shaft Assembly
BVF1128A 1
1 PTO shaft 2 Circlip

3 Bearing 4 Circlip
5 Oil seal
Forward/Reverse Synchronizer
BVE0659A_270 2
1 Outer cone/coupling 2 Friction cone

3 Sliding coupler 4 Centre hub
5 Friction cone 6 Outer cone/coupling
7 Spring 8 Detent ball
9 Detent guide
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 5
Reverse Gear Cluster
BVF1127A 3
1 Bearing 2 Reverse gear cluster gears

3 Bearing 4 Lubrication oil transfer tube
Output Shaft Assembly
BVF1131A 4
1 Low range gear driven (60 teeth) 2 Washer

3 Spacer 4 Taper roller bearing
5 Low range sliding coupler 6 Output shaft
7 Medium range gear driven (44/46 teeth) 8 High/medium synchronizer
9 Taper roller bearing
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 6
High/Medium Synchronizer
BVE0659A_270 5

7 Detent guide 8
9 Detent guide
High/Medium and Low Range Cluster Shaft
BVF1142A 6
1 Spacer ring 2 Bearing

3 Cluster shaft 4 Bearing
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 7
Main Shaft
BVF1111A 7
1 Lubrication oil supply manifold 2 3/4 synchronizer

3 3rd gear drive (45/40 teeth) 4 Main shaft
5 Bearing
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 8
3/4 Synchronizer
BVE0659A_270 8

9 Detent guide
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 9
Countershaft
BVF1112A 9
1 3rd gear driven (34/39 teeth) 2 Bearing

3 High range gear driven (27/31 teeth) 4 2nd gear driven (41/45 teeth)
5 1/2 synchronizer 6 1st gear driven (49/52 teeth)
7 Steel thrust washer 8 Circlip
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 10
1/2 Synchronizer
BVE0659A_270 10

9 Detent guide
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 11
Gears, shaft and bearings - Overview

Rear Section
BVF1085A 1
1 High range gear drive (52/49 teeth) 2 Medium range gear drive (35/33 teeth)
3 Low range gear drive (19 teeth) 4 Low range gear driven (60 teeth)
5 Output shaft 6 Low sliding coupler
7 Medium range gear driven (44/46 teeth) 8 High/medium synchronizer
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 12
Middle Section
BVF1086A 2
1 Lubrication oil supply manifold 2 1st gear drive (31/27 teeth)

3 2nd gear drive (38/34 teeth) 4 3rd gear drive (45/40 teeth)
5 3/4 synchronizer 6 High range gear driven (27/31 teeth)
7 3rd gear driven (34/39 teeth) 8 2nd gear driven (41/52 teeth)
9 1/2 synchronizer 10 1st gear driven (49/52 teeth)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 13
Power Shuttle transmission internal components - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Power Shuttle transmission - Remove (21.112)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Using the locally fabricated stand attachment

bracket, install the transmission to a suitable stand.
BVE029A_269 1
2. Remove the C1/C2 clutch housing - see Clutch

Range clutch - Remove (21.154) .
3. Remove the gearshift cable retaining bracket (1).
BVF1043A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 14
4. Remove the control valve - see Transmission con-

trol valve - Remove (Valve block C1/C2) (21.134).
5. Remove the high/medium and low synchronizer con-
trol cover - see Transmission internal parts Range
fork - Remove (21.154).
6. Remove the 1/2 and 3/4 synchronizer control cover -
see Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Re-
move (21.154).
7. Using suitable snap ring pliers, remove the PTO shaft
bearing retaining snap ring (1).
BVF1046A 3
8. Remove the PTO shaft (1).
BVF1153A 4
Front Section Removal

9. Rotate the transmission 90 °.
Remove the forward/reverse synchronizer retaining
snap ring (1).
BVF1052A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 15
10. Remove the forward/reverse synchronizer (1) with

the reverse cluster (2).
BVF1053A 6
11. Remove the reverse driven gear (1).
BVF1054A 7
12. Using a suitable lever in the cut-outs provided (1),

remove the lubrication oil supply manifold (2).
BVF1055A 8
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 16
Rear Section Removal

Remove the rear plate (1).
NOTE: The countershaft front bearing may fall out when
the transmission is rotated.
NOTE: Ensure the range gear cluster remains in the trans-
mission while removing the rear plate.
BVF1056A 9
14. Using a suitable universal puller (1) and the locally

fabricated tool (2), remove the range gear cluster
bearing (3).
BVF1057A 10
15. Remove the output shaft assembly (1).
BVF1058A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 17
16. Remove the high/medium synchronizer rings (1).
BVF1059A 12
17. Remove the range gear cluster shaft (1).
BVF1060A 13
18. Remove the needle roller bearing (1).
BVF1061A 14
19. Remove the 3/4 synchronizer rings (1).
BVF1062A 15
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 18
Middle Section Removal

Support the countershaft and remove the retaining
circlip (1).
NOTE: Support the 1/2 and 3/4 synchronizers while rotat-
ing the transmission.
BVF1064A 16
21. Remove the countershaft (1) from the rear end of the
transmission.
BVF1065A 17
22. Remove the 1/2 synchronizer, gears and the

D-washer.
BVF1066A 18
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 19
23. Using suitable snap ring pliers, remove the main

shaft bearing snap ring (1).
BVF1067A 19

Support the main shaft through the top cover aper-
ture and remove the 3/4 synchronizer retaining snap
ring (1).
NOTE: Support the 3/4 synchronizer while rotating the
transmission.
BVF1068A 20
25. Remove the main shaft (1) through the bell-housing.
BVF1070A 21
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 20
26. Remove the 3/4 synchronizer and 3rd gear drive as-
sembly (1).
BVF1069A 22
Next operation:
Power Shuttle transmission internal components - Assemble (21.154)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 21
Power Shuttle transmission internal components - Assemble

Prior operation:
Power Shuttle transmission internal components - Disassemble (21.154)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
Middle Section Installation

1. Install the 3/4 synchronizer and 3rd gear drive as-
sembly (1).
BVF1069A 1
2. Install the main shaft (1) through the bell-housing.
BVF1070B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 22
3. Support the main shaft through the top cover aper-

ture and using suitable circlip pliers install the 3/4
synchronizer retaining snap ring (1).
BVF1071A 3
4. Rotate the transmission 90 °

Install the 3/4 synchronizer and main shaft assembly
(1) into the housing.
NOTE: Support the 3/4 synchronizer and main shaft while
rotating the transmission.
BVF1072A 4
5. Using suitable snap ring pliers install the main shaft

BVF1067A 5

Install the 1/2 synchronizer and gears into the hous-
ing.
NOTE: Support the 3/4 synchronizer and main shaft while
rotating the transmission.
BVF1073A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 23
7. Install the countershaft (1) through the rear end of

the housing.
BVF1065B 7
8. Support the countershaft, install the D-washer (1)

and using suitable circlip pliers install the counter
shaft retaining circlip (2).
BVF1074A 8

Install the 3/4 synchronizer rings (1).
NOTE: Position the two shafts so the main shaft bearing
is seated on its snap ring and the countershaft bearing is
seated in its cup.
BVF1075A 9
10. Install the needle roller bearing (1).
BVF1061A 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 24
Rear Section Installation

11. Install the range cluster gear shaft (1).
BVF1060A 11
12. Install the high/medium synchronizer rings (1).
BVF1059A 12
13. Install the output shaft assembly (1).
BVF1058A 13
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 25
14. Install the range cluster gear bearing (1).

NOTE: The use of an electronic induction heater will assist
in the installation of the bearing without the need for a hy-
draulic press.
BVF1076A 14
15. Install the rear plate assembly. Tighten the retaining

bolts to the specified torque value.
BVF1077A 15

Install the lubrication oil supply manifold (1) and the
output shaft rear bearing (2).
BVF1078A 16
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 26
Front Section Installation

17. Install the reverse driven gear (1).
BVF1054A 17
18. Install the forward/reverse synchronizer (1) with the

reverse gear cluster (2).
BVF1053A 18
19. Install the forward/reverse synchronizer retaining

snap ring (1).
BVF1052A_272 19
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 27

Install the PTO shaft into the transmission.
BVF1081A 20
21. Install the PTO shaft bearing retaining snap ring (1).
BVF1046A 21
22. Adjust the output shaft end float - see Transmission

drive and driven shafts - Clearance (Output shaft)
(21.154).
23. Install the 1/2 and 3/4 synchronizer control cover. -
see Transmission internal parts Speed fork - In-
stall (21.154) .
24. Install the high/medium and low synchronizer con-
trol cover - see Transmission internal parts Range
fork - Install (21.154) .
25. Install the transmission control valve - see Trans-
mission control valve - Install (Valve block C1/C2)
(21.134).
26. Install the gearshift cable retaining bracket (1).
BVF1043A 22
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 28
27. Install the C1/C2 clutch housing - see Clutch Range

clutch - Install (21.154) .
Next operation:
Power Shuttle transmission - Install (21.112)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 29
Clutch Range clutch - Remove (C1/C2)

NOTE: If only the clutch C1/C2 repairing is necessary, you need not remove the transmission.
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Disconnect the C1/C2 clutch housing oil supply

pipes.
BSF4627A 1
2. Loosen the oil supply pipe unions and reposition the

pipes.
BSF4622C 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 30
3. Remove the rubber gromet (1).
BSF4628A 3
4. Remove the C1/C2 clutch housing oil supply unions.
BSF4631A 4
5. Remove the two upper retaining bolts and install two

suitable threaded aligning rods (1) (M10x1.25x 300).
BSF4630A 5
6. Remove the forward/reverse synchronizer control

cover - see Transmission housing Cover - Re-
move (Forward / Reverse) (21.112).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 31
7. Remove the lower retaining bolts (1).

Install two bolts into the separating holes (2) and sep-
arate the C1/C2 clutch housing from the transmission
housing.
BSF4630B 6
8. Ensure the synchronizer rings (1) and the lubrication

oil supply tube (2) are not damaged when removing
the C1/C2 clutch housing.
BSF4624B 7
9. Carefully reposition the C1/C2 clutch housing and

attach a suitable hoist and lifting strap. Remove the
C1/C2 clutch housing from the transmission housing.
SHG21602 8
Next operation:
Clutch Range clutch - Disassemble (C1/C2) (21.154)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 32
Clutch Range clutch - Disassemble (C1/C2)

Prior operation:
Clutch Range clutch - Remove (21.154)
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the lubrication oil supply tube (1)
BSF4632A 1
2. Remove the lubrication control valve block.
BSF4635A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 33
3. Remove the retaining bolts (2), C1 clutch cluster gear

shaft bearing retaining plate (1) and the shim(s) (3).
SHG21604 3
4. Remove the bearing (1) and the baffle plate (2).
BSF4636A 4
5. Remove the rear plate retaining bolts.
BSF4633A 5
6. Rotate the C1/C2 clutch housing 90 °.

Remove the clutch support manifold retaining bolts.
BSF4637A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 34
7. Remove the outer housing from the rear plate.
BSF4665A 7
8. Remove the polyimide washer (1).

NOTE: The polyimide washer may still be located in the
outer housing.
SHG21605 8
9. Remove the C1 clutch cluster gear shaft (1).
BSF4638A 9
10. Remove the clutch support manifold (3) from the

clutch (2).
NOTE: To aid removal, install two clutch support manifold
retaining bolts (1) into the clutch support manifold (3).
SHG21606 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 35
11. Remove the C2 clutch drive gear (1).
BSF4639A 11
12. Remove the C1/C2 clutch assembly (1).
BSF4640A 12
13. Remove the C2 clutch hub (1).
BSF4641A 13
14. Remove the input driveshaft (1).
BSF4642A 14
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 36
15. Rotate the back plate 180 °.

Using suitable snap ring pliers, remove the C1 clutch
drive gear retaining snap ring (1).
BSF4643A 15
16. Remove the C2 clutch drive gear assembly (1).
BSF4644A 16
17. Using a suitable universal puller or hydraulic press,

remove the bearing (2) and the spacer (1), bear-
ing (5) and the needle roller bearing (4) from the C2
clutch drive gear (3).
BSF4645A 17
18. Remove the C1 clutch hub (1) and the steel thrust
washer (2).
BSF4646A 18
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 37
19. Rotate the clutch housing 180 °.

Remove the C2 thrust cup (1) and the locating ball
(2).
BSF4651A 19
20. Compress the clutch housing end plate and using a

suitable lever remove the snap ring (1).
BSF4647A 20
21. Remove the clutch housing end plate (1).
BSF4648A 21
22. Remove the six separating springs (1), six friction

plates (2), five steel plates (3) and one pressure steel
plate against the clutch control piston.
Repeat the clutch plate removal process on the sec-
ond clutch.
BSF4649A 22
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 38
23. Using the special tool 380000291 (1) and a suitable

hydraulic press, compress the belleville washers and
remove the snap ring (2).
BSF4652A 23
24. Remove the snap ring retainer (1).
BSF4654A 24
25. Remove the seven belleville washers (1).

Repeat the bellville washer removal process on the
second clutch.
BSF4653A 25
26. Remove the clutch control pistons by applying com-

pressed air into the oil supply port (1) and blanking
the exhaust port with a suitable bung (2).
NOTE: Temporarily install the C1/C2 clutch support mani-
fold to aid the application of compressed air.
SHG21611 26
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 39
27. Remove the annular sealing rings (2), O-rings (3) and
the internal needle roller bearing (4) from the C1/C2
support manifold (1).
SHG21607 27
Next operation:
Clutch Range clutch - Inspect (C1/C2) (21.154)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 40
Clutch Range clutch - Inspect (C1/C2)

Prior operation:
Clutch Range clutch - Disassemble (C1/C2) (21.154)
1. Inspect the clutch separating springs for distortion

or discoloration. Compare each spring shape and
height with a new spring. Replace parts as neces-
sary.
2. Inspect the piston inner and outer components for
scoring or damage. Replace parts as necessary.
3. Inspect the clutch housing for scratches, scores, ex-
cessive wear and piston scuffing. Replace parts as
necessary.
4. Inspect the clutch friction and steel plates for exces-
sive wear. The friction plate material should have
a clear distinctive pattern. All plates should be flat
without warping and there should be no excessive
discolouration. Replace parts as necessary.
5. The belleville washer set can be checked by mea-
suring the free height and the loaded height (H1) as
follows:
Free height = 25.9 mm (1.02 in)
Loaded height = 12.6 mm (0.50 in)
With a load of 2400 N ( 244 Kg)
If the measured heights are not to specification, re-
place parts as necessary.
BSF4667A 1
Next operation:
Clutch Range clutch - Assemble (C1/C2) (21.154)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 41
Clutch Range clutch - Measure (C1/C2)

1. The clutch plate set (five steel plates and six friction
plates) must be checked by measuring the loaded
height (H1) as follows:
Loaded height = 24.2 ±0.1 mm (0.95 ±0.004 in)
With a load of 1600 N ( 163 Kg)
2. If the measured height is not to specification, change
the steel plate(s) thickness to obtain the specified
height.
Steel plates available are 2 mm (0.079 in) or 2.2 mm
(0.087 in) thick.
BSF4668A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 42
Clutch Range clutch - Assemble (C1/C2)

Prior operation:
Clutch Range clutch - Inspect (C1/C2) (21.154)
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
NOTICE: The internal needle roller bearing (4) must be installed 3.2 mm (0.126 in) away from the internal shoulder.
Do not press the bearing up to the internal shoulder or bearing distortion may occur.
1. Install a new internal needle roller bearing (4),
O-rings (3), and the annular sealing rings (2) into the
C1/C2 clutch support manifold (1).
SHG21607 1
2. Install a new clutch control piston oil seal (1). Repeat

this step for the second control piston oil seal.
BSF4666A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 43
3. Install a new clutch control piston inner oil seal (1).

Repeat this step for the second control piston inner
oil seal.
BSF4658A 3
4. Lubricate both oil seals with petroleum jelly.

Using the special tool 380000291 (1) and a suitable
hydraulic press, install the control piston (2).
Repeat the control piston installation process on the
second clutch control piston.
NOTE: Allow the oil seals to settle in their seats for at least
15 minutes before installing the clutch control pistons.
BSF4655A 4
5. Install the seven belleville washers (1).
BSF4653A 5
6. Install the snap ring retainer (1).
BSF4654A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 44

hydraulic press, compress the belleville washers and
install the snap ring (2).
Repeat the belleville washer installation process for
the second clutch.
BSF4652A 7
8. Check the clutch plate set height - see Clutch Range

clutch - Measure (C1/C2) (21.154).
Install the pressure steel plate against the clutch con-
trol piston.
Install the five steel plates (3), six friction plates (2)
and six separating springs (1).
NOTE: Ensure that the separating springs are installed with
all the gaps aligned and the ends of the gaps facing to-
wards the piston.
BSF4649A 8
9. Compress the clutch plates and secure in place using

three rods positioned through the top lubrication oil
outlet holes.
BSF4656A 9
10. Install the last separating spring (1) and the friction
plate (2).
BSF4657A 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 45
11. Install and compress the end plate and using a suit-
able lever install the snap ring (1).
Repeat the clutch plate installation process for the
second clutch.
NOTE: When compressing the end plate remove the se-
curing rods.
BSF4647A 11
12. Install the steel thrust washer (2) and the C1 clutch
hub (1).
BSF4646A 12
13. Rotate the clutch housing 180 °.

Install the locating ball (2) and the C2 thrust cup (1).
BSF4651A 13
14. Install the C2 clutch hub (1).
BSF4650A 14
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 46
15. Install the bearing (2) and the spacer (1), bearing (5)
and the needle roller bearing (4) onto the C2 clutch
drive gear (3).
draulic press.
BSF4645A 15
16. Install the C2 clutch drive gear assembly (1) into the
rear plate.
BSF4644A 16
17. Install the C2 clutch drive gear retaining snap ring (1).
BSF4643A 17
18. Rotate the rear plate 180 °.

Install the input driveshaft (1).
BSF4642A 18
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 47
19. Position the rear plate on its side.

Install the C1/C2 clutch assembly onto the input shaft
gear splines.
BSF4659A 19
20. Install the C2 clutch drive gear (1).
BSF4639A 20
21. Install the clutch support manifold (3) into the clutch
(2).
NOTE: To aid installation, install two clutch support mani-
fold retaining bolts (1) into the clutch support manifold (3).
SHG21606 21
22. Install the C1 clutch cluster gear shaft (1).
BSF4638A 22
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 48
23. Install the polyimide washer (1).
SHG21605 23
24. Install the outer housing onto the rear plate.
BSF4665A 24
25. Install the clutch support manifold retaining bolts and

tighten to the specified torque value.
BSF4637B 25

Install the rear plate retaining bolts and tighten to the
specified torque value.
BSF4633B 26
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 49
27. Install the shim(s) (3), cluster gear shaft bearing re-
taining plate (1), and the retaining bolts (2).
NOTICE: Adjust the C1 clutch cluster gear shaft end float -
see Clutch Range clutch - Clearance (Gear shaft, clutch
C1) (21.154).
SHG21604 27
28. Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque

value.
BSF4634A 28
29. Install the baffle plate (2) and the bearing (1).
BSF4636A 29
30. Install the lubrication control valve block with a new

gasket. Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified
torque value.
BSF4635B 30
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 50
31. Install the lubrication oil supply tube (1).

NOTICE: If the lubrication oil supply tube is not installed
fully, lubrication oil flow into the transmission may be re-
stricted.
BSF4632A 31
Next operation:
Clutch Range clutch - Install (21.154)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 51
Clutch Range clutch - Clearance (Gear shaft, clutch C1)

1. Install a number of adjustment shims (S1) (3) of a
known dimension to achieve C1 clutch cluster gear
shaft end float. Install the cluster gear shaft bearing
retaining plate (1), and the retaining bolts (2).
SHG21604 1

value.
BSF4634A 2
3. The C1 clutch cluster gear shaft end float required is

0.050 - 0.075 mm (0.0020 - 0.0030 in). To achieve
this, carry out the following:
4. Rotate the cluster gear shaft several times to seat
the bearing rollers.
Using a suitable dial gauge (1), measure the output
shaft end float (2).
This measurement is (M1).
SHG21624 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 52
5. Determine the thickness of the shim(s) to be installed

as follows:
R1 = S1-(M1-0.062)
Where:
R1 Required shim(s) thickness.
S1 Test shim(s) thickness.
M1 Measured output shaft end float (with test shim(s) (S1) installed).
0.062 Mean of required end float ( 0.050 - 0.075 mm).
NOTE: If required decrease (R1) to the nearest available shim size.

NOTE: Increasing shim thickness increases end float, decreasing shim thickness decreases end float.
6. Remove the test shim(s) (S1) and install the calcu-
lated shim(s) (R1).
Install the cluster gear shaft bearing retaining plate
and tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque
value.
BSF4634A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 53
Clutch Range clutch - Install (C1/C2)

Prior operation:
Clutch Range clutch - Assemble (C1/C2) (21.154)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

BVF1145A 1
2. Enure the synchronizer rings (1) and the lubrication

oil supply tube (2) are not damaged when installing
the C1/C2 clutch housing.
BSF4624B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 54
3. Using a suitable hoist and lifting strap. install the

C1/C2 clutch housing into the transmission housing.
SHG21602 3
4. Remove the two threaded aligning rods (1) and install

the two upper retaining bolts.
BSF4630A 4
5. Install the lower retaining bolts and tighten to the

BSF4629B 5
6. Install the C1/C2 clutch housing oil supply unions and

BSF4631B 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 55
7. Install the rubber gromet (1).
BSF4628A 7
8. Connect the oil supply pipes.
BSF4627A 8
9. Tighten the oil supply pipes.
BSF4622C 9
10. Install the forward/reverse synchronizer control

cover - see Transmission housing Cover - Install
(Forward / Reverse) (21.112).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 56
Transmission internal parts Range fork - Remove

Transmission internal parts Range fork - Exploded view (High/Medium and Low) (21.154)
Prior operation:
Remove the control cables as described in Cab - Remove (90.150).
NOTE: Ensure all gears are in neutral.
1. Remove the high/medium and low synchronizer con-
trol cover (1).
BVF1151A 1
Next operation:
Transmission internal parts Range fork - Install (21.154)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 57
Transmission internal parts Range fork - Install

Transmission internal parts Range fork - Exploded view (High/Medium and Low) (21.154)
Prior operation:
Transmission internal parts Range fork - Remove (21.154)

BVF1083A 1
2. Install the high/medium and low synchronizer control

cover (1). Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified
torque value.
BVF1151B 2
Next operation:
Reconnect the control cables as described in Cab - Install (90.150).
Adjust the control cables as described in Transmission control levers - Travel adjust (21.134).
Install the battery tray as described in Power Shuttle transmission - Install (21.112) .
Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil - see Consumables ().
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 58
Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Remove

Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Exploded view (1/2 and 3/4) (21.154)
Prior operation:
Remove the control cables as described in Cab - Remove (90.150).
1. Remove the 1/2 and 3/4 synchronizer control cover
(1).
BVF1152A 1
Next operation:
Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Install (21.154)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 59
Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Install

Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Exploded view (1/2 and 3/4) (21.154)
Prior operation:
Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Remove (21.154)

BVF1082A 1
2. Install the 1/2 and 3/4 synchronizer control cover (1).

value.
BVF1152B 2
Next operation:
Reconnect the control cables as described in Cab - Install (90.150).
Adjust the control cables as described in Transmission control levers - Travel adjust (21.134).
Install the battery tray as described in TRANSMISSION Power Shuttle - Install (C.20.C - F.10.A.15).
Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil - see Consumables () .
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 60
Transmission drive and driven shafts - Clearance (Output shaft)

NOTE: It is necessary to adjust the running clearance of the components on the output shaft. The clearance is ob-
tained by the placement of shim(s) behind the output shaft front taper roller bearing retainer.
NOTICE: The transmission must remain in the vertical position during this operation.
1. Remove the output shaft front taper roller bearing
retainer.
BVF1098A 1
2. Install a number of adjustment shims (S1) (1) of a

known dimension to achieve output shaft end float.
BVF1099A 2
3. Install the output shaft front taper roller bearing re-

tainer. Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified
torque value.
BVF1098B 3
4. The output shaft end float required is 0.038 - 0.089

mm (0.0015 - 0.0035 in). To achieve this, carry out
the following:
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 61
5. Rotate the output shaft several times to seat the

bearing rollers.
Using a suitable dial gauge (1) and lever (2), mea-
sure the output shaft end float.
This measurement is (M1)
BVF1100A 4
6. Determine the thickness of the shim(s) to be installed

as follows:
R1 S1-(M1-0.063)
Where:
R1 Required shim(s) thickness.
S1 Test shim(s) thickness.
M1 Measured output shaft end float (with test shim(s) (S1) installed).
0.063 Mean of required end float ( 0.038 - 0.089 mm).
NOTE: If required decrease (R1) to the nearest available shim size.

NOTE: Increasing shim thickness increases end float, decreasing shim thickness decreases end float.
7. Remove the test shim(s) (S1) and install the calcu-
lated shim(s) (R1).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 62
8. Install the output shaft front taper roller bearing re-

tainer. Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified
torque value.
BVF1098B 5
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 63
Synchronizer - Measure
1. Inspect the High/Medium range, forward/reverse and
1-2 and 3-4 synchronizer components for wear and
damage as follows:
Inspect the cone (1) for wear and damage and dis-
colouration, if excessive renew the synchronizer.
Check the gap between the cone and end plate, (2),
using a feeler gauge (3), if the gap is less than that
specified renew the synchronizer.
MMG 21 447_271 1
Minimum Gap
1-2 & 3-4 synchronizers 0.5 mm (0.020 in)
Foward/Reverse synchronizer 0.8 mm (0.0315 in)
Hi/Med synchronizer 0.85 mm (0.0335 in)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 64
Index
Transmission - 21

Clutch Range clutch - Assemble (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Clutch Range clutch - Clearance (Gear shaft, clutch C1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Clutch Range clutch - Disassemble (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Clutch Range clutch - Inspect (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Clutch Range clutch - Install (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Clutch Range clutch - Measure (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Clutch Range clutch - Remove (C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Gears, shaft and bearings - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Gears, shaft and bearings - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Power Shuttle transmission internal components - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Power Shuttle transmission internal components - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Synchronizer - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Transmission drive and driven shafts - Clearance (Output shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Transmission internal parts Range fork - Exploded view (High/Medium and Low) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Transmission internal parts Range fork - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Transmission internal parts Range fork - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Exploded view (1/2 and 3/4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Transmission internal parts Speed fork - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 65
47461574 08/11/2012
21.154 / 66
Transmission - 21
Semi-Powershift transmission - 111
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
TECHNICAL DATA
Semi-Powershift transmission
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Hydraulic schema (Schematics 1st Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Transmission housing cover
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
SERVICE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Transmission housing cover
Remove Transmission Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Disassemble - Transmission Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Visual inspection Transmission Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Assemble Transmission Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
DIAGNOSTIC
Testing - Tractor does not drive in any gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Testing - Tractor drives in ranges but has following fault: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Testing - The powershifts are not smooth or the tractor loses drive between powershifts: . . . . . . . . . . . 66
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 2
Testing - The tractor drives in all gears and ranges but has the following fault: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Testing The tractor drives in all gears and ranges but has the following fault: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Testing The tractor drives in all gears and in all ranges but has the following fault: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Testing - Tractor drives in all gears and ranges but has the following fault: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 3
Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Semi-Powershift transmission - General specification

16 forward and 16 reverse speeds
using straight cut gears, four
multi-wet plate clutches, one
Type 16x16
forward reverse friction cone
synchronizer and one main range
friction cone synchronizer
Electro-hydraulic with Electronic

Control System
Management System
Hydraulic Control Valve

Separate Casting, multi spool with
Type
internal cast-in galleries
By electrically operated Pulse

Width Modulated (PWM) solenoid
Control
coils signalled by Electronic
Management System
Hydraulic Accumulator
Diaphragm type, nitrogen charged
Type with 0.7 l (0.185 US gal) hydraulic
oil capacity
Charge Pressure 10 bar (145 psi)
Multi-Wet Plate Clutches

Constant running, pressure
Type lubricated, pressure applied, spring
released
C1 and C2 clutches
Number of Friction Plates 5in each clutch
Number of Steel Plates 5in each clutch
Number of wavy springs 5in each clutch
C3 and C4 clutches
Number of Friction Plates 10 in each clutch
Number of Steel Plates 10 in each clutch
Number of Belleville Washers 5 pairs in each clutch
Belleville washer stack height 24 mm (0.9449 in)
Maximum 7 bar (102 psi) supplied
Pressure Lubrication
by the steering gear pump
1 mm (0.0394 in), 0.30 mm (0.0118
Forward/Reverse synchronizer End-Float Adjustment Shim Sizes in), 0.10 mm (0.0039 in), 0.05 mm
(0.0020 in)
Synchronizer Wear Check Minimum Gap

Main synchronizer 1-4, 5-8 0.5 mm (0.0197 in)
Forward/Reverse synchronizer 0.8 mm (0.0315 in)
Hi/Lo synchronizer 0.85 mm (0.0335 in)
NOTE: The driveline oil specification and capacity is described in Consumables ().
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 4
Semi-Powershift transmission - Torque
BVE0599A_49 1
BVE0172B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 5
1b0o2004061008 3
BSF4012B 4
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 6
BSF4020A 5
Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools


previous No.
380040228 Tractor splitting kit
X 380001116 Transmission lifting eyebolt
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 7

previous No.
X 380001160 Hydraulic Piping Rolling Tool 294067
X 380001159 16 x 16 Transmission Overhaul kit
380002598 Transmission synchroniser adjuster
380000843 Diagnostic Connector
The special tool 380001159 includes the following:

previous No.
X 380001148 Handle (for use with the re-sizer tool) 294069
X 380001149 Tapered sleeve, C3/C4 piston seal expander 294058
X 380001150 Tapered sleeve, C1/C2 piston seal expander 294057
X 380001151 Piston installer (pusher) 297122
X 380001152 Tapered sleeve, C3/C4 piston seal installer 294060
X 380001153 Tapered sleeve, C1/C2 piston seal installer 294059
X 380200316 Seal re-sizer C1/C2/C3/C4 piston seal 294061
X 380001155 Clutch piston return spring compressor 294062
X 380001156 Gauge rolled in tube replacement 294063
BTB0459A_256 1
Transmission to Stand Attachment Bracket - Constructional Detail
Main bracket made from 19 mm (0.75 in) mild steel plate.
(1) Center spigot (locally adjust to suit base stand)

NOTE: Strengthening plate should be of similar material and welds should be secure, preferably continuous.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 8
BVF1147A 2
Range Cluster Bearing Adapter Tool
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 9
Pressure Test Tools

previous No.
380001147 Bypass Connector 297407
X 380000552 Pressure Gauge 0 - 40 bar (0 - 580 psi) 293242
380000579 Adaptor M10 banjo x 7/16 UNF female 297609
380000492 7/16" UNF male Quick release adaptor 297240
380000543 Quick Release Adaptor 291924
380000545 Hose
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 10
Semi-Powershift transmission - Dynamic description

This transmission offers 16 or 17 forward, and 16 reverse ratios. An optional reduction gear set (creeper gears) offers
a further 16 ratios, forward and reverse.
In the following text, operational information is based on the 16 x 16 transmission 30 - 40 km/h (19 - 25 mph). How-
ever, the 17 x 16 transmission 50 km/h (31 mph) functions in exactly the same way.
The transmission is controlled by a main shift lever, two powershift buttons and a range change button. A shuttle
lever mounted to the left hand side of the steering wheel selects forward or reverse drive. Transmission and throttle
controls are colour-coded orange.
The transmission provides four power-shift gears in each of the four intermediate ranges A, B, C, and D. clutchless
shifts between gears 4 and 5, 12 and 13 are made by using the range button in conjunction with the powershift buttons.
Range shifts between low and high (8th and 9th gears), can only be made with the clutch pedal fully depressed.
Gear Shift Displays

Depending on the tractor specification, two types of gear shift display may be fitted.
LED Gear Display

An illuminated display (1), to the right of the main shift lever indicates the selected gear.
As each gear is selected, the appropriate number (3) will be illuminated in the display. With Auto Shift activated, the
symbols for the Road range (2) and Field range (4) will also be illuminated. When changing the Auto Shift point,
symbol (5) will flash during the programming procedure.
BRE1527B 1
Digital Gear Shift Display

The digital display provides a comprehensive range of information that includes:
Headland turn symbols (1). (where fitted)
Forward and reverse gears (2). The display shows the current forward gear and the corresponding reverse or 'shuttle'
gear.
Shuttle lever position. Forward, neutral and reverse (3).
Gear span for each range (4).
Field and road auto shift (5) symbols.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 11
BRE1732B 2
Speed Matching
Speed matching will normally only permit a downshift to a lower gear. It will however, select a higher gear if the engine
attempts to overspeed.
When travelling on the road in High range, gears 13 to 16, the transmission will automatically select a gear to match
the engine speed to the road speed if the following method is adopted:
To upshift: Depress the clutch pedal then decrease engine speed with the foot throttle. When the clutch pedal is
released, the transmission will automatically select a higher gear ratio (provided 16th speed is not already selected)
to approximately match engine speed to road speed.
To downshift: Decrease engine speed, depress the clutch pedal while simultaneously increasing engine speed by
pressing the foot throttle further down. When the clutch pedal is released, the transmission will automatically select a
lower gear (provided 13th. speed is not already selected) matching engine speed to road speed.
NOTE: When operating in Auto Shift high range, the lowest downshift gear will become 9th.
In high range, the operator can manually select another gear without affecting the speed matching function.
With the range lever placed in low, speed matching will operate down to 5th gear.
NOTE: The speed matching function will be disabled if the operator manually selects a gear when in the low range.
Sequential Powershifting
If the Powershift button is depressed and held, the transmission will make sequential ratio changes until the button is
released or until the 16th/17th gear is selected.
Auto Shift Function (where fitted)

With Auto Shift engaged, the transmission will automatically upshift and downshift within the four gears of each range.
Auto Shifting in Field Gears

In the field range, auto shifts can be made within gear spans 1-4 or 5-8. With the main shift lever in the low range
(lever fully rearward), momentarily depress the top of the Auto Shift button (1). The field auto symbol (plough) in the
gear display and the Auto symbol on the switch will illuminate to confirm engagement of the field gear.
Moving off in 1st gear, the transmission will automatically upshift through gears 2 and 3 until 4th gear is engaged.
To Auto Shift through gears 5 to 8, select 5th gear using the range change button and depress the Auto Shift button
again, the transmission will now automatically upshift through gears 5 to 8.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 12
BSE2812A 3
As the tractor speed reduces, or the load on the engine increases, the transmission will automatically downshift to a
lower gear.
If necessary Auto Shift field range can be extended to include gears 9 to 12. To activate, move the main shift lever
fully forward and select any gear in range 'C', then depress the Auto Shift button again. To confirm engagement, both
field and road auto symbols will illuminate.
In ranges 1-4, 5-8 and 9-12, Auto Shift may be linked to 3-point hitch operation. Raising the 3-point hitch with the fast
raise switch will put Auto Shift into standby mode, lowering the hitch will re-activate Auto Shift.
NOTE: If the 3-point hitch was in the raised position when the Auto Shift function was activated and has not been
moved, then Auto Shift will operate without lowering the hitch.
Auto Shift will also enter standby mode if the clutch pedal is depressed or the shuttle lever is moved from the forward
drive position.
To cancel Auto Shift press and release the switch or operate the upshift or downshift button.
NOTE: When using engine braking to slow the tractor, operating the upshift or downshift buttons will not disable Auto
Shift unless the selected gear is outside the Auto Shift range.
BRE1465B 4
Auto Shifting in Road Gears

In the road range, Auto Shift will make upshifts or downshifts through gears 9-12 or 13-16. With the main shift lever
moved fully forward, momentarily depress the top of the Auto Shift button (1), the road auto symbol (trailer) will illu-
minate in the gear display to confirm engagement.
The transmission will now make automatic shifts through gears 9 to 12 or 13 to 16 dependant on the range selected.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 13
By depressing the Auto Shift button twice, the transmission can be programmed to automatically upshift or downshift
through gears 9 to 16 including the range change from 12th to 13th gear.
BRE1735A 5
Changing the Shift Point

To suit different applications, the point at which the transmission makes an automatic gear shift may be adjusted from
the default setting of 20 %. Auto Shift gear changes are related to an increase or decrease in engine speed which
can be set at 5, 10, 15, 20 or 25 percent.
NOTE: For transport operations the shift point will automatically default to 20 % if a lower figure has been set. If the
shift point is set at 25 %, it will remain at that setting.
With the shift point set at 10 %, a transmission upshift will occur every time the engine speed increases by 10 %.
Consequently, as the engine speed decreases by the same amount, the transmission will make a downshift.
It is recommended that during field operations the shift point is set at a low percentage, and for road transport appli-
cations, set at a higher figure.
BRE1462B 6
To change the shift point, depress and hold the top of the Auto Shift button for at least one second. The current shift
point figure appears in the Display of Gears and the 'ramp' symbol (1) begins to flash. Depress the Auto Shift button
repeatedly to scroll through the shift points.
With the new shift point selected, release the Auto Shift button and pause for five seconds. The new setting will be
memorised and the display will return to normal.
NOTICE: At key-off (engine stop), electronic programme settings made during tractor operation are transferred from
the operating memory to the main memory. To provide sufficient time for the data to transfer, allow a minimum of five
seconds delay before turning the key on again.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 14
BRE1734A 7
Auto Take Off (ATO)

The ATO feature allows the operator to engage drive without using the clutch pedal by simply moving the shuttle lever
from neutral to the forward or reverse position.
The ATO function is automatically enabled under normal starting conditions. i.e. operator in the driving seat, clutch
pedal depressed, shuttle lever in neutral.
After selecting the appropriate gear ranges with the main shift lever simply move the shuttle lever to the forward or
reverse position without depressing the clutch pedal. The ATO function will provide a controlled start from a stationary
position.
BSE2671C 8
NOTE: The ATO function will be disabled if the vehicle is at rest with the shuttle lever in the neutral position and the
operator leaves the seat.
If the ATO should be disabled for any reason, the operator should carry out the following procedure to re-enable this
function.
Sit in the seat, release the parking brake and cycle the clutch pedal. The vehicle will then move off in the direction
selected on the shuttle lever.
When enabled, the ATO function will continue to function as long as the operator remains in the seat.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 15
Semi-Powershift transmission - Sectional view

40 Kph 30 Kph
A C1 clutch output gear 37
B C2 clutch output gear 28
C Front lower shaft gear 41
D Front lower shaft gear 48
E Reverse gear 33
F Forward gear and/or 37
coupler
G Low main gear 53
H Intermediate lower shaft 37
gear
J Intermediate lower shaft 41
gear
K Intermediate lower shaft 25
gear
L C4 clutch output gear 41 37
M C3 clutch (High) output 45 41
gear
N C3 clutch (Low) output 22 22
gear
O Output gear 38 43
P High range output gear 34 39
R Low range output gear 65
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 16
BSE3841A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 17
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 18
Semi-Powershift transmission - Dynamic description

Transmission Gear Teeth
40 km/h 30 km/h
( 24.9 mph) ( 18.6 mph)
A C1 Clutch Output Gear 37
B C2 Clutch Output Gear 28
C Front Bottom Shaft Gear 41
D Front Bottom Shaft Gear 48
E Reverse Gear 33
F Forward Gear and/or Coupler 37
G Low Main Gear 53
H Intermediate Bottom Shaft Gear 37
J Intermediate Bottom Shaft Gear 41
K Intermediate Bottom Shaft Gear 25
L C4 Clutch Output Gear 41 37
M C3 Clutch (High) Output Gear 27 41
N C3 Clutch (Low) Output Gear 34 22
O Output Gear 41 43
P High Range Output Gear 49 39
R Low Range Output Gear 40
BSF3992A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 19
Power Flows - Neutral
BSF3992A 2
Engine power is transmitted from the flywheel mounted damper to the input/PTO drive shaft and C1/C2 clutch housing
which is splined to the shaft.
Hydraulic Clutches Engaged

• No clutches applied.
BVE0637A 3
Synchronizer Positions
• In Neutral, clutches C1 and C2 are disengaged, drive is therefore not transmitted beyond the C1/C2 clutch housing.
• All synchronizers are shown in neutral.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 20
Power Flows - 1st Gear
BSF3993A 4
Input shaft - C2 - Forward/Reverse synchronizer - gears F-J-K-G - 1-4/5-8 synchronizer - C4 - gears L-O-P-M-N-R -
Hi/Lo synchronizer - output shaft.

• Clutches C2 and C4 applied.
BVE0638A 5
• Forward, 1-4 and Lo engaged.
• If inching pedal is depressed clutch C4 is disengaged.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 21
Power Flows - 2nd Gear
BSF3994A 6
Input shaft - C2 - Forward/Reverse synchronizer - gears F-J-K-G - 1-4/5-8 synchronizer - C3 - gears N-R - Hi/Lo

BVE0639A 7
• If inching pedal is depressed clutch C3 is disengaged.
• Powershifting from 1st to 2nd gear, engages clutch C3 and disengages clutch C4, changing the power-flow at the
rear of the transmission.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 22
Power Flows - 3rd Gear
BSF3995A 8
Input shaft - C1 - gears A-C-D-B - Forward/Reverse synchronizer - gears F-J-K-G - 1-4/5-8 synchronizer - C4 - gears
L-O-P-M-N-R - Hi/Lo synchronizer - input shaft.

BVE0640A 9
• Powershifting from 2nd to 3rd gear involves two clutch changes:
C2 to C1
C3 to C4
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 23
BSF3996A 10
Input shaft - C1 - gears A-C-D-B - Forward/Reverse synchronizer - gears F-J-K-G- 1-4/5-8 synchronizer - C3 - gears
N-R - Hi/Lo synchronizer - output shaft.

BVE0641A 11
• Forward,1-4 and Lo engaged.
• Powershifting from 3rd to 4th gear engages clutch C3 disengages clutch C4.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 24
BSF3997A 12
Input shaft - C2 - Forward/Reverse synchronizer - 1-4/5-8 synchronizer - C4 - gears L-O-P-M-N-R - Hi/Lo synchronizer
- output shaft.

BVE0642A 13
• Synchroshift from 1-4 to 5-8 with the range change button, transmission controller releases clutches C1 and C3,
then engages clutches C2 and C4.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 25
BSF3998A 14
Input shaft - C1 - gears A-C-D-B - Forward/Reverse synchronizer - 1-4/5-8 synchronizer - C3 - gears N-R - Hi/Lo

• C1 and C3 clutches applied.
BVE0643A 15
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 26
BSF3999A 16
Input shaft - C1 - gears A-C-D-B - Forward/Reverse synchronizer - 1-4/5-8 synchronizer - C3 - gears M-P - Hi/Lo

BVE0644A 17
• In the high range speeds the Hi/Lo synchronizer is engaged with the output shaft gear (P) providing a higher ratio
drive from the clutch C3 and C4 output.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 27
Power Flows - 2nd Reverse Gear
BSF4000A 18
Moving the Forward/Reverse synchronizer into reverse engages gear E. Output from the C2 clutch will be transmitted
through gears E-R1-H-K-G reversing the drive into clutch C3.

BVE0645A 19
• The Forward/Reverse synchronizer provides a reverse drive for all forward speeds (1-16).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 28
Semi-Powershift transmission - Static description
BSF3983A 1
The transmission drive can be split into three sections as follows:
C1 and C2 clutches - located at the front of the transmission to work in conjunction with C3 and C4 to give 4 basic
ratios.
BSF4059A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 29
The forward and reverse synchronizer - located in the middle section of the transmission is used to select forward or
reverse drive, and is electro-hydraulically operated by PWM solenoid valves.
1-4 and 5-8 synchronizer - located just behind the forward and reverse synchronizer for range selection.
BSF4059A 3
C3 and C4 clutches located in the rear section of the transmission each supplying a single speed in conjunction with
C1 and C2 to give 4 basic ratios.
High and low synchronizer located at the rear of the transmission when combined with C1, C2, C3, C4 clutches and
1-4/5-8 synchronizer provide 16 forward and 16 reverse ratios.
BSF4060A 4
The transmission is powered through a flywheel damper and has no conventional clutch.
BSF4016A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 30
The pressure oil to engage the clutches is supplied from the low pressure hydraulic circuit, which is maintained at
17 - 19 bar (246.5 - 275.5 psi) by the low pressure regulating valve (1), located in the valve block in the base of the
remote control valve assembly.
BSF3967A 6
Transmission lubrication oil is supplied through the steering circuit and is controlled to a maximum pressure of ap-
proximately 7 bar (101.5 psi) by the lubrication relief valve (1) located in the transmission side cover.
R5-7-05 TI 7
An oil cooler by-pass valve (1), ensures that the excessive oil pressure generated at cold start up, or if the oil cooler
becomes blocked, by-passes the oil cooler until the oil warms up (oil pressure below 5.8 bar (84.1 psi)).
Oil supply to cooler (2).
Oil return from cooler (3).
The low pressure circuit incorporates a hydraulic accumulator (4). This provides instant additional oil to fill possible
voids when shifts involving multiple clutches are performed.
BVE0623A 8
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 31
INPUT SENSORS
The engagement of the clutches are controlled by inputs from various sensors and switches:-
Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor
The transmission oil temperature sensor (1) measures the temperature of the oil to provide compensation for hot/cold
oil conditions.
BRF1857B 9
Clutch Pedal Potentiometer And Disconnect Switch.
The clutch pedal potentiometer (1), provides the operator with controlled engagement of the feathering (C3,C4)
clutches.
The clutch pedal disconnect switch (2) disengages power to the feathering clutches (C3/C4) PWM valves which dis-
engages drive.
BVE0692A 10
Shuttle Lever.
The shuttle lever (1), provides information to the controller, via switches, for forward, reverse and neutral transmission
drive selection.
Disengages power to all transmission PWM valves when in neutral.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 32
BSE2671A_261 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 33
Forward/Reverse and 1-4/5-8 Potentiometers.
Provide information to the controller on the position of the forward and reverse synchronizer, potentiometer (1) and
the 1-4/5-8 synchronizer, potentiometer (2).
BRF1856B 12
Gear Shift Lever

The main shift lever (1), is used to select both range gears and main gears. When selecting High or Low ranges
(moving the lever forwards or rearwards) the clutch pedal must always be depressed
BSE2890B 13
Synchronizer Status Switches.
Provide information to the controller on the position of the High/Low synchronizer.
Low status switch (1) and high status switch (2).
BRF1853B 14
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 34
Gear Selector Switches.
The upshift switch (1) and downshift switch (2) allows the operator to change between 8 basic ratios by sending a
signal to the controller, without using the clutch pedal.
BSE2890C 15
Parking Brake Switch.
The parking brake has to be applied during calibration, if it is not applied an error code will be displayed.
The tractor will drive if the handbrake is applied but an audible alarm will be heard.
BRF1854B 16
Seat Switch.
The seat switch must be operated, i.e. operator seated, before the controller allows the engagement of the forward
or reverse drive.
BRF1851B_263 17
NOTE: The clutch pedal will override a faulty seat switch.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 35
OUTPUT DEVICES
Clutch PWM valves,C1, C2, C3 and C4.
Controls the oil supply to the clutches allowing the engagement/disengagement of the clutches via a signal supplied
from the transmission controller.
BRF1852B 18
Forward, Reverse, 1-4 and 5-8 PWM Valves.
Controls the oil supply to the transmission top cover allowing the engagement/disengagement of the synchronizer to
select forward, reverse, 1-4 and 5-8 via a signal from the transmission controller.
BRF1855B 19
Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC).
Provides information to the operator if a critical fault occurs with the transmission operation.
BVE0006D 20
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 36
CONTROL DEVICE
Controller.
The controller (1) gives accurate control, via PWM valves, of the four multi-wet plate clutches. This also enables
clutchless shuttle operations, speed matching of the gears, sequential power-shifting and high range gear logic. The
transmission controller has a diagnostic facility that can interpret a number of system faults which can be displayed
or stored depending on how critical the fault detected is.
BSE3118B 21
The control valve assembly is mounted on the side of the transmission. The control valve assembly is supplied with
low pressure oil through point (2) at ( 17 - 19 bar (246.5 - 275.5 psi)) through an accumulator (see fig. 16).
The accumulator is necessary to ensure minimum drop in oil pressure when changing gear, particularly when chang-
ing two clutches at once. Oil for lubrication enters at point (1).
The control valve assembly incorporates four PWM valves (4,5,6,7), and a transmission oil temperature sensor in-
stalled at point (3).
BVE0319A 22
Mounted on the rear of the control valve assembly is the lubrication combining valve pack. This incorporates the
lubrication regulating valve (1). The lubrication combining valve (2) with valve spool and spring (4) and the lubrication
shuttle valve (3).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 37
R5-7-05 TI 23
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 38
Semi-Powershift transmission - Hydraulic schema (Schematics

1st Gear)
KEY TO TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC ILLUSTRATIONS
1. Regulated Pressure Supply from the Variable Dis- Symbols
placement Closed Centre Load Sensing Hydraulic Regulated Pressure Supply
Pump 18 - 20 bar (261 - 290 psi).
2. Lubrication Supply from Steering Motor Return
3. Lubrication Combining Valve Regulated Pressure Line
either to Reservoir or at
4. Lubrication Shuttle Valve Zero Pressure
5. Lubrication Supply to PTO Clutch
Lubrication Oil
6. Lubrication Supply to Transmission Shafts and Syn-
chronisers
7. Lubrication Proportioning Valve C3/C4 Clutches Line Joining Points
8. Lubrication Proportioning Valve C1/C2 Clutches
9. Accumulator 10 bar/ 0.7 litres ( 145 psi/ 0.185 US
gal) Line Restriction
10. Lubrication Relief Valve
Pressure Operated Valve
Pulse Width Modulated

Solenoid Valve
C1 Clutch 1 Solenoid Operated Valve
C2 Clutch 2 Positive Voltage Applied
C3 Clutch 3 Reservoir
C4 Clutch 4 Spring Assisted
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 39
GEAR 1 SELECTED, INCHING PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED

• Regulated pressured oil at 18 - 20 bar (261 - 290 psi) is supplied to the transmission side cover assembly by the
variable displacement closed centre load sensing hydraulic piston pump (1).
• Lubrication oil is supplied to the transmission side cover assembly from the steering motor/cooler return (2). Maxi-
mum oil pressure is limited by the lubrication relief valve (10) to 7 bar (102 psi).
• Regulated pressure oil is directed to:
C1 PWM Valve
C2 PWM Valve
C3 PWM Valve
C4 PWM Valve
Lubrication Combining Valve (3).
Since the PWM and solenoid valves are not energised there is no flow of regulated pressure oil.
• Lubrication oil is directed to the lubrication combining valve, spring pressure moves the valve to the left.
• The lubrication oil from the lubrication combining valve is directed to:
C1/C2 Clutches
C3/C4 Clutches
Transmission Shafts and Synchronisers
PTO Clutch
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 40
BVE0782A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 41
GEAR 1 SELECTED, INCHING PEDAL PARTIALLY RAISED

• As the inching pedal is partially raised C2 PWM valve opens fully, allowing full pressure 18 bar (261.0 psi) into
clutch C2.
• C1/C2 lubrication proportioning valve (8) is moved to the left by C2 clutch pressure, increasing C2 clutch lubrication,
reducing C1 clutch lubrication.
• As the inching pedal is released further, C4 PWM valve is progressively energised. As C4 clutch apply pressure
increases from zero to 2 bar (29 psi), oil flows past the lubrication shuttle valve (6) to the left end of the lubrication
combining valve (5), moving it right to its central position. Pressure regulated oil is combined with existing C3/C4
lubrication oil to increase lubrication oil flow during clutch apply. Lubrication to transmission and PTO is reduced
during clutch apply.
• C3/C4 lubrication proportioning valve (7) is moved to the left by C4 clutch apply pressure to increase C4 clutch
lubrication.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 42
BVE0783A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 43
GEAR 1 SELECTED, INCHING PEDAL FULLY RELEASED

• As the inching pedal is fully released C4 PWM valve is fully energised.
• When C4 clutch apply pressure increases above 15 bar (218 psi) the lubrication combining valve is moved fully
to the right. Pressure regulated oil is no longer combined with lubrication oil. Transmission and PTO lubrication is
restored.
• Clutch apply pressure increases to full pressure 18 bar (261 psi).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 44
BVE0785A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 45
Transmission housing cover - Exploded view
BVE0698A 1
Top Cover Exploded View
1 1-4/5-8 rail detent assembly 2 1-4/5-8 potentiometer

3 Transmission top cover 4 Potentiometer operating shaft
5 Shaft spacer 6 'O' ring seal
7 Shaft support 8 'O' ring seal
9 Potentiometer spacer 10 Forward/reverse potentiometer
11 Forward/reverse detent assembly 12 Forward/reverse fork rail
13 Forward/reverse shift fork 14 Forward/reverse piston and oil seal
15 End cap 16 Circlip
17 1-4/5-8 shift fork 18 1-4/5-8 fork rail
19 1-4/5-8 piston and oil seal 20 End cap
21 Circlip 22 Reverse PWM solenoid
23 Forward PWM solenoid 24 PWM solenoid retaining plate
25 1-4 PWM solenoid 26 5-8 PWM solenoid
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 46
Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the cab - see Cab - Remove (90.150)..
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

the separation of the transmission from the rear axle.
2. Remove the battery tray swivel pin (1) and remove
the battery tray and battery.
BVE0342A 1
3. Remove the cab support.
BVE0343A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 47
4. Detach the brake tubes support bracket from the

5. Disconnect the hydraulic pipes between rear axle
and transmission.
transmission.
hoist.
Position the splitting kit (3) 380000569 underneath
the tractor.
BVE0344A 3

Remove the transmission from the rear axle.
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Semi-Powershift - Disassemble (C.20.D - F.10.A.25)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 48
Semi-Powershift transmission - Install

Prior operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Assemble (21.152)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

transmission.
hoist.
BVE0344A 1

BVE0599A_49 2
3. Connect the oil pipes between the rear axle and the
transmission.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 49
4. Attach the brake tubes support bracket.

5. Install the cab support.
BVE0343A 3
6. Install the battery tray and battery. Install the battery

tray swivel pin (1).
BVE0342A 4
7. Connect or Install the wiring harness as required.
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 50
Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test

1. Pressure test ports are provided on the transmission
control valve cover, detailed in Figure 3, to enable
the transmission clutches, and lubrication pressures
to be tested to determine the correct function of a
number of system components. Components such
as solenoids, clutch pedal operation and micro–pro-
cessor can be seen to be operating correctly by the
results of pressure testing.
NOTE: Prior to pressure testing, make certain that all the
points detailed under the tractor preparation are carried out
to ensure maximum safety.
2. Tractor Preparation
Start and drive the tractor to warm the transmission
oil to a minimum operating temperature of 50 °C (
122 °F).
Apply the parking brake.
Remove the four wheel driveshaft.
Raise the right hand rear wheel and place a suit-
able support under the axle casing. Remove the right
hand rear wheel.
Disconnect the grey electrical connector from the
high range switch and install the `Switch By-Pass
Connector', 380001147 (1), into the tractor harness
end. By installing the switch By-Pass connector, the
processor receives a signal indicating that the high
range is selected, although the RANGE LEVER re- BVE0171A 1
mains in NEUTRAL throughout the testing.
3. Disconnect the differential lock solenoid electrical
connector (1).
BVE0397A 2
4. C1/C2 and C3/C4 Clutch Engagement and Disen-

gagement Pressure Test
Remove the test port plugs, refer to figure 3 and in-
stall the adaptors:
- C1 / C2 quick release fitting 380000492.
- C3 / C4 7/16 JIC male x 7/16 UNF male and 90 °
quick release fitting 380001146.
• Test port thread 7/16 –20 UNF
NOTE: Table 5 shows C3 clutch feathering test, C4 clutch
feathering test pressures should be the same as C3.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 51
5. Attach four 0 - 40 bar ( 0 - 600 lbf/in²) pressure

380000543 (2). The testing may be carried out with
two gauges using the following procedure:
- Connect to C1 and C2 test ports and carry out tests
from gears nine through to twelve.
- Connect to C3 and C4 test ports and carry out tests
from gears nine through to twelve.
- Connect to C2 and C3 test ports with gear 10 se-
lected and carry out C3 clutch feathering test.
- Connect to C2 and C4 test ports with gear 9 se-
lected and carry out C4 clutch feathering test.
Position the shuttle lever in Forward and leave the
High/Low range lever in Neutral.
Set the engine speed to 1500 rev/min to observe the
Observe the reading on the gauges and compare
with those in Table 4as the gears are shifted, Table
5 for the feathering tests and Table 6 for Forward/
Neutral/Reverse shuttle test.
6. Lube Supply Pressure Test
Prepare the tractor as described in tractor prepara-
tion.
Remove the test port plug, refer to figure 3 and Install
the quick release fitting 380000492.
• Test port thread 7/16 – 20 UNF
Attach a 0 - 10 bar ( 0 - 145 lbf/in²) pressure
gauge 380001146, using the quick release coupler
380000543 and the hose 380000545.
The following pressures should be observed.
3 bar ( 44 lbf/in²) - Neutral
2 bar ( 29 lbf/in²) - Forward / Reverse
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 52
BVE0172A_416 3
Pressure Test Ports and Solenoid Valve Identification
1 C4 Pressure test port 2 C3 Pressure test port

3 C3/C4 Lube pressure test port 4 Lube inlet connector
5 Lube supply pressure test port 6 Regulated pressure inlet
7 C2 Pressure test port 8 C1/C2 Lube pressure test port
9 C1 pressure test port 10 Transmission bearing / synchroniser lube pressure
11 Oil temperature sender 12 C1 PWM solenoid valve
13 C2 PWM solenoid valve 14 C3 PWM solenoid valve
15 C4 PWM solenoid valve
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 53
BVE0173A 4
Pressure Testing - Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve Operation
A. C2 and C4 Full Pressure

B. C2 Full Pressure
C3 0 - 2 bar : 2 - 18 bar
C4 18 - 17 bar : 17 - 0 bar
C. C2 and C3 Full Pressure
D. C1 0 - 2 bar : 2 - 18 bar
C2 and C3 18 - 17 bar : 17 - 0 bar
C4 0 - 18 bar
E. C1 and C4 Full Pressure
F. C1 Full Pressure
C3 0 - 2 bar : 2 - 18 bar
C4 18 - 17 bar : 17 - 0 bar
G. C1 and C3 Full Pressure
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 54
BVE0174A 5
Clutch Feathering Tests for C3 Clutch - Gear 10 Selected
A. When the clutch pedal is initially depressed the pressure in C3 will reduce from the fully engaged pressure
by approximately 2 bar.
B. When the clutch pedal is fully depressed C2 and C3 pressures should be zero.
C. Releasing the clutch pedal from the fully depressed position should restore C2 to full pressure and C3
to feathering pressure.
D. Pressure in C3 should progressively increase as the clutch pedal is released indicating the PWM solenoid
valve and clutch potentiometer are functioning correctly.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 55
BVE0175A 6
Forward/Neutral/Reverse Shuttle Test - Gear 9 Selected
A. C2 and C4 Full Pressure

B. C2 and C4 18 - 0 bar
C. C2 Immediate full pressure
C4 Controlled engagement to full pressure
NOTE: Release the parking brake to perform the shuttle test and make sure the RANGE LEVER remains in
NEUTRAL.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 56
BVE0176A 7
Clutch Lube Pressure Tests - Gear 9 Selected
A. C2 and C4 Zero Pressure

C1/C2 Lube Approx. 0.5 bar
B. C2 Full Pressure
C4 0 - 2 bar
C1/C2 Lube Approx. 2 bar
C. C2 Full Pressure
C4 Full Pressure
C1/C2 Lube Reduced to 1 bar
Forward / Reverse and 1-4 / 5-8 Range Synchroniser Pressure Test

7. Slide the operator seat fully rearward.
Remove the rubber mat from the cab.
Remove the cab floor panel from the cab.
BVE0227A_417 8
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 57
8. Remove the test port plugs and install the quick re-
lease fitting 380000492 in the forward (F), reverse
(R), 1-4 and 5-8 range test ports.
9. Test port thread 7/16 - 20 UNF
10. Attach four 0 - 40 bar ( 0 - 600 lbf/in2) pressure
380000543.
Enter the transmission calibration procedure Elec-
tronic module Universal controller - H1 - Calibra-
tion procedures (55.640) Electronic module Cen-
tral Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration proce-
dures (55.640) .
The table below shows the synchroniser calibration
stages and at what stage the pressure can be ex-
pected to be seen.
NOTE: Due to the operating characteristics of the synchro-
niser it is not possible to accurately pressure test the syn-
chroniser operating piston during normal tractor operation.
The synchroniser will only take the required pressure to
move and then the pressure will be cut. This would be seen
only as a momentary blip on a pressure gauge. Therefore
the following procedure, using the calibration mode, should
be used to determine if full pressure is being achieved.
BVE0177A 9
Stage Synchroniser Pressures (bar)

Forward (F) Reverse (R) 1-4 Range 5-8 Range
SOC 18** 0 0 18**
1 0 0-5* 0 0
2 0 18** 0 0
3 0 0 0-5* 0
4 0 0 18** 0
5 0-5* 0 0 0
6 18** 0 0 0
7 0 0 0 0-5*
8 0 0 0 18**
END 0 0 0 0
* This pressure slowly increases to overcome the synchroniser detent position and may not be noticed on the
pressure gauge.
** This pressure increases at a faster rate to shift the synchroniser into position.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 58
Transmission housing cover - Remove Transmission Top Cover.
WARNING
The top cover assembly is heavy. If necessary remove with the aid of another technician.
B036
1. Remove the cab mat and floor.

Disconnect the wiring harness to the forward, re-
verse, 1-4 and 5-8 PWM solenoids and the synchro-
niser position potentiometers.
Disconnect the hydraulic oil supply tube.
Remove the transmission top cover retaining bolts
(1).
Remove the transmission top cover.
BVE0624A 1
Next operation:
Transmission housing cover - Disassemble (21.111).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 59
Transmission housing cover - Disassemble - Transmission Top

Cover.
Prior operation:
Transmission housing cover - Remove (21.111).
1. Remove the two detent assemblies. Transmission

housing cover - Exploded view (21.111).
2. Remove the two synchronizer position potentiome-
ters, shaft housings and operating shafts.
3. Remove the four PWM solenoid valve assemblies.
4. Remove the 1-4/5-8 shift rail. Remove the circlip and
the end cap of the forward/reverse rail. Loosen the
shift fork retaining screws. Through the potentiome-
ter housing orifice carefully pry the 1-4/5-8 shift rail
from the top cover.
5. Remove the forward/reverse shift rail. Remove the
circlip and the end cap of the forward/reverse rail.
Loosen the shift fork retaining screws. Through the
potentiometer housing orifice carefully lever the for-
ward/reverse shift rail from the top cover.
Next operation:
Transmission housing cover - Visual inspection (21.111).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 60
Transmission housing cover - Visual inspection Transmission Top

Cover.
Prior operation:
Transmission housing cover - Disassemble (21.111).
1. Thoroughly clean the top cover, ensuring that the oil

galleries from the PWM valves to the shift rail pistons
are free from any obstructions.
2. Inspect the shift rails and forks. Replace if bent and in
the case of the forks, the fork tips appear excessively
worn.
3. Inspect all the 'O' ring seals. It is advisable to re-
place all of the 'O' rings as standard practice. If the
oil seals on the forward/reverse or 1-4/5-8 pistons ap-
pear in anyway damaged or suspect they should be
replaced.
Next operation:
Transmission housing cover - Assemble (21.111).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 61
Transmission housing cover - Assemble Transmission Top Cover.

Prior operation:
Transmission housing cover - Visual inspection (21.111).
NOTE: Reassembly is the reverse of the disassembly, noting the following items:
1. Coat the piston oil seals with transmission oil prior
to assembly. NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G
134™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL NEW HOL-
LAND AMBRA MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION
OIL.
Next operation:
Adjust the fork positions on their rails (refer to Transmission internal components - Travel adjust (21.152)) Trans-
mission housing cover - Install (21.111).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 62
Transmission housing cover - Install

Prior operation:
Transmission housing cover - Assemble (21.111).

mm diameter following the pattern shown.
BSF4018A 1
2. Install the transmission top cover and tighten the re-

taining bolts to the specified torque value.
Connect the hydraulic oil supply tube.
Connect the wiring harness to the forward, reverse,
1-4 and 5-8 PWM solenoids and the synchroniser
position potentiometers.
Install the cab floor and mat.
WARNING
The top cover assembly is heavy. If necessary remove
with the aid of another technician.
B036
BVE0624B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 63
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - Tractor does not drive

in any gear
N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Condition Result Action
Key ON. Is the Instrument Cluster provid- YES NO
ing ‘Normal’ Display? Action Go to test 3
Go to test 2
Install flow meter into remote, is flow indi- YES NO
cated when operated? Action Closed centre system fault. Re-
Go to test 4 fer to Hydraulic Pressure Testing
Pump - Pressure test (35.106).
Are any fault codes displayed YES NO
Action Go to test 7
Refer to Fault Codes Electronic
module - Fault code index
(55.640).
Charge pump warning light illuminated YES NO
Action Go to test 8
Go to test 5
Check pressure in low pressure circuit. Is YES NO
pressure 17 - 19 bar (247 - 276 psi)? Action Pressure reducing valve fault, or
Go to test 6 leak in low pressure circuit. Re-
fer to Hydraulic Pressure Testing
Pump - Pressure test (35.106).
Pressure test the transmission clutches. YES NO
Are pressures okay? Action Suspect PWM valves. Clean or
Suspect a mechanical failure replace valves in circuits with in-
within transmission. Seized correct pressures
clutches, synchronizers or broken Go to test 10
gear in shaft.
Go to test 10
Are the connectors on the controller YES NO
okay? Action Remove refit/repair as required
Reset ’H8’ and re-calibrate the Go to test 10
controller. Recheck the operation.
If still no drive replace controller.
Go to test 10
Does the engine rev/min decrease or the YES NO
engine stalls? Action Go to test 9
Go to pressure testing clutches
Inspect operation of levers for correct YES NO
preparation. Enter mode H5, is Neu- Action Inspect switch and wiring
tral/start inhibitor switch okay? Go to test 5 Go to test 10
Key OFF, Key ON, recheck.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 64
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - Tractor drives in ranges

but has following fault:
NOTE: - Powershift function operates but the shift sequence is incorrect or gears missing
Are the PWM solenoid connectors on the YES NO
correct PWM valves Action Using the wiring diagram ensure
Go to test 2 the correct harness connector is
on the appropriate PWM solenoid.
Go to test 4
Establish the missing gears. From the ta- YES NO
ble below determine the affected clutch. Action Go to test 3
Pressure test the clutch. (Using the pro- Suspect mechanical failure of
cedure detailed in pressure testing sec- clutches shafts or gears
tion.) Is the pressure 17 - 19 bar (246.5 - Go to test 4
275.5 psi)?
Substitute the affected clutches PWM YES NO
valve and retest for pressure. Is pressure Action Suspect internal leakage within
okay Install a new PWM valve to the the transmission example, side
affected clutch plate gasket, Clutch pack hous-
Go to test 4 ing, clutch supply tubes.
Go to test 4
BRF1852B 1
BVE0637A_233 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 65
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - The powershifts are not

smooth or the tractor loses drive between powershifts:
NOTE: In work tractor stops or could be jerky.
Perform complete transmission calibra- YES NO
tion. Action Tractor okay
1) spring calibration Go to test 2 Go to test 7
2) fill time adjustment
is transmission still performing poorly?
Is feathering performance poor? YES NO
Action Go to test 4
Go to test
3
Suspect PWM valves 3 or 4. Clean or YES NO
replace and repeat spring calibration. Is Action Go to test 7
powershift performance poor? Go to test
4
Are only double swap shifts poor? (i.e. 2 YES NO
to 3 or 6 to 7 gear changes. 3 to 2 or 7 to Action Go to test 6
6 gear changes) Go to test
5
Suspect PWM valves 1 or 2. Clean or YES NO
replace. Repeat spring calibration and Action Go to test 7
fill time adjustment. Is powershift perfor- Go to test
6
mance still poor?
Remove and test accumulator YES NO
Is accumulator okay? Action Repair/replace accumulator per-
Suspect damaged clutch plates. form fill time adjustment
Inspect and replace as required. Go to test 7
For further information refer to
Clutch - Inspect (21.152) Clutch
- Inspect (21.152)) re-calibrate
after assembly
Go to test 7
BRF1852B 1
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 66
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - The tractor drives in all

gears and ranges but has the following fault:
NOTE: - Transmission jumps out of gear, holds in gear or gears clash when shifting
Is the gear fully engaging? Inspect and YES NO
adjust shift lever linkage as required. Action Go to test 2
Fault fixed? Go to test 5
Using the service diagnostic switch, se- YES NO
lect mode H9 Channel 0, Clutch pedal Action Check operation and inspect
display. Does display go to 26 with the Go to test 3 wiring of clutch pedal switch and
pedal depressed? check operation of potentiometer..
Go to test 5
Pressure test all clutches. Is pressureYES NO
dumped when the clutch pedal is de- Action Go to test 4
pressed? Suspect a mechanical fault within
the transmission, inspect the de-
tents in the shift cover, if no fault
found suspect either worn syn-
chronizers or excessive end float
of transmission components
Go to test 5
Test affected clutch pack PWM with the YES NO
PWM valve coil removed from the valve. Action Disconnect, inspect and refit con-
Is pressure indicated? Swap the PWM with one of known troller connectors, if fault still ex-
performance. If pressure still exists replace controller.
ists suspect internal leakage or Go to test 5
faulty side plate gasket.
Go to test 5
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing The tractor drives in all

gears and ranges but has the following fault:
NOTE: - Clutches squeal/whine during inching
In 1st (5th) and 3rd (7th) gears only? YES NO
Action Go to test 3
Go to test 2
Pressure test C4 clutch. Is pressure 250 YES NO
- 280 lbf.in2( 17 - 19 bar)? Action Suspect leaking clutch seals or
Suspect worn clutch plates leak in circuit to clutch
In 2nd (6th) and 4th (8th) gears only? YES
Action
Go to test 4
Pressure test C4 clutch. Is pressure ( 250 YES NO
- 280 lbf.in2 ( 17 - 19 bar)? Action Suspect leaking clutch seals or
Suspect worn clutch plates leak in circuit to clutch
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 67
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing The tractor drives in all

gears and in all ranges but has the following fault:
NOTE: - Transmission is noisy in operation
Is the transmission lube warning light illu- YES NO
minated? Action Go to test 3
Go to test 2
Fault in the lube supply to transmis- YES
sion. Refer to Hydraulic Pressure Testing Action
Transmission lubrication valve - Pres- Go to test 3
sure test (21.103). Is the transmission
noisy after lube system repair?
Is the oil level correct? YES NO
Action Adjust as required and investigate
Go to test 4 reason for oil loss (leakage)
Is the correct grade of oil used? YES NO
Action Drain and refill with correct grade
Suspect failure within transmis- of oil
sion, worn bearings, worn or failed
parts
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - Tractor drives in all gears

and ranges but has the following fault:
NOTE: - Transmission clunks during inching.
Perform Clutch spring calibration on C1 YES NO
and C2 Clutches. Does Transmission still Action Tractor okay
clunk? Go to test 2
Perform manual clutch fill time calibration YES NO
on C1 and C2 clutches. Does transmis- Action Tractor okay
sion still clunk after fill time calibration? Go to test 3
Perform clutch pressure test procedure, YES NO
observing the operation of the C1 and Action Suspect faulty or contaminated
C2 Clutches. Does the operation com- Suspect worn clutches. Examine PWM Valves, clean or replace as
pare with that described in the pressure and replace as required required
testing section? Semi-Powershift trans-
mission - Pressure test (21.111).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 68
Index
Transmission - 21

Semi-Powershift transmission - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Semi-Powershift transmission - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Semi-Powershift transmission - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Semi-Powershift transmission - Hydraulic schema (Schematics 1st Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Semi-Powershift transmission - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Semi-Powershift transmission - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Semi-Powershift transmission - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - The powershifts are not smooth or the tractor loses drive between power-
shifts: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - The tractor drives in all gears and ranges but has the following fault: 67
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - Tractor does not drive in any gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - Tractor drives in all gears and ranges but has the following fault: . . . . 68
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing - Tractor drives in ranges but has following fault: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing The tractor drives in all gears and in all ranges but has the following fault:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Semi-Powershift transmission - Testing The tractor drives in all gears and ranges but has the following fault: . . 67
Semi-Powershift transmission - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Transmission housing cover - Assemble Transmission Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Transmission housing cover - Disassemble - Transmission Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Transmission housing cover - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Transmission housing cover - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Transmission housing cover - Remove Transmission Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Transmission housing cover - Visual inspection Transmission Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 69
47461574 08/11/2012
21.111 / 70
Transmission - 21
Semi-Powershift transmission external controls - 133
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 2
Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission external controls
Transmission control valve - Overview
BVE0172A 1
Control Valve Pressure Test Ports and Solenoid Valve Identification
1 C4 Pressure test port 2 C3 Pressure test port

3 C3/C4 Lube pressure test port 4 Lube inlet connector
5 Lube supply pressure test port 6 Regulated pressure inlet
7 C2 Pressure test port 8 C1/C2 Lube pressure test port
9 C1 pressure test port 10 Transmission bearing / synchroniser lube pressure
11 Oil temperature sender 12 C1 PWM solenoid valve
13 C2 PWM solenoid valve 14 C3 PWM solenoid valve
15 C4 PWM solenoid valve
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 3
Transmission control valve - Remove

NOTE: The following procedure treats the transmission as removed from the tractor. It is possible to remove the
control valve assembly from the transmission without removing the transmission from the tractor. Removal of the
surrounding oil supply tubing, the accumulator and other peripheral hardware is necessary.
NOTE: It should be noted that unless contaminant is suspected to be within the control valve cover oil galleries or
there is a suspected fault within the lubrication control valve, it is not necessary to remove the valve cover to remove
any of the PWM solenoids.
NOTE: During removal of the control valve and the connecting hardware, it is essential that outside contaminant is
not permitted to enter the inside of the transmission. If necessary steam clean the outside of the control valve area
before proceeding to remove the valve assembly.
Control Valve Removal

1. Drain the transmission/rear axle oil into a suitable
container.
Remove the surrounding oil supply tubing, accumu-
lator and other peripheral hardware.
Remove the control valve cover retaining bolts (1).
BVE0761A 1
2. Using the separating holes (1) separate the transmis-

sion control valve from the transmission housing.
BVE0761B 2
3. Remove the Hi/Lo rail detent spring (1), detent ball

actuator (2) and the detent ball (3).
BVE0769A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 4
Next operation:
Transmission control valve - Visual inspection (21.133).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 5
Transmission control valve - Visual inspection

Prior operation:
Transmission control valve - Remove (21.133).
NOTE: Note if any contamination is expelled when cleaning, which may have caused an oil blockage or a sticking
valve.
1. Clean the cover in a suitable cleaning solvent and
thoroughly dry.
2. Carefully examine the cover for hairline cracks or
other damage which may have caused oil leakage.
Replace the cover if any damage or cracks are found,
do not attempt a repair.
3. Clean the complete PWM valve assemblies, less the
solenoids, in a suitable cleaning solvent. It is not rec-
ommended to disassemble the PWM valves further
to clean. If the performance of the valve is suspect
and no contaminant is found during cleaning, but the
solenoid is within specification, the valve should be
replaced with a new one.
Next operation:
Transmission control valve - Install (21.133).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 6
Transmission control valve - Disassemble

Absolute cleanliness is essential during disassembly and reassembly of the control valve. Ensure the working area is
clean and not likely to be contaminated by other working operations being performed alongside. It is recommended
that only a clean, dust free environment is used for the overhaul.
Lubrication Valve Removal and Disassembly

1. Place the control valve face down on a clean surface
and remove the retaining bolts retaining the lubrica-
tion valve assembly to the side cover. Carefully lift
off the lubrication valve, noting the gasket between
the two castings.
Remove the end plugs and withdraw the spools and
springs as shown in Figure 2.
1b0o2004061011 1
1 Dowel 2 Ò' Ring

3 Dowel 4 High/Low Detent
5 Side Cover 6 Lubrication Control Valve
7 C3/C4 Supply Tubes
2. Clean the valve body in a suitable cleaning solvent
and use compressed air to dry.
NOTE: Note if any contamination is expelled when clean-
ing, which may have caused an oil blockage or a sticking
valve.
3. Examine the valves and bores for wear or damage,
replace parts as necessary.
4. Assembly is the reverse of the disassembly. Coat all
components with clean transmission oil NEW HOL-
LAND AMBRA MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMIS-
SION OIL NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G™ HY-
DRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL just prior to assembly.
5. Prior to assembling the lubrication valve to the cover,

ensure the mating faces are clean and fit a new gas-
ket. Do not use a liquid gasket sealant between
these surfaces.
Control Valve Cover Disassembly

6. Remove the four PWM solenoid valves and the oil
temperature sender.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 7
Lube_vlvDF01 2
Lubrication Valve Assembly
1 Lubrication Pressure Relief Valve 2 Lubrication Control Valve Spool

3 Lubrication Shuttle Valve Ball 4 Lubrication Valve Spool Spring ( 220 lb) and Plunger
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 8
Transmission control valve - Inspect

Prior operation:
Transmission control valve - Disassemble (21.133).
NOTE: Note if any contamination is expelled when cleaning, which may have caused an oil blockage or a sticking
valve.
1. Clean the cover in a suitable cleaning solvent and
thoroughly dry.
2. Carefully examine the cover for hairline cracks or
other damage which may have caused oil leakage.
Replace the cover if any damage or cracks are found,
do not attempt a repair.
3. Clean the complete PWM valve assemblies, less the
solenoids, in a suitable cleaning solvent. It is not rec-
ommended to disassemble the PWM valves further
to clean. If the performance of the valve is suspect
and no contaminant is found during cleaning, but the
solenoid is within specification, the valve should be
replaced with a new one.
Next operation:
Transmission control valve - Assemble (21.133).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 9
Transmission control valve - Assemble

Assembly is the reverse of the disassembly. Ensure the ‘O’ rings of all the solenoid valve assemblies are in good
condition prior to installation. Coat the valve components with clean transmission oil NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI
G 134™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL prior to
assembly.
1. Tighten the retaining bolts to a torque value of 27 Nm

( 20 lbf.ft).
BVE0319A_236 1
Control Valve Assembly
1 Lubrication Supply Inlet Connector 2 Regulated/Pressure Supply Inlet Connector

3 Transmission Oil Temperature Sender 4 C1 PWM Solenoid and Valve Assembly
5 C2 PWM Solenoid and Valve Assembly 6 C3 PWM Solenoid and Valve Assembly
7 C4 PWM Solenoid and Valve Assembly
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 10
Transmission control valve - Install

Prior operation:
Transmission control valve - Remove (21.133) Transmission control valve - Visual inspection (21.133).
1. Install the Hi/Lo detent ball (3), detent ball actuator

(2) and the Hi/Lo rail detent spring (1).
BVE0769A 1

BSF4021A 2
3. Install the control valve cover and tighten the retain-

ing bolts to the specified torque value.
Install the surrounding oil supply tubing, accumulator
and other peripheral hardware.
Refill the transmission/rear axle with NEW HOL-
LAND AMBRA MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC TRANS-
MISSION OIL NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G™
HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL oil.
BVE0761C 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 11
Index
Transmission - 21

Transmission control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Transmission control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Transmission control valve - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Transmission control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Transmission control valve - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Transmission control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Transmission control valve - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.133 / 12
Transmission - 21
Semi-Powershift transmission lubrication system - 103
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21.103 / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
SERVICE
Semi-Powershift transmission lubrication system

Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Transmission lubrication valve
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
21.103 / 2
Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission lubrication system
Semi-Powershift transmission lubrication system - Replace

1. Cut the tube with a hacksaw at a convenient distance
from the rolled in location.
2. Very gently tap the sawn end to drive the rolled in
area out of the housing.
3. Thoroughly clean the housing and install the new
tube easing it into its location points. The tube ends
should be flush with the bottom of the counter-bore
in the transmission housing, as shown in Figure 1
4. Using the special ‘rolled in’ tube rolling tool and
gauge, roll in the tube, shown in Figure 1, as fol-
lows:--
A. Position the special tool 380001160, (2), so
BAIL11CCM094MAB 1
that the rollers of the tool are fully entered in
the tube and using a conventional tap wrench,
(3) Figure 1 , screw in the centre portion un-
til all looseness is removed. Check that the
tube ends are still flush with the bottom of the
counter-bore in the housing (1) , Figure 1
B. Continue to turn the ‘centre screw’ of the tool
to expand the tube against the housing. Firm
pressure will be required on the end of the tool.
Remove the tool.
NOTE: Do not allow the tube to be over rolled (last section of gauge will enter tube) as this could lead to flaking and
over stressing of the seal. If the last diameter of the gauge enters the tube, the tube has been over rolled and is not
fit for use. Remove the tube, use a new tube and repeat the process.
5. C. Use special tool 380001156, ‘Go/No Go’
Gauge, (1), Figure 2, and establish if the ‘Go’
portion (centre diameter) of the gauge will
enter the bore of the tube. The first diameter
indicates that rolling has begun.
D. Continue steps (B) and(C) until the ‘Go’ area
(middle diameter) of the Special Tool, just en-
ters the tube.
BAIL11CCM095MAB 2
Using ‘Go and ‘No Go’ Gauge to check amount of rolling

(1) Gauge special tool 380001156
(2) ‘Go’ — Continue rolling diameter
(3) ‘Go’ — Stop rolling
(4) Over rolled diameter (take new tube and start again)
6. Thoroughly clean the tube along its entire length. Re-

peat the process on the other end of the tube.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.103 / 3
Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission lubrication system
Transmission lubrication valve - Pressure test

The following test checks the operation of the cooler by–pass valve and lubrication valve and should be performed if
insufficient lubrication pressure is suspected.
NOTICE: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at normal
operating temperature. 75 °C (167.0 °F).
1. Install the T-adaptor 380000580 (2) and the quick
release fitting 380000492 (1) into the oil cooler line.
Attach a 0 - 27 bar (0 - 392 psi) pressure gauge
380001145 (3), using the quick release coupler
380000543 and the hose 380000545.
BVE0170A 1
2. The following pressures should be observed at the

different engine rev/min.
5 bar (73 psi) @ 1000 RPM
6 bar (87 psi) @ 1500 RPM
9 bar (131 psi) @ 2000 RPM
47461574 08/11/2012
21.103 / 4
Index
Transmission - 21

Semi-Powershift transmission lubrication system - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Transmission lubrication valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
21.103 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
21.103 / 6
Transmission - 21
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - 152
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
SERVICE
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components

Service instruction Transmission Disassemble / Assemble Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Clutch
Remove (Front Section C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Disassemble (Front Section C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Inspect (Front Section C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Assemble (Front Section C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remove (Rear Section C3/C4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Disassemble (Rear Section C3/C4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Inspect (Rear Section C3/C4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Assemble (Rear Section C3/C4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Transmission internal components
Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Gears
Remove - Middle Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Disassemble / Assemble – Middle Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Assemble - Middle Section Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Inspect (Synchronizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Adjust (Forward / Reverse Synchronizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 2
Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission internal components
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Service

instruction Transmission Disassemble / Assemble Information
WARNING
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment with adequate capacity. Always support
units or parts with suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all bystanders.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place your hands or fingers between parts. Use Personal Protec-
tive Equipment (PPE) as indicated in this manual, including protective goggles, gloves, and safety
footwear.
W0208A
1. It is recommended that the transmission is disassem-

bled in the sequence indicated. Removal of compo-
nents of the transmission with the transmission ori-
ented as shown in the colour diagram will facilitate
operations.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 3
BSE3908A 1
Yellow- Front Section Green/Red- Middle Section

Brown- Rear Section
2. The transmission must be removed from the trac-
tor before commencing overhaul. Should any single
component be identified as requiring removal refer
to the relevant area within the overhaul procedure
and consider if replacement of this single item can
be achieved without complete disassembly.
NOTICE: Cleanliness during overhaul is important. Ensure
during the rebuilding stage that all contaminant is elimi-
nated, the transmission uses hydraulically actuated com-
ponents and that cleanliness and the removal of any con-
taminant is paramount to a successful overhaul. Pay par-
ticular attention to the control valve when this is removed
during this overhaul stage.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 4
3. During disassembly and re-assembly it is necessary

to place the transmission in the horizontal and verti-
cal positions, therefore a suitable stand is a neces-
sary. See Semi-Powershift transmission - Special
tools (21.111) for details.
Alternatively an engine stand of sufficient strength
together with a suitable bracket may be used.
BVE029A 2
4. Before commencing a detailed inspection of the

transmission components, consider the history of the
transmission. If disassembly and overhaul has been
dictated by a specific failure at relatively low service
hours, a thorough examination of components will
identify re-usable bearing seals and other such
items. If, however, the transmission has operated
considerable service hours, then replacement of all
bearings and seals would be recommended.
5. Wash all components, including the transmission
housing, in a suitable solvent and dry using a lint
free cloth or compressed air. During re-assembly
Semi-Powershift transmission internal compo-
nents - Assemble (21.152) of any item in this
chapter use clean transmission oil NEW HOLLAND
AMBRA MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION
OIL NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL as a lubricant unless otherwise
stated.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 5
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Disassemble

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Using the locally fabricated stand attachment

bracket, install the transmission to a suitable stand.
BVE029A 1
2. Remove the transmission top cover (refer to Trans-

mission housing cover - Remove (21.111)).
Remove the transmission control valve (refer to
Transmission control valve - Remove (21.133)).
Remove the high/low rail detent spring (1), detent ball
actuator (2) and the detent ball (3).
BVE0769A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 6
3. Remove the low range (1) and high range (2)

switches from the transmission housing.
NOTE: The range switches have different thread diameters
and cannot be interchanged.
BVE0809A 3
4. Clutch - Remove (21.152).

5. Gears - Remove (21.152).
6. Clutch - Remove (21.152).
7. Clutch - Disassemble (21.152).
8. Clutch - Inspect (21.152).
9. Clutch - Assemble (21.152).
10. Gears - Disassemble (21.152).
11. Gears - Assemble (21.152).
12. Clutch - Disassemble (21.152).
13. Clutch - Inspect (21.152).
14. Clutch - Assemble (21.152).
Next operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Assemble (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 7
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Assemble

Prior operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Disassemble (21.152).
1. Install the shaft (3), locking pin (2) and the woodruff
key (4).
Install the selector actuator (5) and tighten the clamp-
ing bolt (1).
BVE0668A_237 1
2. Install the C3/C4 clutch and oil supply manifold as-

sembly into the transmission housing.
BVE0721A_238 2
3. Install the C3 clutch output shaft.
MMG 21 430_239 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 8
4. Install the output shaft, high/low synchronizer and

shift fork into the transmission housing as a complete
assembly.
MMG 21 428_240 4
5. Install the high/low selector fork rail (3).

Install the rail locking bolt (2), locknut (1) and tighten
to the specified torque value.
BVE0667A_241 5
6. Install the high range and low range switches.

Tighten to the specified torque value.
NOTE: Note that the switches have differing thread sizes
and cannot be interchanged.
BSF4020A_242 6
7. Install the rear cover assembly.
BSF4031A_243 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 9
8. Install the rear cover retaining bolts and tighten to the

BSF4030B 8
9. Rotate the transmission until the rear of the transmis-

sion is in a vertical position.
Using a suitable lever (5), raise the output shaft as-
sembly (1) to enable the installation of the circlip.
Install the roller bearing thrust washer (4), 'D' shaped
washer (3) and the circlip (2).
MMG 21 486_244 9
10. Rotate the transmission to a vertical position.

Install the main synchronizer and low main gear as-
sembly (1).
BVE0654A 10
11. Using suitable snap ring pliers, expand the snap ring
(1) and install the main synchronizer into the trans-
mission housing.
BVE0653B 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 10
12. Rotate the transmission to a horizontal position.

NOTE: Take care when lifting heavy components.
NOTE: It may be necessary to apply petroleum jelly to the
synchronizer components and needle roller bearings to aid
assembly.
13. Loosely install the inner cover assembly (1) into the
BVE0652A_245 12
14. Align the inner cover assembly (1) with the synchro-
nizer, lower shaft and reverse idler gear.
BVE0651A 13

Install the inner cover plate retaining bolts and tighten
to the specified torque value.
NOTE: Make sure the inner cover assembly is aligned with
the synchronizer, lower shaft and reverse gear idler.
BSF4025A 14
16. Gears - Adjust (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 11
17. Install the PTO input shaft (1).
BVE0648A_251 15
18. Install the C1/C2 clutch (3), output gear (2) and the
front lower shaft (1).
BSF4023A_252 16
19. Install the C1 clutch output gear needle roller bearing

(2), front roller bearing (4) and the baffle plate (1).
MMG 21 407_253 17

BSF4017A 18
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 12
21. Install the O-rings (2) and the front cover plate (1).
BVE0705A_254 19
22. Loosely install the C1/C2 clutch support manifold.

Install the C1/C2 clutch support manifold retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Do not tighten the bolts at this stage.
MMG 21 405 20
23. Install the oil transfer tube retaining bracket (1) and
the lubrication oil supply tube (2).
BVE0704A_255 21
24. Tighten the front cover, clutch support manifold and

the bracket retaining bolts to the specified torque
value.
BVE0646A 22
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 13
Next operation:
Install the transmission control valve (refer to Transmission control valve - Overview (21.133)).
Install the transmission top cover (refer to Transmission housing cover - Exploded view (21.111)).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 14
Clutch - Remove (Front Section C1/C2)

Prior operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Service instruction (21.152)
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Disassemble (21.152)
BSF4035A 1
1 C1/C2 clutch support shaft 2 'O' ring seal

3 Clutch annular sealing rings 4 Polyimide thrust washer
5 C1 clutch needle roller bearing 6 C1 clutch output gear (34 teeth)
7 C1/C2 clutch assembly 8 Support shaft roller bearing
9 Front bottom support shaft 10 Support shaft roller bearing
11 Lubrication oil baffle 12 Front cover plate
Remove the oil transfer tube retaining bracket (1) and
the lubrication oil supply tube (2).
BVE0704A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 15
2. Reposition the oil transfer tubes back into the front

cover distribution block.
MMG 21 403 3
3. Remove the front cover retaining bolts.
BVE0646B 4
4. Remove the C1/C2 clutch support manifold retaining

bolts (1).
Remove the C1/C2 clutch support manifold (4).
Install two bolts into the separating holes (3) and sep-
arate the front cover plate (2) from the transmission
housing.
MMG 21 404 5
5. Remove the front cover plate (1) and the O-rings (2).
BVE0705A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 16
6. Remove the baffle plate (1) and the front roller bear-
ing (4) from the front lower support shaft (3).
Remove the needle roller bearing (2).
NOTE: The front roller bearing (4) and the baffle plate (1)
may remain in the front cover plate.
MMG 21 407 7
7. Remove the C1/C2 clutch (3), output gear (2) and the
front lower support shaft (1).
BSF4023A 8
8. Remove the PTO/input shaft (1).
BVE0648A 9
9. Remove the steel thrust washer (1) and the PTO in-
put shaft needle roller bearing (2).
BVE0649A 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 17
Next operation:
Clutch - Disassemble (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 18
Clutch - Disassemble (Front Section C1/C2)

Prior operation:
Clutch - Remove (21.152).
BSF4038A 1
1 C1 clutch output gear (34 teeth) 2 Clutch C1

3 Clutch C2 4 Lower shaft bearing
5 Lower shaft 6 Lower shaft bearing
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 19
BSF3989A 2
Cross Sectional View - Clutch C1/C2
1 Clutch support 2 Clutch C1

3 Clutch C2 4 C1 clutch output gear (34 teeth)
5 PTO/input shaft
C1 Clutch Disassembly
1. Remove the needle roller bearing (2) and the C1
clutch output gear (3) from the centre of the C1 clutch
(1).
MMG 21 513 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 20
2. Remove the clutch hub (1) from the C1/C2 clutch

housing (2).
MMG 21 515 4
3. Remove the steel thrust washer (1).

NOTE: The inner face of the thrust washer is raised (2).
MMG 21 514 5
4. Using a suitable lever, remove the snap ring (1).
MMG 21 516 6
5. Remove the end plate (1).
BVE0665A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 21
6. Remove the four friction plates, the four separating

springs and the four steel plates (1).
Inspect the clutch friction and steel plates for exces-
Inspect the clutch separating springs for distortion
or discolouration. Compare each spring shape and
sary.
NOTE: It is not possible to remove the components (1) as
a complete assembly.
MMG 21 511 8
C2 Clutch Disassembly
7. Using a suitable lever, remove the snap ring (1).
BVE0664A 9
8. Remove the end plate (1), the clutch centre hub (2)
and the steel thrust washer (3).
BVE0666A 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 22
9. Remove the four friction plates, the four separating

springs and the four steel plates (1).
Inspect the clutch friction and steel plates for exces-
Inspect the clutch separating springs for distortion
or discolouration. Compare each spring shape and
sary.
NOTE: It is not possible to remove the components (1) as
a complete assembly.
MMG 21 511 11
10. WARNING
Spring under tension!
Compressed springs have potentially
dangerous stored energy. Always assem-
ble and disassemble properly.
serious injury.
W0356A
C1/C2 Clutch Housing Disassembly/Assembly

Using a suitable hydraulic press (2) and the spe-
cial tool 380001155 (1), compress the piston return
spring retainer assembly (4) to allow the removal of
the snap ring (3).
MMG 21 508 12
11. Remove the piston return spring retainer snap ring.

Release the hydraulic press and remove the piston
return spring assembly.
Repeat steps 1 to 3 for the C2 clutch housing.
MMG 21 507 13
12. Remove the pistons by applying compressed air of

not more than 3 bar ( 50 lbf/in2) to the C2 clutch
piston oil feed port (1) and the C1 clutch piston oil
feed port (2).
NOTE: Temporarily install the C1/C2 support manifold (2)
to aid the application of compressed air.
BVE0730A 14
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 23
SHG21153 15
1 Clutch housing 2 Piston

3 Belleville washer 4 Piston adaptor
5 Circlip 6 Return spring assembly
7 Piston oil seal
Next operation:
Clutch - Inspect (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 24
Clutch - Inspect (Front Section C1/C2)

Prior operation:
NOTE: The belleville washer is concave. Note the position of the washer when removing.
1. Inspect the piston inner and outer components for
scoring or damage. Inspect the piston belleville
washer for distortion. Replace parts as necessary.
2. Inspect the clutch housing for scratches, scores, ex-
cessive wear and piston scuffing. Replace parts as
necessary.
3. Remove the piston outer oil seals from the clutch
pistons.
4. Remove the piston inner oil seals and oil seal ener-
gisers from the clutch housing.
5. Inspect the clutch driven hubs for wear or damage.
Replace parts as necessary.
6. Inspect the front lower shaft gears and gear teeth for
damage. Replace parts as necessary.
7. Inspect the clutch engagement spring assemblies for
cracked coils or distortion. Replace parts as neces-
sary.
8. Inspect the C1 and C2 clutch spring assembly loaded
height as shown, or compare with a new item. Re-
place the spring assembly as required.
MMG 21 453 1
1 Load Spreader (flat disc) 2 Weight (or load)

3 Piston Return Spring Assembly 4 Base Plate
Next operation:
Clutch - Assemble (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 25
Clutch - Assemble (Front Section C1/C2)

Prior operation:
Clutch - Disassemble (21.152)
Clutch - Inspect (21.152)
NOTE: Make sure the lip of the oil seal is facing the inner or rear face of the piston (2).
1. Install the C1 clutch piston outer oil seal (1) onto the
piston. Repeat this step for the C2 clutch piston.
MMG 21 454 1
2. Install the C1 clutch piston inner oil seal energiser

into the groove on the clutch housing. Repeat this
step for the C2 clutch piston inner seal energiser.
NOTE: Make sure the oil seal is seated correctly and the
lip has not 'rolled' in the groove.
MMG 21 529 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 26
MMG 21 519 3
Installation and Re-sizing of the Inner Seals
1 Special tool 380001150 (tapered sleeve expander) 2 Special tool 380001148 (handle)
3 Special tool 380200316 (re-sizer) 4 C1/C2 clutch housing assembly
5 Seal positioned in groove on top of seal energiser 6 Seal positioned on expander
7 Seal groove with energiser already installed
3. Lubricate the piston inner oil seal and the special tool
380001150 (1) with petroleum jelly and position the
expander sleeve on the clutch housing centre (4) and
the oil seal (6) on the sleeve as shown.
NOTE: Perform the operation quickly so that the seal is not
subjected to the stretching action for too long.
4. Push the piston inner oil seal up the taper, dropping
the oil seal on top of the seal energiser, already in
position on the clutch housing (5).
5. Place the clutch housing with the inner oil seal
installed into a suitable cooling device for approxi-
mately 30 minutes.
NOTICE: As the tool is positioned over the oil seal, ensure
that the tool slides smoothly and squarely over the oil seal.
When the process is completed, inspect the oil seal to en-
sure that no damage has occurred.
6. Ensure the oil seal is lubricated. Assemble the
re-sizer special tool 380200316 (3) onto the handle
of special tool 380001148 (2), so that the smaller
diameter is at the opening. Lubricate the re-sizer
with petroleum jelly and using the handle, firmly
push the re-sizer over the oil seal to compress and
re-size the oil seal.
7. Place the clutch housing with the special tool still in
position into a suitable cooling device for approxi-
mately 30 minutes.
8. Repeat the installation and re-sizing process of the
second clutch piston inner seal.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 27
MMG 21 489 4
Installation of the Pistons into the C1/C2 Clutch Housing
1 Piston guide sleeve special tool 380200315 2 Piston

3 Piston pusher special tool 380001151 4 Piston outer seal
9. Lubricate the C1 piston inner oil seal inside the clutch
housing with petroleum jelly and check that the oil
seal is resized.
10. Position the piston guide sleeve special tool
380200315 (1), on top of the C1 clutch housing and
lubricate the inside of the special tool with petroleum
jelly.
NOTICE: Do not use more than hand pressure to install the
piston, or damage to the seal(s) may occur.
11. Position the piston (2), in the guide sleeve and us-
ing the piston pusher special tool 380001151 4 (3),
evenly and firmly, push the piston into the housing.
12. Remove the special tools 380001151 (3) and
380200315 (1).
13. Position the piston belleville washer on top of the
main piston making sure the outer edge of the
belleville is facing upwards and that the inner diam-
eter is resting on the piston. Install the outer part of
the piston, refer to Clutch - Disassemble (21.152).
14. Repeat the piston installation process on the second
clutch piston.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 28
15. Assemble the clutch return spring assembly (4),

onto the clutch housing and using a suitable hy-
draulic press (2), and spring compressor special tool
380001155 (1), compress the spring assembly and
install the snap ring (3). Release the hydraulic press
and remove the special tool.
Repeat the above procedure for the second clutch.
MMG 21 479 5
16. Check the piston oil seals by applying compressed

air of not more than 3 bar ( 50 lbf/in2) to the C2
clutch piston oil feed port (1) and the C1 clutch piston
oil feed port (2). Make sure the pistons have no signs
of leakage.
NOTE: Temporarily install the C1/C2 support manifold (2)
to aid the application of compressed air.
Coat the pistons with transmission oil to indicate any leak-
age.
BVE0730A 6
C1/C2 Clutch Support Manifold Inspection and Assembly

17. Inspect the manifold (1) and adaptors (2) for wear or
damage
BAIL12APH210AAB 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 29
18. The support shaft also contains rubber adaptors (1)

and (5), these adaptors join the C1/C2 clutch oil
transfer tubes and the front lower shaft lubrication
oil supply tube.
1. Rubber Adaptor x 1 (small)
2. Annular Seals
3. Support Shaft
4. Ò' Ring Seal
5. Rubber Adaptors x 4 (large)
MMG 21 451 8
19. The front cover (3), contains similar rubber adap-

tors and plugs to the C1/C2 clutch oil transfer tubes
and the front lower shaft lubrication oil supply tube.
These can be removed and new items installed by
removing the plug retaining pins (2) and plugs (1).
Install new quad seals as necessary.
Inspect all bearings for wear and damage, if neces-
sary remove the bearings from the front lower shaft
and install new components as necessary.
MMG 21 450 9
C1/C2 Clutch Support Manifold Inspection and Assembly

20. Remove the PTO input shaft oil seal (1) from the
C1/C2 clutch support manifold (2).
Install a new oil seal by gently pressing it into the
centre of the support shaft (ensure the oil seal lip is
facing inwards towards the transmission).
Remove and discard the four annular groove sealing
rings (3) and inspect the shaft for wear and damage.
Replace parts as necessary.
Install new annular groove sealing rings (3) to the
support manifold. Ensure the annular groove sealing
ring ends are correctly positioned.
MMG 21 456 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 30
21. Inspect the PTO input shaft (1) for damage, evidence
of binding, pick-up etc. Replace parts as necessary.
Inspect the splined areas for damage. Replace parts
as necessary.
Make sure all of the oil galleries are thoroughly clean.
Renew the lubrication oil seal (2).
Inspect the steel washer (3), snap rings and their
grooves for distortion and damage. Replace parts
as necessary.
NOTE: It is important the lubrication oil seal (2) is held down
in its groove during re-assembly. If the oil seal is damaged,
lubrication oil will not be correctly distributed.
MMG 21 455 11
MMG 21 532 12
1 Snap ring 2 End plate

3 Friction plate x 5 4 Steel plate x 5
5 Snap ring 6 Outer piston half
7 Inner piston half 8 C1/C2 clutch housing
9 Piston outer seal 10 Belleville washer
11 Piston return spring assembly 12 Separating spring x 5
22. Install the steel plates (4), friction plates (3) and the
separating springs (12).
NOTE: Make sure the openings on the separator springs
are all aligned.
NOTE: Make sure the last separating spring does not be-
come hooked in the snap ring groove.
23. Install the end plate (2).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 31
24. Apply a small amount of pressure to the end plate

and install the retaining snap ring (1).
25. Repeat the above procedure for the second clutch.
BVE0647A 13
C1/C2 Clutch Hubs and Gears - Exploded View
1 Thrust washer 2 Needle roller bearing

3 C1 clutch output gear 4 C1 clutch hub
5 Circlip 6 C1 end plate
7 Steel washer (note: step on inner face) 8 C1/C2 clutch housing
9 Steel washer (note: step on inner face) 10 C2 clutch hub
11 C2 end plate 12 Circlip
26. Install the C2 clutch hub (10) into the C2 clutch hous-
ing (8).
27. Install the steel washer (9) (ensure the step on the
inner face is against the piston return spring assem-
bly of the C1 clutch).
28. Install the C1 clutch hub (4) into the C1 clutch hous-
ing.
BAIL12APH001AAB 14
Next operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Service instruction (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 32
Clutch - Remove (Rear Section C3/C4)

Prior operation:
BSF4033A 1
1 Clutch C3 2 Clutch C4
3 Clutch C4 output gear (41 or 37 teeth) 4 Clutch C3/C4 support assembly
5 Output shaft 6 Low range gear (65 teeth)
7 Hi/Lo synchroniser 8 Cluster gear
1. Rotate the transmission until the rear of the transmis-
sion is in a vertical position.
Using a suitable lever (5), raise the output shaft as-
sembly (1) to release the tension on the circlip (2).
Remove the circlip (2), 'D' shaped washer (3) and the
roller bearing thrust washer (4).
MMG 21 486 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 33
2. Remove the rear cover retaining bolts (1).
BSF4030A 3
3. Remove the rear cover assembly.
BSF4031A 4
4. Loosen the locknut (1) and remove the Hi/Lo selector

fork rail locking bolt (2).
Remove the Hi/Lo selector fork rail (3).
BVE0667A 5
5. Remove the output shaft, Hi/Lo synchroniser and

shift fork as a complete assembly.
MMG 21 428 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 34
6. Remove the C3 clutch output shaft.
MMG 21 430 7
7. Remove the C3/C4 clutch and oil supply manifold

assembly.
BVE0721A 8
8. Loosen the clamping bolt (1) and remove the selector

actuator (5).
Remove the woodruff key (4), locking pin (2) and
remove the shaft (3).
Remove and inspect any bearings which may remain
in the transmission housing.
BVE0668A 9
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 35
Clutch - Disassemble (Rear Section C3/C4)

Prior operation:
BSF4033A 1
Drive Line Components - Rear Section
1 Clutch C3 2 Clutch C4
3 Clutch C4 output gear (41 or 37 teeth) 4 Clutch C3/C4 support assembly
5 Output shaft 6 Low range gear (65 teeth)
7 Hi/Lo synchroniser 8 Cluster gear
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 36
MMG 21 498 2
C4 Clutch Driven Gear, Gear Bearing, C3 Driven Gear Bearing and Polyimide Thrust Washer
1 Manifold 2 Polyimide thrust washer

3 C4 driven gear 4 C3/C4 clutch assembly
5 C4 driven gear front bearing 6 Support shaft
7 C3 driven gear to support shaft rear bearing 8 C4 driven gear rear bearing
9 Manifold retaining screws and washers
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 37
BAIL12CCM056GAB 3
1 Retaining ring 2 C3 piston

3 Piston outer oil seal 4 Clutch housing
5 Piston outer oil seal 6 C4 piston
7 C4 output gear needle roller bearing 8 Support shaft
9 Steel disc 10 Clutch hub
11 Disc 12 Belleville washers x 20
13 Anti rotation pin 14 Anti rotation pin
15 Friction disc x 20 16 Separator springs x 20
17 Support shaft annular sealing rings 18 Support shaft needle roller bearing
19 Roller bearing 20 Disc
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 38
C3/C4 Clutches - Disassembly

1. Remove the two split pins (3).
Remove the four end plate (1) retaining ring screws
(2).
MMG 21 439 4
2. Apply hand pressure and rotate the locking ring (1)

until the outer teeth align with the stamped grooves
in the housing (2).
Remove the retaining ring (1).
MMG 21 524 5
BSF3987A 6
C3 Clutch Friction and Steel Plates - Assembly Order
1 C3/C4 clutch housing 2 Steel plates x 10

3 Friction plates x 10 4 End plate locking ring
5 Locking ring retaining screws and split pins 6 End plate
7 C3 clutch hub
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 39
3. Remove the C3 clutch end plate (6), clutch hub (7),

friction plates (3) and the steel plates (2).
4. Remove the two Polyimide thrust washers positioned
either side of the hub (not illustrated).
NOTE: The support shaft inner front needle roller bearings
are an interference fit and will remain in the shaft.
5. Rotate the assembly 180 °.
6. Remove the four manifold retaining bolts (1) and the
washers (2).
Remove the manifold (3).
Remove the Polyimide thrust washer (4).
BVE0755A 7
7. Remove the C4 output gear (1) and the C4 output

gear rear needle roller bearings (2).
BVE0756A 8
8. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the circlip (1).
BVE0757A 9
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 40
BSF3986A 10
C4 Clutch Pressure Plate, Hub, Friction and Steel Plates - Exploded View
1 C3/C4 clutch housing 2 Steel washer

3 Friction plates x 10 4 Steel plates x 10
5 End plate 6 Circlip
7 Lubrication seal 8 Clutch hub
9. Remove the C3 clutch end plate (5), clutch hub (8),
friction plates (3) steel plates (4) and the steel washer
(2).
Remove the C4 output gear front needle roller bear-
ing (1), steel thrust washer (2) and the C4 clutch to
support shaft needle roller bearing (3), from the sup-
port shaft (4).
NOTE: A hub oil seal is positioned in the clutch hub, sealing
against the pressure plate.
BVE0758A 11
10. Remove the clutch support shaft front bearing (4) and
the retaining snap rings (2) and (3) from the C4 clutch
housing (1).
MMG 21 510 12
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 41
11. Remove the support shaft (1) from the bearing by

removing from the C4 end of the housing.
NOTE: Removing the support shaft from the C4 end of the
housing will prevent damage occurring to the annular seal-
ing rings (2).
BVE0759A 13
12. Using a suitable hydraulic press (2) and the special

tool 380001155 (1), depress the clutch piston return
belleville washers and remove the retaining snap ring
(3).
Release the hydraulic press and collect the belleville
washers and the snap ring retainer.
Repeat the above procedure for the second clutch
piston return belleville washers.
NOTE: The retainer is shaped to provide a `lock' for the
snap ring.
MMG 21 485 14
13. Remove the pistons by applying compressed air of

not more than 3 bar ( 50 lbf/in2) to the clutch piston
oil feed ports (2).
NOTE: Each piston is fed by two drillings. Apply com-
pressed air to one of these and plug the other (1).
BVE0760A 15
Next operation:
Clutch - Inspect (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 42
Clutch - Inspect (Rear Section C3/C4)

Prior operation:
MMG 21 484 1
Piston Return Spring and Retainer - Exploded View
1 C3/C4 clutch body 2 Snap ring groove

3 Piston 4 Flat washer
5 Belleville washers 6 Snap ring
7 Snap ring retainer 8 Piston outer oil seal
1. Inspect each of the belleville spring washers for
cracks and deformation.
Assemble the belleville springs to form a stack (2).
Measure the height as shown (1). The height should
be approximately 24 mm. If the specified height is
incorrect, replace parts as necessary.
NOTE: Alternatively compare the measured height with
that of new items.
MMG 21 445 2
2. Check that the splined areas of the input hub and the
output gear are undamaged.
3. Inspect the clutch driven hubs for wear, damage or
pitting.
4. Install a new lubrication oil seal into the groove of the
C4 clutch hub, ensure that it is correctly seated.
5. Ensure all of the oil galleries are free and thoroughly
clean.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 43
6. Inspect all snap rings and their grooves for deforma-

tion and damage.
7. Check the clutch friction and steel plates for exces-
sive wear, the friction plate material should have a
clear distinctive pattern. All plates should be flat with-
out warping and there should not be excessive dis-
colouration.
8. Ensure all components are lubricated with transmis-
sion oil NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G 134™ HY-
DRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL prior to re-
assembly.
BSF4032B 3
C3\C4 manifold — Exploded view
1 Retaining pin 2 Plug

3 Spring 4 Lubrication proportional valve
5 Spring 6 Plug
7 Retaining pin 8 Concave washers
9. Using a suitable punch, remove the retaining pins (1)
and (7).
Remove the plug (2), spring (3), lubrication propor-
tional valve (4), spring (5), plug (6) and the concave
washers (8).
NOTE: When installing the concave washers (8) the raised surface of the washer must be facing out.
Next operation:
Clutch - Assemble (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 44
Clutch - Assemble (Rear Section C3/C4)

Prior operation:
Clutch - Disassemble (21.152)
Clutch - Inspect (21.152)
NOTE: Make sure the lip of the oil seal is facing the inner or rear face of the piston (2).
1. Install the C3 clutch piston outer oil seal (1) onto the
piston. Repeat this step for the C3 clutch piston.
MMG 21 446 1
2. Install the C3 clutch piston inner oil seal energiser

into the groove on the clutch housing. Repeat this
step for the C4 clutch piston inner seal energiser.
NOTE: Make sure the oil seal is seated correctly and the
lip has not 'rolled' in the groove.
MMG 21 502 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 45
BVE0810A 3
Installation and Re-sizing of the Inner Oil Seals
1 Special tool 380001149 (tapered sleeve expander) 2 Special tool 380200316 (re-sizer)
3 Special tool 380001148 (handle) 4 Piston inner oil seal in groove
5 C3/C4 clutch housing 6 Piston inner seal on tapered sleeve expander
7 Seal energizer in position in groove
3. Lubricate the piston inner oil seal and the special tool
380001149 (1) with petroleum jelly and position the
expander sleeve on the clutch housing centre and
the oil seal (6) on the sleeve as shown.
NOTE: Perform the operation quickly so that the oil seal is
not subjected to the stretching action for too long.
4. Push the piston inner oil seal up the taper, dropping
the seal on top of the oil seal energiser already in
position on the clutch housing.
5. Place the clutch housing with the inner oil seal
installed into a suitable cooling device for approxi-
mately 30 minutes.
NOTICE: As the tool is positioned over the oil seal, ensure
that the tool slides smoothly and squarely over the oil seal.
When the process is completed, inspect the oil seal to en-
sure that no damage has occurred.
6. Ensure the oil seal is fully lubricated. Assemble the
re-sizer special tool 380200316 (2) onto the handle
of special tool 380001148 (3) so that the larger di-
ameter is at the opening. Lubricate the re-sizer with
petroleum jelly and with the handle, firmly push the
re-sizer over the oil seal to compress and re-size the
oil seal.
7. Place the clutch housing with the special tool still in
position into a suitable cooling device for approxi-
mately 30 minutes.
8. Repeat the installation and re-sizing process on the
second clutch piston inner oil seal.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 46
MMG 21 488 4
Installing Pistons into C3/C4 Clutch Housing
1 Piston guide sleeve special tool 380001152 2 Piston

3 Piston pusher special tool 380001151 4 Piston oil seal
9. Lubricate the piston inner oil seal inside the clutch
housing with petroleum jelly and check that the oil
seal is resized.
10. Position the piston guide sleeve special tool
380001152 (1), on top of the clutch housing and
lubricate the inside of the special tool with petroleum
jelly.
11. Position the piston (2), in the guide sleeve and using
the piston pusher special tool 380001151 (3), evenly
and firmly, push the piston into the housing. Remove
the guide sleeve and the pusher.
NOTICE: Do not use more than hand pressure to install the
piston, or damage to the oil seal(s) may occur.
12. Repeat the piston installation process on the second
clutch piston.
C3/C4 Clutch Piston Movement Adjustment

13. Assemble the friction plates, steel plates, end plates
and the circlip/locking ring.
NOTICE: C3 and C4 must be adjusted to achieve optimum
piston movement or running clearance.
NOTE: Do not install the locking ring retaining screws or
the clutch hubs as this will interfere with the measurement.
14. Using a suitable dial gauge and a suitable air line,
supply compressed air through the piston oil supply
ports and measure the clutch pack C3 free move-
ment.
15. The free movement should be 2.40 - 4.10 mm.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 47
16. If the measurement is not within specification it will be

necessary to install one or more alternate sized sep-
arator plates to achieve the correct free movement.
These separator plates are available in two thick-
nesses 2.76 - 2.80 mm and 2.26 - 2.30 mm.
17. Repeat the above procedure on the second clutch.
18. Disassemble both the C3 and C4 clutches, removing
the end plates, steel plates and the friction plates.
Keep the C3 and C4 clutch components matched to
the respective clutches. Continue with the following
assembly procedure.
NOTE: Assemble the support shaft (1) through the clutch
assembly from the C4 end so as not to damage the annular
sealing rings (2).
19. Install the support shaft (1), with new annular sealing
rings (2).
BVE0759A 5
20. Install the clutch support shaft front bearing (4) and
the retaining snap rings (2) and (3) to the C4 clutch
housing (1).
MMG 21 510 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 48
MMG 21 484 7
Piston Return Spring and Retainer - Exploded View
1 C3/C4 clutch body 2 Snap ring groove

3 Piston 4 Flat washer
5 Belleville washers 6 Snap ring
7 Snap ring retainer 8 Piston outer oil seal
21. Using a suitable hydraulic press (2) and special
tool 380001155 (1), depress the clutch piston return
belleville washers and install the retaining snap ring
(3).
Release the hydraulic press.
Repeat the process on the second clutch piston re-
turn belleville washers.
NOTE: The retainer is shaped to provide a `lock' for the
snap ring.
MMG 21 485 8
22. Check the piston oil seals by applying compressed

air of not more than 3 bar ( 50 lbf/in2) to the C3/C4
clutch piston oil feed ports. Make sure the pistons
have no signs of leakage.
NOTE: Each piston is fed by two drillings (2) apply com-
pressed air to one of these and plug the other (1).
NOTE: Coat the pistons with transmission oil to indicate
any leakage.
BVE0760A 9
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 49
BAIL12APH205FAB 10
C3 Clutch Friction and Separator Plates - Assembly Order
1 C3/C4 clutch housing 2 C3 clutch hub

3 Steel plates x 10 4 Separator spring
5 Friction plates x 10 6 End plate
7 End plate locking ring
23. Install the clutch hub (1) into the clutch housing (2).
Install the steel plates and friction plates in the order
as shown in Figure 10 .
BAIL12APH207AAB 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 50
24. Install the end plate (1).
BAIL12APH209AAB 12
25. Install the retaining ring (1) .
BAIL12APH208AAB 13

Install onto the support shaft (4) the C4 clutch to
support shaft needle roller bearing (3), steel thrust
washer (2) and the C4 output gear front needle roller
bearing (1).
BVE0758A 14
27. Install the C4 clutch hub (2) into C4 clutch housing

(3) over the support shaft (4),
NOTE: Ensure that the previously assembled lubrication
oil seal (1), is in place.
MMG 21 528 15
28. Assemble the C4 clutch steel plates, friction plates

and the end plate as shown below.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 51
BAIL12APH204FAB 16
C4 Clutch Pressure Plate, Hub, Friction and Steel Plates - Exploded View
1 C3/C4 clutch housing 2 Steel washer

3 Clutch hub 4 Steel plates x 10
5 Friction plates x 10 6 End plate
7 Retaining ring
29. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the circlip (1).
BAIL12APH206AAB 17
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 52
30. Install the C4 output gear rear needle roller bearing

(2) and the C4 output gear (1).
BVE0756A 18
31. Install the polyimide thrust washer (3).

Install the manifold (2).
Install the washers (1), four retaining bolts and
NOTE: Ensure the clutch assembly is free to rotate on its
support shaft without binding and that a small amount of
axial end float for the C4 driven gear is present.
BVE0755B 19
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 53
BSF4036A 20
Output Shaft and High/Low Range Synchroniser - Exploded View
1 Low range output gear 2 Needle roller bearing

3 `D' shaped steel washer 4 Circlip
5 Circlip 6 High/Low synchroniser
7 Output shaft 8 Needle roller bearing
9 Polyimide thrust washer 10 Two gear cluster
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 54
BVE0659A 21
Hi/Lo Range Synchroniser

9 Detent guide
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 55
Transmission internal components - Travel adjust

1. ADJUSTMENT OF FORWARD/REVERSE AND
MAIN (1-4/5-8) SYNCHRONISERS
To gain access to the synchroniser forks and rails it
is necessary to remove the cab mat and floor.
Remove the transmission cover plate to expose the
shift rails (1) and forks (2).
The adjustment procedure is the same for both syn-
chronisers.
BSF4019C 1
2. Remove the detent spring, plunger and ball from the

transmission cover.
BAIS09APH296AVA 2
3. Insert the special tool 380002598 into the plunger

bore and position the tip of the special tool into the
2mm bore hole in the selector rail, midway between
the forward and reverse detent positions. This will
centralize and lock the selector rail in the neutral po-
sition.
BAIS09APH297AVA 3
4. Remove the two locking screws fixing the selector

fork to the selector rail.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 56
5.
Using a suitable lever, fully position the synchroniser
in the engaged position and measure the distance
(A).
BSF4019B 4
6. Now fully position the synchroniser in the opposite

fully engaged position and measure distance (B).
Replace the detent spring, plunger and ball. Set the
shift rail to neutral.
Adjust the fork to its neutral position.
Neutral N = (A + B)/2
Tighten the fork lock screws.
BSF4019A 5
HIGH/LOW RANGE CABLE ADJUSTMENT

7. Place the high/low synchroniser in the neutral posi-
tion.
Loosen clamp bolt (1).
Position the high/low selector lever in the cab cen-
trally.
Tighten clamp bolt (1).
Operate the high/low selector lever and ensure that
the synchroniser fully engages. If the lever travel
contacts the console slot, repeat the adjustment pro-
cedure.
BVE0220B 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 57
BVE0671A 7
Centralising high/low range synchroniser selector fork
1 High/Low fork moved fully rearward 2 High/Low fork moved fully forward
3 High/Low fork in neutral and adjusting mid-point 4 High/Low selector actuator
5 Detent ball spring retainer (Note: hole to allow stem 6 Adjuster screw
of detent to protrude)
7 Adjuster screw locking nut
8. Position the high/low synchroniser fork rail in neutral
and install the rail detent ball, the ball actuator and
the spring.
9. Fabricate a simple plate from 3 mm ( 0.125 in) strip
steel so that the plate straddles the rail detent bore
and allows the stem of the detent ball actuator to
protrude (only the spring needs to be compressed).
Bolt the plate across the control valve retaining bolt
holes so that it compresses the detent spring and
holds the rail in neutral, Figure 5.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 58
10. Ensure the rail to fork set screw and locknut are
installed and tightened. Also ensure that the ad-
justable high/low fork adjusting screw is tightened.
11. Using an adjustable wrench to act on the high/low
range selector actuator (1), Figure 5, move the syn-
chroniser backward and forward to engage the high
and low ranges several times, in order to seat all the
components.
12. Using the selector actuator (1), move the fork and
synchroniser into the engaged low range position,
shown at (A) in Figure 5 and hold the lever fully hard
in this position (beyond the natural point of detent).
Establish a datum point and from that datum using a
vernier caliper, measure the distance to the selector
fork in the low range position. Record the measured
distance, (X) in Figure 5.
13. Again using the lever move the fork and synchroniser
into the fully engaged high range position, shown at
(B) in Figure 5 and hold hard in that position (again
possibly beyond the natural point of detent) and from
the previously established datum point, measure the
distance to the fork in the high range position. Ensure
that the point of measurement on the fork is exactly
the same as when the fork was measured in the low
range position. Record this distance, (Y) in Figure 5.
14. Neutral (mid-point) Z = (X + Y) / 2
15. This resultant measurement (Z), shown at (C) in Fig-
ure 5, is the neutral position for the high/low synchro-
niser.
16. Move the fork and rail so that the neutral detented
position is selected.
17. Loosen the adjustable fork adjusting screw locknut
and by rotating the screw, adjust the position of the
fork relative to the rail to achieve the previously cal-
culated mid-point position. Tighten the adjuster lock-
nut to 58 - 80 Nm ( 43 - 59 lbf. ft).
18. Move the fork and synchroniser in and out of high
and low range several times and re-check the ad-
justment.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 59
Gears - Remove - Middle Section

Prior operation:
BSF4043A 1
1 C2 clutch output gear (37 teeth) 2 Reverse gear (33 teeth)

3 Forward gear (37 teeth) 4 Main range synchroniser (1-4/5-8)
5 Main range synchroniser support shaft 6 Main low gear (53 teeth)
7 Lower shaft 8 Lower shaft
9 Inner cover plate
1. Remove the inner cover plate retaining bolts.
BSF4026A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 60
2. Install two of the retaining bolts into the separating

holes.
NOTE: Do not tighten the bolts at this stage.
BSF4024A 3
3. Rotate the transmission to a horizontal position.

While tightening the separating bolts previously
installed in the separating holes, use a suitable lever
(1) to separate the forward/reverse synchroniser
from the forward gear.
BVE0650A 4
4. DANGER
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components us-
ing lifting equipment with adequate ca-
pacity. Always support units or parts with
suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the
work area is clear of all bystanders.
Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury.
D0076A
Remove the inner cover assembly (1) from the trans-

mission housing.
BVE0652A 5

Using suitable snap ring pliers, expand the snap ring
(1) and remove the synchroniser and main low gear
assembly.
NOTE: Use a suitable lever to release the main low gear
assembly while expanding the snap ring.
BVE0653A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 61
Next operation:
Gears - Disassemble (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 62
Gears - Disassemble / Assemble – Middle Section

Prior operation:
Gears - Remove (21.152).
BSF4043A_234 1
Drive Line Components
1 C2 clutch output gear 2 Reverse gear (33 teeth)

3 Forward gear (37 teeth) 4 Main range synchroniser (1-4/5-8)
5 Main range synchroniser support shaft 6 Main low gear (53 teeth)
7 Lower shaft 8 Forward/reverse synchroniser
9 Inner cover plate
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 63
BSF3990A 2
Cross Sectional View
1 Support shaft 2 Snap ring

3 Roller bearing 4 Reverse gear (33 teeth)
5 Forward/reverse synchroniser 6 Forward/reverse synchroniser retaining circlip
7 Main range synchroniser (1-4/5-8) 8 Needle roller bearing
9 Roller bearing 10 Needle roller bearing
11 Needle roller bearing 12 Snap ring
13 Low main gear (53 teeth) 14 Needle roller bearing
15 Main range synchroniser (1-4/5-8) retaining circlip 16 Thrust washer
17 Needle roller bearing 18 Needle roller bearing
19 Thrust washer
Middle Section Disassembly

1. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the reverse idler
gear circlip (1).
BSF4029A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 64
2. Remove the front bearing retaining plate.
BVE0660A 4
3. Using suitable snap ring pliers, remove the front

BVE0662A 5
4. Remove the forward/reverse synchroniser end float

adjustment shims (1).
BVE0661A 6
5. Remove the inner cover plate (1).

NOTE: Support the lower shaft, synchroniser assembly
and the reverse idler gear.
BVE0663A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 65
6. Remove the steel thrust washer (4), reverse idler

gear (3), needle roller bearing (2) and the steel thrust
washer (1).
Remove the support shaft if necessary.
BSF4028A 8
Forward/Reverse Synchroniser and Related Parts Disassembly
BSF4037A 9
7. Remove the needle roller bearing (1), forward gear

(2), circlip (5), needle roller bearing (3) and the syn-
chroniser gears (4).
BVE0655A 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 66
8. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the forward/re-

verse synchroniser retaining circlip (1).
BVE0656A 11
9. Remove the forward/reverse synchroniser (1).
BVE0657A 12
10. Remove the reverse gear (1), needle roller bearing

(2), 'D' shaped washer (3) and the circlip (4).
Using a suitable hydraulic press, remove the roller
bearing (5) from the forward/reverse synchroniser
support shaft (6).
BVE0658A 13
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 67
BVE0659A 14
Forward/Reverse synchroniser Exploded View

9 Detent guide
Forward/Reverse Synchroniser and Related Parts Assembly

11. Using a suitable hydraulic press, install the roller
bearing (5) onto the forward/reverse synchroniser
support shaft (6).
Install the circlip (4), 'D' shaped washer (3), needle
roller bearing (2), and the reverse gear (1).
BVE0658A 15
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 68
12. Install the forward/reverse synchroniser (1).
BVE0657A 16
13. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the forward/re-

verse synchroniser retaining circlip (1).
BVE0656A 17
14.
NOTICE: When assembling the synchroniser assemblies,
it is essential that the forward gear is installed correctly.
15. 1. Forward/Reverse synchroniser side
2. 1-4/5-8 synchroniser side
BVE0770A 18
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 69
16. Install the synchroniser gears (4), needle roller bear-

ing (3), circlip (5), forward gear (2), and the needle
roller bearing (1).
BVE0655A 19
Main Range (1-4/5-8) Synchronizer and Related Parts Disassembly/Assembly
SHG21158 20
17. Remove the outer cone/coupling and friction cone

from the main range (1-4/5-8) synchroniser.
Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the main range
(1-4/5-8) synchroniser retaining circlip (1).
BVE0656A 21
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 70
BSF4034A 22
Main Range (1-4/5-8) Synchroniser And Related Parts
1 Roller bearing 2 Circlip

3 Needle roller bearing retaining snap ring 4 Needle roller bearing
5 Main low gear (53 teeth) 6 Main range (1-4/5-8) synchroniser
7 Circlip 8 Needle roller bearing
9 Washer 10 Main range (1-4/5-8) synchroniser support shaft
BVE0659A 23
Main Range (1-4/5-8) Synchroniser
1 Outer cone/Coupling 2 Friction cone

9 Detent guide
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 71
18. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the main range

(1-4/5-8) synchroniser retaining circlip (1).
19. Install the outer cone/coupling and friction cone to the
main range (1-4/5-8) synchroniser.
BVE0656A 24
Next operation:
Gears - Inspect (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 72
Gears - Assemble - Middle Section Assembly

Prior operation:
1. Install the support shaft if necessary.

Install the steel thrust washer (1), needle roller bear-
ing (2) reverse idler gear (3), and the steel thrust
washer (1).
NOTE: Do not install the circlip (5) at this stage.
BSF4028A 1
2. Install the inner cover plate (1).

NOTE: Support the lower shaft, synchroniser assembly
and the reverse idler gear.
BVE0663A 2
3. Install the forward/reverse synchroniser end float ad-

justment shims (1).
BVE0661A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 73
4. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the front bearing

retaining snap ring (1).
BVE0662A 4
5. Install the front bearing retaining plate and tighten the

BVE0660B 5
6. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the reverse idler

gear circlip (1).
BSF4029A 6
Next operation:
Gears - Adjust (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 74
Gears - Inspect (Synchronizer)

Prior operation:
1. Inspect the main range and forward/reverse synchro-

niser components for wear and damage as follows:-
Inspect the cone (1) for wear and damage and dis-
colouration, if excessive renew the synchroniser.
Check the gap between the cone and end plate, (2),
if the gap is less than that specified renew the syn-
chroniser.
MMG 21 447 1
Measuring Main Range synchroniser for Serviceable Life

3 Feeler blade
Minimum Gap
Main synchroniser mm inches
1-4, 5-8 0,5 0.020
Foward/Reverse synchroniser 0,8 0.0315
Hi/Lo synchroniser 0,85 0.0335
Next operation:
Gears - Adjust (21.152)
Gears - Assemble (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 75
Gears - Adjust (Forward / Reverse Synchronizer)

Prior operation:
Gears - Disassemble (21.152)
Gears - Inspect (21.152)
NOTE: It is necessary to adjust the running clearance of the components on the forward/reverse synchronizer support
shaft. The clearance is obtained by the placement of shim(s) behind the forward/reverse synchronizer support shaft
front bearing retaining snap ring.
NOTICE: The transmission must remain in the vertical position during this operation. The rear end components must
have been installed and the rear top shaft rear bearing retainer must be in position and fully secured.
1. Remove the forward/reverse synchronizer bearing
retaining plate.
BVE0660A_246 1
2. Using suitable snap ring pliers, remove the forward/

reverse synchronizer bearing retaining snap ring (1).
BVE0662A_247 2
3. Remove the forward/reverse synchronizer end float

adjustment shims (1).
BVE0661A_248 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 76
4. Using suitable snap ring pliers, install the forward/

reverse synchronizer bearing retaining snap ring (1).
BVE0662A_247 4
5. Install the forward/reverse synchronizer bearing re-

taining plate and tighten the retaining bolts to the
NOTE: Using a suitable soft faced mallet, gently tap the
synchronizer support shaft downward to seat the compo-
nents. Be careful not to damage any components.
BVE0660B_249 5
6. Using a suitable dial gauge, measure the end-float of

the forward/reverse synchronizer.
BVE0670A 6
7. Do this by raising the forward/reverse synchronizer

at the positions indicated.
This measurement is H1
Determine the forward/reverse synchronizer
end-float adjustment shim(s) (S) as follows:
S = H1 - 0.5 mm
Where :
H1 = End-float of the forward/reverse synchronizer
0.5 mm = Average of the specified end-float 0.4 to
0.6
S = Forward/reverse synchronizer end-float adjust-
ment shim(s)
BVE0669A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 77
8. Install the calculated adjustment shim(s).

value.
BVE0660B_249 8
9. Install the needle roller bearing (2) and the steel

thrust washer (1).
BVE0649A_250 9
Next operation:
Gears - Assemble (21.152).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 78
Index
Transmission - 21

Clutch - Assemble (Front Section C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Clutch - Assemble (Rear Section C3/C4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Clutch - Disassemble (Front Section C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Clutch - Disassemble (Rear Section C3/C4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Clutch - Inspect (Front Section C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Clutch - Inspect (Rear Section C3/C4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Clutch - Remove (Front Section C1/C2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Clutch - Remove (Rear Section C3/C4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Gears - Adjust (Forward / Reverse Synchronizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Gears - Assemble - Middle Section Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Gears - Disassemble / Assemble – Middle Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Gears - Inspect (Synchronizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Gears - Remove - Middle Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - Service instruction Transmission Disassemble / Assemble In-
formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Transmission internal components - Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 79
47461574 08/11/2012
21.152 / 80
Transmission - 21
Creeper - 160
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
Creeper - 160
TECHNICAL DATA
Creeper
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Creeper
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE
Creeper
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
DIAGNOSTIC
Creeper
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 2
Transmission - Creeper
Creeper - General specification

Transmission 16x16 Electro-hydraulic actuation of a sliding coupler selector
Transmission 24x24 Electro-hydraulic actuation of a sliding coupler selector
Creeper Speeds — Power Shuttle (24x24)

Heavy Duty Rear Axle - 18.4-38 (820 mm Rolling Rad)
40 km/h (25 mph) Hi — Lo
Forward Reverse
Lo 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) 1.7 km/h (1.1 mph)
Hi 2 km/h (1.2 mph) 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph)
Lo 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph) 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph)
Hi 2.9 km/h (1.8 mph) 3 km/h (1.9 mph)
Low
Lo 3.4 km/h (2.1 mph) 3.5 km/h (2.2 mph)
Hi 4.2 km/h (2.6 mph) 4.3 km/h (2.7 mph)
Lo 5 km/h (3.1 mph) 5.2 km/h (3.2 mph)
Hi 6.1 km/h (3.8 mph) 6.3 km/h (3.9 mph)
Lo 4.1 km/h (2.5 mph) 4.3 km/h (2.7 mph)
Hi 5 km/h (3.1 mph) 5.2 km/h (3.2 mph)
Lo 6 km/h (3.7 mph) 6.2 km/h (3.9 mph)
Hi 7.4 km/h (4.6 mph) 7.6 km/h (4.7 mph)
Medium
Lo 8.6 km/h (5.3 mph) 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph)
Hi 10.5 km/h (6.5 mph) 10.9 km/h (6.8 mph)
Lo 12.5 km/h (7.8 mph) 13 km/h (8.1 mph)
Hi 15.3 km/h (9.5 mph) 15.9 km/h (9.9 mph)
Lo 10 km/h (6.2 mph) 10.3 km/h (6.4 mph)
Hi 12.2 km/h (7.6 mph) 12.6 km/h (7.8 mph)
Lo 14.6 km/h (9.1 mph) 15.1 km/h (9.4 mph)
Hi 17.9 km/h (11.1 mph) 18.5 km/h (11.5 mph)
High
Lo 20.9 km/h (13.0 mph) 21.6 km/h (13.4 mph)
Hi 25.5 km/h (15.8 mph) 26.4 km/h (16.4 mph)
Lo 30.4 km/h (18.9 mph) 31.4 km/h (19.5 mph)
Hi 37.2 km/h (23.1 mph) 38.4 km/h (23.9 mph)
Lo 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Hi 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Lo 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Hi 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
Low Creeper
Lo 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
Hi 0.4 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.4 km/h (0.2 mph)
Lo 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph)
Hi 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
Lo 0.4 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.4 km/h (0.2 mph)
Hi 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph)
Lo 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
Hi 0.7 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph)
Medium Creeper
Lo 0.9 km/h (0.6 mph) 0.9 km/h (0.6 mph)
Hi 1 km/h (0.6 mph) 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph)
Lo 1.2 km/h (0.7 mph) 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph)
Hi 1.5 km/h (0.9 mph) 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 3
Heavy Duty Rear Axle - 18.4-38 (820 mm Rolling Rad)

40 km/h (25 mph) Hi — Lo
Forward Reverse
Lo 1 km/h (0.6 mph) 1 km/h (0.6 mph)
Hi 1.2 km/h (0.7 mph) 1.2 km/h (0.7 mph)
Lo 1.5 km/h (0.9 mph) 1.5 km/h (0.9 mph)
Hi 1.8 km/h (1.1 mph) 1.8 km/h (1.1 mph)
High Creeper
Lo 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph) 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph)
Hi 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph) 2.6 km/h (1.6 mph)
Lo 3.0 km/h (1.9 mph) 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph)
Hi 3.7 km/h (2.3 mph) 3.8 km/h (2.4 mph)
Creeper Speeds — Semi Powershift (16x16)

Heavy Duty Rear Axle - 18.4-38 (820 mm
40 km/h (25 mph) Range Gear Rolling Rad)
Forward Reverse
1 2.3 km/h (1.4 mph) 2.2 km/h (1.4 mph)
2 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph) 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph)
Low
3 3.4 km/h (2.1 mph) 3.3 km/h (2.1 mph)
4 4.2 km/h (2.6 mph) 4.1 km/h (2.6 mph)
Field
5 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph) 5.3 km/h (2.2 mph)
6 8.5 km/h (5.3 mph) 6.5 km/h (4.0 mph)
High
7 8.0 km/h (5.0 mph) 7.9 km/h (4.9 mph)
8 9.8 km/h (6.1 mph) 9.6 km/h (6.0 mph)
1 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph) 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph)
2 10.9 km/h (6.8 mph) 10.7 km/h (6.7 mph)
Low
3 13.2 km/h (8.3 mph) 13.1 km/h (8.2 mph)
4 16.2 km/h (10.1 mph) 16.0 km/h (10.0 mph)
Road
5 20.8 km/h (13.0 mph) 20.6 km/h (12.8 mph)
6 25.5 km/h (15.9 mph) 25.2 km/h (15.7 mph)
High
7 31.1 km/h (19.4 mph) 30.7 km/h (19.2 mph)
8 38.1 km/h (23.8 mph) 37.7 km/h (23.5 mph)
1 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
2 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Low
3 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
4 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
Field Creeper
5 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 21.6 km/h (13.4 mph)
6 25.5 km/h (15.8 mph) 26.4 km/h (16.4 mph)
High
7 30.4 km/h (18.9 mph) 31.4 km/h (19.5 mph)
8 37.2 km/h (23.1 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
1 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
2 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Low
3 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
4 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
Field Creeper
5 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph)
6 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
High
7 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph) 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph)
8 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
1 0.9 km/h (0.5 mph) 0.9 km/h (0.5 mph)
2 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph) 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph)
Low
3 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph) 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph)
4 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph)
Road Creeper
5 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph) 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph)
6 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph) 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph)
High
7 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph) 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph)
8 3.8 km/h (2.4 mph) 3.7 km/h (2.3 mph)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 4
Creeper Speeds — Semi Powershift (16x16) — Japan

35 km/h (21.7 mph) Range Gear Rolling Rad)
Forward Reverse
1 2.3 km/h (1.4 mph) 2.2 km/h (1.4 mph)
2 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph) 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph)
Low
3 3.4 km/h (2.1 mph) 3.3 km/h (2.1 mph)
4 4.2 km/h (2.6 mph) 4.1 km/h (2.6 mph)
Field
5 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph) 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph)
6 8.5 km/h (5.3 mph) 6.5 km/h (4.0 mph)
High
7 8.0 km/h (5.0 mph) 7.9 km/h (4.9 mph)
8 9.8 km/h (6.1 mph) 9.6 km/h (6.0 mph)
1 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph) 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph)
2 10.9 km/h (6.8 mph) 10.7 km/h (6.7 mph)
Low
3 13.2 km/h (8.3 mph) 13.1 km/h (8.2 mph)
4 16.2 km/h (10.1 mph) 16.0 km/h (10.0 mph)
Road
5 20.8 km/h (13.0 mph) 20.6 km/h (12.8 mph)
6 25.5 km/h (15.9 mph) 25.2 km/h (15.7 mph)
High
7 31.1 km/h (19.4 mph) 30.7 km/h (19.2 mph)
8 35.0 km/h (21.8 mph) 34.6 km/h (21.6 mph)
1 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
2 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Low
3 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
4 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
Field Creeper
5 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 21.6 km/h (13.4 mph)
6 25.5 km/h (15.8 mph) 26.4 km/h (16.4 mph)
High
7 30.4 km/h (18.9 mph) 31.4 km/h (19.5 mph)
8 37.2 km/h (23.1 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
1 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
2 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Low
3 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
4 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
Field Creeper
5 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph)
6 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
High
7 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph) 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph)
8 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
1 0.9 km/h (0.5 mph) 0.9 km/h (0.5 mph)
2 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph) 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph)
Low
3 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph) 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph)
4 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph)
Road Creeper
5 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph) 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph)
6 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph) 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph)
High
7 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph) 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph)
8 3.8 km/h (2.4 mph) 3.7 km/h (2.3 mph)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 5
Creeper Speeds — Semi Powershift (17x16)

50/40E km/h (30/25E Rolling Rad)
Range Gear
mph)
Forward Reverse
1 2.3 km/h (1.4 mph) 2.2 km/h (1.4 mph)
2 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph) 2.7 km/h (1.7 mph)
Low
3 3.4 km/h (2.1 mph) 3.3 km/h (2.1 mph)
4 4.2 km/h (2.6 mph) 4.1 km/h (2.6 mph)
Field
5 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph) 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph)
6 6.5 km/h (4.1 mph) 6.5 km/h (4.1 mph)
High
7 8.0 km/h (5.0 mph) 7.9 km/h (4.9 mph)
8 9.8 km/h (6.1 mph) 9.6 km/h (6.0 mph)
1 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph) 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph)
2 10.9 km/h (6.8 mph) 10.7 km/h (6.7 mph)
Low
3 13.2 km/h (8.3 mph) 13.1 km/h (8.2 mph)
4 16.2 km/h (10.1 mph) 16.0 km/h (10.0 mph)
5 20.8 km/h (13.0 mph) 20.6 km/h (12.8 mph)
Road
6 25.5 km/h (15.9 mph) 25.2 km/h (15.7 mph)
7 31.1 km/h (19.4 mph) 30.7 km/h (19.2 mph)
High
8 38.2 km/h (23.8 mph) 37.7 km/h (19.2 mph)
45.8/40.0 km/h
9
(28.6/25.0 mph)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 6
Creeper - Sectional view
BVF0817A 1
Creeper Speed Drive

1 Creeper driven gear 2 Sliding engagement coupler (engaged position)
3 Creeper drive gear 4 Pinion shaft
5 Creeper driven gear bush 6 Creeper driven gear
7 Sliding engagement coupler (disengaged 8 Creeper drive gear
position)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 7
BVF0818A 2
Hydraulic Operated Creeper Selector

1 Selector shaft 2 O-ring
3 Piston retaining ring 4 Selector shaft piston
5 Piston retaining ring 6 Disengagement spring
7 Selector fork 8 Engagement stop sleeve
9 Oil seal 10 Creeper disengaged status switch
11 Creeper engaged status switch 12 Status switch plunger spring
13 Status switch plunger
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 8
Creeper - Dynamic description
BVF0819A 1
Creeper Disengaged
1 Selector shaft 2 Creeper drive gear
3 Sliding engagement coupler 4 Pinion shaft
5 Creeper driven gear 6 Selector fork
7 Disengagement spring 8 Shift rail piston
9 Low pressure oil supply from creeper 10 Creeper disengaged status switch
engagement solenoid
11 Creeper engaged status switch
Figure Colour Key

A Return to reservoir
The creeper solenoid valve is de-energized. The disengagement spring (7) pushes against the shift rail piston (8),
which slides the sliding engagement coupler (3) out of the creeper driven gear (5). The creeper driven gear (5) will
rotate freely on the shaft.
Drive to the pinion shaft (4) is transferred from the transmission output shaft through the creeper drive gear shaft and
the engagement coupler (3) to the pinion shaft (4).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 9
BVF0819B 2
Creeper Engaged
1 Selector shaft 2 Creeper drive gear
3 Sliding engagement coupler 4 Pinion shaft
5 Creeper driven gear 6 Selector fork
7 Disengagement spring 8 Shift rail piston
9 Low pressure oil supply from creeper 10 Creeper disengaged status switch
engagement solenoid
11 Creeper engaged status switch
Figure Colour Key

A Low pressure circuit
The creeper solenoid valve is energized. This supplies low pressure circuit oil (9) to flow behind the shift rail piston
(8) pushing the sliding engagement coupler (3) onto the driven gear (5). Drive to the pinion shaft is is transferred
from the transmission output shaft through the creeper drive gear (2) and down to the driven gear (5) which drives
the pinion shaft (4).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 10
Creeper - Static description

There are two types of creeper selection available which are installed into the rear axle housing, these are:
- Electro-hydraulic via a two position rocker switch in the cab (16x16 and 24x24 transmissions)
- Mechanical via a selector lever in the cab and a cable (12 x 12 transmission only)
The electro-hydraulic creeper is activated by the two position rocker switch (1) located in the cab on the right hand
control console.
A solenoid valve located on the low pressure distribution block is energized allowing low pressure circuit oil to flow to
a control piston which is connected to a shift rail and fork to engage the creeper.
BRE1482B 1
The mechanical creeper is selected using the selector lever in the cab.
The selector lever moves a shift rail and fork via a cable to engage the creeper.
BRF1818A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 11
Creeper - Static description

For tractors with Garu there is not a dedicated creeper switch. To select creeper gears, with the engine running, shift
down to 1st gear, depress the clutch and brake pedals and hold the downshift switch (1). The creeper icon will appear
on the transmission display flashing until the creeper gears are fully engaged when it will remain constantly lit. The
creeper engagement gear will always be 10th creeper.
SS09J056 1
To return to normal operation shift to 10th creeper gear, depress the clutch and brake pedals and hold the upshift
switch (2). Once the transmission has returned to normal gear range 1st, the creeper icon will disappear.
SS09J057 2
NOTE: The creeper gears offer very low ground speeds. Do not use the low gearing advantage to apply excessive
draft loads to the tractor.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 12
Creeper - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the transmission from the rear axle, for further information refer to Semi-Powershift transmission -
Disconnect (21.111) Semi-Powershift transmission - Disconnect (21.111) Power Shuttle transmission - Dis-
connect (21.112) .
1. Remove the PTO torque sensor (1).
BVE0330A 1
2. Remove the PTO torque sensor pick up disc.

NOTE: Use a suitable bar to hold the PTO torque sensor
pick up disc.
BVE0331A 2
3. Release the PTO driveshaft bearing from the housing

by expanding the exposed ends of the retaining ring
(1) into the groove in the housing and at the same
time remove the PTO driveshaft.
NOTE: The PTO driveshaft bearing retaining ring must seat
fully into the groove of the housing before the PTO drive-
shaft can be removed.
BVE0332A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 13
4. Remove the creeper status switches and the switch

plungers.
BVE0359A 4
5. Remove the creeper oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0360A 5
6. Remove the creeper gear selector fork retaining bolt

(1).
BVE0361A 6
7. Remove the creeper shaft and the bearing support

bracket.
BVE0362A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 14
8. Loosely install two M8 x 1.25 x 50 bolts (1) to support

the creeper gear.
NOTE: Make sure the creeper gear is in the correct position
so the exposed ends of the retaining ring can be seen.
BVE0363A 8
9. Using suitable circlip pliers, release the creeper shaft

from the casing by expanding the exposed ends of
the retaining ring (2) into the groove in the housing
and at the same time using a slide hammer special
tool (1) 380000549 and a locally fabricated adaptor,
remove the creeper shaft.
BVE0364A 9
10. Remove the creeper gear retaining bolts (1) and re-
move the creeper gear (2).
BVE0356A_367 10
11. Using suitable snap ring pliers, remove the snap ring
from the pinion shaft (1) and remove the creeper cou-
pler assembly (2).
BVE0366A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 15
12. Using a suitable socket and bar (1), remove the

crushed nut.
BVE0368A 12
13. Remove the creeper gear.
BVE0369A 13
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 16
Creeper - Install
1. Install the creeper gear.
BVE0369A 1
2. Using a suitable adjustable spanner, apply and hold

the parking brake.
BVE0367A 2
3. Install the pinion shaft retaining nut and tighten to the

specified torque.
Stake the pinion shaft retaining nut.
BVE0368B 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 17
4. Install the creeper coupler assembly (2) and install

the retaining ring to the pinion shaft (1).
BVE0366A 4
5. Position the creeper gear (2). Loosely install two M8

x 1.25 x 50 bolts (1) to support the creeper gear.
Remove the creeper gear (2).
so the open ends of the retaining ring can be seen.
BVE0356A_367 5
6. Install the creeper shaft (1) and the retaining ring (2).
BVE0364B 6
7. Remove the creeper gear support bolts (1).
BVE0363A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 18
8. Install the creeper shaft and the bearing support

bracket.
BVE0362A 8
9. Install the creeper gear selector fork retaining bolt

(1).
BVE0361A 9
10. Install the creeper oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0360A 10
11. Install the creeper status switches and the switch

plungers.
BVE0359A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 19
12. Install the PTO driveshaft and the retaining ring (1).
BVE0332B 12
13. Install the PTO torque sensor pick up disc.

pick up disc.
BVE0331A 13
14. Install the PTO torque sensor (1).
BVE0330A 14
Next operation:
Connect the transmission to the rear axle, for further information refer to Semi-Powershift transmission - Connect
(21.111) Power Shuttle transmission - Connect (21.112).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 20
Creeper - Troubleshooting
NOTE: If the creeper is not functioning correctly, check for any electronic error codes which may be stored. These
are defined by the error code range of 2001 to 3000. To retrieve error codes and review appropriate fault finding
diagnostic charts refer to Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
Creeper will not engage Vehicle is not stationary. Make sure that the vehicle is not moving.
Creeper engagement switch faulty. Install a new creeper engagement switch.
Wiring harness faulty. Repair or install a new wiring harness.
Solenoid valve faulty. Overhaul or install a new solenoid valve.
Worn selector fork. Install a new selector fork.
Selector fork loose on the selector shaft. Check that the roll pins are secure in the
selector shaft and install new roll pins as
necessary.
Sliding engagement coupler is a tight fit on Clean the splines or install a new shaft and
the shaft splines. sliding engagement coupler.
Defective sliding engagement coupler. Install a new sliding engagement coupler.
Engagement teeth worn on the driven gear. Install a new driven gear.
Creeper will not Creeper engagement switch faulty. Install a new creeper engagement switch.
disengage
Wiring harness faulty. Repair or install a new wiring harness.
Solenoid valve faulty. Overhaul or install a new solenoid valve.
Disengagement spring broken. Install a new disengagement spring.
Drive gear shaft engagement teeth worn. Install a new drive gear shaft.
Difficult to engage the Vehicle is not stationary. Make sure that the vehicle is not moving.
creeper
Worn selector fork. Install a new selector fork.
Selector fork loose on the selector shaft. Check that the roll pins are secure in the
selector shaft and install new roll pins as
necessary.
Sliding engagement coupler is a tight fit on Clean the splines or install a new shaft and
the shaft splines. sliding engagement coupler.
Engagement teeth worn on the driven gear. Install a new driven gear.
Creeper will not remain in Sliding engagement coupler loose on the Install a new sliding engagement coupler
the engaged position. shaft splines. and/or the shaft.
Creeper shaft support bearings worn. Install a new creeper shaft support bear-
ings.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 21
Index
Transmission - 21
Creeper - 160
Creeper - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Creeper - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Creeper - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Creeper - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Creeper - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Creeper - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Creeper - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Creeper - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47461574 08/11/2012
21.160 / 22
Transmission - 21
Overdrive - 166
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
Overdrive - 166
TECHNICAL DATA
Overdrive
General specification (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Torque (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Overdrive
Static description (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sectional view (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Dynamic description (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE
Overdrive control valve

Remove (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Disassemble (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Assemble (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Install (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Overdrive clutch
Remove (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Disassemble (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Assemble (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Install (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
DIAGNOSTIC
Overdrive
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 2
Transmission - Overdrive
Overdrive - General specification (17th Gear)

Type Mulit-wet plate clutch
Electro-hydraulic engaged
Location Rear axle housing
Drive Direct drive from the engine flywheel via the PTO input driveshaft
Friction discs 4
Steel plates 4
Belleville washers 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 3
Overdrive - Torque (17th Gear)
BAIL11CCM166HVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 4
Overdrive - Special tools (17th Gear)

Tool No. Description

380000403 Rear axle support
X 380000291 Tool for hydraulic clutch plunger springs
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 5
Overdrive - Static description (17th Gear)

The transmission (16x16) has an additional gear and clutch located in the rear axle housing.
When the extra gear (17th) is selected, no other clutches in the transmission are energized and drive is taken directly
from the engine flywheel, through the power take-off (PTO) input shaft and to the 17th gear clutch.
The advanced display of gears (ADOG) will indicate that 17th gear is selected by displaying the gear number (1) and
the gear span indicator (2).
BVF0990A 1
To engage the 17th gear clutch, low pressure circuit oil is directed from the engagement PWM solenoid valve (1),
through the dump solenoid valve (2) and to the 17th gear clutch.
As a safety feature the 17th gear clutch cannot be engaged unless both the dump solenoid valve (2) and the engage-
ment PWM solenoid valve (1) are energized.
The dump solenoid valve is energized in 16th gear in preparation to engage 17th gear.
Changing gear from 16th to 17th gear is only possible if the engine speed will be greater than 700 rev/min when 17th
gear is engaged.
BVF0991A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 6
Overdrive - Sectional view (17th Gear)
BSF4442A 1
Drive Line Sectional View

1 Main input shaft from the engine flywheel 2 17th gear clutch
damper
3 Power take-off (PTO) driveshaft
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 7
BVF0989A 2
17th gear Drive Sectional View

1 PTO driveshaft from the engine flywheel 2 PTO driveshaft to the rear PTO
3 Lubrication oil supply 4 Oil supply manifold
5 Control piston 6 Friction and steel plates
7 Drive gear 8 Pinion shaft
9 Driven gear 10 Belleville washers
11 Clutch housing
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 8
Overdrive - Dynamic description (17th Gear)
BVF0992A 1
17th Gear Clutch Disengaged

1 Power take-off (PTO) driveshaft from the 2 PTO driveshaft to the rear PTO
engine flywheel
3 Lubrication oil supply 4 Control piston
5 Friction and steel plates 6 Drive gear
7 Pinion shaft 8 Driven gear
9 Belleville washers
Figure Colour Key

A Return to reservoir B Lubrication
The engagement PWM solenoid valve and the dump solenoid valve are both de-energized (the dump solenoid valve
is energized when in 16th gear in preparation to engage 17th gear). The belleville washers (9) apply a force to the
control piston (4), which releases the control piston (4) from the friction and steel plates (5).
The drive gear (6) can now rotate freely on the shaft without transmitting drive to the driven gear (8) mounted on the
pinion shaft (7).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 9
BVF0992B 2
17th Gear Clutch Engaged

1 Power take-off (PTO) driveshaft from the 2 PTO driveshaft to the rear PTO
engine flywheel
3 Lubrication oil supply 4 Control piston
5 Friction and steel plates 6 Drive gear
7 Pinion shaft 8 Driven gear
9 Belleville washers
Figure Colour Key

A Low pressure circuit B Lubrication
The engagement PWM solenoid valve and the dump solenoid valve are both energized, supplying oil from the low
pressure circuit to the face of the control piston (4).
The oil pressure applied to the face of the control piston (4), moves the control piston (4) against the force applied by
the belleville washers (9). This compresses the friction and steel plates (5). Drive is then transferred from the PTO
driveshaft (2) through the 17th gear clutch, drive gear (6) and to the driven gear (8) mounted on the rear axle pinion
shaft (7).
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 10
Overdrive control valve - Remove (17th Gear)

Prior operation:
Remove the fuel tank.
1. Disconnect the oil supply pipes (1) and remove the

oil supply pipe banjo bolt (2).
BVF1021A 1
2. Remove the oil supply pipe.
BVF1022A 2
3. Remove the 17th gear solenoid valve block retaining

bolts.
BVF1020A 3
Next operation:
Overdrive control valve - Disassemble (21.166)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 11
Overdrive control valve - Disassemble (17th Gear)

Prior operation:
Overdrive control valve - Remove (17th Gear) (21.166)
1. Remove the 17th gear engage/drive PWM solenoid

valve (1) and the dump solenoid valve (2).
BVF1026A 1
2. Inspect all solenoid valve block components for wear

and damage and replace as necessary.
Next operation:
Overdrive control valve - Assemble (21.166)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 12
Overdrive control valve - Assemble (17th Gear)

Prior operation:
Overdrive control valve - Disassemble (21.166)
1. Install the 17th gear engage/drive PWM solenoid

valve (1) and the dump solenoid valve (2).
BVF1026A 1
2. Install the solenoid retaining bolts and tighten to the

BVF1024A 2
Next operation:
Overdrive control valve - Install (21.166)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 13
Overdrive control valve - Install (17th Gear)

Prior operation:
Overdrive control valve - Assemble (21.166)
1. Install the 17th gear solenoid valve block retaining

bolts and tighten to the specified torque value.
BVF1020B 1
2. Install the oil supply pipe.
BVF1022A 2
3. Connect the oil supply pipes (1) and install the oil
supply pipe banjo bolt (2).
BVF1021A 3
Next operation:
Install the fuel tank.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 14
Overdrive clutch - Remove (17th Gear)

Prior operation:
REAR AXLE - Remove (D.12.A - F.10.A.10)
Remove the PTO housing - see Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove (31.114).
Remove both final drive cases - see Final drive housing - Remove (27.120).
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the oil supply tube retaining bolt (1).
BVF0872A_372 1
2. Remove the rear axle bottom cover.
BVE0353A_373 2
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 15
3. Remove the four wheel drive clutch inner cover.
BVE0618A_374 3
4. Remove the draft sensor protection plate.
BVE0354A_375 4
5. Remove the retaining bolts, slide out the draft sensor

with its mounting plate and remove the lower link.
BVE0355A_376 5
6. Remove the vertical tie rod pivot pin retaining bolt (1).
Remove the vertical tie rod pivot pin (2) and remove
the vertical tie rod.
BVE0356A_377 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 16
7. Remove the lower link support.
BVE0357A_378 7
8. Support the rear axle on the tractor splitting kit spe-

cial tool 380000569 and position the support spe-
cial tool 380000403 underneath the rear axle center
housing.
BVE0358A_379 8
9. Remove the rear differential - see Powered rear axle

- Disassemble (27.100).
10. Remove the PTO torque sensor (1)
BVE0330A_380 9
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 17
11. Remove the PTO torque sensor pick up disc.

pick up disc.
BVE0331A_381 10
12. Remove the 17th gear clutch supply pipe (1).
BVF0995A 11
13. Expand the retaining ring into the housing and re-
move the PTO driveshaft.
BVF0996A 12
14. Using a suitable slide hammer/puller, remove the

17th gear clutch support shaft.
BVF0997A 13
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 18
15. Remove the 17th gear clutch manifold retaining

bolts.
BVF0998A 14
16. Using a suitable lever (1), reposition and support the

17th gear clutch to allow access to the pinion shaft
retaining nut.
BVF0999A 15

Remove the pinion shaft retaining nut (1)
BVF1000A 16
18. Remove the 17th gear driven gear (1) from the pinion
shaft.
BVF1001A 17
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 19
19. Remove the left hand side (1) and right hand side (2)
lubrication oil supply pipes.
BVF0993A 18
20. Remove the rear hydraulic lift - see HITCH Rear hitch
- Remove (H.10.C - F.10.A.10).
21. Remove the lubrication oil supply pipe retaining bolt
(1).
BVF0994A 19
22. Using a universal puller (1), partially remove the pin-

ion shaft (2).
NOTE: Only move the pinion shaft enough to allow the
removal of the 17th gear clutch.
BVE1025A 20
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 20
23. Support the 17th gear clutch (1) and remove the lever
(2).
Remove the 17th gear clutch from the rear axle hous-
ing.
BVF1002A 21
Next operation:
Overdrive clutch - Disassemble (21.166)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 21
Overdrive clutch - Disassemble (17th Gear)

Prior operation:
Overdrive clutch - Remove (21.166)
1. Remove the 17th gear clutch supply manifold (1).
BVF1003A 1
2. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the drive gear/

hub retaining circlip (1).
BVF1004A 2
3. Remove the drive gear/hub (1).
BVF1005A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 22
4. Remove the drive gear/hub bearings (1) and (2).
BVF1013A 4
5. Remove the clutch end plate retaining circlip (1).
BVF1006A 5
6. Remove the clutch end plate (1).
BVF1007A 6
7. Remove the four steel plates and the four friction

discs.
BVF1008A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 23
8. Using special tool 380000291 (1) and a suitable hy-

draulic press (2), compress the belleville washers
and remove the retaining circlip (3).
BVF1009A 8
9. Remove the circlip retainer (1).
BVF1010A 9
10. Remove the six belleville washers.
BVF1011A 10
11. Install the manifold (1) and the support shaft (2).
Supply compressed air into the manifold (3) to re-
move the piston.
BVF1012A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 24
12. Inspect all 17th gear clutch components for wear and
damage and replace as necessary.
Next operation:
Overdrive clutch - Assemble (21.166)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 25
Overdrive clutch - Assemble (17th Gear)

Prior operation:
Overdrive clutch - Disassemble (21.166)
1. Install new piston oil seals (1) and (2).
BVF1015A 1

hydraulic press (2), install the piston (3).
BVF1017A 2
3. Install the six belleville washers.
BVF1011A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 26
4. Install the circlip retainer (1).
BVF1010A 4

hydraulic press (2), compress the belleville washers
and install the retaining circlip (3).
BVF1009A 5
6. Install the four steel plates and the four friction discs.
BVF1008A 6
7. Install the clutch end plate (1).
BVF1007A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 27
8. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the clutch end

plate retaining circlip (1).
BVF1006A 8
9. Install the drive gear/hub bearings (1) and (2).
BVF1013A 9
10. Install the drive gear/hub (1).
BVF1005A 10
11. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the drive gear/hub

retaining circlip (1).
BVF1004A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 28
12. Install new annular sealing rings (1).
BVF1016A 12
13. Install the 17th gear clutch supply manifold (1).

NOTE: Make sure the machined face of the manifold is
facing away from the 17th gear clutch.
BVF1003A 13
Next operation:
Overdrive clutch - Install (21.166)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 29
Overdrive clutch - Install (17th Gear)

Prior operation:
Overdrive clutch - Assemble (21.166)
1. Install the 17th gear clutch into the rear axle housing
and support with a suitable lever (1).
BVF0999A 1
2. Install the bearing onto the pinion shaft.

in the installation of the bearing.
396 RA-50_382 2
3. Install the lubrication oil supply pipe and retaining bolt

(1).
BVF0994A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 30
4. Install the right hand side (2) and the left hand side
(1) lubrication oil supply pipe.
BVF0993A 4
5. Install the rear hydraulic lift - seeHITCH Rear hitch -

Install (H.10.C - F.10.A.15) .
6. Install the 17th gear driven gear (1) onto the pinion
shaft.
BVF1001A 5

Install the pinion shaft retaining nut and tighten to the
Stake the retaining nut in four places.
BVF1000B 6
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 31
8. Remove the lever supporting the 17th gear clutch

and position the manifold retaining bolt holes in line
with the holes in the rear axle housing.
Install the 17th gear clutch manifold retaining bolts
and tighten to the specified torque value.
BVF0998B 7
9. Install new 17th gear support shaft O-rings (1).
BVF1014A 8
10. Install the 17th gear clutch support shaft (1).
BVF1019A 9
11. Expand the retaining ring into the housing and install
the PTO driveshaft.
fully into the groove of the bearing.
BVF0996B 10
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 32
12. Install the 17th gear clutch supply pipe (1).
BVF0995A 11
13. Install the PTO torque sensor pick up disc.

pick up disc.
NOTE: Apply LOCTITE® 243 onto the retaining bolt threads.
BVE0331A_381 12
14. Install the PTO torque sensor (1).
BVE0330A_380 13
15. Install the lower link support to the rear axle housing
taking the following into consideration:
- Thoroughly clean and degrease the mating sur-
faces and apply a bead of liquid gasket of approxi-
mately 2 mm (0.079 in) in diameter to the rear axle
housing.
Install the lower link support. Tighten the retaining
BVE0357B_383 14
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 33
16. Position the vertical tie rod. Install the vertical tie
rod pivot pin (2). Install the vertical tie rod pivot pin
retaining bolt (1).
BVE0356A_377 15
17. Position the lower link. Install the draft sensor with
its mounting plate and install the retaining bolts.
BVE0355A_376 16
18. Install the draft sensor protection plate (1).
BVE0354A_375 17
19. Install the four wheel drive clutch inner cover. Tighten
the retaining bolts to the specified torque value.
BVE0618B_384 18
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 34

BVF0918A_385 19
21. Install the rear axle bottom cover. Tighten the retain-
BVE0353B_386 20
22. Install the oil supply tube retaining bolt (1).
BVF0872A_372 21
Next operation:
Install both final drive cases - see Final drive housing - Install (27.120).
Install the PTO housing - see Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Install (31.114).
REAR AXLE - Install (D.12.A - F.10.A.15)
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 35
Overdrive - Troubleshooting
17th gear does not engage 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction set in Turn off the speed restriction in machine
machine configurations. configurations (refer to the diagnostic H
routines - see Electronic module - Con-
figure (55.640).
Engagement PWM solenoid valve faulty. Replace engagement PWM solenoid valve.
Dump solenoid valve faulty. Replace dump solenoid valve.
No or low oil pressure to the 17th gear Pressure test 17th gear circuit - see Low
clutch. pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure
test (35.322).
Wiring harness faulty. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
Clutch slipping Low oil pressure to the 17th Gear clutch. Pressure test 17th Gear circuit - see Low
pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure
test (35.322) .
Clutch control piston oil seals damaged / Replace clutch control piston oil seals.
worn.
Worn clutch friction discs. Replace the clutch friction discs.
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 36
Index
Transmission - 21
Overdrive - 166
Overdrive - Dynamic description (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Overdrive - General specification (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Overdrive - Sectional view (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Overdrive - Special tools (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overdrive - Static description (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Overdrive - Torque (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Overdrive - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Overdrive clutch - Assemble (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Overdrive clutch - Disassemble (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Overdrive clutch - Install (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Overdrive clutch - Remove (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Overdrive control valve - Assemble (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Overdrive control valve - Disassemble (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Overdrive control valve - Install (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Overdrive control valve - Remove (17th Gear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47461574 08/11/2012
21.166 / 37
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
23
Contents
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - 23
Electrohydraulic control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.202

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.314

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
23
Electrohydraulic control - 202
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Electrohydraulic control
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch
Dog clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Dog clutch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Dog clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Multi plate clutch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERVICE
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Dog clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Dog clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Multi plate clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Multi plate clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Internal line
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
DIAGNOSTIC
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 2
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - Electrohydraulic control
Electrohydraulic control - General specification

Four Wheel Drive
Mechanically engaged,
Mulit-wet plate clutch
electro-hydraulic disengaged
Mechanically engaged,
Dog clutch
electro-hydraulic disengaged
Dog clutch Mechanically engaged,

(only 12x12 transmission) mechanically disengaged
Drive From the pinion shaft
Multi Wet plate clutch discs

Friction Discs 8 pieces
Steel Plates 7 pieces
Electrohydraulic control - Special tools
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual.
B008

previous No.
X 380000291 Tool for hydraulic clutch plunger springs 295021
X 380000984 Clutch spring compressor and pin spanner -
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 3
BVF0917A 1
Four wheel driveshaft slide hammer
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 4
Electrohydraulic control - Torque
BVE0353B 1
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 5
Electrohydraulic control - Static description

There are two types of four wheel drive transfer systems installed in the bottom of the rear axle housing, these are:
• Four wheel drive multi-wet plate clutch (16x16 transmission) - see Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate
clutch - Sectional view (23.202).
• Four wheel drive dog clutch (24x24 and 12x12 transmission) - see Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch
- Sectional view (23.202).
The four wheel drive is activated by the three position rocker switch (1) located in the cab on the right hand control
console.
BSE2812B 1
Manual Four Wheel Drive

When the rocker switch is in the manual four wheel drive position, four wheel drive is always engaged, regardless of
the steering angle and tractor speed.
Automatic Four Wheel Drive

When the rocker switch is in the automatic four wheel drive position, four wheel drive will engage and disengage
depending on the steering angle and tractor speed.
The disengagement steering angle and speed values can be changed using the diagnostic H routines, menu H3 -
refer to Electronic module - Configure (55.640).
Four Wheel Drive Off

NOTE: When the parking brake is applied, four wheel drive is engaged.
When the rocker switch is in the off position, four wheel drive is disengaged and will be engaged when both brake
pedal are depressed, to provide four wheel braking.
The four wheel braking engagement speed can be changed using the diagnostic H routines, menu H3 - refer to Elec-
tronic module - Configure (55.640).
NOTE: When four wheel drive is engaged and the key start is turned off, four wheel drive will be engaged when the
key start is turned on again.
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 6
When four wheel drive is engaged, the four wheel drive solenoid is de-energized. This will close the pressure switch
located on the low pressure distribution block and will illuminate the symbol (1) on the instrument cluster.
BRE1525B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 7
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Dynamic description
BVF0907A 1
Four Wheel Drive Dog Clutch (Engaged)

1 Spring pack 2 Control piston
3 Control piston dog teeth 4 Drive gear
5 Driven gear 6 Driven gear dog teeth
7 Driveshaft
Figure Colour Key

A Lubrication B Return to reservoir
The four wheel drive clutch solenoid is de-energized and the spring pack (1) applies a force to the control piston (2),
which moves the control piston dog teeth (3) into the driven gear dog teeth (6). Drive is transferred from the drive gear
(4), mounted on the rear axle pinion to the driven gear (5) and through the clutch to the front axle via the driveshaft (7).
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 8
BVF0907B 2
Four Wheel Drive Dog Clutch (Disengaged)

1 Spring pack 2 Control piston
3 Control piston dog teeth 4 Drive gear
5 Driven gear 6 Driven gear dog teeth
7 Driveshaft
Figure Colour Key

A Lubrication B Low pressure circuit
The four wheel drive clutch solenoid is energized, supplying oil from the low pressure circuit to the face of the control
piston (2).
The oil pressure applied to the face of the control piston (2) moves the control piston (2) against the force applied by
the spring pack (1). This releases the control piston dog teeth (3) from the driven gear dog teeth (6).
The driven gear (5) can now rotate freely without transferring the drive through the clutch to the driveshaft (7).
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 9
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Sectional view
BVF0812A 1
Four Wheel Drive Dog Clutch
1 Spring pack retaining washer 2 Spring pack

3 Control piston 4 Control piston dog teeth
7 Annular sealing rings 8 Oil supply manifold
9 Oil supply manifold retaining pin 10 Driven gear
11 Driven gear dog teeth 12 Driveshaft
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 10
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Exploded view
BVF0880A 1
Dog Clutch Four Wheel Drive
1 Circlip 2 Spring pack retaining washer

3 Spring pack 4 Washer
5 Control piston with engaging dog teeth 6 Control piston shaft
7 Driven gear with engaging dog teeth 8 Splined washer
9 O-ring 10 O-ring
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 11
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Dynamic

description
BVF0905A 1
Four Wheel Drive Multi-Wet Plate Clutch (Engaged)

1 Belleville washer 2 Control piston
3 Drive gear 4 Driven gear
5 Friction and steel plates 6 Driveshaft
Figure Colour Key

A Return to reservoir B Lubrication
The four wheel drive clutch solenoid is de-energized and the belleville washer (1) applies a force to the control piston
(2) which compresses the friction and steel plates (5). Drive is transferred from the drive gear (3) mounted on the rear
axle pinion to the driven gear (4) and through the clutch to the front axle via the driveshaft (6).
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 12
BVF0905B 2
Four Wheel Drive Multi-Wet Plate Clutch (Disengaged)

1 Belleville washer 2 Control piston
3 Drive gear 4 Driven gear
5 Friction and steel plates 6 Driveshaft
Figure Colour Key

A Lubrication B Low pressure circuit
The four wheel drive clutch solenoid is energized, supplying oil from the low pressure circuit to the face of the control
piston (2).
The oil pressure applied to the face of the control piston (2) moves the control piston (2) against the force applied
from the belleville washer (1). This releases the force applied by the belleville washer (1) from the friction and steel
plates (5).
The driven gear (4) can now rotate freely without transferring the drive through the clutch to the driveshaft (6). Lubri-
cation oil will be supplied through the friction and steel plates (5).
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 13
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Sectional view
BVF0811A 1
Four Wheel Drive Multi Plate Clutch
1 Retaining nut 2 Belleville washer

5 Annular sealing rings 6 Oil supply manifold
7 Oil supply manifold retaining pin 8 Driven gear
9 Friction and steel plates 10 Control piston
11 Driveshaft
H = 0.8 - 1.1 mm (0.031 - 0.043 in) release travel
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 14
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery cable - see Battery - Disconnect (55.302).
Remove the four wheel driveshaft - see Drive shaft - Remove (Supersteer™ axle) (23.314) or
Drive shaft - Remove (Standard axle) (23.314).
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
safety goggles, gloves and shoes.
B026
1. Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the oil into a
suitable container.
Install the drain plug after the oil has drained.
BVE0443A 1
2. Remove the oil supply tube retaining bolt (1).
BVF0872A 2
3. Remove the rear axle bottom cover.
BVE0353A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 15
BVE0618A 4
5. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the four wheel

driveshaft oil seal carrier retaining circlip (1).
BVF0873A 5
6. Using a suitable lever, remove the four wheel drive-

shaft coupler (1) and the oil seal carrier.
BVF0874A 6
7. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the bearing re-

taining circlip (1).
BVF0876A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 16
8. Using the locally fabricated slide hammer (1), re-

move the four wheel driveshaft (2).
Remove the four wheel drive clutch assembly from
underneath the rear axle.
NOTE: Using a suitable hydraulic jack, support the four
wheel drive clutch assembly.
The four wheel driveshaft cannot be fully removed from the
rear axle housing. To remove the driveshaft from the rear
axle housing, separate the transmission from the rear axle.
BVE0877A 8
Next operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Disassemble (23.202) or
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Disassemble (23.202)
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 17
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Disassemble

Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Exploded view (23.202)
Prior operation:
Remove the clutch - see Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Remove (23.202).
1. Remove the splined washer (1) and the four wheel

drive clutch driven gear (2).
BVF0878A 1

draulic press, compress the spring pack and remove
the circlip (2).
BVF0879A 2
Next operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Assemble (23.202)
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 18
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Assemble

Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Exploded view (23.202)
Prior operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Disassemble (23.202)
1. Install new O-rings, items (9) and (10).

NOTE: Apply the specified driveline oil onto the O-rings.
draulic press, compress the spring pack and install
the circlip (2).
BVF0879A 1
3. Install the four wheel drive clutch driven gear (2) and
the splined washer (1).
BVF0878A 2
Next operation:
Install the clutch - see Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Install (23.202).
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 19
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the clutch - see Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Remove (23.202).
1. Unstake the retaining nut (1).
BVF0965A 1

draulic press, compress the Belleville washer. Using
special tool 380000984 (2), remove the retaining nut
(3).
NOTE: Make sure the retaining nut is fully unstaked or
damage to the threads may occur.
BVF0966A 2
3. Remove the special tools and the belleville washer

(1).
BVF0967A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 20
4. Rotate the clutch assembly 180 °.

Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the circlip (1).
BVF0968A 4
5. Remove the 'D' washer (1) and the driven gear (2).
BVF0969A 5
6. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the circlip (1).
BVF0970A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 21
7. Remove the end plate (1) and the friction and steel
plates (2).
BVF0971A 7
8. Remove the pressure plate (1).
BVF0972A 8
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 22
9. Remove the piston (1) from the oil seal carrier (2).
NOTE: Apply pressure evenly to the piston.
BVF0973A 9
10. Using a suitable hydraulic press, remove the shaft

(1) from the oil seal carrier (2).
BVF0974A 10
Next operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Assemble (23.202)
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 23
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Assemble

Prior operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Disassemble (23.202)

draulic press, install the oil seal carrier (2) onto the
shaft.
BVF0976A 1
2. Install new oil seals (1) and apply the correct speci-
fied driveline oil to the oil seals.
BVF0975A 2
3. Install the piston (1) onto the oil seal carrier (2).
NOTE: Apply pressure evenly to the piston to avoid dam-
age to the oil seals.
BVF0977A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 24

Install the pressure plate (1).
BVF0972A 4
5. Install the friction and steel plates (2) and the end
plate (1).
BVF0971A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 25
BVF0970A 6
7. Install the driven gear (2) and the 'D' washer (1).
BVF0969A 7
BVF0968A 8

Install the belleville washer (1).
BVF0967A 9
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 26
10. Loosely install the retaining nut (1).
BVF0965A 10
11. Using special tool 380000984. (1) and a suitable

hydraulic press, compress the belleville washer with
a force of 2000 - 2200 kg (4409.2 - 4850.2 lb). Using
special tool 380000984 (2), tighten the retaining nut
(3) to the specified torque value of 15 - 25 Nm (11.06
- 18.44 lb ft).
BVF0966A 11
12. Remove the special tools.

Make a reference mark (1) on the shaft opposite the
cut out (A).
Make an alignment mark (2) on the retaining nut
which is 210 ° (3.5 flats) clockwise from the refer-
ence mark (1) midway between the cut outs (D) and
(E).
BVF0978A 12
13. Using special tool 380000984 and a suitable hy-

draulic press, compress the belleville washer with a
force of 2000 - 2200 kg (4409.2 - 4850.2 lb).
Using special tool 380000984, rotate the retaining
nut anti-clockwise until the alignment mark (2) is
aligned with the reference mark (1).
BVF0979A 13
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 27
14. Stake the retaining nut (1).
BVF0965A 14
Next operation:
Install the clutch - see Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Install (23.202) .
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 28
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Install

Prior operation:
Assemble the clutch - see Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Assemble (23.202) or
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Assemble (23.202).
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Install a new O-ring (1) onto the driveshaft.
BVF0882A 1
2. Install new O-rings (1) and annular sealing rings (2)

onto the driveshaft.
Apply the specified driveline oil onto the O-rings and
the annular sealing rings.
BVF0881A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 29
3. Install the four wheel drive clutch assembly into the

rear axle housing.
Install the driveshaft (1).
NOTE: Using a suitable hydraulic jack, support the four
wheel drive clutch assembly.
BVF0884A 3
4. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the bearing retain-

ing circlip (1).
BVF0876A 4
5. Install a new oil seal carrier O-ring (1).
BVF0883A 5
6. Install a new oil seal (2) into the oil seal carrier (1).
BVF0889A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 30
7. Install the four wheel drive coupler (1), oil seal carrier
(2), and the oil seal carrier retaining circlip (3).
BVF0875A 7
8. Install the four wheel drive clutch inner cover. Tighten

the retaining bolts to the specified torque value.
BVE0618B 8

BVF0918A 9
10. Install the rear axle bottom cover. Tighten the retain-
BVE0353B_342 10
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 31
11. Install the oil supply tube retaining bolt (1).
BVF0872A 11
Next operation:
Install the four wheel driveshaft - see Drive shaft - Install (Supersteer™ axle) (23.314) or
Drive shaft - Install (Standard axle) (23.314).
Refill the driveline with the correct specified oil - see Consumables Lubrications and Coolants ().
Connect the battery cable - see Battery - Connect (55.302).
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 32
Internal line - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the four wheel drive clutch - see Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Remove (23.202).
Remove the power take-off housing - see Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove (31.114).
1. Remove the O-ring (2) and the oil supply manifold

retaining pin (1).
BVF0886A 1
2. Using a suitable punch, remove the oil supply mani-

fold (1) and the bearing (2).
BVF0887A 2
Next operation:
Hydraulic line - Install (D.14.C.36 - F.10.A.15)
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 33
Internal line - Install

Prior operation:
Hydraulic line - Remove (D.14.C.36 - F.10.A.10)
1. Install new O-rings (1) onto the oil supply manifold.
BVF0891A 1
2. Install the oil supply manifold (2) and the bearing (1)
into the rear axle housing.
NOTE: Make sure the hole (4) in the oil supply manifold is
aligned with the hole (3) in the rear axle housing.
BVF0888A 2
3. Install the oil supply manifold retaining pin (1) and a

new O-ring (2).
BVF0886A 3
Next operation:
Install the power take-off housing - see Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Install (31.114).
Install the four wheel drive clutch - see Clutch - Install (D.14.C.46 - F.10.A.15).
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 34
Electrohydraulic control - Troubleshooting

NOTE: If the front wheel drive is not functioning correctly, check for any electronic error codes which may be stored.
These are defined by the error code range of 6001 to 7000 - see Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
To retrieve error codes and review appropriate fault finding diagnostic charts - see Electronic module - Configure
(55.640).
Four wheel drive does not Four wheel drive engagement switch faulty. Replace the four wheel drive engagement
engage switch.
Four wheel drive control solenoid valve Repair or replace solenoid valve.
stuck open.
Worn clutch discs. Replace the clutch discs.
Incorrectly set multi-wet plate clutch re- Adjust the release travel.
lease travel.
With the four wheel drive Incorrectly adjusted brake pedal switches. Adjust the brake pedal switches.
clutch disengaged, the
four wheel drive does not
engage when the brake
pedals are depressed
Faulty brake pedal switch. Replace the brake pedal switch.
Four wheel drive does not Low transmission oil. Refill to the correct oil level.
disengage
Faulty low pressure circuit. Pressure test the low pressure circuit - see
Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pres-
sure test (35.322) .
Faulty four wheel drive engagement circuit. Check the circuit.
Four wheel drive control solenoid valve Repair or replace the solenoid valve.
stuck closed.
Oil leaks through the oil seals with con- Replace faulty oil seals.
sequent pressure drop: hub, piston, and
transfer box shaft oil seals.
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 35
Index

Electrohydraulic control - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electrohydraulic control - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electrohydraulic control - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electrohydraulic control - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Electrohydraulic control - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Dog clutch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch Multi plate clutch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Internal line - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Internal line - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
47461574 08/11/2012
23.202 / 36
Drive shaft - 314
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 1
Contents
Drive shaft - 314
TECHNICAL DATA
Drive shaft
SERVICE
Drive shaft
Remove (Standard axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install (Standard axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Remove (Supersteer™ axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install (Supersteer™ axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remove (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 2
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - Drive shaft
Drive shaft - General specification

1 mm; 1.2 mm; 1.5 mm; 1.8 mm;
Front Sleeve Positioning Adjust Ring Shims 2 mm; 2.2 mm; 2.5 mm; 3 mm;
3.3 mm; 3.7 mm; 4 mm; 4.3 mm
Front Sleeve End-Play 1.2 - 1.7 mm (0.047 - 0.067 in)
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 3
Drive shaft - Remove (Standard axle)

Prior operation:
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the four wheel driveshaft guard (1).
BVE0871A 1
2. Expand the circlip (1) and slide the circlip (1) and
sleeve (2) along the four wheel drive shaft.
BVE0468A_335 2
3. Remove the four wheel driveshaft and the central

support.
BVE0486A_336 3
Next operation:
Drive shaft - Install (Standard axle) (23.314)
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 4
Drive shaft - Install (Standard axle)

Prior operation:
Drive shaft - Remove (Standard axle) (23.314)
WARNING
B026
1. Install the four wheel driveshaft and the central sup-

port.
BVE0486A_336 1
2. Expand the circlip (1) and slide the circlip (1) and
sleeve (2) along the four wheel driveshaft.
BVE0468B_337 2
3. Install the four wheel driveshaft guard (1).
BVE0871A 3
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 5
Drive shaft - Remove (Supersteer™ axle)

Prior operation:
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the four wheel driveshaft retaining nuts.
BVE0276A_338 1
2. Remove the support and the four wheel driveshaft.
BVE0275A_339 2
Next operation:
Drive shaft - Install (Supersteer™ axle) (23.314)
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 6
Drive shaft - Install (Supersteer™ axle)

Prior operation:
Drive shaft - Remove (Supersteer™ axle) (23.314)
WARNING
B026
1. Install the four wheel driveshaft and the support.

value.
BVE0275B_340 1
2. Install the four wheel driveshaft retaining nuts.

Tighten the retaining nuts to the specified torque
value.
BVE0276B_341 2
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 7
Drive shaft - Remove (Suspended axle)

Prior operation:
Remove the front axle, for further information refer to Powered front axle - Remove (25.100)
1. Support the front axle on suitable axle stands.
BAIL07APH522AVA 1
2. Remove the suspension arm retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH523AVA 2
3. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the suspen-

sion arm.
BAIL07APH524AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 8
4. Remove the suspension arm.
BAIL07APH525AVA 4
5. Remove the drive shaft retaining bolts and remove

the drive shaft.
BAIL07APH526AVA 5
6. Remove the outer dust shield.
BAIL09CVT510AVA 6
7. Remove the inner dust shield.
BAIL09CVT509AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 9
8. Remove the shaft retaining circlips.
BAIL09CVT507AVA 8
9. Remove the shaft and bearing from the housing.
BAIL09CVT505AVA 9
10. Remove the circlip
BAIL09CVT504AVA 10
11. Remove the bearing.
BAIL09CVT499AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 10
12. Using special tool 380200107 remove the retaining

nut.
BAIL09CVT508AVA 12
13. Remove the bearing carrier.
BAIL09CVT502AVA 13
14. Remove the support housing.
BAIL09CVT501AVA 14
15. Remove the bearing retaining ring.
BAIL09CVT500AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 11
16. Remove the bearing.
BAIL09CVT497AVA 16
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 12
Drive shaft - Install (Suspended axle)

1. Install the bearing.
BAIL09CVT497AVA 1
2. Install the retaining ring.
BAIL09CVT500AVA 2
3. Locate the support housing.
BAIL09CVT501AVA 3
4. Locate the bearing carrier.
BAIL09CVT502AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 13
5. Install a new retaining nut.
BAIL09CVT503AVA 5
6. Using special tool 380200107 tighten to 300 - 350

N·m (220 - 258 lb ft).
NOTE: Make sure there is no end float.
BAIL09CVT508AVA 6
7. Stake the retaining nut in a minimum of two places.
BAIL09CVT503AVB 7
8. Install the four blanking plugs.
BAIL09CVT503AVC 8
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 14
9. Install the bearing onto the shaft.
BAIL09CVT499AVA 9
10. Install the bearing retaining circlip.
BAIL09CVT504AVA 10
11. Install the shaft into the housing.
BAIL09CVT505AVA 11
12. Install the shaft retaining circlips.
BAIL09CVT507AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 15
13. Install the inner dust shield.
BAIL09CVT509AVA 13
14. Install the outer dust shield.
BAIL09CVT510AVA 14
15. Install the drive shaft to the front axle.

BAIL07APH526AVA 15
16. Install the suspension arm.
BAIL07APH525AVB 16
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 16
17. Support the suspension arm on suitable axle stands

and remove the lifting equipment from the suspen-
sion arm.
BAIL07APH524AVA 17
18. Install the suspension arm retaining bolts.

Tighten to 275 Nm (203 lb ft).
BAIL07APH523AVA 18
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 17
Index
Drive shaft - 314

Drive shaft - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drive shaft - Install (Standard axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Drive shaft - Install (Supersteer™ axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drive shaft - Install (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Drive shaft - Remove (Standard axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drive shaft - Remove (Supersteer™ axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Drive shaft - Remove (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 18
47461574 08/11/2012
23.314 / 19
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Front axle system
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
25
Contents
Front axle system - 25
Powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.100

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.102

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.108

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Axle suspension control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.122

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
25
Powered front axle - 100
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Powered front axle

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Axle support
Torque (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Powered front axle

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SERVICE
Powered front axle

Remove (Standard Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Install (Standard Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remove Supersteer™ axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Install (SuperSteer™ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Remove (Suspended Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Install Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Axle support
Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Remove (Front support and front axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Install (Front support and front axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Clearance (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
DIAGNOSTIC
Powered front axle

47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 2
Front axle system - Powered front axle
Powered front axle - General specification

SPECIFICATIONS (Class 3+ Axle)
Type steering, stress-supporting, centrally pivoted

Pinion and Crown Wheel - Differential
Pinion to crown wheel reduction ratio 10/34 = 1:3.4
Pinion to crown wheel backlash mm 0.18 - 0.23
Cone point adjustment shims mm 2.5 - 2.6 - 2.7 - 2.8 - 2.9 - 3.0 - 3.1 - 3.2 - 3.3 -
3.4 - 3.5 - 3.6 - 3.7
Pinion bearing adjustment shims mm 2.50 - 2.55 - 2.60 - 2.65 - 2.70 - 2.75 - 2.80 - 2.85
- 2.90 - 2.95 - 3.00 - 3.05 - 3.10 - 3.15 - 3.20 -
3.25 - 3.30 - 3.35 - 3.40 - 3.45 - 3.50 - 3.55 - 3.60
- 3.65 - 3.70 - 3.75 - 3.80 - 3.85 - 3.90 - 3.95 -
4.00 - 4.05 - 4.10 - 4.15 - 4.20 - 4.25 - 4.30 - 4.35
- 4.40 - 4.45 - 4.50 - 4.55 - 4.60 - 4.65 - 4.70 -
4.75 - 4.80
Crown wheel point adjustment shims mm 0.9 - 1.0 - 1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 - 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.7 -
1.8 - 1.9 - 2.0
Side gear to differential gear backlash mm 0.15
Differential gear thrust washer thickness mm 1.470 - 1.530
Side gear thrust washer thickness mm 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.7 - 1.8 - 1.9 - 2.0 - 2.1 - 2.2
Differential gear pin diameter mm 23.939 - 23.960
Pin bore diameter on differential gears mm 24.040 - 24.061
Pins to seats mounting clearance mm 0.080 - 0.122
Side gear hub diameter mm 43.961 - 44.000
Hub bore diameter on differential casing mm 44.019 - 44.080
Side gears to seats mounting clearance mm 0.019 - 0.119
Differential Lock Assembly (Dog
Clutch)
Free spring length mm approximately. 87
Compressed spring length, under a load of 1888 - mm approximately. 48
2035 N (424.4 - 457.5 lb).
Differential Lock Assembly (Multi
Wet-Plate Clutch)
Drive discs mm 1.75 - 1.855
Drive discs quantity 5
Driven discs mm 2.35 - 2.45
Driven discs quantity 6
Axle-Shafts and Swivel Assemblies
Outer axle-shaft diameter at the bushings mm 41.975 - 42.000
Press-fit bushing inner diameter mm 42.100 - 42.175 (final dimension without reaming)
Axle-shafts to bushings mounting clearance mm 0.100 - 0.200
Bushings to seats fitting interference mm 0.064 - 0.129
Swivel pin bearing adjust shims mm 0.10 - 0.15 - 0.20 - 0.25 - 0.30
Planetary Reduction Hubs
Reduction ratio 16:(16+68) = 1:5.25
Planet gear thrust washer thickness mm 0.77 - 0.83
SuperSteer™ Swivel Bearing
Torque required to rotate axle when correctly kgm 30 - 32
shimmed
SuperSteer™ swivel bearing shims mm 1.05 - 1.90 in 0.05 increments
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 3
Auto 4WD/Difflock
Auto 4WD will disengage if: Wheel speed > 20 km/h.
When speed, 10 km/h and steering angle
exceeds selected value.
When the speed is between 10 - 20 km/h and
the steering angle exceeds the selected value.
Auto Difflock will disengage if: Wheel speed > 15 km/h.
Wheel speed < 10 km/h and steering angle
exceeds the selected value.
Rear hitch switch is pressed (1 second delay).
One brake pedal is pressed (will re-engage when
pedal is released).
Inputs required: Wheel speed sensor/radar.
Steering angle sensor.
Rear hitch fast raise/lower switch.
Brake pedal switches.
Auto 4WD or difflock switch.
SPECIFICATIONS (Class 3.5 Axle)
Type steering, stress-supporting, centrally pivoted

Pinion to crown wheel reduction ratio 10/34 = 1:3.4
Pinion to crown wheel backlash mm 0.10 - 0.50
Cone point adjustment shims mm 2.5 - 2.6 - 2.7 - 2.8 - 2.9 - 3.0 - 3.1 - 3.2 - 3.3 -
3.4 - 3.5 - 3.6 - 3.7
Pinion bearing adjustment shims mm 2.50 - 2.55 - 2.60 - 2.65 - 2.70 - 2.75 - 2.80 - 2.85
- 2.90 - 2.95 - 3.00 - 3.05 - 3.10 - 3.15 - 3.20 -
3.25 - 3.30 - 3.35 - 3.40 - 3.45 - 3.50 - 3.55 - 3.60
- 3.65 - 3.70 - 3.75 - 3.80 - 3.85 - 3.90 - 3.95 -
4.00 - 4.05 - 4.10 - 4.15 - 4.20 - 4.25 - 4.30 - 4.35
- 4.40 - 4.45 - 4.50 - 4.55 - 4.60 - 4.65 - 4.70 -
4.75 - 4.80
Crown wheel point adjustment shims mm 0.9 - 1.0 - 1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 - 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.7 -
1.8 - 1.9 - 2.0
Side gear to differential gear backlash mm 0.15
Differential gear thrust washer thickness mm 1.470 - 1.530
Side gear thrust washer thickness mm 1.4 - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.7 - 1.8 - 1.9 - 2.0 - 2.1 - 2.2
Differential gear pin diameter mm 23.939 - 23.960
Pin bore diameter on differential gears mm 24.040 - 24.061
Pins to seats mounting clearance mm 0.080 - 0.122
Side gear hub diameter mm 43.961 - 44.000
Hub bore diameter on differential casing mm 44.019 - 44.080
Side gears to seats mounting clearance mm 0.019 - 0.119
Differential Lock Assembly (Multi
Wet-Plate Clutch)
Drive discs mm 1.75 - 1.855
Drive discs quantity 5
Driven discs mm 2.35 - 2.45
Driven discs quantity 6
Axle-Shafts and Swivel Assemblies
Outer axle-shaft diameter at the bushings mm 41.975 - 42.000
Press-fit bushing inner diameter mm 42.100 - 42.175 (final dimension without reaming)
Axle-shafts to bushings mounting clearance mm 0.100 - 0.200
Bushings to seats fitting interference mm 0.064 - 0.129
Swivel pin bearing adjust shims mm 0.10 - 0.15 - 0.20 - 0.25 - 0.30
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 4
Planetary Reduction Hubs

Reduction ratio 16:(16+68) = 1:5.25
Planet gear thrust washer thickness mm 0.77 - 0.83
SuperSteer™ Swivel Bearing
Torque required to rotate axle when correctly kgm 30 - 32
shimmed
SuperSteer™ swivel bearing shims mm 1.05 - 1.90 in 0.05 increments
Auto 4WD/Difflock
Auto 4WD will disengage if: Wheel speed > 20 km/h.
When speed, 10 km/h and steering angle
exceeds selected value.
Auto Difflock will disengage if: Wheel speed > 15 km/h.
Wheel speed < 10 km/h and steering angle
exceeds the selected value.
Rear hitch switch is pressed (1 second delay).
One brake pedal is pressed (will re-engage when
pedal is released).
Inputs required: Wheel speed sensor/radar.
Steering angle sensor.
Rear hitch fast raise/lower switch.
Brake pedal switches.
Auto 4WD or difflock switch.
Inter-axle (front to rear ) ratio

Class 3+ 1.353
Class 3.5 1.356
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 5
Powered front axle - Torque
BVE0625B 1
BAIL09APH181FVA 2
Suspended Front Axle
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 6
BVE0626B 3
Dog Clutch Differential Lock
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 7
BVE0551B 4
Multi-Wet Plate Differential Lock
Powered front axle - Special tools

NOTE: The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the essential tools indicated by an (X).
To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended specific tools
listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included in this manual.
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this Section.
Tool No. Description Previous No.

380000251 Front axle overhaul stand 293460
X 380000227 Front differential casing 291517
removal - installation hook
380000255 Front axle differential casing 293743
overhaul fixture
X 380000268 Front axle drive pinion nut 293878
spanner
380000257 Front bevel gear pinion 293782
retainer wrench
X 380000248 Pinion Bearing Preload 293391
adjusting tool
X 380000463 Drive pinion bearing 293438
adjustment tool
380001000 Front axle drive pinion 293876
retaining tool
X 380000249 Front axle drive pinion cone 293400
point adjustment gauge
380000270 Front axle hub bearing pulling 293882
aids (two)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 8
380000548 Front axle planetary reduction 292888

hub alignment pins (M12 x
1.25)
380000265 Front axle swivel pin puller 293857
380000234 Front axle swivel pin bearing 292161
outer race puller
380000235 Front axle bearing rolling 292220
torque test tool
380001143 Front axle-shaft to swivel 293889
housing mounting guide
(Class 3+)
380000240 Front axle differential 292870
engagement oil pressure
test kit
X 380000600 Front axle drive pinion 297132
shimming measurement tool
X 380000269 Front wheel hub bearing ring 293880
nut spanner (Class 3+)
X 380000253 Front axle differential casing 293665
bearing ring nut spanner
X 380001115 SuperSteer™ / Suspended
axle differential pinion bearing
spacer (use with 380000248)
X 380200041 Pinion seal protector installer
for standard 3.5 and 3+ axles
X 380200042 Pinion seal installer for
standard 3.5 and 3+ axles
380200094 Pinion seal installer
for suspended and
SuperSteer™/ 3.5 and
3+ axles
380200095 Pinion seal protector
installer for suspended
and SuperSteer™ 3.5 and 3+
axles
LOCALLY FABRICATED TOOLS
• SuperSteer™ differential vice holding plate

• SuperSteer™ / suspended axle differential casting guide bolts (2 x M16 x 1.5 bolts)
• SuperSteer™ / suspended axle pinion flange holding tool
• Multi wet-plate differential lock depth gauge adaptor plate
BSB0213A 1
Differential Vice Holding Plate (SuperSteer™ Axle)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 9
BSB0214A 2
Differential Casting Guide Bolts (SuperSteer™ and Suspended Axles)
BSB0215A 3
Differential Pinion Bearing Setting Spacer (SuperSteer™ and Suspended Axles). Also available as a Special
Tool 380001115.
BVE0544A 4
Pinion Flange Holding Tool (SuperSteer™ & Suspended Axle)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 10
BVE0564A 5
Depth Gauge Adaptor Plate (Multi Wet-Plate Differential Lock)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 11
Axle support - Torque (Front support)

Standard axle
SS09F106 1
Suspended axle and supersteer™ axle
SS09F107 2
(A) screw 650 Nm (479 lb ft)

(B) stud bolt 240 Nm (177 lb ft)
(B) nut 480 Nm (354 lb ft)
Axle support - Special tools

previous No.
380040228 Tractor splitting kit -
380000500 Engine support brackets (with 380040228) -
380000844 Engine support adaptor plate (with 380000500 ) -
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 12
Powered front axle - Static description

The tractors are fitted with a centrally pivoted front axle with support pillars and prop shaft parallel to the tractor centre
line.
The differential assembly includes two planet gears. Drive is transferred to the epicyclic reduction gear hubs by means
of maintenance-free universal joints.
The four wheel drive is actuated by a switch on the Instrument Control Panel (ICP). The drive for the axle is provided
via a clutch unit from the rear axle which is activated by oil from the low pressure circuit. When the four wheel drive
is engaged, a solenoid is activated to prevent oil flow to the clutch unit which is then free to engage under spring
pressure. When the four wheel drive is disengaged, low pressure circuit oil is used to release the clutch pack. Refer
to Electrohydraulic control - Static description (23.202) for more detail.
BAIL10CVT603AVA 1
The axle is equipped with a dog clutch or a wet multi-plate clutch differential lock controlled by a switch on the ICP.
When the switch is activated low pressure oil is diverted, via a solenoid valve, to the front and rear axles and locks all
four wheels together for conditions where wheel slip may occur.
BAIL10CVT274AVA 2
The four wheel drive and differential lock engagement can be operated in manual mode or auto mode. The auto mode
will automatically engage and disengage the systems depending on operating conditions, such as, wheel speed,
steering angles and hydraulic lift operations (differential lock). The auto mode parameters are set up in the H3 H-Menu
of the U1 Universal controller, refer to Electronic module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options
(55.640).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 13
BAIL10CVT031AVB 3
Vehicles can be built with any option of class 3+(3) or class 3.5(4) front axle. The class 3+(3) has 290 mm diameter
cylindrical hubs. The class 3.5(4) has 362 mm diameter tapered hubs.
BAIL09APH207AVB 4
Class 3+(3) hub is 290 mm diameter and hub casing is cylindrical.
Class 3+(3)
Axle Type Pinion Shaft Crown Wheel Pinion Nut Torque
Adjustment/Preload
Standard axle with limited Step in pinion shaft 2 x adjusters, preload and Pinion nut 392 N·m (289 lb
slip differential lock backlash ft)
Standard axle with hydraulic Step in pinion shaft Adjusters on RHS shim Pinion nut 392 N·m (289 lb
differential lock (DOG LHS preload and backlash ft)
clutch)
Suspended axle with Spacer on pinion shaft Adjuster on LHS shim RHS 441 N·m (325 lb ft)
hydraulic differential lock preload and backlash
(DOG clutch)
Super-steer axle with Spacer on pinion shaft Spacer on pinion shaft 441 N·m (325 lb ft)
hydraulic differential lock
(wet clutch).
BAIL09APH206AVB 5
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 14
Class 3.5(4) hub is 362 mm diameter and hub casing is tapered.
Class 3.5(4)
Axle Type Pinion Shaft Crown Wheel Pinion Nut Torque
Adjustment/Preload
Standard axle with hydraulic Step in pinion shaft Adjuster on LHS for preload Pinion nut 392 N·m (289 lb
differential lock (wet clutch) only ft)
Suspended axle with Spacer on pinion shaft Adjuster on LHS preload 441 N·m (325 lb ft)
hydraulic differential lock only
(DOG clutch)
Super-steer axle with Spacer on pinion shaft Spacer on pinion shaft 441 N·m (325 lb ft)
hydraulic differential lock
(wet clutch).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 15
Powered front axle - Sectional view
BAIL09APH184GVA 1
SuperSteer™ Class 3+ Front Axle Cross Section with Wet Clutch
1. Crown wheel 9. Dust cover

2. Bearing 10. Pinion seal
3. Differential casing 11. Pinion
4. Bearing 12. Shim
5. Spacer 13. Clutch pack
6. Bearing 14. Adjuster ring
7. Pinion nut 15. Bearing
8. Pinion flange
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 16
BAIL09APH185GVA 2
Suspended Class 3+ Front Axle Cross Section with Dog Clutch
1. Crown wheel 13. Spring

2. Bearing 14. Thrust washer
3. Differential casing 15. Circlip
4. Bearing 16. Thrust washer
5. Spacer 17. Dog clutch
6. Bearing 18. Piston
7. Pinion nut 19. Bell housing
8. Pinion flange 20. Locking ring
9. Dust cover 21. Dog clutch
10. Pinion seal 22. Circlip
11. Pinion 23. Shim
12. Shim 24. Bearing
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 17
BAIL09APH182GVA 3
Standard Class 3+ Front Axle Cross Section with Limited Slip Differential
1. Crown wheel 9. Circlip

2. Bearing 10. Pinion nut
3. Differential casing 11. Bearing
4. Bearing 12. Shim
5. Pinion 13. Clutch pack
7. Pinion seal 15. Bearing
8. Dust cover
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 18
BAIL09APH183GVA 4
Standard Class 3+ Front Axle Cross Section with Dog Clutch
1. Crown wheel 13. Thrust washer

2. Bearing 14. Circlip
3. Differential casing 15. Thrust washer
4. Bearing 16. Dog clutch
5. Pinion 17. Piston
6. Bearing 18. Bell housing
7. Pinion seal 19. Locking ring
8. Dust cover 20. Dog clutch
9. Circlip 21. Circlip
10. Pinion nut 22. Shim
11. Shim 23. Bearing
12. Spring
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 19
BAIL08APH171GVA 5
SuperSteer™ Class 3.5 Front Axle Cross Section

4. Bearing 12. Shim
8. Pinion flange
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 20
BAIL08APH170GVA 6
Suspended Class 3.5 Front Axle Cross Section

4. Bearing 12. Shim
8. Pinion flange
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 21
BAIL08APH169GVA 7
Standard Class 3.5 Front Axle Cross Section
1. Crown wheel 9. Circlip

2. Bearing 10. Pinion nut
3. Differential casing 11. Bearing
4. Bearing 12. Shim
5. Pinion 13. Clutch pack
7. Pinion seal 15. Bearing
8. Dust cover
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 22
25814 8
Support Pillars and Planetary Reduction Hub Cross-Sections
1. Front support pillar 6. Rear thrust washer

2. Front support pillar bush 7. Outer axle-shafts
3. Front thrust washer 8. Bushings
4. Rear bush (press-fit into support pillar) 9. Driven gear thrust washers
5. Rear bush (press-fit into pinion support) 10. Swivel pin adjustment shims
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 23
Powered front axle - Remove (Standard Axle)
Prior operation:
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2
3. Raise the front of the vehicle and support with suit-

able axle stands under the front weight carrier.
Remove both front wheels.
BAIL07APH064AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 24
4. Remove both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
5. Support the front axle on axle stands.
BAIL07APH067AVA 5
6. Disconnect the left-hand steering cylinder supply and

return hoses and the differential lock supply hose.
BAIL07APH521AVA 6
7. Disconnect the right-hand steering cylinder supply

and return hoses.
BAIL07APH542AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 25
8. Remove the drive shaft guard rear retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH535AVA 8
9. Remove the drive shaft guard front retaining bolts

and remove the drive shaft guard.
BAIL07APH534AVA 9
10. Disconnect the drive shaft from the front axle.
BAIL07APH543AVA 10
11. Support the front axle using a suitable hoist and re-
move the axle stands from below the front axle.
BAIL07APH079AVB 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 26
12. Remove the front axle rear carrier retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH544AVA 12
13. Remove the front axle front carrier retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH354AVA 13
14. Lower the front axle.
BAIL07APH080AVA 14
15. Remove the front axle from below the vehicle.
BAIL07APH561AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 27
Powered front axle - Install (Standard Axle)

WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Position the front axle below the vehicle.
BAIL07APH561AVB 1
2. Raise the front axle into position.
BAIL07APH080AVB 2
3. Install the front axle front carrier retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH354AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 28
4. Install the front axle rear carrier retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH544AVA 4
5. Install the drive shaft to the front axle retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH543AVA 5
6. Install the drive shaft guard.
BAIL07APH534AVA 6
7. Install the drive shaft guard rear retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH535AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 29
8. Support the axle on axle stands and disconnect from

the hoist.
BAIL07APH079AVB 8
9. Connect the right-hand steering cylinder supply and

return hoses.
BAIL07APH542AVA 9
10. Connect the left-hand steering cylinder supply and

return hoses and the differential lock supply hose.
BAIL07APH521AVA 10
11. Install both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 30
12. Install both front wheels.

Tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque, for
further information refer to Front wheels - Torque
(44.511).
BAIL07APH064AVA 12

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 13
14. Install the retaining bolts to the front weights.
BAIL07APH063AVA 14
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 31
Powered front axle - Remove Supersteer™ axle

Prior operation:
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Make sure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Make sure that no-one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.
B012
1. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a

hoist and remove.
BSB0181A_353 1
2. Remove the front weight carrier.
BVE0312A 2
3. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining

bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 3
4. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 32
5. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining

nuts.
NOTE: Support the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 4
6. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 5
7. Disconnect the steering cylinder supply and return

hoses and the diff lock supply hose.
BAIL07APH160AVA 6
8. Detach the steering cylinder supply and return hoses

from right-hand side.
BAIL07APH162AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 33
9. Disconnect the steering angle sensor electrical con-

nector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 8
10. Position wooden wedges between the front axle and

the front support. These prevent articulation of the of
the axle.
BAIL07APH285AVA 9
11. Raise the front of the vehicle so the front wheels are
off the ground.
Position the splitting kit (1) 297471 underneath the
vehicle and support the engine with the jack (2).
BVE0314A_358 10
12. Remove both front wheels.
BAIL07APH064AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 34
13. Remove the dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 12
14. Attach the front axle to suitable lifting gear.
BAIS06CCM707AVA 13
15. Detach the steering arm from the hub carrier and
reposition. Repeat this step for the right-hand side.
BVE0439A 14
16. Remove the six bolts from the Supersteer™ swivel

lower plate, note the shims on either side.
BAIS06CCM706AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 35
17. Remove the front axle.
BVE0315A 16
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 36
Powered front axle - Install (SuperSteer™ Axle)
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
1. Using a spreader bar and suitable slings or chains,

attach the front axle assembly to a moveable over-
head hoist and install the axle.
NOTE: It will be necessary to obtain the correct swivel
bearing pre-load setting for the SuperSteer™ unit (refer to
Axle support - Preload (25.100)).
BVE0315A 1
2. Install the SuperSteer™ swivel lower plate and re-

taining bolts.
BAIS06CCM706AVA 2
3. Attach the steering arm to the stub axle housing. Re-

peat the step for the right-hand side.
BVE0439A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 37
4. Remove the lifting gear.
BAIS06CCM707AVA 4
5. Install the dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 5
BAIL07APH064AVA 6
7. Remove the splitting kit (1) 297471 and the jack (2)
from underneath the vehicle.
BVE0314A_358 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 38
8. Remove the wooden wedges from between the front

axle and the front support.
BAIL07APH285AVA 8
9. Connect the steering angle sensor electrical connec-

tor.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 9
10. Attach the right-hand steering cylinder supply and

return hoses.
BAIL07APH162AVA 10
11. Connect the steering cylinder supply and return

hoses and the diff lock supply hose.
BAIL07APH160AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 39
12. Install the four-wheel drive shaft.

BAIS06CCM035AVB 12
13. Install the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining nuts.

BAIS06CCM034AVA 13
14. Install the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining

bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 14
15. Install the front weight carrier.

BVE0312A 15
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 40
16. Using a suitable sling and hoist and install the front
weights (if fitted).
BSB0181A_353 16
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 41
Powered front axle - Remove (Suspended Axle)
Prior operation:
1. WARNING
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
W0398A

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2
4. Raise and support the front of the vehicle.

BAIL07APH064AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 42
5. Remove both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
6. Release the hydraulic pressure in the suspension

ram by rotating the Allen screw on the valve block
counterclockwise.
BAIL07APH066AVA 5
7. Support the front of the vehicle and front axle on axle

stands.
BAIL07APH067AVA 6
8. Disconnect the steering supply and return hoses and

the diff lock hose.
BAIL07APH068AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 43
9. Clamp the brake reservoir hose.
BAIL07APH069AVA 8
10. Disconnect the brake hose from the front axle.
BAIL07APH070AVA 9
11. Disconnect the steering angle sensor and front axle

potentiometer electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH071AVA 10
12. Remove the front axle potentiometer cover.
BAIL07APH072AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 44
13. Disconnect the front axle potentiometer quick re-

lease clip (1).
Remove the potentiometer retaining bolts (2).
Feed the wiring loom through the tombstone and re-
move the potentiometer.
BAIL07APH073AVA 12
14. Remove the left-hand pivot pin retaining plate (1) and
remove the pin (2).
BAIL07APH074AVA 13
15. Remove the right-hand pivot pin retaining plate (1)

and remove the pin (2).
BAIL07APH075AVA 14
16. Remove the hydraulic pipe clamp bracket.
BAIL07APH078AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 45
17. Support the front axle using a suitable hoist and re-
move the axle stands from below the front axle.
BAIL07APH079AVB 16
18. Remove the drive shaft cover plate.
BAIL07APH076AVA 17
19. Remove the drive shaft bearing carrier.
BAIL07APH077AVA 18
20. Release the circlip (1) and drift the sleeve (2) back-
wards.
BAIL07APH081AVA 19
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 46
21. Lower the front axle, while supporting the drive shaft
and suspension arm.
BAIL07APH080AVA 20
22. Remove the front axle from below the vehicle.
BAIL07APH082AVA 21
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 47
Powered front axle - Install Suspended axle

WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Locate the front axle while supporting the drive shaft

and suspension arm.
BAIL07APH080AVB 1
2. Support the front axle with axle stands.
BAIL07APH079AVC 2
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 48
3. Drift the sleeve back onto the drive shaft (1) and in-
stall the circlip (2) .
BAIL07APH081AVB 3
4. Install the drive shaft bearing carrier.

Tighten to 550 N·m (405 lb ft)
BAIL07APH077AVA 4
5. Install the drive shaft cover plate.
BAIL07APH076AVA 5
6. Support the front axle on axle stands and remove the

overhead hoist.
BAIL07APH079AVB 6
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 49
7. Install the hydraulic pipe clamp bracket.
BAIL07APH078AVA 7
8. Install the right-hand pivot pin (1) and install the re-
taining plate (2).
BAIL07APH075AVB 8
9. Install the left-hand pivot pin (1) and install the retain-
ing plate (2).
BAIL07APH074AVB 9
10. Connect the front axle potentiometer quick release

clip (1).
Install the potentiometer retaining bolts (2).
Feed the wiring loom through the tombstone.
BAIL07APH073AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 50
11. Install the front axle potentiometer cover.
BAIL07APH072AVA 11
12. Connect the steering angle sensor and front axle po-
tentiometer electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH071AVA 12
13. Connect the brake hose from the front axle.
BAIL07APH070AVA 13
14. Remove the clamp from the brake reservoir hose.
BAIL07APH069AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 51
15. Connect the steering supply and return hoses and

the diff lock hose.
BAIL07APH068AVA 15
16. Remove the axle stands from under the axle.
BAIL07APH067AVA 16
17. Tighten the Allen screw on the valve block.
BAIL07APH066AVA 17
18. Install both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 18
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 52

Tighten to the specified torque, for further information
refer to Front wheels - Torque (44.511).
BAIL07APH064AVA 19

weights onto the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH062AVA 20
21. Secure the front weights to the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 21
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 53
Axle support - Preload

Supersteer™ Axle
1. Using suitable lifting equipment, remove the front
weights.
BSB0181A_353 1
2. Using suitable lifting equipment, remove the front

weight carrier.
BVE0312A 2
3. Raise and support the front of the vehicle.

BAIL07APH064AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 54
4. Remove the dynamic fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
5. Attach a suitable tool (1) to the front of the axle using

M24 x 2.0 x 75 mm bolts.
BVE0316A 5
6. Detach the steering arm from the hub.

BVE0439A 6
7. Remove the pivot pin retaining nut. Remove the

steering cylinder pivot pin from the hub and retrieve
the spacers.
BVE0440A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 55
8. Using a suitable torque wrench, rotate the axle as-

sembly. The correct force to rotate the axle on the
swivel, after initial breakaway, should be between 35
- 38 Kgm.
BVE0317A 8
9. If the force required is incorrect adjust the shims to

obtain the correct value.
Increasing the shim thickness will decrease the force
required to rotate the axle assembly.
NOTE: If the correct value cannot be obtained with equal
size shims on each side, it is acceptable to raise or lower
one side by one shim increment to obtain the correct value.
BVE0318A 9
10. When the correct value is obtained remove the lo-

cally fabricated tool (1).
BVE0316A 10
11. Tighten the SuperSteer swivel lower plate retaining

bolts to 373 Nm (275 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM706AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 56
Axle support - Remove (Front support and front axle)

DANGER
Heavy objects!
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0076A
Prior operation:
Drain the cooling system - see Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (10.400).
1. Disconnect the battery cable - see Battery - Discon-

nect (55.302).
hoist and remove the front weights (if fitted).
BSB0181A 1
3. Loosen the hose clamps (1), remove the pipe clamp

retaining bolt (2) and remove the air cooler outlet
pipe.
BVE0254A 2
4. Loosen the pipe clamp (1), hose clamp (2) and re-
move the air cooler inlet pipe.
BVE0401A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 57
5. Disconnect the Plugs (1).

Loosen the clamp (2) and remove the air cleaner in-
let.
SS09H162 4
Tractors with Air Conditioning

6. Remove the receiver dryer retaining screws from the
retaining bracket.
BVE0255A 5
7. Slide out the air conditioning condenser from the ra-

diator and reposition with the hoses still attached.
BVE0257B 6
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 58
All Tractors
8. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and disconnect the
coolant hoses from the radiator.
Remove the radiator support (2).
BVE0258A 7
9. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and disconnect the

coolant hose.
BVE0321A 8
10. Loosen the coolant hose clamp (1) and disconnect

the coolant hose connecting the cab heater to the
radiator.
BVE0322A 9
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 59
11. Disconnect the steering sensor electrical connector

(if fitted).
BVE0289A 10
12. Detach the driveline oil cooler supply and return

pipes from the retaining clamps.
BVE0290A 11
13. Disconnect the steering cylinder supply and return

pipes (1).
Disconnect the differential lock oil supply pipe (2) (if
fitted).
BVE0291A 12
14. Remove the four wheel driveshaft - see Drive shaft

- Remove (Supersteer™ axle) (23.314) or
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 60
15. Position the splitting kit (1) 380000569 beneath the

tractor.
engine on the splitting stand.
BVE0314A 13
16. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle

and the front support. These prevent articulation of
the axle.
BVE0410A 14
17. WARNING
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
W0398A
Using a spreader bar and suitable chains or slings,

attach the front and rear of the support assembly to
a moveable overhead hoist.
Remove the front support retaining bolts and sepa- BVE0293A 15
rate the front support from the engine.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 61
18. Support the assembly on axle stands at the front and

the rear of the support.
BSD1966A 16
Next operation:
Axle support - Install (Front support and front axle) (25.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 62
Axle support - Install (Front support and front axle)

Prior operation:
Axle support - Remove (Front support and front axle) (25.100)
NOTE: If a new front support or the engine oil pan has been removed and replaced during overhaul it is necessary to
recalculate the new shim thickness to be installed - see Axle support - Clearance (Front support) (25.100).
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Make sure the shims (1) are re-positioned in the

same location as when removed.
BVE0402A 1
2. Make sure the wooden wedges (1) are between the

front axle and the front support. These prevent artic-
ulation of the axle.
Using a spreader bar and suitable chains or slings,
attach the front and rear of the support assembly to
a moveable overhead hoist.
BVE0293A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 63
3. Align the front support to the engine and install the

front support to engine retaining bolts. Tighten to the
specified torque value - see Axle support - Torque
(Front support) (25.100).
4. Remove the supports (2) and the splitting kit (1).
BVE0314A 3
5. Install the four wheel driveshaft - see Drive shaft -

Install (Supersteer™ axle) (23.314) or
6. Connect the steering cylinder supply and return
pipes (1).
Connect the differential lock oil supply pipe (2) (if fit-
ted).
BVE0291A 4
7. Attach the driveline oil cooler supply and return pipes

to the retaining clamps.
BVE0290A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 64
8. Connect the steering sensor electrical connector (if

fitted).
BVE0289A 6
9. Connect the coolant hose and tighten the hose clamp

(1).
BVE0321A 7
10. Connect the coolant hose connecting the cab heater

to the radiator and tighten the hose clamp (1).
BVE0322A 8
11. Connect the coolant hoses to the radiator and tighten

the hose clamps (1).
Install the radiator support (2).
BVE0258A_3 9
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 65
Tractors with air-conditioning

12. Slide the air-conditioning condenser on to the radia-
tor
BVE0257B 10
13. Install the receiver dryer retaining screws to the re-

taining bracket.
BVE0255A_4 11
All Tractors
14. Install the air intake pipe and tighten the clamp (2).
Connect the plugs (1).
SS09H162 12
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 66
15. Install the air cooler inlet pipe. Tighten the pipe clamp
(1) and the hose clamp (2).
BVE0401A_5 13
16. Install the air cooler outlet pipe. Tighten the hose
clamps (1) and install the pipe clamp retaining bolt
(2).
BVE0254A 14

hoist and install the front weights (if fitted).
BSB0181A 15
18. Connect the battery cable - see Battery - Connect

(55.302).
19. Refill the cooling system - see Engine cooling sys-
tem - Filling (10.400).
20. Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil -
see Consumables Lubrications and Coolants ().
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 67
Axle support - Clearance (Front support)

1. Install a 4.5 mm (0.18 in) yellow shim (1) part number
82026240 onto each of the engine mounting studs.
BVE0402A_7 1
2. Align the front support to the engine and install the

four upper retaining bolts.
Tighten to the specified torque value - see Axle sup-
port - Torque (Front support) (25.100).
3. Using feeler gauges measure space between each
shim and the front support.
Add feeler gauge dimension to the 4.5 mm (0.18 in)
shim thickness already installed and select the ap-
propriate shim(s) from the following list.
BVE0411A 2
Color Code Shim Thickness Part Number

Yellow 4.5 mm (0.18 in) 82026240
Green 4.8 mm (0.19 in) 82026241
Red 5.1 mm (0.20 in) 82026242
Blue 5.4 mm (0.21 in) 82026243
White 5.7 mm (0.22 in) 82026244
Black 6.0 mm (0.24 in) 82026245
Pink 6.3 mm (0.25 in) 82026246
Light Blue 6.6 mm (0.26 in) 82026247
Gold 6.9 mm (0.27 in) 82026248
Time 7.2 mm (0.28 in) 82026249
Orange 7.5 mm (0.30 in) 82026250
Blue/Grey 7.8 mm (0.31 in) 82026251
4. Separate the front support from the engine and re-

place the 4.5 mm (0.18 in) shims with shims of cal-
culated thickness.
5. Reinstall the front support and tighten the retaining
bolts to specified torque value - see Axle support -
Torque (Front support) (25.100).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 68
Powered front axle - Troubleshooting

Premature tyre wear Incorrect tyre inflation pressure. Inflate the tyres to the correct pressure, re-
fer to values suggested in the Operator's
Manual. Always comply with values speci-
fied by the tyre manufacturer.
Incorrect front wheel toe-in. Adjust the toe-in (refer to Tie rods - Toe in
adjust (41.106)).
Poor tractor stability Wrong inflation pressure. Inflate tyres to correct pressure
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 69
Index

Axle support - Clearance (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Axle support - Install (Front support and front axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Axle support - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Axle support - Remove (Front support and front axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Axle support - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Axle support - Torque (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Powered front axle - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Powered front axle - Install (Standard Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Powered front axle - Install (SuperSteer™ Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Powered front axle - Install Suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Powered front axle - Remove (Standard Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Powered front axle - Remove (Suspended Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Powered front axle - Remove Supersteer™ axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Powered front axle - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Powered front axle - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Powered front axle - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Powered front axle - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Powered front axle - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
47461574 08/11/2012
25.100 / 70
Front bevel gear set and differential - 102
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Bevel gear set and differential carrier

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Differential lock
Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE
Bevel gear set and differential carrier

Backlash (Class 3 Axle) with Multi plate clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Backlash (Class 3 Axle) with Dog clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Preload (Class 3 Axle) with Multi plate clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Preload (Class 3 Axle) with Dog clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Overhaul (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Backlash (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Preload (Suspended Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Preload (Supersteer™ Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Preload (Supersteer™ Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Preload (Standard Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Preload (Suspended Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Preload (Standard Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Differential
Disassemble (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Disassemble (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Assemble (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Backlash (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Clearance (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Overhaul (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Input shaft assembly - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 2
Input shaft assembly - Install (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Differential lock
Multi-plate clutch - Assemble (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Dog clutch - Assemble (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Multi-plate clutch - Disassemble (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Dog clutch - Disassemble (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 3
Front axle system - Front bevel gear set and differential
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Exploded view
BVE0569A 1
Suspended and SuperSteer Front Axle Pinion (Class 3 Axle) Components (SuperSteer Front Axle Shown)
1. Pinion 2. Pinion depth shim

3. Bearing 4. Spacer
5. Shim 6. O-ring seal
7. Differential casing 8. Pinion nut
9. Pinion flange 10. Dust cover
11. Pinion seal 12. O-ring seal
13. O-ring seal carrier 14. Bearing
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 4
BAIL08APH174GVA 2
Suspended and SuperSteer™ Front Axle Pinion (Class 4 Axle) Components (SuperSteer™ Front Axle
Shown)
1. Pinion 7. Pinion nut

3. Spacer 9. Dust cover
4. Differential casing 10. Pinion flange
5. Shim 11. Pinion flange bolt
6. Bearing
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 5
BAIL08APH167GVB 3
Standard Front Axle (Class 4 Axle) Components
1. Pinion 6. Pinion nut

3. Differential casing 8. Dust cover
4. Shim 9. Circlip
5. Bearing 10. Coupling
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 6
Differential lock Dog clutch - Dynamic description
BTB0127B 1
Front differential lock disengaged
Trapped oil
Pressure oil
When the differential lock is disengaged, the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not energised) and therefore
the oil is free to return to sump.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 7
Under these conditions, the helix spring (2) keeps the differential lock dog clutch teeth apart.
When the differential lock switch is activated, the solenoid valve opens and directs oil from the low pressure circuit
into the drive piston (1), where it creates a pressure greater than the spring (2) force and moves the piston, locking
the differential.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 8
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description
BVE0442A 1
Front differential lock engaged
Trapped oil
Pressure oil
When the differential lock is disengaged, the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not energised) and the oil (1)
is free to return to the sump.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 9
Under these conditions, the clutch piston (2) and the drive and driven discs remain separated and the differential lock
is disengaged.
into the clutch piston (3) locking the differential plates (4).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 10
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash (Class 3 Axle) with
Multi plate clutch
Adjustment of the crown wheel bearings and the backlash between the pinion and crown wheel.
1. Using the locally fabricated flange holding tool, lock

the pinion flange to prevent it from rotating.
2. Measure the backlash between the pinion and crown
wheel using a dial gauge perpendicular to the outer
edge of a tooth on the crown wheel.
Repeat the measurement in a further two positions
120 ° apart and compare the average of the three
values (Gm) with the specification backlash: 0.15 -
0.20 mm.
BVE0567A 1
3. Adjust the left-hand locking ring until the backlash

is between 0.15 mm - 0.20 mm. Rotate the crown
wheel 360 ° between each reading.
BVE0563A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 11
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash (Class 3 Axle)

with Dog clutch
Adjustment of the crown wheel bearings and the backlash between the pinion and crown wheel.
1. Install the differential assembly complete with crown

wheel and inner crown wheel bearing rings in the
differential housing.
24112 1
2. Insert the outer bearing rings in the differential hous-

ing, fit the differential support caps (4), ensuring cor-
rect orientation of the threaded adjustment ring (3),
smooth edge facing outwards.
TAG25017_348 2
3. Tighten the retaining bolt to the specified torque

value of 59 Nm, then slacken the retaining bolts and
re-tighten to a torque of 20 Nm.
1b0o2004061034 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 12
4. Measure the thickness Sp of the adjustment shim

(2) which was previously removed during the axle
overhaul procedure. Refit the shim and circlip (3).
TAG25019_349 4
5. With the bearings lubricated, rotate the crown wheel

and at the same time tighten the threaded adjustment
ring using the special tool 380000253 (1) to the spec-
ified torque value of 39 - 59 Nm to take up the axial
play between the components.
1b0o2004061035 5
6. Measure the backlash between pinion and crown

wheel, using a dial gauge perpendicular to the outer
edge of a tooth on the crown wheel.
7. Repeat the measurement in a further two positions
values (Gm) with the specification backlash: 0.15 -
0.20 mm, with an average of 0.18 mm.
If the measured backlash exceeds the specified
value, fit a thinner adjustment shim (2).
The thickness of the adjustment shim to be fitted in
the differential housing is given by:
Shim S = Sp - {(Gm - 0.18 ) x 1.35}
where:
Sp = thickness of test shim installed in the differential
housing. i.e. original shim used as a test shim.
Gm = average backlash measured between the pin-
ion and crown wheel
If the backlash measured is less than the prescribed TAG25019_349 6
value, fit a thicker adjustment shim (2), the value be-
ing given by:
Shim S = Sp + {( 0.18 - Gm) x 1.35}
Recheck the backlash and adjust shim if necessary.
Next operation:
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (25.102).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 13
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Class 3 Axle) with
Multi plate clutch
Multi Wet-Plate Differential Lock
1. The differential bearing preload is checked by mea-
suring the combined rolling torque of the crown wheel
and pinion assembly and comparing it to the pinion
and seals rolling torque value A1 ( Differential Input
shaft assembly - Install (25.102) ).
Attach a torque meter to the pinion shaft and mea-
sure the rolling torque to rotate the pinion and crown
wheel A2.
19109 1
2. Subtract from the rolling torque reading A2, the pin-

ion and seals rolling torque A1. The difference be-
tween the two values should be 1 - 1.5 Nm ( 9 - 13
lbf in).
3. Adjust the right-hand locking ring until the rolling
torque is within the specification quoted in the pre-
vious step.
4. Rotate the crown wheel and pinion through 360 °.
5. Recheck the backlash, adjust as necessary.
6. Rotate the crown wheel and pinion through 360 °.
7. Recheck the differential bearing preload, adjust as
necessary.
8. Tighten the differential assembly side cap retaining
BVE0588A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 14
9. Install the locking ring lock tabs.

Using a lifting hoist, remove the differential support
from the tool..
BVE0559B 3
Next operation:
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash (25.102).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 15
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Class 3 Axle) with
Dog clutch
Dog Clutch Differential Lock
1. The differential bearing preload is checked by mea-
suring the combined rolling torque of the crown wheel
and pinion assembly and comparing it to the pinion
and seals rolling torque value A1 ( Differential Input
shaft assembly - Install (25.102) ).
Attach a torque meter to the pinion shaft and mea-
sure the rolling torque to rotate the pinion and crown
wheel A2.
19109 1
2. Subtract from the rolling torque reading A2 described

above, the pinion only rolling torque A1.
The difference between the two values should be 1 -
15 Nm, ( 9 - 13 lbf in).
If the rolling torque of the pinion and differential as-
sembly is not to specification adjust the ring òppo-
site' the crown wheel to increase or reduce differen-
tial bearing preload. Recheck the rolling torque as
detailed above.
Refit the lock tabs to secure the adjusting ring(s).
1b0o2004061036 2
3. EXAMPLE
Rolling torque of Pinion and Differential
A2 = 2.1 Nm ( 19 lbf in)
Rolling torque of Pinion
A1 = 0.7 Nm ( 6 lbf in)
Calculated Rolling Torque of Differential
= 2.1 - 0.7 Nm ( 19 - 6 lbf in)
= 1.4 Nm ( 13 lbf in)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 16
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Overhaul (Class 3 Axle)

Prior operation:
Differential - Disassemble (25.102)
1. The end float required between the sun and planet

gears is 0.25 mm. To calculate the size of thrust
washer required, carry out the following:
2. Using a depth gauge and the locally fabricated depth
gauge adaptor plate, measure against the front of the
sun gear. Do this measurement in two opposite po-
sitions and take a mean calculation of the two read-
ings. This measurement is H1.
BVE0574A 1
3. Carry out the same measurement again but using

only one thrust washer as a test shim. This mea-
surement is H2
4. Determine the thickness of the shim to be installed
as follows:
Remove the thrust washer and measure the thick-
ness. This measurement is S1.
Thrust washer size = (H2 - H1) + S1 - 0.25 mm.
5. Install the new calculated thrust washer (1) and the
sun gear (2) into the differential cage (3).
BVE0570A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 17
6. Install the crown wheel onto the differential cage.

Tighten the retaining bolts to 136 Nm (100 lb ft).
BAIL07APH594AVA 3
7. Install two thrust washers (1) and the sun gear (2)
into the differential cage (3).
NOTE: Two thrust washers are required to lock the sun
gear against the planet gears. These can be the original
thrust washer and a new thrust washer or two new thrust
washers.
BVE0576A 4
8. Hand tighten the clutch pack cover retaining bolts.

NOTE: Make sure the clutch pack cover is fitted evenly.
BVE0577A 5

47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 18

BVE0578A 6

surement is H2.
as follows:
BVE0575A 7
Next operation:
. Differential - Assemble (25.102)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 19
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash (Class 4 Axle)

T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
1. Using special tool 380000503 , lock the pinion to pre-

vent it from rotating.
2. Measure the backlash between the pinion and crown
wheel using a dial gauge (1) perpendicular to the
outer edge of a tooth on the crown wheel.
Repeat the measurement in a further two positions
values with the backlash specification: 0.10 - 0.50
mm.
Using special tool 380000253 (2), adjust the locking
ring until the backlash is between 0.10 mm - 0.50
mm. Rotate the crown wheel 360 ° and repeat the
measurement.
BAIL08APH172AVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 20
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Suspended Class

4 Axle)
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place
your hands or fingers between parts. Use
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
as indicated in this manual, including
protective goggles, gloves, and safety
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Install the inner bearing (1) and the spacer (2) onto
the pinion shaft. BAIL09APH214AVC 1
Using a suitable depth gauge micrometer, measure
the distance from the top of the pinion shaft to the
spacer to obtain measurement (L).
2. Using a suitable micrometer, measure the thickness
of the pinion nut to obtain measurement (G).
BAIL08APH164AVA 2

of the pinion outer bearing to obtain measurement
(C).
NOTE: Take the measurement of the inner race only.
BAIL08APH165AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 21
4. Install the pinion shaft complete with bearings (C),

spacer and pinion nut (G) into the differential hous-
ing.
NOTE: Do not install the preload adjustment shim at this
stage.
BAIL09APH214AVD 4
5. Slowly tighten the pinion nut until the rolling torque

of the pinion shaft bearings is between 0.49 N·m
(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
NOTE: Make sure that the bearings are seated correctly
by turning the pinion shaft during tightening. If the rolling
torque figure is lower than the specified value, tighten the
pinion nut. If the rolling torque figure is higher than the
specified value, loosen the pinion nut.
BAIL08APH162AVA 5
6. Measure the distance between the top of the pinion

shaft and the flat edge of the pinion nut to obtain
measurement (L1).
BAIL09APH214AVE 6
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 22
7. Using the previously recorded measurements calcu-

late the required thickness of the bearing preload ad-
justment shim to obtain measurement (S).
The bearing preload adjustment shim (1) will be cal-
culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
For information on available shims refer to Powered
front axle - General specification (25.100).
BAIL09APH214FVC 7
8. Remove the pinion shaft from the differential hous-

ing. Install the correct thickness preload adjustment
shim (1) and reassemble the pinion shaft into the dif-
ferential housing,
Lubricate the bearings.
Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the pinion nut.
BAIL09APH214AVF 8
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 23
9. Using special tool 380000268 to hold the pinion nut

(1) and special tool 380000257 to rotate the pinion
(2) counter clockwise, tighten the pinion to 441 N·m
(325.3 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 9
10. Using a suitable torque wrench, check that the rolling

torque of the pinion shaft bearings is between 0.49
N·m (0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 10
11. Stake the pinion nut.

12. Using special tool 380200095 (1) install the pinion
shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 11

seal shaft protector (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 24
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Supersteer™ Class

3 Axle)
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Install the pinion position shim (1) the inner bearing

(2) and the spacer (3) onto the pinion shaft. BAIL09APH212AVC 1
BAIL08APH164AVA 2

(C).
BAIL08APH165AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 25

ing.
stage.
BAIL09APH212AVD 4

(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 5

measurement (L1).
BAIL09APH212AVE 6
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 26

culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
BAIL09APH212FVB 7

ferential housing,
BAIL09APH212AVF 8
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 27

(325.3 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 9

BAIL08APH162AVA 10

shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 11

BAIL08APH175AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 28
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Supersteer™ Class

4 Axle)
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Install the inner bearing (1) and the spacer (2) onto
the pinion shaft. BAIL09APH214AVC 1
BAIL08APH164AVA 2

(C).
BAIL08APH165AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 29

ing.
stage.
BAIL09APH214AVD 4

(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 5

measurement (L1).
BAIL09APH214AVE 6
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 30

culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
BAIL09APH214FVC 7

ferential housing,
BAIL09APH214AVF 8
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 31

(325.3 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 9

BAIL08APH162AVA 10

shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 11

BAIL08APH175AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 32
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Standard Class

4 Axle)
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
1. Install the inner bearing (1) onto the pinion shaft.
BAIL09APH213AVG 1
2. Using a suitable depth gauge micrometer, measure

shoulder to obtain measurement (L).
BAIL08APH161AVA 2

BAIL08APH164AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 33

of pinion outer bearing to obtain the measurement
(C).
BAIL08APH165AVA 4
5. Install the pinion shaft complete with bearings and

pinion nut into the differential housing.
stage.
BAIL09APH213AVE 5

(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 6

measurement (L1).
NOTE: As shown in instruction 5.
BAIL08APH163AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 34

culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
BAIL09APH213FVB 8

ferential housing.
Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the threads of the pinion nut.
BAIL09APH213AVF 9
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 35
10. Using special tool 380000268 (1) to hold the pinion

nut and special tool 380000257 (2) to rotate the pin-
ion counter clockwise, slowly tighten the pinion to
392 N·m (289 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 10

BAIL08APH162AVA 11

13. Using special tool 380200042 (1), install the pinion
shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 12

shaft seal protector (2).
BAIL08APH176AVA 13
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 36
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Suspended Class

3 Axle)
1. Install the pinion position shim (1) the inner bearing
(2) and the spacer (3) onto the pinion shaft.
BAIL09APH212AVC 1

BAIL08APH164AVA 2

(C).
BAIL08APH165AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 37

ing.
stage.
BAIL09APH212AVD 4

(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 5

measurement (L1).
BAIL09APH212AVE 6
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 38

culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
BAIL09APH212FVB 7

ferential housing,
BAIL09APH212AVF 8
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 39

(325.3 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 9

BAIL08APH162AVA 10

shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 11

BAIL08APH175AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 40
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Standard Class

3 Axle)
1. Install the pinion position shim (1) and the inner bear-
ing (2) onto the pinion shaft.
BAIL09APH211AVG 1
2. Using a suitable depth gauge micrometer, measure

shoulder to obtain measurement (L).
BAIL08APH161AVA 2

BAIL08APH164AVA 3

of pinion outer bearing to obtain the measurement
(C).
BAIL08APH165AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 41
5. Install the pinion shaft complete with bearings (C)

and pinion nut (G) into the differential housing.
stage.
BAIL09APH211AVD 5

(0.3614 lb ft) and 0.98 N·m (0.7228 lb ft).
BAIL08APH162AVA 6

measurement (L1).
BAIL08APH163AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 42

culated as follows:
(S) = L- L1-C-G +0.05mm.
BAIL09APH211FVB 8

ferential housing.
Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the threads of the pinion nut.
BAIL09APH211AVF 9
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 43
10. Using special tool 380000268 (1) to hold the pinion

nut and special tool 380000257 (2) to rotate the pin-
ion counter clockwise, slowly tighten the pinion to
392 N·m (289 lb ft).
BAIL08APH166AVA 10

BAIL08APH162AVA 11

shaft seal (2).
BAIL08APH175AVA 12

shaft seal protector (2).
BAIL08APH176AVA 13
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 44
Differential - Disassemble (Class 4 Axle)
Prior operation:
Differential - Remove (25.102)
1. DANGER
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
D0076A
WARNING
Avoid injury! BAIL07APH573AVA 1
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Place the differential assembly on a suitable work-

bench.
Loosen the adjuster ring locking grub screw (1).
Loosen the support caps retaining bolts (2).
2. Using special tool 380000253, remove the adjuster
ring.
BAIL07APH574AVA 2
3. Remove the retaining bolts and remove the support

caps.
BAIL07APH573AVB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 45
4. Remove the differential assembly from the differen-

tial housing.
BAIL07APH592AVA 4
5. Remove the spacer (1) and the bearing cup (2).
BAIL07APH593AVA 5
6. Using a suitable vice fitted with soft jaws, secure the

differential assembly.
BAIL07APH576AVA 6
7. Remove the crown wheel retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH594AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 46
8. Using a suitable puller, remove the bearing (1).

Remove the crown wheel (2).
BAIL07APH595AVA 8
9. Remove the thrust washer.
BAIL07APH596AVA 9
10. Remove the sun gear.
BAIL07APH597AVA 10
11. Remove the planet gear shaft locating pin.
BAIL07APH572AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 47
12. Remove the planet gear shaft, planet gears and

thrust washers.
BAIL07APH571AVB 12
BVE0583A 13
Illustration of the differential cage and planet gear assembly layout.
1 Thrust washer 2 Planet gear

3 Planet gear shaft locking pin 4 Planet gear shaft
5 Planet gear 6 Thrust washer
7 Differential cage
Next operation:
Differential - Backlash (25.102).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 48
Differential - Disassemble (Class 3 Axle)

Prior operation:
Disassemble the multi-plate differential lock clutch, for further information refer to Differential lock Multi-plate clutch
- Disassemble (25.102) .
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Using a suitable puller, remove the clutch pack cover

bearing.
BVE0584A 1
2. Remove the thrust washer (1) and sun gear (2) from
the differential cage (3).
BVE0575A 2
3. Remove the crown wheel from the differential cage.
BVE0580A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 49
4. Using a suitable puller, remove the crown wheel

bearing.
BVE0587A 4
5. Remove the thrust washer (1) and sun gear (2) from
the differential casing (3).
BVE0570A 5
6. Using a suitable drift, remove the planet gear shaft

locking pin (1) from the differential cage.
BVE0582A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 50
BVE0583A 7
1. Thrust washer 5. Planet gear

2. Planet gear 6. Thrust washer
3. Planet gear shaft locking pin 7. Differential cage
4. Planet gear shaft
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble (25.102).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 51
Differential - Assemble (Class 4 Axle)
BVE0583A 1
Illustration showing the differential cage and planet gear assembly layout.
1. Thrust washer 5. Planet gear

2. Planet gear 6. Thrust washer
3. Planet gear shaft locking pin 7. Differential cage
4. Planet gear shaft
1. DANGER
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
D0076A
WARNING
Avoid injury! BAIL07APH571AVB 2
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Install the planet gear shaft, planet gears and thrust

washers.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 52
2. Install the planet gear shaft locating pin through the

bolt hole within the differential cage.
BAIL07APH572AVA 3
3. Install the sun gear.
BAIL07APH597AVA 4
4. Install the thrust washer.
BAIL07APH596AVA 5
5. Install the crown wheel (1) and bearing (2).
BAIL07APH595AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 53
6. Install the crown wheel retaining bolts and tighten to

136 Nm (100 lb ft).
BAIL07APH594AVA 7
7. Install the spacer (1) and the bearing cup (2).
BAIL07APH593AVA 8
8. Install the differential assembly into the housing.
BAIL07APH592AVA 9
9. Install the support caps.

Note the locating pin (1) and groove (2) into which it
locates.
BAIL07APH575AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 54
10. Install the support cap retaining bolts finger tight.
BAIL07APH573AVB 11
11. Using special tool 380000253, install the adjuster

ring.
BAIL07APH574AVA 12
12. Tighten the support cap retaining bolts to 130 Nm (96

lb ft).
BAIL07APH573AVB 13
13. Adjust the backlash.

For further information refer to Bevel gear set and
differential carrier - Backlash (25.102).
14. Tighten the adjuster ring locking grub screw.
BAIL07APH604AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 55
Next operation:
Refer to Differential - Install (25.102)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 56
Differential - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the front axle, for further information refer to Powered front axle - Remove (25.100) (suspended axle),
Powered front axle - Remove (25.100) (Supersteer™ axle), Powered front axle - Remove (25.100) (standard axle).
Prior operation:
Remove the axle shafts, for further information refer to Axle shaft - Remove (25.108).
1. DANGER
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
D0076A
Support the front axle on suitable axle stands.

Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the oil into a
suitable container. BAIL07APH509AVA 1
Reinstall the drain plug and tighten to 74 Nm (55 lb

ft).
2. Using suitable lifting equipment turn the front axle so
that the differential housing is facing upwards.
BAIL07APH584AVA 2
3. Remove the differential housing bolts.
BAIL07APH477AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 57
4. Install a suitable lifting eye bolt (1) to the pinion shaft

.
Attach suitable lifting equipment (2) to the lifting eye
bolt.
BAIL07APH478AVA 4
5. Remove the differential.
BAIL07APH479AVA 5
Next operation:
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Disassemble (25.102) .
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 58
Differential - Backlash (Class 3 Axle)

NOTE: In case of differential assembly overhaul it is necessary to adjust the backlash between the teeth of the planet
pinions and side gears. Proceed as follows:
1. Thoroughly clean the components of the differential
to remove any traces of oil which would otherwise
prevent accurate backlash measurement.
Install the two side gears without thrust washers.
Fit the planet gears complete with thrust washers and
pins and screw the pin retaining bolts in by a few
turns to hold the pins in place.
Position a dial gauge on the differential housing.
Move the left-hand side gear to bring it into full con-
tact with the planet pinion and then push it up against
the differential housing, reading the end float (Gs) on
the dial gauge.
1b0o2004061023 1
2. Repeat the above operations to measure the end

float on the right-hand side gear (Gd).
Therefore the shims to be inserted in the differential
housing are given by:
S (L.H). = Gs - 0.25 mm for the left-hand side gear;
S (L.H). = Gd - 0.25 mm for the right-hand side gear.
Install shims as near as possible to the calculated
value, and, using a dial gauge and following the pro-
cedure described above, check that the end float of
the left and right-hand side gears is approximately
0.25 mm.
1b0o2004061024 2
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 59
Differential - Clearance (Class 3 Axle)

BVE0574A 1

surement is H2
as follows:
BVE0570A 2
6. Install the crown wheel onto the differential cage.

value.
BVE0590A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 60
7. Install two thrust washers (1) and the sun gear (2)
into the differential cage (3).
NOTE: Two thrust washers are required to lock the sun
gear against the planet gears. These can be the original
thrust washer and a new thrust washer or two new thrust
washers.
BVE0576A 4
8. Hand tighten the clutch pack cover retaining bolts.

NOTE: Make sure the clutch pack cover is fitted evenly.
BVE0577A 5

BVE0578A 6

surement is H2.
as follows:
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 61
BVE0575A 7
Next operation:
Assemble the multi-wet plate differential lock clutch (refer to Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Assemble (25.102)
).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 62
Differential - Install
Prior operation:
Assemble the differential, for further information refer to Differential - Assemble (25.102)
1. Clean and degrease the mating surfaces and apply

a bead of gasket sealer approximately 2 mm wide
along the mating surface as indicated.
NOTE: It is advisable that new seals are installed to avoid
any leakages after assembly.
BAIL07APH488AVA 1
2. Install a suitable lifting eye bolt (1) to the pinion shaft.

Attach suitable lifting equipment (2) to the lifting eye
bolt.
BAIL07APH489AVB 2
3. Install the differential into the axle housing, making

sure that the 2 locating dowels are located correctly.
BAIL07APH479AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 63
4. Install the differential housing securing bolts and

tighten to 137 Nm (101 lb ft).
BAIL07APH477AVA 4
5. Using suitable lifting equipment, reposition the front

axle on the axle stands.
BAIL07APH491AVA 5
Next operation:
Install the axle shafts, for further information refer to Axle shaft - Install (25.108)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 64
Differential - Overhaul (Class 3 Axle)

Pinion Bearing Preload Shimming
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Remove the pinion bearing from the pinion.

2. Clamp the special tool 380000248 (1) in the vice, fit
the inner races of the bearings (2) and (4) and the
bearing spacer (3) and secure the nut on the tool.
1b0o2004061029 1
3. Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H1)

between the upper surface of the tool and the cen-
tral threaded pin of the special tool 380000248/
380000463 (1).
Disassemble the above parts, lubricate the bearings
with oil and then re-assemble the parts, excluding the
bearing spacer, in the differential housing. Hold the
differential housing in the vice..
40-25-26 SHG 2
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 65
4. Tighten the nut of special tool 380000248/

380000463 (1), while turning the tool to ensure that
the bearings are seated correctly.
Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H2).
The thickness of the adjustment shim required is cal-
culated by:
Shim S1 = H2 - H1 + 0.05 mm
If necessary, round the value obtained up to the near-
est 0.05 mm.
Leave the special tool in the differential housing for
pinion depth measurement.
40-25-34 SHG 3
Pinion To Crown Wheel Shimming Procedure

5. The pinion to crown wheel shimming procedure cal-
culates the thickness of shims S2, positioned be-
neath the shoulder of the pinion gear to ensure that
the theoretical conical point of the pinion aligns with
the centre of the differential crown wheel.
Pinion Shimming Dimensions

6. H4 Dimension from Pinion Bearing to Centre line of
Differential Casing
H3 115 mm Manufacturers Pinion Dimension ±C
(Correction Factor)
S2 Shim Thickness
The dimension H4 in the calculation of the shim thick-
ness can be determined by using either the pinion
adjustment special tool 380000249.
Both procedures are explained as follows.
40-25-42 SHG 4
Pinion Shimming using Pinion Adjustment Special Tool 380000249.

7. Install the pinion bearings in differential support
housing and clamp in position using the special tool
380000248/ 380000463 as used when determining
thickness of shims for bearing preload.
1. Pinion Measuring Gauge special tool 380000249
2. Pinion Bearing Clamp. Use special tool
380000248/ 380000463
3. Pinion Bearings
4. Micrometer (Part of special tool 380000249)
17212 5
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 66
8. Install the Pinion Setting special tool 380000249

complete with bearing cup and adjusting rings.
Tighten bearing caps to 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
Adjust the cones of the tool so that the depth microm-
eter tip touches the inner race of the bearing and
measure the dimension (H4).
40-25-39 SHG 6
9. Determine the thickness of shims to be installed be-

neath the pinion gear as follows:
Shim thickness S2 = H4 - H3
Where:-
H4 = Dimension measured using pinion micrometer
tool
H3 = 115 mm ±C
115 mm is the nominal manufacturing dimension
from rear face of pinion gear to conical point of
pinion.
C = Manufacturing correction factor stamped on face
of pinion.
Example
H4 = 118.27
C = + 0.1 mm 1b0o2004061030 7
H3 = 115 + 0.1 = 115.1 mm
S2 = H4 - H3 = 118.27 - 115.1
Shim Thickness S2 = 3.17 mm.
Pinion Shimming Using Special Tool 380000600.

10. Install bearing caps (less bearing cup) and tighten to
a torque of 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
Measure internal dimension of bearing bore and call
this dimension A.
1b0o2004061031 8
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 67
11. Install pinion bearings in the differential support

housing and clamp in position using the special tool
380000600.
Locate the bar gauge, part of special tool 380000600,
across bearing bore and measure dimension B.
1. Depth Gauge
2. Bar Gauge - Part Of Special Tool 380000600
3. Pinion Shaft Bearings
4. Pinion Setting Gauge - Special Tool 380000600
5. Differential Support Casing
NOTE: Tighten the clamp so that the bearing cones can
just be turned by hand.
1b0o2004061032 9
12. Calculate Dimension H4 using the formula H4 = B -

25* + (A/2)
NOTE: 380000600 Bar Gauge is 25 mm diameter.
13. Determine the thickness of shims S2 to be installed
beneath the pinion gear as follows:
S2 = H4- H3
Where:-
H4 = Dimension calculated in Step 5 above.
H3 = 115 mm ±C
115 mm is the nominal manufacturing dimension
from the rear face of the pinion gear to the conical
point of the pinion.
C = Manufacturing correction factor stamped on the
face of the pinion.
Example
A = 95 mm
B = 95.77 mm
H4 = B - 25* + (A/2)
H4 = 95.77 - 25* + (95/2)
H4 = 118.27
C = 0.1 mm
H3 = 15 + 0.1 = 115.1
Shim Thickness S2 = 118.27 - 115.1 = 3.17 mm.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 68
Pinion Shim and Bearing Installation
40-25-17 SHG 10
Standard Front Axle Pinion Components
1 Pinion Depth Shim 2 Bearing

3 Bearing Cup 4 Differential Housing
5 Nut 6 Dust Cap
7 Seal 8 Ball Bearing
9 Sleeve 10 Bearing
11 Bearing Cup 12 Shim
13 Shim 14 Spacer
15 Ò' Ring 16 Pinion
14. Install the pinion depth shim selected in pinion to
crown wheel shimming procedure in this chapter, be-
tween the pinion head and the bearing. Ensure the
chamfer on the shim faces towards the pinion head.
40-25-9 SHG 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 69
15. Install the pinion bearing onto the pinion.
1b0o2004061033 12
16.
NOTE: The use of a electronic induction heater will assist in
the installation of the bearings without the need for a press.
396 RA-50 13
Pinion Bearing Preload Rolling Torque

17. The pinion bearing preload is measured as the
torque or force required to rotate the pinion. The
shim selected in the Pinion Bearing preload shim-
ming procedure on instruction 1 ensures that the
correct preload is achieved when the pinion nut is
tightened to a torque of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
Install the inner pinion bearing onto the pinion and
locate the pinion into the differential carrier. Hold the
pinion in position with a universal puller.
NOTE: If the special tool required to determine the thick-
ness of preload shim is not available install the same shim
as removed during disassembly.
19094 14
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 70
18. Install the spacer and shims onto the pinion shaft.
Lubricate and install the pinion outer bearing.
19095 15
19. Install the sleeve, ball bearing and the pinion nut. Do
not install the O-ring seal, oil seal and dust shield at
this stage.
Tighten the pinion nut to the specified torque value
of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
19097 16
20. Screw an M12 bolt into end of the pinion shaft or

use the locally fabricated pinion holding tool. Using a
suitable low value torque meter measure the rolling
torque of the pinion A1.
The rolling torque should be 0.5 - 1.0 Nm ( 4.5 - 8.5
lbf in) excluding breakaway torque.
If the values recorded during the adjustment proce-
dure are outside the specification adjust the thick-
ness of shim and recheck bearing preload.
40-25-31 SHG 17
21. When the correct shim thickness has been estab-

lished remove the pinion nut, sleeve and ball and in-
stall the Ò' ring and pinion oil seal.
22. Carefully reinstall the sleeve, ball and pinion nut.
NOTE: Attempting to fit the oil seal with the sleeve installed
may damage the oil seal lip.
23. Tighten the pinion nut to a torque value of 294 Nm (
217 lbf. ft) and bend the locking tab.
Measure and record the pinion and seals rolling
torque A1.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 71
Differential Input shaft assembly - Remove

Supersteer™ axle and suspended axle
1. Using a locally fabricated pinion flange holding tool,
remove the pinion retaining nut and pinion flange.
BVE0591A 1
2. Remove the dust cover (1), pinion seal (2) and pinion
bearing (3) from the differential casing.
BVE0593A 2
3. Withdraw the pinion shaft (1) from the rear of the

differential casing and remove the spacer.
BVE0592A 3
Next operation:
Differential Input shaft assembly - Install (25.102) .
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 72
Differential Input shaft assembly - Install (Class 3 Axle)

Pinion Bearing Preload Shimming
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Remove the pinion bearing from the pinion.

2. Clamp the special tool 380000248 (1) in the vice, fit
the inner races of the bearings (2) and (4) and the
bearing spacer (3) and secure the nut on the special
tool.
1b0o2004061029 1
3.
NOTE: The pinion of all the SuperSteer/Suspended
front axles is shorter and special tool 380000248 and
380000463 requires a spacer, special tool No. 380001115
to be inserted under the lower bearing (4). The spacer can
be manufactured locally using the dimensions shown in
Powered front axle - Special tools (25.100)
BSB0223A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 73
4. Using a depth micrometer, measure the distance

(H1) between the upper surface of the special tool
and the central threaded pin of the special tool
380000248/ 380000463 (1).
Disassemble the above parts, lubricate the bearings
with oil and then re-assemble the parts, excluding the
bearing spacer, in the differential housing.
40-25-26 SHG 3
5. Tighten the nut of the special tool 380000248/

380000463 (1), while turning the special tool to
ensure that the bearings are seated correctly.
Install spacer for SuperSteer / Suspended front axle.
Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H2).
The thickness of the adjustment shim required is cal-
culated by:
Shim S1 = H2 - H1 + 0.05 mm
If necessary, round the value obtained up to the near-
est 0.05 mm.
Leave the special tool in the differential housing for
the pinion depth measurement.
40-25-34 SHG 4
Pinion To Crown Wheel Shimming Procedure

6. The pinion to crown wheel shimming procedure cal-
culates the thickness of shims S2, positioned be-
neath the shoulder of the pinion gear to ensure that
the theoretical conical point of the pinion aligns with
the centre of the differential crown wheel.
Pinion Shimming Dimensions

7. H4 Dimension from Pinion Bearing to Centre line of
Differential Casing
H3 115 mm Manufacturers Pinion Dimension ±C
(Correction Factor) or 122.5 mm ±C for class IV
axles
S2 Shim Thickness
The dimension H4 in the calculation of the shim thick-
ness can be determined using the pinion adjustment
special tool 380000249
Both procedures are explained as follows.
40-25-42 SHG 5
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 74
Pinion Shimming using Pinion Adjustment Tool 380000249.

8. Install pinion bearings in differential support housing
and clamp in position using special tool 380000248/
380000463 as used when determining thickness of
shims for bearing preload.
1. Pinion Measuring Gauge special tool 380000249
2. Pinion Bearing Clamp. Use special tool
380000248/ 380000463
3. Pinion Bearings
4. Micrometer (Part of special tool 380000249 )
17212 6
9. Install the Pinion Setting special tool 380000249

complete with bearing cup and adjusting rings.
Tighten the bearing caps retaining bolts to the spec-
ified torque value of 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
If special tool 380000248 as described in pinion bear-
ing shimming procedure is not available the Bearing
Clamp special tool 50048 may be used to clamp the
bearings.
Adjust the cones of the special tool so that the depth
micrometer tip touches the inner race of the bearing
and measure the dimension (H4).
BVE0566A 7
10. Determine the thickness of shims to be installed be-

neath the pinion gear as follows:
Shim thickness S2 = H4- H3
Where:-
H4 = Dimension measured using pinion micrometer
tool
H3 = 115 Nm ±C
115 Nm is the nominal manufacturing dimension
from rear face of pinion gear to conical point of
pinion.
C = Manufacturing correction factor stamped on face
of pinion.
Example
H4= 118.27
C = +0.1 mm 1b0o2004061030 8
H3 = 115 + 0.1 = 115.1 mm
S2 = H4 - H3 = 118.27 - 115.1
Shim Thickness S2 = 3.17 mm.
11. Refer to Bevel gear set and differential carrier -
Exploded view (25.102).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 75
12. Install the pinion depth shim selected in pinion to

crown wheel shimming procedure in this chapter, be-
tween the pinion head and the bearing. Ensure the
chamfer on the shim faces towards the pinion head.
40-25-9 SHG 9
13. Install the pinion bearing onto the pinion.
1b0o2004061033 10
14.
NOTE: The use of a electronic induction heater will assist in
the installation of the bearings without the need for a press.
396 RA-50 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 76
Pinion Bearing Preload Rolling Torque

15. The pinion bearing preload is measured as the
torque or force required to rotate the pinion. The
shim selected in the Pinion Bearing preload shim-
ming procedure on instruction 1 ensures that the
correct preload is achieved when the pinion nut is
tightened to a torque of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
Install the inner pinion bearing onto the pinion and
locate the pinion into the differential carrier. Hold the
pinion in position with a universal puller.
NOTE: If the special tool required to determine the thick-
ness of preload shim is not available install the same shim
as removed during disassembly.
19094 12
16. Install the spacer and shims onto the pinion shaft.
Lubricate and install the pinion outer bearing.
NOTE: Do not install the pinion seal and dust cover.
19095 13
17. Install the pinion flange and retaining nut.

Using the locally fabricated pinion flange holding tool.
Tighten the retaining nut to the specified torque value
of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
BVE0591A 14
18. Using a suitable low value torque meter measure the

rolling torque of the pinion A1.
The rolling torque should be 0.5 - 1.0 Nm ( 4.5 - 8.5
lbf in) excluding breakaway torque.
19. If the values recorded during the adjustment proce-
dure are outside the specification adjust the thick-
ness of shim and recheck bearing preload.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 77
20. When the correct shim thickness has been estab-

lished, remove the pinion flange retaining nut and the
pinion flange.
Install the dust cover (1), pinion seal (2) and pinion
bearing (3) to the differential casing.
BVE0593A 15
21. Install the pinion flange and retaining nut.

Using the locally fabricated pinion flange holding tool.
Tighten the retaining nut to the specified torque value
of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf. ft).
Measure and record the pinion and seals rolling
torque A1.
BVE0591A 16
Next operation:
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash (25.102).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 78
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Assemble (Class 4 Axle)

T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Install the sun gear.

BAIL07APH603AVA 1
2. Install the clutch discs (1) into the differential cage.
BVE0581A 2
3. Install the thrust washer.
BAIL07APH602AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 79
4. Apply transmission oil to the O-ring seals.

Install the clutch piston (1) to the clutch pack cover
(2).
NOTE: Install new O-ring seals as required.
BVE0585A 4
5. Install the clutch pack cover and bearing onto the

differential cage.
BAIL07APH601AVA 5
6. Install the clutch pack cover retaining bolts finger

tight.
BAIL07APH600AVA 6
7. Tighten the crown wheel retaining bolts to 136 Nm

(100 lb ft).
BAIL07APH600AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 80
BAIL07APH599AVA 8
BAIL07APH593AVA 9
10. Install the differential assembly into the housing.
BAIL07APH592AVA 10
11. Install the support caps.

Note the locating pin (1) and groove (2) into which it
locates.
BAIL07APH575AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 81
12. Install the support cap retaining bolts finger tight.
BAIL07APH573AVB 12
13. Using special tool 380000253, install the adjuster

ring.
BAIL07APH574AVA 13
14. Tighten the support cap retaining bolts to 130 Nm (96

lb ft).
BAIL07APH573AVB 14
15. Adjust the backlash.

For further information refer to Bevel gear set and
differential carrier - Backlash (25.102).
16. Tighten the adjuster ring locking grub screw.
BAIL07APH604AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 82
17. Exploded view of components
BAIL08APH168FVA 16
1. Bearing cup 7. Oil seal

2. Bearing 8. Oil manifold
3. Differential housing 9. Oil seal
4. Bearing 10. Shim
5. Bearing cup 11. Locking ring
6. Dust cover 12. O-ring seal
Next operation:
Refer to Differential - Install (25.102)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 83
Differential lock Dog clutch - Assemble (Class 3 Axle)

1. 1. Differential assembly
2. Shim (Backlash)
3. Circlip
4. Dog clutch
5. Lock ring
TAG25019 1
2. 1. Dog clutch
2. Thrust washer
3. Return spring
4. Piston O-ring seal 2
5. Hub
6. Lock ring
7. Circlip
TAG25016 2
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble (25.102)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 84
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Disassemble (Class 4 Axle)

T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Prior operation:
Differential - Remove (25.102).
1. Place the differential assembly on a suitable work-

bench.
Loosen the adjuster ring locking grub screw (1).
Loosen the support caps retaining bolts (2).
BAIL07APH573AVA 1
2. Using special tool 380000253, remove the adjuster

ring.
BAIL07APH574AVA 2
3. Remove the retaining bolts and remove the support

caps.
BAIL07APH573AVB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 85
4. Remove the differential assembly from the housing.
BAIL07APH592AVA 4
BAIL07APH593AVA 5
BAIL07APH599AVA 6
7. Using a suitable vice fitted with soft jaws, secure the

differential assembly.
Remove the clutch pack cover retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH600AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 86
8. Remove the clutch pack cover from the differential

cage.
BAIL07APH601AVA 8
9. Remove the clutch piston (1) from the clutch pack

cover (2).
BVE0585A 9
10. Remove the thrust washer.
BAIL07APH602AVA 10
11. Remove the clutch discs (1) from the differential

cage.
BVE0581A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 87
BAIL07APH603AVA 12
Next operation:
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Assemble (25.102)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 88
Differential lock Dog clutch - Disassemble (Class 3 Axle)

1. Remove the two bolts securing the external bell
housing (1) of the differential lock, and fit in their
place two bolts with minimum length 70 mm. Grad-
ually remove the four remaining bolts from the
external bell housing of the differential lock so as to
allow the differential lock release spring to gradually
extend.
NOTE: It is necessary to fit two bolts because the nor-
mal bell housing bolts are not sufficiently long to allow the
spring to extend to its full free length.
TAG21017 1
2. Remove the last two 70 mm bolts. Remove the bell

housing (1), the helical spring (2) and the differential
lock piston.
25609 2
3. Remove circlip (2) and remove the differential lock

sleeve.
25610 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 89
4. Remove the circlip securing the differential lock pis-

ton, and retrieve the sliding sleeve with the two thrust
washers.
1b0o2004061021 4
5. Using a suitable drift gently tap the piston out of the

clutch bell housing.
1b0o2004061022 5
6. 1. Differential assembly
2. Shim (Backlash)
3. Circlip
4. Dog clutch
5. Locking ring
TAG25019 6
7. 1. Dog clutch
2. Thrust washer
3. Return spring
4. Piston O-ring seals 2
5. Hub
6. Locking ring
7. Circlip
TAG25016 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 90
Next operation:
Differential lock Dog clutch - Assemble (25.102)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 91
Index

Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash (Class 3 Axle) with Dog clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash (Class 3 Axle) with Multi plate clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Overhaul (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Class 3 Axle) with Dog clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Class 3 Axle) with Multi plate clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Standard Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Standard Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Supersteer™ Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Supersteer™ Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Suspended Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload (Suspended Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Differential - Assemble (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Differential - Backlash (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Differential - Clearance (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Differential - Disassemble (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Differential - Disassemble (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Differential - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Differential - Overhaul (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Differential - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Differential Input shaft assembly - Install (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Differential Input shaft assembly - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Differential lock Dog clutch - Assemble (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Differential lock Dog clutch - Disassemble (Class 3 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Differential lock Dog clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Assemble (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Disassemble (Class 4 Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
T6.155, T6.165, T6.175
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47461574 08/11/2012
25.102 / 92
Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - 108
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Steering knuckle and king pin

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Axle shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Wheel hub
Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Steering knuckle and king pin
Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Swivel pin and bearing - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 2
Front axle system - Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts
Steering knuckle and king pin - Exploded view
BAIL07APH670GVA 1
1 Spacer 2 Cassette seal

3 Bushing 4 Hub carrier
5 Circlip 6 Bleed nipple
7 Drive gear 8 Sleeve
9 Plate 10 Seals
11 Piston 12 Drive gear
13 Plate 14 Brake disc
15 Drive gear 16 Circlip
17 Carrier
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 3
Axle shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the hub, for further information refer to Wheel hub - Remove (25.108)
1. Remove the axle shaft from the axle housing.
BAIL07APH580AVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 4
Axle shaft - Install

1. Install the axle shaft into the axle housing.
BAIL07APH580AVA 1
Next operation:
Install the hub, for further information refer to Wheel hub - Install (25.108)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 5
Wheel hub - Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes
DANGER
B012

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2

Remove the front wheel.
BAIL07APH064AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 6
4. Remove the dynamic front fender (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
5. Rotate the hub until the drain plug is at the lowest

point. Remove the axle hub drain plug and drain the
hub oil into a suitable container.
ft).
BAIL07APH159AVA 5
6. Remove the hub end plate and the planetary gears

assembly.
BAIL07APH487AVA 6
7. Remove the O-ring seal.
BAIL07APH501AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 7
8. Remove the snap ring.
BAIL07APH154AVA 8
9. Remove the outboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH155AVA 9
10. Remove the friction disc.
BAIL07APH156AVA 10
11. Remove the inboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH179AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 8
12. Using a suitable lever, gently ease forward the drive

gear (1) and drive shaft (3) by 10 mm.
Then push back the drive gear leaving the drive shaft
forward to reveal the collets. (2).
BAIL07APH178AVA 12
13. Remove the collets. (1)

Remove the drive gear from the shaft. (2).
BAIL07APH158AVA 13
14. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the hub.
BAIL07APH512AVA 14
15. Loosen the upper and lower swivel pin retaining

bolts.
BAIL07APH450AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 9

Remove the steering cylinder pivot pin retaining bolt
(2).
Support the steering cylinder.
Remove the pivot pin and retrieve the spacers (3).
BAIL07APH480AVA 16
17. Disconnect the track rod end from the hub.
BAIL07APH470AVA 17
18. Remove the lower swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH471AVA 18
19. Remove the lower swivel pin.

NOTE: Note the number of shims removed.
BAIL07APH587AVA 19
NOTE: This step is for the right-hand side only.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 10
20. Remove the potentiometer cover plate (1).

Remove the potentiometer (2).
BRH3254B 20
21. Remove the upper swivel pin.
BAIL07APH472AVA 21
NOTE: When removing the right-hand side upper swivel

pin assembly, take care to avoid damaging the steering
sensor located within the housing.
BAIL07APH475AVA 22
22. Remove the hub assembly .
BAIL07APH591AVA 23
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 11
Wheel hub - Install Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes
DANGER
B012
1. Using suitable lifting equipment support the hub.
BAIL07APH512AVA 1
2.
Install the hub (1).
Install the upper swivel pin (2).
BAIL07APH605AVA 2
3. Install the upper swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH606AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 12
NOTE: When installing the right-hand side upper swivel pin

assembly, take care to avoid damaging the steering sensor
located within the housing.
BAIL07APH475AVA 4
4. Install the lower swivel pin (1) and the shims (2) as
removed.
BAIL07APH587AVA 5
5. Install the lower swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH607AVA 6
6. Connect the track rod end to the hub.

BAIL07APH470AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 13
7. Install the steering cylinder pivot pin, making sure

that the spacers (1) are installed as removed.
Install the steering cylinder pivot pin retaining bolt (2).
Install the circlip (3).
BAIL07APH480AVC 8
8. Tighten the upper and lower swivel pin retaining bolts

to 130 Nm (96 lb ft).
BAIL07APH450AVA 9
9. Remove the lifting equipment.
BAIL07APH512AVA 10

10. Install the potentiometer (2).
Install the potentiometer cover plate (1).
BRH3254B 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 14
11. Install the drive gear onto the drive shaft pushing it
fully back.
With the drive gear fully back ease the drive shaft out
10 mm to reveal the groove for the collets.
BAIL07APH504AVA 12
12. Install the collets (1).

Push the drive shaft back so that the drive gear (2)
holds the collets in place.
BAIL07APH158AVA 13
13. Install the inboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH179AVA 14
14. Install the friction disc.
BAIL07APH156AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 15
15. Install the outboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH155AVA 16
16. Install the snap ring.
BAIL07APH154AVA 17
17. Install the O-ring seal.
BAIL07APH501AVA 18
18. Prior to installation of the planetary cover, thoroughly

clean and degrease the mating surfaces and apply a
2 mm bead of flexible sealing gasket.
BAIL07APH507AVA 19
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 16
19. Install the hub end plate and the planetary gears as-
sembly.
BAIL07APH487AVA 20
20. Rotate the hub so that the filler/level plug is in the

horizontal position.
Remove the plug and refill the hub to the level with
oil to the correct specification.
Reinstall the filler/level plug and tighten to 74 Nm (55
lb ft).
BAIL07APH510AVA 21
21. Install the dynamic front fender (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 22
22. Install the front wheel.

(44.511).
BAIL07APH064AVA 23
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 17

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 24
BAIL07APH063AVA 25
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 18
Wheel hub - Disassemble
DANGER
B012
1. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the front

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2

Remove the front wheel.
BAIL07APH064AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 19
4. Remove the dynamic front fender (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 4
5. Rotate the hub until the drain plug is at the lowest

point. Remove the axle hub drain plug and drain the
hub oil into a suitable container.
ft).
BAIL07APH159AVA 5
6. Remove the hub end plate and the planetary gears

assembly.
BAIL07APH487AVA 6
7. Remove the O-ring seal.
BAIL07APH501AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 20
8. Remove the snap ring.
BAIL07APH154AVA 8
9. Remove the outboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH155AVA 9
10. Remove the friction disc.
BAIL07APH156AVA 10
11. Remove the inboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH179AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 21
12. Using a suitable lever, gently ease forward the drive

gear (1) and drive shaft (3) by 10 mm.
Then push back the drive gear leaving the drive shaft
forward to reveal the collets (2).
BAIL07APH178AVA 12
13. Remove the collets (1).

Remove the drive gear from the shaft (2).
BAIL07APH158AVA 13
14. Remove the retaining bolts (2) from the inner hub.
Remove the retaining ring (1).
BAIL07APH503AVA 14
15. Install 2 bolts, 12 mm x 1.5 x 50 mm long into the

threaded holes in the back plate.
Tighten the bolts and remove the brake carrier.
BAIL07APH448AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 22
16. Remove the snap ring (1).

Remove the brake piston (2) from the brake disc car-
rier (3).
BAIL07APH671AVA 16
17. Remove the oil seal (1).

Remove the bearing assembly (2).
BAIL07APH577AVA 17

Using a suitable puller, remove the hub.
BAIL07APH585AVA 18
19. Remove the cassette seal.
BAIL07APH579AVA 19
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 23
20. Using a suitable puller, remove the bearing.
BAIL07APH586AVA 20
21. Loosen the upper (1) and lower (2) swivel pin retain-
ing bolts.
BAIL07APH450AVA 21

(2).
Support the steering cylinder.
Remove the pivot pin and retrieve the spacers (3).
BAIL07APH480AVA 22
23. Disconnect the track rod from the hub carrier.
BAIL07APH470AVA 23
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 24
24. Using suitable lifting equipment support the hub car-

rier.
BAIL07APH581AVA 24
25. Remove the lower swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH471AVA 25
26. Remove the lower swivel pin (1).

NOTE: Note the number of shims removed (2).
BAIL07APH587AVA 26

27. Remove the potentiometer cover plate (1).
Remove the potentiometer (2).
BRH3254B 27
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 25
28. Remove the upper swivel pin retaining bolts.

Remove the upper swivel pin.
BAIL07APH472AVA 28
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 26

29. When removing the offside upper swivel pin assem-
bly take care to avoid damaging the steering sensor
located in this housing.
BAIL07APH475AVA 29
30. Remove the hub carrier assembly.
BAIL07APH581AVA 30
31. Remove the brass protection washer from the hub

carrier.
BAIL07APH665AVA 31
32. Remove the cassette seal.
BAIL07APH666AVA 32
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 27
33. Remove the brass lubricating bushing.
BAIL07APH667AVA 33
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 28
Wheel hub - Assemble

All vehicles
1. DANGER
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
D0076A
Using a suitable tool, install the brass lubricating

bushing into hub carrier.
BAIL07APH667AVA 1
2. Using a suitable tool, install the cassette seal.
BAIL07APH666AVA 2
3. Using a suitable tool, install the brass protection

washer.
BAIL07APH665AVA 3
4. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the hub car-

rier.
Install the hub carrier assembly.
BAIL07APH581AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 29
NOTE: When installing the right-hand side upper swivel pin

assembly, take care to avoid damaging the steering sensor
located within the housing.
BAIL07APH475AVA 5
5. Install the upper swivel pin.

Install the upper swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH472AVA 6
6. Install the lower swivel pin (1) and the shims (2) as
removed.
BAIL07APH587AVA 7
7. Install the lower swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH607AVA 8
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 30
8. Install the potentiometer (2).

Install the potentiometer cover plate (1).
BRH3254B 9
9. Connect the track rod end to the hub.

BAIL07APH470AVA 10
10. Install the steering cylinder pivot pin, making sure

that the spacers (1) are installed as removed.
BAIL07APH480AVC 11
11. Tighten the upper (1) and lower (2) swivel pin retain-
ing bolts to 130 Nm (96 lb ft).
BAIL07APH450AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 31
Vehicles with front brakes

12. Position the new cassette oil seal onto the special
tool ( 380002719.with brakes), ( 380000482 less
brakes)
NOTE: Make sure that the oil seal is positioned onto the
special tool with the spiral ring visible.
BSB0232A 13
13. Position the special tool 380200020 around the hub

centre. With the cassette seal on the special tool (
380002719 with brakes) ( 380000482 less brakes),
slide the assembly forward over the splines until the
oil seal locates in the housing.
BSB0231A 14
14. Using a suitable soft faced hammer and special tool

380200020, install the oil seal into the housing.
BSB0230A 15
15. Install the oil seal (1).

Using a suitable tool, install the bearing assembly (2).
BAIL07APH577AVA 16
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 32

Install the hub.
BAIL07APH672AVA 17
17. Install the brake piston (1) into the brake carrier (2)
with new seals.
Install the snap ring (3).
BAIL07APH671AVA 18
18. Install the brake carrier.
BAIL07APH502AVA 19
19. Install the retaining ring (1).

Install the retaining bolts into the inner hub (2) and
tighten to 231 N·m (170.4 lb ft).
BAIL07APH503AVA 20
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 33
Vehicles without front brakes

20. Place the hub on a suitable surface. Clean the seat
of the seal thoroughly and position the seal inside the
circumference of the hub. Using special tool number
380200135 install the seal until the top edge of the
tool meets the top surface of the hub.
MDM873A 21
21. Install the hub onto the axle.
BAIL07APH672AVA 22
22. Install the hub nut.
MDM851A 23
23. Using the special tool 380000269 tighten the hub to

490 N·m (361.41 lb ft) while rotating the hub to make
sure that the bearings are correctly seated.
MDM852A 24
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 34
All vehicles
24. Install the drive gear onto the drive shaft pushing it
fully back.
With the drive gear fully back, ease the drive shaft
out 10 mm to reveal the groove for the collets.
BAIL07APH504AVA 25
25. Install the collets. (1).

Push the drive shaft back so that the drive gear (2)
retains the collets.
BAIL07APH158AVA 26
Vehicles with front brakes

26. Install the inboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH179AVA 27
BAIL07APH156AVA 28
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 35
28. Install the outboard steel brake disc.
BAIL07APH155AVA 29
29. Install the snap ring.
BAIL07APH154AVA 30
All vehicles
30. Install the O-ring seal.
BAIL07APH501AVA 31
31. Prior to installation of the planetary cover, thoroughly

clean and degrease the mating surfaces and apply a
2 mm bead of flexible sealing gasket.
BAIL07APH507AVA 32
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 36
32. Install the hub end plate and the planetary gears as-
sembly.
BAIL07APH487AVA 33
33. Rotate the hub so that the filler/level plug is in the

horizontal position.
Remove the plug and refill the hub to the level with
oil to the correct specification.
Reinstall the filler-level plug and tighten to 74 Nm (55
lb ft).
BAIL07APH510AVA 34
34. Install the dynamic front fender (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 35
35. Install the front wheel.

(44.511).
BAIL07APH064AVA 36
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 37
36. Using suitable lifting equipment, install the front

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 37
BAIL07APH063AVA 38
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 38
Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul
Four Wheel Drive Axle
Prior operation:
Wheel hub - Remove (25.108).
STEERING SWIVEL PINS AND BEARINGS - Less Steering Angle Potentiometer

1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
DANGER
Heavy parts!
Support designated component(s) with
adequate lifting equipment.
serious injury.
D0018A
In the event that the steering swivel pins prove diffi- 24596 1
cult to remove, proceed as follows.
Remove the grease nipples and the steering swivel
pin retaining bolts.
Fit the bolts (1) of the special tool 380000265 .
Fit the plate (2) of the tool and fix it to the three bolts
with nuts (5).
Fit the central tie bolt (4) screwing it fully into the
grease nipple bore on the pin (6).
Screw in the nut (3) to drive the pin out of its bore.
2. Using the extractor special tool 380000234 (1) re-
move the steering swivel bearings.
Re-install the steering swivel bearings using a suit-
able drift.
1b0o2004061038 2
Steering Swivel Pins and Bearings - With steering angle potentiometer

3. Remove the steering angle potentiometer, refer to
Steering position sensor - Replace (55.047) .
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 39
4. In the event that the steering swivel pins prove diffi-

cult to remove, remove the 3 steering swivel retaining
bolts. Using suitable pry bars located in the swivel
housing casting slots, carefully lever the swivel pin
from the housing.
BRH3250A 3
5. Remove the swivel housing, refer to Wheel hub -

Remove (25.108).
6. Remove the steering angle potentiometer shaft from
the axle housing. Refer to Steering position sensor
- Replace (55.047).
7. Using the bearing puller attachment of extrac-
tor, special tool No. 380000234 (3) with adaptor
tool, 380002489 (2) couple these to special tool
380000265 (1) and remove the steering swivel bear-
ings.
BRH3404BB 4
8. Install the new steering swivel bearings using a suit-

able drift.
NOTE: Take care when installing the bearings not to dam-
age the special bearing coating.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 40
Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Preload
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Apply grease NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD

on the outer races of the bearings and fit the up-
per cover, without the shims, and with special tool
380000235 (2) attached. Torque the retaining bolts
to the specified torque value of 130 Nm.
NOTE: To aid installation of the swivel pin, it is recommend
that guide 380001143 (1) is installed on the axle shaft.
1b0o2004061039 1
2. Fit the lower cover without shims, lubricate the three

retaining bolts with engine oil.
Gradually, tighten the lower cover bolts equally while
rotating the casing to allow the excess grease to es-
cape.
1b0o2004061040 2
3. Using a torque wrench and special tool 380000235

(1), check that the torque required to rotate the cas-
ing is 15 - 20 Nm. Adjust the three lower bolts until
the correct torque is achieved.
Measure the gap (H) created between the lower
cover and the casing in three places.
1b0o2004061041 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 41
4. Calculate the average of the three values measured.

The total thickness of the adjustment shims to be
fitted under the lower cover is Shim S3= H - 0.20 mm
.
If necessary, round up the value to the next 0.05 mm.
5. Insert shims under lower swivel cover. Tighten the
retaining bolts to the specified torque value of 113
Nm.
6. After having rotated the casing a few times to al-
low the components to bed down, check that the
torque necessary to rotate the casing is 140 - 180
N·m (103.3 - 132.8 lb ft) .
If the torque value measured is greater than the spec-
ified value, increase the thickness of the shims, if it
is less than the specified value, reduce the thickness
of the shims.
Remove the special tool 380000235 , fit the grease
nipples in the upper and lower covers and grease the
assembly.
NOTE: When measuring, use the rolling torque measure-
ment, not the initial torque needed to start the hub moving
(this will be considerably higher). This operation should be
1b0o2004061042 4
carried out 4-5 times and an average figure taken
Next operation:
Tie rods - Toe in adjust (41.106)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 42
Index

Axle shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Axle shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering knuckle and king pin - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Wheel hub - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Wheel hub - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Wheel hub - Install Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Wheel hub - Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle With Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 43
47461574 08/11/2012
25.108 / 44
Axle suspension control - 122
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Suspended axle control valve

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Axle suspension control

Overview (Valve block assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Sectional view (Valve block assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SERVICE

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 2
Front axle system - Axle suspension control
Suspended axle control valve - Torque
BAIL07APH358HSA 1
Suspended axle control valve - General specification

System Relief Valve 210 bar (3045 psi)
Hydraulic Accumulator Recharge pressure 19 - 21 bar (275.5 - 304.5 psi) @ 20 °C (68 °F)
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 3
Axle suspension control - Static description
BAIL07APH405FSA 1
Front Suspension System
1 Suspension/Damping Cylinder 2 Microprocessor

3 Lockout/Suspension Activation Switch 4 Load Sensing Hose
5 Pressure Feed Hose 6 Return To Tank Hose
7 Control Valve Assembly - see Suspended 8 Piston Feed Hose
axle control valve - Overview (Valve block
assembly) (25.122)
9 Rod Feed Tube 10 Panhard Rod
11 Suspension Arm
INTRODUCTION
Front Suspension is an optional electronically controlled hydraulic suspension feature fitted to the front axle which
allows the axle to raise and lower to absorb shock loads and maintain the tractor in a level plane when variations in
weight are applied to the front wheels.
The system reduces pitching, keeps the front wheels in contact with the ground and improves stability during fast
road speeds when ground conditions could make the tractor unstable. This is especially important where the tractor
is operating with minimal front axle loads while transporting heavy 3 point hitch implements.
The suspension is automatically engaged each time the tractor is started however when the tractor is stationary or
travelling at less than 1.5 km/h (0.93 mph) the system is automatically "Locked Out'' for safe mounting of implements
or ballast.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 4
At speeds between 1.5 - 12 km/h (0.93 - 7.46 mph) the operator can turn the suspension off using the button (1)
on the switch panel (GARU). This is ideal for instances where accurate depth control is required with implements
mounted on the front linkage or for grading with a front loader.
At speeds above 12 km/h (7.46 mph) the system is automatically engaged.
SS09J073 2
The control valve assembly and accumulator which supplies oil to the suspension/damping system is located on the
right hand side of the transmission.
BAIL07APH357HSA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 5
The microprocessor which electronically controls the hydraulic control valve is located behind the operators seat (1).
SS09J072 4
To assist in diagnosing faults and achieving optimum performance the microprocessor has an inbuilt self diagnostic
facility and electronic calibration procedure.
All information regarding error codes and calibration data is displayed on the electronic instrument cluster.
Details on error codes and calibration procedures are described in Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640)
and Electronic module - Configure (55.640).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 6
Axle suspension control - Dynamic description

Hydraulic Control System
The hydraulic control system incorporates a Ride Control System and a Levelling System.
The “Ride Control System" controls the suspension damping and absorbs shock loads from the front axle when the
tractor is being driven over rough surfaces.
The “Levelling System" controls the height of the front axle in order to ensure` that the tractor operates on a level
plane in relationship to the front axle by compensating for:
The addition or removal of weight from the tractor.

Loss of cylinder oil to the reservoir through the system relief valve due to shock pressures above 210
bar (3045 psi) in the system.
Internal or external system leakage.
BTB0457A 1
1 Front Support 2 Hydraulic Cylinder

3 Axle 4 Axle Pivot Point
5 Potentiometer 6 Pivot Arm (Panhard Rod)
7 Fulcrum Point
The suspension system connects the axle (3) to the tractor front support (1) through a pivot arm (4) referred to as a
“Panhard Rod" and the single hydraulic cylinder (2).
Whenever the front axle is subjected to shock loads, vibration or front end weight changes the Panhard rod pivots
about the fulcrum point (7) while at the same time the axle oscillates about the pivot point (4). This movement causes
the front axle to move up or down in relation to the tractor front support.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 7
The vertical movement of the axle in relation to the front support is measured by the potentiometer (5) which transmits
a signal to the controlling microprocessor.
Dependant on the shock loading subjected to the system and the amount of vertical axle movement detected by the
microprocessor the hydraulic system responds to absorb the shock loads and adjust the vertical position of the axle
so that the tractor continues to operate on a level plane.
The potentiometer (5) measures the vertical position of the front axle in relation to the front support and is linked to
the microprocessor. Whenever the microprocessor detects that the vertical height of the axle in relation to the front
support is away from the operating parameters set within the software in the microprocessor, hydraulic oil is directed
through the control valve to the hydraulic cylinder to adjust the height of the axle accordingly.
NOTE: Ride control and the levelling system only operate when the suspension is switched on and the tractor is being
driven at speeds above 1.5 km/h (0.9 mph).
Operation of the system for various working situations is described in this section.
The location of those specific components referenced in the circuit diagrams which are externally visible on the control
valve are shown in Suspended axle control valve - Overview (25.122). The schematic view is shown in Suspended
axle control valve - Hydraulic schema (25.122) .
Operation Mode Function

Suspension Lockout Mode used during loader work
Transition Mode Slow opening of coils (4) and (5) to ensure smooth transition between
lockout and suspension mode
Suspension Raise Operates coils (1), (4) and (5)
Holds Mid-Point Holds position when engine switched off (See note below)
Suspension Lower Operates coils (3), (4) and (5)
NOTE: There is an allowable rate of leakdown >90 minutes
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 8
Suspension Lockout
BAIL07APH381FSA 2
1 Raise Coil 2 Lower Orifice

3 Lower Coil 4 Lockout Coil #3
5 Lockout Coil #4 6 Rebound Discpack
7 Suspension Cylinder 8 Compression Discpack
9 Accumulator 10 Manual Override Screw
11 Relief Valve 12 Raise Orifice
When the suspension is in lockout mode the check valve in (5) prevents oil flowing to the accumulator.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 9
Transition Mode
BAIL07APH377FSA 3

Slow opening of coil (4) allows oil from the rod side of the cylinder to the piston chamber and the accumulator. If (5)
is energised the slow opening of this coil allows oil to flow to the piston side of the cylinder , (as in the suspension
raise mode).
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 10
Hold Mid Point
BAIL07APH379FSA 4

When the axle is returning to its mid position , oil from the accumulator flows from the piston end via the check valve
(8). Displaced oil from the cylinder piston side is stopped by the lower coil (3), the relief valve (11) and the manual
override screw (10) .
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 11
Suspension Raise
BAIL07APH378FSA 5

When the suspension system is ÒN' and tractor speed is above 1.5 km/h (0.9 mph) the raise solenoid (1) and the
lockout valves (4) and (5) are energised to allow oil flow through the valves and then on to the piston side of the
cylinder. The speed of raising is controlled by orifice (12). Oil also flows into the accumulator.
If the suspension has lowered due to addition of weight or some other reason , the potentiometer senses the height
change and the suspension controller sends a signal to the raise solenoid to raise the suspension accordingly.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 12
Suspension Lower (Electrical)
BAIL07APH380FSA 6

When the suspension is required to be lowered, the lower solenoid (3) is energised and also lockout valves (4) and
(5). This allows oils to flow from the piston end of the cylinder and the accumulator through the lowering solenoid and
then to tank. At the same time oil also feeds into the rod end of the cylinder.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 13
Suspension Lower (Manual)
BAIL07APH382FSA 7

If any maintenance is required the suspension will need to be manually lowered by unscrewing the manual override
screw (10). This allows oil feed back from the accumulator (9) and the cylinder (7) and return to tank.
Suspension Control System Switched OFF

When the suspension system is ÒFF' (Speed under 1.5 km/h (0.93 mph)), the raise valve (1) and lower valve (3)
are de-energised as are the lockout valves (4) and (5). Oil is then trapped in the circuit.
If excessive pressure above 210 bar (3045 psi) occurs in the system in this state the system relief valve (11) will open.
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 14
Suspended axle control valve - Overview (Valve block assembly)
BAIL07APH355HSA 1
1 Return to tank pipe 2 Pressure Feed

3 Raise Coil 4 Lower Coil
5 Relief Valve 6 Lockout Coil #3
7 Lockout Coil #4 8 Accumulator
9 Piston Feed 10 Rod Feed
11 Manual Override (Bleed) Screw 12 Load Sensing Hose
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 15
Suspended axle control valve - Sectional view (Valve block

assembly)
BAIL07APH341GSA 1
1 Raise Coil 2 Lower Coil

3 Relief Valve 4 Lockout Coil #3
5 Lockout Coil #4 6 Compression Discpack
7 Rebound Discpack 8 Manual Override Screw
9 Lower Orifice 10 Raise Orifice
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 16
Suspended axle control valve - Hydraulic schema
BAIL07APH371FSA 1

47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 17
Suspended axle control valve - Remove

1. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
hoists to remove and install the wheels. BAIL12APH180AAB 1
serious injury.
W0149A
Lower the front suspension by loosening the bleed

screw (1) .
2. Remove the rear wheel.
3. Disconnect the supply and return pipes (1) and (2)
and the load sensing pipe (3) .
BAIL12APH181AAB 2
4. Disconnect pipe for rod feed (1) .
BAIL12APH182AAB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 18
5. Disconnect piston feed pipe (1) .
BAIL12APH183AAB 4
6. Disconnect the wire harness connectors.

7. Undo and remove retaining bolts (1) whilst support-
ing the valve assembly.
8. Remove the suspension valve.
BAIL12APH184AAB 5
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 19
Suspended axle control valve - Install

1. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Install the suspension valve and tighten retaining

bolts to 90 N·m (66.4 lb ft) .
BAIL12APH184AAB 1
2. Connect the piston feed pipe (1)
BAIL12APH183AAB 2
3. Connect the rod feed pipe (1).
BAIL12APH182AAB 3
4. Connect the supply (1), return (2) and load sensing

pipes (3).
BAIL12APH181AAB 4
5. Install the rear wheel and calibrate valve as required
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 20
Index

Axle suspension control - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Axle suspension control - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Suspended axle control valve - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Suspended axle control valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Suspended axle control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Suspended axle control valve - Overview (Valve block assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Suspended axle control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Suspended axle control valve - Sectional view (Valve block assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Suspended axle control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
25.122 / 21
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Rear axle system
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
27
Contents
Rear axle system - 27
Powered rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.100

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.106

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Planetary and final drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.120

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
27
Powered rear axle - 100
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Powered rear axle

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Powered rear axle

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Powered rear axle

Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 2
Rear axle system - Powered rear axle
Powered rear axle - General specification

Pinion and crown wheel ratio 9/47 = 1:5.22
Pinion to crown wheel backlash 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
Differential: Light version 2-planet gears

Differential: Heavy version 4-planet gears
Differential lock control:

Dog type clutch Acting through front-meshing, hydraulically operated
gears
Multi-wet plate clutch Acting through a hydraulically controlled multi-pack
clutch in an oil bath
Differential Lock Assembly (Multi-Wet Plate Clutch)

Driven discs Quantity 6
Drive discs Quantity 6
Driven disc thickness (each) 2.85 - 2.95 mm (0.1122 - 0.1161 in)

Drive disc thickness (each) 1.75 - 1.85 mm (0.0689 - 0.0728 in)
Differential pinion bore diameter 28.04 - 28.061 mm (1.1039 - 1.1048 in)
Differential pinion journal diameter 27.939 - 27.960 mm (1.1000 - 1.1008 in)
Differential pinion running clearance 0.080 - 0.122 mm (0.0031 - 0.0048 in)
Sun gear hub seat in differential

Cage diameter 80.5 - 82.6 mm (3.17 - 3.25 in)
Sun gear hub diameter 79 mm (3.11 in)
Pinion shaft position shimming: 1.40; 1.45; 1.50; 1.55; 1.60;

Dog type clutch differential lock mm 1.65; 1.70; 1.75; 1.80; 1.85;
Multi-wet plate clutch differential lock 1.90; 1.95; 2.00; 2.05; 2.10;
2.15; 2.20; 2.25; 2.30; 2.35;
2.40; 2.45; 2.50
Pinion bearing shimming mm 4.40; 4.50; 4.60; 4.70; 4.80; 4.85;
4.90; 4.95; 5.00; 5.05; 5.10; 5.15
5.20; 5.25; 5.30; 5.35; 5.40; 5.45;
5.50; 5.55; 5.60; 5.65; 5.70;5.75;
5.80; 5.85; 5.90; 5.95; 6.00; 6.05;
6.10; 6.15; 6.20; 6.30; 6.40; 6.50; 6.60
Crown wheel bearing position shimming 0.15 mm (0.006 in); 0.20 mm (0.008 in); 0.50 mm
(0.020 in)
Differential sun gear and planet gear 0.20 mm (0.0079 in)
backlash
Differential sun gear thrust washer mm 2.70; 2.75; 2.80; 2.85; 2.90;
thickness 2.95; 3.00; 3.05; 3.10; 3.15;
3.20; 3.25; 3.30; 3.35; 3.40;
3.45; 3.50
Differential gear end play (each) 0.20 - 0.45 mm (0.008 - 0.018 in)
NOTE: The driveline oil specification and capacity is described in Consumables Lubrications and Coolants ().
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 3
Powered rear axle - Torque
BVE0627C 1
Rear Axle Cross-Section - Multi-Wet Plate Clutch
BVE0548C 2
Rear Axle Cross-Section - Dog Clutch
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 4
BSE3840C 3
Rear Axle Longitudinal Cross-Sectional View
BVE0599A_49 4
Rear Axle - Transmission Flange
Powered rear axle - Special tools


X 380001116 Transmission lifting eyebolt
380000301 Rotary stand
X 380000249 Universal pinion installer
X 380001144 Crown wheel-differential lifting hook
Universal differential lock pressure test components (available locally)
X 380000237 Rear wheel lifting hook
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 5

380000462 Differential overhaul stand
380000549 Slide hammer
380000403 Rear axle support
380001113 Final drive case, removal and installation tool
380001114 Crown wheel backlash and differential support bearing adjustment tool
BVE0615A 1
Hydraulic Pump Idler Gear Rolling Torque Measurement Tool
BVE0545A 2
Pinion Shaft Position Adjustment Tool
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 6
Powered rear axle - Sealing
BVE0677A 1
Patterns for application of liquid gasket
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 7
Powered rear axle - Sectional view
BSE3840B 1
Rear Axle Longitudinal Cross-Sectional View
1 Pinion shaft 2 Tapered roller bearing

3 Parking brake discs 4 Roller bearing
5 PTO drive shaft 6 PTO clutch
7 Crown wheel 8 Planet gear shafts
9 Planet gears 10 Pinion shaft position adjustment shim
11 Four wheel drive clutch 12 Pinion shaft retaining nut
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 8
BVE0627B 2
Rear Axle Cross-Section - Multi-Wet Plate Clutch
1 Differential output half-shaft 2 Differential Support

3 Sun gears 4 Differential cage
5 Planet gears 6 Differential support
7 Thrust washer 8 Planetary gear bearing spacer
9 Thrust washer 10 Planetary final reduction gears
11 Wheel axle shaft 12 Oil seal
13 Oil seal 14 Planetary carrier
15 Differential output half-shaft 16 Drive discs
17 Driven discs 18 Differential lock control piston
19 Sun gear end play adjuster rings
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 9
BVE0548B 3
Rear Axle Cross-Section - Dog Clutch
1 Dog clutch piston 2 Dog clutch sliding coupler

3 Dog clutch fixed gear 4 Differential cage
5 Planet gears 6 Differential support
7 Thrust washer 8 Planetary gear bearing spacer
9 Thrust washer 10 Planetary final reduction gears
11 Wheel axle shaft 12 Oil seal
13 Oil seal 14 Planetary carrier
15 Differential output half-shaft 16 Sun gears
17 Helix spring
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 10
Powered rear axle - Static description

The rear axle assembly transfers drive from the transmission to the epicyclic final drives through a bevel pinion and
crown wheel coupling. The bevel gears are spiral type and are supported by tapered roller bearings.
The differential is fitted with four planetary gears and a hydraulic differential lock. The differential lock being of a
multi-plate type.
Refer to index for the locations of descriptions and operations of differential lock.
The epicyclic final reduction gear sets are controlled by the bevel pinion and crown wheel output half-shafts, which
also control the brakes.
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 11
Powered rear axle - Drain fluid
WARNING
Avoid direct contact of hot oil with your skin. Hot oil will cause injury.
M929
1. Remove the drain plug (1) and drain oil into a suitable
container.
BSE2927A 1
2. Install the drain plug after the oil has drained.
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 12
Powered rear axle - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the cab - see Cab - Remove (90.150).
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

the separation of the rear axle from the transmission.
hoist and remove the front weights (if fitted).
BSB0181A_20 1
3. Remove the four wheel driveshaft - see Drive shaft

- Remove (Supersteer™ axle) (23.314) or
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 13
4. Detach the brake tubes from the support bracket.
BVE0324A 2
Tractors with 16 x 16 Transmission

5. Disconnect the transmission oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0325A 3
6. Disconnect the oil supply pipes (1) and (2) from the
hydraulic pump.
BVE0326A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 14
7. Disconnect the oil supply pipes from the low pressure

distribution block.
BVE0327A 5
All Tractors
8. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle
and the front support. These prevent articulation of
the front axle.
BVE0410A_25 6
BVE0328A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 15
9. Position the splitting kit (3) 380000569 underneath

the tractor.
10. Use the support (2), in the splitting kit to support the
11. Use the support (1), in the splitting kit to support the
transmission on the wheeled splitting trolley.
12. Check that all necessary hoses tubes and electrical
connectors have been disconnected. It may be nec-
essary to disconnect additional items due to other op-
tional equipment that has been installed on the trac-
tor.
Remove the rear axle from the transmission and en-
gine.
BVE0520A 8
Next operation:
Powered rear axle - Disassemble (27.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 16
Powered rear axle - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Disconnect the transmission from the rear axle, for further information refer to Semi-Powershift transmission - Dis-
connect (21.111)
Remove both final drive housings, for further information refer to Final drive housing - Remove (27.120)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the rear axle sump cover.
BAIL12APH200AVA 1
BVE0618A_366 2
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 17
3. Remove the PTO torque sensor (1) (if fitted).
BVE0330A 3
All Vehicles
4. Remove the PTO torque sensor pick up disc (if fitted).
pick up disc.
BAIL12APH201AVA 4
5. Expand the exposed ends of the retaining ring (1)

and remove the PTO bearing and driveshaft (2).
BAIL12APH202AVA 5
6. Remove the hydraulic pump idler gear locking plate .
BAIL12APH203AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 18
7. Remove the hydraulic pump idler gear retaining bolt

(1), remove the pin and remove the gear, bearings
and the adjustment spacer.
BAIL12APH204AVA 7
8. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the four wheel

drive clutch driveshaft circlip (1).
BAIL12APH205AVA 8
9. Using the slide hammer special tool (1) 380000549

and the locally fabricated adaptor M8 x 1.25 (2), re-
move the transfer clutch driveshaft (3).
NOTE: Using suitablr jack,, support the four wheel drive
clutch assembly.
BVE0340A 9
10. Remove the four wheel drive clutch assembly from

the underneath the rear axle.
BAIL12APH206AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 19
Vehicles with 50 kph Clutch

11.
BAIL12APH207AVA 11
Vehicles with Creeper

12. Remove the creeper status switches and the switch
plungers.
BVE0359A 12
13. Remove the creeper oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0360A 13
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 20
14. Remove the creeper gear selector fork retaining bolt

(1).
BVE0361A 14
15. Remove the creeper shaft and the bearing support

bracket.
BVE0362A 15
16. Loosely install two M8 x 1.25 x 50 bolts (1) to support

the creeper gear.
BVE0363A 16
17. Using suitable circlip pliers, release the creeper shaft

from the casing by expanding the exposed ends of
and at the same time using a slide hammer special
tool (1) 380000549 and a locally fabricated adaptor,
remove the creeper shaft.
BVE0364A 17
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 21
18. Remove the creeper gear retaining bolts (1) and re-
move the creeper gear (2).
BVE0356A_367 18
Vehicles with 50 kph Clutch

19. Unstake the pinion nut.
BAIL12APH208AVA 19
20. Remove the retaining nut.
BAIL12APH209AVA 20
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 22

21. Using suitable snap ring pliers, remove the snap ring
from the pinion shaft (1) and remove the creeper cou-
pler assembly (2) (if fitted).
BVE0366A 21
22. Using a suitable socket and bar (1), remove the

crushed nut.
BVE0368A 22
23. Remove the creeper gear (if fitted).
BVE0369A 23
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 23
All vehicles
24. Remove the left hand differential support and the ad-
justment shims.
BAIL12APH210AVA 24
25. Remove the right hand differential support and re-

move the differential from the rear axle housing.
BAIL12APH211AVA 25
26. Remove the parking brake housing.
BVE0370A 26
27. Using a universal puller (1), partially remove the pin-

ion shaft.
BVE0371A 27
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 24
28. Remove the universal puller and remove the front

bearing (1) from the pinion shaft.
24384 28
29. Remove the pinion shaft and remove the inner parts
through the parking brake housing.
BSE2461A 29
30. Remove the bearing (1) from pinion shaft using a

hydraulic press.
24386 30
31. Remove the retaining clip (1) and remove the pin (2)
from the PTO clutch oil supply cut off valve.
BVE0386A 31
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 25
32. Remove the PTO ground drive selector fork retaining

bolt (1), disengage the PTO ground drive selector
fork from the PTO ground drive sliding coupler (2).
BVE0387A 32
33. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the PTO ground

drive shaft circlip (1).
BVE0388A 33
34. Partially remove the PTO ground drive shaft and re-
move the circlips (1).
BVE0389A 34
35. While supporting the PTO ground drive gear, remove

the PTO ground drive shaft.
BVE0390A 35
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 26
36. Remove the PTO ground drive selector shaft retain-

ing bolts.
BVE0391A 36
37. Remove the PTO ground drive selector shaft and re-
move the selector fork from the rear axle housing.
Remove the detent plunger and spring (1).
BVE0392A 37
38. Remove the internal PTO clutch oil supply cut off
valve (1).
BVE0393A 38
Next operation:
Connect the transmission to the rear axle, for further information refer to Semi-Powershift transmission - Connect
(21.111)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 27
Powered rear axle - Assemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Install the internal PTO clutch oil supply cut off valve
(1).
BVE0393A 1
2. Install the detent plunger and spring (1).

Install the PTO ground drive selector shaft and se-
lector fork into the rear axle housing.
BVE0392B 2
3. Install the PTO ground drive selector shaft retaining

bolts.
BVE0391A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 28
4. Install the PTO ground drive, drive shaft and PTO

ground drive gear into the rear axle housing.
BVE0390A 4
5. Install the PTO ground drive gear and install the cir-
clips (1).
Install the PTO ground drive shaft.
BVE0389B 5
6. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the PTO ground

drive shaft circlip (1).
BVE0388A 6
7. Engage the PTO ground drive selector fork into the

PTO ground drive sliding coupler (2).
Install the PTO ground drive selector fork retaining
bolt (1).
BVE0387A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 29
8. Install the pin (1) and install the retaining clip (2) to
the PTO clutch oil supply cut off valve.
BVE0386A 8
9. Install the bearing onto the pinion shaft.

draulic press.
396 RA-50_368 9

10. Rear Pinion and Crown Wheel Adjustments - see
Bevel gear - Adjust (27.106).
11. Install the creeper coupler assembly (2) and install
the snap ring to the pinion shaft (1) (if fitted).
BVE0366A 10
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 30
12. Position the creeper gear (2).

Loosely install two M8 x 1.25 x 50 bolts (1) to support
the creeper gear (2).
BVE0356A_367 11
13. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the creeper shaft

into the housing by expanding the exposed ends of
and at the same time install the creeper shaft.
BVE0364B 12
14. Remove the creeper gear support bolts.
BVE0363A 13
15. Install the creeper shaft and bearing support bracket.
BVE0362A 14
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 31
16. Install the creeper gear selector fork retaining bolt

(1).
BVE0361A 15
17. Install the creeper oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0360A 16
18. Install the switch plungers and the creeper status

switches.
BVE0359A 17
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 32
Vehicles with 50 KPH Clutch

19. Tighten the nut
BAIL12APH209AVA 18
20. Stake the nut.
BAIL12APH208AVA 19
21. Install the 50 KPH oil supply pipe.
BAIL12APH207AVA 20
All Vehicles
22. Using a suitable jack, install the clutch assembly into
the rear axle housing and support.
BAIL12APH206AVA 21
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 33
23. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the four wheel

drive clutch driveshaft and circlip (1).
BAIL12APH205AVA 22
Hydraulic Pump Idler Gear Bearing Adjustment

24. When installing new bearings it will be necessary to
calculate the thickness of the spacer (4), (refer to
figure 25) to obtain the correct bearing pre-load. The
spacer is available in various thickness of 11.80 - 2.6
mm (0.46 - 0.10 in) in steps of 0.025 mm (0.001 in).
Measure the thickness of each bearing and record
the measurement as (B1) and (B2).
NOTE: If new hydraulic pump idler gear or bearings are
installed this adjustment must be carried out.
BTB0095B 23
25. Install the bearings into the idler gear and measure
dimension (A).
Calculate thickness of spacer as follows.
Shim Thickness = A-(B1+B2) - 0.15 mm (0.006 in)
Example:
B1 = 19.47 mm (0.767 in)
B2 = 19.47 mm (0.767 in)
A = 55.88 mm (2.2 in)
Spacer Thickness
= 55.88-(19.47+19.47)-0.15
= 44.45-31.9-0.15
= 16.79 mm (0.661 in).
BVE0336A 24
26. Install the hydraulic pump idler gear assembly with

the calculated spacer.
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 34
BVE0335A 25
1 Spacer 2 Taper roller bearing

3 Hydraulic pump idler gear 4 Spacer
5 Shim 6 Taper roller bearing
7 Locking tab retaining bolt 8 Washer
9 Locking tab 10 Hydraulic pump idler gear shaft retaining bolt
11 Washer 12 Hydraulic pump idler gear shaft
27. Install the hydraulic pump idler gear retaining bolt

and tighten to the specified torque value.
BVE0334B 26
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 35
28. Install the locally fabricated hydraulic pump idler gear

rolling torque measurement tool (1).
Wrap a piece of cord around the locally fabricated
tool and using a spring balance check if the pull re-
quired to turn the idler gear is 0.8 - 1.4 kg (1.764 -
3.086 lb). If the pull is not within specification, recal-
culate the thickness of the spacer required.
BVE0694A 27
29. Install the hydraulic pump idler gear locking plate (1).
BAIL12APH203AVA 28
30. Install the PTO driveshaft bearing into the housing (2)
by expanding the exposed ends of the retaining ring
(1) into the groove in the housing and at the same
time pushing the PTO driveshaft.
shaft can be installed.
BAIL12APH202AVA 29
31. Install the PTO torque sensor pick up disc (if fitted).
pick up disc.
BAIL12APH201AVA 30
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 36
32. Install the PTO torque sensor (1) (if fitted).
BVE0330A 31
33. Install the four wheel drive clutch inner cover.
BVE0618A_366 32
34. Install the rear axle sump cover.
BAIL12APH200AVA 33
Next operation:
Install both final drive housings, for further information refer to Final drive housing - Install (27.120) .
Install the rear axle to the transmission, for further information refer to Semi-Powershift transmission - Connect
(21.111) .
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 37
Powered rear axle - Install

Prior operation:
Powered rear axle - Assemble (27.100)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

BVE0599A_26 1
Tractors with 16 x 16 Transmission

2. Connect the oil supply pipes to the low pressure dis-
tribution block.
BVE0327A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 38
3. Connect the oil supply pipes (1) and (2) to the hy-
draulic pump.
BVE0326A 3
4. Connect the transmission oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0325A 4
All Tractors
5. Attach the brake tubes to the support bracket.
BVE0324A 5
6. Install the four wheel driveshaft - see Drive shaft -

Install (Supersteer™ axle) (23.314) or
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 39

hoist and install the front weights (if fitted).
BSB0181A_20 6
8. Connect or Install the wiring harness.
Next operation:
Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil - see Consumables Lubrications and Coolants ().
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 40
Index

Powered rear axle - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Powered rear axle - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Powered rear axle - Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Powered rear axle - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Powered rear axle - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Powered rear axle - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Powered rear axle - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Powered rear axle - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Powered rear axle - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Powered rear axle - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Powered rear axle - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 41
47461574 08/11/2012
27.100 / 42
Rear bevel gear set and differential - 106
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Differential lock
Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Bevel gear
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Differential
Disassemble (Multi plate clutch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Assemble (Multi plate clutch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Differential lock
Multi-plate clutch - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
DIAGNOSTIC
Bevel gear
Differential lock
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 2
Rear axle system - Rear bevel gear set and differential
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description
SS09D217 1
A - Trapped oil (Rear differential lock disengaged)
B - Pressure oil (Rear differential lock engaged)
When the differential lock is disengaged, the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not engergised) and the oil
(1) is free to return to the sump. Under these conditions, the clutch piston (2) and the drive and driven discs remain
separated and the differential lock is disengaged. When the differential lock switch is activated, the solenoid valve
opens and directs oil from the low pressure circuit into the clutch piston (3) locking the differential plates (4).
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 3
Differential lock Dog clutch - Dynamic description
SS09D218 1
A - Trapped oil (Rear differential lock disengaged)
B - Pressure oil (Rear differential lock engaged)
When the differential lock is disengaged, the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not engergised) and the oil
(1) is free to return to the sump. Under these conditions, the helix spring (2) Keeps the lock dog clutch teeth apart.
into the drive piston (3), where it creates a pressure greater than the spring (4) force and moves the piston, locking
the differential.
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 4
Bevel gear - Adjust

NOTE: If ground drive PTO option and/or the 17th gear clutch option are pre-assembled into the rear axle housing,
then the rolling torque (Rp) measured from the pinion shaft has to be increased by the rotational torque of the option
installed.
BVE0693A 1
1 Pinion shaft bearing pre-load adjustment shim 2 Pinion shaft position adjustment shim (Sp) -
(Sr) - Adjusts the pre-load on the pinion shaft Adjusts the position of the pinion shaft gear relative
bearings and components. to the crown wheel.
3 Crown wheel backlash and differential support 4 Right hand side differential sun gear adjustment
bearing pre-load adjustment nut - Adjusts the shims - Adjusts the (pre-load) on the differential
(pre-load) on the differential support bearings. gear assembly.
5 Left hand side differential sun gear adjustment 6 Crown wheel backlash adjustment shims - Adjusts
shims. the radial play (backlash) between the crown
wheel and pinion shaft gear.
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 5
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
Determining the thickness of the pinion shaft position adjustment shim

1. Install the pinion shaft rear bearing outer cone (1)
without the pinion shaft position adjustment shim.
Using the locally fabricated pinion shaft position ad-
justment tool (2), hold the tapper roller bearing into
the outer bearing cone (1).
BVE0616A 2
2. Install the left and right hand side differential supports

into the rear axle housing.
Install the special tool 380000249, (1) into the dif-
ferential supports and install the micrometer and the
depth rod.
Move the depth rod to make contact with the tapper
roller bearing and measure the dimension. This mea-
surement is (H1).
BVE0617A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 6
3. Determine the correct nominal dimension (H2) be-

tween the crown wheel centre line and the pinion
shaft larger base as follows:
H2 = H3 +/- C
Where:
H3 = 180 mm (7.1 in)
Nominal manufacturing dimension between the
crown wheel centre line and the rear face of the
pinion shaft gear
C = Manufacturing correction factor (1) stamped on
the face of the pinion shaft gear expressed in mm
and prefixed by a + or -, to be added or subtracted
from the nominal dimension (H3)
1b0o2004061044 4
4. Determine the pinion shaft position adjustment shim

(Sp) as follows:
Sp = H1-H2
Where :
H1 = Depth gauge reading
H2 = Correct nominal dimension between the
crown wheel centre line and the rear face of the
pinion shaft gear
Example
- Depth gauge reading:
H1 = 181.85 mm (7.159 in)
- Nominal dimension between the crown wheel cen-
tre line and the rear face of the pinion shaft gear:
H3 = 180 mm (7.087 in)
- Correction factor: C = -0.18 mm (-0.007 in)
- Correct nominal dimension:
H2 = 180 - 0.18 = 179.82 mm (7.080 in)
- Shim thickness:
Sp = 181.85 - 179.82 = 2.03 mm (0.080 in).
NOTE: If required, increase (Sp) to the nearest available
shim size.
5. Remove the special tool 380000249 and the locally
fabricated pinion shaft position adjustment tool from
the rear axle housing.
6. Remove the left and right hand side differential sup-
ports from the rear axle housing.
7. Install the pinion shaft rear bearing outer cone with
the newly calculated position adjustment shim.
8. Position the inner parts through the parking brake
compartment and install the pinion shaft.
BSE2461A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 7
Determining the thickness of the pinion shaft position adjustment shim

9. Measure the thickness of the test shim(s) to be in-
stalled. This measurement is (St).
NOTE: Install a temporary pinion shaft bearings pre-load
adjustment test shim(s) (item 1, figure 1) to determine the
required pinion shaft bearings pre-load adjustment shim
thickness.
10. Install the front bearing to the pinion shaft.
draulic press.
396 RA-50_368 6
11. Install the creeper gear (if fitted).
BVE0369A 7
12. Install the parking brake housing - see Parking

brake housing - Install (33.110).
BVE0370A 8
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 8

the parking brake.
BVE0367A 9
BVE0368B 10
15. Using a suitable dial gauge (1) and a suitable lever

(2), measure the pinion shaft assembly end-float.
This measurement is (H4).
Determine the pinion shaft pre-load bearing adjust-
ment shim (Sr) as follows:
Sr = (St - H4) - 0.20 mm (0.008 in)
Where:
St = Thickness of the test shim installed to obtain
end-float in the pinion shaft assembly.
H4 = End-float measurement of the pinion shaft
assembly
0.20 mm (0.008 in) = Decrease necessary to
achieve the required bearing pre-load
Example
- Thickness of the test shim: BVE0610A 11
St = 7.8 mm (0.31 in)
- End-float measurement:
H4 = 2.03 mm (0.08 in)
- Decrease necessary to achieve the required bear-
ing pre-load = 0.20 mm (0.008 in)
- Shim thickness:
Sr = (7.8 - 2.03) - 0.20 = 5.6 mm (0.22 in).
NOTE: If required, decrease (Sr) to the nearest available
shim size.
16. Remove the test shim and install the calculated pin-
ion shaft bearings pre-load shim.
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 9

the parking brake.
BVE0367A 12
NOTE: Rotate the pinion shaft while tightening the pinion
shaft retaining nut to seat the bearing rollers.
BVE0368B 13
19. Using a suitable low value torque wrench (1), check

the rotational torque of the pinion shaft assembly.
This measurement is (Rp).
The rotational torque should be 1 - 2 Nm (0.74 - 1.48
lb ft) excluding breakaway torque.
If the values recorded during the adjustment pro-
cedure are outside the specification. Adjust the
thickness of the pinion shaft adjustment shim and
re-check.
NOTE: If ground drive PTO option and/or the 17th gear
clutch option are pre-assembled into the rear axle housing,
then the rolling toque (Rp) measured from the pinion shaft
has to be increased by the rotational torque of the option
installed.
BVE0613A 14
20. Secure the pinion shaft retaining nut in four places.
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 10
21. Install the differential into the rear axle housing.

Install the right hand differential support. Tighten the
BVE0395B 15
Determining the thickness of the crown wheel backlash and differential support bearing
adjustment shims.
22. Using Special tool 380001114 (crown wheel back-
lash and differential support bearing adjustment
tool), (1), loosen the adjustment nut.
BVE0612A 16
23. Install the left hand differential support with a 0.7 mm

(0.028 in) test shim (A). Tighten the retaining bolts to
BVE0394B 17
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 11
24. Using Special Tool 380001114 (crown wheel back-

lash and differential support bearing adjustment
tool), (1), tighten the adjustment nut.
NOTE: Only tighten the adjustment nut until the bearing
free play is removed.
BVE0612A 18
25. Using a suitable dial gauge (1), measure the radial

movement (backlash) between the pinion and crown
wheel perpendicular to the outer edge of a tooth on
the crown wheel (2).
Repeat the measurement in two further positions 120
° apart and calculate the average of the three values.
This measurement is (Gm).
BVE0611A 19
26. Refer to table A (above) for the relationship between

the measured average radial movement (backlash)
(Gm) and the thickness of the adjustment shim(s) to
be added to the test shim (A).
NOTE: If required, decrease (A) to the nearest available
shim size.
Table A
Ratio 9/47
Measured average radial movement Adjustment shim to be added
(backlash) (Gm) to the test shim (A)
0.05 mm (0.0020 in) -0.25 mm (-0.0098 in)
0.10 mm (0.0039 in) -0.19 mm (-0.0075 in)
0.15 mm (0.0059 in) -0.12 mm (-0.0047 in)
0.20 mm (0.0079 in) -0.05 mm (-0.0020 in)
0.25 mm (0.0098 in) 0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
0.30 mm (0.0118 in) 0.08 mm (0.0031 in)
0.35 mm (0.0138 in) 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
0.40 mm (0.0157 in) 0.21 mm (0.0083 in)
0.45 mm (0.0177 in) 0.28 mm (0.0110 in)
0.50 mm (0.0197 in) 0.35 mm (0.0138 in)
0.55 mm (0.0217 in) 0.41 mm (0.0161 in)
0.60 mm (0.0236 in) 0.48 mm (0.0189 in)
0.65 mm (0.0256 in) 0.55 mm (0.0217 in)
0.70 mm (0.0276 in) 0.61 mm (0.0240 in)
0.75 mm (0.0295 in) 0.68 mm (0.0268 in)
0.80 mm (0.0315 in) 0.74 mm (0.0291 in)
0.85 mm (0.0335 in) 0.84 mm (0.0331 in)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 12
0.90 mm (0.0354 in) 0.88 mm (0.0346 in)

0.95 mm (0.0374 in) 0.95 mm (0.0374 in)
1 mm (0.039 in) 1.01 mm (0.040 in)
Example
- Thickness of the test shim: A = 0.7 mm (0.028 in)
- Average measured radial movement (backlash):
Gm = 0.94 mm (0.0370 in)
- Required average radial movement (backlash) = 0.24 mm
(0.0094 in)
- Shim thickness to be added to the 0.7 mm (0.028 in) shim
using table A = 0.88 mm (0.0346 in).
NOTE: If required, decrease (A) to the nearest available
shim size.
NOTE: If required, decrease (Gm) to the nearest measured
average radial movement (backlash).
NOTE: The adjustment shim to be added to the test shim
in table A is calculated using the following formula:
Z = (Gm - 0.24) x 1.33
NOTE: If required, decrease (Z) to the nearest available
calculated axial displacement (backlash) reading.
Where:
Z = The adjustment shim to be added to the test shim
0.24 = required average radial play (backlash)
1.33 = Ratio between the radial movement (backlash) and
the horizontal movement of the differential assembly
27. Install the calculated adjustment shim(s) to be added
to the test shim (A). Tighten the retaining bolts to the
NOTE: Apply liquid gasket to the first adjustment shim be-
fore installing the calculated adjustment shim(s).
BVE0394B 20
28. Using crown wheel backlash and differential support

bearing adjustment tool 380001114 (1), tighten the
adjustment nut while checking the rolling torque at
the pinion shaft.
NOTE: Rotate the differential assembly while tightening the
adjustment nut to seat the bearing rollers on their track.
BVE0612A 21
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 13
29. Using a suitable low value torque wrench (1), check

the total rotational torque of the pinion shaft and the
differential assembly. This measurement is R tot.
The total rotational torque should be within the fol-
lowing range excluding breakaway torque:
R tot = Rp + ( 0.29 - 0.78 Nm)
R tot = Rp + ( 0.214 - 0.575 lb ft)
Where :
Rp = Rotational torque of the pinion shaft assembly
only.
Example
- Rotational torque of the pinion shaft assembly only:
Rp = 1.2 Nm (0.89 lb ft)
- Total rotational torque:
R tot = 1.7 Nm (1.25 lb ft) BVE0613A 22
- The differential assembly only rotational torque =
1.7 - 1.2 = 0.5 Nm (0.369 lb ft).
NOTE: If ground drive PTO option and/or the17th gear
clutch option are pre-assembled into the rear axle hous-
ing, then the rolling toque (Rp) measured from the pinion
shaft has to be increased by the rotational torque of the op-
tion installed.
30. Lock the adjustment nut in position with the locking
ring and tighten the retaining bolts to the specified
torque value.
BVE0395C 23
31. Using a suitable dial gauge (1), measure the radial

movement (backlash) between the pinion and crown
wheel perpendicular to the outer edge of a tooth on
the crown wheel (2).
Repeat the measurement in two further positions 120
° apart and calculate the average of the three values.
This measurement is (Gm).
Gm = 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
If the values recorded during the adjustment proce-
dure are outside the specification, adjust the thick-
ness of the crown wheel backlash adjustment shims
and re-check.
BVE0611A 24
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 14
Differential - Disassemble (Multi plate clutch)

Prior operation:
Remove the differential as described in Powered rear axle - Disassemble (27.100).
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the multi-wet plate clutch cover (1) from the

differential cage.
BVE0378A 1
2. Remove the multi-wet plate clutch drive and driven

discs from the differential cage.
BVE0379A 2
3. Remove the thrust washer / shim (1) from the differ-

ential cage.
BVE0497A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 15
4. Remove the sun gear (1) from the differential cage.
BVE0380A 4
5. Remove the crown wheel from the differential cage

using a suitable soft faced hammer.
BVE0381A 5
6. Remove the piston from the differential cage.
BVE0382A 6
7. Remove the grub screw from the differential cage.
BVE0383A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 16
8. Remove the planet gear shaft locking pin from the

differential cage.
BVE0384A 8
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 17
9. Disassemble the differential cage assembly.
BVE0385A 9
1 Thrust washer 2 Planet gear

3 Planet gear shaft 4 Sun gear
5 Thrust washer / shim 6 Differential cage
NOTE: It is advisable to keep the planet gear shafts and planet gears matched as they are removed.
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble (Multi plate clutch) (27.106)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 18
Differential - Assemble (Multi plate clutch)

Prior operation:
Differential - Disassemble (Multi plate clutch) (27.106)
WARNING
B026
1. The end float required between the sun gear and

planet gears is 0.20 - 0.45 mm (0.0079 - 0.0177 in).
2. Install a test thrust washer / shim (S1).
3. Assemble the differential cage assembly as de-
scribed in step 9 Differential - Disassemble (Multi
plate clutch) (27.106).
4. Using a depth gauge, take two measurements 180 °
apart, between the sun gear and the differential cage.
Calculate the average of the two measurements.
BVE0493A 1
5. Raise the sun gear so it comes into contact with the

differential cage. Using a depth gauge, take two
measurements 180 ° apart, between the sun gear
and the differential cage. Calculate the average of
the two measurements.
BVE0494A 2
6. Remove the test thrust washer/shim and measure

the thickness.
This measurement is (S1).
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 19
7. Determine the thickness of the thrust washer / shim

to be installed as follows:
Thrust washer/shim = (H1-H2) + S1 - 0.30 mm
Where:
0.30 mm = the average calculation of 0.20 - 0.45 mm
(0.0079 - 0.0177 in) rounded down to the nearest
available shim size.
Example:
H1 = Average sun gear measurement using the
depth gauge = 75.35 mm.
H2 = Average lifted sun gear measurement using the
depth gauge = 74.80 mm.
S1 = Test thrust washer / shim = 2.70 mm.
0.30 mm = Specified sun gear end play.
75.35 - 74.80 = 0.55
0.55 + 2.70 = 3.25
3.25 - 0.30 = 2.95
2.95 = Thrust washer/shim.
8. Assemble the differential cage assembly as de-
scribed in step 9 Differential - Disassemble (Multi
plate clutch) (27.106).
9. Install the planet gear shaft locking pin.
BVE0384B 3
10. Install the grub screw to the differential cage.

NOTE: Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the grub screw.
BVE0383A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 20
11. Install the piston to the differential cage.
BVE0382A 5
12. Install the ring gear from the differential cage.

13. The end float required between the sun gear and
planet gears is 0.20 - 0.45 mm (0.0079 - 0.0177 in).
14. Install the sun gear (1) to the differential cage.
BVE0380A 6
15. Install a test thrust washer / shim (S1).
BVE0497A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 21
16. Install the multi-wet plate clutch cover (1) to the dif-
ferential cage. Tighten to the specified torque value.
BVE0378B 8
17. Using a depth gauge, take two measurements 180 °

apart, between the sun gear and the differential cage.
Calculate the average of the two measurements.
BVE0495A 9
18. Lift up the sun gear so it comes into contact with

the differential cage. Using a depth gauge, take two
measurements 180 ° apart, between the sun gear
and the differential cage. Calculate the average of
the two measurements.
BVE0496A 10
19. Remove the multi-wet plated clutch cover (1) from

the differential cage.
BVE0378A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 22
20. Remove the test thrust washer / shim (1) and mea-
sure the thickness.
This measurement is (S1).
BVE0497A 12
21. Determine the thickness of the thrust washer / shim

to be installed as follows:
Thrust washer/shim = (H1-H2) + S1 - 0.30 mm
Where:
0.30 mm = the average calculation of 0.20 - 0.45 mm
(0.0079 - 0.0177 in) rounded down to the nearest
available shim size.
22. Install the new calculated thrust washer / shim (1).
BVE0497A 13
23. Install the clutch drive and driven discs from the dif-
ferential cage.
BVE0379A 14
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 23
24. Install the multi-wet plated clutch cover (1) to the dif-
ferential cage. Tighten to the specified torque value.
BVE0378B 15
Next operation:
Install the differential as described in Powered rear axle - Assemble (27.100).
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 24
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Measure
WARNING
B026
With the crown wheel / differential assembly on the bench,

proceed as follows:
Using suitable feeler gauges, check the clearence between
the multi-wet plate clutch drive and driven discs. If the
clearence is not between 1.35 - 3.1 mm (0.053 - 0.122 in),
replace the multi-wet plate clutch drive and driven discs.
BVE0498A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 25
Bevel gear - Troubleshooting

Noisy rear axle when the Pinion and/or crown wheel bearing misad- Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
tractor is moving, and justment ion and crown wheel bearings correctly
also with transmission in
neutral (not originating
from final drives)
Worn or incorrectly adjusted sun and plan- Remove rear axle housing, replace worn
etary gears parts and adjust the differential gear back-
lash
Excess differential side gears to half-shaft Remove rear axle housing and replace
spline backlash damaged parts
Noisy rear axle with Excess bevel pinion to crown wheel back- Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
tractor under load and lash ion and crown wheel bearings correctly
upon release
Faulty or defective inner component Remove rear axle housing, replace worn
parts and adjust differential gear backlash
correctly
Noisy rear axle and Insufficient pinion and/or crown wheel Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
over-heating bearing backlash ion and crown wheel bearings correctly
Insufficient bevel pinion to crown wheel Remove rear axle housing and adjust
tooth backlash crown wheel bearings correctly
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 26
Differential lock - Troubleshooting

Differential lock not Low rear axle oil level Top up to the correct oil level
engaging
Blocked oil filter Replace the oil filter
Faulty hydraulic pump Overhaul or replace pump
Faulty differential lock switch Replace the differential lock switch
Power supply not reaching solenoid valve: Restore electrical connection and replace
detached or damaged electrical connec- faulty parts. Overhaul or replace solenoid
tors, faulty remote switch valve
Differential lock control solenoid valve Overhaul or replace solenoid valve
stuck on discharge
Oil leaks through the seals with consequent Replace faulty seals
pressure drop: cylinder piston oil supply
line seals
Differential lock not Faulty differential lock-unlock switch Replace switch
disengaging
Power supply not reaching solenoid valve: Repair electrical connection and replace
detached or damaged connectors, faulty faulty parts
remote switch
Differential lock control solenoid valve Overhaul or replace solenoid valve
stuck on delivery
Oil leaks through the seals with consequent Replace faulty seals
pressure drop: cylinder piston or supply
line seals
With differential lock Faulty differential lock switch (connected to
Replace the differential lock switch
engaged and control the Fast Raise switch)
switch on automatic
mode, the differential lock
does not disengage when
raising lift arms using the
Fast Raise switch
With differential lock Faulty differential lock switch (connected Replace the differential lock switch
engaged, the differential to the brake pressure switches/foot pedal
lock does not disengage switches)
when brake pedals are
pressed
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 27
Index

Bevel gear - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Bevel gear - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Differential - Assemble (Multi plate clutch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Differential - Disassemble (Multi plate clutch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Differential lock - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Differential lock Dog clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
47461574 08/11/2012
27.106 / 28
Planetary and final drives - 120
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Planetary final drive

SERVICE

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Disassemble (planet carrier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assemble ( planet carrier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Final drive housing
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Driving wheel shaft
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
DIAGNOSTIC

47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 2
Rear axle system - Planetary and final drives
Planetary final drive - General specification

Type Epicyclic, with planetary spur
gears
Reduction ratios:
Light version 1:6
Heavy version 1:6.75
Thickness of planetary gear thrust washers 1 mm (0.0394 in)
Thickness of planetary gear roller bearing spacer:

Light version 3.95 - 4.00 mm (0.1555 - 0.1575 in)
Heavy version 10.95 - 11.00 mm (0.4311 - 0.4331 in)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 3
Planetary final drive - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Final drive housing - Remove (27.120)
WARNING
B026
1. Position the final drive case (1) on a rotary stand.
24608 1
2. If necessary, remove the locking plate (1) by slightly

turning it
24609 2
3. Loosen the screw attaching the planetary carrier (1)

to the drive shaft.
24610 3
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 4
4. Slide out the planetary carrier (1).
24611 4
5. Recover the thrust washer (1).
24612 5
6. Using a suitable puller, remove the drive shaft (1).
1b0o2004061045 6
7. Remove the seal (1) and recover the bearing inner

cup from the wheel side.
24614 7
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 5
8. Using an expansion puller and a slide hammer, re-

move the bearing outer cup from the wheel side.
1b0o2004061046 8
9. Using an expansion puller and a slide hammer, re-

move the bearing outer cup (1) from the final drive
side.
24616 9
10. Remove the seal (1).
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
24617 10
Next operation:
Planetary final drive - Assemble (27.120)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 6
Planetary final drive - Assemble

Prior operation:
Planetary final drive - Disassemble (27.120)
1. The reassembly follows the disassembly procedure

in reverse, from step 10 back to step 1 - see Plane-
tary final drive - Disassemble (27.120).
Install the outer bearing cups and seals on the hous-
ing using suitable drifts.
2. Disassemble the final drive reducer - see Planetary
final drive - Disassemble (planet carrier) (27.120).
Next operation:
After installing all components on the final drive case, adjust the drive wheel taper bearings - see Driving wheel shaft
- Adjust (27.120).
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 7
Planetary final drive - Disassemble (planet carrier)

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Planetary final drive - Assemble (27.120)
1. Remove retaining ring (1).

Slide out the pivot pins and recover the gears com-
plete with the needle bearings. Remove the thrust
washer.
1b0o2004061047 1
Next operation:
Planetary final drive - Assemble ( planet carrier) (27.120)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 8
Planetary final drive - Assemble ( planet carrier)

Prior operation:
Planetary final drive - Disassemble (planet carrier) (27.120)
1. Insert the thrust washer first on the driven gear

holder.
The reassembly follows the disassembly procedure
in reverse.
2. Install the retaining ring (1).
1b0o2004061047 1
Next operation:
Driving wheel shaft - Adjust (27.120)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 9
Final drive housing - Remove

Prior operation:
WARNING
B012
1. Remove the drain plug (1) and drain oil into a suitable
container.
Install the drain plug after the oil has drained (1).
BSE2927A 1
2. Jack up the tractor and place a stationary stand un-

der the rear axle housing.
Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear wheel to
a hoist and remove the rear wheel.
BTB0282A_370 2
3. Remove the cab support from the final drive case.
BVE0345A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 10
4. Remove the damper/spring (1) (if fitted).
BVE0346A 4
5. Disconnect the lift arm potentiometer link.
BVE0347A 5
6. Disconnect the assistor ram oil supply pipe (1). Re-

move the circlip (2). Remove the lift assistor ram
lower retaining bracket nuts (3) and remove the lift
assistor ram.
BVE0348A 6
7. Install Special tool 380001113 and connect it to a

hoist. Remove the final drive case to rear axle hous-
ing retaining nuts and remove the final drive assem-
bly together with the half-shaft.
BVE0349A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 11
8. Remove the outer ring gear (1), steel plate (2) and
friction disc (3).
BVE0350A 8
Next operation:
Planetary final drive - Disassemble (27.120)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 12
Final drive housing - Install

Prior operation:
Driving wheel shaft - Adjust (27.120)
WARNING
B012
1. Install the friction disc (3), steel plate (2) and the outer
ring gear (1).
BVE0350A 1
2. Install Special tool 380001113 and install the final

drive assembly together with the half-shaft.
BVE0349A 2
3. Install the lift assistor ram, lower retaining bracket

and the retaining nuts. Tighten the retaining nuts to
the specified torque value. Install the circlip (2) and
connect the lift assistor ram oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0488B 3
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 13
4. Connect the lift arm potentiometer link (1).
BVE0347A 4
5. Install the damper/spring (1) (if fitted).
BVE0346A 5
6. Install the cab support onto the final drive case.
BVE0345A 6
7. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear wheel to

a hoist and install the rear wheel.
Jack up the tractor and remove the stationary stand
from under the rear axle housing.
For the tighten torque - see Rear wheel - Torque
(44.520).
BTB0282A_370 7
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 14
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 15
Driving wheel shaft - Adjust

Prior operation:
Planetary final drive - Assemble ( planet carrier) (27.120)
1. Drive wheel taper bearing adjustment

Tighten the axle shaft screw to 196 Nm (144.6 lb ft)
while turning the shaft to settle the assembly.
24610 1
2. Loosen the axle shaft screw then tighten it again to

88 Nm (64.9 lb ft) while turning the shaft to settle the
bearings properly.
3. Insert the safety plate and lock it screwing in or out
the screw until reaching the next notch.
NOTE: Screw in or out to a maximal angular variation of 15
°.
4. Turn the shaft by hand and check if it turns freely,
with no end float, nor excess resistance.
Using the grease nipple, fill the inner recess with
grease NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD (several
grease gun strokes are needed).
NOTE: If a plug is fitted instead of the grease nipple, re-
move plug and replace with a grease nipple.
TI-72 2
Next operation:
Final drive housing - Install (27.120)
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 16
Planetary final drive - Troubleshooting

Noisy final drives when Wheel axle shaft bearing incorrectly ad- Remove final drive case and adjust bear-
the tractor is moving and justed ings
also with transmission in
neutral
Faulty or defective internal component. Remove final drive case and replace dam-
aged parts.
Excess wheel axle shaft to final drive spline Remove final drive case and replace dam-
backlash aged parts.
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 17
Index

Driving wheel shaft - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Final drive housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Final drive housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Planetary final drive - Assemble ( planet carrier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Planetary final drive - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Planetary final drive - Disassemble (planet carrier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Planetary final drive - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Planetary final drive - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Planetary final drive - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 18
47461574 08/11/2012
27.120 / 19
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Power Take-Off (PTO)
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
31
Contents
Power Take-Off (PTO) - 31
Rear electrohydraulic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.104

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.114

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.116

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.142

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Front Power Take-Off (PTO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.146

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
31
Rear electrohydraulic control - 104
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Rear electrohydraulic control

DIAGNOSTIC
Rear electrohydraulic control

47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Rear electrohydraulic control
Rear electrohydraulic control - Static description

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Three types of rear PTO system are available, dependent upon vehicle model and country of destination.
a)Two-speed PTO (North America only) with inter-changeable output shafts.
b)Three-speed, shiftable PTO with 540E option (except North America) with inter-changeable output shafts and the
option of fender-mounted switches for stationary PTO work.
c)Three-speed, shiftable PTO with 1000E option (except North America) with inter-changeable output shafts and the
option of fender-mounted switches for stationary PTO work.
The 1000 speed PTO ratio has been changed . This is to match the power curve of the tier 4 tractors where maximum
power is now between 1800 and 1900 rpm. This brings two important benefits.
Lower fuel consumption since the engine is more efficient speed.
Lower noise because of the reduced engine speed.
The 540/1000/1000E speed PTO has been introduced as a new option. 540 or 1000 speed implements with lower
power requirements can be operated at reduced engine revs with the Eco speeds whilst the 1000 speed standard
selection can be used for higher power implements.
The selection of the three speed PTO is available in cab (via a mechanical cable).
The handle inside the cab incorporates a duplicate brake release button. This means the brake release can be oper-
ated at the same time as moving the handle to ease the shift..
A ground drive option on all models allows the PTO to be driven by the wheels. Selectable speeds with this option
are 540/540E/1000.
A lever situated to the operator’s right side disconnects drive from the engine and engages the ground drive system.
Simple service of all major components from the rear of the tractor.
Ergonomic controls simplify the operation of PTO driven machinery and increase productivity.
This PTO is available with APUH, Tow Hooks, roller drawbar or the non-NA swinging drawbar.
The fully independent PTO system features a durable multi plate wet clutch pack that is mounted at the rear of the
tractor. A speed sensor, fitted to all models, displays actual PTO speed on instrument clusters fitted with digital dis-
plays.
For tractors fitted with analogue instrument clusters, the speed sensor activates the PTO over-speed alarm.
Two shafts can be installed into the rear of the tractor, 6 or 21 spline, 35mm (1⅜”) in diameter.
To change shafts a retaining circlip is removed, the shafts swapped, and the circlip replaced.
Splines can be cleaned and maintained off the tractor.
For tractors equipped with a NA swinging drawbar the PTO speed is automatically selected by one reversible shaft (
one side 6 spline,other side 21 spline )
Auto-PTO. The Auto PTO function, when selected, provides automatic engagement & disengagement of the rear PTO
when using the three point linkage. Raising the 3 point linkage to a certain level will stop PTO rotation & lowering the
linkage will restart the rotation. The stop/start position is adjustable and will be stored by the system.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 3
The PTO switch (1) is located on the RH armrest console and engagement is achieved by lifting the collar (3) whilst
pressing on the top. A light above the switch (2) will illuminate to alert the operator. Simply depress the control knob
to disengage the PTO.
.
The PTO is automatically disengaged if the engine is stopped.
BRL6111C 1
NOTE: In markets where the PTO speed selection is provided using an interchangeable PTO output shaft, there are
no levers in the cab.
WARNING
Moving parts!
Disengage the Power Take-Off (PTO), turn off the engine, and remove the key. Wait for all movement
to stop before leaving the operator's position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean, or unplug machine with
the engine running.
W0112A
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 4
When engaging the PTO the movement should be decisive in its application. Hesitance or incorrect operation may
cause the PTO to "Time Out". Should this occur a non critical alarm will sound for 4 seconds and the PTO will
become inoperable for 10 seconds. During the 10 seconds "Timed Out" period the display will show a timed out
symbol. When the timed out period is complete the symbol will disappear from the display and normal operation of
the PTO is re-enabled.
BRI4172A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 5
PTO Anti Stall

PTO anti-stall feature. If when operating with high inertia equipment the PTO is engaged at too low an engine speed,
an Anti Stall feature will automatically disable the PTO start up and a symbol will appear in the cluster.
The system will be disabled until the PTO control is returned to the Off position at which time the Anti Stall symbol will
be extinguished. Re-engage the PTO at a higher engine speed.
BRJ4938A 3
The PTO brake is automatically engaged when the PTO is disengaged. This brake can be released by holding down
a separate switch. The brake will re-engage when the switch is released.
BRL6438B 4
NOTICE: An automatic PTO brake is installed to stop shaft rotation quickly when the PTO is disengaged. To avoid
overstressing the PTO brake, slow down the implement by reducing engine speed before disengaging the PTO. This
is particularly important with implements having a high inertia. Such implements should, ideally, be fitted with an
overrun clutch. To avoid damage to the brake when operating high inertia implements, hold down the switch (1), to
disengage the brake and allow the implement to come to rest naturally.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 6
PTO Speed Changes

Three speed shiftable PTO system allows in the seat changes of PTO speed. shaft speeds. Speed changes should
be made with the PTO disengaged. The handle inside the cab incorporates a duplicate brake release button. This
means the brake release can be operated at the same time as moving the handle to ease the shift.
With the tractor stationary and the PTO control knob in the disengaged position, select the required speed by means
of the range lever. Depress the button (1) lift the spring loaded collar (2) and move the lever to engage the required
PTO speed.
Depressing button (1) automatically releases the PTO brake providing a smoother engagement of the PTO ratio.
BRL6281B 5
NOTICE: Attempting to shift between speeds or from neutral to a speed position while the PTO is engaged will disable
the system. Disconnect the PTO drive by moving the switch to neutral then re-select the required PTO speed.
WARNING
Machine damage can cause accidents!
Always use the recommended Power Take-Off (PTO) speed for the implement. Consult the implement
operator’s manual for the correct speed.
W0335A
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 7
Groundspeed PTO (where fitted)

An option of groundspeed PTO is available in conjunction with 3 speed PTO on all models. A lever situated to the
operator’s right side disconnects drive from the engine and engages the ground drive system. The PTO speed is
directly related to the rotation of the rear wheels rather than engine speed. When ground drive PTO is installed a
second lever (2) is provided. Three ground speed ranges are provided, selected by means of the PTO range lever
(1).
BRL6495B 6
PTO revolutions per wheel revolution for all transmissions.
Output PTO shaft Anticlockwise (viewed from front)

Selected P.T.O. 540 RPM 9.934 output shaft rotation /1 wheel turn
Heavy duty axle Selected P.T.O. 1000 RPM 17.089 output shaft rotation /1 wheel turn
Selected P.T.O. 540E RPM 12.652 output shaft rotation /1 wheel turn
Method of operation Manual lever selection: P.T.O. or Ground P.T.O.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 8
Auto PTO
Auto-PTO. The Auto PTO function, when selected, provides automatic engagement & disengagement of the rear PTO
when using the three point linkage. Raising the 3 point linkage to a certain level will stop PTO rotation & lowering
the linkage will restart the rotation..The stop/start position or height at which this occurs is adjustable and can be
pre-programmed by the operator and will be stored by the system..
This facility provides an automatic starting and stopping of the PTO in relation to the raising or lowering of the lift arms.
To activate the Auto function, engage the PTO as previously described and then depress and hold the switch (1), for
more than one second. The Auto PTO lamp on the switch will illuminate to confirm activation. With the 3 point hitch in
the lowered position and the PTO engaged, the Auto lamp will remain on. Raising the implement will disconnect PTO
drive and cause both PTO and Auto lamps to flash. Lowering the implement will re-engage PTO drive, both lamps
will cease to flash and will remain illuminated. Depressing the Auto PTO switch again will de-activate the function and
the Auto lamp will extinguish.
NOTICE: If the PTO is operating when the Auto function is de-activated, the PTO will continue to rotate until switched
off using the main PTO control.
NOTE: The Auto PTO function is de-activated every time the key start is switched off but the current programmed
on/off values will be stored in the memory.
BRL6146B 7
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Observe ALL precautions listed below when operating Power Take-Off (PTO) driven equipment.
W0435A
To configure the Auto PTO refer to Electronic module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options
(55.640)
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 9
PTO Soft Start.

The `soft start' facility provides easy start up of heavy, high inertia, PTO driven equipment. Soft start is a fully automatic
system controlled by hall effect speed sensors on the engine and within the PTO driveline.
Soft start `feathers' the PTO clutch engagement to provide a slower, gradual take up of the drive over the first 5
seconds.
BVE0547A 8
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management).
A PTO under load B PTO without load

1 Engine flywheel torque sensor 2 PTO torque sensor
3 PTO clutch 4 PTO torque sensor tone wheel
5 PTO input shaft 6 Engine flywheel damper
The PTO power management system records the amount of torque being transmitted through the PTO shaft (5) using
two hall effect sensors (1) and (2). One hall effect sensor is located at the engine flywheel damper (6) and the other
is located at the PTO torque sensor tone wheel (4).
The PTO shaft is engineered from high torsional steel and is designed to twist when a load is applied. Under no load
(B) there is no difference (x) between the two sensor positions. Under load (A) the PTO management system detects
the amount of twist by comparing the difference (x) between the two sensor positions. The PTO management system
knows the torque required to twist the PTO shaft a given amount and uses the difference (x) to calculate the torque
produced at the PTO shaft. The PTO management system can then detect an increase in torque and electronically
modify the power curves of the engine management system to provide an increase of up to 25 additional horsepower
to maintain the PTO performance.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 10
EXTERNAL PTO CONTROLS (Where Fitted).

An optional, fender-mounted PTO switch (1), may be installed on the outer surface of both rear fenders to aid align-
ment of the PTO shaft splines with equipment and facilitate stationary PTO operations.
With the engine running, touch the switch momentarily to cause the PTO shaft to index round to align the shaft splines.
If the switch is pressed for less than 5 seconds, the shaft will stop turning when the switch is released.
Press and hold in the switch for more than 5 seconds and the PTO will operate continuously. Press the switch again
to stop the PTO. Alternatively, the PTO may be stopped by means of the in-cab controls, as previously described.
If the PTO is shaft is already turning then pressing either PTO switch will stop the PTO immediately.
NOTE: The warning light, on the armrest, will illuminate when the PTO is engaged, momentarily or permanently.
NOTE: The PTO may be engaged or disengaged from the fender switch, whether the in-cab control is in the on or off
position.
NOTE: Simultaneous operation, within two seconds, of in-cab and external PTO controls will result in an error code
showing. A 10 second delay will also occur before PTO control operation will recommence.
BRL6137B 9
The operator must only activate the external PTO switches (1) while standing to the side of the vehicle (outboard of
the rear tyres). To avoid damage to implement or vehicle, operation of the in-cab and external PTO switches should
not be carried out simultaneously.
WARNING
Entanglement hazard!
Before operating stationary Power Take-Off (PTO) equipment, do the following: apply the parking
brake, place all controls in the neutral position, and block all four wheels.
W0336A
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 11
NOTE: Before using the external PTO switches, make sure that no person or object is in the area of the implement,
3-point linkage or PTO shaft.
Never operate the external switches while standing:
- Directly behind the tractor or tyres.
- Between the lower links.
- On or near the implement.
- Never extend arms, legs, any part of the body or any object into the area near the 3-point linkage, PTO shaft or
implement while operating the external switch.
- Never have an assistant working the opposite set of controls.
- When moving to the opposite set of controls, move around the vehicle or implement.
- Do not cross between the implement and the vehicle.
BRE1727B 10
(Where Fitted).
Rear PTO Overspeed indicator. The speed of the rear PTO is checked every 2 seconds after starting. If the PTO
shaft speed is greater than the selected speed by 17.5 % the lamp will flash to indicate over speed. The flashing
will last 5 seconds after which the lamp will go back to steady state whether the PTO speed has reduced or not.
With CVT vehicles the ERPM is restricted depending upon which ratio is selected so that overspeed cannot occur For
1000E PTO the engine speed is limited to 1850 RPM.
Seat switch warning. If the operator attempts to leave the cab whilst the PTO is operational, an audible alarm is
activated and a warning is displayed on the cluster. No interlocks are activated and the PTO remains operational.
WARNING
Entanglement hazard!
Before attaching or detaching equipment or changing the Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft: 1) Apply the
parking brake. 2) Move all controls to neutral and PTO control knob to the disengaged position. 3)
Stop the engine and remove the key. 4) Wait for the PTO shaft to stop turning before leaving the cab.
W0323A
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 12
The rear PTO is controlled by the Central Controller - (U1) located behind the seat.
SS08K142 11
The processor receives input from the PTO ON/OFF switches, (in-cab and fender), PTO speed sensor, brake, soft
start and engine controller. These signals are then used to provide the output signals to the PTO clutch engagement
solenoid, PTO brake solenoid and the PTO ON/OFF overspeed warning lamp.
If the correct conditions are met, i.e., speed parameters and switch engagements then the PTO is allowed to start.
The PTO speed sensor is located below the PTO output shaft.
BAIL07APH545AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 13
Power Management System

. The engines are equipped with a power management system that monitors and boosts engine power when using
the PTO under certain load conditions or using the vehicle in high road gears providing certain criteria are met. As
load on the engine increases the engine power management will provide up to 35 additional horsepower to maintain
vehicle performance by electronically changing the characteristics of the engine power curve which is programmed
into the vehicle and engine control modules.
The indicator light on the instrument panel will illuminate when power management is activated during PTO Opera-
tions.
BAIL07CCM274ASA 13
PTO Brake
The PTO brake and engagement solenoid are housed in the low pressure distribution block on top of the rear axle.
When the PTO is not in use the PTO brake solenoid is energised and the PTO engagement solenoid is de-energised.
SS11M186 14
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 14
Rear electrohydraulic control - Dynamic description
BSD2310A 1
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH-DISENGAGED
Lubrication Circuit Oil Return to Reservoir
Lubrication Oil
@ Reduced Flow
1 Clutch Plates 2 Washer

3 Piston 4 Lubrication Valve
5 PTO Output Shaft 6 Bellville Springs
PTO Engaged (initial engagement)

Engagement of the PTO is considered as a two phase operation.
When the PTO is operated the engagement solenoid is energised and the brake solenoid disengaged.
Low pressure hydraulic circuit oil flows from the solenoid and past the end of the lubrication valve to the rear of the
clutch piston. As pressure increases the PTO clutch piston moves forward against the washer (2) and bellville springs
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 15
(6) to compress the clutch plates (1). The action of the piston moving forward increases the gap between the rear
of the washer and the clutch piston housing allowing an increased flow of lubricating oil to the clutch plates. This
increased flow of up to 15 l/min (3.96 US gpm) makes sure that the clutch plates are adequately lubricated during
the initial stages of engagement.
PTO Soft Start

The automatic PTO clutch softstart system ensures the load applied to the PTO is controlled in a predictable manner
without putting undue stresses on the tractor engine, the PTO shaft and the connecting implement. The soft start
feedback system senses engine deceleration and PTO shaft acceleration. Limits for these two parameters are set
in the XCM central controller and if the system detects that either parameter is going above the set threshold limits,
the rise in PTO clutch pressure is held until they return within the preset limit at which time the clutch pressure again
increases to continue engaging the PTO. If the soft start parameters are again exceeded the pressure held process
is repeated until full engagement is achieved. If engagement is not achieved after 5 seconds the clutch pressure is
released and the PTO system is turned off.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 16
BSD2310B 2
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH-INITIAL ENGAGEMENT
Low Pressure Clutch Lubrication Oil

Engagement Oil < 14 bar @ High Flow
(203.00 psi)

47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 17
BSD2310C 3
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH-FINAL ENGAGEMENT
Low Pressure Clutch Lubrication Oil at Low Flow

Engagement Oil > 14 bar
(203.00 psi)
Lubrication Circuit Oil

PTO Engaged (final engagement)

When the pressure applied to the piston approaches 14 bar (203.00 psi) the pressure applied to the end face of the
lubrication valve moves the valve against the spring and reduces the flow of lubricating oil across the valve to the
clutch plates to 2 - 3 l/min (0.53 - 0.79 US gpm).
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 18
Less lubrication of the clutch plates is necessary after the initial stage of engagement and this process limits the
demand of the PTO on the lubrication circuit oil which is also used for other circuits on the tractor. The pressure
applied to the rear of the piston will now continue to increases towards 26 bar (377.00 psi) in order to maintain
adequate clutch plate clamping pressure and drive through the clutch to the PTO output shaft.
BSE2359A 4
Low Pressure Circuit Oil
PTO CLUTCH BRAKE

The band type clutch brake operates automatically. It applies when the PTO clutch is being disengaged (braking start)
and stops braking when the clutch is completely engaged.
When working with high inertia implements it is possible to keep the brake disengaged by pressing the switch located
on the right hand console near the PTO control handle. When the PTO clutch is engaged, the brake control oil is
returned to reservoir as the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (de-energised) and consequently there is no
operation of the actuation piston (5) onto the band operating lever (2), the piston (5) being returned by the spring (4).
When the PTO control clutch is being disengaged, the solenoid valve is energised and opens, diverting oil from the
low pressure circuit onto the piston (5). The piston contacts the lever (3) and band (2) is tightened against the housing
(1) to brake the assembly.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 19
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management)
BVE0547A 5
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management)
A. PTO under load B. PTO without load

1. Engine flywheel torque sensor 2. PTO torque sensor
3. PTO clutch 4. PTO torque sensor tone wheel
5. PTO input shaft 6. Engine flywheel damper
The PTO power management system records the amount of torque being transmitted through the PTO shaft (5) using
two hall effect sensors (1) and (2). One hall effect sensor is located at the engine flywheel damper (6) and the other
is located at the PTO torque sensor tone wheel (4).
The PTO shaft is engineered from high torsional steel and is designed to twist when a load is applied. Under no load
(B) there is no difference (x) between the two sensor positions. Under load (A) the PTO management system detects
the amount of twist by comparing the difference (x) between the two sensor positions. The PTO management system
knows the torque required to twist the PTO shaft a given amount and uses the difference (x) to calculate the torque
produced at the PTO shaft. The PTO management system can then detect an increase in torque and electronically
modify the power curves of the engine management system to provide an increase of up to 25 additional horsepower
to maintain the PTO performance.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 20
Rear electrohydraulic control - Troubleshooting

NOTE: The table below details some possible mechanical/hydraulic faults. The controller will also generate error
codes related to the PTO system. The error codes are prefixed with the number (5) and displayed on the instrument
cluster. (Refer to Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640)
The PTO does not operate Low transmission oil level. Reset correct level.
Blocked oil filter. Replace filter. - Refer to Oil filters - Re-
place (35.300)
Faulty hydraulic pump. Repair or replace pump. - Refer to Pump -
Overhaul (35.106)
Faulty PTO engagement switch Replace switch.
Lack of power supply to the solenoid valve: Reset electrical connections and replace
detached or damaged connectors, faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
PTO control solenoid valve stuck open. Repair or replace solenoid valve.
Oil leakage through the seals with conse- Replace damaged seals.
quent pressure drop: manifold or control
plunger seals
The PTO remains Faulty PTO engagement switch. Replace switch.
engaged.
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
PTO control valve stuck open Repair or replace solenoid valve.
The PTO control clutch Faulty brake engagement switch Replace switch.
drags.
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
Brake control valve stuck closed. Repair or replace solenoid valve.
Worn PTO brake Replace brake. Refer to Three-speed rear
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Disassemble
(31.116).
Difficult to engage ground Tractor is not stationary. Apply parking brake and foot brake pedals
speed PTO before selecting ground speed PTO.
Incorrect selector cable adjustment. Adjust the selector cable.
Damaged selector cable. Replace the selector cable.
Selector shaft lever spring broken. Replace the selector shaft lever spring.
Worn selector fork. Replace the selector fork.
Worn sliding engagement coupler. Replace the sliding engagement coupler.
Sliding engagement coupler is a tight fit on Clean the splines or replace the shaft and
the shaft splines. the sliding engagement coupler.
Engagement teeth worn on the ground Replace the ground speed PTO driveshaft.
speed PTO driveshaft.
Shift rail seized in the axle housing. Remove the shift rail and repair or replace
as necessary.
Rear PTO output shaft rotating.. PTO brake not being applied, repair or re-
place as necessary
PTO clutch oil supply cut off valve. Replace PTO clutch oil supply cut off valve.
Ground speed PTO will Incorrect selector cable adjustment. Adjust the selector cable.
not remain in the engaged
position
Selector shaft lever spring broken. Replace the selector shaft lever spring.
Sliding engagement coupler loose on the Replace the sliding engagement coupler
shaft splines. and/or the shaft.
Ground speed PTO shaft support bearings Replace the shaft support bearings..
worn.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 21

Ground speed PTO (Gpto) Cab selector lever switch open circuit. Replace the cab selector lever switch.
is displayed on the
instrument cluster when
ground speed PTO is
disengeged or not fitted
and engine driven rear
PTO is engaged
Cab selector lever switch electrical circuit Repair or replace the electrical harness.
faulty.
Incorrect ground speed PTO switch adjust- Adjust the ground speed PTO switch.
ment.
Link wire electrical connector faulty. Repair or replace the link wire electrical
connector.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 22
Index

Rear electrohydraulic control - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Rear electrohydraulic control - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear electrohydraulic control - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 23
47461574 08/11/2012
31.104 / 24
Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - 114
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Power Take-Off (PTO) case

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO)
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (55.302)
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the transmission housing drain plug and

drain the transmission oil into a suitable container.
Install the drain plug and tighten to 68 - 82 Nm ( 50 -
60 lbft).
BAIL07APH288AVA 1
2. Remove the retaining clip (1), pin (2) and remove the
top link (3).
BAIL07APH277AVC 2
3. Remove the electronic draft control (EDC) sensor re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH394AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 3
4. Remove the lift link lower retaining pin and slide out
the hinge pin.
BAIL07APH390AVA 4
5. Remove the hinge pin with the EDC sensor and re-
move the lower lift arm.
BAIL07APH395AVA 5
6. Remove the retaining bolt (1), remove the hinge pin

(2) and remove the lift link (3).
BAIL07APH398AVA 6
Vehicles with extending drawbar

7. Remove the split pin (1) and remove the lower retain-
ing pin (2).
BAIL07APH396AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 4
8. Remove the split pin (1), remove the upper retaining

pin (2) and remove the automatic pick-up hitch lift
rod.
BAIL07APH397AVA 8
9. Disconnect the extending drawbar hydraulic supply

and return pipes.
BAIL07APH399AVA 9
10. Support the extending drawbar and remove the re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH400AVA 10
11. Remove the extending drawbar assembly.

12. Disconnect the power take off (PTO) speed sensor
electrical connector.
BAIL07APH481AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 5
13. Remove the PTO guard.
BAIL07APH482AVA 12
14. Remove the top central PTO housing retaining bolt.
BAIL07APH483AVA 13
15. Using suitable lifting equipment support the PTO

housing.
BAIL07APH484AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 6
16. Remove the PTO housing.
BAIL07APH485BVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 7
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Install

Prior operation:
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove (31.114)
1. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and apply a

bead of sealant.
BAIL07APH486BVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 8
2. Install the power take off (PTO) housing.
WARNING
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
BAIL07APH485BVA 2
3. Remove the support from the PTO housing.

BAIL07APH484AVA 3
4. Install the top central PTO housing retaining bolt.

BAIL07APH483AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 9
5. Install the PTO guard.
BAIL07APH482AVA 5
6. Connect the PTO speed sensor electrical connector.
BAIL07APH481AVA 6

7. Install the extending drawbar assembly.
BAIL07APH400AVA 7
8. Connect the extending drawbar hydraulic supply and

return pipes.
BAIL07APH399AVA 8
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 10
9. Install the automatic pick up hitch lift rod (1), install

the upper retaining pin (2) and install the split pin (3).
BAIL07APH397AVB 9
10. Install the lower retaining pin (1) and install the split
pin (2).
BAIL07APH396AVB 10
All vehicles
11. Install the lift link (1), install the hinge pin (2) and
install the retaining bolt (3).
BAIL07APH398AVB 11
12. Install the hinge pin with the electronic draft control
(EDC) sensor into the lift arm.
BAIL07APH395AVB 12
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 11
13. Install the lift link lower hinge pin and install the re-
taining pin.
BAIL07APH390AVB 13
14. Install the EDC sensor retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH394AVA 14
15. Locate the top lift link, install the pin (1), and retaining
clip (2).
BAIL07APH277AVD 15
16. Fill the transmission with oil.
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 12
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake - Adjust

PTO Brake Band Adjustment
1. Loosen the locknut (1), tighten the screw (2) to 3 Nm
(2.21 lbft), in order to close the brake band.
2. Loosen the screw (2) and check the brake band
alignment. Adjust if required.
3. Tighten the screw (2) to 1.1 Nm (0.81 lbft)
4. Loosen the screw (2) by two turns and tighten the
locknut (1).
5. Check the brake band alignment and repeat the pro-
cedure if required.
BCG0005A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 13
Index

Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47461574 08/11/2012
31.114 / 14
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - 116
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO)

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T6.120 INT, T6.120 WE, T6.140 INT, T6.140 WE, T6.150 INT, T6.150 WE, T6.160 INT, T6.160 WE, T6.155 INT, T6.155
WE, T6.165 INT, T6.165 WE, T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Adjust Ground Speed PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Power Take-Off (PTO) case

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO)
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Torque

T6.120 INT, T6.120 WE, T6.140 INT, T6.140 WE, T6.150 INT, T6.150 WE, T6.160 INT, T6.160 WE, T6.155 INT, T6.155 WE, T6.165 INT, T6.165 WE,
T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
BAIL07APH569AVA 1
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Special tools

T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 3
CAUTION
in this manual.
B008
List of special tools necessary to perform service operations covered by this section of the Manual:
293997 Clutch drive shaft roller bearing installer (with tool no.
293800)
293993 Clutch drive shaft seal installer (with tool no. 293800)
X 290785 Seal Protector
294000 Cup and shaft bush removal pliers
293800 Attachment (for tools nos. 293993 and 293997)
293998 Clutch shaft cup installer
292927 Slide Hammer
24525 1
PTO hydraulic clutch spring cup tool (Mark tool with no. 50063. Dimensions in mm.)
Fabricate tool using Fe42C material.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 4
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Sectional view

T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
BSD2325A 1
(540 - 750 - 1000 rpm) PTO Sectional Views
C1. PTO case retaining screws C5. Spring retaining plug

C3. PTO shaft retaining C6. Support bearing retaining
screws
1 Drive discs 2 Driven discs

3 Clutch engagement spring 4 Clutch body
5 Return spring 6 Metal seal rings
7 Drive gear 8 Driven gears
9 Driven gear support bushes 10 Engagement sleeves
11 Driven shaft 12 Seal
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 5
13 Seal 14 Drive piston

15 Brake operating piston 16 Brake band
17 Ò' ring seals 18 Clutch control lines
19 PTO speed selector lever 20 Speed selector fork
NOTE: During installation apply liquid gasket on surfaces marked with an X.
24651 2
Transmission Synchronised PTO Sectional View
1 Snap ring 2 Engagement sleeve

3 Snap rings 4 Drive shaft support bearing
5 Trans. synchronised PTO drive shaft 6 Control gear
7 Engine-controlled PTO drive shaft 8 Snap rings
9 Idle gear
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 6
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Disassemble

T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
1. Place the power take off (PTO) assembly on a suit-

able clean working surface or stand if available.
2. Remove the brake band and the brake piston hous-
ing.
BAIL07APH492AVA 1
3. Remove the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip.
BAIL07APH493AVA 2
4. Remove the PTO clutch housing end plate and clutch

hub.
BAIL07APH494AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 7
5. Remove the clutch drive and driven discs.
BAIL07APH495AVA 4
6. Install the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip and

install a suitable puller and locally fabricated tool
50063 (1). Compress the Belleville springs and re-
move the retaining ring. Slowly and carefully release
the pressure.
Remove the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip.
BVE0482A 5
7. Remove the Belleville springs.
BVE0416A 6
8. Use compressed air in the inlet port to remove the

piston from the PTO clutch housing.
BVE0481A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 8
9. Examine the piston seals and install new seals as

required
BSE2355A_391 8
10. Remove the roll pin (1) from the selector rod and
remove the selector.
BVE0417A 9
11. Remove the PTO selector fork roll pin (1).
BVE0418A 10
12. Remove the PTO selector fork pin (1) and remove
the 1000 RPM PTO selector fork assembly (2).
BVE0419A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 9
13. Using a suitable bar (1) to lock the PTO output shaft.
Unstake and remove the PTO output shaft retaining
nut.
BVE0420A 12
14. Remove the support plate retaining bolts.
BVE0421A 13
15. Remove the support plate and remove the 1000 RPM
driven gear (1).
BVE0422A 14
16. Remove the bush (1), thrust washer (2), bearing (3),
thrust washer (4), 750 RPM driven gear (5), bush (7),
and the 540/1000 RPM sliding coupler gear (6).
BVE0423A 15
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 10
17. Remove the 540/1000 RPM selector fork and the

sliding coupler.
BVE0424A 16
18. Remove the 540 RPM driven gear from the output
shaft.
BVE0425A 17
19. Remove the spacer ring.
BAIL07APH497AVA 18
20. Remove the PTO output shaft circlip (1)
BVE0426A 19
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 11
21. Remove the PTO output shaft.
BAIL07APH498AVA 20
22. Remove the bearing (1) and the seal (2).
BAIL07APH589AVA 21
23. Remove the roll pin (1), remove selector lever (2) and
remove the selector gate (3).
BVE0431A 22
24. Remove the circlip (4), washer (3) sleeve (2) and the
750 RPM drive gear (1).
BAIL07APH590AVA 23
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 12
25. Expand the snap ring (1) into the housing and re-
move the clutch hub assembly.
BVE0433A 24
26. Remove the sealing rings from the clutch hub shaft.
BVE0434A 25
BVE0435A 26
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 13
28. Remove the washer (1), 750 RPM drive gear (2),
bearing (3) and 1000 RPM drive gear (4).
BVE0436A 27
Next operation:
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Assemble (31.116)
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 14
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Assemble

T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Disassemble (31.116)
1. Install the 1000 RPM drive gear (4), bearing (3), 750
RPM drive gear (2), and the washer (1).
NOTE: Install new O-ring seals and sealing washers as
required.
BVE0436A 1
2. Install the circlip (1).
BVE0435A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 15
3. Install the sealing rings to the clutch hub shaft.
BVE0434A 3
4. Expand the snap ring (1) into the housing and install
the clutch hub assembly.
BVE0433A 4
5. Install the 750 RPM drive gear (1), sleeve (2), washer
(3), and the circlip (4).
BAIL07APH590AVA 5
6. Install the selector gate (3), selector lever (2) and the
roll pin (1).
BVE0431A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 16
7. Install the seal (2), and the bearing (1).
BAIL07APH589AVA 7
8. Install the PTO output shaft.
BAIL07APH498AVB 8
9. Install the PTO output shaft circlip (1).
BVE0426A 9
10. Install the spacer ring.
BAIL07APH497AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 17
11. Install the 540 RPM driven gear to the output shaft.
BVE0425A 11
12. Install the selector fork and the sliding coupler.
BVE0424A 12
13. Install the 540/1000 RPM sliding coupler gear (6),

bush (7), 1000 RPM driven gear (5), thrust washer
(4), bearing (3) thrust washer (2) and the bush (1).
BVE0423A 13
14. Install the 1000 RPM driven gear (1) and the support
plate.
BVE0422A 14
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 18
15. Install the support plate retaining bolts. Tighten to

BVE0421B 15
16. Using a suitable bar (1) to lock the PTO output shaft.
Install a new PTO output shaft gear retaining nut.
Tighten to the specified torque value and stake the
retaining nut.
BVE0420B 16
17. Install the PTO selector fork and sliding coupler (2)
and install the selector fork pin (1).
BVE0419B 17
18. Install the PTO selector fork roll pin (1).
BVE0418B 18
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 19
19. Install the selector and install the roll pin (1) to the
selector rod.
BVE0417B 19
20. Install the piston to the clutch housing.

Install the Belleville springs.
BVE0416A_392 20
21. Install the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip and
install a suitable puller and locally fabricated tool
50063 (1).
Compress the Belleville springs and install the retain-
ing ring.
Slowly and carefully release the pressure.
Remove the PTO clutch housing end plate circlip
BVE0482A 21
22. Install the clutch drive and driven discs.
BAIL07APH495AVA 22
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 20
23. Install the PTO clutch housing end plate and clutch
hub.
BAIL07APH494AVA 23
24. Install the PTO end plate circlip.
BAIL07APH493AVA 24
25. Install the brake band and the brake piston housing.
BAIL07APH492AVA 25
Next operation:
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Adjust (31.116)
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 21
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Adjust Ground Speed PTO

T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
ATTENTION: The Ground Speed PTO command cable comes pre adjusted from the manufacturer and no adjustment
should be necessary. However after overhaul slight adjustment can be made at the clevis.
BAIL07APH227AVB 1
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 22
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (55.302)
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the transmission housing drain plug and

drain the transmission oil into a suitable container.
Install the drain plug and tighten to 68 - 82 Nm ( 50 -
60 lbft).
BAIL07APH288AVA 1
2. Remove the retaining clip (1), pin (2) and remove the
top link (3).
BAIL07APH277AVC 2
3. Remove the electronic draft control (EDC) sensor re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH394AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 23
4. Remove the lift link lower retaining pin and slide out
the hinge pin.
BAIL07APH390AVA 4
5. Remove the hinge pin with the EDC sensor and re-
move the lower lift arm.
BAIL07APH395AVA 5
6. Remove the retaining bolt (1), remove the hinge pin

(2) and remove the lift link (3).
BAIL07APH398AVA 6

7. Remove the split pin (1) and remove the lower retain-
ing pin (2).
BAIL07APH396AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 24
8. Remove the split pin (1), remove the upper retaining

pin (2) and remove the automatic pick-up hitch lift
rod.
BAIL07APH397AVA 8
9. Disconnect the extending drawbar hydraulic supply

and return pipes.
BAIL07APH399AVA 9
10. Support the extending drawbar and remove the re-

taining bolts.
BAIL07APH400AVA 10
11. Remove the extending drawbar assembly.

12. Disconnect the power take off (PTO) speed sensor
electrical connector.
BAIL07APH481AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 25
13. Remove the PTO guard.
BAIL07APH482AVA 12
14. Remove the top central PTO housing retaining bolt.
BAIL07APH483AVA 13
15. Using suitable lifting equipment support the PTO

housing.
BAIL07APH484AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 26
16. Remove the PTO housing.
BAIL07APH485BVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 27
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Install

Prior operation:
1. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and apply a

bead of sealant.
BAIL07APH486BVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 28
2. Install the power take off (PTO) housing.
WARNING
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
BAIL07APH485BVA 2
3. Remove the support from the PTO housing.

BAIL07APH484AVA 3
4. Install the top central PTO housing retaining bolt.

BAIL07APH483AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 29
5. Install the PTO guard.
BAIL07APH482AVA 5
6. Connect the PTO speed sensor electrical connector.
BAIL07APH481AVA 6

7. Install the extending drawbar assembly.
BAIL07APH400AVA 7
8. Connect the extending drawbar hydraulic supply and

return pipes.
BAIL07APH399AVA 8
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 30
9. Install the automatic pick up hitch lift rod (1), install

the upper retaining pin (2) and install the split pin (3).
BAIL07APH397AVB 9
10. Install the lower retaining pin (1) and install the split
pin (2).
BAIL07APH396AVB 10
All vehicles
11. Install the lift link (1), install the hinge pin (2) and
install the retaining bolt (3).
BAIL07APH398AVB 11
12. Install the hinge pin with the electronic draft control
(EDC) sensor into the lift arm.
BAIL07APH395AVB 12
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 31
13. Install the lift link lower hinge pin and install the re-
taining pin.
BAIL07APH390AVB 13
14. Install the EDC sensor retaining bolts.

BAIL07APH394AVA 14
15. Locate the top lift link, install the pin (1), and retaining
clip (2).
BAIL07APH277AVD 15
16. Fill the transmission with oil.
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 32
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake - Adjust

PTO Brake Band Adjustment
1. Loosen the locknut (1), tighten the screw (2) to 3 Nm
(2.21 lbft), in order to close the brake band.
2. Loosen the screw (2) and check the brake band
alignment. Adjust if required.
3. Tighten the screw (2) to 1.1 Nm (0.81 lbft)
4. Loosen the screw (2) by two turns and tighten the
locknut (1).
5. Check the brake band alignment and repeat the pro-
cedure if required.
BCG0005A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 33
Index

Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Adjust Ground Speed PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
T6.120 INT, T6.120 WE, T6.140 INT, T6.140 WE, T6.150 INT, T6.150 WE, T6.160 INT, T6.160 WE, T6.155 INT, T6.155 WE,
T6.165 INT, T6.165 WE, T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T6.165 INT, T6.165 WE, T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T6.165 INT, T6.165 WE, T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T6.165 INT, T6.165 WE, T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T6.165 INT, T6.165 WE, T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T6.165 INT, T6.165 WE, T6.175 INT, T6.175 WE
47461574 08/11/2012
31.116 / 34
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) control - 142
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch actuator

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Front Power Take-Off (PTO) control
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch actuator - Remove
WARNING
B026
1. Lower the front hydraulic lift arms.

Remove the battery cover and disconnect the battery
negative cable (1).
BVE0207A_424 1
2. Remove the PTO output shaft cover (1).
BSE3811A 2
3. Remove the retaining bolts (1) and remove the PTO

guard.
BVF0900A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 3
4. Remove the intercooler (1).
BVF0963A_426 4
5. Remove the front axle support cover plates (1).
BVF0857A_427 5
6. Remove the PTO input shaft cover (1).
BVF0910A 6
7. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the PTO input

shaft plug circlip (1).
BVF0911A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 4
8. Using a suitable slide hammer and a M12 x 1.75 mm

adaptor, remove the PTO input shaft plug (1).
BVF0912A 8
9. Using a suitable slide hammer and a M12 x 1.50 mm

adaptor, remove the PTO input shaft (1).
BVF0914A 9
If the PTO cannot be engaged

10. Remove the front PTO return pipe (1) and the front
PTO feed pipe (2).
Disconnect the control housing solenoid valve elec-
BVF0951A 10
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 5
11. Remove the piston spring compression bolt (M36 x

4 x 140 mm), supplied with the tractor and located in
the front support cover plates.
BVF0919A 11
12. Install the piston spring compression bolt into the

PTO control housing. Using 380001158 Control Pis-
ton Spanner (1), stop the piston from turning. Using
a 50 mm spanner (2). Tighten the piston spring com-
pression bolt to withdraw the piston.
BVF0921A 12
13. If the front PTO can be engaged

Remove the piston spring compression bolt (M36 x
4 x 140 mm), supplied with the tractor and located in
the front support cover plates.
BVF0919A 13
14. Install the piston spring compression bolt (1) into the
PTO control housing and tighten finger tight.
BVF0920A 14
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 6
15. Start the engine and engage the front PTO.

Tighten the piston spring compression bolt (1) into
the PTO control housing.
BVF0922A 15
16. Disengage the PTO and turn off the engine.

Remove the front PTO return pipe (1) and the front
PTO supply pipe (2).
Disconnect the control housing solenoid valve elec-
BVF0951A 16
17. Remove the PTO control housing.
BVF0924A 17
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 7
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch actuator - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Remove (31.146)
WARNING
B026
BVF0933A 1
PTO Control Housing Exploded View
1 Bearing cover 2 Bearing

3 Dust ring 4 Piston oil seal
5 PTO control housing 6 Piston
7 Piston seal 8 Spring
9 Spring cover 10 Circlip
11 Solenoid valve
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 8
1. Remove the clutch release bearing cover (1) and the

clutch release bearing (2).
BVF0929A 2
2. Rotate the PTO control housing 180 °.

Using suitable circlip pliers, compress the circlip.
BVF0930A 3
3. Remove the piston and spring assembly (1) from the

PTO control housing.
BVF0931A 4
4. Remove the solenoid from the PTO control housing.
BVF0932A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 9
5. Remove and discard the PTO control housing dust

ring (1) and piston oil seal (2).
BVF0934A 6
6. Using a suitable vice, clamp the head of the piston

spring compression bolt (M36 x 4 x 140 mm). Using
the 380001158 Control Piston Spanner release the
spring tension and remove the piston (1).
Remove and discard the piston oil seal (2).
BVF0935A 7
7. Remove the spring (1) and cover (2)
BVF0936A 8
Next operation:
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Assemble (31.146)
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 10
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch actuator - Assemble

Prior operation:
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Disassemble (31.146)
WARNING
B026
BVF0933A 1
PTO Control Housing Exploded View
1 Bearing cover 2 Bearing

3 Dust ring 4 Piston oil seal
5 PTO control housing 6 Piston
7 Piston seal 8 Spring
9 Spring cover 10 Circlip
11 Solenoid valve
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 11
1. Install the spring (1) and cover (2)
BVF0936A 2
2. Install a new piston oil seal (2).

Install the piston (1).
Using 380001158 Control Piston Spanner, tighten
the piston to fully compress the spring.
BVF0935A 3
3. Install a new dust ring (1) and a new piston oil seal
(2) into the PTO control housing.
BVF0934A 4
4. Install the solenoid valve into the PTO control hous-

ing.
BVF0932A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 12
5. Partially install the piston and spring assembly (1)

into the PTO control housing.
BVF0931A 6
6. Using suitable circlip pliers, compress the circlip and

fully install the piston into the PTO control housing.
BVF0930A 7
7. Install the clutch release bearing (2) and the clutch

release bearing cover (1).
BVF0929A 8
Next operation:
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Install (31.146)
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 13
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch actuator - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Install the PTO control housing. Tighten the retaining

BVF0924B_428 1
2. Install the front PTO return pipe (1) and the front PTO
supply pipe (2).
Connect the control housing solenoid valve electrical
connector (3).
BVF0951A 2
3. Start the engine and engage the front PTO.

Loosen the piston spring compression bolt (M36 x 4
x 140 mm) (1) from the PTO control housing until the
piston spring compression bolt comes into contact
with the pipe.
Disengage the front PTO and turn off the engine.
NOTE: The bolt cannot be removed at this stage.
BVF0922A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 14
4. Remove the piston spring compression bolt (M36 x

4 x 140 mm) (1) from the PTO control housing.
BVF0920A 4
5. Install the PTO input shaft (1).
BVF0915A 5
6. Install the PTO input shaft plug (1).
BVF0913A 6
7. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the PTO input

shaft plug circlip (1).
BVF0911A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 15
8. Install the PTO input shaft cover. Tighten to the spec-

ified torque value.
BVF0910B_429 8
9. Install the PTO guard (1).
BVF0900A 9
10. Install the front axle support cover plates (1).
BVF0857A_427 10
11. install the Intercooler (1).
BVF0963A_426 11
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 16
12. Connect the battery negative cable (1) and install the
battery cover.
BVE0207A_424 12
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 17
Index

Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch actuator - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch actuator - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch actuator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch actuator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
31.142 / 18
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - 146
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Front Power Take-Off (PTO)

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA

SERVICE
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
DIAGNOSTIC

47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Front Power Take-Off (PTO)
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Torque
BVF0910B 1
BVF0924B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 3
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Special tools
CAUTION
in this manual.
B008
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this section:
380001158 Control Piston Spanner.
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - General specification

Front PTO
Type Fully independent 1000 rev/min.
Electro-hydraulic engagement.
Spring disengagement
Clutch type Multi-dry plate
Drive From the engine front crankshaft pulley
Shaft 6 or 21 spline 39.4 mm (1.551 in)
Direction of rotation Anti-clockwise (viewed from the front)
Multi-dry plate clutch discs
Friction discs 3
Steel discs 3
Engine speed at 1000 rev/min PTO speed 1895 rev/min
Maximum power output @ 30 °C (86 °F) ambient 65 kW (88 Hp)
Maximum power output @ 0 °C (32 °F) ambient 80 kW (109 Hp)
Reduction gearbox oil specification NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G 134™
HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 4
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Static description
BSF4302A 1
Front PTO
1 PTO multi-dry plate clutch 2 PTO control housing

3 PTO input shaft 4 Engine crankshaft pulley coupler
5 PTO reduction gearbox
The front PTO is engaged/disengaged by the piston control housing (2). The PTO is driven directly from the engine
crankshaft. The engine crankshaft pulley coupler (4) transfers drive through the PTO input shaft (3) and into the
multi-dry plate clutch (1). When the PTO is engaged the drive is transferred through the multi-dry plate clutch (1) into
the PTO reduction gearbox (5) to the PTO reduction gearbox output shaft.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 5
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Dynamic description
BSF4297A 1
Front PTO Operation - Front PTO Disengaged
1 Friction discs and steel plates 2 Clutch release bearing

3 Piston spring 4 Piston
5 Diaphragm spring
Figure Colour Key
A. Return to reservoir
When the front PTO is disengaged, power to the solenoid valve is switched off allowing the oil to return to the reservoir.
With no oil pressure acting against the piston (4), the spring (3) pushes the piston (4) out of the housing and pushes
the clutch release bearing (2) into contact with the PTO clutch diaphragm spring (5). When pressure is applied to the
diaphragm spring (5) it releases the force acting on the clutch pressure plate. This allows the springs in between the
friction discs and steel plates (1) to expand, allowing the clutch hub to rotate freely within the clutch housing.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 6
BSF4297B 2
Front PTO Operation - Front PTO Engaged
1 Friction discs and steel plates 2 Clutch release bearing

3 Spring 4 Piston
5 Diaphragm spring
Figure Colour Key
A. Low pressure circuit
When the front PTO is engaged, the solenoid valve is energized, allowing oil pressure to be applied to the piston (4).
The oil pressure acting against the piston (4), overcomes the piston spring (3), which allows the piston (4) to retract
into the housing, releasing the clutch release bearing (2) from the force of the diaphragm spring (5). When pressure
is released from the diaphragm spring (5), it increases the force acting on the clutch pressure plate. This compresses
the springs in between the friction discs and steel plates (1), clamping the friction discs and steel plates (1) together,
locking the clutch hub and the clutch housing together.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 7
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the PTO clutch (refer to Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Remove (31.146)).
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the oil into a
suitable container.
Install the drain plug (1) after the oil has drained.
BVF0948A 1
2. Disconnect the PTO speed sensor electrical connec-

tor.
BVF0843A 2
3. Remove the PTO speed sensor (1).
BVF0948C 3
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 8
4. Remove the front PTO reduction gearbox rear retain-

ing bolt (1).
BVF0927A 4
5. Remove the front PTO reduction gearbox.
BVF0928A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 9
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Disassemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Remove the front PTO reduction gearbox (refer to Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Remove (31.146)).
1. Remove the PTO reduction gearbox front cover re-

taining bolts.
BVF0944A 1
2. Remove the PTO reduction gearbox front cover (1).
BVF0945A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 10
BVF0946A 3
Front PTO Reduction Gearbox Exploded View
1 Bearing 2 Bearing
3 PTO driven gear assembly 4 Bearing
5 Bearing 6 PTO drive gear
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 11
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Assemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Disassemble (31.146)

BVF0947A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 12
BVF0946A 2
Front PTO Reduction Gearbox Exploded View
1 Bearing 2 Bearing
3 PTO driven gear assembly 4 Bearing
5 Bearing 6 PTO drive gear
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 13
2. Install the PTO reduction gearbox front cover.
BVF0945A 3
3. Install the PTO reduction gearbox front cover retain-

ing bolts. Tighten to the specified torque value.
BVF0944B 4
Next operation:
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Install (31.146)
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 14
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Install the PTO reduction gearbox and the retaining

bolts. Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified
torque value.
BVF0928B 1
2. Install the PTO rear retaining bolt. Tighten to the

BVF0927B 2
3. Install the PTO speed sensor (1).
BVF0948C 3
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 15
4. Connect the PTO speed sensor electrical connector

(1).
BVF0843A 4
5. Remove the refill/level plug (1).
BVF0948B 5
6. Fill the PTO reduction gearbox with the correct spec-

ification oil, NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G 134™
HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OILuntil the oil can be seen
level with the refill/level plug hole.
Install the refill/level plug (1).
BVF0948B 6
Next operation:
Install the front PTO clutch (refer to Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Install (31.146)).
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 16
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the PTO control housing (refer to Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Remove (31.146)).
WARNING
B026
1. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the PTO clutch

shaft circlip (1).
BVF0925A 1
2. Remove the PTO clutch (1).
BVF0926A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 17
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Disassemble
WARNING
B026
1. Remove and discard the front PTO clutch shaft

O-ring seal (1).
Remove the retaining bolts (2) and remove the front
PTO clutch shaft (3).
BVF0937A 1
2. Remove the PTO clutch pressure plate.
BVF0938A 2
3. Remove the PTO clutch top plate (1).

Remove the washers (2).
BVF0940A 3
4. Remove the friction discs and steel plates from the

PTO clutch.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 18
BVF0941A 4
5. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the clutch hub

circlip (1).
BVF0942A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 19
BVF0943A 6
PTO Clutch Assembly Exploded View
1 Circlip 2 PTO clutch plate housing

3 Bearing 4 Circlip
5 Clutch hub
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 20
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Assemble
WARNING
B026
BVF0943A 1
PTO Clutch Assembly Exploded View
1 Circlip 2 PTO clutch plate housing

3 Bearing 4 Circlip
5 Clutch hub
1. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the clutch hub cir-
clip (1).
BVF0942A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 21
2.
NOTE: Make sure that the steel plates are installed alter-
nately as indicated.
BVF0939A 3
3. Install the friction discs and steel plates into the PTO
clutch.
BVF0941A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 22
4. Install the washers (2).

Install the PTO clutch top plate (1).
BVF0940A 5
5. Install the PTO clutch pressure plate. Tighten the

retaining nuts to the specified torque value.
BVF0938B 6
6. Install the PTO clutch shaft. Tighten the retaining

Install a new front PTO clutch shaft O-ring seal (1).
BVF0937C 7
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 23
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Install the PTO clutch (1).
BVF0926B 1
2. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the PTO clutch

shaft circlip (1).
BVF0925A 2
Next operation:
Install the PTO control housing (refer to Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Install (31.146)).
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 24
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Troubleshooting

Front PTO not engaging Front PTO is not turned on in machine con- Turn the front PTO on in machine configu-
figurations. rations (refer to Electronic module - Con-
figure (55.640)).
Front PTO solenoid valve not energizing. Check the electrical circuit.
Solenoid valve sticking. Replace the solenoid valve.
Front PTO permanently Piston spring broken. Replace the piston spring.
engaged
Solenoid valve sticking. Replace the solenoid valve.
Low power from the front Fault in the low pressure circuit. Pressure test the low pressure circuit.
PTO output shaft
Front PTO piston oil seals leaking. Overhaul the front PTO control housing.
Front PTO multi-dry plate clutch plates Overhaul the front PTO multi-dry plate
worn. clutch.
Front PTO output shaft oil Worn oil seal. Replace the oil seal and check the level of
seal leak oil in the reduction gearbox.
Excessive oil level in the front PTO reduc- Check the oil level.
tion gearbox.
Front PTO bearings Lack of oil in front PTO reduction gearbox. Check the oil level. If low examine the front
overheated/worn PTO reduction gearbox for leaks.
Incorrect specification oil or old oil in the Replace with the correct specification of oil.
front PTO reduction gearbox.
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 25
Index

Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Front Power Take-Off (PTO) housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 26
47461574 08/11/2012
31.146 / 27
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Brakes and controls
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
33
Contents
Brakes and controls - 33
Hydraulic service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.202

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Parking brake / Parking lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.110

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Front axle brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.204

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Trailer brake hydraulic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.220

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Trailer brake pneumatic control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.224

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
33
Hydraulic service brakes - 202
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Hydraulic service brakes

Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Brake disks
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Brakes
Remove (Brake piston) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install (Brake piston) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Brake pedals
Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Brake master cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Brake lines
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 2
Brakes and controls - Hydraulic service brakes
Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed

NOTE: Air must be bled out whenever carrying out work on the brake hydraulic system.
NOTE: When bleeding the complete brake system, refer to 7 for the complete brake system air bleeding sequence.
NOTE: Make sure the vehicle is on a level surface.
General Brake System Air Bleeding

1. Thoroughly clean around all bleed screws and the
brake fluid reservoir cap (1).
Install one end of a suitable bleed tube to the bleed
screw, and the other end into a bleed jar containing
a small quantity of brake fluid.
Open the bleed screw.
Operate the brake pedal(s) fully, and allow the brake
pedal to return to the rest position.
NOTE: The brake fluid reservoir fluid level must remain
above the 'MIN' line (3) at all times during brake system
air bleeding.
BSE2762A 1
2. Continue operating the brake pedal(s) until air-free

fluid is seen entering into the bleed jar.
3. Fully depress the brake pedal(s) and tighten the
brake bleed screw.
4. Operate the brake pedals fully several times to pres-
surize the brake system.
5. Refill the brake fluid reservoir to the 'MAX' line (2)
(figure 1).
NOTE: Make sure the bleed screw cap(s) are installed af-
ter brake system air bleeding. This will prevent corrosion
and dirt ingress to the bleed screw. Failure to follow this in-
struction may cause the bleed screw(s) to become seized.
Rear Service Brake and Trailer Brake Bleeding

6. Open the corresponding bleed screw by one-half turn
in the sequence below on the trailer brake valve logic
head. Bleed the air from the brake system at each
bleed screw (refer to general brake system air bleed-
ing in this chapter).
1. Left brake pedal to bleed air from the system.
3. Right brake pedal to bleed air from the system.
4. Both brake pedals must be latched together to
bleed air from the system.
2. Both brake pedals must be latched together to
BVF0902A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 3
Pneumatic Brakes Air Bleeding (If Fitted)

7. Open the bleed screw (1) by one-half turn on the
pneumatic trailer brake valve.
Bleed the air from the brake system (refer to "General
Brake System Air Bleeding" ).
NOTE: Both brake pedals must be latched together to
BVF0840A 3
Front Axle Brakes Air Bleeding (If Fitted)

8. Open the bleed screw (1) one-half turn on the front
brake valve.
BAIL12CCM236AAB 4
9. Rotate the hubs to position the plug (1) in the verti-

cal position. Remove the plug and ensure the bleed
screw is aligned with the hole.
NOTE: Depending on wheel options it may be necessary
to bleed the brakes with the wheels removed.
26457 5
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 4
10. WARNING
Unexpected machine movement!
Engage the parking brake and put all
levers in neutral before leaving the ma-
chine to make the connections.
serious injury.
W0425A
Start the tractor and allow to idle.

Open the bleed screw (1) by one-half turn.
Install the axle hub plug.
26583 6
NOTE: The front axle brakes are supplied from the low
pressure hydraulic oil circuit.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 5
BVF0916B 7
Complete Brake System Air Bleeding Sequence
11. Follow the numbered step sequence indicated above

when bleeding the air from the brake system.
NOTE: Both brake pedals must be depressed when bleed-
ing the brakes in steps (3), (4), and (5).
NOTE: Brake fluid is not supplied to steps (6) and (7) from
the brake fluid reservoir, these are supplied from the low
pressure hydraulic oil circuit
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 6
Brake disks - Measure

of the brake friction disk at three points 120 °apart
and take an average of the three readings.
Replace the brake friction disk if the thickness is less
than values indicated below.
BVF0838A 1
Brake disk type Minimum thickness

Heavy duty brake disk 7.8 mm
Standard production brake disk 50 km/h 7.8 mm
Production brake disk 40/50 km/h 8.4 mm
NOTE: It is recommended to replace the original disk with the heavy duty brake disks in both the left and right hand
side.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 7
Brakes - Remove (Brake piston)

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Remove the final drive case (refer to Final drive housing - Remove (27.120)).
Rear Service Brake Piston Removal.

1. Remove the brake piston retaining bolts.
BVF0820A 1
2. Remove the brake piston (1).

NOTE: Slowly apply the foot brake to aid removal.
BVF0821A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 8
Brakes - Visual inspection

Rear Service Brake Inspection.
1. Inspect the brake piston (1) and the rear axle housing
(2), for any signs of corrosion or damage which may
cause the piston to seize in the rear axle housing.
Repair or replace parts as necessary.
Check if the brake piston self adjusters (3) have be-
come loose in the brake piston. Replace parts as
necessary.
Inspect the inner and outer brake discs, if badly
scored, worn or cracked replace as necessary.
BVF0821B 1
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 9
Brakes - Install (Brake piston)

Rear Service Brake Piston Installation.
1. Remove the self adjusting collets (1) from the brake
piston (2).
BSG7039A 1
2. Install the collets (2) and retaining bolts (1) into the
rear axle housing and tighten to 25 - 35 N·m (18 - 26
lb ft).
Measure the clearance between the bolt head, and
the collet.
BSG7038A 2
ATTENTION: This measurement must be between 0.35 - 0.45 mm. Mix and match the combination of collets and
bolts or replace until all meet the specified clearance.
3. When the specified clearance has been achieved
with all self adjusters, remove the retaining bolts and
collets and retain as matched pairs.
4. Measure the protrusion of the anti-rotation dowels
from the rear axle housing (X), which must not ex-
ceed 11 mm.
NOTICE: If the dowel protrudes in excess of 11 mm the pis-
ton will not install correctly, causing excessive brake wear
and overheating.
BAIL09APH222AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 10
5. Reinstall the collets into the brake piston.

NOTE: Make sure the collets are flush with the brake pis-
ton.
BVF0833A 4
6. Install a new brake piston oil seal (1) onto the brake
piston.
BVF0832A 5
7. Install a new brake piston oil seal (1) into the rear
axle housing.
BVF0909A 6
8. Lubricate the piston seals with transmission oil.

Install the brake piston (1).
BVF0821A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 11
NOTE: Release the bleed nipple before installing the piston.

NOTE: Apply pressure evenly to the brake piston to avoid damage to the seals.
9. Install the brake piston retaining bolts and tighten to
25 - 35 N·m (18 - 26 lb ft).
10. Measure the distance between the outer face of the
piston and the mating surface of the rear axle hous-
ing (P).
NOTICE: If measurement (P) is less than 11 mm the piston
has not seated correctly.
BAIL09APH225AVA 8
Next operation:
Install the final drive case (refer to Final drive housing - Install (27.120)).
Next operation:
Bleed the hydraulic brake system (refer to Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed (33.202)).
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 12
Brake pedals - Travel adjust

1. Adjust the clevis by loosening the locknut. The dis-
tance from the bulkhead to the centre of the clevis
hole should be 137 mm ( 5.4 in.). Repeat this step
for the left hand side brake pedal linkage.
BSE3073A 1
2. Make sure the brake pedal latch (1) engages prop-

erly. Adjust the brake pedal linkage as necessary.
BSE2691A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 13
Brake master cylinder - Remove
WARNING
B026
WARNING
The master cylinder is not a serviceable item. If it is showing signs of leakage, damage or suspected of
malfunctioning, the complete unit must be replaced. DO NOT attempt to disassemble and reassemble as
seal damage will occur, rendering the unit inoperative with a resultant loss of brake performance.
B034
1. Open and raise the engine hood.

2. Remove the battery cover and disconnect the battery
negative cable (1).
BVE0207A_396 1
3. Using a suitable hose clamp (1), clamp the brake

hose from the reservoir to the master cylinders.
BVF0831A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 14
4. Disconnect the brake hose (1).

Remove the brake line retaining bolts (2) and detach
the brake lines.
BVF0834A 3
5. Remove the retaining pin (1) and the retaining bolts

(2). Repeat this step for the right hand side master
cylinder.
Remove the master cylinders from the engine side of
the tractor
BVF0835A 4
6. Disconnect the brake supply hose from the master

cylinders.
BVF0862A 5
7. Remove the balance tube retaining bolts (1), balance

tube (2) and the retaining plate (3).
BVF0863A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 15
Brake master cylinder - Install

1. Install the retaining plate (2), balance tube (1) and the
balance tube retaining bolts. Tighten the retaining
BVF0863B 1
2. Connect the brake supply hose to the master cylin-

ders.
BVF0862A 2
3. Install the master cylinders from the engine side of

the tractor.
Install the retaining bolts (2) and the retaining pin
(1). Repeat this step for the right hand side master
cylinder.
BVF0835A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 16
4. Connect the brake hose (1).

Attach the brake lines and install the retaining bolts.
value.
BVF0834B 4
5. Connect the battery negative cable (1) and install the

battery cover.
BVE0207A_396 5
6. Remove the hose clamp (1) from the brake hose.
BVF0831A 6
Next operation:
Adjust the brake pedal linkage (refer to Brake pedals - Travel adjust (33.202)).
Next operation:
Adjust the brake pedal switch(es) (refer to Brake light switch - Travel adjust (55.405)).
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 17
Brake lines - Remove
WARNING
Before removing any air system component make sure that there is no air pressure in the system. This can
be achieved by depressing and releasing the brake pedal several times with the engine off and draining the
air reservoirs. Also make sure that the wheels of the vehicle are chocked.
B022
Logic Head Valve Assembly - Figure 1.

1. Disconnect the two tubes from the braking system
and if fitted the tube to the front brakes. Cap the ends
of the tubes to prevent dirt ingress.
Remove the two (2) allen headed retaining bolts (1),
Figure 1 and lift away from the tractor.
Reassembly is the reversal of removal, noting the
following point:
a- Bleed the braking system of air as described Hy-
draulic service brakes - Bleed (33.202).
BSE3571B 1
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 18
Index

Brake disks - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Brake lines - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Brake master cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Brake master cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Brake pedals - Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Brakes - Install (Brake piston) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Brakes - Remove (Brake piston) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Brakes - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 19
47461574 08/11/2012
33.202 / 20
Parking brake / Parking lock - 110
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Parking brake / Parking lock

Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

SERVICE
Hand brake lever

Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Parking brake housing
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
DIAGNOSTIC

47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 2
Brakes and controls - Parking brake / Parking lock
Parking brake / Parking lock - Special tools

previous No.
380000982 Parking Brake Alignment tool -
Parking brake / Parking lock - General specification

Type Wet discs acting on pinion gear shaft
Controls Mechanical through a hand lever
Parking Brake Disc Material Steel
Parking Brake Friction Pad Material Sintered or organic conglomerate
Disc Thickness
Friction Pad (New) (Single Friction Side) 3.4 mm (0.134 in)
Friction Pad (Minimum) (Single Friction Side) 3.1 mm (0.122 in)
Friction Pad (New) (Double Friction Side) 4.5 mm (0.177 in)
Friction Pad (Minimum) (Double Friction Side) 4.2 mm (0.165 in)
Steel Disc 4.45 - 4.55 mm (0.1752 - 0.1791 in)
Parking brake / Parking lock - Torque
BVF0949B_399 1
BVF0823B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 3
Parking brake / Parking lock - Static description

The parking brake is controlled mechanically. It acts on the rear pinion gear shaft and is controlled through a hand
lever located to the left of the operators seat.
When the parking brake control lever is raised, the cable acts on the actuator forcing the pads against the brake discs
which are splined to the tractor rear pinion shaft.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 4
Hand brake lever - Travel adjust

Prior operation:
Parking brake housing - Install (33.110)
NOTE: Adjustment of the parking brake control lever travel should be performed each time the parking brake is ser-
viced or repaired and when the idle travel of the lever is excessive.
Proceed as follows:
1. Block the front wheels using a suitable means.
2. Raise the rear of the tractor using a suitable means
until the wheels are slightly off the ground.
3. Raise the parking brake control lever to the third
notch on the quadrant.
4. Release the locknut (1) and screw in the adjustment
screw (2) until the wheels lock.
BVF0837A 1
5. Lower the parking brake control lever and ensure that

the wheels can rotate freely.
6. Apply the parking brake several times to check that
the assembly does not get blocked or operate abnor-
mally.
7. Tighten the locknut (1) and lower the tractor.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 5
Parking brake housing - Remove

Prior operation:
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the split pin (1) and the cotter pin (2) from
the parking brake lever.
BVE0950A 1
2. Remove the parking brake housing.
BVF0949A 2
Next operation:
Parking brake housing - Assemble (33.110)
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 6
Parking brake housing - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Parking brake housing - Remove (33.110)
1. Install the parking brake housing into a suitable vice.

Release the retaining bolt locking tabs (1) and re-
move the retaining bolts (2).
BVF0823A 1
2. Remove the friction and steel plates (1).
BVF0824A 2
3. Rotate the parking brake housing 180 °.

Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the circlip (1).
BVF0825A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 7
4. Remove the parking brake lever and spring (1) .
BVF0826A 4
5. Remove the parking brake lever shaft (1).
BVF0827A 5
6. Remove the spacer (2) and the O-ring (1).
BVF0828A 6
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 8
Parking brake housing - Assemble

Prior operation:
Parking brake housing - Disassemble (33.110)
1. Install the parking brake lever shaft (1).
BVF0827B 1
2. Install the O-ring (1) and the spacer (2).
BVF0829A 2
3. Install the parking brake lever and spring (1).

NOTE: The paint must be removed to see the aligning
marks.
NOTICE: When installing the parking brake lever, the lever
must be aligned to the shaft using the aligning marks.
BVF0830A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 9
BVF0825A 4
5. Rotate the parking brake housing 180 °.

Install the fiction and steel plates (1).
BVF0824A 5
6. Install the locking tabs (1) and the retaining bolts.

value.
Secure the retaining bolts with the locking tabs (1).
BVF0823B 6
Next operation:
Parking brake housing - Install (33.110)
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 10
Parking brake housing - Install

Prior operation:
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

mm (0.079 in) in diameter to the rear axle housing.
BVF0952A 1
2. Using special tool 380000982 (2), align the brake

discs (1) on the pinion shaft.
BVF0986A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 11
3. Install the special tool 380000982 (1) between the

brake pads (2).
BVF0987A 3
4. Position the parking brake assembly complete with

the special tool 380000982 (1) between the brake
discs on the pinion shaft. Remove the special tool
(1) while installing the parking brake assembly.
BVF0988A 4

value.
BVF0949B_399 5
6. Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil -

see Consumables Lubrications and Coolants ().
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 12
7. Install the cotter pin (2) and the split pin (1) into the
parking brake lever.
BVE0950A 6
Next operation:
Adjust the parking brake cable - see Hand brake lever - Travel adjust (33.110) .
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 13
Parking brake / Parking lock - Troubleshooting

Parking brake does not Parking brake cable incorrectly adjusted. Adjust the parking brake cable.
operate correctly
Worn brake pads. Replace brake pads.
Parking brake will not Restricted parking brake lever travel. Repair as necessary.
release
Seized brake pads on the brake discs. Replace damaged parts.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 14
Index

Hand brake lever - Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Parking brake / Parking lock - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Parking brake / Parking lock - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Parking brake / Parking lock - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Parking brake / Parking lock - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Parking brake / Parking lock - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Parking brake housing - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Parking brake housing - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Parking brake housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Parking brake housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 15
47461574 08/11/2012
33.110 / 16
Front axle brake - 204
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Front axle brake

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Brake control valve
Remove Front Brake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Install Front Brake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 2
Brakes and controls - Front axle brake
Front axle brake - Disassemble
WARNING
B026
1. Park the tractor on a level surface. Block the wheels

to prevent the tractor moving.
2. Open and raise the engine hood.
3. Remove the battery cover and disconnect the battery
negative cable (1).
BVE0207A_396 1
4. Raise the front of the tractor, support the front axle

and remove the road wheel.
Rotate the hub until the drain plug is at the lowest
point and drain the oil from the hub.
BSB0234A_397 2
5. Remove planetary carrier retaining bolts.
24063 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 3
6. Install special tool 292888 (2).

Using a suitable slide hammer installed into the oil
drain plug hole, remove the planetary carrier (1) from
the casing.
25594_398 4
7. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the sun gear re-

taining circlip.
BRB0155A 5
BRB0156A 6
9. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the rear sun gear

retaining circlip.
BRB0157A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 4
10. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the snap ring

retaining the outer brake disc.
BRB0158A 8
11. Remove the outer brake disc from the ring gear.
BRB0159A 9
12. Remove the friction disc from the friction disc drive
plate.
BRB0160A 10
13. Remove the friction disc drive plate from the drive-
shaft.
BRB0161A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 5
14. Remove the inner brake disc from the ring gear.
BRB0162A 12
15. Remove the piston from the backplate. Apply the foot
brakes if necessary to aid removal.
NOTE: There are three, 6 mm threaded bolt holes located
in the piston. Bolts may be installed and used as a lever
point to aid piston removal.
BRB0163A 13
16. Remove the ring gear retaining bolts.
BVF0894A 14
17. Install two M12x 1.5 mm bolts into the separating

holes.
Tighten the bolts (1) and remove the ring gear (2).
BVF0895A 15
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 6
18. Using suitable circlip pliers, compress the circlip (1)

and remove the piston carrier plate (2) from the ring
gear.
BVF0896A 16
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 7
Front axle brake - Assemble
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the inner and outer piston oil seals from the
piston carrier plate. Ensure the carrier is free from
any debris and carefully install the new oil seals, al-
low the oil seals to relax for a few minutes prior to
installing the piston.
BRB0166A 1
2. Remove the oil transfer tube from the rear of the car-
rier and replace the O-rings.
BRB0167A 2
3. Lubricate the piston with the specified brake oil and

install the piston into the carrier.
BRB0168A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 8
4. Using suitable circlip pliers, compress the circlip (1)

and install the piston carrier plate (2) into the ring
gear.
BVF0896A 4
5. Install the ring gear.
BRB0164A 5
6. Install the retaining bolts and tighten to the specified

torque value.
BVF0894B 6
7. Install the inner brake disc into the ring gear.
BRB0162A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 9
8. Install the friction disc drive plate onto the driveshaft.
BRB0161A 8
BRB0160A 9
10. Install the outer brake disc into the ring gear.
BRB0159A 10
11. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the circlip retaining

the outer brake disc.
BRB0158A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 10
12. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the rear sun gear
retaining circlip.
BRB0157A 12
13. Install the sun gear.
BRB0156A 13
14. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the sun gear re-
taining circlip.
BRB0155A 14

BVF0897A 15
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 11
16. Install special tool 292888 (2).

Install the planetary carrier (1) to the casing.
Remove the special tool (2).
25594_398 16
17. Install the retaining bolts and tighten to the specified

torque value.
BVF0893A 17
18. Refill the hub with the correct specified oil.

Connect the battery negative cable (1) and install the
battery cover.
BVE0207A_396 18
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 12
Brake control valve - Remove Front Brake Valve

1. The front brake valve (1) is located on the SCR muf-
fler support bracket
BAIL12APH224AAB 1
2. Disconnect the return hose (1) and the supply hose

(2).
BAIL12APH225AAB 2
3. Disconnect trailer brake valve connection (1) and

front brake line (2).
BAIL12APH226AAB 3
4. Undo and remove the brake valve retaining bolt (1)

and remove the brake valve.
BAIL12APH227AAB 4
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 13
Brake control valve - Install Front Brake Valve

1. Fix the brake valve to the valve bracket and tighten
the retaining bolt (1) to 49 N·m (36.1 lb ft) .
BAIL12APH227AAB 1
2. Connect the return hose (1) and the supply hose (2)
.
BAIL12APH225AAB 2
3. Connect the brake valve connection (1) and the front

brake line (2) .
BAIL12APH226AAB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 14
Index

Brake control valve - Install Front Brake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Brake control valve - Remove Front Brake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Front axle brake - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Front axle brake - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 15
47461574 08/11/2012
33.204 / 16
Trailer brake hydraulic control - 220
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Trailer brake hydraulic control

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Trailer brake hydraulic control

Dynamic description (Italian Trailer Brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Trailer brake valve
Static description (Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Exploded view (Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
External view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
SERVICE
Trailer brake valve

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Remove (Solenoid valve block Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Install (Solenoid valve block Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
DIAGNOSTIC
Trailer brake valve

Troubleshooting (Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 2
Brakes and controls - Trailer brake hydraulic control
Trailer brake hydraulic control - General specification

Maximum Trailer Brake Pressure 150 bar (2175.0 psi)
Italian Trailer Brakes 10 - 12 bar (145.00 - 174.00 psi)
Trailer Brake Disengagement Pressure
NOTE: The brake oil specification is described in Consumables Lubrications and Coolants ().
Trailer brake hydraulic control - Torque
BVE0557A 1
Trailer brake hydraulic control - Special tools
CAUTION
in this manual.
B008
Pressure Test Tools

previous No.
380000543 Quick release coupler 291924
X 380000545 Hose 292246
380000550 Pressure gauge connection -
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 3
Trailer brake hydraulic control - Dynamic description (Italian Trailer

Brake)
Engine Running - Brakes Not Applied
To release the trailer braking mechanism a pressure of 11 - 12 bar (159.50 - 174.00 psi) is required at the trailer brake
coupling whenever the handbrake is released while the engine is running and the footbrake is not being applied.
This pressure is controlled by the oil discharge valve (6) which is attached to the trailer brake return to reservoir port
(R).
Oil from the implement pump flows to the trailer brake valve (7) port (P). When the brakes are not applied a small flow
of oil returns to reservoir through port (R) with the remaining flow passing from port (P) to the implement valves and
hydraulic lift through port (N).
The 11 - 12 bar (159.50 - 174.00 psi) pressure created by the oil discharge valve flows from the trailer brake line (B),
through the solenoid valves (4 and 5) to the trailer brake coupler (12).
This pressure is sufficient to overcome spring (13) of the Italian brake actuating mechanism. As the spring is com-
pressed, spring (14) retracts the actuating pin to disengage the braking mechanism on the trailer.
NOTE: At engine start-up the trailer brake indicator light (16) will remain illuminated until the 11 bar (159.50 psi)
pressure necessary to disengage the braking mechanism has been created. To reduce the time necessary to reach
trailer brake release pressure depress the brake pedal with the parking brake lever in the off position.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 4
BTB0232A 1
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Running and Brakes Not Applied
Pump Pressure Brake Pedal Pressure
Trailer Brake Release Pressure Return to Reservoir

11 bar (159.50 psi)
1 Parking Brake 2 Parking Brake Switch

3 Relay 4 Discharge Solenoid
5 Delivery Solenoid 6 11 bar (159.50 psi) Pressure Regulating Valve
7 Trailer Brake Valve 8 Low Pressure Switch
9 Hydraulic Pump 10 Brake Pedal and Master Cylinder
11 Implement Valves and Hydraulic Lift 12 Trailer Brake Coupler
13 Spring 14 Spring
15 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp Switch 16 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 5
Engine Running - Brakes Applied

When the tractor brake pedal is depressed the control of oil flow through the trailer brake valve (7) is the same as
described for tractors with the standard trailer brake system in Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description (33.220).
The outlet pressure through port (B) will be 12 - 150 bar (174.00 - 2175.0 psi) depending on the pressure applied to
the brake pedal.
The delivery solenoid (5) is open and the discharge solenoid (4) is closed. Oil exiting port (B) flows through the Òpen'
delivery solenoid valve (5) to the trailer brake coupler (12).
When a trailer is connected to the coupler the pressure passing through the coupling to the trailer braking mechanism
overcomes the spring force (13) and (14) and moves the actuating pin forward to apply the brakes on the trailer.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 6
BTB0233A 2
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Running and Brakes Applied
Pump Pressure Brake Pedal Pressure
Trailer Braking Pressure Return to Reservoir

11 bar (159.50 psi)

13 Spring 14 Spring
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 7
Engine Stopped or Running but with Low Hydraulic Pump Flow

When the engine has stopped or the output from the hydraulic implement pump is very low the pressure switch (8)
closes. With the switch closed the current energizes the relay (3). The relay closes and current reaches and energizes
the solenoid valves (4) and (5). The delivery solenoid (5) is now closed and discharge solenoid (4) is open. In this
condition the oil in the trailer brake line discharges to reservoir through solenoid (4). Their is now insufficient pressure
to overcome the spring (13) and therefore the actuating pin moves forward to apply the brakes. Low pressure in the
trailer brake line causes the switch (15) to close and illuminate the warning lamp (16).
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 8
BTB0230A 3
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Stopped or Running With Low Hydraulic Pump Flow
Pump Pressure Return to Reservoir

(Less than 10 bar (145.00 psi))
Brake Pedal Pressure

13 Spring 14 Spring
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 9
Engine Running - Parking Brake Applied

When the parking brake is applied the switch (2) is closed. With the switch closed the current energizes the relay (3).
The relay closes and current reaches and energizes the solenoid valves (4) and (5).
The delivery solenoid valve (5) is now closed and discharge solenoid valve (4) is open. The 11 bar (159.50 psi)
pressure oil at port (B) is blocked by delivery solenoid valve (5) and the pressure in the trailer brake coupler line is
discharged to reservoir through discharge solenoid valve (4).
Because there is insufficient pressure to overcome spring (13) the actuating pin is pushed forward to apply the brakes.
The low pressure in the trailer brake coupler line causes the trailer brake warning lamp switch (15) to close and the
in cab warning lamp will illuminate.
NOTE: After applying the parking brake, wait approximately 10 seconds before stopping the engine. This will allow
complete discharge of the oil pressure in the trailer brake line to obtain full application of the trailer brakes.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 10
BTB0231A 4
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Running and Parking Brake Applied
Pump Pressure Zero Brake Pedal Pressure
Release Pressure Return to Reservoir

11 bar (159.50 psi)

13 Spring 14 Spring
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 11
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description
BTB0415A 1
Trailer Brake Valve Operation - Tractor Brakes Not Applied
Zero Brake Pedal Pressure
1 Control Valve and Spool 2 Pressure Relief Element

3 Piston 4 Pilot Head
5 Spring 6 Throttling Orifice
7 Flow Regulating Valve 8 Restrictor
9 Check Valve
A Load Sensing Gallery to Implement Pump B To Trailer Brakes

N Outlet Port to Implement Valves P Inlet Ort from Hydraulic Pump
R Return to Reservoir X Pressure from Tractor Brake Pedal Application
Tractor Brakes Not Applied

When the tractor brakes are not applied there is no hydraulic pressure in the circuit from the tractor brake pedal master
cylinder to ports (X) of the pilot head (4).
The piston (3) is not under pressure and the control valve (1) assumes the neutral position.
The trailer brake line (B) is relieved to reservoir through the control valve and port (R).
Their is a small controlled flow of oil from the implement pump through port (P) of approximately 0.6 l/min (0.16 US
gpm) which passes to the reservoir through restrictor (8), throttling orifice (6) control valve (1) and port (R). The pres-
sure drop at the throttling orifice (6) holds the flow regulating valve (7) in the open flow position allowing all remaining
flow to pass from port (P) through port (N) to the implement valves and other hydraulic circuits.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 12
BTB0418A 2
Trailer Brake Valve Operation - Brakes Being Applied
Pump Pressure Reduced Flow
Brake Pedal Pressure Return to Reservoir

9 Check Valve
A Load Sensing Gallery To Implement Pump B To Trailer Brakes

N Outlet Port to Hydraulic Circuit P Inlet Port from Hydraulic Pump
Tractor Brakes Being Applied-Initial application

When the tractor brake pedal is being depressed the pilot piston (3) is pressurised through ports (X) and moves
forward pushing against the pressure relief element (2). As the pressure relief element moves to the left the control
valve spool (1) similarly moves to the left.
As the control spool moves to the left the flow of oil to reservoir through port (R) is prevented in two stages. First the
connection between the trailer brake line (B) and return to reservoir port (R) is closed. Secondly oil passing through
the centre of the flow regulating valve is prevented from returning to reservoir through the control valve and port (R).
As oil from the hydraulic implement pump continues to pass through the flow regulating valve, the combination of
rising oil pressure on the spring side of the valve and the spring pressure moves the regulating valve to the left.
A constant flow of oil from the implement pump passes from port (P) to the trailer brake through restrictor (8), and
check valve (9). The residual flow by-passes the flow regulating valve (7) and passes to the tractor implement valves
and other hydraulic circuits through port (N).
The pressure in the trailer brake line (B) builds up and acts on the end of the control valve spool in opposition to the
pressure on the piston (3).
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 13
BTB0417A 3
Trailer Brake Valve Operation - Brakes Held
Pump Pressure Trapped Oil (Pressurised)

9 Check Valve

Tractor Brakes Being Applied- Brakes Held

If the tractor brake pedal is kept depressed the brake line (B) remains blocked from the return to reservoir port (R).
The pressure in the trailer brake line (B) increases until it matches the tractor braking pressure and acts on the end
surface of the control valve spool (1) moving the spool to the right against the pressure being applied by the brake
pedals.
The oil trapped at the spring end of the flow regulating valve (7) is now open to reservoir through port (R) and the
valve moves to the right preventing any further pump pressure oil flowing past the check valve (9) and into the trailer
brake circuit (B). All pump flow with the exception of a small controlled flow returning to reservoir through the throttling
orifice (6) is now directed to port (N) and the tractor implement valves and other hydraulic circuits.
The oil in the trailer brakes is now trapped and maintained at a constant pressure until the pressure applied to the
brake pedal is changed.
When the brake pedal pressure is decreased the control spool moves to the right allowing the trapped oil in the trailer
brake circuit to return to reservoir through port (R) as shown in Figure 1. Oil in circuit (B) is allowed to escape to
reservoir until the pressure in the trailer brake circuit once again matches the pressure applied to the tractor brake
pedal.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 14
BTB0416A 4
Trailer Brake Valve Operation - Brakes Applied With Maximum Brake Pedal Pressure
Pump Pressure Trapped Oil (Pressurised)

9 Check Valve

Brakes Applied With Maximum Brake Pedal Pressure

If at any time the maximum permissible trailer braking pressure of 150 bar (2175.0 psi) is reached, for example by
pressing excessively on the tractor brake pedal or due to any other external forces an increase in braking pressure is
prevented by the pressure relief element (2).
As pressure in the trailer braking circuit increases to the maximum permissible limit, the trailer brake circuit pressure
forces the control spool (1) against the springs in the pressure relief element (2). The springs which are preset to the
maximum permissible braking pressure are compressed and the control spool (1) moves to the right allowing the oil
trapped behind the flow regulating valve to return to reservoir through port (R). The flow regulating valve now moves
to the right and prevents any further pump system pressure being directed over the check valve to the trailer brake
circuit.
If the excess pressure is as a result of external factors in the trailer brake system the pressure in gallery (B) is similarly
applied to the end face of the control valve which momentarily moves further to the right opening gallery (B) to reservoir
through port (R). This allows the excess pressure in the trailer brake circuit to be vented to reservoir avoiding further
increase of the braking pressure.
Although the trailer brake circuit has priority over the implement valve hydraulic circuits the tractor hydraulics can be
used and pressurised as desired through all operating situations of the trailer brakes without any adverse effect.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 15
Trailer brake valve - Static description

Tractors may be fitted with a hydraulically operated trailer brake valve which operates the trailer brakes whenever the
brake system is activated by depressing the footbrake.
Installation of the trailer brake valves varies according to model however the principal of operation remains the same.
BSE3571A 1
Trailer brake installation
1 Low Pressure Switch connection 2 Feed To Trailer Brake Coupling

3 Pressure Line to Tractor Brakes 4 Retaining Screws
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 16
Trailer brake valve - Static description (Italian Trailer brake)

The unique braking mechanism on Italian trailers automatically applies the trailer brakes whenever the tractor engine
is stopped, output from the hydraulic pump is very low or the tractor is disconnected from the trailer.
NOTE: The Italian trailer braking system will only function on trailers specifically designed to the Italian trailer braking
specification. Do NOT attach trailers which are not to the Italian specification to tractors installed with the Italian trailer
brake option. Failure to observe this requirement may result in continual partial engagement of the brakes on the
trailer and consequential overheating.
The internal components of the Italian trailer brake valve are the same as the standard trailer braking system, however
an additional manifold (3) is attached to the (P) and (B) ports. This manifold contains two solenoids (1) and (2) and
internal galleries which direct oil to and from the trailer brake circuit in accordance with the trailer braking requirements
of this system.
An oil discharge valve located in the return port (R) of the valve creates a back pressure of 10 - 12 bar (145 - 174
psi) in the system whenever the engine is running but the foot brakes are not applied.
BSE3599A_471 1
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 17
Trailer brake valve - Exploded view (Italian Trailer brake)
BSE3749A 1
Italian Trailer Brake Components
1 Low Pressure Switch 2 Trailer Brake Valve

Pressure Regulating Valve
3 Manifold Bolt 4
10 - 12 bar (145 - 174 psi)
5 Manifold 6 Solenoid
7 Solenoid
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 18
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema
BSF4011A 1
Trailer Brake Circuit
1 Trailer Brake Valve 2 Braking Pressure

3 Load Sense Line 4 Variable Displacement Hydraulic Pump
5 Remote Valves 6 Trailer Brakes
Oil flows from the hydraulic pump (4) and into the trailer brake valve (1) via the power beyond slice before flowing
onto the remote valves and other high pressure hydraulic circuits.
The position of the trailer brake valve in the circuit ensures that the trailer brake circuit has priority flow over the remote
valves (5) and other hydraulic high pressure circuits.
Trailer braking is proportional to the effort on the tractor brake pedal. Feedback is provided by the trailer brake valve
to give a sense of feel to the operator which aids precise braking.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 19
Trailer brake valve - External view
BSE3658A 1
Trailer Brake Layout
1 Remote Valves 2 Trailer Brake Valve

3 Bleed Nipple 4 Pressure Line to Tractor Left Hand Brakes
5 Trailer Brake engaged warning lamp switch 6 Feed to Trailer Brake Coupling
(Italian Trailer Brake)
7 Feed to solenoid block 8 Delivery Solenoid (Italian Trailer Brake)
9 Discharge Solenoid (Italian Trailer Brake) 10 Pressure Line to Right Hand Brakes
11 Low Pressure Switch 10 bar (145 psi) 12 Supply Feed From Pump
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 20
Trailer brake valve - Remove

1. Disconnect the trailer brake valve electrical connec-
tors and reposition the wiring harness.
Disconnect the trailer brake valve oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0455A 1
2. Disconnect the brake pipes (1) and (2) from the trailer
brake valve.
BVE0456A 2
3. Remove the trailer brake valve retaining bolt.
BVE0457A_472 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 21
4. Remove the remaining trailer brake valve retaining

bolts and remove the trailer brake valve.
BVE0458A_473 4
Next operation:
Trailer brake valve - Install (33.220)
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 22
Trailer brake valve - Install

Prior operation:
Trailer brake valve - Remove (33.220)
NOTE: Install new O-ring seals as required.

1. Install the trailer brake valve and the trailer brake
valve retaining bolts.
BVE0458A_473 1
2. Install the remaining trailer brake valve retaining bolt.
BVE0457A_472 2
3. Connect the brake pipes (1) and (2) to the trailer

brake valve.
BVE0456A_474 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 23
4. Connect the trailer brake valve oil supply pipe (1).

Connect the trailer brake valve electrical connectors.
BVE0455A 4
Next operation:
Bleed the brake system - see Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed (33.202).
Refill the driveline with correct the specification oil - see Consumables Lubrications and Coolants ().
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 24
Trailer brake valve - Remove (Solenoid valve block Italian Trailer

brake)
1. Disconnect the trailer brake solenoid valve block
electrical connectors.
2. Disconnect the trailer brake valve oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0455A 1
3. Disconnect the oil supply pipe (1) from the quick re-
lease coupling and remove the banjo retaining bolt
(2) from the Italian trailer brake solenoid valve block.
BVE0459A 2
4. Remove the Italian trailer brake solenoid valve block

with the oil supply pipes attached.
5. Remove the oil supply pipes from the Italian trailer
brake solenoid valve block.
Next operation:
Trailer brake valve - Install (33.220)
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 25
Trailer brake valve - Install (Solenoid valve block Italian Trailer

brake)
Prior operation:
Trailer brake valve - Remove (Solenoid valve block Italian Trailer brake) (33.220)
NOTE: Install new sealing washers as required.

1. Install the oil supply pipes to the Italian trailer brake
solenoid valve block.
2. Install the Italian trailer brake solenoid valve block
with the oil supply pipes attached.
3. Install the banjo retaining bolt (2) to the Italian trailer
brake solenoid valve block and connect the oil supply
pipe (1) to the quick release coupling.
BVE0459A 1
4. Connect the trailer brake valve oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0455A 2
5. Connect the Italian trailer brake solenoid valve elec-

trical connectors.
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 26
Trailer brake valve - Pressure test

Oil temperature 40 - 50 °C (104 - 122 °F).
Engine speed 1000 RPM.
Electrical system powered.
Parking brake disengaged.
TRAILER BRAKING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST

1. Insert fitting 380000550 (1) in trailer brake coupler
and connect it to a 0 - 250 bar (0 - 3625 psi) pressure
380000543 and the hose 380000545.
BVE0169A 1
2. Couple both brake pedals together and with engine

and oil in the conditions described at the beginning,
apply the foot brake.
The pressure gauge reading should increase de-
pending on pedal effort up to 135 - 145 bar (1958 -
2103 psi).
3. If the pressure is not 135 - 145 bar (1958 - 2103
psi) check the system as described in Trailer brake
valve - Troubleshooting (33.220).
4. Engage parking brake, disconnect pressure gauge
and fitting 380000550 (1).
TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM LEAK TEST

380000543 and the hose 380000545.
BVE0169A 2
6. Couple both brake pedals together and with engine

and oil in the conditions described at the beginning,
apply the foot brakes for a minimum of 10 seconds.
The pressure gauge reading should increase up to
135 - 145 bar (1958 - 2103 psi) and remain constant.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 27
7. If the pressure is not 135 - 145 bar (1958 - 2103

psi) check the system as described in Trailer brake
valve - Troubleshooting (33.220).
and fitting 380000550 (1).
TRAILER BRAKE DISENGAGEMENT PRESSURE TEST (ITALIAN TRAILER BRAKES ONLY)

380000543 and the hose 380000545.
BVE0169A 3
10. With engine and oil as detailed above, pressure

should be 11 - 12 bar (160 - 174 psi).
11. Make sure that light indicator is off.
12. If the pressure is not 11 - 12 bar (160 - 174 psi) check
the system as described in Trailer brake valve -
Troubleshooting (Italian Trailer brake) (33.220).
and fitting 380000550 (1).
PARKING BRAKE ENGAGEMENT TEST (ITALIAN TRAILER BRAKES ONLY)

380000543 and the hose 380000545.
BVE0169A 4
15. With engine and oil in the conditions described at the

beginning of this chapter, fully raise parking brake
control lever.
16. Check if pressure is 0 bar (0 psi) and light indicator
is on.
17. If the pressure is not 0 bar (0 psi) check the system
as described in Trailer brake valve - Troubleshoot-
ing (Italian Trailer brake) (33.220).
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 28
18. With the parking brake engaged disconnect pressure

gauge and fitting 380000550 (1).
TRAILER BRAKE CIRCUIT SAFETY SWITCH TEST (ITALIAN TRAILER BRAKES ONLY)
380000543 and the hose 380000545.
BVE0169A 5
20. With the parking brake OFF and tractor brakes not
applied, operate and hold the remote control valve
lever and allow the system pressure relief valve to
operate.
Keep this position for a few seconds and quickly re-
lease the control lever.
21. Check if parking brake disengagement pressure re-
mains at the specified value between 11 - 12 bar (160
- 174 psi).
22. If the pressure is not 11 - 12 bar (160 - 174 psi) check
the system as described in Trailer brake valve -
Troubleshooting (Italian Trailer brake) (33.220).
and fitting 380000550 (1).
HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKE CHECK (ITALIAN OPTION)

Foot Brake Hand Brake Warning Light Gauge Pressure at Coupler
(Trailer Brake)
Key ’ON’ OFF OFF ON 0 bar (0 psi)
Engine Running ( 800 - 1000
OFF OFF OFF* 10 bar (145 psi)
RPM)*
OFF ON ON 0 bar (0 psi)
RPM)*
OFF OFF OFF 10 bar (145 psi)
RPM)*
Engine Running ( 800 - 1000 10 bar (145 psi) - 120 bar
Apply foot brake
RPM)* OFF OFF (1740 psi)/ 150 bar (2175
progressively
psi)
ON ON ON 0 bar (0 psi)
RPM)*
Engine Running ( 800 - 1000 120 bar (1740 psi)/ 150 bar
ON OFF OFF
RPM)* (2175 psi)
Engine Running ( 800 - 1000 Release
120 bar (1740 psi)/ 150 bar
RPM)* foot brake OFF OFF
(2175 psi) - 10 bar (145 psi)
progressively
OFF ON ON 0 bar (0 psi)
RPM)*
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 29
Foot Brake Hand Brake Warning Light Gauge Pressure at Coupler

(Trailer Brake)
OFF OFF OFF 10 bar (145 psi)
RPM)*
Key ’OFF’ OFF OFF OFF 0 bar (0 psi)
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 30
Trailer brake valve - Troubleshooting

Pressure higher or lower Faulty trailer brake pressure regulating Replace trailer brake valve.
than specified. valve.
Faulty hydraulic pump. Test Pump and identify concern.
Excess pressure peaks Oil leaks from hydraulic system. Locate leaks and repair.
are observed when
applying the brake pedals
for 10 seconds.
Solenoid valve leak. Replace solenoid valve.
Trailer brake auxiliary valve leaks. Replace trailer brake auxiliary valve.
Trailer brake valve - Troubleshooting (Italian Trailer brake)

Trailer brake Trailer brake disengagement pressure Replace valve.
disengagement pressure valve incorrectly adjusted.
= 0 - 10 bar (0 - 145.0 psi)
Trailer brake Faulty warning lamp. Replace lamp.
disengagement pressure
not correct but warning
light is off.
Faulty trailer brake engaged warning lamp Replace switch.
switch.
Correct trailer brake Faulty trailer brake engaged indicator Replace switch.
disengagement pressure switch.
but light indicator is on.
Trailer brake Faulty indicator lamp. Replace lamp.
not correct but light
indicator is off.
Faulty trailer brake engaged indicator Replace switch.
switch.
Trailer brake Faulty parking brake engaged switch. Replace switch.
does not zero when
parking brake is applied.
Faulty parking brake indicator circuit relay. Replace relay.
Discharge solenoid valve faulty or stuck Repair or replace solenoid valve.
closed.
Trailer brake Trailer brake circuit safety switch adjust- Replace switch.
disengagement pressure ment exceeding rated value 2.5 - 3.5 bar
is permanently zeroed (36.3 - 50.8 psi).
when operating the
levers.
Switches reversed in the specified po- Move switches to correct positions or re-
sitions or with exchanged power supply verse power supply cables.
cables.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 31
Index

Trailer brake hydraulic control - Dynamic description (Italian Trailer Brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Trailer brake hydraulic control - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Trailer brake hydraulic control - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Trailer brake hydraulic control - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trailer brake valve - Exploded view (Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Trailer brake valve - External view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Trailer brake valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Trailer brake valve - Install (Solenoid valve block Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Trailer brake valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Trailer brake valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Trailer brake valve - Remove (Solenoid valve block Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Trailer brake valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Trailer brake valve - Static description (Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Trailer brake valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Trailer brake valve - Troubleshooting (Italian Trailer brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
47461574 08/11/2012
33.220 / 32
Trailer brake pneumatic control - 224
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Trailer brake pneumatic control

FUNCTIONAL DATA

Compressor
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE

Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Remove Relief valve/filter drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install Relief valve/filter drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Air tanks
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
One-way control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Two-way control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Supply lines
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
DIAGNOSTIC
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 2
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 3
Brakes and controls - Trailer brake pneumatic control
Trailer brake pneumatic control - General specification

Air compressor
Location Left-hand side of engine
Drive Belt driven via crankshaft
Type Single cylinder air cooled
Speed 3000 RPM maximum
Lubrication Pressure fed from engine
Bore/stroke 75x36 mm
Displacement 159 cm³
Operating pressure 18 bar (261 psi)
System operating pressure

7.8 - 8.3 bar (113 - 120 psi) ‘Universal’ and ‘German’
7.0 - 7.5 bar (101 - 108 psi) ‘Italian’
Unload (relief) valve setting

12 bar (174 psi)
Low pressure warning switch operating pressure

4.5 - 5.0 bar (65 - 73 psi)
Pressure sender
Pressure 0 bar (0 psi) 2 bar (29 psi) 6 bar (87 psi) 10 bar (145 psi)
Ohms 10 Ω 52 Ω 124 Ω 184 Ω
Air drier/heater
Heater cut in temperature 1 - 13 °C (34 - 55 °F)
Heater cut off temperature 26 - 32 °C (79 - 90 °F)
Solenoid valves
Normally open
Maintenance
Drain air tanks Daily
Compressor drive belt tension 295 - 325 Hz check every 300 hours
Air filter drier Every two years
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 4
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Static description

The system comprises of a dual line control circuit and an optional single line circuit for compatibility with the maximum
number of commercially available trailer systems.
The compressor supplies the reservoir tank ( 15 l), via a combined regeneration dryer/unload valve. The unload valve
maintains the tank pressure at 11 bar and incorporates a safety valve set at 17.5 bar to prevent system overpressure.
The regeneration dryer removes moisture from the air and exhausts it via the unload valve periodically depending on
operating conditions. It also incorporates a heater that automatically operates if the ambient temperature is too low.
After the tank, a pressure regulator valve regulates the system at 8.5 bar.
When both the brake pedals are initially applied, the brake light switches are in their normally open position. This in
turn, de-energises the supply to the normally open dual line control valve (DLCV) solenoid and air pressure is supplied
to the air control spool of the DLCV. This enables partial application of the trailer brakes prior to the tractor brakes.
As the dual brake pedals are further depressed, the hydraulic pressure acts on the hydraulic control spool of the
DCLV causing the air control line (yellow) to gradually and equally rise to its maximum value ( 8.5 bar). The hydraulic
brake circuit incorporates a logic valve which only allows trailer braking under dual pedal application. This still allows
spin/turn, tractor only braking, if required in a field.
The red supply line to the trailer is taken directly after the pressure regulator valve ( 8.5 bar). The system incorporates
an electrical pressure switch/sender assembly. The instrument cluster incorporates a pressure indicator and warning
lamp that illuminates if the red line pressure drops below 5 bar.
The optional single line control valve is actuated direcly from the control (yellow) outlet of the DLCV. Single line control
pressure (Black) to the trailer is limited to a maximum of 5.5 bar and operates in a directly opposite manner to the
dual control line, i.e. brake pedals released — 5.5 bar control, brake pedals fully applied — 0 bar control.
When the handbrake is applied, the electrical switch is in its normally open position. This results in zero voltage to
the normally open solenoid valve and full trailer contol pressure is applied via the yellow control line through a double
check valve (DCV). If any fault occurs in the circuit, i.e. wiring disconnect, fuse/relay failure or the engine is turned
off, then trailer braking is automatically applied.
The yellow control line also incorporates a quick release valve just prior to the trailer coupler. This allows rapid release
of the trailer brakes along with the tractor brakes, preventing any undue drag.
There are three options of trailer braking systems available

NOTICE: The trailer brake system can be identified as follows
Universal
A generally accepted pneumatic brake providing a dual
line system.
Universal with straight in-line couplers.
BSF4273A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 5
Universal with side mounted couplers.
BSF4287A 2
German
An air brake system designed in accordance with German
TUV specifications, providing both single and dual line
operation.
BSF4274B 3
Italian
An air brake system designed to meet Italian legislation
providing dual line operation.
BSF4270A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 6
Compressor - Exploded view
SM60-33-004 1
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 7
1. Bolt 2. Sealing ring

3. Bolt 4. Pressure valve support
5. Pressure valve plate 6. Suction valve plate
7. Washer 8. Bolt
9. Bush 10. Alternate end housing
11. Screw 12. Cover
13. ‘O’ ring 14. Sealing washer
15. Locking screw 16. Plug
17. Sealing ring 18. Cap
19. Bolt 20. Washer
21. Seal 22. Washer
23. Nut 24. Screw
25. Bearing and cover assembly 26. ‘O’ ring
27. Crankshaft 28. Crankcase
29. Connecting rod bearing 30. Connecting rod
31. Piston assembly 32. Gasket
33. Valve assembly (complete) 34. Washer
35. Bush 36. Gasket
37. Plug 38. Washer
39. Cylinder head
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 8
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Pressure test

Vehicle Preparation
1. Position the vehicle on a flat level surface and in a
suitable location to allow the engine to run during the
testing.
Chock the wheels and make sure that the parking
brake is in the OFF position.
2. To carry out the test, it will be necessary to obtain the
correct trailer side couplers for the system, to couple
up to the tractor connectors.
60-33-025 1
3. Use suitable fittings to connect to each trailer side

coupler a 0 - 10 bar, undamped ( 100 mm), pressure
gauge.
Connect one gauge (A) on the red supply line and
the other gauge (B) on the yellow control line.
- On Italian trailer brake systems, the lines are des-
ignated as A for automatic and M for modulated.
BAIL08CVT391AVB 2
4. Turn the ignition key to position 1.

5. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released.
6. Make sure that the test gauges and the pressure dis-
play in the instrument cluster are reading zero.
BAIL08CVT413AVB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 9
7. Drain the air tanks if required.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 4
8. Make sure the low pressure warning lamp in the in-

strument cluster is illuminated.
BAIL08CVT411AVA 5
System Charge
9. Start the engine and allow the pneumatic system to
pressurise.
10. The system will normally be fully pressurised within
2 minutes at 900 ERPM, if maximum operating pres-
sure is not obtained within 3 minutes, check for leaks
or a faulty relief valve within the dryer assembly.
11. Make sure that the low air pressure warning lamp
within the instrument cluster extinguishes as soon as
the red line pressure (A) exceeds 5.5 bar.
BAIL08CVT415AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 10
12. Observe the test gauge installed in the red supply

line (A) to make sure that as maximum pressure of
8.3 - 8.8 bar is achieved a pop should be heard as
the relief valve operates.
BAIL08CVT413AVA 7
13. Gradually, during the following 3 to 5 seconds the

pressure must drop by 0.3 - 0.5 bar which indicates
the dryer is regenerating.
14. Check that the final red line pressure (A) is between
7.8 - 8.5 bar and the yellow line pressure (B) is 0 bar.
BAIL08CVT414AVA 8
15. If the red supply line pressure is not correct, install a

new dryer/relief valve assembly. DO NOT adjust the
relief valve setting.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 9
16. If the yellow line pressure is not zero, refer to Perfor-

mance Check - Parking Brake Operation in this pro-
cedure for fault rectification.
Relief Valve Operation

17. With the engine at idle, fully apply and release the
foot brake pedals several times so that the air is ex-
hausted and the system pressure falls.
18. When the pressure in the red supply line drops below
7 bar, the compressor must come back on load and
recharge the system.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 11
19. When full system pressure is achieved a pop should

be heard as the relief valve operates. The red line
pressure (A) must be 8.3 - 8.8 bar.
BAIL08CVT413AVA 10
20. If the relief operation is incorrect, install a new dryer/

relief valve assembly. DO NOT adjust the pressure
setting of the valve.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 11
Performance Check - Parking Brake Operation

21. With the engine at idle, apply the parking brake lever
by 2-4 clicks on the ratchet. The test gauges must
read as follows:
Red supply line (A) - 7.8 - 8.5 bar.
Yellow control line (B) - 7.3 - 8.5 bar.
BAIL08CVT417AVA 12
22. When the parking brake is released, the yellow con-

trol line pressure must drop to zero bar. If the pres-
sure does not drop, check for the following possible
faults:
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 12
A. Check that both solenoid valves installed to

the rear bracket assembly are electrically con-
nected. Note: The electrical connector with the
red trace (parking brake) (2) connects to the
outer right-hand side solenoid valve and the
yellow trace (advance) (1) connects to the in-
ner left-hand side solenoid valve.
B. Check that the parking brake warning switch
is installed correctly to the parking brake, is
electrically connected and operating correctly.
C. Check the trailer brake relay is installed cor-
rectly.
BAIL08CVT412AVA 13
23. With the parking brake disengaged and the ignition

switched OFF, the yellow control line must fail-safe
and the pressure in the test gauge (B) must rise to
7.3 - 8.5 bar.
BAIL08CVT417AVA 14
Performance Check - Brake Pedal Operation

24. With the engine at idle and the parking brake re-
leased, check that the red line test gauge (A) reading
is 8.3 - 8.8 bar. If necessary apply the brake pedals
several times to bring the compressor on load and
wait until the relief valve operates indicated by an au-
dible pop.
BAIL08CVT413AVA 15
25. Unlatch the brake pedals, apply the left-hand and

right-hand brake pedals individually and check the
test gauge readings, there must be no change in the
readings.
60-33-036 16
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 13
26. Relatch the brake pedals.

27. Gently apply pressure to the linked brake pedals until
both brake light switches have just clicked on. The
stop lights will operate and the 4WD indicator on the
instrument cluster should illuminate.
60-33-037 17
28. While maintaining full red system pressure (A), the

yellow control line pressure (B) must rise to a value
between 0.5 - 2.5 bar.
BAIL08CVT418AVA 18
29. If more than 15 mm of brake pedal travel is required

to operate either brake light switch, the required ad-
vance braking on the trailer control line may not oc-
cur. If this is the case, the brake light switch must be
adjusted to operate within 15 mm.
30. If the advance pressure is still not apparent, check
that the pressure regulator (if fitted), located on the
rear brake assembly is turned fully clockwise (MAX).
Pull out the control knob to adjust and push back in
to lock.
BAIL08CVT409AVA 19
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 14
31. Apply a steadily increasing foot pressure to the

latched brake pedals. The yellow control line pres-
sure (B) must increase gradually to its maximum
pressure of 7 - 8.5 bar.
BAIL08CVT417AVA 20
Leak Test
32. With the system fully charged, the engine OFF and
the parking brake applied, leave the vehicle standing.
NOTE: Wait 30 seconds for the system pressures to sta-
bilise before checking the system pressure.
33. After 10 minutes there must be no more than 0.05
bar drop in system pressure.
34. Any indication of leakage must be rectified and the
test repeated.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 15
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Remove Relief valve/filter drier

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
The wheels on this vehicle are very heavy. Al-
ways use a wheel remover or chain hoists to re-
move and install the wheels. Use an assistant
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A
Remove the left-hand rear wheel.
SS12B071 1
1. Release the trailer brake system pressure from the

trailer brake air tanks.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 2
2. Disconnect the relief valve supply (1) and outlet pipes

(2).
Remove the relief valve (3).
BAIL12APH039AVC 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 16
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Install Relief valve/filter drier

1. Install the relief valve (1).
Connect the relief valve outlet (2.)
Install the relief valve supply pipe (3), tighten to 42 -
62 N·m (31 - 46 lb ft).
BAIL12APH039AVD 1
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A
Install the left-hand rear wheel.
SS12B071 2
2. Start the engine and check for air leaks.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 17
Compressor - Remove
WARNING
B026

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
BAIL07APH022AVA 2
3. Loosen the air compressor drive belt tensioner (1),

detension and remove the air compressor drive belt
(2).
BAIL07APH240AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 18
4. Disconnect air cleaner to compressor supply pipe

and the compressor outlet pipe.
BAIL07APH033AVA 4
5. Disconnect the oil supply pipe and the oil outlet pipe.
BAIL07APH034AVA 5
6. Remove the air compressor.
BAIL07APH378AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 19
Compressor - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Install the air compressor.

BAIL07APH378AVA 1
2. Connect the oil supply pipe (1) and the oil outlet pipe
(2).
Tighten (1) to 13-17 Nm ( 10-13 lb ft).
Tighten (2) to 42-62 Nm ( 31-46 lb ft).
BAIL07APH034AVA 2
3. Connect the air cleaner to compressor supply pipe

and the compressor outlet pipe.
Tighten compressor outlet pipe to 42-62 Nm ( 31-46
lb ft).
BAIL07APH033AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 20
4. Install and tension the air compressor drive belt (1)

and tighten the air compressor drive belt tensioner
(2).
BAIL07APH240AVA 4
5. Install the left-hand drive belt guard.
BAIL07APH022AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 21
Air tanks - Remove
WARNING
B026
DANGER
B012
1. Make sure that the vehicle is parked on a level sur-

face.
2. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheels stops.
front support. These prevent articulation of the front
axle.
BAIL07APH285AVA 1
4. Raise the rear of the vehicle and place two suitable

axle stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
BTB0281A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 22
5. Remove both rear wheels.
BAIL07APH363AVA 3
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the vehicle.
Both air tanks

BAIS06CCM607AVA 4
Left-hand air tank

7. Disconnect the air tank supply pipes from the left-
hand air tank.
BAIS06CCM649AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 23
8. Disconnect the balance pipe from the left-hand air

tank.
BAIL07APH202AVA 6
9. Remove the left-hand air tank.
BAIL07APH204AVA 7
Right-hand air tank

10. Disconnect the electrical connector and the supply
pipe.
BAIS06CCM650AVA 8
11. Disconnect the balance pipe from the right-hand air

tank (1) loosen the air tank retaining nut (2) and re-
move the right-hand air tank.
BAIS06CCM648AVA 9
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 24
Air tanks - Install

Right-hand air tank
1. Install right-hand the air tank and tighten the retaining
nut (2). Connect the balance pipe to the right-hand
air tank (1).
BAIS06CCM648AVA 1
2. Connect the electrical connector and the supply pipe.
BAIS06CCM650AVA 2
Left-hand air tank

3. Install the left-hand air tank.
BAIL07APH204AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 25
4. Connect the balance pipe to the left-hand air tank.
BAIL07APH202AVA 4
5. Connect the supply pipes to the left-hand air tank.
BAIS06CCM649AVA 5
6. Install both wheels and tighten the wheel nuts to the

specified torque, for further information refer to Rear
wheel - Torque (44.520).
BAIL07APH363AVA 6

7. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the axle
stands (1).
NOTE: If applicable, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
BTB0281A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 26

axle and front support.
BAIL07APH285AVA 8
9. Remove the front wheels chocks.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 27
One-way control valve - Remove
WARNING
B022

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the air lines to the single line control valve

and to the solenoids (1). Remove the retaining bolts
(2) and remove the single line control valve.
BAIS06CCM717AVA 2
3. Reassembly is the reversal of removal.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 28
Two-way control valve - Remove
WARNING
B022

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the hydraulic brake connection, cap the

end of the tube to prevent contamination and exces-
sive loss of brake oil.
BAIL07APH029AVA 2
3. Disconnect the air lines.
BAIL07APH031AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 29
4. Remove the retaining bolts and remove the dual line

control valve.
BAIS06CCM645AVA 4
5. Reassembly is the reversal of removal.
Next operation:
Bleed the brake system. For further information refer to Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed (33.202).
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 30
Supply lines - Disconnect

1. To remove an air line it is necessary to undo and
remove the complete fitting (1) from the component.
Once removed, the retaining clip can be removed to
allow the air line to be disconnected from the fitting.
60-33-041 1
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 31
Supply lines - Connect

1. To install the push-in type air lines proceed as fol-
lows;
• Ensure that the seal (1) is correctly seated in
the bottom of the connector fitting.
• Ensure that the plastic retaining clip (2) is also
correctly installed in the component connector
fitting.
• Install and tighten the connector fitting (4).
• Firmly push the pipe connector (3) into the
component connector fitting (4).
60-33-042 1
ATTENTION: An air line should never be installed as a single item with the component fitting. The retaining clip may
not seat properly causing pipe disconnection and air leakage. Always install the fitting, seal and retaining ring to the
component and then install the pipe to the fitting.
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 32
Supply lines - Remove

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the pneumatic connector supply pipe.

Remove the retaining nut and remove the trailer
brake pneumatic connector.
BAIS06CCM666AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 33
Supply lines - Overhaul
SM60-33-008 1
Couplers
Key to Components - Figure 1.
A. Single Line Coupler B. Supply and Control Line Couplers

1. Cover 1. Screw
2. Circlip 2. Guide Piece
3. Bush 3. Spring
4. Ò' Ring 4. Tube
5. Valve Ring 5. Cover
6. Valve Body 6. Housing
7. Ò' Ring 7. Spring
8. Spring 8. Cap
9. Housing 9. Valve
10. Washer 10. Ò' Ring
11. Guide Piece 11. Cap
12. Washer 12. Ò' Ring
13. Screw 13. Thrust Piece
14. Guide
15. Screw
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 34
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Troubleshooting

System pressure too high Faulty unload valve in air processing unit. Remove valve clean/replace refer to
(exceeds 13.5 bar (195.8 Trailer brake pneumatic control - Re-
psi) move (33.224).
Delay in trailer brake Dual line solenoid failed closed or perma- Disconnect wiring to solenoid. If brakes
operation nently energised. operate normally inspect wiring for short to
+12 v. If still a delay in operation after wire
disconnection replace solenoid assembly.
Faulty brake switch
Instrument cluster light System pressure below 4.5/3.5 bar. Compressor drive belt broken
illuminates when system Check system for leaks
is running. Unload valve failed, stuck open
Compressor fault
Reservoir drain tap faulty
Faulty switch or switch wiring Disconnect wiring to switch. If light extin-
guishes replace switch. If light remains illu-
minated check wiring for short to earth.
Trailer brakes not Air in hydraulic braking system Bleed brakes. Refer to Hydraulic service
functioning (system brakes - Bleed (33.202)
air pressure okay)
Faulty pilot valve Disconnect supply line to control valve from
pilot valve assembly. Operate the brakes,
if oil is expelled, pilot valve is okay. If no oil
expelled remove and inspect pilot valve.
Control valve faulty Repair/replace as required
System pressure too high Faulty Relief valve Remove valve clean/replace. refer to
(exceeds 12 bar +/- 2) Trailer brake pneumatic control - Re-
move (33.224)
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 35
Index

Air tanks - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Air tanks - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Compressor - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
One-way control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Supply lines - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Supply lines - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Supply lines - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Supply lines - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Trailer brake pneumatic control - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Install Relief valve/filter drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Remove Relief valve/filter drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Trailer brake pneumatic control - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Two-way control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 36
47461574 08/11/2012
33.224 / 37
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Hydraulic systems
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35
Contents
Hydraulic systems - 35
Hydraulic systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.000

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Reservoir, cooler, and filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.300

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.104

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.106

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Charge pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.105

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Regulated/Low pressure system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.322

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.204

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Three-point hitch control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.114

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Three-point hitch cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.116

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic systems
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Hydraulic systems
Hydraulic schema (16x16 CCLS with Electronic Draft Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic schema (24x24 with Fixed displacement pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic schema 16x16 with fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 2
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic systems
Hydraulic systems - Special tools

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Tee adaptor 11/16 ORFS female x 11/16 ORFS male x 380000570*
7/16 UNF female
Adaptor M10 banjo x 7/16 UNF female 380000572*

Adaptor 7/16 UNF female x M12 x 1.5p male 380000577*
Adaptor 7/16 UNF male 380000999
Adaptor M14 banjo x M14 x 1.5p female 380000579*
Tee adaptor 7/16 UNF female x 1/4 BSP hose tail x 1/2 380000580*
hose
7/16 UNF male Quick release adaptor 380000492
Adaptor M10 x 1.0p x 7/16 UNF female 380000493
Lift relief valve fitting 380000217
90 quick release fitting with adaptor M8 x 1.0 male 380001146.
Blanking Cap 11/16 ORFS 380000599*
Pressure Gauge 0–10 bar 380000551#
Pressure Gauge 0–40 bar (5 off) 380000552#
Pressure Gauge 0–250 bar 380000553 #
Remote valve coupling 380000554#
Quick release adaptor 380000543
Pressure gauge hose 380000545#
1/8 NPT fitting to attach hose 292246 to gauge 380000544#
T–adaptor 13/16 ORFS female x 13/16 ORFS male x 380000842.
7/16 UNF female
Adaptor M10 x 1.0p x 7/16 JIC male (enables use of 380000494
gauges with 7/16 JIC hoses if used)
diagnostic switch 380000488
Bypass connector 380001147.
Bypass connector 380000561
Trailer brake fitting 380000550#
Open Centre Lift Pressure Regulating Valve Adjusting 380000231
Tool
Flow Meter 120 l/min)
* Part of hydraulic adaptor kit 380000464
# Part of hydraulic pressure test kit 380000240
Remote valve check valve removal tool 380002720
Charge pump pressure test adaptor 380200015
Lift ram pressure test tee piece 13/16 ORFS 380200012
Oil cooler pressure test adaptor 380200006
Hydraulic pump pressure test adaptor 380200090
Lube pressure test adaptor 380200091
DATAR diagnostic tool
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 3
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema (16x16 CCLS with Electronic

Draft Control)
1. 50 km/h engage and dump solenoids 2. Steering motor
3. Oil cooler by pass valve 4. Variable flow pump
5. Main suction filter 6. Steering pump
19 cm³ with flow divider
25 cm³ with recirculation
7. Suspension valve 8. PTO lubrication control valve
9. Electronic remote valves 10. EDC valve
11. Sub plate and low pressure regulating valve 12. Trailer brake valve
13. Italian version trailer brake coupler and 14. Low pressure distribution manifold
manifold
15. Brake pedal master cylinders 16. Transmission lubrication
17. Pump drive lubrication 18. Transmission control valve assembly
19. Front brake valve 20. Transmission top cover
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 4
BAIL11APH202MHB 1
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 5
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema (24x24 with Fixed displacement

pump)
1. Forward and reverse solenoid valves 2. Steering motor
3. Fixed displacement pump 4. Steering pump 16 cm³
5. Mechanical mid mount valves 6. PTO lubrication control valve
7. Mechanical rear remote valves 8. Electronic draft control valve
9. Sub plate with regulating valve and relief valve 10. Trailer brake valve
11. Trailer brake coupler 12. Italian version trailer brake coupler and manifold
13. Low pressure distribution manifold 14. Regulating valve manifold
15. Brake pedals and master cylinders 16. Pump drive lubrication
17. Hi Lo lube valve 18. C1, C2 Clutch solenoids
19. Front brake valve 20. Hi Lo valve
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 6
BAIL11APH201AHB 1
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 7
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema 16x16 with fixed displacement

pump
1. Steering motor 2. Fixed displacement pump 80 l/min
3. Steering pump 4. Mechanical mid mount remote valves
19 cm³ with flow divider
5. PTO lubrication control valve 6. Mechanical remote valves
7. Electronic draft control valve 8. Sub plate with regulating valve and relief valve
9. Trailer brake valve 10. Trailer brake coupler
11. Italian version trailer brake coupler and manifold 12. Low pressure distribution manifold
13. Oil cooler by pass valve 5.8 bar 14. Brake pedal master cylinders
15. Pump drive lubrication 16. Transmission lubrication
17. Accumulator 18. Transmission control valve assembly
19. Front brake valve 20. Transmission top cover
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 8
BAIL11APH200MHC 1
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 9
Hydraulic systems - Static description

16 x 16 transmission with variable displacement closed centre load sensing pump
1. Remote valves 2. Trailer brake valve

3. Pipe to hydraulic trailer brake coupling 4. Feed to Italian trailer brake manifold (where fitted)
5. Load sensing shuttle valve 6. Brake pipe
7. Low pressure distribution manifold 8. Steering motor return pipe
9. Lube by pass valve pipe 10. Resounding filter
11. Low pressure inlet pipe to lube manifold 12. Oil cooler return pipe
13. Oil cooler supply pipe 14. Accumulator 0.75 l 10 bar precharge
15. Lubrication pipe 16. Cooler bypass valve
17. Steering pump supply Hose 18. Main suction filter
19. Charge pump filter 20. Lubrication hose
21. Variable displacement pump 22. Brake lubrication pipe
23. PTO pressure pipe 24. High pressure feed hose
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 10
BAIL11APH204AHB 1
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 11
16 x 16 transmission with fixed displacement pump
1. Remote valves 2. Pipe to hydraulic trailer brake coupling

3. Front brake feed 4. Low pressure distribution manifold
5. Resounding filter 6. Return to oil cooler
7.Steering motor pipe 8. Accumulator
9. Filter 10. Pipe to accumulator
11. Steering pump 19 cm³ 12. Oil Filter
13. Supply to steering motor 14. Intake filter restriction (Vacuum) Switch
15. Suction pipe 16. Fixed displacement pump 32 cm³
17. Transmission lubrication pipe 18. High pressure feed
19. PTO lubrication 20. Rear brake pipe
21. Feed to Italian trailer brake valve manifold (where fitted) 22. 11 bar Relief valve
23. Trailer brake valve
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 12
BAIL11APH203AH2 2
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 13
24 x 24 transmission with fixed displacement pump
1. Remote valves 2. Trailer brake valve

3. Pipe to Hydraulic Trailer brake coupling 4. Front brake feed pipe
5. Low pressure distribution manifold 6. Return from steering
7. Lubrication pipe 8. Supply to steering
9. Supply to cover 10. Oil filter
11. Steering pump 12. Suction pipe
13. Suction pipe for steering pump 14. Main oil filter
15. Intake filter restriction (Vacuum) Switch 16. Oil temperature switch
17. Fixed displacement pump 18. Brake pipe
19. PTO lubrication 20. High pressure supply
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 14
BAIL11APH205AHB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 15
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 16
High Pressure Circuit

Fixed displacement system
Main pump: Functions:
Hydraulic trailer brake
Rear remote valves
Mid mount valves
Electronic draft control valve
Steering pump: Functions:
Steering
Oil cooler
Lubrication , transmission and pump drive
Low pressure circuit via regulator valve:
4 wheel drive
Diff lock
PTO brake and clutch
Creeper (where fitted)
CCLS system
Main pump: Functions:
Hydraulic trailer brake
Rear remote valves
Mid mount valves
Electronic draft control valve
Front axle suspension valve
Low pressure circuit via regulator valve:
4 wheel drive
Diff lock
PTO brake and clutch
Creeper (where fitted)
Charge pump Functions:
Piston pump supply
Lubrication, transmission and pump drive
Steering pump: Functions:
Steering
Oil cooler
Lubrication
The CCLS variable displacement piston pump is externally mounted for easy service and provides instant high flow
upon demand. If there is no demand the pump runs at low pressure and no flow, thus absorbing little power. This
also provides reduced oil temperatures and a better response at low engine speeds. A separate fixed displacement
gear pump acts as a charge circuit for the CCLS pump. The charge pump ensures that the CCLS pump always has
sufficient oil supply under all conditions.
BAIL07APH323ASA 4
1. Charge filter
2. Suction filter
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 17
BAIS06CCM055AVA 5
Load sensing valve assembly (1) located on the CCLS pump, consists of a flow compensating valve (2) and a high
pressure control valve (3). The load sensing valve receives hydraulic signals from operated components through the
load sense line (4) and relays this to the pump which will adjust to satisfy the system demands.
Figure 6 shows the load sense valve assembly.
BSE3660A 6
The high capacity fixed displacement gear pump is fitted externally on the right hand side of the transmission for
easy servicing. All components are connected in series and pump flow is continually circulating through the hydraulic
system even when the circuits are not being operated.
BSE3572A 7
1.
Intake Filter
2.
Transmission Feed Pressure Filter
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 18
BSE2928A 8
Mechanical remote valves have a flow of 72 - 80 l/min depending on the operational pressure. The valves are used
to operate external hydraulic cylinders, motors etc. Up to four remote control valves may be installed and are located
at the rear of the tractor. All remote valves incorporate an automatic lock valve in the left- hand (raise) port to prevent
inadvertent leak down of the implement.
BSE3664A 9
Number of valves Configuration

2 2 Non Configurable
2 2 Configurable
3 1 Non Configurable + 2 Configurable
4 2 Non Configurable + 2 Configurable
All units have the option for ISO power beyond coupling.
BAIL11APH208AAB 10
Where it is more convenient, low pressure oil returning from the implement can be directed straight back to the tractor
reservoir by connecting the hose to the coupling on the right side of the rear axle.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 19
BRL6321A 11
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control Valve is a stack type design mounted together with the Remote Control
Valves (1) at the rear below the cab, and incorporates the safety valve for the lift cylinders
The lift cylinder safety valve protects the lift cylinder from shock loadings and limits the pressure in the cylinder to 210
- 215 bar
The hydraulic lift control valve is a proportional solenoid operated valve, controlled by a microprocessor, to raise and
lower the hydraulic lift.
BAIL11APH213AAB 12
The trailer brake valve is located beneath the cab just in front of the hydraulic lift assembly. The valve diverts oil
pressure to the trailer brakes whenever both tractor brake pedals are depressed.
BSE3599A 13
Optional additional mechanical remote valves are mounted under the cab. Connected into the high pressure oil line
supplied from the hydraulic pump after the trailer brake valve and operated via a joystick control in the cab.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 20
BSE3576A_435 14
The suspension control valve is located on the right hand side of the tractor and attached to the rear axle centre
housing. It is fed high pressure oil via the power beyond port on the sub plate at the bottom of the remote valve stack.,
and with the use of processor controlled PWM valves controls oil to a cylinder, attached between the front axle and
front support, to provide a hydraulically controlled suspended front axle.
BAIL07APH357HSA 15
Located below the Electronic Draft Control valve , is the Hydraulic Power Tapping port (Power Beyond) block. This
includes a priority valve (1) and also a low pressure regulating valve. This block also has a flange plate which allows
the addition of a trailer brake valve.
BSF3967A_430 16
The steering pump is a separate unit but still driven from the same drive gear as the main pump. 16 cm³ pump is
used on 24 x 24 transmission models.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 21
BSE3662A 17
19 cm³ pump with flow divider used on 16 x 16 transmission models
BAIL06CCM084ASA 18
The low pressure regulating valve is located in the top manifold situated on the lubrication services distribution block
on the left hand side of the rear axle centre housing. This valve regulates the pressure in the low pressure circuit to
17 - 18 bar ( 246 - 261 lbf/in2).
Also located in this manifold are the oil cooler by-pass valve and the lubrication relief valve ( 7.3 - 8.3 bar).
When the oil is cold and pressure differential across the oil cooler is higher than 6 bar ( 87 lbf/in2) the cooler by-pass
valve (1) located on the right hand side of the transmission will operate to ensure that adequate flow to the lubrication
circuit is maintained. This feature of diverting oil from the cooler assists in aiding a rapid warm up of oil in cold weather
conditions.
The steering pump / steering return oil is directed through the oil cooler at the front of the tractor and is limited to a
maximum pressure of 7 bar ( 101 lbf/in2) by the lubrication relief valve located in the lubrication services distribution
block on the left hand side of the rear axle centre housing.
BSE3775B 19
Tractors with CCLS .pump have dual gerotor reactive 60/160 steering motors for Class 3 axles and 60/185 for class
4 axles. Tractors with fixed displacement pumps have dual gerotor reactive 60/160 steering motors only.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 22
BSD2178A 20
Steering cylinders receive high pressure oil directly from the steering motor.
BSE2868B 21
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 23
Index

Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema (24x24 with Fixed displacement pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema 16x16 with fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hydraulic systems - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema (16x16 CCLS with Electronic Draft Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic systems - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.000 / 24
Reservoir, cooler, and filters - 300
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Oil filters
SERVICE
Oil filters
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remove Filter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install Filter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 2
Hydraulic systems - Reservoir, cooler, and filters
Oil filters - General specification

FILTER
Type Full-flow, screw-on cartridge
Location Pump intake, on the right-hand side of the rear axle
housing
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 3
Oil filters - Replace

1. Remove the filter guard bracket by unscrewing the
three retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH296AVA 1
2. Before changing the main filter cartridge in housing

(3) Figure 2 , release the air bleed valve (2) by un-
screwing fully. This will allow air into the filter so that
most of the oil can drain back to the reservoir. Wait
a few moments and then remove the 19 mm plug (5)
from the filter casing and allow the oil to drain out into
a suitable container.
BAIL06CCM090ASA 2
3. Using as 41 mm socket or ring spanner, remove the

filter support plate by turning approximately 45 ° to
the left. Remove filter and plate.
4. Ensure support plate is clean before installing the
new cartridge. Lightly oil the sealing ring and refit
the assembly to the filter housing, making sure that
plate locks into place and the lug (4) aligns correctly
with the arrow on the filter casing.
NOTE: When replacing the main filter cartridge the bottom cover sealing ring must also be replaced.
5. Unscrew the charge filter (1) and discard in an ap-
propriate container.
6. Clean the inlet channel and the face of the filter
mounting. Smear clean oil around the rubber seal
of the new filter and install into the filter housing.
Screw up until the faces just meet, then tighten a
further 3/4 of a turn. Do not overtighten.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 4
Oil filters - Remove Filter Assembly

1. Remove the hydraulic oil filter vent cap.
NOTE: Leave for one minute to allow oil in the filters to
drain into the sump.
BAIS06CCM055AVB 1
2. Remove the filter housing guard bolts (1) and remove

the guard.
BAIL12APH185AAB 2
3. Remove the filter housing drain plug and drain the

oil.
NOTE: Place a suitable container under the oil filter hous-
ing to collect the hydraulic oil.
BAIL07APH297AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 5
4. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) and (2) from

the filter housing.
BAIL12APH187AAB 4
5. Remove the retaining bolt (1) from the lower suction

pipe manifold.
BAIL12APH186AAB 5
6. When removing the lower suction pipe DO NOT dis-

mantle the pipe assembly. If this does become dis-
connected the seal (1) within pipe must be replaced
with a new seal.
BAIL07APH359ASA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 6
7. Disconnect the couplings from the filter housing
BAIL12APH188AAB 7
8. Remove the hydraulic filter housing bolts (1) .

9. Remove the filter housing assembly.
BAIL12APH189AAB 8
NOTE: If the two piece suction pipe is disassembled it is important that a new sealing ring is installed.
Next operation:
Pump - Remove (35.106)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 7
Oil filters - Install Filter Assembly

1. Install the filter assembly and tighten the retaining
bolts to 40 N·m (29.5 lb ft) .
BAIL12APH189AAB 1
2. Install the suction pipe and tighten the retaining bolt

(1).
BAIL12APH186AAB 2
3. Reconnect the couplings (1) .
BAIL12APH188AAB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 8
4. Reconnect the electrical connectors (1) and (2).
BAIL12APH187AAB 4
5. Install the filter guard and torque bolts (1) to 85 N·m

(62.7 lb ft) .
BAIL12APH185AAB 5
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 9
Index

Oil filters - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Oil filters - Install Filter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Oil filters - Remove Filter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Oil filters - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
35.300 / 10
Fixed displacement pump - 104
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Pump
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Pump
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 2
Hydraulic systems - Fixed displacement pump
Pump - General specification

PUMP
Type Gear type, with oil suction from transmission casing
Location On the right-hand side of the rear axle housing
Manufacturer BOSCH
Drive Driven by PTO input shaft
Maximum pump flow 72 - 80 l/min (19.0 - 21.1 US gpm) (depending on
operational pressure)
Displacement 32 cm³/rev (2.0 in³/rev)
Maximum pump pressure at rated rpm 190 bar (2755.0 psi) Nominal
Pump - Torque
BVE0672A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 3
Pump - Overview
BVE0673A 1
Hydraulic Pump Assembly With Fixed Displacement Closed Centre System
1 Hydraulic lift system oil pump 2 Steering / low pressure oil pump
3 Main intake filter restriction (vacuum) switch 4 Main intake filter
5 Low oil temperature switch
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 4
Pump - Exploded view
BSD2033A 1
Hydraulic Lift System Oil Pump Exploded View
1 Bearing Block 2 Oil Seal

3 Plastic Back-up Seal 4 O-ring Seal
5 Pump Housing 6 O-ring Seal
7 End Plate 8 Retaining Bolts
9 Drive Gears 10 Bearing Block
11 Oil Seal 12 Plastic Back-up Seal
13 End Plate
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 5
Pump - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the battery cover and disconnect the battery negative cable (refer to Battery - Disconnect (55.302)).
Prior operation:
Raise the rear of the tractor, place an axle stand under the right hand side final drive case and remove the right hand
side rear wheel (refer to Rear wheel - Remove (44.520)).
Prior operation:
Remove the drain plug and drain oil into a suitable container.
Install the drain plug after the oil has drained (refer to Powered rear axle - Drain fluid (27.100)).
WARNING
B026
1. Using a suitable filter strap, remove the oil filter (1).
BVE0444A 1
2. Disconnect the low oil temperature switch electrical

connector (1) and the main intake filter restriction
switch electrical connector (2).
Cut the cable tie and reposition the wiring harness.
BVE0445A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 6
3. Remove the steering / low pressure oil pump oil sup-

ply pipe.
BVE0446A 3
4. Remove the hydraulic lift system oil pump oil supply

pipe.
BVE0449A 4
5. Remove the main oil supply pipe lower retaining bolt

(1).
BVE0450A 5
6. Remove the oil supply manifold retaining nuts.
BVE0451A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 7
7. Remove the oil supply manifold (1) and the main oil
supply pipe (2) as an assembly.
BVE0452A 7
8. Detach the hydraulic lift system oil pump supply pipe.
BVE0453A 8
9. Remove the hydraulic lift system oil pump.
BVE0454A 9
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 8
Pump - Overhaul
WARNING
B026
1. Install new oil seals and O-rings. When installing

oil seals in the bearing block ensure that the plastic
back-up seal (1) is correctly positioned in the rubber
seal (2). Pump - Exploded view (35.104).
TIA35012 1
2. Install the driveshaft and driven gears into the hy-

draulic pump body, ensuring that the identification
marks (1) face in the same direction.
BVE0680A 2

value.
BVE0674A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 9
Pump - Visual inspection

1. Wash all components using a suitable degreaser.
2. Inspect the O-ring seal groove and the shaft oil seal
recess in the mounting flange, these should be un-
damaged and free from burrs.
3. Examine the gears, shafts, and bearing blocks for
wear. The pump must be renewed if:
4. The PTFE coated bearings (1) in the bearing blocks
are worn through revealing the bronze backing.
The gear side faces are scored. This concern is often
caused by contaminated oil.
There is a distinctive wear step on the side faces of
the gears and bearing blocks.
BVE0681A 1
5. IMPORTANT: When servicing the pump gears, par-

ticular attention must be paid to the following points:
The width of each gear set must be within 0.005 mm (
0.0002 in.) of each other to ensure satisfactory pump
efficiency.
6. Journals must be within 0.013 mm ( 0.0005 in.) of
each other.
7. Gear faces must be flat. This feature may be
checked using engineers blue on the bearing face
and rotating against the gear. This check will also
reveal any sharp edges on the teeth.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 10
Index

Pump - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Pump - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Pump - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pump - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 11
47461574 08/11/2012
35.104 / 12
Variable displacement pump - 106
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Pump compensator
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Pump
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Pump compensator
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 2
Hydraulic systems - Variable displacement pump
Pump - General specification

Variable Displacement Piston Pump
Type
(Swash Plate Controlled)
Rotation Clockwise
Minimum Pump Speed 800 RPM
Maximum Pump Speed 2662 RPM
Pump Speed @ 2200 RPM (enginespeed) 2514 RPM
113 l/min (24.9 UK gpm)
Output (new pump) @ 2200 RPM (enginespeed)
29.8 US gpm
23 bar +/- 1
Standby Pressure
( 334 psi +/- 14.5)
210 bar +/- 5
Maximum System Pressure
( 3045 psi +/- 72.5)
245 bar +/- 5
Spike Clipper Relief Valve
( 3553 psi +/- 72.5)
Peak Pressure 315 bar (4568 psi)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 3
Pump compensator - Exploded view
BSE3586A_454 1
Flow and Pressure Compensating Valves
1 Plug 2 Seal
3 Disc 4 Spring
5 Spring 6 Seat
7 Housing 8 Screw
9 Spool 10 Snap-ring
11 Plug 12 Plug
13 Seal 14 Seal
15 Damper Screw 16 Nozzle
17 Seat 18 Spring
19 Spring 20 Disc
21 Seal 22 Plug
23 Nut 24 Screw
25 Locknut
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 4
Pump - Remove
Prior operation:
1. WARNING
Heavy parts!
The wheels are very heavy. Handle with
care. Make sure that the wheels, when
stored, cannot fall over and cause injury.
serious injury.
W0403A
CAUTION
Heavy object!
The component is heavy. Use care not
to drop the component when installing,
removing, or handling. BTB0281A 1
Failure to comply could result in minor or
moderate injury.
C0095A
Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable

2. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right-
hand wheel to a hoist and remove the rear right-hand
wheel.
BTB0282A 2
3. Remove the hydraulic oil filter (Refer to Oil filters -

Remove (35.300) ).
NOTE: Loosen the oil filter vent cap and leave for one
minute to allow oil in the filters to drain into the sump.
BAIS06CCM055AVB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 5
4. Disconnect the load sensing line (1) from the pres-

sure compensating valve .
5. Disconnect the manifold with the high pressure feed
hose and remote valve pilot supply hose.
BAIL07APH406ASA 4
6. Remove the variable displacement hydraulic pump.
BAIL12CCM055AAB 5
7. Make a note of pump spacer position for correct re-

assembly.
BSD2161A 6
Next operation:
Pump - Overhaul (35.106). Power steering pump - Remove (41.206)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 6
Pump - Overhaul
This procedure describes the overhaul of the Load Sensed Variable Displacement pump assembly when removed
from the tractor. The following items however can be serviced with the pump installed on the tractor.
Blocked filter dump valve
Pressure and flow compensating valves
Steering flow control valve (Priority valve)
Steering pump assembly
1. Remove the pump. (Refer to Pump - Remove

(35.106))
BAIL08CVT075ASA 1
2. Remove pressure and flow compensating valves as-

sembly. Refer to Pump compensator - Overhaul
(35.106)
BSD2023A 2
3. Undo the 4 retaining bolts (1) and remove the end

plate. Remove circlip from opposite end of pump.
BAIL08101ASA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 7
4. Remove the charge pump components from main

pump assembly.
(1) Rotor housing
(2) Rotor
(3) Rotor shaft
(4) End plate
BAIL08CVT102ASA 4
5. When replacing the input shaft seal, make sure the

pump housings mounting flange is clean. Use circlip
pliers to remove the input shaft seal retaining ring.
1b0o2004061061 5
6. With the retaining ring removed, use a punch or sim-

ilar tool, and carefully pierce the top of the lip seal.
Using the punch, pry the seal from its bore.
70-421-485 6
7. Examine valve plate (1). Check to see if it is scored,

nicked, warped or damaged by cavitation. Look for
score marks or damage around the bearing surface
area. Check the inlet and discharge port area for
signs of contamination. This contamination may
show as grooves starting in the feathering notch,
BSD2025A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 8
8. Remove bearing cone (1) and splined connector.
70-421-491 8
9. Remove preload spacer from driveshaft. Remove

pumping head and piston from housing. Using a suit-
able marker identify each piston and slipper to their
corresponding barrel in the pumping head.
TIA35167 9
10. Separate pumping head and slipper assembly and

inspect for damage. Where damage is identified the
pumping element must be replaced.
Pumping head and slipper assembly
(1) Pistons and slippers
(2) Cone
(3) Washer
(4) Pumping head
(5) Pins (quantity 3)
TIA35168 10
11. If necessary disassemble pumping head spring as-

sembly by compressing the retaining ring against the
spring.
Pumping head spring assembly
(1) Washer
(2) Retaining ring
(3) Spring
(4) Pumping head
NOTICE: Due to high spring pressure take care when re-
moving retaining ring.
BAIL07APH347ASA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 9
12. Remove swash plate (1) assembly.

Inspect components for wear and replace if damaged
or worn.
70-421-461 12
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 10
Pump - Pressure test

The following tests check operation of the hydraulic pump and associated high pressure circuits.
NOTICE: Before performing any pressure testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at normal operating
temperature 75 °C (167 °F).
Standby Pressure
1. WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking un-
der pressure can penetrate the skin and
cause infection or other injury. To prevent
personal injury: Relieve all pressure be-
fore disconnecting fluid lines or perform-
ing work on the hydraulic system. Be-
fore applying pressure, make sure all con-
nections are tight and all components are
in good condition. Never use your hand
to check for suspected leaks under pres-
sure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood
for this purpose. If injured by leaking BVE0153A 1
fluid, see your doctor immediately.
serious injury.
W0178A
Remove the pressure compensating valve plug

and install the 90 ° quick release fitting adaptor
380001146 (1).
- Test port thread M8 x 1.0
2. Attach a 0 - 40 bar (0 - 580 psi) pressure gauge
380000552, using the quick release coupler
380000543 (1) and the hose 380000545.
BVE0154A 2
3. Set the engine speed to 1500 rev/min to observe the

The pressure reading should be 22 - 24 bar ( 319 -
348 lbf/in²) and is the `Standby Pressure`.
NOTICE: Do Not operate the tractor brakes or any remote control valve lever, otherwise the system pressure will
increase to maximum pressure of 205 - 215 bar (2973 - 3118 psi) this will result in damage to the pressure gauge.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 11
4. If the pressure reading is not to the specification, ad-

just the flow compensating valve (1).
If the pressure reading is high, examine the flow com-
pensating valve (1) spool for sticking.
BVE0154B 3
Maximum Pressure
5. Remove the pressure compensating valve plug
and install the 90 ° quick release fitting adaptor
380001146 (1).
BVE0153A 4
6. Attach a 0 - 250 bar (0 - 3625 psi) pressure

380000543 (1) and the hose 380000545.
BVE0154A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 12
7. Set the remote control valve number 1 in the Èxtend'

position.
The pressure reading should be 205 - 215 bar (2973
- 3118 psi) and is the `Maximum Pressure`.
BVE0159C 6
8. If the pressure reading is not to specification adjust

the pressure compensating valve (2).
BVE0154B 7
Charge Pressure
9. Remove the charge pressure switch and install the
adaptor and install special tool 380000493 and the
quick release fitting 380000492 .
380000543 and the hose 380000545.
SS11N046 8
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 13
10. Install a 180 l/min (47.55 US gpm) flow meter be-

tween the remote control valves number 1 and num-
ber 2. Ensure the inlet hose of the flow meter is in-
stalled into the extend port of valve number 1.
Fully open the load valve on the flow meter.
Set the hydraulic oil flow to maximum.
BVE0158A 9
11. Set the remote control valve number 2 in the `Float'

position.
Set the remote control valve number 1 in the Èxtend'
position.
BVE0159A 10
12. Move the remote control valve lever for the remote
control valve number 1 between the extend and neu-
tral position.
13. The following pressures should be observed:
• 6 - 8 bar (87 - 116 psi) - Neutral
• 2 bar (29 psi) - Extend
If the pressure reading is below 1.6 bar (23.2 psi),
replace the hydraulic oil filters and re-test.
If after re-test the charge pressure is still below the
specification, check the supplementary lube valve,
examine both the charge pressure filter dump valve
and the charge pressure valve before disassembling
the hydraulic oil pump to inspect for wear.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 14
Pump compensator - Overhaul

1. Disconnect load sense line connection and remove
pressure and flow compensating valve assembly.
Remove the tamper proof caps, carefully unscrew
each adjuster and remove the component parts.
Refer to Pump compensator - Exploded view
(35.106)
To ensure correct reassembly keep the component
parts for each valve separate.
NOTICE: Due to extreme spring pressure within valves DO
NOT remove rear plugs until the adjusters have been re-
moved.
BSD2023A 1
2. Reassembly of the valves follows the removal proce-

dure in reverse. On reassembly observe the follow-
ing :-
Wash all components in a suitable solvent.
Examine all components for wear or damage. If the
spools are damaged it is necessary to replace the
complete valve assembly.
Lubricate all parts with clean hydraulic oil.
To aid reassembly of pressure and flow compensat-
ing valves, the spools should be inserted into the rear
of the housing.
Tighten all plugs and locknuts to the correct torque
as detailed in Specifications.
TIA35166 2
3. When installing valve on pump ensure all 'O' ring

seals are correctly installed.
Pressure test the pump and adjust the pressure and
flow compensating valves to the correct specification
as detailed Pump - Pressure test (35.106) .
TIA35007 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 15
NOTE: If the damper screw (1) is removed for any reason it

should be reinstalled in alignment with the three ports and
should be fixed into position using a suitable threadlock and
seal.product. Failure to adjust this screw correctly could
reduce the efficiency of the system.
BSF4760A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 16
Index

Pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pump - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pump compensator - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Pump compensator - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 17
47461574 08/11/2012
35.106 / 18
Charge pump - 105
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35.105 / 1
Contents
Charge pump - 105
TECHNICAL DATA
Charge pump
SERVICE
Charge pump
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
35.105 / 2
Hydraulic systems - Charge pump
Charge pump - General specification

Type Rotor Pump
143 l/min (31.5 UK gpm)
Output (new pump) @ 2200 RPM (enginespeed)
37.8 US gpm
Charge Pressure Filter Dump Valve Open @ 6 bar (87 psi)
Charge Pressure Limiting Valve Open @ 1.72 bar (24.9 psi)
Charge Pressure Switch (making charge pressure warning light flash) Close @ 0.55 - 0.82 bar (8 - 11.9 psi)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.105 / 3
Hydraulic systems - Charge pump
Charge pump - Overhaul

For charge pump overhaul see Pump - Overhaul (35.106).
47461574 08/11/2012
35.105 / 4
Index
Charge pump - 105

Charge pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Charge pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
35.105 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
35.105 / 6
Regulated/Low pressure system - 322
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35.322 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Low pressure valve

Priority valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.322 / 2
Hydraulic systems - Regulated/Low pressure system
Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test

The low pressure circuit can be checked on all models by removing the low pressure warning switch, located in the
low pressure distribution block on the left hand side of the rear axle.
Prior operation:
Apply the parking brake.
Remove the four wheel driveshaft - see Drive shaft - Remove (Supersteer™ axle) (23.314) or
Models with suspended front axle:
Release the circlip and drift the sleeve backwards - as described in Powered front axle - Remove (25.100) .
Raise the left hand rear wheel and place a suitable support under the axle casing. Remove the left hand rear wheel.
1. WARNING
Escaping fluid!
sure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood
for this purpose. If injured by leaking BVE0162A 1
serious injury.
W0178A
Install the adaptor 380000577 (1), 7/16 - 20 JIC male

x 7/16 - 20 UNF male (2) and the 90 ° quick release
fitting 380001146 (3).
380000543 and the hose 380000545.
Set the engine speed to 1500 RPM to observe the
system operation pressure or 2200 RPM for the max-
imum system pressure.
The pressure reading should be 17 - 19 bar (247 -
276 psi).
47461574 08/11/2012
35.322 / 3
Low Pressure Component Tests

2. The components of the low pressure system, ie, the
PTO, PTO brake, Four Wheel Drive, Differential lock
and the Creeper can be tested from the test ports
located in the low pressure distribution block.
BVE0163A 2
Pressure Test Ports, Pressure Switches and Solenoid Valve Identification
A Side on view of manifold body B Below view of manifold body
1 Differential lock pressure switch 2 Differential lock test port

3 Low pressure warning switch 4 Four Wheel Drive test port
5 Four Wheel Drive pressure switch 6 PTO brake solenoid valve
7 Four Wheel Drive solenoid valve 8 PTO PWM solenoid valve
9 Differential lock solenoid valve 10 Creeper solenoid valve
11 PTO test port 12 PTO brake test port
13 Creeper test port
47461574 08/11/2012
35.322 / 4
3. Remove the fuel tank rear securing strap (1) from the
fuel tank support and pull the fuel tank out. This will
improve the access to the low pressure distribution
block.
BVE0164A 3
4. Remove the test port plug and install the adaptor

380000493 (1), 7/16 - 20 JIC male x 7/16 - 20 UNF
male (3) and the 90 ° quick release fitting 380001146
(2).
Install the adaptor 380000572 and the quick release
fitting 380000492 for the PTO brake pressure test.
• Test port thread M10 x 1.0
NOTE: Adaptor is shown in the Four Wheel Drive test port.
BVE0165A 4

380000543 (2) and the hose 380000545.
Set the engine speed to 1500 RPM to observe the
system operation pressure or 2200 RPM for the max-
imum system pressure.
Operate the component to be tested, the pressure
reading should be 17 - 19 bar (247 - 276 psi).
NOTE: Pressure is only present at the four wheel drive
pressure test port when four wheel drive is disengaged.
Pressure is not present when four wheel drive is engaged
or the parking brake is applied.
BVE0166A 5
6. If there is no change in pressure when the compo-

nent is operated, but the low pressure system test
pressures are within specification. The fault could be
either with the solenoid or the wiring. Check for volt-
age at the respective connector. If +12 v is available
suspect the solenoid, if no voltage is seen suspect
the wiring.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.322 / 5
17th gear Clutch Pressure Test

7. Remove the test port plug and install the adap-
tor 380000493 (1) and the quick release adaptor
380000492 (2).
• Test port thread M10 x 1.0
BVE0619A 6

380000543 (2) and the hose 380000545.
Drive the tractor and change from gear 16 to gear
17. The pressure reading should be 17 - 19 bar (247
- 276 psi), when gear 17 is engaged.
NOTE: Ensure the pressure hose does not touch any mov-
ing part
BVE0620A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
35.322 / 6
Index

Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.322 / 7
47461574 08/11/2012
35.322 / 8
Remote control valves - 204
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Remote control valve

Closed center mechanical remote valve - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Closed center mechanical remote valve - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electrohydraulic control valve
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mid-mount remote control valve
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Closed center mechanical remote valve - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electrohydraulic remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Closed center mechanical remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Mid-mount remote control valve
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Power beyond valve
SERVICE
Remote control valve control lever

Configurable detent - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Configurable detent - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 2
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 3
Hydraulic systems - Remote control valves
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve

- Special tools
CAUTION
in this manual.
B008
List of specific tools required for the various operations described in this section.
297612 Lifting bracket.
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve -

General specification
Remote Control Valve Output @ 100 bar (1450.0 psi) @ 2200 erpm 90 l/min (23.8 US gpm)
Detent Regulating Valve Pressure Pre set non adjustable

Torque
BVE0601A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 4
Electrohydraulic control valve - Torque
BAIL10CCM002FAB 1
BAIL10CCM016AAB 2
• Tighten the nuts in the order shown (Figure 2) to 28 N·m (20.7 lb ft)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 5
Mid-mount remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote

valve - Torque
BSF4582A 1

valve - General specification
Type Parallel-Closed Centre Circuit
Maximum Flow through one valve at rated engine speed:
- Fixed Displacement Pump 80 Litres/Min
( 21.1 U.S. Gals/Min)
- Variable Flow Displacement Pump 95 Litres/Min

( 25.0 U.S. Gals/Min)
Maximum Flow through Third Mid mount Valve: 37.7 Litres/Min
( 10 U.S. Gals/Min)
Valve to Coupler Hoses 1/2 in Bore with 13/16 in ORFS
fittings both ends
Load Sense Relief Valve Setting 165.47+/- 1.7 Bar
.( 2400 +/- 25 lbf in2 )
Load Sense Differential 19.65 - 20.33 Bar.
( 285 - 295 lbf in2)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 6
Mid-mount remote control valve Electrohydraulic remote valve -

Torque
BAIL11APH207AAB 1
Tightening sequence
Torque = 25.5 N·m (18.8 lb ft) + 2.5 N·m (1.8 lb ft)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 7

Dynamic description
OIL FLOW IN NEUTRAL (Refer to Figure 1)
When the remote control valves are in neutral, the main control spool is held in the central position by the centring
spring.
Oil flow from the parallel gallery (A) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the main control spool.
Gallery (C) and load sensing gallery (D) are vented to the reservoir through galley (G).
The galleries to the raise and lower ports are blocked by the lands on the main control spool.
The pin (9) on the lock valve (8) is positioned in the waisted section of the main control spool (10) allowing the lock
valve (8) to be spring loaded into the closed position preventing an extended cylinder retracting under load, should
there be a slight leakage in the main control spool.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 8
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 9
Single Remote Control Valve Operation - Neutral
1. Flow Control Spool 2. Metering Land

3. Flow Control Adjuster 4. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
5. Spool Centring and Detent Mechanism 6. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port
7. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port 8. Lock Valve
9. Pin 10. Main Control Spool
11. Load Hold Check Valve
Trapped Oil Return To Reservoir
Pump Pressure
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 10
BRJ5260B 1
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 11
OIL FLOW IN RAISING (CYLINDER EXTEND) Refer to Figure 2

When the remote control valve lever is moved to the raise position, the main control spool (10) moves to the right and
the spring loaded detent balls (5) engage with the left hand groove in the detent mechanism.
Moving the main control spool (10) to the raise position causes the pin (9) on the lock valve (8) to ride up the ramp of
the main control spool and hold the lock valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (F) .
The flow from gallery (C) is blocked by the load hold check valve (11) until the pressure in the gallery is sufficient to
lift load hold check valve (11) off its seat against the back pressure in the lift port gallery (E) .
Oil can flow from :-
Gallery (C) past the load hold check valve (11) into Gallery (E) .
Across the flat on the main control spool (10) to Gallery (F) .
Through the lock valve (8).
Out through the raise port (7) of the remote control valve.
Exhaust oil from the extending cylinder returns through the lowering port (6) and gallery (H), around the land on the
main control spool (10) and back to the reservoir via the common gallery (G) .
If the load hold check valve (11) was not installed the situation could occur where pump pressure is insufficient to
support the load in the raise port (7) when the remote control valve is moved from neutral to the raise position. Under
this situation the load would momentarily drop until pump pressure was sufficient to support the load.
The rate of flow through the remote control valve is adjusted by the manual flow control adjuster (3), which manually
changes the size of restriction (4).
To maintain set flow through the remotes under all conditions with varying pump inlet pressure in parallel gallery (A)
the flow control spool senses the differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow control restriction (4) between
galleries (A) and ` (B) .
The differential pressure sensed on each end of the spool causes the spool to move to a new state of equilibrium and
continually regulates the flow across the spool metering lands (2) to maintain a constant flow through the manually
adjusted flow control restriction (4) irrespective of the pressure in other hydraulic circuits.
The pressure in gallery (C) is also transmitted down the load sensing gallery (D) to the flow compensating valve of
the variable flow piston pump where pump output is regulated according to the circuit demand.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 12
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 13
OIL FLOW IN RAISING (CYLINDER EXTEND)

Pump Pressure Return To Reservoir
Remote Valve Operating

Pressure
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 14
BRJ5259B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 15
OIL FLOW IN LOWERING (CYLINDER RETRACT) Refer to Figure 3

When the remote control valve lever is moved to the lower position the main control spool (10) moves to the left and
the spring loaded detent balls (5) engage with the middle groove in the detent mechanism.
In a similar manner as for the raise cycle of the remote control valve the position of the spool causes the pin (9) on
the lock valve (8) to hold the lock valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (H) .
Oil from the parallel gallery (A) flows past the flow control spool (1) and the restrictor (2) into gallery (C) and the load
sensing gallery (D) .
The load hold check valve (11) remains closed until pump system pressure is sufficient to overcome the back pressure
in gallery ` (E). When the load hold check valve (11) lifts off the seat oil flows into gallery (H) , round the main control
spool (10) to gallery (G) and out through the lowering port (6) of the remote control valve coupling.
Exhaust oil from the retracting cylinder returns to the reservoir gallery (G) though the raise port (7) and the lock valve
(8).
Pump output and system pressure will continually react to the maximum demand of the tractor high pressure hydraulic
circuits as sensed through the load sensing lines.
Flow through the remote control valve is controlled in exactly the same manner as described above in the Òil Flow
In Raising' section by sensing differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow control restriction (4).
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 16
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 17
Single Remote Control Valve Operation - Lowering (Cylinder Retract)

Remote Valve Operating

Pressure
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 18
BRJ5261B 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 19
OIL FLOW IN FLOAT (Refer to Figure 4)

The float position allows the free flow of oil from both the raise and lower ports of the remote control valve permitting
the cylinder to extend or retract freely. This feature is particularly useful to allow equipment such as scraper blades
to `float' or follow the ground contour.
When the remote control valve lever is pushed fully forward to the float position the main control spool (10) is moved
fully to the left and the spring loaded detent balls engage with the right hand groove in the detent mechanism (5).
Oil flow from the gallery (B) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the spool.
The position of the main control spool (10) causes the pin (9) on the lock valve (8) to hold the lock valve in the open
position.
The raise and lower ports of the remote control valve are open to the reservoir gallery (G) allowing a free flow of oil
from one port of the cylinder to the other.
Should a void occur in the circuit oil will be drawn by suction from one side of the cylinder to the other.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 20
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 21
Single Remote Control Valve Operation - Float

47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 22
BRJ5262B 4
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 23
OPERATION OF DETENT PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE (Refer to Figure 5)

Under normal operating conditions excessive pressures in the remote control valve circuits are protected by the de-
tent pressure regulating valve which returns the main control spool (1) to neutral when the operating pressure of the
cylinder exceeds the factory preset value.
If the remote control valve lever is physically held by the operator to prevent the main control spool (1) returning
to neutral the maximum operating pressure is restricted to a maximum of 210 bar (3045.00 psi) by the pressure
compensating valve in the closed centre load sensing (CCLS) hydraulic pump.
Operation of the detent regulating valve is as follows :-
When the main control spool (1) is moved to the raise or lower position the detent balls (5) of the spool centering and
detent mechanism (4) are held in detents by the tapered face of the spring loaded plunger (3).
In the raise or lower condition the operating pressure of the remote control valve circuit is also sensed in the centre
drilling of the main control spool through the small radial drillings (2). As pressure increases a force is applied to the
small ball (7) in the end of the main control spool (1) which pushes the detent regulating valve piston (6) and spring
loaded plunger (3) to the left. The detent balls in the centring mechanism are no longer held in the detent by the
tapered face of the spring loaded plunger (3) and the centring spring moves the main control spool to neutral.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 24
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 25
Operation of Detent Pressure Regulating Valve
1. Main Control Spool 2. Radial Drillings

3.. Spring Loaded Plunger 4. Spool Centring and Detent Mechanism
5. Detent Balls 6. Detent Regulating Valve Piston
7. Ball
Remote Valve Pressure Return To Reservoir

@ . 210 bar (3045.00 psi)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 26
BRJ5263B 5
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 27
OPERATION OF TWO OR MORE CONTROL VALVES SIMULTANEOUSLY (Refer to Figure 6)

Because the stack type remote valves have a common parallel input gallery and individual flow control valves it is
possible to operate two or more remotes simultaneously without loss of efficiency.
This is achieved by the flow control spools which regulate flow through each remote valve irrespective of pump system
pressure.
If these valves were not fitted and two remotes were operating simultaneously at different pressures all oil would
attempt to flow to the light load circuit.
The following details the process of operating a single remote valve and then operating an additional remote valve at
the same time.
When a single service is operated the pressure in the parallel gallery is at pump pressure.
The pressure in the load sense line to the hydraulic pump is equal to the operating pressure of the working remote
valve.
Required flow through the remote valve is set by turning the manual flow control knob. This action adjusts the size of
restriction (3).
The pressure differential across the restriction (3) is sensed on each end of the flow control valve spool and causes
the spool to move to a position of equilibrium which adjusts the flow across the spool metering lands (4).
The adjustment of flow across the metering land (4) produces a constant flow across the manually adjusted flow
control restriction (3) and through the remote valve.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 28
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 29
Single Remote Valve Operating
Remote Valve Operating Trapped Oil

Pressure
A. Remote Valve in Operation B. Remote Valves in Neutral

1. Parallel Gallery (Interconnecting Remote Valves 3. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
Sections) 4. Spool Metering Lands
2. Load Sense Line (Interconnecting Remote 5. Flow Control Spool
Valves Sections) 6. Load Sense Line Check Valve
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 30
BAIL07APH403JSA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 31
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 32
Two Remote Valves Operating (Refer to Figure 7)

It is essential that the flow of oil through two or more remote valves operating simultaneously at different pressure is
individually controlled otherwise oil will always flow to the circuit operating at the lowest pressure.
When operating two or more hydraulic services the operating pressure in the parallel gallery is at the highest operating
pressure of the hydraulic system as sensed through the load sense line.
Check valves in the load sense line between each valve section ensure only the highest pressure is directed to the
pump flow pressure compensating valve.
In the same manner as for single remote valve operation the differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow
control restriction (3) is sensed by the flow compensating spool.
Because each remote valve is operating at a different pressures the flow control valve spools will move to different
positions to achieve a state of equilibrium.
The flow across the metering land (4) of the lower pressure operating remote valve will be different to the flow across
the metering land of the higher operating pressure remote valve.
The metering land on each flow control spool now maintains the required constant flow through the manually adjusted
flow control restriction in each remote valve irrespective of the higher pump system pressure required to operate other
hydraulic circuits.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 33
Two Remote Valves Operating
Pump Pressure Lower Pressure Remote

Valve Operation
High Pressure Remote Return To Reservoir
Valve Operation
A. Remote Valve Operating At High Pressure B. Remote Valve Operating At Lower Pressure
1. Parallel Gallery (Interconnecting Remote Valves 3. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
Sections) 4. Spool Metering Lands
2. Load Sense Line (Interconnecting Remote 5. Flow Control Spool
Valves Sections) 6. Load Sense Line Check Valve
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 34
BAIL07APH404JSA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 35
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 36

Static description
Hydraulic remote control valves are available to operate external hydraulic cylinders, motors etc. All models have two
valves as standard, installed at the rear of the tractor adjacent to the top link.
BSE3074C 1
The levers and their respective valves are colour coded for identification.
I Green
II Blue
III Brown
IV Black
BSE3074E 2
Each valve is controlled by a separate lever providing four operating positions.
Raise (R) - Pull a lever toward you to extend the cylinder to which it is connected.
Neutral (N) - Push the lever forward to select neutral and de-activate the connected cylinder.
Lower (L) - Push the lever forward, past neutral, to retract the cylinder.
Float (F) - Push the lever fully forward, beyond the `lower' position, to select `float'. This will permit the cylinder to
extend or retract freely, allowing equipment such as scraper blades to `float' or follow the ground contour.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 37
BRE1719C 3
Each control lever has a 'rolling gate' which is used to select or lock-out individual remote valve functions. Detents on
the lever (1) will lock the 'gate' in one of five positions.
I. - Neutral and Raise locked out: Lower and Float functional. Move the lever into float before selecting this position.
II. - Raise locked out: Neutral, Lower and Float functional.
III.- All valve functions are operative.
IV. - Float locked out: Raise, Neutral and Lower functional.
V. - Lever locked in neutral: No valve functions are available.
BRE1560B 4
On tractors with four valves, the first and second valves may be controlled by levers or by a 4-way joystick control
mounted to the right of the operator's seat.
BRE1533B 5
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 38
Additional Oil Supply For Remote Hydraulic Services

For implements or attachments requiring continuous or high oil flows from the tractor hydraulic system, provision is
made to connect directly into the main hydraulic circuit at the rear of the tractor.
1. Pressure Line (P) - M22 x 1.5/15.5 (ISO 6149)

2. Low Pressure Relief Valve ( 30 Bar )
3. Return Oil Line (R) - M27 x 2/19 (ISO 6149)
BSE3074B 6
The remote valves are a stack type design clamped together with the hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (1)
on the Closed Centre Load Sensing hydraulic systems.
BSE3074D 7
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 39
BVE0602A 8
Remote Control Valve and Electronic Draft Control Valve Interconnecting Galleries
Pump Pressure Return To reservoir
Load Sensing
1 Return to Reservoir 2 Load sensing Gallery

3 Parallel Supply Gallery 4 End Cover
5 Remote Control Valve IV 6 Remote Control Valve III
7 Remote Control Valve II 8 Remote Control Valve I
9 Electronic Draft Control Valve 10 From Hydraulic Oil Pump
11 Return to Reservoir 12 Load Sense Line
All valve sections have a common parallel inlet and return to reservoir gallery.
The load sensing gallery passes through the centre of the valve stack and signals the pump to increase or decrease
output according to the demand.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 40
The parallel gallery and load sensing system enables two or more valves to be operated simultaneously without loss
of efficiency.
Ò' ring seals (1) and load sense check valves (2) between each valve section ensure the highest circuit load sense
pressure is transmitted to control the output of the hydraulic oil pump.
BSB0388A 9
The principal hydraulic components within each remote control valve section are:-
Flow Control Adjuster

The flow control adjuster is manually operated and adjusts oil flow through the remote valve. Turning the adjuster
changes the size of the restriction in the path of oil flowing through the flow control spool.
Flow Control Spool

The flow control spool senses pressure differential across the restriction set by the flow control adjuster and regulates
flow through the remote valve. Because each flow control spool individually senses the pressure differential in the
remote valve being operated, two or more circuits working at different pressures can be controlled simultaneously.
Load Hold Check Valve

The load hold check valve prevents a back-flow of pressure from the remote valve circuit when the main control spool
is operated and the hydraulic oil pump system pressure is less than the back-pressure in the circuit.
This is explained by the following example:-
When a cylinder is holding a heavy load and the main control spool is moved from the neutral to the raise position, the
hydraulic system pressure may be less than the back pressure in the remote control valve circuit. When this occurs
the back pressure would cause oil in the circuit to flow backwards and the load to momentarily drop before hydraulic
system pressure has risen to hold and then raise the load further. The load hold check valve prevents this situation
from occurring.
Main Control Spool

The main control spool is spring centered to a neutral position and when moved directs oil flow to the raise or lower
ports of the remote control valve.
Lock Valve
The lock valve is located in the raise port of the remote control valve and is closed whenever the main control spool
is in neutral. The lock valve prevents leak-down of an implement should there be any leakage across the lands of the
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 41
main control spool when in the neutral position. The lock valve is automatically opened whenever the main control
spool is moved from the neutral position.
Spool Centring and Detent Mechanism

The spool centring and detent mechanism spring loads the main control spool to the neutral position. When the main
control spool is moved to the Raise, Lower or Float positions the spool centring and detent mechanism holds the main
control spool in position using ball bearings which engage in grooves within a detent cage.
A factory set detent regulating valve in the spool centring and detent mechanism automatically releases the balls and
returns the main control spool to neutral whenever the operating pressure exceeds the preset value.
BAIL06CCM165FSZ 10
Remote Control Valve Components
1 Flow Control Adjuster 2 Flow Control Spool

3 Load Hold Check Valve 4 Main Control Spool
5 Lock Valve 6 Spool Centring and Detent Mechanism
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 42
Electrohydraulic control valve - Hydraulic schema
BAIL10CCM001CAB 1
1. Top plate 2. Remote valve

3. Remote valve 4. Remote valve
5. Remote valve 6. Electronic draft control valve
7. Bottom plate with priority valve
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 43
Electrohydraulic control valve - Sectional view
BAIL10CVT021FAB 1
1. Solenoid 2. Load holding check valve

3. Control valve spool 4. Flow control spool
5. Micro processor unit 6. Control spool operating coil
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 44
Electrohydraulic control valve - Static description

The remote valves are a stack type design clamped together with the hydraulic lift electronic draft control valve . The
stack assembly also incorporates the low pressure regulating and priority valve .
Each remote valve has its own built in microprocessor which controls the oil flow through a solenoid activated valve,
based on inputs received from the operator controlled switches.
Each remote valve is connected into the electrical CAN BUS system to the U1 control module, located behind the
drivers seat. Each remote valve can also detect system faults and send a message to the U1 module which in turn
sends a signal to allow a fault code to be displayed on the instrument cluster.
A list of fault codes and the fault finding charts can be found in Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
BAIL10CVT038AAB 1
Control Levers
The electro-hydraulic remote valves are operated by control levers in the right-hand console. Each control lever is
coloured to correspond to the colour on the remote valve. A maximum of four electro-hydraulic remote valves may
be fitted.
BRE1713 2
1 Control lever I Green 2 Control lever II Blue

3 Control lever III Brown 4 Control lever IV Black
The remote valve control levers have four positions: neutral, extend, retract, and float.
Pull the lever back from the neutral position, to the “extend" (raise) position. From neutral, push forward to the “retract"
(lower) position. Push the lever fully forward to the float position. Float will permit the cylinder to extend or retract
allowing equipment such as scraper blades to “float" or follow the ground contour.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 45
BRE1710B 3
Automatic functions are available, which are shown in the dot matrix display.
SS10M116 4
Hydraulic master for remote valves
The remote valves cannot be operated until the system has been supplied by current by the hydraulic master . Press-
ing the lower or upper part of the switch activates the circuit. The remote valves are now always operational when
the tractor engine is running.
NOTICE: The hydraulic master can be used to immediately stop operation of the rear remote valves. To do this bring
the switch into the mid position.
The “float" position is also used for retracting a single-acting cylinder and for the OFF position for hydraulic motors.
The extend, (1), neutral, (2), retract, (3), and float, (4), positions are identified by symbols on the decal adjacent to
each control lever.
BRF1858B 5
QUICK COUPLERS
Each remote control valve has a pair of 1/2 in.
quick-disconnect, female couplers (1) and (2). The couplers are of a self-sealing/locking design but will allow remote
cylinder hoses to pull free if the implement should become disconnected from the tractor. The raise (lift) coupler (1),
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 46
is on the left-hand side, the lower (drop) coupler (2), on the right-hand side. The couplers referred to in this picture
are for remote control valve No. I.
The flip-up covers are colour coded black, brown, blue and green to corresponding to the control levers in the cab.
BRE1565B 6
Hinged, spring-loaded dust caps are provided on each coupler. To connect a remote cylinder, lift the dust cap (1) and
insert the feed and/or return hose into the coupler, ensuring that it is correctly seated. Ensure that there is sufficient
slack in the hose(s) to allow the tractor/implement to turn in either direction.
Actuate the remote valve to supply hydraulic pressure which will complete the hydraulic coupling of the tractor and
implement.
To disconnect, grip the hose a short distance from the coupler, push the hose forward, into the coupler, then quickly
pull on the hose to `pop' the coupler free
The couplers will accept standard 1/2 in SAE or ISO connectors. The couplers can be connected or disconnected
under pressure. Disconnect pressure is proportional to system pressure. Increased system pressure will require
increased force to disconnect the couplers.
BRE1574B 7
NOTE: The oil flow through remote valve number one will always take priority over the other valves. For equipment
using more than one valve, the hydraulic service requiring the highest flow should be connected to valve number one.
All valve sections have a common parallel inlet and return to reservoir gallery. The electro-hydraulic remote valve
sections also have common galleries for the control valve pilot pressure and return oil.
The load sensing gallery passes through the centre of the valve stack and signals the pump to increase or decrease
output according to demand.
The parallel gallery and load sensing system enables two or more valves to be operated simultaneously without loss
of efficiency.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 47
'O' ring seals (1) and load sense check valves (2) between each valve section ensure the highest circuit load sense
pressure is transmitted to control output of the hydraulic pump.
BSB0388A_492 8
The principal hydraulic components within each Electro-Hydraulic remote control valve section are:-
Solenoid Control PCC Valve (1)

A signal to operate a solenoid activated valve is received from the operator control switches into the microprocessor
(5). The spool within the solenoid valve moves according to the forces of the solenoid which allows pilot oil pressure,
regulated to 18 bar (261.0 psi) , to act on the control valve spool. The control unit is also able to accurately sense
the position of the spool and can detect errors in the system, which, via the CAN BUS electrics, can be displayed as
fault codes which have a '4***' number.
Flow Control Spool (4).

Ensures that if more than one remote valve is operated that the available oil flow is proportionally distributed amongst
the valves being operated depending on demand. The flow control valve spool senses the differential pressure within
the valve and regulates the flow accordingly. Because each flow control spool individually senses the pressure in the
remote valve being operated, two or more circuits working at different pressures can be controlled simultaneously.
Load Hold Check Valve (2).

The check valve prevents a back flow of pressure from the remote valve circuit when the control spool is operated
and pump system pressure is less than the back pressure in the circuit.
This is explained by the following example:-
When a cylinder is holding a heavy load and the control valve spool is moved from the neutral to raise position, the
pump system pressure may be less than the back pressure in the remote valve circuit.
When this occurs the back pressure would cause oil in the circuit to flow backwards and the load to momentarily drop
before pump system pressure has risen to hold and then raise the load further. The load hold check valve prevents
this situation from occurring.
Micro Processor unit (5).

The micro processor unit controls the position Solenoid control valve and detects errors in the system relays the
information via the CAN BUS.
Control Valve Spool (3).

The control valve spool is spring centred to a neutral position and when moved by the regulated pilot pressure, via
the solenoid control unit, directs oil flow to the raise or lower ports of the control valve.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 48
BAIL10CVT021FAB 9
1. Solenoid 2. Load holding check valve

3. Control valve spool 4. Flow control spool
5. Micro processor unit 6. Control spool operating coil
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 49

valve - Sectional view
BSF4598A 1
Control Valve with Detent (Boom) Components
1 Wiper Seal 2 O-Ring

3 O-Ring 4 Spacer
5 Spool Cap 6 Screw
7 Spring 8 Ball (4 Off)
9 Retaining Ring 10 Detent Sleeve
11 Boot 12 Spacer
13 Ball 14 Spool End Detent Pin
15 Spring 16 O-Ring
17 Centering Spring Seat 18 Spool Spacer Cap
19 Compensator Piston 20 Housing
21 Seal Plate 22 Screw
23 Spool
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 50

valve - Dynamic description
With Reference to Figure 1
When the control valve with detent (boom) (1) is in neutral, output from the pump (3) can flow uninterrupted through
the staggered centre gallery (A) and the lands on the spool (2) prevent flow to the cylinder ports (B). The lands on
the spool trap the oil between the outlet port of the valve and the cylinders. When the spool is activated (as shown
in the lower non detented (bucket) valve (6) high pressure oil is directed to the staggered centre gallery (C). The
load sense shuttle (7) in turn transmits the highest pressure to the load sense valve on the hydraulic pump (3) and
all the compensators (5) within the valve assembly. The Pump responds to the load sense signal with load sense
pressure plus pump margin or differential. It is this pressure margin or differential that overcomes the compensators
and permits flow to the staggered centre gallery and the cylinder port (D).
BSF4597A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 51
High Pressure Circuit Oil Return To Reservoir Oil
Load Sensing Pressure Oil Trapped Oil
1 Control Valve with Detent (Boom) 2 Boom Spool

3 Pump 4 Bucket Spool
5 Compensator 6 Control Valve less detent (Bucket) Valve
7 Load Sense Shuttle Valve
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 52

valve - Static description
BSF4392A 1
Mid Mount Valve Loader Components
1 Multi-Quick Coupler 2 Loader Support

3 Tip Hose - Blue 4 Crowd Hose - Red
5 Raise Hose - Green 6 Lower Hose - Yellow
7 Mid Mount Valve Assembly
Tractors equipped with the Mid Mount Valve option are fitted with a seat mounted joystick, a mid mount valve assem-
bly, plumbing and loader mounting brackets ready for attaching the loader arms.
The Mid Mount Valve is located underneath the cab on the right hand side. The base version has a two spool valve
for raising and lowering the boom and tipping and curling the bucket when used with a loader.
BSE3576A 2
The valves are operated by means of a joystick control (1) mounted on the right hand side of the seat.
The three position push/pull lever (2) is used to fully lock the joystick in neutral to avoid accidental operation. In the
middle position side travel of the joystick is locked.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 53
BRE1700B 3
European loader ready options come complete with a “Multi-Quick" coupler. This allows the couplers to be connected
and disconnected at once with the minimum of leakage.
1. Lock Button
2. Protective Cover
3. Alignment Holes
4. Clamp Handle
BRE1536B 4
A third hydraulic service (where fitted) is electrically controlled via a cable that connects to a socket (1) on the loader
subframe. This is operated by depressing a switch located on the joystick handle.
BRE1535B 5
The mid mount valves are fed high pressure oil via a hose (1) from the power beyond port of the sub plate located at
the bottom of the remote valve stack (for machines with fixed displacement pump).
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 54
BSF4561A 6
The mid mount valves are fed high pressure oil via a hose (1) (for machines with CCLS variable displacement pump)
BAIL08CVT037ASA 7
Oil from the mid mount valves is returned from the outlet port via a hose (1) and an elbow to the hydraulic pump filter
housing manifold (for machines with fixed displacement pump).
BSF4571A 8
Oil from the mid mount valves is returned from the outlet port via a hose (1) to the return port on the filter. (for machines
with CCLS variable displacement pump)
The spools are cable (1) operated by the joystick situated in the cab.
BSF4564A 9
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 55
A load sense relief valve is located on the inlet slice of the valve assembly.
BSF4578A 10
The Load sensing line (1) is connected to the front of the end plate on machines with Electronic remote valves.
BSF4567A 11
On machines with mechanical remote valves the load sensing line (1) is connected to the left hand side of the end
plate on top of the remote valve stack.
BSF5493A 12
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 56
MID MOUNT VALVE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
BSF4574A 13
1 End Plate on Remote Valve Stack 2 Mid Mount Valve Slice

3 Return to Hydraulic pump Filter manifold 4 Main Hydraulic Pump
5 Sub Plate on bottom of Remote Valve Stack
The main hydraulic pump (4) sends high pressure oil to the subplate (5) located at the base of the remote valve stack.
The high pressure oil is then taken from the power beyond port of the sub plate to the inlet port of the mid mount
valve inlet slice (2) . The return oil is directed through the exhaust gallery of the valves, out of the outlet slice, and
is returned to reservoir via an elbow connected to the suction manifold of the main pump filter housing (3). The load
sensing line is connected within the valve assembly to the end plate of the remote valve stack (1).
Third Valve Slice (Where fitted).
Description and Operation

The third hydraulic service is activated using a button located on the loader joystick. With the button depressed, oil
is diverted from the bucket circuit to a pair of couplers mounted on the loader arm. These can be used to operate a
bucket grab or similar piece of equipment.
BRE1700D 14
The two solenoids are connected to the main harness via connectors C413 and C414 which are located on the right
hand side underneath the step.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 57
BRE1753A 15
BSE4572A 16
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 58
BSE4572B 17
Third Valve Section
1 Solenoid 2 Port “A"

3 Port “B" 4 Solenoid
5 Spool
When both solenoids are not energised the valve is in neutral (See Figure 16). Oil from the high pressure circuit can
flow uninterrupted through the staggered open centre gallery and the lands on the spool prevent flow to the cylinder
ports “A” and “B”. When a solenoid is energised (See Figure 17) the spool is moved to the left. High pressure oil flows
past the lands of the spool and is fed to Port “B”. Return Oil allowed back to reservoir across the spool from Port “A”.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 59
Power beyond valve - Static description
BAIL11APH208AAB 1
1. Pressure 2. Load sensing

3. Return
The power beyond circuit is an alternate hydraulic supply that does not require the actuation of remote levers. The
circuit is commonly used to supply flow for external hydraulic applications. The power beyond circuit is supplied by
the main hydraulic pump. The circuit contains a load sensing port to the pump compensator. The flow available to
the circuit is affected by the use of the remote system circuits and the hitch system.
The flat face couplers are specified as ISO 6149–1 fittings
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 60
Remote control valve control lever Configurable detent - Remove

1. Before removing the detent housing ensure the re-
mote spool is in the neutral position and the detent
configuration knob (1) is in position III.
BAIL06CCM175ASA 1
2. Unscrew the two hexagon headed screws (1) which

retain the cap to the valve slice.
BAIL06CCM176ASA 2
3. Carefully remove the cap. Do not push or pull the

spool whilst removing the cap. Ensure that the 'O'
ring (1) is not damaged during the removal process.
NOTE: Inside the cap there are shims between the spring
seat and the cap. These shims are unique to the detent
unit and should be removed from the cap and kept safe for
installation.
BAIL06CCM177ASA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 61
Remote control valve control lever Configurable detent - Install

1. Ensure the detent configuration knob is in position III
on the cap. Place the shims inside the cap making
sure they are correctly positioned.
2. Fit the cap over the detent section making sure rotary
shaft (1) of the adjustable detent fits onto the config-
uration knob.
BAIL06CCM178ASA 1
3. Place the hexagon headed screws (1) into cap and

tighten both screws evenly to a torque of 5.5 Nm
(4.06 lbft) .
BAIL06CCM176ASA 2
4. Move the spool from neutral to lower, raise, and back

to neutral to ensure smooth operation.
5. To assemble the plastic knob to the alloy knob (1)
use the screws that are supplied with the new knob.
These screws are coated with micro encapsulated
adhesive and can only be used once. Tighten to 1.5
Nm (1.11 lbft) .
BAIL06CCM179ASA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 62

- Disassemble
1. WARNING
Spring under tension!
Compressed springs have potentially
dangerous stored energy. Always assem-
ble and disassemble properly.
serious injury.
W0356A
Remove the remote control valve quick release cou-

pling manifolds (1).
The couplers are serviced as an assembly and
should not be disassembled.
BVE0474A 1
2. Remove the remote control valve control cable re-

taining bracket.
BVE0483A 2
3. Remove the remote control valve end cover retaining

nuts.
Remove the remote control valve end cover.
BVE0484A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 63
4. Remove the remote control valve slices from the re-

mote control valve base manifold.
BVE0485A 4
5. Disassemble the remote control valve slice using the

following instructions and illustrations.
Remove the O-ring (1) and the check valve (2).
Remove the flow control adjuster knob (1) and un-
screw the flow control adjuster from the remote con-
trol valve body.
BSB0388A_415 5
6. Prior to removing the control valve spool ensure the

flats (1) on the end of the spool are in the vertical
position as shown.
Remove the remote control valve main control spool.
NOTE: Do not rotate the main control spool or use force
once inserted into the bore, otherwise damage to the main
control spool and the lock valve pin will occur.
BSB0394A 6
7. Remove the lock valve from the raise port as follows:-

Using a small screwdriver, open the two slots (1) on
the keeper (2) and turn the keeper through 90 °.
Remove the spring seat (3) from the remote control
valve housing. Remove the lock valve.
BSB0385A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 64
BSB0386A 8
Lock Valve
1 Plunger 2 Lock Valve

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
8.
BSB0393A 9
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 65
BAIL06CCM211FSA 10
Flow Control Spool and Load Hold Check Valve
1 Flow Control Spool 2 Retainer

3 Spring 4 Spring Guide
5 Plug and 'O' Ring 6 Plastic Cap
7 Retainer 8 Plug
9 Back-up Ring 10 'O' Ring
11 Spring 12 Check Valve Cone
Lift Check Valve Removal

9. Remove the plastic cap (6) and the snap ring (7)
Figure 9, taking care not to scratch the bore.
10. Locate and clamp the extractor tool 380002720 onto
the retainer (1) by tightening the nut on the tool (2).
BAIL06CCM222ASA 11
11. Pull out the tool and retainer.

12. Remove the check valve and spring.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 66
BSB0498A 12
Main Control Spool
1 End Cap 2 Ò' Ring

3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Main Control Spool 6 Ò' Ring
7 Ò' Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back-Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
13. Remove the main control spool (5) by removing the
spool centring mechanism (4).
NOTE: It is not recommended that the spool centering
mechanism (4) is disassembled.
14. Housed within the centre of the remote control valve
main control spool (5) is the detent release orifice
(10). This is factory preset and servicing should
be restricted to washing in an approved degreas-
ing agent without removing the orifice from within the
spool.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 67

Assemble
BSB0498A 1
Control Valve Spool
1 End Cap 2 Ò' Ring

3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Spool 6 Ò' Ring
7 Ò' Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back-Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
1. Prior to inserting the control valve spool into the
housing, ensure the flats (1) on the end of the spool
are in the vertical position as shown, then install the
load holding check valve, as described below.. Do
Not rotate the spool after installing the load holding
valve otherwise damage to spool and load holding
valve plunger will occur.
WARNING
Do not rotate the main control spool or use force once
inserted into the bore, otherwise damage to the main
control spool and the lock valve pin will occur.
B004
BSB0508A 2
2. Install the control valve spool. Retain by screwing on

the spool centering mechanism.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 68
BSB0386A 3
Load Check Valve
1 Plunger 2 Load Holding Valve

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
3. Load check valve installation
Dimensions:
L = Plunger Length
Z = Depth to the Plunger
Y = Depth to the Pilot Ball
B = Pilot Ball diameter ( 4 mm (0.16 in)
X = Gap between the Plunger and the Pilot Ball
NOTE: When the control valve is in the neutral position
there must be a gap (X) 0.2 - 0.3 mm (0.008 - 0.012 in)
between the plunger and the pilot ball.
BAIL06CCM194ASA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 69
Calculating Gap (X)

4. Install the shortest plunger (No rings , 15.07 mm
(0.59 in) in position with the control valve in neutral.
BAIL06CCM195ASA 5
5. Measure dimension `Z` from the top of the plunger

to the top face of the remote valve body (e.g. 36.43
mm (1.43 in) ).
6. Remove the plunger.
7. Install the load check valve and the pilot ball. Ensure
that both are fully seated.
8. Measure dimension `Y` from the top of the ball to the
top face of the valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm (1.43 in).
BAIL06CCM196ASA 6
Load Check Valve Installation

9. Ensure that the control spool is in neutral.
10. Install the determined plunger using long nosed pli-
ers.
11. Install the lock valve, pilot ball, pilot spring, washer
and the spring (Refer to Figure 3).
12. Use a screwdriver to bend both retainer lugs (1) (fig-
ure 6) upwards, and locate the retainer to the bore.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 70
13. Fit the spring seat into the retainer, straighten the
lugs and turn the assembly counterclockwise 90 ° to
secure in the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM197ASA 7
Flow Control Valve Installation

14. Install the flow control spool valve (1), together with
the spring (2), guide (3) and retaining plug (4).
Tighten the retaining plug to a torque of 67 Nm (49.42
lbft)
BAIL06CCM198ASA 8
Flow Control Regulator Installation

15. Assemble the flow control regulator (1) with Ò` rings
(7), (8), and (9).
BAIL06CCM199ASA 9
16. Screw the flow control regulator into the valve body.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 71
17. Using a screwdriver, turn the restrictor clockwise as

far as it will go, and then turn back 60 °(minimum flow
position).
BAIL06CCM200ASA 10
18. Install the clamp, rotary knob (2), washer and the nut
to the restrictor stem. Ensure that the rotary knob lug
is located to the left of the stop pin (1).
19. Tighten the nut to a torque of 3 Nm (2.213 lbft) with-
out rotating the restrictor.
20. Install the cap with the groove facing the knob lug.
21. Check the minimum and maximum flow available
from the remote valve using a flow meter.
If the rotary knob has been installed as described
above the minimum flow should be approximately 10
l/min (2.64 US gpm) and the maximum flow should
be approximately 80 l/min (21.13 US gpm).
Lift Check Valve Installation

22. Check the bore for any rough edges and smooth if
necessary.
23. Install the check valve (1) into the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM201ASA 11
24. Fit the back up ring (6) and the 'O' ring (7) in the
groove in the retainer (3) and locate the spring (2)
onto the inner spigot of the retainer.
25. Locate the snap ring (4), retainer and spring assem-
bly onto the installation tool 380002720 (5). Install
the assembly into the remote valve bore and push
until the tool handle contacts the remote valve body.
26. The snap ring must be located in the groove. Ensure
that the retainer is located up against the snap ring.
Install a new plastic cap.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 72
Load Sense Check Valve Installation

27. Install new 'O' Ring seal and back up ring.
NOTE: Clearance 'X' should be approximately 0.5 mm
(0.020 in) from the flange face of the valve segment to the
top edge of the inserted check valve.
BAIL06CCM139ASA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 73

- Travel adjust
NOTE: Ensure the remote control valve is in neutral before proceeding.
1. Remove the remote control valve cable lock nut.
BVE0460A 1
2. Adjust the remote control valve cable adjustment nut.

Adjustment is correct when all the positions are avail-
able (eg. extend, neutral, retract, and float).
Repeat steps 1-3 for the remaining remote control
valve cable(s).
BVE0532A 2
3. Install the remote control valve cable lock nuts.
BVE0460A_413 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 74
Electrohydraulic control valve - Remove

1. WARNING
Escaping fluid!
sure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood BAIL10CCM019AAB 1
for this purpose. If injured by leaking
serious injury.
W0178A
Remove the pneumatic brake bracket assembly (1)

(where fitted).
2. Disconnect the remote valve harness connectors (1)
from the solenoids.
BAIL10CCM018AAB 2
3. Disconnect the high pressure pilot line feed pipe (1).
BAIL10CCM017AAB 3
NOTE: Drain any excess fluid into a suitable receptacle
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 75
4. Loosen and remove the retaining nuts from the top

of the valve assembly
BAIL10CCM016AAB 4
5. WARNING
Heavy object!
lift the component.
serious injury.
W0086A
Remove the top plate from the assembly
BAIL10CCM015AAB 5
6. Remove the valve slices (1) .
BAIL10CCM014AAB 6
7. Disconnect the EDC solenoid harness connector (1)

and remove the EDC valve if necessary.
BAIL10CCM013AAB 7
8. Disconnect pipes and remove the sub plate if re-

quired.
NOTE: Drain any excess fluid into a suitable receptacle
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 76
Electrohydraulic control valve - Install

1. Place the sub plate on the housing and insert the tie
rods (1) and tighten to 30 N·m (22.1 lb ft). Fit the
shuttle valve (2) and new seals (3).
BAIL10CCM004AAB 1
2. Insert the pipe connector (1) and tighten to 77 N·m

(56.8 lb ft).
BAIL10CCM005AAB 2
3. Connect the pipe (1) to connector and tighten.
BAIL10CCM006AAB 3
4. Insert the load sensing pipe connector (1) and tighten

to 28 N·m (20.7 lb ft) .
BAIL10CCM007AAB 4
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 77
5. Connect the load sensing pipe (1) and tighten.
BAIL10CCM008AAB 5
6. Connect the fittings and pipes for pressure (1) and

suspended axle supply (2).
BAIL10CCM009AAB 6
7. Slide the electronic draft control valve slice (1) over

the tie rods. Ensure the seals are in position.
BAIL10CCM010AAB 7
8. Connect the hydraulic lift supply pipes (1) and (2).
BAIL10CCM012AAB 8
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 78
9. Connect the EDC solenoid harness connectors (1).
BAIL10CCM013AAB 9
10. Slide the first remote valve slice (1) over the tie rod
and on top of the EDC valve.
BAIL10CCM014AAB 10
11. Place the remaining valve slices over the tie rods
ensuring the seals are correctly positioned.
BAIL10CCM015AAB 11
12. Place the end plate on top of the remote valve slices
and locate the retaining nuts on the tie rods. Tighten
the nuts in the order shown to 28 N·m (20.7 lb ft).
BAIL10CCM016AAB 12
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 79
13. Connect the pipe for the high pressure pilot line feed
(1).
BAIL10CCM017AAB 13
14. Connect the remote valve harness connectors (1) to

the solenoids.
BAIL10CCM018AAB 14
15. Refit the pneumatic brake bracket assembly (1)

(where fitted).
BAIL10CCM019AAB 15
16. Calibrate the remote valves. Refer to Electronic

module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration
procedures (55.640)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 80
Index

Electrohydraulic control valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Electrohydraulic control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Electrohydraulic control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Electrohydraulic control valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Electrohydraulic control valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Electrohydraulic control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mid-mount remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mid-mount remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Mid-mount remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Mid-mount remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Mid-mount remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Mid-mount remote control valve Electrohydraulic remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Power beyond valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Remote control valve control lever Configurable detent - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Remote control valve control lever Configurable detent - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 81
47461574 08/11/2012
35.204 / 82
Three-point hitch control valve - 114
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35.114 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Service auxiliary control valve

Exploded view Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Electronically-controlled hitch valve

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47461574 08/11/2012
35.114 / 2
Hydraulic systems - Three-point hitch control valve
Service auxiliary control valve - Exploded view Control Valve
BAIL07APH393FSA 1
Hydraulic operated Top Link and Right Hand Link Control Valve Components
1.Plug 2.Hexagon headed socket screws

3.Spool valve 4.Plug
5.Connector 6.Seal
7.O-Ring 8.Couplers
9.Solenoid 10.Hose connectors
11.Spring
47461574 08/11/2012
35.114 / 3
Service auxiliary control valve - Hydraulic schema
BAIL07APH394FSA 1
Hydraulic Adjustable Right Hand and Top link Schematic
1.Top Link Cylinder 2.Right Hand Lift Cylinder

3.Low Pressure Feed 4.Check Valve
5.Solenoid Valve 6.Spool Valve
When the remote valve lever is operated without the button being depressed the right hand cylinder (2) functions in
the same way as in a normal system. High pressure oil is fed through ports (A) and (B) , flows across the spool (6)
and in and out of the couplers (E) and (F) .
If the button on the remote lever is depressed the solenoid (5) is activated. This allows low pressure oil to move the
spool (6) across overcoming the spring pressure and allowing oil from high pressure ports (A) and (B) to flow through
ports (C) and (D) to the top link cylinder (1).
When the cylinders have been adjusted to the desired length they are locked in position by the lock out valves located
on each cylinder.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.114 / 4
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Remove

Prior operation:
Electrohydraulic control valve - Remove (35.204)
1. Remove the EDC valve (1) being careful not to dis-

lodge the spring located on the load sensing valve
BAIL10CCM010AAB 1
47461574 08/11/2012
35.114 / 5
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Install

1. Before installing the EDC valve ensure the load sens-
ing valve and spring (1) and all seals are in position.
BSE3847A 1
2. Install the EDC valve over the tierods.
BAIL10CCM010AAB 2
Next operation:
Refer to Electrohydraulic control valve - Install (35.204)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.114 / 6
Index

Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Service auxiliary control valve - Exploded view Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Service auxiliary control valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
35.114 / 7
47461574 08/11/2012
35.114 / 8
Three-point hitch cylinder - 116
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
35.116 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Three-point hitch cylinder

Sectional view (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Three-point hitch cylinder

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Disassemble (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47461574 08/11/2012
35.116 / 2
Hydraulic systems - Three-point hitch cylinder
Three-point hitch cylinder - Static description
BSE3666A 1
An assist ram can be installed to increase hydraulic lift power on certain models.
The assist rams are connected to the lift arms and anchored on the rear axle using a bracket.
The assist ram is single-acting type and controlled by the oil flow from the lift control valve, which operates the hy-
draulic lift.
47461574 08/11/2012
35.116 / 3
Three-point hitch cylinder - Sectional view (80 and 90 mm)
BSE3560A 1
Assist Ram ( 80 mm and 90 mm Diameter)
1 Seeger Ring 2 Assist Ram Cylinder

3 Rod 4 Seal
5 Back-up Washer 6 Rod Wiper
7 Bushing
47461574 08/11/2012
35.116 / 4
Three-point hitch cylinder - Remove

Prior operation:
NOTICE: Make sure that the lift arms are in lowest position and support them on blocks.
1. WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
serious injury.
W0208A
Disconnect the oil supply line taking care to drain the

oil into a suitable container.
2. 80 and 90 mm Cylinder:
Remove screw (1) holding top pin.
BSE3593A 1
3. Loosen the 4 nuts on cylinder bracket.
BSE3582A 2
4. Remove the top pin and lower the cylinder.

Support the cylinder and completely remove the
cylinder and bracket.
Next operation:
Three-point hitch cylinder - Disassemble (35.116) or
47461574 08/11/2012
35.116 / 5
Three-point hitch cylinder - Disassemble (80 and 90 mm)

Prior operation:
Three-point hitch cylinder - Remove (35.116)
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Remove the elbow fitting.

2. Position the cylinder so that the end of the rod is
aligned with the hole in the cylinder body.
Using a screwdriver move the retaining ring (1) into
the recess on the rod.
SS09F014 1
3. Holding the cylinder securely pull the rod from the

cylinder.
4. Remove all seals.
Next operation:
Three-point hitch cylinder - Assemble (35.116)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.116 / 6
Three-point hitch cylinder - Assemble (80 and 90 mm)

Prior operation:
Three-point hitch cylinder - Disassemble (35.116)
1. Install all seals.

2. Lubricate components with specified oil and install
the rod.
3. Align the rod end with the hole in the cylinder.
Using a screwdriver move the retaining ring (1) onto
the recess at the end of the rod.
SS09F015 1
4. Refit the elbow fitting.
Next operation:
Three-point hitch cylinder - Install (35.116)
47461574 08/11/2012
35.116 / 7
Three-point hitch cylinder - Install

Prior operation:
Three-point hitch cylinder - Assemble (35.116)
1. Place cylinder in line with the top pin hole and locate
pin into position.
2. Locate bottom bracket and pin assembly through the
cylinder and into the centre housing.
BSE3670A 1
3. Locate and tighten the four nuts on the bracket to a

torque of 160 Nm (118 lb ft).
BSE3582A 2
4. Connect the oil supply line.

5. 80 and 90 mm Cylinder:
Place screw (1) into the pin and tighten to 50 Nm
(36.9 lb ft).
BSE3593A 3
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
35.116 / 8
Index

Three-point hitch cylinder - Assemble (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Three-point hitch cylinder - Disassemble (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Three-point hitch cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Three-point hitch cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Three-point hitch cylinder - Sectional view (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Three-point hitch cylinder - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
35.116 / 9
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
37
Contents
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings - 37
Rear three-point hitch linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.120

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
37
Rear three-point hitch linkage - 120
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Top link arm

SERVICE
Top link arm

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Vertical rod
Remove Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Overhaul Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 2
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings - Rear three-point hitch linkage
Top link arm - Static description

Hydraulic adjustment of both top link and right hand lift rod is available (where fitted). This system allows hydraulic
implement adjustment with out the loss of any remote service.
BTB0056B 1
The cylinders are connected to a solenoid valve block (1) by hydraulic hoses using remote couplings and hose con-
nectors.
BAIL07APH388ASA 2
The right hand link is connected to the remote valve couplers which are integral with the solenoid block.
BAIL07APH389ASA 3
The top link is connected the solenoid block by hose connectors.
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 3
BAIL07APH390ASA 4
The solenoid block is situated on top of the remote valve stack and is fed low pressure oil via a hose (1) connected
to the low pressure feed pipe. The return oil is fed back to tank by a hose located on top of the solenoid block.
BAIL07APH391ASA 5
To lengthen the right hand lift rod and move the lower link downwards, pull No. 4 remote control valve lever (2) towards
you. Push the lever away from you, past the neutral position to retract the cylinder and shorten the right hand lift rod.
To lengthen the top link, depress and hold in the button (1) on No. 4 remote control valve lever and pull the lever
towards you. Push the lever away from you, past the neutral position to retract the cylinder and shorten the top link
assembly.
BAIL07APH392ASA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 4
Top link arm - Remove

Prior operation:
1. Disconnect the oil lines and drain the oil into a suit-
able container
2. Support the cylinder with appropriate lifting equip-
ment . Remove the retaining clip and pull out the
retaining pin.
3. Lift out the cylinder.
BAIL07APH395ASA 1
WARNING
B012
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 5
Top link arm - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Top link arm - Remove (37.120)
1. Unscrew the cylinder end cap (1) using the appropri-

ate tool.
2. Withdraw the piston and rod from tube assembly.
3. Inspect bore of cylinder and replace if scored..
4. Check and replace seals (2) if required.
5. Reassemble cylinder and tighten end cap (1) to 400
Nm (295.02 lb ft)
BAIL07APH396ASA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 6
Top link arm - Install

1. Locate the clevis hole of the top link with the hole in
the bracket on the rear axle.
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Make sure
that units or parts are supported by suitable slings
or hooks. Make sure that no-one is in the vicinity of
the load to be lifted. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury or death.
B012
2. Slide the pin (1) through the hole and secure with the
BAIL07APH395ASA 1
retaining clip.
3. Reattach the oil supply hoses.
BAIL07APH390ASA 2
4. Lock into position using the locking handle.
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 7
Vertical rod - Remove Right Hand Link (Hydraulic)

1. Disconnect the oil lines and drain the oil into a suit-
able container.
2. Remove the linch pin from the link retaining pin lo-
cated at the bottom of the link.
3. Support the link and remove the retaining pin.
4. Undo the screw (2) holding the top retaining pin.
5. Support the link and remove the retaining pin (1) .
BAIL07APH397ASA 1
WARNING
B012
Next operation:
Vertical rod - Overhaul (37.120)
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 8
Vertical rod - Overhaul Right Hand Link (Hydraulic)

Prior operation:
Vertical rod - Remove (37.120)
1. Unscrew the cylinder end cap (1) using the appropri-

ate tool.
2. Withdraw the piston and rod from tube assembly.
3. Inspect bore of cylinder and replace if scored.
4. Check and replace seals (2) if required.
5. Reassemble cylinder and tighten end cap (1) to 400
Nm (295.02 lb ft)
BAIL07APH396ASA 1
Next operation:
Vertical rod - Install (37.120)
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 9
Vertical rod - Install Right Hand Link (Hydraulic)

1. Support the link and locate the lower clevis with the
lower link hole. Replace the retaining pin and secure
with the linch pin.
2. Locate the upper clevis with the lift arm hole and
replace the retaining pin (1) .
3. Secure with the screw (2) and tighten to 45 Nm
(33.190 lb ft)
4. Reattach the oil supply hoses.
BAIL07APH397ASA 1
WARNING
B012
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 10
Index

Top link arm - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Top link arm - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Top link arm - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Top link arm - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Vertical rod - Install Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Vertical rod - Overhaul Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Vertical rod - Remove Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47461574 08/11/2012
37.120 / 11
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Steering
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
41
Contents
Steering - 41
Steering control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.101

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Tie rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.106

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Hydraulic control components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.200

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.206
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.216
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
41
Steering - 41
Steering control - 101
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
SERVICE
Steering column
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 2
Steering - Steering control
Steering column - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the steering wheel.
1. Remove the instrument cluster upper retaining

screw. Repeat step for the right-hand side.
Detach the enhanced keypad panel.
BAIL07APH455AVB 1
2. Disconnect the enhanced keypad electrical connec-

tor.
Remove the enhanced keypad panel.
BAIL07APH456AVA 2
3. Detach the instrument cluster.
BAIL07APH455AVC 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 3
4. Disconnect the instrument cluster electrical connec-

tors and remove the instrument cluster.
BAIL07APH457AVA 4
5. Remove the steering column lower shroud retaining

bolts.
BAIL07APH458AVA 5
6. Remove the steering column lower shroud.
BAIL07APH459AVA 6
7. Remove the steering column shroud left-hand retain-

ing screws.
BAIL07APH460AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 4
8. Remove the steering column shroud right-hand re-

taining screws and ignition switch retaining nut.
BAIL07APH461AVA 8
9. Remove the steering column shrouds.
BAIL07APH462AVA 9
Vehicles with Fast Steer™

10. Disconnect the six electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH520AVA 10
Vehicles without Fast Steer™

11. Disconnect the four electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH463AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 5
12. Remove the steering column to frame retaining bolts.

Repeat step for the right-hand side.
BAIL07APH464AVA 12
13. Remove the lower steering column retaining bolts.

Remove the steering column.
BAIL07APH466AVB 13
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 6
Steering column - Install

1. Locate the steering column and install the lower
steering column retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH466AVB 1
2. Install the steering column to frame retaining bolts.

Tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb ft)
BAIL07APH464AVA 2
Vehicles with Fast Steer™

3. Connect the six electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH520AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 7
Vehicles without Fast Steer™

4. Connect the four electrical connectors.
BAIL07APH463AVA 4
5. Install the steering column shrouds.
BAIL07APH462AVA 5
6. Install the steering column shroud right-hand retain-

ing screws and ignition switch retaining nut.
BAIL07APH461AVA 6
7. Install the steering column shroud left-hand retaining

screws.
BAIL07APH460AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 8
8. Install the steering column lower shroud.
BAIL07APH459AVA 8
9. Install the steering column lower shroud retaining

bolts.
BAIL07APH458AVA 9
10. Connect the instrument cluster electrical connectors

and install the instrument cluster.
BAIL07APH457AVA 10
11. Install the instrument cluster lower retaining screw.
BAIL07APH455AVC 11
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 9
12. Connect the enhanced keypad electrical connector.
BAIL07APH456AVA 12
13. Install the instrument cluster upper retaining screw.

BAIL07APH455AVB 13
Next operation:
Install the steering wheel.
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 10
Index
Steering - 41

Steering column - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Steering column - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 11
47461574 08/11/2012
41.101 / 12
Steering - 41
Tie rods - 106
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
41.106 / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
Tie rods - 106
SERVICE
Tie rods
Toe in adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.106 / 2
Steering - Tie rods
Tie rods - Toe in adjust

When travelling forward in a straight path, the wheels of four-wheel drive tractors must be parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the tractor, alternatively a slight toe-in of the front wheels is permissible up to a maximum of 3 mm as measured
at the edges of the wheel rims.
To check the exact value of the toe-in setting of four-wheel drive tractors, proceed as follows.
1. Inflate the front tyres to the specified pressure.

2. Position the steering at half-lock with a straight-edge
along the longitudinal axis of the tractor.
3. Check that the wheels are parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the tractor.
4. Measure the distance (1) between the front inside
edges of the wheel rims, at the height of the wheel
hub centers.
5. Turn both front wheels through 180 ° then measure,
again at the height of the wheel hub centers, the dis-
tance (2) between the rear inside edges of the wheel
rims, checking that this new measurement is equal
to or greater than the distance (1) by a maximum of
± 3 mm. The rotation of the wheels through 180 °
is necessary to eliminate the effect on the measure-
ment of any wear of the rims.
1b0o2004061043 1
6. If it is necessary to correct the wheel alignment, re-

move nut (2) and pull the track rod end (1) out of its
housing. Slacken off locknut (3) and screw the track
rod end (1) in or out to increase or decrease the dis-
tance (2, fig. 1).
Install the track rod end (1) in its housing and
re-check alignment as described in points 4 and 5.
After having adjusted the alignment to within the
prescribed limits, tighten locknut (3) to the specified
torque value of 180 Nm ( 183 kgm) and nut (2) to
100 Nm ( 10.2 kgm).
NOTE: Self-locking nut (2) must be renewed each time it
is removed or partially unscrewed.
24667 2
47461574 08/11/2012
41.106 / 3
Index
Steering - 41
Tie rods - 106

Tie rods - Toe in adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.106 / 4
Steering - 41
Hydraulic control components - 200
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic control components

Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fast steering control valve
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Power steering system

Static description Fast Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Dynamic description Fast Steer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hydraulic schema Fast Steer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Power steering control valve
Exploded view (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SERVICE
Steering circuit relief valve

Pressure setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Power steering control valve
Remove (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Disassemble (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Assemble (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Install (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 2
Steering - Hydraulic control components
Hydraulic control components - Special tools


380000281 Roto-glyd seal installer
Pressure Test Tools

380000492 7/16" UNF male Quick release adaptor
380000543 Quick release coupler
X 380000545 Hose
X 380000553 Pressure Gauge 0 - 250 bar (0 - 3625 psi)
380000570 Tee adaptor, 1/4 ORFS (Internal) x 1/4 ORFS (External) x 7/16 BSP (Internal)
380000599 Blanking Cap 11/16 ORFS
Hydraulic control components - Torque
BSE3556B 1
Steering Wheel Retaining Nut 23 Nm (17 lb ft)

Front Wheel Nut (4WD) 211 Nm (156 lb ft)
Motor End Cover 23 Nm (17 lb ft)
Cylinder, Tube End Pin Retaining Bolt (4WD) 23 Nm (17 lb ft)
Column to Frame Bolt 23 Nm (17 lb ft)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 3
BSE3555B 2
BVE0467A 3
Hydraulic control components - General specification

PUMP SPECIFICATIONS
2WD 4WD
Minimum Pump Output 40 l (8.8 UK gal)
100 cm³/rev (6.10 in³/rev) with Std
Axle
Steering Motor Displacement 160 cm³/rev (9.76 in³/rev)
125 cm³/rev (7.63 in³/rev) with HD
Axle
Relief Valve Maximum Differential 145 bar (2103 psi) with Std Axle
170 bar (2465 psi)
Pressure Setting 170 bar (2465 psi) with HD Axle
161 bar (2335 psi) with Std Axle
Absolute Gauge Pressure 186 bar (2697 psi)
186 bar (2697 psi) with HD Axle
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 4
TWO WHEEL DRIVE AXLE

Maximum Steering angle 55 °
Steering Wheel Turns (Lock to Lock) 3,3
Cylinder 1 off Double Acting
Turning Radius with Brakes 3.28 m (10.76 ft)
Turning Radius less Brakes 3.66 m (12.01 ft)
Toe-out 0 - 13 mm (0 - 0.51 in)
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE AXLE

4 cyl. 6 cyl.
Maximum Steering angle 55 ° or 65 ° with SuperSteer
Steering Wheel Turns
3,9
(Lock to Lock)
Cylinder 2 off double acting
Turning Radius with Brakes
3.51 m (11.52 ft) 3.745 m (12.29 ft)
(4WD disengaged)
Turning Radius less Brakes
4.04 m (13.25 ft) 4.355 m (14.29 ft)
(4WD disengaged)
Turning Radius with Brakes
3.495 m (11.47 ft) -
(with SuperSteer)
Turning Radius less Brakes
3.755 m (12.32 ft) -
(with SuperSteer)
Toe-In 0 - 3 mm (0 - 0.12 in)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 5
Fast steering control valve - Torque
BAIL06CCM069FSA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 6
Power steering system - Static description Fast Steer

The optional Fast Steer system is designed to provide fast steering response when required i.e. when operating with
a front loader.
From the straight ahead position, Fast Steer will provide full right or left hand steering lock with plus or minus 8 °
movement of the steering wheel.
To activate Fast Steer, depress the isolator switch, Figure 1.
The green warning light (3), Figure 3 on the instrument panel will illuminate indicating that the system is active.
BRJ4978V 1
NOTE: For Fast Steer function the tractor speed must not exceed 10 km/h ( 6.2 mph).
To operate Fast Steer, depress and hold the centre ring (1), Figure 2 on the steering wheel, to disengage, release the
ring.
BAIL06CCM072ASA 2
With the Fast Steer centre ring depressed, the yellow warning light (2), Figure 3 will illuminate on the instrument panel.
It will extinguish when the centre ring is released.
BAIL06CCM073ASA 3
Fast Steer will only function if all the following conditions are met:
• The isolator switch is in the ON position
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 7
• The speed of the tractor does not exceed 10 km/h ( 6.2 mph)
• The centre ring (1), Figure 2 is held down.
• The warning light (3), Figure 3 on the instrument panel is illuminated
Fast Steer will automatically disengage if a fault occurs or one of the above conditions are not applied. Should Fast
Steer automatically disengage, an audible warning will sound and an error code will be appear in the Dot Matrix
Display.
To re-activate the Fast Steer function, turn off the isolator switch, Figure 1, ensure the tractor speed is below 10 km/h
( 6.2 mph), and turn the switch on again.
NOTICE: To promote safe operation of Fast Steer, it is advised that the operator become familiar with the system
before operating in the field.
NOTE: In cold oil temperature conditions it is advisable to turn steering from lock to lock before engaging the Fast
Steer System.
The Fast Steer controller is located on the right hand side underneath the instrument console. The module (1), Figure
4 is connected to the Fast Steer valve via a harness.
BAIL06CCM123ASA 4
A proximity sensor (1) is located on the steering column. This senses the magnetic field strength change as the metal
in the plate of the inner steering wheel ring moves away or closer to the sensor.
BAIL06CCM075ASA 5
Fast Steer valve (1) is coupled to the steering motor (2)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 8
BAIL07APH352ASA 6
The Fast Steer valve is connected electronically to the controller by a harness . When the system is enabled the
controller powers a pilot valve solenoid (1). The position of the split valve spool is checked by the sensor (LVDT) (2)
to verify that the spool is not stuck in such a manner that would allow the Fast steer to be active or operate in an
unsafe condition.
The construction of the LVDT consists of three coils which make up the static transformer and a movable inner iron
core. One of the coils is the primary coil and the other two are secondary coils. When the iron core slides through
the transformer, a certain number of coils are affected by the proximity of the sliding core and thus generate a unique
output to the controller.
BAIL06CCM076ASA 7
After the operator has enabled Fast Steer operation and the diagnostic program has not encountered any faults, the
Fast Steer controller powers a pilot valve solenoid (1) attached to a change valve (2) on the Fast Steer valve. this
directs the oil flow from the steering motor directly to the distributor spool and split valve. When the steering wheel is
turned the trapped oil in the steering motor now acts as pilot pressure to move the distributor valve, connecting the
pump directly to the steering cylinders. The increased flow of oil to the steering cylinders provides an accelerated
steering action. When the steering ring is released the Fast Steer controller disengages the solenoid and the oil flow
reverts to the conventional steering motor operation.
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 9
Power steering system - Dynamic description
BAIL12APH212FAB 1
Steering Operation Schematic - Neutral Position
Return Oil
Pump Oil
(Restricted by Cooling and Lubrication)
Trapped Oil Suction Oil
1 Metering Unit 2 Check Valve

3 Non Return Valve 4 Pump and Flow Control Valve
5 Filter 6 Return via Cooling and Lubrication
7 Pressure Relief Valve 170 bar (2465.0 psi) 8 Control Valve Sleeve
9 Control Valve Spool 10 Suction Valves
11 Bias Valve (2WD Only) 12 Steering Cylinders
The steering motor incorporates a metering unit which regulates the volume of oil supplied to the cylinder so that it is
proportional to the angular movement of the steering wheel. The metering unit in combination with the check valve
also allows the steering to be operated MANUALLY without pressurised oil being supplied from the pump.
Suction valves (10) Figure 1, prevent cavitation in the steering cylinder as oil is transferred from a small area to a
large area when the steering motor is in the neutral position.
The system is fully hydrostatic and as such there is no mechanical connection between the steering column and the
steering wheels.
Neutral Position
With the steering wheel held still, the leaf springs in the steering motor return and hold the spool and sleeve in the
neutral position. This ensures no more oil is supplied to the steering cylinder, Figure 1. The trapped oil is, however,
allowed to transfer between the left and right turn sides of the cylinder/s, on less Supersteer models, with reactive
steering motors, allowing the wheels to react to the ground conditions to provide feedback for the driver. On Super-
steer models there is no feedback to the driver when in the neutral position, the non-reactive type steering motor has
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 10
shock valves installed to relieve excessive pressure in the case of a large object being hit which may otherwise cause
damage to the system.
BAIL12APH213FAB 2
Oil Flow Schematic
Return Oil
Pressure Supply
(Restricted by Cooling and Lubrication)
Metered Oil to Steering Cylinder Suction Oil
Right Hand Turn (A)

When the steering wheel is turned the movement of the control valve spool in its sleeve forms a series of passages.
During right turns the oil flows through the sleeve along a groove in the valve spool and into a passage in the steering
motor housing which leads to the metering unit, Figure 2. The metering unit is turned by the drive shaft and directs
oil along another set of passages in the spool and sleeve and into the steering cylinder. Return oil from the other side
of the cylinder is directed through the valve spool and sleeve to a return passage in the housing.
Left Hand Turn (B)

When turning the wheel to the left oil flows along the sleeve and operates in a similar manner as described in right
hand turn, Figure 2.
Manual Turning (no Power Assistance)

In the event of a power steering pump failure or loss of oil pressure, the power steering system can be operated
manually. Turning the steering wheel rotates the metering unit rotor and forces oil into the power steering cylinders.
On the suction side of the metering unit, return oil flows from the cylinder and is drawn through the check valve to
feed the metering unit.
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 11
Power steering system - Dynamic description Fast Steer System
1. Steering Cylinders 2. Steering Motor

3. Steering Motor Relief Valve 4. Split Valve/LVDT Valve (Linear Variable Differential
Transformer)
5. Shock Valve (SDS)(225-245) 6. Shock Valve (SDS)(225-245)
7. Distributor Spool 8. Compensator Valve
9. LSD Valve (40-180 Bar) 10. Change Valve (Pilot Valve)
11. Solenoid 12. Steering pump
13. Steering Low Pressure Warning Switch 14. Main Hydraulic Pump
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 12
BAIL06CCM241JSA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 13
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 14
Fast Steer Hydraulic Operation

Hydraulic oil is fed from the steering pump (12) to the change or pilot valve (10) . When the system is enabled by
activating the Fast Steer switch, the solenoid (11) moves against the spring pressure to allow oil to activate the change
or pilot valve (10). The change valve spool overcomes the spring pressure and allows the oil to reach the distributor
spool (7) this directs the oil flow from the steering motor directly to the distributor spool and split valve. If the steering
wheel is rotated left for example, the pilot pressure is exerted on the distributor spool thus enabling oil to flow to the
Split valve (4) which in turn allows the increased oil flow to activate the steering cylinder (1).
Operating and Monitoring System

The electrical and hydraulic systems allow safe operation and monitoring of system in the following manner: When
the system is enabled by using the Fast Steer switch, the electronics perform a functional and status check. The split
valve spool is checked to ensure that it is not stuck in such a manner that would allow the Fast Steer system to be
active or operate in a dangerous way which may cause loss of control of the tractor. Should such a state exist the
system activates the critical stop audible and visual alarms to the operator. If there is an invalid state that does not
endanger the operator, only the visual alarm is activated. If the split valve is stuck at the midpoint of travel, then the
system is in between these two modes and will be unable to determine exactly which mode the tractor is in and the
critical stop alarms are activated. If the distributor spool becomes stuck it will be forced back into place by hydraulic
pressure and the system will revert to normal steering mode.
When the system has determined that the hydraulic components are functioning correctly the system then checks the
operator inputs and verifies that the operator controls are working correctly. The solenoids, sensors, and switches are
checked for correct operational voltage and current levels and any failure will cause the system to go into a fail-safe
mode. If there is any problems with any of these components the system deactivates itself and prevents any electrical
engagement of the system. If there are no problems with the components then the system goes into standby mode
awaiting operator inputs. The system constantly monitors itself checking for failures and illegal logic combinations
during fast steer operation and notifies the operator via the visual and audible alarms in the event of a system error
or component failure.
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 15
Power steering system - Hydraulic schema Fast Steer System

Fast Steer Hydraulic Operation - For operation description refer to : Power steering system - Dynamic
description (41.200)
1. Steering Cylinders 2. Steering Motor

3. Steering Motor Relief Valve 4. Split Valve/LVDT Valve (Linear Variable Differential
Transformer)
5. Shock Valve (SDS)(225-245) 6. Shock Valve (SDS)(225-245)
7. Distributor Spool 8. Compensator Valve
9. LSD Valve (40-180 Bar) 10. Change Valve (Pilot Valve)
11. Solenoid 12. Steering pump
13. Steering Low Pressure Warning Switch 14. Main Hydraulic Pump
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 16
BAIL06CCM241JSA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 17
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 18
Fast Steer Hydraulic Operation

Refer to: Power steering system - Hydraulic schema (41.200)
Hydraulic oil is fed from the steering pump (12) to the change or pilot valve (10) . When the system is enabled by
activating the Fast Steer switch, the solenoid (11) moves against the spring pressure to allow oil to activate the change
or pilot valve (10). The change valve spool overcomes the spring pressure and allows the oil to reach the distributor
spool (7) this directs the oil flow from the steering motor directly to the distributor spool and split valve. If the steering
wheel is rotated left for example, the pilot pressure is exerted on the distributor spool thus enabling oil to flow to the
Split valve (4) which in turn allows the increased oil flow to activate the steering cylinder (1).
Operating and Monitoring System

The electrical and hydraulic systems allow safe operation and monitoring of system in the following manner: When
the system is enabled by using the Fast Steer switch, the electronics perform a functional and status check. The split
valve spool is checked to ensure that it is not stuck in such a manner that would allow the Fast Steer system to be
active or operate in a dangerous way which may cause loss of control of the tractor. Should such a state exist the
system activates the critical stop audible and visual alarms to the operator. If there is an invalid state that does not
endanger the operator, only the visual alarm is activated. If the split valve is stuck at the midpoint of travel, then the
system is in between these two modes and will be unable to determine exactly which mode the tractor is in and the
critical stop alarms are activated. If the distributor spool becomes stuck it will be forced back into place by hydraulic
pressure and the system will revert to normal steering mode.
When the system has determined that the hydraulic components are functioning correctly the system then checks the
operator inputs and verifies that the operator controls are working correctly. The solenoids, sensors, and switches are
checked for correct operational voltage and current levels and any failure will cause the system to go into a fail-safe
mode. If there is any problems with any of these components the system deactivates itself and prevents any electrical
engagement of the system. If there are no problems with the components then the system goes into standby mode
awaiting operator inputs. The system constantly monitors itself checking for failures and illegal logic combinations
during fast steer operation and notifies the operator via the visual and audible alarms in the event of a system error
or component failure.
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 19
Power steering control valve - Exploded view (Steering Motor)
60-41-001 1
Steering Motor (2WD and 4WD)
1 Pin 2 Centering Springs

3 Retaining Bolts 4 Dowel Pin Bolt
5 O’ Ring Seal (Kit) 6 End Plate
7 Rotor and Stator Assembly 8 Manifold Plate
9 Drive Shaft 10 Retainer
11 Ball 12 Relief Valve Seat
13 Relief Valve (Kit items) 14 Spring
15 Complete Assembly 16 Ball (2WD only)
17 Pin (2WD only) 18 Thrust Bearing and Washers
19 Spacer
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 20
Fast steering control valve - Exploded view
BAIL06CCM079FSA 1
Fast Steer Valve Components
1. LVDT Valve (Linear variable differential transformer) 2. Plug M18 X 1.5

(Linear Position Transducer)
3. LSD Valve (40-180 Bar) 4. Solenoid
5. Plug 6. Bushing
7. Bushing 8. Change Valve Spool
9. Change Valve Spring 10. 'O' Ring
11. 'O'Ring 12. Split Valve Spring
13. Distributor Spool 14. Distributor Spool
15. Plug M12 X 1.5 16. Valve Body
17. SDS Valve 18. SDS Valve
19. Screw 20. Plug
21. Plug M12 X 1.5 22. Plug M18 X 1.5
23. Compensator Spring 24. Compensator Spool
25. Bushing 26. Spring
27. Bushing 28. Distributor Pin
29. 'O'Ring
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 21
Steering circuit relief valve - Pressure setting
1b0o2004061082 1
Steering Motor Relief Valve Adjustment
1 Plug 2 Steering Shaft

3 Relief Valve 4 Fabricated Steering Motor Output Hose
5 Tractor Tubes to Steering Cylinder 6 Fabricated Hose for Pump Supply to Steering
Motor
7 Pressure Gauge 0 - 350 bar (0 - 5075 psi) 8 Size 8 ORS Swivel Running Tee
9 Size 10 ORS Swivel Running Tee 10 Pressure Gauge 0 - 35 bar (0 - 508 psi)
11 Size 6 ORS Blanking Cap 12 Spring
13 Adjuster
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 22
Relief Valve Adjustment - All Models

1. Disconnect the steering motor from the steering
bracket, as detailed previously in Power steering
control valve - Remove (Steering Motor) (41.200)
and remove from the tractor.
NOTE: To adjust the steering system relief valve it is
necessary to remove the steering motor from the steering
bracket, to gain access to the hexagon headed adjusting
screw.
2. Fabricate suitable test hoses to connect from the
tractor pressure and return tubes. Connect the hoses
into locally procured tee pieces and install pressure
gauges. Start the engine and idle between 1450
- 1500 RPM. Run the tractor until the transmission
oil reaches normal working temperature of approxi-
mately 68 °C (154.4 °F).
3. With the engine running, turn the steering motor shaft
to obtain full lock. The pressure gauge reading at
point 'A' should read 186 bar (2697 psi). The gauge
pressure at point 'B' should be in the region of 16 bar
(232 psi).
4. To establish actual (differential) pressure subtract
gauge 'B' reading from the gauge 'A' reading. The
differential pressure should be to the specification
of: Gauge 'A' 186 bar (2697 psi) minus Gauge 'B'
16 bar (232 psi) = 170 bar (2465 psi) on all models.
5. If the pressure readings are not correct, reset the
adjuster (13), Figure 1, using an 8 mm (0.31 in)
hexagon key. Half a turn on the adjuster equates to
approximately 13.8 bar (200 psi).
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 23
Power steering control valve - Remove (Steering Motor)

1. Position the tractor on a hard level surface and apply
the parking brake.
2. Raise the engine hood.
3. Remove the steering column console.
4. Disconnect the four supply/return tubes and Ò' ring
seals from the steering motor and cap the ends of
the tubes.
5. Remove the four bolts at the base of the steering
column and slide the steering motor from the upper
section of the steering column.
BSE3551B 1
6. Remove the steering motor from the front of the cab

through the engine compartment.
Next operation:
Power steering control valve - Disassemble (Steering Motor) (41.200)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 24
Power steering control valve - Disassemble (Steering Motor)

Prior operation:
Power steering control valve - Remove (Steering Motor) (41.200)
1. With the steering motor connectors removed note

position of the non return valve.
Hold the steering motor securely in a vice using a
tube connector as shown in, Figure 1.
Remove the end plate bolts, end plate and Ò' ring.
NOTE: The position of the pin bolt must remain the same
on re-assembly.
60-41-002 1
2. Remove metering unit, valve plate and Ò' ring seals,

note mating surfaces for correct re-assembly.
60-41-003 2
3. Lift out rotor drive-shaft.
60-41-004 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 25
4. Unscrew the check valve retainer and shake out the

check and suction valves (2WD only).
60-41-005 4
5. Remove the relief valve assembly.

NOTICE: The relief valve must be set to the correct pres-
sure setting on re-assembly.
60-41-006 5
6. Remove the inner and outer valve sleeves, bearings

and thrust washer.
NOTE: When removing spool and sleeve ensure drive pin
is in a horizontal position so that it cannot fall into an internal
gallery and make removal difficult.
60-41-007 6
7. Once spool is disassembled from the body ensure oil

seal is removed.
60-41-008 7
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 26
8. Remove the control valve spool and sleeve.

NOTICE: Upon re-assembly ensure washer (1) is installed
with chamfer towards the valve sleeve.
60-41-009 8
9. Remove centering springs.

Remove drive pin.
Push inner sleeve from outer sleeve.
Remove Ò' ring and back-up ring.
NOTE: Arrangement of the leaves must remain the same
upon re-assembly.
60-41-010 9
Next operation:
Power steering control valve - Visual inspection (41.200)
Power steering control valve - Assemble (Steering Motor) (41.200)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 27
Power steering control valve - Visual inspection

1. Wash all parts in a suitable solvent to remove any
foreign particles and dry with a clean lint free cloth or
compressed air.
2. Inspect valve sleeves for, damage or wear. Minor
burrs or scratches can be removed with a fine abra-
sive. Ensure all parts are thoroughly cleaned prior to
re-assembly.
3. Check leaf springs for damage. Replace if neces-
sary.
4. Discard all Ò' ring seals and replace with new seals
on re-assembly.
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 28
Power steering control valve - Assemble (Steering Motor)

Prior operation:
Power steering control valve - Disassemble (Steering Motor) (41.200)
1. Assemble inner and outer sleeves so that the leaf

spring slots align.
Install the drive pin.
60-41-010 1
2. Install the leaf springs and push fully into position.
60-41-012 2
3. Install leaf spring retainer, and bearing.

NOTE: The inner bearing race must be positioned with the
chamfer side facing the spool.
60-41-009_499 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 29
4. Apply a light coating of hydraulic oil onto the sleeve

and insert into the steering motor body.
Coat the Ò' ring and back-up ring, with hydraulic fluid
and position them onto the seal installer guide.
NOTE: Use special tool No. 380000281 to install oil seal
type roto-glyd.
60-41-013 4
5. Position the seal guide tool into the sleeve and push
down with a twisting action.
Remove tools once the seal has seated.
60-41-014 5
6. With the seal installed in the motor body refit control

valve.
NOTE: Ensure that the Drive is in a horizontal position to
aid re-assembly.
60-41-015 6
7. Once the control valve is seated correctly refit the

check and suction valves (2WD only).
Screw the check valve down to just below the surface
of the housing.
60-41-005_500 7
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 30
8. Refit the Ò' Ring and place the end plate in position.
60-41-016 8
Metering Unit Reassembly

9. To aid reassembly install the control valve into the
housing so that the drive pin is perpendicular to the
front face of the housing.
Install drive link into the steering motor body, ensur-
ing that the link engages correctly over the drive pin.
60-41-004_501 9
10. Assemble the metering unit rotor and stator and in-
stall new lightly greased Ò' rings to either side of the
stator.
Assemble the rotor and stator onto the drive link.
60-41-003_502 10
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 31
11. Install the end plate and bolts, ensure the pin bolt (1)
is fitted in position `7'. Tighten the bolts in two steps,
first to 10.8 Nm (8.0 lb ft) and then to 28.4 Nm (20.9
lb ft) in sequence as shown.
1b0o2004061083 11
12. Install the relief valve assembly, items (1), (2) and
(3), leaving the plug, item (4) out until after the relief
valve has been adjusted.
Check to ensure the motor turns freely without bind-
ing.
NOTICE: The relief valve must be set to the correct pres-
sure setting after the motor has been re-assembled. Fol-
low the correct procedure as Steering circuit relief valve
- Pressure setting (41.200).
60-41-006_503 12
Next operation:
Power steering control valve - Install (Steering Motor) (41.200)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 32
Power steering control valve - Install (Steering Motor)

Prior operation:
Steering circuit relief valve - Pressure setting (41.200)
1. After the relief valve has been correctly set re-install

the steering motor onto the mounting bracket and
tighten the securing bolts to a torque value of 13 -
20 Nm (9.6 - 14.8 lb ft).
BSE3551B 1
2. Reconnect the steering hoses, tighten to a torque

value of 13 - 20 Nm (9.6 - 14.8 lb ft).
3. Purge the air from the system by operating the steer-
ing system from lock to lock until the system functions
correctly.
Next operation:
Refill the driveline with the correct specified oil - see Consumables () .
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 33
Fast steering control valve - Remove

1. Position the tractor on a hard level surface and apply
the parking brake.
2. To gain access to the fast steer valve
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery and
insulate. Refer to: Battery - Disconnect (55.302)
Raise the engine hood
Remove the steering column console. Refer to
Steering column - Remove (41.101)
3. Move the processor harness out of the way
4. Undo the brake reservoir and move to one side. (Do
not disconnect hose)
5. Disconnect the four supply/return tubes and Ò' ring
seals from the control valve (1) and cap the ends of
the tubes.
BAIL09APH214AVB 1
6. Disconnect the wiring to the solenoid (1) and the

LVDT (2) sensor.
BAIL06CCM076ASA 2
7. Remove the two hexagon headed socket bolts on the

control valve with an 8 mm allen key.
BAIL06CCM081ASA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 34
8. Remove the control valve assembly from the front of

the cab through the engine compartment.
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 35
Fast steering control valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Fast steering control valve - Remove (41.200)
1. Remove the solenoid retaining screws and remove

the solenoid (4).
2. Carefully remove the four hexagon headed socket
screws which hold the change valve flange in place.
Remove the flange ,'O' ring, spring and spool (8) .
3. Remove the five hexagon headed socket screws and
remove the flange which gives access to the split
valve spool and the distributor spool. Remove the
spools (13) & (14) , spring and Ò' rings.
4. On the opposite side of the valve remove the screws
and flange which hold the distributor pin in position.
Remove the pin (28), bush, spring and Ò' rings.
5. Remove the plug, spring and compensator spool (24)
.
6. Remove the two SDS valves (17) and (18),.
7. Remove the LVDT sensor (1) .
8. Remove the LSD valve (3)
BAIL06CCM079FSA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 36
Fast steering control valve - Assemble

1. Install the LSD valve (3).
2. Install the LVDT sensor (1).
3. Install the two SDS valves (17) and (18).
4. Install the compensator spool, spring and plug (24).
5. On the opposite side of the valve Install the pin (28),
bush, spring and Ò' rings. Install the flange and
flange retaining screws.
6. Install the spools (13) and (14), spring and Ò' rings.
Install the flange and five hexagon head socket re-
taining screws.
7. Install the spool (8), spring (9) and,'O' ring (10). In-
stall the flange and four hexagon head socket retain-
ing screws.
8. Install the solenoid (4) and solenoid retaining screws.
BAIL06CCM079FSA 1
Next operation:
Fast steering control valve - Install (41.200)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 37
Fast steering control valve - Install
WARNING
B012
1. Install the control valve assembly.

2. Install the two hexagon head socket bolts into the
control valve with an 8 mm allen key.
BAIL06CCM081ASA 1
3. Connect the wiring to the solenoid (1) and the LVDT

(2) sensor.
BAIL06CCM076ASA 2
4. Install Ò' ring seals to the control valve. Connect the

four supply/return hoses.
BAIL09APH214AVB 3
5. Reposition and attach the brake fluid reservoir.

6. Reposition the processor harness.
Next operation:
Install the steering column, for further information refer to Steering column - Install (41.101)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 38
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 39
Index
Steering - 41

Fast steering control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fast steering control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Fast steering control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Fast steering control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fast steering control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fast steering control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic control components - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic control components - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic control components - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Power steering control valve - Assemble (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power steering control valve - Disassemble (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Power steering control valve - Exploded view (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Power steering control valve - Install (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Power steering control valve - Remove (Steering Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Power steering control valve - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Power steering system - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Power steering system - Dynamic description Fast Steer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Power steering system - Hydraulic schema Fast Steer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Power steering system - Static description Fast Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Steering circuit relief valve - Pressure setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
47461574 08/11/2012
41.200 / 40
Steering - 41
Pump - 206
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
41.206 / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
Pump - 206
SERVICE
Power steering pump

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
41.206 / 2
Steering - Pump
Power steering pump - Remove

1. Disconnect the steering pump supply pipe (1) and
undo and remove the steering pump suction pipe
housing (2) bolts. Detach the suction pipe housing.
BAIS06CCM062AVA 1
2. Disconnect the return pipe (1), and the electrical

connectors (Where fitted) (2). Remove the steering
pump retaining bolts (3) and remove the pump from
the housing.
BAIS06CCM063AVA 2
Next operation:
Power steering pump - Overhaul (41.206)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.206 / 3
Steering - Pump
Power steering pump - Overhaul
BSD2033A 1
Steering Pump Exploded View
1.Bearing Block 2.Seal

3.Plastic back up seal 4.Seal
5.Pump Housing 6.Seal
7.End Plate 8.Retaining Bolts
9.Drive Gears 10.Bearing Block
11.Seal 12.Plastic back up seal
13.End Plate
NOTICE: When servicing the pump gears, particular attention must be paid to the following points:
1. • The width of each gear set must be within 0.0002
in. ( 0.005 mm) of each other to ensure satisfactory
pump efficiency.
• Journals must be within 0.0005 in. ( 0.013 mm) of
each other.
• Gear faces must be flat. This feature may be
checked by blueing a bearing face and rotating
against the gear. This check will also reveal any
sharp edges on the teeth.
Install new seals and Ò' rings. When installing seals
in the bearing block ensure that the plastic back-up
seal (1) is correctly positioned in the rubber seal (2).
TIA35012 2
47461574 08/11/2012
41.206 / 4
Index
Steering - 41
Pump - 206
Power steering pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Power steering pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.206 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
41.206 / 6
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
SERVICE
Steering cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 2
Steering - Cylinders
Steering cylinder - Remove

All vehicles
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A

weights.
BAIL07APH062AVA 1

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2

47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 3
Vehicles with Supersteer™ front axle

4. Release the hydraulic pressure in the suspension
ram by rotating the Allen screw on the valve block
counterclockwise.
BAIL07APH066AVA 3
All vehicles
5. Using a suitable jack, raise the opposite side of the
front axle to the cylinder that you are removing to aid
access to the inner pivot pin.
6. Disconnect the steering supply and return hoses
from the steering cylinder.
BAIL07APH537AVA 4
7. Remove the retaining bolt from the inner pivot pin.
BAIL07APH539AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 4
8. Remove the inner pivot pin.
BAIL07APH540AVA 6

(2).
Support the steering cylinder. Remove the pivot pin
and remove the steering cylinder.
Retrieve the spacers (3).
BAIL07APH480AVB 7
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 5
Steering cylinder - Install

All vehicles
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Install the steering cylinder and the pivot pin, making

sure that the spacers (1) are installed as removed.
.
BAIL07APH480AVC 1
2. Install the inner pivot pin.
BAIL07APH540AVB 2
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 6
3. Install the retaining bolt to the inner pivot pin.
BAIL07APH539AVA 3
4. Connect the steering supply and return hoses to the

steering cylinder.
BAIL07APH537AVA 4
5. Remove the jack from under the front axle.
Vehicles with Supersteer™ front axle

6. Tighten the Allen screw on the valve block.
BAIL07APH066AVA 5
All vehicles
7. Raise the front of the vehicle and remove the axle
stands from under the front weight carrier.
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 7

weights onto the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH062AVA 6
9. Tighten the front weights.
BAIL07APH063AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 8
Steering cylinder - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Steering cylinder - Remove (41.216)
1. Using circlip pliers remove the retaining circlip (1) .

2. Remove the rod, piston and seals.
3. Inspect the bore of the cylinder and replace if scored.
4. Reassemble the cylinder in the reverse to disassem-
bly, lubricating all components as assembled. Re-
place all the seals using the service seal kit.
BAIL12APH217AAB 1
5. Torque the rod nut to 180 N·m (132.8 lb ft) .

6. Fit the retaining circlip.
Next operation:
Steering cylinder - Install (41.216)
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 9
Index
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
Steering cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Steering cylinder - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Steering cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 10
47461574 08/11/2012
41.216 / 11
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Wheels
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
44
Contents
Wheels - 44
Front wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.511

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Rear wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.520

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
44
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
44.511 / 1
Contents
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511
TECHNICAL DATA
Front wheels
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
44.511 / 2
Wheels - Front wheels
Front wheels - Torque

Disc to hub nuts 210 Nm (154.9 lb ft)
Disc to rim nuts 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
47461574 08/11/2012
44.511 / 3
Index
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511

Front wheels - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
44.511 / 4
Wheels - 44
Rear wheels - 520
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
44.520 / 1
Contents
Wheels - 44
Rear wheels - 520
TECHNICAL DATA
Rear wheel
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Rear wheel
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47461574 08/11/2012
44.520 / 2
Wheels - Rear wheels
Rear wheel - Torque

Flanged Axle
Bar Axle
Split wedge bolts 300 Nm (221.3 lb ft)
47461574 08/11/2012
44.520 / 3
Rear wheel - Remove
WARNING
Use suitable floor (service) jacks or chain hoist to raise wheels or tracks off the floor. Always block machine
in placed with suitable safety stands.
M499

axle.
BAIL08CVT112AVA 1
2. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable

BTB0281A 2
3. Remove both rear wheels.
BAIL07APH363AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
44.520 / 4
Rear wheel - Install

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
as required.
ous injury.
W0149A
1. Install both rear wheels.

Tighten to the specified torque, for further information
refer to Rear wheel - Torque (44.520).
BAIL07APH363AVA 1
2. Remove the axle stands (1) from under the final drive
cases.
NOTE: If required, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
BTB0281A 2

axle and front support.
BAIL08CVT112AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
44.520 / 5
Index
Wheels - 44
Rear wheels - 520

Rear wheel - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rear wheel - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rear wheel - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
44.520 / 6
47461574 08/11/2012
44.520 / 7
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Cab climate control
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
50
Contents
Cab climate control - 50
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.100
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.104
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.200

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
50
Heating - 100
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 1
Contents
Heating - 100
SERVICE
Heater control valve

Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T6.120 Standard Climate Control, T6.140 Standard Climate Control, T6.150 Standard Climate Control, T6.160 Standard
Climate Control, T6.155 Standard Climate Control, T6.165 Standard Climate Control, T6.175 Standard Climate Control
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T6.120 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.140 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.150 Auto Temperature Control
(ATC), T6.160 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.155 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.165 Auto Temperature
Control (ATC), T6.175 Auto Temperature Control (ATC)
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) unit

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Heater core
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 2
Cab climate control - Heating
Heater control valve - Replace

T6.120 Standard Climate Control, T6.140 Standard Climate Control, T6.150 Standard Climate Control, T6.160 Standard Climate Control, T6.155 Standard
Climate Control, T6.165 Standard Climate Control, T6.175 Standard Climate Control
Prior operation:
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) unit - Remove (50.100)
To do this, carry out only steps 1 to 4 and steps 14 to 19.
NOTE: You do not need to drain off the refrigerant in order to replace the heater control valve.
Removal
1. Pull off the cab heating hoses (1).
SS08D110 1
2. Remove the cover plate from the heating and air-

conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 2
3. Carefully move the evaporator temperature sensor

(2) to the right. Remove the actuating cable (3). Re-
move the hose clamps (4) and take out the heater
control valve.
SS08D018 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 3
Assembly
4. Insert the heater control valve. Fit the hose clamps
(4). Fit the actuating cable (3). Carefully move the
evaporator temperature sensor (2) to the correct po-
sition.
SS08D018 4
5. Mount the cover plate of the heating and air-condi-

tioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
6. Fit the cab heating hoses (1).
SS08D110 6
Next operation:
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) unit - Install (50.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 4
Heater control valve - Replace

T6.120 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.140 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.150 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.160 Auto Temperature
Control (ATC), T6.155 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.165 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.175 Auto Temperature Control (ATC)
Prior operation:
NOTE: You do not need to drain off the refrigerant in order to replace the heat valve.
Removal
1. Pull off the cab heating hoses (1).
SS08D110 1
2. Remove the cover plate from the heating and air con-
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 2
3. Remove the connector from the electric heat valve

(2). Remove the mounting screws (3) and take out
the heat valve.
NOTE: The actuator motor can be removed by itself or
along with the heat valve, as required.
SS08D020 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 5
Assembly
4. Fit the heat valve using the mounting screws (3). At-
tach the connector to the electric heat valve (2).
SS08D020 4
5. Mount the cover plate of the heating and air condi-

tioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
6. Fit the cab heating hoses (1).
SS08D110 6
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 6
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) unit - Remove

Prior operation:
Air conditioning - Discharging (50.200)
1. Turn the starter switch to the “OFF” position.

Disconnect the electrical plug connection for the
driver’s seat and the armrest.
2. Unscrew the retaining screws of the driver’s seat.
Remove the driver’s seat.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 1
3. Take the floor mats out of the cab to obtain access to

the front and rear floor plates.
BTB0434 2
4. Remove the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 7
5. Remove the front floor plate.
BTB0445 4
6. Remove the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVA 5
7. Remove the lower side air ducts.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 6
8. Remove the exhaust duct from the front side of the

heating and air-conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 8
9. Remove the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 8
10. Remove the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 9
11. Remove the cover next to the fan box.
BTB0427 10
12. Unscrew the retaining screws of the fan box.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 9
13. Remove the electrical connector of the fan motor and

remove the fan box.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 12
14. Ensure that the vehicle is standing on even ground.

15. Place chocks under the front wheels.
16. Drive timber wedges between the front axle and front
axle bearing block. The wedges prevent the front
axle from swinging.
BAIL07APH285AVA 13
17. Raise the rear of the vehicle and place two suitable
support frames (1) under the end drive housing.
NOTE: Remove the supports if required.
BTB0281A 14
18. Remove the rear left wheel.
SS12B071 15
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 10
19. Attach peristaltic devices to the feed and return lines

of the heating cooler.
BAIL07APH421AVA 16
20. CAUTION
Burn hazard!
Wait for all components to cool before
performing any operation.
moderate injury.
C0053A
Remove the hoses of the cab heating system (1) and

the air conditioner lines (2).
SS08D111 17
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 18
22. Standard air conditioner design:

Remove the electrical connector (1).
Unclip the Bowden cable of the heating regulator (2).
BAIS06CCM384AVA 19
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 11
Automatic air conditioner (ATC) design:

Remove the electrical connector (3) from the heating and
air conditioning unit.
SS08D112 20
23. Remove the heating and air-conditioning unit to-

gether with the rear air ducts.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 21
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 12
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) unit - Install

Prior operation:
1. Attach the rear air duct to the heating and air-condi-

tioning unit.
2. Install the heating and air conditioning unit together
with the rear air duct.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 1
3. Connect the hoses of the cab heating system (1) and

the air conditioner lines (2).
SS08D111 2
4. Remove the peristaltic devices from the heating

hoses.
BAIL07APH421AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 13
5. Mount the rear left wheel and tighten the wheel nuts
to the specified torque - see Rear wheel - Torque
(44.520).
SS12B071 4
6. Raise the rear of the vehicle and remove the support

frames (1).
NOTE: If the supports have been removed, fit them again.
BTB0281A 5
7. Remove the timber wedges from between the front

axle and front axle bearing block.
BAIL07APH285AVA 6
8. Remove the wedges from the front wheels.

9. Attach the exhaust duct to the front side of the heat-
ing and air-conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 14
10. Attach the lower side air ducts.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 8
11. Attach the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVB 9
12. Install the front floor plate.
BTB0445 10

Connect the electrical connector (1).
Fit the Bowden cable of the heating regulator (2).
BAIS06CCM384AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 15

Connect the electrical connector (3) of the heating and air-
conditioning unit.
SS08D112 12
14. Attach the cover plate to the top of the heating and
air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 13
15. Insert the blower box and screw in the blower box
retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 14
16. Fit the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 15
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 16
17. Attach the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 16
18. Connect the electrical connector to the fan motor.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 17
19. Attach the cover.
BTB0427 18
20. Install the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 19
21. Fit the front and rear cab floor mats.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 17
22. Install the driver’s seat.

Screw in the retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 20
23. Connect the electrical plug connection for the driver’s

seat and the armrest.
BAIS06CCM369AVA 21
Next operation:
Air conditioning - Evacuate (50.200)
Air conditioning - Charging (50.200)
Air-conditioning compressor - Filling (50.200)
Engine cooling system - Filling (10.400)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 18
Heater core - Replace

Prior operation:
Removal
1. Remove the mounting screws from the rear air duct
and remove the air duct.
Remove the four retaining clips from the housing and
take off the top part of the housing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1

Remove the heat valve (1). Remove the heater radi-
ator (2).
SS08D017 2
Automatic air conditioner (ATC) version:

Remove the air outlet temperature sensor (3) and the elec-
tric heat valve (4). Remove the heater radiator (5).
SS08D016 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 19
Assembly
Install the heater radiator (2). Fit the heat valve (1).
SS08D017 4

Install the heater radiator (5). Fit the air outlet temperature
sensor (3) and the electric heat valve (4).
SS08D016 5
4. Fit the top part of the housing again. Attach the four
retaining clips to the housing. Place the rear air duct
and screw in the mounting screws.
BAIL07APH422AVA 6
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 20
Index
Heating - 100
Heater control valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T6.120 Standard Climate Control, T6.140 Standard Climate Control, T6.150 Standard Climate Control, T6.160 Standard Climate
Control, T6.155 Standard Climate Control, T6.165 Standard Climate Control, T6.175 Standard Climate Control
Heater control valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T6.120 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.140 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.150 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.160
Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.155 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.165 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6.175 Auto
Temperature Control (ATC)
Heater core - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) unit - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) unit - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 21
47461574 08/11/2012
50.100 / 22
Ventilation - 104
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
50.104 / 1
Contents
Ventilation - 104
SERVICE
Cab air filters

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.104 / 2
Cab climate control - Ventilation
Cab air filters - Cleaning

Before servicing the filters, switch off the blower, close the
roof hatch, all windows and one door. Slam the final door
and the resulting back pressure will dislodge most of the
loose dirt from the underside of the filters.
1. CAUTION
Eye injury hazard!
Wear protective goggles when using
compressed air.
moderate injury.
C0035A
Remove the filter elements. The fresh air filters, Fig-

ure 1 (Deluxe cab), Figure 2 (low profile cab) have a
prefilter element fitted that is designed to catch most
of the dust/chaff. This prefilter is part of the filter and
should be pulled out from the underside and cleaned
first, then pushed back in.
The recirculation filter, Figure 3, is fitted with a pull BTB0449 1
tab. This should be used to remove the filter. The

filter pleats should never be used to remove the filter
as damage will result.
Blow the dust from the upper surface through the el-
ement to the underside. Clean by blowing with com-
pressed air not exceeding 2 bar (29 psi). Hold the
nozzle at least 30 cm (12 in) from the element to pre-
vent damage to the pleats.
Care should be taken when using compressed air as
this may damage to the filter.
SS12A240 2
BTB0426_505 3
2. Clean all filter chambers with a damp, lint free cloth.

Replace the filter elements with the rubber seal up-
permost and install the covers again.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.104 / 3
Index
Ventilation - 104
Cab air filters - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.104 / 4
Air conditioning - 200
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Air conditioning
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Air conditioning
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Air-conditioning compressor
Magnetic clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
SERVICE
Air conditioning
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Evacuate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Air-conditioning compressor
Magnetic clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 2
Magnetic clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Shaft seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Cylinder head - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Cylinder head - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Air-conditioning condenser
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Receiver/Dryer
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Expansion valve
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Air-conditioning evaporator
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
DIAGNOSTIC
Air conditioning
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 3
Cab climate control - Air conditioning
Air conditioning - General specification

Refrigerant specifications R134A
Refrigerant filling 1100 g (38.80 oz)
Refrigerator oil specifications PAG type SP10 (ISO 46 viscosity)
Refrigerant oil filling quantity (air conditioner and system) 186 - 228 cm³ (11.4 - 13.9 in³)
Air conditioner compressor
Manufacturer and type Sanden SD7H15
At an ambient temperature of 22 - 49 °C (72 - 120 °F) the cooling power is approximately 4.5 kW.
NOTE: The actual cooling power depends on the setting made by the driver.
Air conditioning - Torque

Cylinder head screws of the air conditioning compressor 24.5-26.5 Nm ( 18-19.5 lbf.ft)
Retaining screw of the compressor clutch front plate 11.0-14.0 Nm ( 8-10 lbf.ft)
Retaining screws of the air conditioning compressor 20.5-25.5 Nm ( 15-19 lbf.ft)
Air conditioning - Special tools

Certified Refrigerant Recover, Recycling and Recharge Equipment suitable for the type of refrigerant gas used on
tractor are required when servicing air conditioning systems.
This special equipment is available through recognised suppliers of air conditioning equipment. Refer to the Tool
supplier for details on the latest equipment available for servicing the air conditioning system.
Vacuum/charge Portable system 380000558

Recovery/recharge Portable system 380000315
Evaporator and condenser cleaner 380000312
Electronic Gas Leak Detector 380000314
COMPRESSOR TOOLS: Sanden SDH715 Kit 380000333
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 4
Air conditioning - Overview

SS12A003 1
1. Compressor 2. High pressure - low pressure switch

3. Condenser 4. Receiver/ drier
5. Heating valve 6. Evaporator temperature sensor
7. Low pressure switch 8. Voltage divider
9. Blower motor 10. Blower speed switch
11. Heating regulator 12. Air conditioner "ON / OFF" switch
13. Air conditioner connecting lines
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 5
Air conditioning - Overview

SS12B044 1
1. Compressor 2. High pressure-low pressure switch

3. Condenser 4. Receiver/ drier
5. Heating and air conditioning unit - see figure 2 6. Blower box - see figure 3
7. Blower speed switch 8. Temperature control potentiometer
9. Operating mode switch 10. Air conditioner connecting lines
11. Control unit (ATC)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 6
SS08E001 2
Heating and air conditioning unit

12. Evaporator 13. Heating cooler
14. Outlet temperature sensor 15. Evaporator temperature sensor
16. Low pressure switch 17. Heating valve (ATC)
SS08E002 3
Blower box
18. Blower motor 19. Voltage regulator
20. Outside temperature sensor 21. Cab temperature sensor
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 7
Air conditioning - Dynamic description

The ATC control unit is a control unit with a control cycle that obtains data from various sources and issues com-
mands to other devices. The control parameter of the system is the inner temperature of the cab. The driver selects
the desired cab temperature with the help of the temperature control potentiometer. The control unit controls the
compressor, the heating valve and the blower speed in order to reach or maintain the desired value.
The control unit receives information from the following switches and sensors:
• The modes of operation switch in the positions "ECON", "OFF" and "MAX DEF" supplies information about the
desired system operating mode: Economy mode, air conditioner switched off or dehumidify/defrost.
• The cab temperature sensor, which is located in the return line of the air circulation filter, sends the current cab
temperature.
• The temperature desired by the driver and that which is set by the temperature control potentiometer is the desired
value.
• The outlet temperature sensor in the heating air conditioning unit sends the current cooling or heating temperature.
• The low pressure switch sends information if abnormal system pressures occur on the low pressure side in the
evaporator.
• The high pressure/low pressure switch sends information if abnormal system pressures occur on the high pressure
side.
• The blower speed switch sends information relevant to the setting selected by the driver. The settings are "OFF"
and "A" (automatic) or speed levels Ι-ΙΙΙ. If the driver has left the "A" position, the blower speed determined by the
controller is overridden by the driver’s selection.
• The temperature control potentiometer sends the desired temperature (°F/°C) to the control unit.
In order to realize the heating/cooling functions the control unit controls the following output devices:
• The compressor clutch via the clutch relay: The control unit determines whether the compressor is switched on or
off in order to attain the desired cooling value in the cab.
• In the case of the heating valve the valve opening is varied in order to attain the desired temperature value in the
cab.
• The blower speed is set via the blower speed switch: The conditioned air is delivered from the heating and air
conditioning unit at a speed which is proportional to the difference between the existing cab temperature and the
desired value.
• The display on the instrument cluster shows information for any error codes that may have occurred.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 8
Control elements
SS08D105 1
Blower speed switch (1) Selecting the blower speed Position "0": Blower switched off
manually overrides the Position "A": Blower speed is automatically controlled
selection made by the by the controller.
control unit. Position "I": Slow blower speed
Position "II": Middle blower speed
Position "III": Fast blower speed
Operating mode switch (2) Determines the operating Position "ECON": Air conditioner is switched off
mode. Position "Middle": Air conditioner is switched on
Position "MAX DEF": Dehumidifier/defroster mode
Temperature control Determines the desired Position "LO": Maximum cooling power temperature
potentiometer (3) value of the cab temperature. range position 18-28. Desired cab temperature in °C/°F.
Position "HI": Maximum heating power
"AUTOMATIC" control mode

The automatic mode is selected by moving the blower speed switch (1) to position "A" automatic and the operating
mode switch (2) to the middle position. Use the temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the desired temperature.
In this mode the system attempts to maintain the desired temperature value selected by the driver (from 16 °C ( 61
°F) to 32 °C ( 90 °F) using the temperature control (ATC) and in order to do this varies the air temperature and the
blower speed.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 9
"MANUAL" control mode

The manual mode can be selected by moving the blower speed switch (1) to the position "I, II or III" and using the
temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the desired temperature. The blower speed is varied to reach the set
value and then remains constant. In this case the system attempts to attain the desired temperature in the cab simply
by changing the air temperature and the blower speed selected by the driver remains unchanged. If you would like
to return to the automatic control mode switch the blower speed switch (1) to position "A" (automatic).
You can set the maximum cooling power by setting the temperature control potentiometer (3) to "LO" (turn all the way
to the left). The air conditioner works at maximum cooling power in this mode.
The blower can be switched on in two ways:

• Turn the blower speed switch (1) to position “A”. In this operating mode the blower is set to maximum speed.
• The blower speed is set manually to position "I, II or III".
You can set the maximum heating power by setting the temperature control potentiometer (3) to "HI" (turn all the way
to the right). The heating system works at maximum power in this mode.
The blower can be switched on in two ways:

• Turn the blower speed switch (1) to position “A”. In this operating mode the blower is set to maximum speed.
• The blower speed is set manually to position "I, II or III".
"ECONOMY" air conditioner mode.

The economy mode can be selected by moving the operating mode switch (2) to the position "ECON" (left position)
and moving the blower speed switch (1) to position "A". Use the temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the
desired temperature. If the outside temperature is low the air conditioner does not have to be running in order to
maintain a constant cab temperature. In this mode the unit attempts to keep the desired value constant by regulating
the heating valve and the blower speed. If the outside air temperature rises above the desired value selected, (cab
temperature) the air conditioner must be switched on in order to attain the desired value.
"MAX DEF" mode.

The purpose of the "MAX DEF" mode is to remove moisture that collects on the windows of the cab in the form of fog
or ice. Use the operating mode switch (2) to select the "MAX DEF" position and move the blower speed switch (1) to
position "A". In this mode the heating system and the air conditioner are running; the blower runs at maximum speed.
The blower speed can also be set manually. If this mode is used to defrost the windows, the temperature control
potentiometer (3) should be turned to the "HI" position. In this position an air outlet temperature is attained which is
as high as possible when the air conditioner is running in order to defrost the windows. If the windows are heavily
fogged with moisture it is not necessary to change the set temperature (desired value) using the temperature control
potentiometer (3). In order to exit the "MAX DEF" mode and enter another operating mode. Move the operating mode
switch (2) to the middle position (air conditioner "ON") or to the "ECON" position (air conditioner "OFF")
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 10
Summary of automatic operation

The operating mode switch (2) is in the middle position, and the blower speed switch (1) is in position "A"
(automatic). No error codes active.
Temperature criteria The control unit only reacts when there is a difference of 1 °C ( 2 °F) between the
desired value and the temperature recorded by the cab sensor. Then the compressor is
switched on and the heating valve is opened. The driver can therefore also adjust the
temperature a degree cooler or warmer than originally selected to ensure a pleasant
environment in the cab.
Blower speed The difference between the cab temperature and the Then the control unit sets
desired value is... the blower speed to...
≤ 1 °C ( 2 °F) 25 %
> 1 °C ( 2 °F) but ≤ 2 °C ( 4 °F) 35 %*
> 2 °C ( 4 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 3 °F) 45 %*
> 3 °C ( 6 °F) but ≤ 4 °C ( 8 °F) 55 %*
> 4 °C ( 8 °F) but ≤ 5 °C ( 10 °F) 65 %*
> 5 °C ( 10 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 12 °F) 75 %*
> 6 °C ( 12 °F) 100 %*
Switching the compressor The compressor clutch is activated or deactivated by the control unit in order to attain
clutch on and off. or maintain the desired temperature value in the cab.
Heating valve The heating valve is opened or closed by the control unit in order to attain or maintain
the desired temperature value in the cab.
Manual regulation of • Blower level remains at the level selected by the driver.
blower speed position "I, II
• The temperature continues to be regulated automatically but the control unit cannot
or III" change the selected blower speed in order to attain the desired temperature value.
• You can restore the fully automatic mode by moving the blower speed switch (1) to
position "A" (automatic).
Maximum cooling is • Blower speed 100 %
selected "LO"
• The clutch is only deactivated when the frost setting 0 °C ( 32 °F) on the evaporator
temperature sensor is attained. It is reactivated when the recorded temperature in-
creases to 3 °C ( 37 °F).
• If the temperature regulator is taken out of the maximum range for "LO", the system
returns to automatic regulation of the compressor and the blower.
Maximum heating is • Blower speed 100 %
selected "HI"
• The heating valve is completely open.
• If the temperature control potentiometer is adjusted from the maximum range for "HI",
the system returns to automatic regulation of the heating valve and the blower speed.
Exception * When the heating function is selected the blower retains the speed level 25 % until
the temperature recorded at the evaporator exceeds 12,8 °C ( 55 °F).
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 11
Summary of "MAX DEF" dehumidifier/defroster operation

The operating mode switch (2) is in the position "MAX DEF", and the blower speed switch (1) is in position "A"
(automatic). No error codes active.
Temperature criteria The control unit only reacts when there is a difference of 1 °C ( 2 °F) between the
desired value and the temperature recorded by the cab temperature sensor. Then the
compressor is switched on and the heating valve is opened. The driver can therefore
also adjust the temperature a degree cooler or warmer than originally selected to
ensure a pleasant environment in the cab.
Blower speed The difference between the cab temperature and the Then the control unit sets
desired value is... the blower speed to...
≤ 1 °C ( 2 °F) 25 %
> 1 °C ( 2 °F) but ≤ 2 °C ( 4 °F) 35 %
> 2 °C ( 4 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 3 °F) 45 %
> 3 °C ( 6 °F) but ≤ 4 °C ( 8 °F) 55 %
> 4 °C ( 8 °F) but ≤ 5 °C ( 10 °F) 65 %
> 5 °C ( 10 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 12 °F) 75 %
> 6 °C ( 12 °F) 100 %
Switching the compressor ** The compressor is permanently on to eliminate moisture from the cab. The clutch is
clutch on and off. only deactivated when the frost setting 0 °C ( 32 °F) on the evaporator temperature
sensor is attained. It is reactivated when the recorded temperature increases to 3 °C
( 37 °F).
Heating valve The heating valve is opened or closed by the control unit in order to attain or maintain
the desired temperature value in the cab.
Manual regulation of • Blower level remains at the level selected by the driver.
blower speed position "I, II
• The temperature continues to be regulated automatically but the control unit cannot
or III" change the selected blower speed in order to attain the desired temperature value.
• You can restore the standard air conditioning operation mode by shifting the operating
mode switch (2) to the middle position.
Maximum cooling is Using the system in this manner makes little sense as the compressor runs
selected "LO" continuously. The temperature control potentiometer should be in the heating range to
attain good dehumidifying or defrosting performance in the cab.
Maximum heating is • Blower speed 100 %
selected "HI"
• The heating valve is completely open.
• If the temperature control potentiometer is adjusted from the maximum range for "HI",
the system returns to automatic regulation of the heating valve and the blower speed.
Exception ** On very cold days the compressor does switch on until the temperature at the
evaporator temperature sensor exceeds 0 °C ( 32 °F).
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 12
Air conditioning - Static description

The function of the air conditioning system is to improve the operator's comfort by cooling the air temperature inside
the cab and reducing the humidity level.
This temperature control is achieved by absorbing the heat within the cab into a refrigerant and then allowing the heat
absorbed by the refrigerant to be transferred to the outside air.
In order to achieve this heat transfer the following principals of heat generation and transfer are applied within the air
conditioning system.
1. When two bodies of different temperature come together heat is transferred from one to another. On air condi-
tioning systems an evaporator is used to hold the low temperature refrigerant which absorbs the heat from the air
within the cab.
60-50-001 1
2. When a gas is pressurised the temperature of the gas will rise. In air conditioning systems the increase in pressure
is achieved using a compressor.
60-50-002 2
3. When a gas is cooled it will condense into a liquid. In the air conditioning system a condenser is used to cool the
gas and the resulting liquid is stored in a receiver dryer.
60-50-003 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 13
4. When a liquid is atomized through an orifice, the temperature of the resultant vapour will drop. The low temperature
of the atomized liquid will then absorb heat from its surroundings. On air conditioning systems the refrigerant is
atomized using an expansion valve.
60-50-004 4
It can now be seen that the principal components of an air conditioning system are:
• Refrigerant
• Evaporator
• Compressor
• Condenser
• Receiver/Dryer
• Expansion Valve
Figure 5, uses the examples above to illustrate the air conditioning cycle.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 14
SS11D388 5
Air Conditioning Principal of Operation
1. Expansion Valve - Atomizes Liquid Refrigerant Before 2. Evaporator- Absorbs Heat From Air In Cab
Passing to Evaporator
3. Compressor - Compresses and Raises Temperature 4. Condenser, Evaporator and Dryer - Converts
Of Refrigerant Gas Refrigerant from Gas to a Liquid
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 15
1b0o2004061086 6
Air Conditioning Flow Diagram
Figure 6, shows in schematic form the flow of refrigerant through the five major components of an air conditioning
system.
Refrigerant is drawn into the compressor as a cool, low pressure vapor which is compressed and then pumped out
as a hot, high pressure vapor to the condenser.
As the hot, high pressure vapor passes through the condenser core it gives off heat to the cooler outside air, being
drawn past the fins by the engine cooling fan.
By giving off heat to the outside air, the vapor is condensed to a liquid which moves under high pressure to the receiver
dryer where it is stored until released to the evaporator by the temperature sensing expansion valve.
As liquid refrigerant passes through the metered orifice in the expansion valve the refrigerant changes from a high
pressure liquid to a low pressure atomized liquid with a lower temperature.
This low pressure, low temperature, atomized liquid enters the evaporator coils and absorbs heat from the cab warm
air blown across the coils and fins by the cab blower motor. The refrigerant now changes from a cold low pressure
atomized liquid to a warm low pressure vapor and leaves the evaporator outlet, moving to the suction (low pressure)
side of the compressor to repeat the cycle.
As this heat loss is taking place, moisture (humidity) in the cab air will condense on the outside of the evaporator and
drain off as water through the drain hoses attached to the evaporator drain pan, thereby reducing the humidity level
of the cab.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 16
Refrigerant
To achieve the absorption and the release of heat which is, in essence, the function of an air conditioning system,
requires the use of a suitable “refrigerant" - a liquid that has a relatively low temperature boiling point, plus certain
desirable safety and stability features.
The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is refrigerant R-134a.
NOTE: To help protect the environment, legislation has been introduced in most territories banning the release into
the atmosphere of refrigerants, including R134a. All service procedures contained in this manual can be carried out
without the need to release refrigerant into the atmosphere.
In order to prevent the incorrect type of refrigerant being charged to the system the service valves fitted to the trac-
tor and necessary to connect up refrigerant recovery, evacuation and recycling/recharging equipment will be of two
different sizes as recognised and specified by the air conditioning industry.
NOTICE: R-134a refrigerant is not compatible with R-12 refrigerant.
R-134a refrigerant is stable at all operating temperatures and able to absorb great quantities of heat.
The boiling point of R-134a is - 22 °C (- 15 °F) at atmospheric pressure.
If the pressure is increased, R-134a will readily vaporize to absorb heat at temperatures between - 11.7 °C ( 11 °F)
at 1.9 bar (27.6 psi) and 0 °C (32 °F) at 2.9 bar (42.1 psi) in the evaporator.
At higher pressures, R-134a will condense and give off heat at temperatures between 48 °C (118 °F) at 12.4 bar
(179.8 psi) and 58 °C (136 °F) at 15.85 bar (229.83 psi) in the condenser.
Compressor
TA6050007 7
Typical Air Conditioning Refrigerant Compressor
1. Electro- magnetic Clutch 2. Clutch Bearing

3. Cam Rotor 4. Wobble Plate
5. Piston 6. Suction Chamber
7. Discharge Chamber 8. Cylinder Head
9. Static Gear
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 17
The tractor air conditioning unit compressor is mounted on the front of the engine and is belt driven by the crankshaft
pulley.
The compressor separates the low and high pressure sides of the system and is basically a pump which has two
functions:
(1) To raise the refrigerant temperature by compression to a higher degree of temperature than the ambient (outside
air) temperature.
(2) To circulate the required volume of refrigerant through the system.
The refrigerant compressor is a seven cylinder wobble plate unit housed in a die cast aluminium housing.
Drive to the wobble plate is from the pulley, through the electro magnetic clutch to the main driveshaft. Attached to
the driveshaft is a cam rotor which oscillates the wobble plate. The wobble plate is prevented from rotating by a static
gear engaging with teeth formed in the face of the plate. The seven pistons are connected to the wobble plate by
rods located in ball sockets.
Refrigerant is drawn in on the downward stroke of a piston through the reed valves located either end of the cylin-
der assembly. Refrigerant enters the cylinder assembly through a gallery in the outer circumference of the cylinder
assembly.
The upwards stroke of the piston compresses the refrigerant and expels it through another reed valve into an inner
gallery in the cylinder assembly and out into the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is lubricated with a Polyalklene Glycol (PAG) oil. This oil is totally miscible with the refrigerant and is
carried around the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is activated by an electromagnetic clutch which functions to engage or disengage the compressor
as required in the operation of the air conditioning system.
The clutch is primarily activated by the:
• Temperature cycling control switch

• Combined high/low pressure cut- out switch
• Low pressure cut- out switch
Low Pressure Cut- out Switch

The low pressure switch (1), Figure 8, is in the evaporator outlet line and is located under a lid in the evaporator
housing under the rear floor.
The purpose of the switch is to shut off the compressor pump in the event of low pressure in the refrigerant system.
Low refrigerant pressure may occur due to a faulty expansion valve, icing up of the expansion valve orifice or refrig-
erant loss. Low refrigerant pressure may result in damage to the compressor pump.
The low pressure switch is factory set and cannot be adjusted.
BTB0437A_509 8
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 18
Combined High/Low Pressure Cut- out Switch

The combined high/low pressure switch, Figure 9, is located in the condenser inlet line from the compressor. The
switch shuts off the compressor pump in the event of a restriction in the high pressure line or excessively low pressure
due to lack of refrigerant in the system.
Loss of refrigerant in the system will result in insufficient cooling and lubrication and continuous operation will cause
damage to the compressor pump.
BAIS06CCM701AVA 9
System Pressure Relief Valve

A relief valve is located at the discharge port on the compressor, Figure 10. This allows the system refrigerant to
be discharged into the engine bay (atmosphere) instead of in the cab, if the system pressure became such that a
hose might fail in the cab and cause injury to the operator. This secondary safety feature will only operate in extreme
conditions, for example, if the high pressure cut out switch were to fail, or in the event of an engine fire.
BAIL07APH374AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 19
Condenser and Receiver Dryer

The condenser, located at the front of the tractor, Figure 11, consists of a number of turns of continuous coil mounted
in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
The condenser receives the hot, high pressure refrigerant vapour from the compressor. The hot vapour passes
through the condenser coils. Cooling air is pulled through the condenser by the engine cooling fan.
BAIL07APH373AVA 11
Heat moves from the hot refrigerant vapour into the cooler outside air flowing across the condenser coils and fins.
When the refrigerant vapour reaches the pressure and temperature that will induce a change of state, a large quantity
of heat is transferred to the outside air and the refrigerant changes to a high pressure warm liquid.
The warm liquid refrigerant continues onto the receiver/drier where it is filtered and desiccated, to remove any mois-
ture, before passing through an outlet line to the thermostatic expansion valve.
SS11D407 12
The receiver/dryer, Figure 12 stores the liquid refrigerant, to be sure that a steady flow to the thermostatic expansion
valve is maintained under widely different operating conditions.
The drier section contains a desiccant (Molecular sieve) to absorb any moisture within the system and a filter prevents
the entry of foreign particles.
NOTE: Any moisture in the air conditioning system is extremely harmful. Moisture not absorbed by the dehydrator
will circulate with the refrigerant and droplets may collect and freeze in the thermostatic expansion valve orifice. This
action will block the refrigerant flow and stop the cooling action. Moisture will also react with refrigerant R-134a and
the lubricant to form a corrosive acid.
The desiccant can only absorb a limited amount of moisture before reaching saturation point. Because of this, after
any system component replacement or repairs requiring entry into the system, the receiver/dryer should be replaced.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 20
Expansion Valve
The expansion valve (1) Figure 13, is located next to the evaporator, in the pressure line leading from the receiver/
dryer and performs the following functions:
BTB0438A 13
• METERING ACTION - A metered orifice changes the liquid refrigerant from a high pressure low temperature liquid
to a low pressure, lower temperature atomized liquid.
• CONTROLLING ACTION - The valve responds to changes in the cooling requirements. When increased cooling
is required, the valve opens to increase the refrigerant flow and when less cooling is required the valve closes and
decreases the refrigerant flow.
• MODULATING ACTION - A thermostatically controlled valve within the expansion valve body controls the volume of
liquid refrigerant passing through the orifice and makes sure the refrigerant is fully vaporized within the evaporator.
Liquid refrigerant would damage the compressor reed valves or freeze the pistons.
Expansion Valve - Operation

All of the needed temperature sensing and pressure sensing functions are consolidated into this basic unit and no
external tubes are required for these purposes.
The refrigerant from the condenser and receiver dryer enters the thermostatic expansion valve as a high pressure
warm liquid. Upon passing through the ball and spring controlled metering orifice, the pressure and temperature
of the refrigerant is reduced and the refrigerant leaves the thermostatic expansion valve as a low pressure, lower
temperature atomized liquid.
The atomized liquid now passes through the evaporator where it absorbs heat before returning via the expansion
valve to the compressor as a warm Low pressure vapour.
There are two refrigerant passages in the valve. One passage is in the refrigerant line from the condenser to the
evaporator and contains the ball and spring type orifice valve. The other passage is in the refrigerant line from the
evaporator to the compressor and contains the valve's temperature sensing element.
Liquid refrigerant flow from the condenser and receiver dryer is controlled by a push-rod forcing the orifice valve ball
off its seat and the spring exerting pressure on the ball to keep it on its seat.
During stabilized (vehicle shutdown) conditions, the pressure on the bottom of the expansion valve diaphragm rises
above the pressure on the top of the diaphragm allowing the valve spring to close the orifice.
When the system is started, the pressure on the bottom of the diaphragm drops rapidly, allowing the orifice to open
and meter atomized liquid refrigerant to the evaporator where it begins to vaporize.
Suction from the compressor draws the vaporized refrigerant out of the evaporator and back through a gallery in the
top of the valve which passes the temperature sensor.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 21
60-50-014 14
The temperature sensor reacts to variations in refrigerant gas pressure returning from the evaporator. When heat from
the passenger compartment is absorbed by the refrigerant the pressure of the gas increases causing a differential
pressure above and below the temperature sensor diaphragm. The diaphragm reacts to this pressure differential
and a push rod forces the ball in the expansion valve orifice further off its seat. This reaction allows an increase in
the atomized refrigerant to flow through the valve, to the evaporator, so that more heat can be absorbed by the air
conditioning system.
Similarly when the temperature of the gas returning from the evaporator decreases the pressure of the gas decreases.
This causes the diaphragm to react accordingly and allow the ball in the orifice to move closer towards its seat thus
reducing the flow of refrigerant through the valve to the evaporator.
BTB0435A 15
Evaporator
The evaporator, (2) Figure 15, is located under the rear seat floor and consists of a number of turns of continuous
coils mounted in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
Low temperature refrigerant in the evaporator absorbs heat from the hotter air in the operator's compartment, thereby
cooling the air.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 22
Blower Fan
The blower fan, (1) Figure 15, draws warm air from outside the cab through the intake filters, Figure 16 and forces it
across the evaporator before entering the cab through louvered vents.
The blower motor is controlled by a four-speed switch (1), Figure 17. The switch uses a variable resistor to change
the fan speed.
The coldest air will be obtained at the slowest fan speed but the greatest cooling capacity is obtained at the highest
fan speed.
BTB0449_512 16
BTB0422A_513 17
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 23
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview
SS12J125 1 SS11D405 2
Position: on the left-hand side of the engine
Rated voltage 12 V
Feed voltage at least 7,5 V
Current draw 3,6 - 4,2 A
Capacity 43 W
Resistance 2,9 - 3,6 Ω
Clutch air gap 0.4 - 0.8 mm (0.016 - 0.031 in)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 24
Air conditioning - Service instruction

DANGER
Avoid injury!
Observe ALL precautions listed below when servicing the air-conditioning system and handling re-
frigerant.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0043A
NOTE: Do not allow refrigerant to escape into the atmosphere.

1. Refrigerant must be handled with care in order to
AVOID HAZARDS.
Undue direct contact with liquid refrigerant can pro-
duce freezing of skin and eyes.
Keep the refrigerant container and air conditioning
system away from flame or heat sources, the re-
sulting pressure increase can cause the container or
system to explode.
If in direct contact with open flames or heated metal
surfaces, the refrigerant will decompose and pro-
duce products that are toxic and acidic.
Make sure to comply with the following indications
and simple precautions to avoid any risk of injury:
Never discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere.
When servicing air conditioning units a certified re-
frigerant recovery unit operated by a certified techni-
cian must be used.
2. When discharging the refrigerant in the system make
sure you are operating in well-ventilated premises
with good air circulation and far away from open
flames.
3. When charging and discharging the system always
wear goggles and take suitable precautions to pro-
tect the face in general and the eyes in particular,
from accidental spillage of the refrigerant fluid.
4. The oil and refrigerant mixture inside the air condi-
tioning system is pressurized. Consequently, never
loosen fittings or tamper with lines unless the system
has been properly discharged.
5. Before loosening any connection, cover the fitting in
question with a cloth and wear gloves and goggles in
order to prevent refrigerant from reaching the skin or
eyes.
6. In the event of an accident, proceed as follows:
If the refrigerant has reached the eyes, wash them
immediately with copious amounts of sterilised water
or mains pressure tap water and transfer to hospital
for immediate medical help.
If the refrigerant has touched the skin, wash with cold
water and transfer to hospital for immediate medical
help.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 25
Air conditioning - Service instruction

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Avoid breathing air-conditioning refrigerant, lubricant vapor or mist. If accidental system discharge
occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service.
W1000B
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Air-conditioning refrigerant boils at -12 °C (10 °F)!
-NEVER expose any part of the air-conditioning system to a direct flame or excessive heat.
-NEVER disconnect or disassemble any part of the air-conditioning system.
Discharging refrigerant gas into the atmosphere is illegal in many countries.
W0340A
WARNING
Escaping refrigerant may cause frostbite!
Always wear protective goggles when handling refrigerant. If you get refrigerant in your eye, immedi-
ately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes. Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0339A
All servicing of the air conditioning system must be undertaken by a qualified refrigeration specialist using appropriate
service equipment as determined by local regulations, including a leak detector for R134A refrigerant.
Impurities are prevented from entering the system as follows:
Ensure that all tools, measurement devices, hoses and spare parts are stored in a perfectly clean and dry place and
ensure that the refrigerant used is permitted for use in the system.
Clean all hoses and fittings prior to removal. Seal all openings with plugs or screw caps after removal.
When filling the system with refrigerant oil, only open the oil container just before use and then close it again straight
away. It is very important that you ensure the oil cannot absorb any humidity.
General troubleshooting
1. Always undertake general troubleshooting before
carrying out a functional check of the system.
Leave the engine to run for 10 minutes 1000 - 1200
rev/min with the air conditioning system set to maxi-
mum cooling and the blower set to the highest speed
setting.
2. Close the heating system shutoff valve behind the
intake manifold (if fitted).
3. Check that the fan motor works at all speed levels.
4. Check that the compressor coupling is actuated
when you press the air conditioner system switch.
You can hear the coupling shifting by way of a click-
ing noise. If the coupling does not work it may be
that the pressure switches on the intake and pres-
sure side are faulty or the electromagnetic coupling
of the cooling compressor is not working.
5. Check whether the motor cooler ventilator is drawing
in cold air through the condenser.
6. Check the belt tension of the cooling compressor
drive belt.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 26
7. Check that the condenser is clean inside and out and

allows an unobstructed flow of air.
8. Ensure that the cab air filter is clean and not blocked.
9. Check whether the evaporator blades are stuck or
heavily soiled.
SS12B045 1
Connection of pressure gauge battery to vehicle
1. Suction side pressure gauge 2. Pressure side pressure gauge

3. Shut- off valve 4. Hose to pressure side connection valve
5. Centre hose (not in use) 6. Hose to suction side connection valve
7. Shut- off valve 8. Suction side connection valve (low pressure part)
9. Pressure side connection valve (high pressure part)
Checking the function of the air conditioning system

10. The pressure gauge battery is the most important
tool when checking and performing maintenance on
the air conditioning system.
If the workshop has a modern automatic suction,
evacuation, recycling and filling device the pressure
gauges are already installed inside them.
The following instructions for checking the function
of the air conditioning system apply to the pressure
gauge battery shown in the diagram. The system
check using a suction and filling device with pressure
gauges fitted basically follows the same process.
When using such devices, always note the operating
instructions provided by the manufacturer.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 27
11. Notes for accident prevention

In the closed valves the refrigerant flows around the
valve stems to the pressure gauges. As a result,
after connecting the pressure battery the pressure is
shown by both pressure gauges.
NEVER screw open the manual shutoff valve on the
PRESSURE SIDE while the system is in operation.
ALWAYS screw open the manual shutoff valve on
the SUCTION SIDE when the refrigerant is being
topped up.
NOTE: Always ensure that the manual shutoff valves are screwed shut during all of the testing steps (clockwise, to
the stop).
12. Connection of pressure gauge battery to vehicle
Always ensure that the manual shutoff valves of the
pressure gauge battery are screwed shut (clockwise,
to the stop).
13. Connect the hose of the high pressure gauge (usu-
ally red) to the pressure side shutoff valve, and the
hose of the low pressure gauge (usually blue) to the
suction side connection valve at the vehicle, see the
diagram. Ensure that the hose fittings have been
perfectly tightened.
NOTE: Prior to connecting the pressure gauge battery determine the assignment of the connections for the high pres-
sure gauge (pressure side) and the low pressure gauge (suction side). The pressure side connection valve always
sits in the line from the cooling compressor to the condenser.
14. The connection valves for the high pressure and
low pressure sides on the vehicle are spring-loaded
valves and open automatically when the pressure
testing hose is connected.
The connection valves are closed with a protective
cap. Remove this cap prior to connecting the pres-
sure gauge and fit it again when the servicing of the
vehicle is complete.
NOTE: A suitable pressure pin must be inserted into the pressure testing pipe to actuate this type of valve.
Testing procedure
15. After connecting the pressure gauge battery - and
before the functional test is able to be carried out
- shift the system into a stable operating state as
follows:
Check again whether the manual shutoff valves on
the suction and pressure sides of the pressure gauge
battery are completely screwed shut.
16. Actuate the parking brake and check that the trans-
mission is in neutral and all windows and doors of the
driver cab are shut.
17. Run the engine at 1000 - 1200 rev/min.
18. Switch OFF the temperature switch of the heating
system.
19. Switch the temperature stabilisation function of the
air conditioning system to maximum cooling and
switch the fan motor to the highest speed setting for
10 minutes.
20. Check that the low pressure gauge shows approxi-
mately 0.28 - 2.48 bar (4.1 - 36 psi).
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 28
21. Read the high pressure gauge and compare the dis-
play value with the values in the pressure/tempera-
ture table provided above.
22. Compare the temperature of the air-conditioned air
flowing out of the air vents into the cab with the tem-
perature of the intake air at the cab air filters outside
the cab.
If the system is functioning properly the air-condi-
tioned air flowing into the cab should be 6 - 9 °C (43
- 48 °F) cooler than the outside air that is drawn in.
23. If you determine as a result that the system is not
functioning properly, proceed with troubleshooting
using the troubleshooting tables and the examples
in Air conditioning - Troubleshooting (50.200)
and remedy as required.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 29
Air conditioning - Overhaul

NOTE: Before disconnecting components in the air conditioning system the refrigerant gas must be discharged and
recovered using a certified recovery system. Refer to Air conditioning - Discharging (50.200). Do Not discharge
the gas into the atmosphere
During a system overhaul it is necessary to drain any re-
frigerant oil that has collected in the component being re-
placed into a clean calibrated container.
The same volume of clean refrigerant oil being removed
from the replaced component must then be added to the
new item before being installed onto the tractor.
Upon completion of the repair, evacuate, recharge, leak
test and performance test the system must be checked to
ensure correct operation.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 30
Air conditioning - Decontaminating

Air conditioning systems may occasionally become contaminated with solid particles. This contamination may be the
result of allowing dirt to enter the system while it was open, from aluminum corrosion or sludge, or from disintegrated
compressor reed plates. Contamination of this nature can result in plugged evaporators, condensers and expansion
valves.
1. Contaminated systems must be flushed with a

special flushing solvent to remove the unwanted
material. Prior to flushing, the system must be
discharged as described in Air conditioning - Dis-
charging (50.200).
Each individual component must be flushed after dis-
connecting every hose fitting.
The compressor and expansion valve can not be
flushed, therefore, the compressor should be disas-
sembled and cleaned or replaced and the expansion
valve should be replaced. When flushing the system
always replace the receiver/drier.
2. Re- assemble and evacuate the system to remove
air and moisture as described in Air conditioning -
Evacuate (50.200).
NOTICE: Never use any solvent for flushing an air con-
ditioning system other than a special flush solvent made
specifically for air conditioning systems. Always follow the
manufacturer's recommendations and directions for using
the flushing equipment and solvent.
60-50-033 1
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 31
Air conditioning - Discharging

WARNING
Avoid chemical burns!
Wear protective goggles and non-permeable gloves when working with the fluorescent dye and leak
testing an air-conditioning system.
W0918A
NOTE: Legislation bans the release of refrigerant into the atmosphere.

1. Whenever overhauling the air conditioning (A/C) sys-
tem or performing other tasks which require the A/C
system to be dismantled, it is necessary to discharge
the refrigerant gas before commencing repair.
Before dismantling an A/C system for repairs, you
must discharge and recover the refrigerant using a
certified recovery unit in accordance with the manu-
facturers instructions.
Figure 1 shows a combined refrigerant recovery,
evacuation and recycling/charging station. This
equipment removes R134A refrigerant from the A/C
system, recycles and recharges all in one hook up.
The unit is designed to be used with the manifold
gauge set built into the control panel. BAIL07APH231GVA 1
2. Other recovery systems are available where the

manifold gauges are not an integral part of the
machine. When this type of equipment is used a
separate manifold gauge set must be used.
The following is a summary of the steps for discharg-
ing the system using a recovery/recycling unit.
NOTE: Always follow the manufactures instructions when
operating recovery equipment.
3. Run the vehicle's A/C system for a few minutes.
4. Set up the recovery unit following the manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure that the units red (high side)
hose is connected to the high side fitting (1) and the
blue (low side) hose to the low side fitting (2).
NOTE: If a unit requiring the manifold gauge set is being
used, the low and high sides of the manifold set are con-
nected to the low and high sides of the A/C system. The
hose from the recovery unit is then connected to the man-
ifold centre port. Refer to Air conditioning - Decontami-
nating (50.200).
SS12A241 2
5. To recover refrigerant, open both high and low side

valves on the control panel or the valves on the man-
ifold gauge set if being used, refer to Air condition-
ing - Decontaminating (50.200).
6. Open the valves labeled “gas" and “liquid" on the re-
covery unit refrigerant tank, Air conditioning - De-
contaminating (50.200).
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 32
7. Operate the recovery system in accordance with the

manufacturers instructions.
The compressor will shut off automatically when the
recovery is complete.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 33
Air conditioning - Evacuate

NOTICE: A system in which the refrigerant has been recovered to facilitate repairs, must be evacuated before new
refrigerant is installed.
NOTE: Air and moisture are removed by evacuating the system using a vacuum pump.
The automatic recycling, recharge and evacuation stations or evacuating and charging stations available throughout
the air conditioning industry incorporate a vacuum pump within the assembly. If this type of equipment is not available
a separate vacuum pump and manifold gauge set must be used.
As the system is evacuated the boiling point of any moisture within the system is similarly lowered. As the vacuum
increases the boiling reduces to below that of the ambient temperate and the moisture is subsequently boiled away.
The relationship of system vacuum to the boiling temperature at which the water vapor is removed from the system
is as follows:
NOTE: For every 1000 feet ( 305 m) above sea level, the vacuum gauge reading must be corrected by adding 1 (
2.54 cm) of mercury to compensate for the change in atmospheric pressure.
NOTICE: Be sure the system is completely discharged as refrigerant will damage the vacuum pump.
60-50-030 1
System Vacuum Temperature

In Cm. of °F °C
Mercury Mercury
28.0 71.0 100 37
28.9 73.4 80 27
29.4 74.6 60 16
29.7 75.4 40 5
29.8 75.7 20 -7
29.9 75.9 0 -18
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 34
1. If the manifold gauge set is being used connect the

low and high sides of the manifold to the low and
high sides of the tractor air conditioning system as
described for discharging the system in Air condi-
tioning - Discharging (50.200).
Connect the manifold centre hose to the vacuum
pump suction port as per the manufacturers instruc-
tions.
Fully open both the low and high side gauge shutoff
valves.
2. If a combined recovery/evacuation unit is to be used
attach the unit to the air conditioning system in ac-
cordance with the manufacturers instructions. Be
sure to read all installation and operating instructions
carefully before starting the unit.
3. After starting the evacuation cycle, note the low side
gauge to be sure the system pulls down into a vac-
uum.
4. Time the evacuation for a minimum of 20 minutes
from the point when lowest vacuum is attained.
5. When the low side gauge attains the lowest steady
vacuum, stop the evacuation process.
NOTE: The vacuum pump achieves ultimate vacuum with
the vented exhaust valve closed.
6. Check the system by closing the gauge shut-off
valves, turning the vacuum pump off and noting the
low side gauge reading. A loss of more than 2 in ( 5
cm) of vacuum in 5 minutes indicates either a leak
or moisture in the system.
7. If the gauge needle remains stationary and the vac-
uum is maintained for 3 - 5 minutes, close both the
high and low side manifold hand valves, turn off and
disconnect the center hose from the pump. The sys-
tem is now ready for charging.
8. If a leak is detected, charge the system with approxi-
mately 400 g (14.1 oz) of refrigerant, see Air condi-
tioning - Charging (50.200) and identify leak using
a leak detector.
9. Once the leak is located discharge and recover the
refrigerant in the system, repair the leak, then repeat
the evacuation procedure.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 35
Air conditioning - Charging

NOTE: Make sure that there are no leaks in the air conditioning (A/C) system and that the A/C system has been fully
evacuated. Observe all safety recommendations when handling refrigerant R134A - see Air conditioning - Service
instruction (50.200).
1. Make sure that the charging unit is correctly con-
nected to the vehicle A/C system in accordance with
the manufacturers instructions.
High Side Service Valve (1)
Low Side Service Valve (2)
SS12A241 1
2. If a charging unit, in conjunction with the manifold

gauge set is used, open the high and low side hand
valves on the manifold.
3. Charge the A/C system with the corresponding filling
quantity of refrigerant - see Air conditioning - Gen-
eral specification (50.200).
4. If the charging rate becomes very slow close the high
side valve, start the engine and set the engine speed
to idle. Turn the A/C ON so that the compressor
can pull the remainder of the refrigerant into the A/C
system.
5. If the refrigerant charge will not completely transfer
to the A/C system, recover and recharge the A/C
system.
6. Close the high and low side valves on the units con-
trol panel, or manifold gauge set if being used and
test the A/C system as detailed in Performance Test-
ing The Air Conditioning System on Air condition-
ing - Service instruction (50.200).
NOTE: After charging an A/C system use the following start
up procedure to make sure that the lubricating oil is prop-
erly dispersed around the A/C system:
7. Make sure that the A/C system is switched OFF.
8. Start the engine and bring the engine speed down to
idle.
9. Turn the A/C ON and allow the system to operate for
at least one minute before increasing engine speed.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 36
Air conditioning - Leakage test

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant, lubricant vapor or mist. If accidental system discharge occurs, ven-
tilate the work area before resuming service.
W1000A
To perform a leak test if refrigerant leakage is suspected, use an electronic leak detector, Figure 1 and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions.
Electronic leak detectors use flashing lights or sound to alert the operator to a leak. If the leak detector’s sensitivity is
adjustable, be sure you calibrate the detector according to the manufacturer’s instructions before use.
When using a leak detector, keep in mind that a very slight amount of leakage in the compressor pulley area is normal
and does not necessarily indicate a repair is required.
When a leak is located, follow these steps.

• Discharge the system using a certified refriger-
ant recovery system.
• Repair the leak.
• Evacuate the system.
• Partially charge system with 400 g (14.1 oz) of
refrigerant.
• Check system for leaks.
• Fully charge the system.
60-50-029 1
Always check the system for leaks as a final test after evac-
uating and before recharging. Refer to Air conditioning -
Evacuate (50.200).
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 37
Air conditioning - Test

The following examples show typical low and high pressure gauge readings obtained when performance testing the
air conditioning system with an ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 °F).
NOTE: For proper high side gauge reading for other ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart
on the end of this information unit.
Problem 1: Little or no cooling.

Cause:
Refrigerant slightly low.
Conditions:
• Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
• High side pressure too low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
• Evaporator air not cold.
Corrective procedures:
1. Leak test the system.
2. Repair leaks. (Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system; replace lines or components).
3. Check compressor oil to ensure no loss.
4. Evacuate the system.
5. Charge the system.
6. Performance test the system.
Diagnosis:
System refrigerant is low. May be caused by a small leak.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 38
Problem 2: Insufficient cooling.

Cause:
Refrigerant excessively low.
Conditions:
• Low side pressure very low. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
• Evaporator air warm.
• Low pressure switch cutting out.
1. Leak test the system.
2. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
3. Repair leaks.
Diagnosis:
System refrigerant is extremely low. A serious leak is indicated.

Cause:
Air in system.
Conditions:
• Low side pressure reading does not change when compressor cycles “on” and “off”.
• High side pressure slightly high or slightly low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
1. Leak test the system. Give special attention to the compressor seal area.
3. Repair leaks.
4. Replace the receiver/dryer.
Diagnosis:
Air or moisture in system. System not fully charged.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 39

Cause:
Compressor malfunction.
Conditions:
• Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
1. Replace the compressor.
Diagnosis:
Internal leak in compressor caused by worn or scored pistons, rings, or cylinders.
Problem 5: Insufficient or no cooling. Engine overheats in some cases.

Cause:
Condenser not functioning properly.
Conditions:
• High side pressure too high. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
• Liquid line hot.
• High pressure switch cutting out.
1. Check belt. Loose or worn drive belts could cause excessive pressures in the compressor head.
2. Look for clogged passages between the condenser fins and coil, or other obstructions that could reduce con-
denser airflow.
3. If engine is overheating replace engine thermostat and radiator pressure cap.
At this point, operate the system and check its performance. If still unsatisfactory, proceed as follows:

2. Remove the condenser and clean and flush it to ensure a free flow of refrigerant. Or, if the condenser appears
to be unduly dirty or plugged, replace it.
4. Evacuate the system and recharge it with the correct quantity of refrigerant.
Diagnosis:
Lack of cooling caused by pressure that is too high on the high side, resulting from improper operation of
condenser. (Refrigerant charge may be normal excessive).
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 40
Problem 6: Insufficient or no cooling.

Cause:
Large amount of air in system.
Conditions:
• Evaporator air not cool.
Diagnosis:
Air in system. This, and the moisture in the air, is contaminating the refrigerant, causing the system to operate
improperly.
Problem 7: Insufficient or no cooling.

Cause:
Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck open).
Conditions:
• Evaporator and suction hose (to compressor) surfaces show considerable moisture.
1. Check for sticking expansion valve as follows:
Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the test indicates that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
Replace the expansion valve.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
Diagnosis:
Thermostatic expansion valve is allowing too much refrigerant to flow through the evaporator coils. Valve may be
stuck open.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 41

Cause:
Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck closed).
Conditions:
• Low side pressure too low (zero or vacuum). Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
• Evaporator air cool, but not sufficiently cold.
• Evaporator inlet pipe surface shows considerable moisture or frost.
• Low pressure switch cutting out.
1. Place finger on expansion valve to evaporator tube. If too cold to touch, proceed as follows:
Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the procedure outlined in Step 1 shows that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge system.
Replace expansion valve.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
Diagnosis:
Expansion valve is not permitting a sufficient flow of refrigerant. May be caused by valve stuck in restricted
or closed position.

Cause:
Restriction in high side of system.
Conditions:
• Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar (15 - 29 psi).
NOTE: A normal or high reading of the high side pressure gauge under these conditions indicates the system is
overcharged or the condenser or receiver/dryer is too small.
• Evaporator only slightly cool.

• Liquid line and receiver/dryer are cool to touch and show frost or considerable moisture.
2. Replace the liquid lines, receiver/dryer, or other obstructed components.
Diagnosis:
Restriction in the liquid line and/or receiver/dryer resulting in a “starved” evaporator (compressor moving refrigerant
from the evaporator faster than it can enter).
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 42
Problem 10: Compressor cycles (cuts in and out) too rapidly.

Cause:
Thermostatic switch defective.
Conditions:
• Low side pressure readings too high during both “on” and “off” compressor cycles and between cycles.
Readings should be:
0.8 - 1 bar (11.6 - 14.5 psi) - cycle “off”
2.5 - 2.7 bar (36.3 - 39.2 psi) - cycle “on”
1.7 - 1.9 bar (24.7 - 27.6 psi) - between cycles
• High side pressure normal. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar (232 - 261 psi).
1. Stop the engine and shut off air-conditioning system.
2. Replace thermostatic switch with switch of same type.
3. Make sure the switch’s temperature sensor is installed in the same position and depth (in evaporator core) as
previous.
Diagnosis:
Defective thermostatic switch.
Approximate display value of the high pressure gauge

Temperature of ambient air Display value of the high pressure gauge
15 °C (59 °F) 9.5 bar (138 psi)
20 °C (68 °F) 13 bar (189 psi)
25 °C (77 °F) 15 bar (218 psi)
30 °C (86 °F) 18 bar (261 psi)
35 °C (95 °F) 20 bar (290 psi)
40 °C (104 °F) 22 bar (319 psi)
45 °C (113 °F) 23 bar (334 psi)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 43
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble

380000333 Air conditioning compressor toolkit
Prior operation:
Air-conditioning compressor - Remove (50.200)
1. Clamp the compressor into a vice with protective

jaws.
NOTICE: Do not position clamp at housing circumference.
2. Remove the three screws and take the cover off of
the coupling.
BAIL07APH427AVA 1
3. Attach the special tool (211-153/1, 211-153/2) to se-

cure the coupling plate. Unscrew the locknut from
the compressor shaft.
BAIL07APH428AVC 2
4. Place the special tool (211-153/6) onto the end of the

compressor shaft.
Fit special tool (2) (211-153/3, 211-153/4) inside
special tool (1) (211-153/1) and pull off the coupling
plate.
NOTE: From .....→ the coupling plate is fixed on the com-
pressor shaft with a woodruff key.
BAIL07APH428AVB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 44
5. Remove and dispose of the dust protection ring for

the bearing.
BAIL07APH429AVA 4
6. Remove belt pulley bearing's circlip.
BAIL07APH430AVA 5
7. Remove the adjusting shims.
BAIL07APH431AVA 6
8. Place the special tool (1) (211-153/6) onto the end of

the compressor shaft.
Place the belt pulley chuck tool (2) (211-153/5) inside
the groove.
Mount the pullers (3) (211-153/1, 211-153/2) and (4)
(211-153/3, 211-153/4).
Pull off the coupling’s belt pulley.
BAIL07APH432AVB 7
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 45
9. Check the belt pulley bearing for wear and replace if

needed.
BAIL07APH433AVA 8
10. Remove cable clamp.
BAIL07APH434AVA 9
11. Remove circlip and remove exciter winding.
BAIL07APH435AVA 10
Next operation:
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble (50.200)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 46
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble

Prior operation:
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (50.200)
1. Fit the exciter winding.

Secure the exciter winding using the circlip.
NOTE: The nose of the exciter winding must be seated in
the hole of the compressor housing.
BAIL07APH435AVA 1
2. Fit cable clamp.
BAIL07APH434AVA 2
3. Use the special tool (1) (211-153/7) to drive the belt

pulley bearing and the belt pulley (2) onto the hub of
the compressor.
BAIL07APH440AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 47
4. Insert bearing's circlip.
BAIL07APH430AVA 4
5. Place shims on compressor shaft.
BAIL07APH431AVA 5
6. Insert a new dust protection ring.
BAIL07APH429AVA 6
7. Attach coupling plate.

Attach the special tool (211-153/1, 211-153/2) to se-
cure the coupling plate. Screw the locknut onto the
drive shaft and tighten to 18 Nm (13 lb in).
NOTE: From .....→ pay attention to the woodruff key.
BAIL07APH428AVC 7
8. Measure the gap between the front plate of the cou-

pling and belt pulley. The gap must be the same over
the entire area and measure 0.4 - 0.8 mm (0.0157 -
0.0315 in) .
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 48
9. If the gap size is not achieved, adjusting shims must

be added or removed until the prescribed gap size is
achieved.
NOTE: New shims are available in sizes 1.00, 0.50 - 0.13
mm, ( 0.040, 0.020 - 0.005 in).
BAIL07APH431AVA 8
10. Attach the cover to the coupling plate and fit the
screws.
BAIL07APH427AVA 9
Next operation:
Air-conditioning compressor - Install (50.200)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 49
Air-conditioning compressor Shaft seal - Replace

Prior operation:
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (50.200) Step 1 to step 5
Removal
1. Remove and dispose of the felt ring.
BAIL07APH437AVA 1
2. Remove sealing ring circlip.
BAIL07APH438AVA 2
3. Mount the assembly/disassembly tool for sealing

rings (1) (211-154); remove and dispose of the
sealing ring.
NOTE: From .....→ it is not possible to use the assem-
bly/disassembly tool (1) (211-154). (changed sealing ring)
Remove the sealing ring with a proper tool.
BAIL07APH439AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 50
Installation
4. Thoroughly clean seal groove in hub. A lint-free cloth
must be used.
5. Spray a new sealing ring with fresh refrigerator oil.
Use the assembly/disassembly tool for sealing rings
(1) (211-154) to fit the new sealing ring.
NOTE: From .....→ use the assembly/disassembly tool
(211-155) to fit the sealing ring. (changed sealing ring)
BAIL07APH439AVA 4
6. Fit sealing ring circlip.
BAIL07APH438AVA 5
7. Insert a new felt ring.
BAIL07APH437AVA 6
Next operation:
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble (50.200) Step 5 to step 10
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 51
Air-conditioning compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble

Prior operation:
1. Clamp the compressor into a vice with haw protec-

tors.
NOTICE: Do not clamp the compressor on the circumfer-
ence of the housing.
2. Remove the cylinder head bolts. Remove the cylin-
der head.
BAIL07APH441AVA 1
3. Remove the plate valve from the cylinder block and

check for damage.
BAIL07APH442AVA 2
4. Remove the seals from the plate valve.
BAIL07APH443AVA 3
Next operation:
Air-conditioning compressor Cylinder head - Assemble (50.200)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 52
Air-conditioning compressor Cylinder head - Assemble

Prior operation:
Air-conditioning compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble (50.200)
1. Clean the cylinder block using a lint-free cloth.
BAIL07APH444AVA 1
2. Moisten the new seals with fresh refrigerator oil and

attach to the plate valve.
3. When installing the plate valve, ensure that the dowel
pins are seated correctly in the cylinder block.
BAIL07APH442AVA 2
4. Insert the cylinder head bolts and tighten in the se-

quence shown. At the first pass, tighten the bolts with
20 Nm (14.8 lb ft). Then tighten with the final torque
of 32 Nm (23.6 lb ft).
BAIL07APH441AVB 3
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 53
Air-conditioning compressor - Filling

The oil level of the air conditioning compressor must be checked after removing a component of the air conditioner or
if a leaky spot is suspected.
Use the following process to check that the correct level of oil has been filled.
1. Start the engine and leave to idle. Switch on the air

conditioner and let air conditioning compressor run
for 10 min.
Siphon the refrigerant out of the equipment - see Air
conditioning - Discharging (50.200).
2. Carefully remove the oil filling plug. Turn the cap
nut of the fitting to allow the oil dip stick (1) that is
provided in the parts set 380000333 to be completely
inserted.
Pull out the dip stick and count the notches that have
been touched by oil. The oil level is sufficient if 5 - 7
notches are wet.
Top up oil at the filling closure or siphon off oil until
the specified level has been reached.
Ensure that the filling opening and the filling closure
sealing ring are totally clean and undamaged. Then
screw in the screw plug again. Tighten to 15 - 25 Nm
( 11 - 18 lbf.ft).
1b0o2004061087 1
3. Oil is contained in the components of the air condi-

tioner.
After replacing system components, oil must be
added to the system to compensate for the amount
of oil that was removed with the components.
Some typical oil levels for the individual parts are pro-
vided in the table below. It is however recommended
as a rule to measure the oil level as described above
to have an exact level for installing new components.
BAIL07APH419AVA 2
Item Typical oil level

Evaporator 2.0 fl.oz. 60 cm³
Condenser 1.0 fl.oz. 30 cm³
Filter drier 0.5 fl.oz. 15 cm³
Hoses 0.3 fl.oz. 10 cm³
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 54
Air-conditioning compressor - Remove

Prior operation:
Discharge the air conditioning system, for further information refer to Air conditioning - Discharging (50.200)
Prior operation:
Remove the air conditioning drive belt, for further information refer to Belt - Remove (10.414)
1. Disconnect the compressor electrical connector.
BAIL07APH102AVA 1
2. Disconnect the compressor supply and return pipes.

NOTE: Cap and plug all fittings to prevent any dirt entering
the system.
BAIL07APH023AVA 2
3. Remove the compressor.
BAIL07APH026AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 55
4. Drain the refrigerant oil from the compressor into a

clean calibrated container. Measure and record the
quantity of oil as this information is required during
installation.
NOTE: It is necessary to rotate the compressor drive shaft
several times to completely expel all the oil.
BAIL07APH274AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 56
Air-conditioning compressor - Install

Prior operation:
Refill the compressor with new oil, for further information refer to Air-conditioning compressor - Filling (50.200)
1. Install the compressor.

Tighten to 40 - 51 Nm ( 29 - 38 lbf.ft).
BAIL07APH026AVA 1
2. Connect the compressor supply and return pipes.
BAIL07APH023AVA 2
3. Connect the compressor electrical connector.
BAIL07APH102AVA 3
4. Install the air conditioning drive belt, fir further infor-

mation refer to Belt - Install (10.414).
5. Evacuate and recharge the air conditioning system,
for further information refer to Air conditioning -
Evacuate (50.200) Air conditioning - Charging
(50.200)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 57
6. After charging an air conditioning system, use the fol-

lowing start up procedure to make sure that the lubri-
cating oil is properly dispersed around the system:
Make sure that the air conditioning is switched OFF.
Start the engine and bring the speed down to idle.
Turn the air conditioning ON and allow the system
to operate for at least five minutes before increasing
engine speed.
NOTE: It is recommended that a new receiver/drier assem-
bly is installed after any system component replacement or
any repair that requires entry into the system.
Next operation:
Re-check the level of oil in the system, for further information refer to Air-conditioning compressor - Filling (50.200)
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 58
Air-conditioning condenser - Replace

Prior operation:
Removal
1. Unscrew the screws from the lines. Unscrew the
screw (1) and remove the lines and the mounting.
NOTE: Close all openings to prevent impurities from enter-
ing the unit.
SS11D393 1
2. Unscrew the nut of the hinge pin and pull out the
hinge pin. Unscrew the tension locks and lift out the
condenser.
SS11D398 2
3. Check the condenser cooling fins for damage and

blockages.
Check the condenser for signs of leakage. The con-
denser must be replaced if damaged or leaking.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 59
Assembly
4. If the condenser needs to be replaced, drain the re-
frigerator oil into a clean measuring container. Mea-
sure the quantity of oil and add the same quantity
of new refrigerator oil into the new condenser - see
Air-conditioning compressor - Filling (50.200).
5. Install the condensor into position. Push in the hinge
pin, fit the nut and tighten. Close the tension locks.
SS11D398 3
6. Position the lines and screw in the screws. Fit the

line mounting and screw in the screw (1).
SS11D393 4
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 60
Receiver/Dryer - Replace
The fluid reservoir with drying element should always be changed if there are signs of moisture in the unit.
It must also be changed after the refrigerant has been siphoned out of the unit and the hose fittings have been dis-
connected.
Prior operation:
Removal
1.
Open the connections at the drier. Remove the
mounting screw (1) and take out the drier.
NOTE: Use protective caps to close the open connections
to prevent impurities from entering the unit.
SS11D392 1
Assembly
2. When the drier is changed, drain the refrigerator oil
into a clean measuring container. Measure the quan-
tity of oil and add the same quantity of new refrig-
erator oil into the new drier - for oil quantities see
Air-conditioning compressor - Filling (50.200).
3. Remove the protective caps from the connections.
Attach the drier to the mounting and do not tighten
the clamping screw (1). Connect the feed and return
lines to the drier and tighten.
Tighten the clamping screw.
SS11D392 2
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 61
Expansion valve - Replace

Prior operation:
Removal
1. Remove the four retaining clips on the housing and
lift out the evaporator to gain access to the expansion
valve.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1
2. Loosen the socket head screw on the inlet/outlet fit-

ting at the expansion valve and remove the fitting.
BTB0452 2
3. Remove the expansion valve and the O-rings (1).
BTB0453 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 62
Assembly
4. Mount new O-rings (1), lubricate with refrigerator oil
and install the expansion valve.
BTB0453 4
5. Screw in the socket head screw and use it to fasten

the inlet/outlet fitting at the expansion valve.
BTB0452 5
6. Insert the evaporator in its housing and attach the

four retaining clips.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 63
Air-conditioning evaporator - Replace

Prior operation:
Removal
1. Remove the mounting screws from the rear air duct
and remove the air duct. Remove the four retaining
clips from the housing and remove the top part of the
housing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (1).
Take out the evaporator (2).
SS08D026 2

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (3). Take out
the evaporator (2).
SS08D027 3
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 64
Assembly
Insert the evaporator (2). Fit the evaporator temper-
ature sensor (1).
SS08D026 4

Insert the evaporator (2). Fit the evaporator temperature
sensor (3).
SS08D027 5
4. Fit the top part of the housing.

Attach the four retaining clips to the housing. Place
the rear air duct and screw in the mounting screws.
BAIL07APH422AVA 6
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 65
Air conditioning - Troubleshooting

Evaporator air not cold. Low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair.
Gauge reading: Evacuate the system.
Low Pressure - Low Charge the system.
High Pressure - Low Re- test the system.
(Refer to example Air
conditioning - Test
(50.200)).
Evaporator air not cold. Expansion valve allowing too much refrig- Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading: erant to flow through the evaporator. Set for maximum cooling.
Low Pressure - High Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
High Pressure - High If expansion valve is defective:
(Refer to example Air Discharge the System.
conditioning - Test Replace the expansion valve.
(50.200)). Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Re- test the system.
Evaporator air not cold. Internal leak in compressor. (reed valves, Discharge the system.
Gauge reading: gasket, worn or scored piston rings or cylin- Replace the compressor.
Low Pressure - High der) Evacuate the system.
High Pressure - Low Charge the system.
(Refer to example Air Re- test the system.
conditioning - Test
(50.200)).
Evaporator air warm Extremely low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair.
Gauge reading : Evacuate the system.
Low Pressure - Low Charge the system.
High Pressure - Low Re- test the system.
conditioning - Test
(50.200)).
Evaporator air warm Improper operation of condenser. Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
Gauge reading : flow and cooling.
Low Pressure - High Check operation of condenser cooling fan.
High Pressure - High Repair or replace as needed.
(Refer to example Air Check for overcharge as follows:
conditioning - Test Stop the engine.
(50.200)). Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
rect recovery equipment.
Recharge the system with the correct quan-
tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
cant.
Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
Evaporator air cool but Expansion valve not permitting sufficient 1. Check expansion valve as follows:
not sufficiently cold. flow. Set at maximum cooling.
Gauge reading : Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low 2. If expansion valve is defective:
High Pressure - Low Discharge the system.
(Refer to example Air Replace expansion valve.
conditioning - Test Evacuate the system.
(50.200)). Charge the system.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 66

Insufficient cooling Restriction in liquid line. Discharge the system.
Gauge reading : Replace the receiver/drier.
Low Pressure - Low Inspect all lines and tubing from compres-
High Pressure - High sor outlet to expansion valve.
(Refer to example Air Replace if needed.
Insufficient cooling Low System low on charge. Air or moisture Perform a leak test.
pressure reading does not present in system. Discharge the system.
fluctuate with changes Repair the leaks.
in temperature control Replace the receiver/drier.
switch (pressure should Check the oil level.
drop until compressor Evacuate the system.
cycles). Evaporator air Charge the system.
not cold. Re- test the system.
Gauge reading :
Low Pressure - Normal
High Pressure - Normal
conditioning - Test
(50.200)).
Low pressure switch Stuck valve 1. Check expansion valve as follows:
cutting out. Set at maximum cooling.
Gauge reading: Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low 2. If expansion valve is defective:
High Pressure - Low Discharge the system.
(Refer to example Air Replace the expansion valve.
Expansion valve 1. Check expansion valve as follows:
to evaporator tube Set at maximum cooling.
shows considerable Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
condensation or frost. 2. If expansion valve is defective:
Gauge reading: Discharge the system.
Low Pressure - Low Replace the expansion valve.
High Pressure - Low Evacuate the system.
(Refer to example Air Charge the system.
conditioning - Test Re- test the system.
(50.200)).
Too cold to touch. 1. Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading: Set at maximum cooling.
Low Pressure - Low Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
High Pressure - Low 2. If expansion valve is defective:
(Refer to example Air Discharge the system.
conditioning - Test Replace the expansion valve.
(50.200)). Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 67

Liquid line hot (condenser Overcharged with refrigerant. Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
outlet to expansion valve flow and cooling.
tube). Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Gauge reading: Repair or replace as needed.
Low Pressure - High Check for overcharge as follows:
High Pressure - High Stop the engine.
(Refer to example Air Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
conditioning - Test rect recovery equipment.
(50.200)). Recharge the system with the correct quan-
cant.
system.
High pressure switch Air in system. Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
cutting out. flow and cooling.
Gauge reading: Check operation of condenser cooling fan.
Low Pressure - High Repair or replace as needed.
High Pressure - High Check for overcharge as follows:
(Refer to example Air Stop the engine.
conditioning - Test Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
(50.200)). rect recovery equipment.
Recharge the system with the correct quan-
cant.
system.
Compressor cycles “on" Defective temperature control (thermo- Stop engine and shut off A/C.
and “off" too frequently. static) switch. Replace temperature control switch.
Gauge reading: Re- test system and check compressor cy-
Low Pressure - High cling.
High Pressure - Normal
conditioning - Test
(50.200)).
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 68
Index

Air conditioning - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Air conditioning - Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Air conditioning - Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Air conditioning - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Air conditioning - Evacuate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Air conditioning - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air conditioning - Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Air conditioning - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Air conditioning - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Air conditioning - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Air conditioning - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Air conditioning - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Air conditioning - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air conditioning - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Air conditioning - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Air conditioning - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air conditioning - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Air-conditioning compressor - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Air-conditioning compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Air-conditioning compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Air-conditioning compressor Cylinder head - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Air-conditioning compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Air-conditioning compressor Shaft seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Air-conditioning condenser - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Air-conditioning evaporator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Expansion valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Receiver/Dryer - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
47461574 08/11/2012
50.200 / 69
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical systems
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55
Contents
Electrical systems - 55
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.000

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Harnesses and connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.100

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Engine control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.015

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.301
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.302
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
External lighting switches and relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.405

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.408

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) electrical system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.988

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.012

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Electronic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.640

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Cab transmission controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.513

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Remote control valve electric control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.035

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Cab Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.051

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.050

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55
Steering control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.047
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Three-point rear hitch electronic control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.130

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.911

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.DTC

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55
47461574 08/11/2012
55
Electrical system - 000
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.000 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Electrical system
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electrical system
Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.000 / 2
Electrical systems - Electrical system
Electrical system - General specification

Description all models
Alternator
- Standard 12 V, 120 A
- Optional 12 V, 150 A
Battery
- Standard Minimum maintenance 12 V 140 Ah (800 cca)
- Optional Minimum maintenance 12 V 176 Ah (1300 cca)
- Isolator, electronic Optional
Starting motor Positive engagement, solenoid operated 4.2 kW
- geared reduction
Cold starting aid Optional inlet manifold grid heater and fuel
heater
Bulb rating and type

- headlights 60 W/ 55 W - H4
- parking lights (front) 5 W - R 5W
- parking lights (rear) 5 W - P 21/5W
- work lights (hi- mount rear, on C- pillar and grabrail) 12 V 55 W - H3
- turn indicators (front) 21 W - PY 21W
- turn indicators (rear) 21 W - R21 W or PY 21W
- stop lights 21 W - P 21/5W
- licence plate lights 5 W - R 5W
- rotating beacon 55 W - H1
- interior/ step light 12 V R 10 W
- work lights hood 12 V 50 W - GE886
- roof front work lights 12.8 V 50 W - 885
- spare head lights on grabrail 12 V 55 W - H7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.000 / 3
Electrical systems - Electrical system
Electrical system - Static description PROTECTING THE

ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING
Precautions
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to earth.
3. Do not use a slave battery of higher than 12 V nominal voltage.
4. Always observe correct polarity when installing the batteries or using a slave battery to jump start the engine.
Follow the instructions in the operator's manual when jump starting the tractor. Connect positive to positive and
negative to negative.
5. Always disconnect the earth cable from the batteries before carrying out arc welding on the tractor or on any
implement attached to the tractor.
6. Position the welder earth cable clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
7. If welding is to be carried out in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from
the tractor. It is recommended that this procedure be carried out by an authorised dealer.
8. Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
9. Always disconnect the negative cable from the batteries when charging the batteries in the tractor with a battery
charger.
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink large
quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
W0111A
NOTICE: Failure to disconnect the two earth cable connections at the battery prior to charging the batteries or welding
on the tractor or attached implement will result in damage to the electronic and electrical systems.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.000 / 4
Index

Electrical system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electrical system - Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING
BATTERY CHARGING OR WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.000 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.000 / 6
Harnesses and connectors - 100
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Fuse and relay box

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Wire harnesses
Electrical schema index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Electrical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Electrical schematic frame 01 POWER DISTRIBUTION (MAXI Fuses 1 - 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Electrical schematic frame 02 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 1 - 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Electrical schematic frame 03 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 15 - 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Electrical schematic frame 08 CONTROL UNIT (Switch Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Electrical schematic frame 09 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Power Earthing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Electrical schematic frame 10 START/CHARGING (WITH Battery Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Electrical schematic frame 11 START/CHARGING (LESS Battery Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Electrical schematic frame 12 ENGINE- CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Electrical schematic frame 13 ENGINE- CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Electrical schematic frame 14 SCR-CONTROLLER (DeNOx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Electrical schematic frame 15 CONTROL UNIT (Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Electrical schematic frame 16 CONTROL UNIT (Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Electrical schematic frame 17 CONTROL UNIT (Electr. Draft Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Electrical schematic frame 18 CONTROL UNIT (5V Sensor Supply, Seat, Reverse Alarm) . . . . . . . . . . 88
Electrical schematic frame 19 CONTROL UNIT (Rear PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Electrical schematic frame 20 CONTROL UNIT (Susp.F-AXLE, EHR Fender Switches) . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Electrical schematic frame 21 CONTROL UNIT (Front-Hitch & Front-PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Electrical schematic frame 22 FAST STEERING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Electrical schematic frame 23 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 2
Electrical schematic frame 24 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Electrical schematic frame 25 ARMREST CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Electrical schematic frame 26 ARMREST CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Electrical schematic frame 28 POWER SUPPLY EL. HYDR. REMOTES (Rear & Midmount) . . . . . . . 114
T6.120 16x16 Transmission, T6.140 16x16 Transmission, T6.150 16x16 Transmission, T6.160 16x16 Transmission,
T6.155 16x16 Transmission, T6.165 16x16 Transmission, T6.175 16x16 Transmission
Electrical schematic frame 29 HEATING - AIR CONDITION (Automatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Electrical schematic frame 30 HEATING - AIR CONDITION (Manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Electrical schematic frame 31 MIRRORS (El. Adjustable & Heated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Electrical schematic frame 33 WASHERS & WIPERS (Front & Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Electrical schematic frame 34 POWER SOCKETS (Cigar Lighter, Sockets Cab & Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Electrical schematic frame 35 FLASH LIGHT & HAZARD WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Electrical schematic frame 36 LIGHTING (Side & Console Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Electrical schematic frame 37 FENDER LIGHT (Stop-, Tail-, Flash-, Work Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Electrical schematic frame 38 LIGHTING (Headlamps Hood & Grabrail, Worklamps Hood, Horn) . . . 136
Electrical schematic frame 39 LIGHTING (Headlamps - Roof) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Electrical schematic frame 40 WORKLIGHT (Work- & Beacon Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Electrical schematic frame 41 AUXILIARY WORKLIGHT (Roof) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
T6.120 High Roof, T6.140 High Roof, T6.150 High Roof, T6.160 High Roof, T6.155 High Roof, T6.165 High Roof,
T6.175 High Roof
Electrical schematic frame 42 7-PIN SOCKET (Rear Trailer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Electrical schematic frame 43 INTERIOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Electrical schematic frame 44 RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Electrical schematic frame 46 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Electrical schematic frame 47 TRAILER BRAKES (hydraulic, pneumatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Electrical schematic frame 48 LOADER READY (Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Electrical schematic frame 50 DIAGNOSTIC SOCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Electrical schematic frame 51 CAN STRUCTURE (CAN BUS1 & CAN BUS NOx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Electrical schematic frame 52 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Electrical schematic frame 53 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Wire connectors
Component Diagram 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Component diagram 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 4
Fuse and relay box
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 5
Electrical systems - Harnesses and connectors
Fuse and relay box - General specification

Description of the relays
Relay Function
K-001 / K-002 Wiper Module Front / Rear
K-003 Ignition Relay
K-004 Lights Relay
K-005 Starter Motor On
K-006 Blower motor
K-007 Dipped Beam Headlamps
K-008 Stop Lamps Relay
K-009 Main Beam Headlamps
K-010 Supply Hydraulic Trailer Brake
K-011 Supply Trailer Park Brake
K-012 Supply Pneumatic Trailer Brake
K-015 Front Worklamps Hood
K-016 Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay
K-017 Power Supply F-036, F-037, F-038, F-039
K-018 EL.Battery Isolator
K-019 Air Condition Clutch Relay
K-020 El.Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay
SS11M158 1
Fuses
No. Amps Circuit
F-001 10 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror heating, Handbrake Switch
F-002 25 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab (potential 30)
F-003 10 Coupling of the A/C compressor
F-004 10 Screw terminal red (potential 30)
F-005 30 Blower motor relay
F-006 10 Station memory and Worklight Controller
F-007 20 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light switch
F-008 20 Starter switch
F-009 25 Front loader power
F-010 30 Not used
F-011 15 Front windscreen wiper
F-012 10 Rear windscreen wiper switch, windscreen washing system, front/rear
F-013 15 Relay, brake lights
F-014 15 Headlight switch and flasher
F-015 20 Brake light switch and pedal lock, supply Exhaust Brake and Stoplamps switch
Feed and Pneumatic Brake , Battery Isolator Control Switch
F-016 15 Supply Hydraulic Trailer Brake Relay and Low Pump Output Press Switch
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 6
No. Amps Circuit

F-017 25 Power socket, cab (potential 15)
F-018 15 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat
F-019 15 Supply Heated mirrors
F-020 10 Radar sensor, normal signal socket, keypad
F-021 15 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid level switch
F-022 15 Side marker lights right and Consolen Lamp and License Lamp right, Socket
Trailer rear, Gear shift indicator Dog, Supply Worklight Electronic and Radio
F-023 15 Side marker lights left, licence plate lights, Socket Trailer rear
F-024 10 Illumination - Lighting , cigar lighter, ADIC
F-025 15 Dipped beam headlights relay
F-026 15 Main beam headlights relay
F-027 15 Front worklamp relay (Hood)
F-028 15 Worklight Controller, Roof rear worklamps
F-029 30 Worklight Controller, Roof front worklamps + grabrail
F-030 15 Rear Worklamp relay (C-pillar)
F-031 15 Rotating beacon (via Worklight Controller)
F-032 15 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
F-033 25 Fast steering controller supply potential 30, Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
F-034 10 Supply Potential 30 ADIC
F-035 10 Supply Potential 30 for electronics
F-036 10 Supply Potential 15 ADIC
F-037 15 Supply Potential 15 for central control unit (CCU), foot throttle, Diff. lock lamp
Relay, right hand switch panel
F-038 10 Supply Central control unit (CCU), Rear PTO, display of gears, Fly weel-torque
and Axel speed sensor, Lift O matic switch
F-039 10 Supply Ignition CCU, Armrest unit, A/C pressure switch, Rear Hitch Switch,
diverter switch
F-040 10 Radio memory
F-041 15 Supply Auxiliary control unit (ACU), front hitch, front PTO, EHR lock switch,
El.hydraulic remote lock relay
F-042 10 Supply Auxiliary control unit (ACU), front hitch setting
F-043 10 Starter Switch (potential 15)
F-044 25 Power supply reserve
F-045 25 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) C-pillar left
F-046 15 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply
F-047 15 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply
F-048 5 Power supply SCR System
F-049 Not used
F-050 Not used
F-051 5 Fast steering controller supply potential 15
F-052 15 Not used
F-053 15 Not used
F-054 15 Not used
F-055 Not used
F-056 Not used
F-057 Not used
F-058 Not Used
F-059 Not Used
F-060 10 Time relay battery isolator, Battery isolator control switch
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 7
Maxi Fuses
No. Amps Fused components
MF1 80 Supply to F-009, F-011, F-012, F-013, F-014, F-015, F-016, F-017, F-018, F-019,
F-020, F-021, F-045, F-048, F-051
MF2 30 Supply to F-006, F-007, F-008, F-052, F-053, F-054
MF3 80 Supply to F-029, F-030, F-033, F-034, F-035, F-046, F-047, K-005
MF4 80 Supply to F-027, F-028, Rear Power Socket Implement
MF5 80 Supply to F-025, F-026, F-031, F-032
MF6 80 Supply to F-001, F-002, F-003, F-004, F-005, F-044
SS11M159 2
Relays outside of the relay box

K-021 Timer Relay Battery Isolator
K-022 Heated Mirror Timer Relay
K-023 Grid Heater Relay
K-024 Fuel Heater Relay
K-030 SCR Supply (Potential 15) Relay
K-031 Front Worklamp Relay
K-032 Rotating Beacon Relay
K-033 Rear Worklamp Relay
K-055 Relay 1 (Front Loader)
K-056 Relay 2 (Front Loader)
K-060 Reverse Alarm/Light Relay
K-070 Diff. Lock Lamp Relay
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 8
SS11M171 3 SS11K131 4
SS09E031 5 SS11M172 6
SS11M160 7 SS11M157 8
SS11M170 9
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 9
Fuses for the electrical supply

Fuse No. Amps Fuse-protected power supply
PF1 250 Power Fuse, Main power supply B+ ( 250 A)
PF2 30 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCU, ACU, PTO rear, ADIC
PF9 30 Power Fuse, Power Supply SCR System
F100 10 Supply Memory
F101 10 Reserve
SS11C122 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 10
Wire harnesses - Static description

The wiring diagrams have been drawn in a horizontal style. They have been divided into sub sections whereby an in-
dividual function is contained to one sheet wherever possible. The diagrams are split into various build configurations
depending on the type of transmissions fitted, cab controls and type of hydraulic remote valves.
There are a number of guides to help assist in reading and understanding the wiring diagrams.
1. The wiring diagrams (1) are designed to be read in a landscape format. The titles and diagram keys (2) are located
on the opposite pages along with the wire colour code table, (3) which is located below the key.
The title and key details the frame number and frame description. The key then details all the components used
within that particular page.
SS09B053 1
2. Every component and connector has its own unique reference number.
3. Every wire has a code assigned to it, this code refers to its function, the code is also physically marked on the
actual wire. A key of all wire codes can be found in this section, refer to Wire harnesses - Identification (55.100).
Letters before the number indicate the wire colour. For example, 'BK, 57' indicates that the wire colour is black
and the wire reference of 57, indicates it is a ground (earth) wire.
4. The wiring diagrams are drawn in sections according to a vehicle function. However where a single component
is used in a number of circuits such as a processor or multi function switch, it is drawn either on its own or on the
circuit which it influences the most.
5. The wiring is drawn with the battery and all of the power supplies, ie, fuses and relays in the opening pages. Each
supply is then given a reference to the page of the associated function. On the referenced page there will be a
corresponding reference back to the power supply page.
As an example, the references are written as 'WB055 sheet 14'. The WB055 is a unique sequential reference (WB
is an abbreviation for Wire Break), and the Sheet 14 is the location for the continuation of the circuit.
6. The components, ie, switches, solenoids, etc, are given an identifying reference within the drawing and to easier
identify the type of component a key is provided before a numerical reference. For example a switch will have the
prefix, 'S-' a solenoid will have the prefix 'Y-'. The table below provides a complete listing of these codes. Each
component will also have another number assigned to each terminal, for example 'X377-7', this is the connector
number reference and pin reference for that connector.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 11
Component Type Component reference

Alternator G-002
Audible Device H-001
Battery G-001
Circuit Breaker Q-001
Connector X-001
Capacitor C-001
Diode V-001
Mini Fuse F-001
Maxi Fuse MF-001
Power Fuse PF-001
Ground GND-001
Lamp E-001
Module A-001
Motor M-001
Relay K-001
Resistor R-001
Sensor / Sender B-001
Solenoid / Injector Y-001
Splice SP-001
Switch S-001
Sockets J-001
Splice Blocks, Antenna W-001
Sub - Assembly Z-001
Wire Break Description Abbreviation

Wire Break WB-001
Mini Fuse Break FB-001
Maxi Fuse Break MFB-001
Mega Fuse Break MGFB-001
Power Fuse Break PFB-001
Ground Break GB-001
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 12
Wire harnesses - Electrical schema index

PROCESSORS, MODULES AND PANELS
Code Description Frame
A-001 Gear Shift Indicator-Dog Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 51 (55.100)
A-006 Air Condition Blower Unit Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
A-010 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
A-014 Keypad Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 (55.100)
A-017 Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
Controller Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 51 (55.100)
A-018 EL.Draft Control Rear Potentiometer Panel Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
A-019 EDC LEDs Panel Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
A-020 NAR-Loader Controller Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 (55.100)
A-021 El. Hydraulic Rear Remote Valve 1 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 28 (55.100)
A-040 Mirror Control Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 31 (55.100)
A-061 Steering Controller Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 22 (55.100)
A-062 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 35 (55.100)
A-063 Analog Digital Instrument Cluster Unit Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 (55.100)
A-064 Radio Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 44 (55.100)
A-066 Central Control Unit (CCU) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
A-067 Foot Throttle Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
A-068 Worklight Electronic Controller Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
A-081 Engine Control Module (ECM) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
A-082 SCR Controller Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
A-083 Convertor 12-24V SCR Controller Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
A-084 Converter NOx- Sensor (AC/DC) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
SENSORS
B-002 Axel Speed Sensor (Hall) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
B-004 Steering Angle Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 (55.100)
B-005 Draft Pin Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
B-006 Draft Pin Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 13

B-011 Front Axle Position Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
B-012 Fuel Filter Water Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
B-013 Boost Pressure / Temperature Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 (55.100)
B-014 Oil Pressure / Temperature Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 (55.100)
B-015 Rail Pressure Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 (55.100)
B-016 Coolant Temperature Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 (55.100)
B-017 Fuel Temperature Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 (55.100)
B-018 Camshaft Speed Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 (55.100)
B-019 Crankshaft Speed Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 (55.100)
B-020 Steering Wheel Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 22 (55.100)
B-021 Split Valve Position Sensor (LVTD) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 22 (55.100)
B-024 Fuel Tank Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 (55.100)
B-025 PTO Twist Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
B-026 Rear PTO Speed Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
B-027 Front Hitch Position Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
B-029 Transmission Oil Temp Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
B-035 Fly Wheel- Torque Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
B-036 System Oil Pressure Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
B-040 Air Brake Pressure Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 (55.100)
B-042 Radar Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
B-043 Humidity/Temperature Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
B-050 Temperature Outside Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
B-051 Temperature Cabine Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
B-053 Temperature Outlet Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
B-054 Temperature Evaporator Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
B-061 Hand Throttle-Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
B-070 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (IN) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
B-071 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (OUT) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
B-072 DEF/ADBLUE Tank Level and Temperature Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
Sensor
B-073 NOx- Sensor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
DIODES
V-004 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 35 (55.100)
V-005 Brake Light Diode Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
V-006 Brake Light Diode Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
V-010 Main Beam Headlamps Diode Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 39 (55.100)
V-011 El. Battery Isolator Diode Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
V-021 Diode SCR System Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
LAMPS AND LEDS

E-002 Headlamp 2 Grabrail Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
E-004 Puddle Lamp Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 43 (55.100)
E-006 Interior Lamp Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 43 (55.100)
E-007 Headlamp Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
E-008 Headlamp Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
E-009 Console Lamp Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 (55.100)
E-013 Headlamp 1 Grabrail Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 14

E-016 License Plate Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 (55.100)
E-017 License Plate Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 (55.100)
E-018 Stop Tail Light Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
E-019 Stop Tail Light Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
E-024 Worklamp C Pillar Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
E-025 Worklamp C Pillar Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
E-026 Corner Lamp Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
E-027 Corner Lamp Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
E-029 Worklamp Front Upper Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
E-030 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
E-031 Worklamp Rear Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
E-032 Worklamp Rear Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
E-033 Worklamp Front Upper Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
E-034 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
E-035 Rotating Beacon Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
E-036 Rotating Beacon Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
E-043 Reverse Alarm Light Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 18 (55.100)
E-044 SMV Lamp Front Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 (55.100)
E-045 SMV Lamp Rear Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 (55.100)
E-046 SMV Lamp Rear Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 (55.100)
E-047 SMV Lamp Rear Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 (55.100)
E-049 Side Lamp Grabrail Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 (55.100)
E-050 Side Lamp Grabrail Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 (55.100)
E-055 License Lamp Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
E-057 License Lamp Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
E-060 EDC Raise LED Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
E-061 EDC Lower LED Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
E-062 EDC Status LED Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
E-063 EDC Slip LED Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
E-070 EHR Lock Switch Lamp Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
E-071 EHR Lock Switch Lamp 1 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
E-100 Rear PTO Lamp Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
E-101 Front PTO Lamp Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
FUSES (PF - POWER FUSE, MF - MAXI FUSE, F - MINI FUSE)

F-001 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
heating
F-002 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
(potential 30)
F-003 Coupling of the A/C compressor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
F-004 Screw terminal red (potential 30) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
F-005 Blower motor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
F-006 Station memory and Worklight Controller Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
F-007 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
switch
F-008 Starter switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
F-009 Front loader power Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
F-011 Front windscreen wiper Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
F-012 Rear windscreen wiper switch, windscreen Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
washing system, front/rear
F-013 Relay, brake lights Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 15

F-014 Headlight switch and flasher Unit Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
F-015 Brake light switch and pedal lock, supply Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 03 (55.100)
Exhaust Brake and Stoplamps switch Feed
and Pneumatic Brake , Battery Isolator
Control Switch
F-016 Supply Hydraulic Trailer Brake Relay and Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 03 (55.100)
Low Pump Output Press Switch
F-017 Power socket, cab (potential 15) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 03 (55.100)
F-018 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 03 (55.100)
F-019 Supply Heated mirrors Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 03 (55.100)
F-020 Radar sensor, normal signal socket, keypad Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 03 (55.100)
F-021 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 03 (55.100)
level switch
F-022 Side marker lights right & Consolen Lamp Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 04 (55.100)
& License Lamp right, Socket Trailer rear,
Gear shift indicator Dog, Supply Worklight
Electronic & Radio
F-023 Side marker lights left, licence plate lights, Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 04 (55.100)
Socket Trailer rear
F-024 Illumination - Lighting , cigar lighter, ADIC Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 04 (55.100)
F-025 Dipped beam headlights relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 04 (55.100)
F-026 Main beam headlights Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 04 (55.100)
F-027 Front worklamp relay (Hood) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 04 (55.100)
F-028 Worklight Controller, Roof rear worklamps Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 04 (55.100)
F-029 Worklight Controller, Roof front worklamps Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 04 (55.100)
+ grabrail
F-030 Rear Worklamp relay (C-pillar) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 04 (55.100)
F-031 Rotating beacon (via Worklight Controller) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 05 (55.100)
F-032 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 05 (55.100)
F-033 Fast steering controller supply potential 30, Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 05 (55.100)
Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
F-034 Supply Potential 30 ADIC Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 05 (55.100)
F-035 Potential 30 for electronics Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 05 (55.100)
F-036 Supply Potential 15 ADIC Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 05 (55.100)
F-037 Supply Potential 15 for central control unit Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 05 (55.100)
(CCU), foot throttle, Diff. lock lamp Relay,
right hand switch panel
F-038 Supply Potential 15 for central control unit Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 06 (55.100)
(CCU), foot throttle, Diff. lock lamp Relay,
F-039 Supply Ignition CCU, Armrest unit, A/C Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 06 (55.100)
pressure switch, Rear Hitch Switch, diverter
switch, EHR lock switch and lamps
F-040 Radio memory Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 06 (55.100)
F-041 Supply Auxiliary control unit (ACU), front Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
hitch, front PTO, EHR lock switch, El.
hydraulic remote lock relay
F-042 Supply Auxiliary control unit (ACU), front Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
hitch setting,
F-043 Starter Switch (potential 15) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
F-044 Power supply reserve Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
F-045 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
C-pillar left
F-046 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
F-047 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
F-048 Power supply SCR System Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
F-051 Fast steering controller supply potential 15 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 16

F-052 Not used Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
F-060 Time relay battery isolator, Battery isolator Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 (55.100)
control switch
F-100 Supply Memory Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 11 (55.100)
F-101 Reserve Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 11 (55.100)
MF1 Supply to F-009, F-011, F-012, F-013, Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 01 (55.100)
F-014, F-015, F-016, F-017, F-018, F-019,
F-020, F-021, F-045, F-048, F-051
F-053, F-054
F-035, F-046, F-047, K-005
MF4 Supply to F-027, F-028 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 01 (55.100)
MF5 Supply to F-025, F-026, F-031, F-032 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 01 (55.100)
F-005, F-044
PF1 Power Fuse, Main power supply B+ (250A) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
PF2 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCM, ACU, Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
PTO rear, ADIC Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 11 (55.100)
PF8 Mega Fuse, Grid & Fuel Heater (125A) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
PF9 Power Fuse, Power Supply SCR System Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
CHARGING / POWER SUPPLY

G-001 12v Battery Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
G-002 Alternator Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
AUDIBLE DEVICE
H-002 Horn Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
H-003 Radio Speaker Rear Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 44 (55.100)
H-004 Radio Speaker Front Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 44 (55.100)
H-005 Radio Speaker Front Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 44 (55.100)
H-006 Radio Speaker Rear Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 44 (55.100)
H-083 Reverse Alarm Buzzer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 18 (55.100)
POWER SOCKETS / CONNECTORS

J-001 Rear Power Socket Implement Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 34 (55.100)
J-002 30 Amp Power Socket Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 34 (55.100)
J-006 8 Amp Socket Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 34 (55.100)
J-007 Cigar Lighter Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 34 (55.100)
J-008 Power Studs Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 34 (55.100)
J-009 DIA Engine Inline Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 34 (55.100)
J-010 Socket Trailer 7pin rear Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 42 (55.100)
J-011 Socket Trailer 7pin front Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 42 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 17

X-030 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 50 (55.100)
X-436 7 Pin Signal Socket ISO 11786 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 (55.100)
RELAYS
K-001 Wiper Module Front/Rear Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 33 (55.100)
K-002
K-003 Ignition Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 (55.100)
K-004 Lights Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 35 (55.100)
K-005 Starter Motor On Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
K-006 Blower Motor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
K-007 Dipped Beam Headlamps Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
K-008 Stop Lamps Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
K-009 Main Beam Headlamps Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
K-010 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Supply Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 (55.100)
K-011 Supply Trailer Park Brake Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 46 (55.100)
K-012 Supply Pneumatic Trailer Brake Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 (55.100)
K-015 Front Worklamps Hood Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
K-016 Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
K-017 Power Supply F-036, F-037, F-038, F-039 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 05 (55.100)
K-018 EL. Battery Isolator Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
K-019 Air Condition Clutch Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
K-020 El.Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 28 (55.100)
K-021 Timer Relay Battery Isolator Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
K-022 Heated Mirror Timer Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 31 (55.100)
K-023 Grid Heater Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
K-024 Fuel Heater Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
K-030 SCR Supply (Potential 15) Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
K-031 Front Worklamp Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
K-032 Rotating Beacon Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
K-033 Rear Worklamp Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
K-055 Relay 1 (Front Loader) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 (55.100)
K-056 Relay 2 (Front Loader) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 (55.100)
K-060 Reverse Alarm/Light Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 18 (55.100)
K-070 Diff. Lock Lamp Relay Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
MOTORS
M-001 Blower Motor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 30 (55.100)
M-003 Starter Motor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
M-004 Wiper Motor Front Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 33 (55.100)
M-005 Wiper Motor Rear Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 33 (55.100)
M-006 Washer Motor Front Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 33 (55.100)
M-007 Washer Motor Rear Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 33 (55.100)
M-009 Seat- Compressor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 18 (55.100)
M-011 Blower Motor Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Q-001 Battery Isolator Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 18
RESISTORS / POTENTIOMETERS
R-001 Fuel Heater Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
R-002 Grid Heater Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
R-003 Resistor SJ5 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
R-005 Clutch Potentiometer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
R-007 Synchro Position Potentiometer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
R-009 4/5 Synchronisier potentiometer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
R-016 CAN BUS Terminator Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 53 (55.100)
R-017 Seat- Heating Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 18 (55.100)
R-018 CAN BUS Terminator Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 51 (55.100)
R-019 NAR Loader Potentiometer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 (55.100)
R-020 Rockshaft Potentiometer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
R-021 Rear Hitch Position Potentiometer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
R-022 Rear Hitch Draft Potentiometer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
R-023 EL. Draft Control Rear Sensitivity Poti. Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
R-024 EL. Draft Control Rear Drop Rate Poti. Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
R-025 EL. Draft Control Rear Hight Limit Poti. Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
R-026 EL.Draft Control Rear Slip Poti. Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
R-027 Front Height Setting Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
R-030 Potentiometer Temp. Adjustment Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
R-040 EHR Lever 1 Potentiometer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
SWITCHES
S-002 Front PTO Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
S-003 Clutch Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
S-004 Control Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 22 (55.100)
S-006 Battery Isolator Control Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 (55.100)
S-007 Starter Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 06 (55.100)
S-008 Exhaust Brake Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
S-011 Rear PTO Brake Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
S-012 Rear PTO Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
S-013 Blower Speed Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 30 (55.100)
S-014 Air Condition Operating Mode Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 30 (55.100)
S-015 Heater Blower Speed Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
S-016 Air Conditioning Mode Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
S-017 Air Condition Pressure Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
S-018 Low Pressure Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 30 (55.100)
S-019 Heated Mirror Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 31 (55.100)
S-020 Brake Pedals Latched Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 (55.100)
S-021 Main Light Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 35 (55.100)
S-022 Air Cleaner Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
S-023 Switch Worklamps 6 Front Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 41 (55.100)
S-024 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
Left Hand
S-025 Delta P Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
S-027 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 1/ 2 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 (55.100)
S-028 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vaccum Switch) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 19

S-029 Brake Fluid Level Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 (55.100)
S-030 Handbrake Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 46 (55.100)
S-031 Front Height Enable Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
S-037 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
S-041 Door Switch Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 43 (55.100)
S-042 Door Switch Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 43 (55.100)
S-044 Stop Lamp Switch Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
S-045 Stop Lamp Switch Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 (55.100)
S-046 Hazard Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 35 (55.100)
S-047 Rear PTO Switch Fender Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
S-049 Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
S-050 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
Right Hand
S-052 Creeper Gear Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 (55.100)
S-053 Low Pump Output Press Switch 1 / 2 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 (55.100)
S-054 Ground Speed PTO Engaged Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
S-055 High Range Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
S-056 Low Range Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
S-057 Creeper Sensing Switch rear Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
S-058 Creeper Sensing Switch front Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
S-059 HTS Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 (55.100)
S-061 Low Pressure Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
S-063 4WD Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 (55.100)
S-065 Front and Rear Wiper Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 33 (55.100)
S-066 EHR Lock Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
S-068 Dog Clutch Diff. Lock Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
S-069 System Oil Pressure Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
S-072 Suspension Lock Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 (55.100)
S-073 ERPM Set Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 (55.100)
S-074 Differential Lock Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 (55.100)
S-075 Constant ERPM +/- Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 (55.100)
S-076 Lift o Matic Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 (55.100)
S-083 Rear PTO Switch Fender Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
S-085 Not used Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 (55.100)
S-086 Power Steering Pressure Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
S-087 Auto Trans Switch & CAL/SEL Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 (55.100)
S-089 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 (55.100)
S-092 Deadman Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
S-093 Not Park- Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
S-094 FWD- Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
S-095 REV- Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
S-096 Seat- Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 18 (55.100)
S-100 High Mount Headlamp Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 (55.100)
S-101 Front Hitch Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
S-102 Diverter Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
S-103 EHR 1/2 Timer/Flow Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
S-104 EHR 3/4 Timer/Flow Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
S-105 EHR 1 Oil Motor Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
S-112 Range Increase Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 26 (55.100)
S-113 Range Decrease Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 26 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 20

S-118 HTS Step Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 26 (55.100)
S-119 Shift Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 26 (55.100)
S-122 Switch Loader Valve 1 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 (55.100)
S-123 Switch Loader Valve 2 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 (55.100)
S-139 Work / Raise Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
S-141 EDC Raise/Lower Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 26 (55.100)
S-142 Rotating Beacon Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
S-143 Front Worklamp Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
S-144 Front Worklamp Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
S-145 Front Worklamps (Hood) Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 (55.100)
S-146 Range Decrease Switch (Right Switch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
Panel)
S-147 Shift Switch (Right Switch Panel) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
S-148 Range Increase Switch (Right Switch Panel) Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
SOLENOID
Y-002 Suspension Lower Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
Y-003 Suspension Raise Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
Y-004 Upper Lockout Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
Y-005 Lower Lockout Soleniod Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 (55.100)
Y-011 High Pressure Pump Metering Valve Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 (55.100)
Y-012 Electronic Draft Control Valve Raise Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
Y-013 Electronic Draft Control Valve Lower Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 (55.100)
Y-015 Change Valve Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 22 (55.100)
Y-016 Front PTO Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
Y-018 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
Y-019 Rear PTO Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
Y-021 Brake De-Icer Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 (55.100)
Y-022 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 (55.100)
Y-023 Park Brake Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 (55.100)
Y-030 Solenoid 17th Gear Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
Y-031 Solenoid 17th Gear - Dump Valve Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 (55.100)
Y-037 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 1 / 2 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 (55.100)
Y-038 Diff Lock Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
Y-039 Creeper Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
Y-040 4WD Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
Y-041 Forward Synchro Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
Y-042 Reverse Synchro Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
Y-045 DEF/ADBLUE Heating control Valve Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
Y-046 DEF/ADBLUE Injection Valve Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 (55.100)
Y-052 Heating Valve Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
Y-061 Injector, No.1 Cylinder Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 (55.100)
Y-067 1-4 Synchro Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
Y-068 5-8 Synchro Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
Y-069 Diverter Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 (55.100)
Y-070 Front Solenoid Valve Remote Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
Y-071 Front Hitch Raise Stop Solenoid Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 21

Y-072 Solenoid Clutch C1 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
Y-076 NAR-Loader Valve 3 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 (55.100)
Y-077 NAR-Loader Valve 3 Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 (55.100)
Y-082 Air Condition Clutch Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
ASSEMBLY
Z-001 Blower Assembly Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
Z-008 Visctronic Fan Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 (55.100)
Z-038 Electric Mirror Right Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 31 (55.100)
Z-039 Electric Mirror Left Hand Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 31 (55.100)
Z-043 Front Hitch Setting Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 (55.100)
Z-050 Multi Function Handle Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 26 (55.100)
Z-062 Shuttle Lever Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 (55.100)
Z-065 Seat Assembly Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 18 (55.100)
Z-069 Air Condition Assembly Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 (55.100)
Z-070 EDC Mouse Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 (55.100)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 22
Wire harnesses - Electrical schema
Fuse Speaker
Battery Diode
Motor Switch
Earth / Ground Point Resistor
L.E.D. (Light emitting diode) Solenoid
Potentiometer or Sensor Alternator
Lamp Page Break
Connector Pressure Switch
Timer Relay Relay
Electrical Clutch AC Sockets
Horn
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 23
Wire harnesses - Identification

WIRE COLOR CODES
BK (B) Black BR (N) Brown LB (TQ) Light Blue
TN (LN) Light Brown GY (S) Grey VT (P) Violet
RD (R) Red YE (Y) Yellow BL (U) Blue
WH (W) White PK (K) Pink LG Light Green
GN (G) Green OR (O) Orange
NOTE: Color codes in brackets are the previous codes. (---> serial number)
WIRE CODE REFERENCES

CIRC COLOR DESCRIPTION
1 RD (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
10 GN (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
11 GN (G) IGNITION SUPPLY (2ND)
12 BL (U) MAIN BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
13 BL (U) DIP BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
15 BL (U) LIGHTING SWITCH SUPPLY
28 YE (Y) WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
29 GN (G) MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
31 YE (Y) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER SIGNAL
39 GN (G) TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIGNAL
44 VT (P) FLASHER UNIT (49A)
49 GN (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
50 GN (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
56 WH (W) WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
57 BK (B) EARTH (ALL)
58 RD (R) WIPER MOTOR-LOW
60 BK/WH (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
61 BK (B) CASE GROUND
63 BL (U) WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED
65 WH (W) DUAL POWER/4 WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH FEED
71 WH (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
84 GN (G) WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH FEED
90 GN (G) DUAL POWER / FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH
97 LG WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
137 WH (W) RADIO FEED
138 VT (P) RADIO KAM
150 BR (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
155 GN (G) BATTERY FEED (FUSED)
160 BL (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
170 WH (K/N/B) BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
171 WH (W/TQ/B) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
172 WH (W/TQ/Y) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
173 WH (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL +12V
181 GN (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
182 VT (P) THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
249 LG SMV LAMPS RH
250 LG SMV LAMPS LH
252 BR (N) ALTERNATOR FIELD
349 TN (LN) TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
350 TN (LN) TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
365 GN (G) LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY ON)
366 OR (O) LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY SWITCH)
376 VT (P) HORN FEED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 24

587 LG WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
649 OR (O) COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
650 LB (TQ) COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
666 VT (P) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
787 GN (G) AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
810 GN (G) STOPLAMPS
820 RD (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
825 YE (Y) PNEUMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
830 BL (U) STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
840 GN (G) R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
976 WH (W/N/B) LICENCE PLATE LAMP / WORKLAMP DIODE
978 WH (W) LICENCE PLATE LAMP
979 GY (S) BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (4th)
980 BR (N) THERMOSTAT SWITCH SUPPLY
981 GN (G) A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
982 GN (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
984 VT (P) TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. INPUT
986 VT (P) TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. OUTPUT
989 VT (P) BLOWER MOTOR MEDIUM SPEED (2nd)
996 VT (P) BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (3RD)
997 GN (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
998 GN (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
999 GN (G) BLOWER MOTOR LOW SPEED (1st)
1000 WH (W) SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
1001 WH (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
1002 VT (P) IMPLEMENT LAMP SWITCH SUPPLY
1003 GN (G) SUPPLY TO GAUGES
1004 GN (G) SUPPLY TO HORN AND HEADLAMP FLASH
1005 GY (S) AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
1006 BR (N) ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
1007 WH (W) ETHER START BUTTON SUPPLY
1008 BR (N) ETHER START SOLENOID SUPPLY
1009 BR (N) ALTERNATOR FIELD
1010 GN (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
1011 YE (Y) SUPPLY TO FUSES
1012 RD (R) ILLUMINATION
1013 RD (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1014 RD (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS
1015 VT (P) DOME LAMP SWITCH FEED
1016 VT (P) HORN FEED
1017 LG AIR CON. THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
1018 LG AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
1019 GN (G) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
1020 GN (G) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
1021 VT (P) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
1022 BR (N) THERMOSTART
1023 BR (N) LIGHT SWITCH FEED
1024 RD (R) RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
1025 GN (G) HZD SWITCH IGN FEED
1026 BL (U) HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
1027 BL (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
1028 BL (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM FUSE
1029 BL (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM FUSE
1030 BL (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 25

1031 RD (R) INSTRUMENT ILLUMINATION
1032 LG URN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C)
1033 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C2)
1034 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C3)
1035 WH (W) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1036 BR (N) IGNITION SWITCH (BATTERY)
1037 LG FLASHER UNIT (TERM 49A)
1038 TN (LN) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
1039 LG NASO LIGHTS INPUT
1040 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY-RHS CUT OUT
1041 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY-LHS CUT OUT
1042 BL (U) RELAY FEED ELECTRONICS
1043 BL (U) RELAY FEED TO FUSES
1044 WH (W/U/S) GRID HEATER FEEDBACK
1050 GN (G) ACCESSORY FEED
1051 YE (Y) SIDE LIGHTS RELAY COIL FEED
1052 YE (Y) GET U HOME LIGHTS RELAY
1070 RD (R) FRONT WORKLAMP SWITCH FEED
1071 VT (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
1072 VT (P) WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
1073 VT (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
1090 RD (R) REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1080 RD (R) FRONT SCREEN HEATER
1082 YE (Y) REAR SCREEN HEATER
1085 BR (N) FRONT SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
1086 BR (N) REAR SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
1091 RD (R) FRONT WORKLAMP LOWER RELAY SIGNAL
1092 RD (R) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1093 RD (R) FENDER WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1096 RD (R) WORKLAMP FENDER MOUNTED
1097 RD (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
1098 WH (W) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
1099 RD (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
1119 GN (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
1120 GN (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
1121 GN (G) RR WINDSHIELD WASH
1130 BR (N) ENGINE HEATER CONTROL TO IGN SWITCH
1135 GN (G) THERMOSTART WARNING LAMP
1140 PK (K) THERMOSTART INITIATE SIGNAL TO RELAY
1141 BR (N) GRID HEATER +
1142 BR (N) GRID HEATER FUSE TO PWR. RELAY
1143 BR (N) POWER RELAY TO GRID HEATER
1150 BR (N) CAL/SEL SWITCH
1160 RD (R) REVERSE ALARM
1900 LG (LG/B/S) HEATED FRONT WINDSCREEN SW SIGNAL
1901 TN (LN/LG/S) HEATED FRONT WINDSCREEN POWER
1902 OR (O/LN/S) HEATED FRONT WINDSCREEN WARNING LAMP
1903 VT (P/B/S) HEATED REAR SCREEN SW SIGNAL
1904 YE (Y/B/S) HEATED REAR SCREEN POWER
1905 BL (U/W/S) HEATED REAR SCREEN WARNING LAMP
1920 OR (O) LH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
1921 YE (Y) LH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
1922 GN (G) MIRROR CONTROL COMMON
1923 OR (O) RH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 26

1924 YE (Y) RH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
1925 RD (R) MIRROR CONTROL +12V
1927 RD (R) MIRROR ILLUMINATION
1928 RD (R) HEATED MIRROR RELAY COIL +12V FROM SW
2001 BR (N) BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2002 BR (N) BATTERY TEMP SENSOR (ALT OUTPUT)
2003 WH (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
2005 OR (O) AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
2006 BL (U) DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
2007 YE (Y) AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
2008 BR (N) LIFT PUMP SUPPLY
2009 GN (G) FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
2010 LG AIRCON PLUG TO DE-ICING SWITCH
2011 VT (P) HORN RETURN
2012 YE (Y) TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
2013 YE (Y) PTO OVERSPEED WARNING LAMP
2014 GN (G) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
2015 WH (W) TACHOMETER SENSOR-SIGNAL
2016 YE (Y) REAR AXLE SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL
2017 VT (P) BULB TEST (EIC)
2018 RD (R) RADAR PRESENT
2019 PK (K) ENGINE RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2020 YE (Y) ENGINE SHUT DOWN (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2021 YE (Y) AXLE GROUND SPEED (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2022 YE (Y) PTO 540/1000 RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2023 GY (S) TPM TO EIC (AXLE SPEED DRIVE)
2024 GY (S) RADAR SIGNAL DRIVE
2025 GY (S) AUDIO ALARM CONTROL
2026 GY (S) IMPLEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL
2027 RD (R) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
2028 GN (G) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
2029 VT (P) INSTRUMENT MEMORY SUPPLY
2030 BR (N) ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL
2031 YE (Y) RADAR PRESENT
2040 LG WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
2041 VT (P) FUEL SHUT OFF
2042 OR (O) PTO SOLENOID-REAR
2043 OR (O) PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
2044 OR (O) PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
2045 OR (O) PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
2046 OR (O) PTO SWITCH (VCC)
2047 OR (O) PTO SWITCH (VCCO)
2048 OR (O) PTO SWITCH (VCCS)
2049 OR (O) PTO SWITCH 1000RPM WARNING LAMP
2050 GN (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2051 OR (O) PTO SOLENOID RETURN (-)
2052 WH (W) PTO LUBE SOL
2053 VT (P) PTO LUBE SOL RETURN
2055 WH (W) PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED ENGAGED
2056 WH (W) PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
2057 WH (W) PTO FENDER SWITCH LH - RH LINK
2059 WH (W) FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
2060 OR (O) PTO 540/1000 SWITCH
2062 WH (W) PTO TWIST SENSOR
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 27

2065 BR (N) PTO ENGAGED
2068 BR (N) PTO SOFT START
2069 BL (U) PTO MANAGEMENT ON
2070 OR (O) ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY +12V
2080 OR (O) ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY
2087 OR (O) EXHAUST BRAKE SOLENOID
2085 OR (O)
2090 WH (W) STARTER RELAY TO START INHIBIT SWITCH
2095 GN (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
2100 GN (G) A/C CONDENSER MOTOR FEED
2120 TN (LN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
2130 BR (N) PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
2140 OR (O) PTO SPEED SENSOR
2150 VT (P) PTO EXT. SWITCH OFF
2151 PK (K) EPTO DRIVE RELAY UPPER SPEED
2152 PK (K) ESPTO DRIVE RELAY LOWER SPEED
2153 RD (R) ESPTO ACTUATOR UPPER SPEED
2154 BR (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR LOWER SPEED
2155 BR (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR POWER +12V
2156 BR (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR POS SIGNAL
2157 BL (U) ESPTO NEUTRAL
2158 BR (N) ESPTO LOWER SPEED
2159 BL (U) ESPTO UPPER SPEED
2200 GN (G) SERVICE MODE INITIATE
2245 PK (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
2248 PK (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
2250 PK (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
2260 OR (O) PTO FRONT - SPEED SIGNAL
2270 OR (O) PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
2300 VT (P) THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
2310 VT (P) IN/OUT OF WORK-HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
2320 VT (P) TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
2330 VT (P) PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
2500 BR (N) FRONT HITCH SOLENOID
2510 BR (N) FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
2520 BR (N) FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
2530 BR (N) FRONT HITCH V REF
2540 BR (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
2550 BR (N) FRONT HITCH OVERIDE SWITCH
2556 BR (N) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
2560 BR (N) FRONT HITCH 0v REF
2570 RD (R) FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
2571 GY (S) FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID RETURN(-)
2575 WH (W) STEYR EFH TRANSPORT SIGNAL – BOSCH EFH MODULE
2576 WH (W) STEYR EFH WORK SIGNAL – BOSCH EFH MODULE
2577 VT (P) STEYR EFH DIAGNOSTIC LAMP – BOSCH EFH MODULE
2578 GN (G) STEYR EFH TRANSPORT SWITCH – EOLBAU ARMREST
2579 BR (N) STEYR EFH WORK SWITCH – EOLBAU ARMREST
2580 RD (R) FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID
2581 GY (S) FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID RETURN (-)
2582 LG STEYR - EXT SWITCHES
2583 TN (LN) STEYR - EXT SWITCHES.
2584 WH (W) OILMOTOR MODE
2585 TN (LN) EFH RAISE SWITCH
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 28

2586 TN (LN) EFH WORK SWITCH
2587 BR (N) EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH +
2588 VT (P) EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2589 RD (R) EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
2590 TN (LN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
2591 TN (LN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
2592 BR (N) EFH VALVE DOWN +
2593 BR (N) EFH VALVE DOWN
2594 OR (O) EFH POSITION SENSOR +
2595 VT (P) EFH POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
2596 RD (R) EFH POSITION SENSOR
2597 TN (LN) EFH PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2598 GY (S) EFH ACCUMULATOR 14 BAR
2599 BR (N) EFH ACCUMULATOR 40 BAR
2600 YE (Y) REAR AXLE SPEED MONITOR
3000 GN (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
3001 GN (G) LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3002 GN (G) RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3003 WH (W) RADIO FEED
3004 GN (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3005 GN (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3006 GN (G) AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SENDER
3007 GN (G) FUEL GAUGE FEED
3008 BL (U) WORKLAMP WARNING LIGHT
3009 GN (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
3010 RD (R) FOGLAMP FEED
3011 RD (R) FOGLAMP FEED
3012 GN (G) HANDBRAKE WARNING FEED
3013 LG AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SIGNAL
3014 RD (R) HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
3015 VT (P) ACCESSORY SOCKET (POWER)
3016 GY (S) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL
3017 GN (G) EPB SYSTEM FAILURE WARNING LIGHT
3018 GN (G) FLASHER UNIT BUZZER FEED
3019 GN (G) EPB SYSTEM OPERATION STATUS LIGHT
3020 YE (Y) DUAL POWER SOLENOID SUPPLY
3022 YE (Y) DUAL POWER (HIGH) WARNING LAMP
3023 VT (P) EPB SYSTEM BATTERY ISOLATOR INTERLOCK
3024 YE (Y) 2WD SOLENOID
3025 YE (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
3026 YE (Y) BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH - RIGHT
3027 YE (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
3028 YE (Y) BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH LEFT
3029 TN (LN) EPB +5V REFERENCE
3030 WH (W) ACCESSORY RELAY SIGNAL
3031 BR (N) EPB +12 HOT
3032 GN (G) EPB +12 IGNITION
3033 OR (O) EPB MOTOR SUPPLY “A”
3034 YE (Y) EPB POSITION SIGNAL
3035 OR (O) EPB MOTOR SUPPLY “B”
3036 OR (O) EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH INPUT
3037 YE (Y) EPB PROPORTIONAL BRAKE SIGNAL
3038 YE (Y) EPB HAND THROTTLE SWITCH
3039 OR (O) EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH OUTPUT
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 29

3045 YE (Y) FOUR WHEEL DRIVE WARNING LAMP
3050 VT (P) AUXILIARY FEED CONNECTOR SUPPLY
3051 VT (P) CIGAR LIGHTER SUPPLY
3052 VT (P) DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
3053 GY (S) SPEAKER RIGHT HAND
3054 GY (S) SPEAKER NEGATIVE RH
3055 GY (S) SPEAKER LEFT HAND
3056 BR (N) SPEAKER NEGATIVE LH
3057 VT (P) PUDDLE LAMP RETURN
3060 VT (P) IMPLEMENT SOCKET RELAY
3061 VT (P) IMPLEMENT SOCKET
3062 VT (P) IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH
3070 VT (P) 'B' PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
3073 WH (W) MICROPHONE
3074 BK (B) SCREEN FOR 3073
3075 OR (O) TRAILER SOCKET (ACCESSORY FEED)
3076 OR (O) ACCESSORY SWITCH FEED
3077 YE (Y) RADIO +12VB
3078 OR (O) RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION
3079 RD (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
3080 VT (P) CONSOLE LAMP
3081 YE (Y) TELEPHONE OUT
3082 OR (O) TELEPHONE OUT 1
3083 BR (N) TELEPHONE MUTE
3084 VT (P) AUXILIARY INPUT COMMON RAIL
3085 WH (W) AUXILIARY INPUT (LEFT CHANNEL)
3086 RD (R) AUXILIARY INPUT (RIGHT CHANNEL)
3087 GY (S) BUTTONS COMMON
3088 GN (G) BUTTONS ‘TELEPHONE’
3089 BL (U) BUTTONS ‘VOICE’
3090 YE (Y) SEAT PUMP SUPPLY
3091 VT (P) SPEAKER RR-RHS +
3092 VT (P) SPEAKER RR-RHS-
3093 GY (S) SPEAKER FRT-RHS +
3094 GY (S) SPEAKER FRT-RHS-
3095 WH (W) SPEAKER FRT-LHS +
3096 GY (S) SPEAKER FRT-LHS-
3097 GN (G) SPEAKER RR-LHS +
3098 GN (G) SPEAKER RR-LHS-
3099 LB (TQ) BUTTONS ‘REMOTE’
3100 GN (G) STEERING SENSOR +5v
3120 PK (K) STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
3140 LG STEERING SENSOR GROUND
3150 WH (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
3155 WH (W) HANDBRAKE TRANS INTERLOCK
3160 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
3161 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
3163 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R FEED
3164 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R RETURN
3165 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L FEED
3166 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L RETURN
3167 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SNSR +5V REF
3168 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID FEED (HSD)
3169 OR (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID RETURN (CURSEN)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 30

3170 OR (O) FSS – ENABLE
3171 OR (O) FSS – LAMP
3172 VT (P) FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
3173 RD (R) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
3174 GN (G) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
3175 WH (W) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
3176 BK (B) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
3177 YE (Y) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
3178 GN (G) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
3179 BR (N) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
3180 BK (B) FSS – SAFETY SWITCH
3181 GY (S) AUTO GUIDANCE PPS SIGNAL INPUT TO GPS
3185 BR (N) AUTO GUIDANCE REMOTE ENGAGE
3186 GY (S) CERES PPS IN
3187 BR (N) AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
3200 OR (O) SUSPENSION SWITCH FEED
3210 BL (U) SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
3215 BL (U) SUSPENSION LAMP
3220 OR (O) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
3230 BL (U) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3235 OR (O) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
3240 OR (O) RAISE SOLENOID PWR
3250 OR (O) RAISE SOLENOID RET
3260 OR (O) LOWER SOLENOID PWR
3270 OR (O) LOWER SOLENOID RET
3271 BL (U) LOADER RELAY FEED
3272 OR (O) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
3273 OR (O) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
3274 RD (R) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
3275 RD (R) LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
3276 GN (G) LOADER VALVE
3277 BL (U) LOADER VALVE #3 COIL
3278 BL (U) LOADER VALVE #3 RELAY
3280 OR (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER
3281 TN (LN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
3285 TN (LN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER
3286 TN (LN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
3290 OR (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
3295 OR (O) FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
3300 OR (O) SENSE LINE CONTROL SOLENOID
3310 BL (U) RAISE LOCKOUT SOLENOID
3500 WH (W) POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
4001 RD (R) TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP (TEMP)
4002 RD (R) TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP SWITCH
4010 BR (N) RETURN TO DIG
4011 VT (P) ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
4012 VT (P) ROTATING BEACON FEED
4013 BL (U) TRANS CONTROL FEED
4014 BL (U) FORWARD CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4015 BL (U) REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4016 BL (U) TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP RELAY FEED
4017 BL (U) TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP LAMP
4018 GY (S) TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP SOLENOID FEED
4019 GY (S) HYDRAULIC FILTER BY-PASS SWITCH FEED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 31

4020 GY (S) HYDRAULIC FILTER BY-PASS LAMP
4021 GY (S) BACK-UP ALARM RELAY FEED
4022 GY (S) BACK-UP ALARM FEED
4025 YE (Y) 4 IN 1 BUCKET FEED
4040 GN (G) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SUPPLY
4050 WH (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH - RAISE
4051 WH (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH - LOWER
4052 WH (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE EXTEND
4053 WH (W) LINK LEVEL SWITCH SIDE RETRACT
4054 WH (W) LINK LEVEL DUMP SOLENOID
4055 WH (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND SOLENOID
4056 WH (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT SOLENOID
4057 WH (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE SOLENOID
4058 WH (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER SOLENOID
4060 WH (W) HYDRAULIC SELECT FRONT
4061 WH (W) HYDRAULIC SELECT REAR
4100 LB (TQ) TRANS RANGE ENABLE SWITCH SUPPLY
4101 LB (TQ) TRANS RANGE ENABLE
4120 VT (P) BEACON RELAY COIL
5000 VT (P) EDC MEMORY POWER
5005 BR (N) EDC KEY SWITCH FEED
5010 BK/WH (B/W) EDC EARTH
5011 BK (B) EDC EARTH CASE RFI
5015 RD (R) EDC CONTROLS BACKLIGHTING
5020 TN (LN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
5021 PK (K) EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT (+5V) ROCKSHAFT
5022 PK (K) EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V QUADRANT
5023 PK (K) EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V HEIGHT LIMIT
5025 TN (LN) EDC LOWER SIGNAL
5030 TN (LN) EDC RAISE SIGNAL
5035 TN (LN) EDC RETURN REF. VOLTAGE EARTH
5040 TN (LN) EDC DRAFT POSITION
5045 TN (LN) EDC DROP RATE
5050 TN (LN) EDC QUADRANT
5055 TN (LN) EDC CLOCK LINE TO DISPLAY
5060 TN (LN) SERIAL DATA TO CLUSTER
5065 TN (LN) EDC RIGHT PIN
5070 TN (LN) EDC LEFT PIN
5075 PK (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
5080 PK (K) EDC ROCKSHAFT
5085 PK (K) EDC VALVE UP
5087 PK (K) EDC VALVE UP RETURN
5090 PK (K) EDC VALVE DOWN
5095 PK (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
5097 PK (K) EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
5100 PK (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
5105 GY (S) EDC IMPLEMENT STATUS SWITCH
5110 PK (K) EDC LAMP SIGNAL
5115 PK (K) EDC SLIP SIGNAL
5120 PK (K) EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
5125 LB (TQ) EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
5130 LB (TQ) EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
5132 LB (TQ) EDC FLOAT
5133 LB (TQ) EDC STOP
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 32

5135 LB (TQ) EDC +WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5140 LB (TQ) EDC -WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5145 LB (TQ) EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
5150 GN (G) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH SUPPLY
5155 BL (U) EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
5160 LB (TQ) EDC HEIGHT LIMIT POT FEED
5170 TN (LN) SERIAL DATA FROM CLUSTER
5175 RD (R) ADIC KEY PAD DISABLE
5180 LB (TQ) EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
5190 RD (R) HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
5200 BR (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
5205 BR (N) INTERNAL FENDER HITCH SWITCH - UP
5210 BR (N) EDC VALVE ENABLE
5215 BR (N) INTERNAL FENDER HITCH SWITCH - DOWN
5220 YE (Y) EDC RAISE LAMP
5230 YE (Y) EDC LOWER LAMP
5240 OR (O) EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5250 OR (O) EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5260 TN (LN) HYDRAULIC MASTER SW #1
5265 TN (LN) HYDRAULIC MASTER SW #2
5270 BR (N) JOYSTICK LED – FRONT
5300 PK (K) ECU FLASH PROGRAM SIGNAL
5400 YE (Y) CAN H
5420 GN (G) CAN L
5500 RD (R) EHR CAN HIGH
5510 BL (U) EHR CAN LOW
5515 GY (S) EHR +12V IGN.
5520 LG EHR 5V REF.
5521 LG EHR MOTOR #1
5531 LG EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #1
5532 GN (G) EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #2
5533 PK (K) EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #3
5534 LG EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #4
5535 LG EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#1
5536 TN (LN) EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#2
5537 BR (N) EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#3
5538 OR (O) EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#4
5541 OR (O) EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #1
5542 VT (P) EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #2
5543 GY (S) EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #3
5544 LB (TQ) EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #4
5551 OR (O) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
5552 BL (U) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
5553 WH (W) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
5554 BL (U) EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#4
5561 OR (O) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
5564 VT (P) EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
5570 VT (P) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH (RES)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 33

5574 VT (P) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – UP
5576 VT (P) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – DOWN
5580 LB (TQ) JOYSTICK REAR LAMP (MC)
5585 LB (TQ) JOYSTICK FRONT LAMP (MC)
5591 VT (P) EHR WARNING LAMP#1
5595 GY (S) EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
5596 GY (S) EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
5597 GY (S) EHR MASTER ENABLE
5600 RD (R) HTS LIVE SIGNAL
5610 RD (R) HTS PROGRAM
5620 RD (R) HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
5625 RD (R) LIFT-O-MATIC SWITCH
5630 RD (R) HTS MANUAL SWITCH
5640 RD (R) HTS AUTO SWITCH
5700 WH (W) EHR J-STICK X+
5710 WH (W) EHR J-STICK X ACTIVE SWITCH
5720 WH (W) EHR J-STICK X FULL FLOW SWITCH
5730 WH (W) EHR J-STICK X FLOAT SWITCH
5740 WH (W) EHR J-STICK Y+
5750 WH (W) EHR J-STICK Y ACTIVE SWITCH
5760 WH (W) EHR J-STICK Y FULL FLOW SWITCH
5770 WH (W) EHR J-STICK Y FLOAT SWITCH
5820 GY (S) EDC ROCKSHAFT POT
5830 BL (U) HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5840 WH (W) FRONT HITCH DETECT INPUT
5835 GY (S) HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5900 GN (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
5910 YE (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
5915 BK (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
5920 RD (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
5930 TN (LN) ROTARY ENCODER SUPPLY
5935 OR (O) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "Home"
5940 OR (O) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "Esc"
5945 LB (TQ) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "P1"
5950 LB (TQ) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "P2"
5955 BK (B) RS232 INPUT TECU
5960 WH (W) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
5962 RD (R) USB +5v REF
5964 WH (W) USB DATA
5966 GN (G) USB DATA +
5968 BK (B) USB GROUND
5970 OR (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
5975 OR (O) ISO RELAY 2 POWER OUT
5980 OR (O) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
5985 BL (U) ISO RELAY 1 POWER OUT
5990 OR (O) ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "Enter"
6000 PK (K) ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
6001 BK (B) ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #1
6002 WH (W) ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #2
6003 RD (R) ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #3
6004 GN (G) ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 34

6057 LB (TQ) ENGINE STARTER RELAY GROUND
6010 YE (Y) THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
6100 BL (U) ENGINE COLD ADVANCE CONTROL
6200 RD (R) MANIFOLD (GRID) HEATER SUPPLY
6300 BR (N) FAN SPEED
6305 BR (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - MOTOR FEED
6310 BR (N) FAN SOLENOID
6315 BR (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
6320 BR (N) FAN 5V REF.
6325 BR (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
6327 RD (R) REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY POWER OUT
6330 BR (N) VISTRONIC FAN INPUT
6331 BR (N) ECM SWITCHED GROUND VISCTRONIC
6355 BR (N) +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
6400 TN (LN) ECU BATTERY SUPPLY
6401 GN (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT +5V
6402 GN (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
6403 GN (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT.
6404 GN (G) THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
6405 GN (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT. SWITCH
6407 OR (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN SIGNAL (EDC16)
6408 GN (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU 1
6413 OR (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN RELAY SUPPLY
6414 GN (G) FUSED IGN.+ TO ECU
6415 GN (G) ECU TO J1939 TERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(HI)
6416 GN (G) ECU TO J1939 TERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(LO)
6417 (N/A) SCREEN BRAID FOR 6415 & 6416
6418 PK (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
6419 PK (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO L
6420 PK (K) ECU SINK DRIVER#6 TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP
6421 PK (K) ECU SINK DRIVER#6 TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP
6422 PK (K) ENGINE MOUNTED B- TO ECU 1
6424 PK (K) ENGINE MOUNTED B- TO ECU
6427 PK (K) ECU TO MULTIPLE STATE SWITCH (PASS.INPUT#06)
6428 PK (K) ECU TO MULTIPLE STATE SWITCH (PASS.INPUT#06)
6431 PK (K) ECU TO DIAGNOSTIC REQUEST SWITCH (DIG 15)
6432 PK (K) ECU SWITCHED BATT OUTPUT TO DIAG REQUEST SW.
6440 GY (S) HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
6450 GY (S) HAND THROTTLE POSITION 2
6460 GY (S) HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
6500 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM ON/OFF
6510 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
6520 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM SET 2
6530 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
6540 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
6550 BR (N) CONSTANT ERPM SET LAMP
6560 BL (U) ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER
6570 GN (G) ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
6580 PK (K) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 35

6585 OR (O) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#2
6586 VT (P) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
6590 LG ECU DIGITAL GROUND
6600 TN (LN) ECU BATTERY SUPPLY
6610 BR (N) ECU IGNITION SUPPLY
6620 OR (O) ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
6630 OR (O) ECU COOLANT TEMP. GROUND
6640 OR (O) ECU AC PRESSURE NOT HIGH SWITCH
6650 OR (O) ECU BOOST GROUND
6660 OR (O) ECU BOOST TEMP
6670 OR (O) ECU 5V BOOST
6680 OR (O) ECU BOOST PRESSURE
6690 OR (O) ECU SOLENOID VALVE SHUT OFF
6700 OR (O) ECU CRANK SHAFT OUTPUT SHAFT
6710 OR (O) ECU ENGINE SPEED
7000 BL (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
7001 BL (U) TRANS DISPLAY ILLUMINATION
7002 BL (U) TRANS MAIN CLUTCH SOL (C3/C4)
7003 BL (U) TRANS DUMP SOL
7004 BL (U) TRANS FRONT CLUTCH SOL (C1/C2)
7005 BL (U) TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
7007 RD (R) TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
7008 RD (R) TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH LOW
7009 WH (W) TRANS RANGE DISABLE SWITCH
7010 BL (U) TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH (GR 1-4)
7020 BL (U) TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH (GR 5-8)
7025 RD (R) TRANS DISPLAY ENABLE
7030 BL (U) TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH COMMON
7035 BR (N) TRANS DUMP SOLEN0ID FEED
7040 BR (N) TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
7050 RD (R) TRANS RELAY SUPPLY - RUN
7060 RD (R) TRANS RELAY SUPPLY - START
7068 BL (U) TRANS CVT POWER SUPPLY (CVT)
7070 RD (R) TRANS FEED (IGN +)
7071 BR (N) FEED HYD FILTER RESTRICTION IND LAMP
7080 LG DIFF-LOCK SOLENOID FEED
7090 LG DIFF-LOCK SWITCH TO BRAKE SWITCH
7100 BR (N) DIFF-LOCK RELAY TO BRAKE SWITCH
7110 RD (R) PTO INHIBITOR SWITCH TO TRANS
7120 YE (Y) DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
7125 LG DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
7126 LG DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
7130 BR (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP
7135 BR (N) HYD FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH
7140 OR (O) DIFF-LOCK OFF SOLENOID
7150 GY (S) LOW OIL PRESSURE WRN FEED
7155 BL (U) VANE PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
7160 RD (R) HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
7170 WH (W) DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
7175 YE (Y) DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
7180 BL (U) CREEPER SWITCH MOM SIGNAL
7190 PK (K) TRANS SOLENOID VALVE SUPPLY
7195 PK (K) TRANS SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
7196 YE (Y) TRANS FR/REV LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 36

7197 YE (Y) TRANS RANGE LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
7198 BL (U) TRANS HYROSTATIC LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT
7200 GY (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
7210 GY (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
7220 GY (S) TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
7225 WH (W) TRANS HI RANGE SOL - RET
7230 GY (S) TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
7235 YE (Y) TRANS LOW RANGE SOL - RET
7240 GY (S) TRANSMISSION DISPLAY SWITCH
7245 TN (LN) DEADMAN
7250 GY (S) TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
7260 GY (S) TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
7265 PK (K) TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH TO PROCESSOR (GR.SW 1)
7267 LG TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH 2 TO PROCESSOR
7270 RD (R) TCM SERIAL DATA IN-DISPLY DATA OUT
7275 WH (W) TCM SERIAL DATA OUT-DISPLY DATA IN
7280 WH (W) LIMP HOME SWITCH 18x18 TRANS.
7290 WH (W) DIRECTIONAL INTERRUPT RELAY TO SOLENOID
7295 WH (W) DRIVE DISABLE SIGNAL
7300 WH (W) TRANSMISSION PWM SOLENOID 1-4 SYNCRO
7301 YE (Y) SOLENOID 1 18x9 RETURN
7320 WH (W) SOLENOID 2 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7321 VT (P) SOLENOID 2 18x9 RETURN
7330 WH (W) SOLENOID 3 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7331 YE (Y) SOLENOID 3 18x9 RETURN
7340 WH (W) SOLENOID F1 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7341 YE (Y) SOLENOID F1 18x9 RETURN
7350 WH (W) SOLENOID F2 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7351 GY (S) SOLENOID F2 18x9 RETURN
7355 GY (S) SOLENOID R 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7356 BL (U) SOLENOID R 18x9 RETURN
7360 WH (W) SOLENOID A 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7361 VT (P) SOLENOID A 18x9 RETURN
7370 YE (Y) SOLENOID B 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7371 VT (P) SOLENOID B 18x9 RETURN
7380 YE (Y) SOLENOID C 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7381 VT (P) SOLENOID C 18x9 RETURN
7390 YE (Y) SOLENOID PWM (F1) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7391 VT (P) SOLENIOD PWM (F1) 18x9 RETURN
7392 OR (O) SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7393 OR (O) SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 RETURN
7395 VT (P) SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7396 VT (P) SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 RETURN
7400 YE (Y) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM INPUT
7401 VT (P) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
7402 YE (Y) TRANS WHLSP FORWARD (CVT)
7403 YE (Y) TRANS WHLSP REVERSE (CVT)
7404 YE (Y) TRANS HYDROSTAT FORWARD (CVT)
7405 YE (Y) TRANS HYDROSTAT REVERSE (CVT)
7406 LG TRANS BI-DI SPEED SENSOR RET (CVT)
7407 PK (K) HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID +
7408 VT (P ) HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID GND
7410 YE (Y) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM OUTPUT
7411 YE (Y) TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED SENSOR (SPS)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 37

7420 YE (Y) TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
7425 YE (Y) DRIVE SIGNAL
7430 YE (Y) CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
7431 LB (TQ) SUPPLY
7440 YE (Y) TCM TO TRACTOR EIC-AXLE OUTPUT
7450 WH (W) TRANS CREEPER INTERLOCK SUPPLY
7460 WH (W) TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH ENGAGED
7470 GY (S) TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH DISENGAGED
7475 RD (R) TRANS AUTO OFF
7476 RD (R) TRANS AUTO ON
7480 GN (G) TRANS AUTO FUNCTION 1
7482 GN (G) TRANS AUTO ON/INCREASE
7485 PK (K) TRANS AUTO FUNCTION LAMP 1
7490 GN (G) TRANS AUTO FUNCTION 2
7492 GN (G) TRANS AUTO OFF/DECREASE
7495 PK (K) TRANS AUTO FUNCTION LAMP 2
7500 GN (G) TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
7520 GN (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 8v
7525 GN (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
7560 GN (G) TRANS WARNING LAMP
7570 BK/WH (B/W) SIGNAL GROUND
7579 BL (U) PARKLOCK SWITCH
7580 BL (U) CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
7581 OR (O) CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
7582 BL (U) CREEPER RAIL SWITCH NOT
7583 BL (U) PARKLOCK SWITCH #2
7584 BL (U) PARKLOCK SENSOR SWITCH SIGNAL
7585 BL (U) PARKLOCK SOLENOID #2
7586 BL (U) BRAKE LUBRICATON SOLENOID
7587 BL (U) PARKLOCK OVERRIDE SWITCH
7588 BL (U) PARKLOCK POSITION SIGNAL
7589 BL (U) BRAKE PRESSURE SIGNAL
7590 OR (O) TRANS CREEPER GEAR STATUS LAMP
7600 BR (N) TRANS FEATHERING SOLENOID
7620 BR (N) TRANS FEATHERING SOL. MONITOR
7630 BR (N) TRANS MAIN CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
7640 TN (LN) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
7650 WH (W) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
7655 YE (Y) RS232 GROUND
7660 RD (R) TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
7670 RD (R) TRANS FRONT SYNCHRO POSITION
7671 BL (U) SYNCRO_F2_R1_POS_1
7672 RD (R) SYNCRO_F2_R1_POS_2
7700 TN (LN) TRANS SHUTTLE DUMP SWITCH
7710 TN (LN) TRANS OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH
7730 TN (LN) NOT IN PARKLOCK
7735 TN (LN) TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL +
7740 TN (LN) TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL -
7750 RD (R) TCM TO DOG 30/40 KPH SELECT
7755 VT (P) DOG ENABLE
7760 WH (W) TORQUE SENSOR
7770 BL (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
7775 PK (K) B CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
7780 BL (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 38

7785 OR (O) A CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
7790 LB (TQ) TRANS RANGE INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7800 LB (TQ) TRANS FR / REV INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7810 PK (K) TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1
7815 PK (K) TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1 RETURN
7846 LB (TQ) TRANS BRAKE SOLENOID (CVT)
7847 LB (TQ) TRANS HYDROSTATIC - POSITIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7848 LB (TQ) TRANS HYDROSTATIC - NEGATIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7850 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM VOLTAGE
7855 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC EA
7860 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RCV
7865 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC XMT
7870 GN (G) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RTS
7875 PK (K) TRANS DIAGNOSTIC CTS
7880 BK/WH (B/W) TCM SIGNAL GROUND
7890 LB (TQ) TRANS L-LINE DIAGNOSTIC (CVT)
7900 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'A' SIGNAL
7910 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'B' SIGNAL
7915 VT (P) TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
7920 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'C' SIGNAL
7925 VT (P) TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
7930 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'D' SIGNAL
7935 VT (P) TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
7940 LB (TQ) CLUTCH 'E' SIGNAL
7945 VT (P) TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
7950 LB (TQ) CLUTCH SUPPLY
7960 VT (P) TRANS SLOW/FAST
7965 VT (P) HI/LO SYNCHRO SIGNAL
7970 VT (P) TRANS MED/REV
7980 PK (K) TRANS MED. RANGE
7981 RD (R) SOLENOID VALVE HYDROSTAT PLUS
7982 WH (W) TRANS MED. RANGE RET
7985 GN (G) TRANS REVERSE RANGE
7990 PK (K) TRANS BRAKE
7995 PK (K) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
7996 RD (R) BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
8000 BR (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
8010 TN (LN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
8020 TN (LN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
8030 LG TRANS FWD SOLENIOD
8035 VT (P) TRANS FWD SOL RET
8040 LG TRANS REV SOLENIOD
8045 VT (P) TRANS REV SOL RET
8050 RD (R) TRANS REV PRESSURE
8060 BL (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
8070 VT (P) TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
9000 TN (LN) DIVERTER VALVE
9010 TN (LN) DIVERTER VALVE SUPPLY
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 39

9020 TN (LN) HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SOL
9025 TN (LN) HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SWITCH
9026 WH (W)
9027 WH (W) CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
9028 WH (W) ADIC MEMORY B+
9029 WH (W)
9030 WH (W)
9031 VT (P) ADIC MEMORY B+
9032 YE (Y) IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
9033 TN (LN) 50KPH SOLENOID+
9034 TN (LN) 50KPH SOLENOID-
9035 TN (LN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
9036 TN (LN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
9050 VT (P) CN1A 10
9051 VT (P) CN2 13
9200 BL (U) SPARE FUNCTION 97-12
9201 RD (R) SPARE FUNCTION 97-13
9210 GN (G ) AC-SWITCH POWER
9211 GN (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
9212 PK (K) AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
9213 PK (K) AC-BLOWER SPEED MED .2 (3)
9214 GN (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED HIGH .2 (2)
9215 BL (U) AC-SWITCH ON
9216 LG AC-TEMPERATURE POTI CAB
9217 BR (N) AC-SWITCH MAX DEFROST
9218 GY (S) AC-SWITCH ECONOMY
9219 BL (U) AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH OUTPUT
9220 BL (U) AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
9221 VT (P) AC-EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9222 YE (Y) AC-SIGNAL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9223 RD (R) AC-SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9224 OR (O) AC-SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9225 BL (U) AC-BLOWER SPEED
9226 YE (Y) AC-SIGNAL WATER VALVE
9227 VT (P) AC-BLOWER SWITCH SUPPLY
9228 GN (G) AC-AUTOMATIC BLOWER SPEED
9229 OR (O) AC-DE-FOG
9230 BR (N) ECU B+ OUTPUT (EDC7_)
9231 YE (Y) SUPPLY FOR DIGITAL SWITCHES
9232 YE (Y) ECU TO RESERVE LSD
9233 YE (Y) ECU TO INTERCOOLER BY PASS VALVE
9235 OR (O) ECU SWITCHED B+
9236 YE (Y) ECU TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP
9237 YE (Y) ECU TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP RETURN
9238 YE (Y) ECU TO WATER IN FUEL SWITCH
9239 YE (Y) ECU TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT START SWITCH
9240 YE (Y) ECU TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT STOP SWITCH
9241 YE (Y) ECU TO OBD LAMP
9242 YE (Y) ECU TO COLD START LAMP
9243 YE (Y) ECU TO SPEED LIMITER VALVE
9244 YE (Y) ECU TO ADDTITIVE VALVE
9245 TN (LN) +5V REDUCTION AGENT LEVEL SENSOR
9246 LG SIGNAL REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
9247 BL (U) GROUND REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 40

9248 YE (Y) REDUCTION AGENT LEVEL TEMP SENSOR
9249 YE (Y) ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPSTEAM)
9250 YE (Y) ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPTREAM) RETURN
9251 YE (Y) ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM)
9252 YE (Y) ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTEAM) RET
9253 YE (Y) ECU TO SERVICE SOON LAMP
9254 YE (Y) ECU TO BLOW BY 3 WAY VALVE
9255 YE (Y) ECU TO FILTER OUTLET HEATING RETURN
9256 YE (Y) ECU TO SUCTION LINE HTG RETURN
9257 YE (Y) ECU TO BACK FLOW TO TANK LINE HEATING RETURN
9258 YE (Y) ECU TO PRESSURE LINE HEATING RETURN
9259 YE (Y) ECU TO BACK FLOW SUPPLY HEATING RETURN
9260 YE (Y) ECU TO COMPENSATION LINE HEATING RETURN
9261 YE (Y) ECU TO DOSING VALVE
9262 YE (Y) ECU TO DOSING VALVE RETURN
9263 WH (W) CRUISE CONTROL +VE
9264 BK (B) CRUISE CONTROL -VE
9265 BL (U) CRUISE OFF
9266 BL (U) CRUISE RES
9267 BR (N) BRAKE SWITCH BROWN
9268 BK (B) BRAKE SWICH RED/BLACK
9269 WH (W) CLUTCH SWITCH
9270 BR (N) 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
9271 LG 24V OUTPUT FROM 12/24V CONVERTOR
9272 LG 24V FUSED SUPPLY
9273 LG 24V SWITCHED SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONTROLLER
9274 GN (G) 24V SUPPLY
9276 GY (S) ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDITY SENSOR
9277 GY (S) ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDIY SENSOR RETURN
9278 RD (R) COMBUST AIR TEMPERATURE
9280 BR (N) ECU 12V SUPPLY OUTPUT (EDC7)
9281 YE (Y) LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK
9282 YE (Y) ENGINE SPEED FOR SPEEDOMETER(TACHO)
9283 YE (Y) CAMSHAFT REPITITION O/P
9284 YE (Y) RESERVE #1 SINK DRIVER
9285 YE (Y) ACTIVE ANALOG 2 SUPPLY
9286 YE (Y) VEHICLE SPEED FEED
9287 YE (Y) VEHICLE SPEED RETURN
9288 YE (Y) LAMBDA #1 SIGNAL (PAS08)
9289 YE (Y) LAMBDA #2 SIGNAL (PAS09)
9290 YE (Y) LAMBDA #3 SIGNAL (ACT10)
9291 YE (Y) LAMBDA #4 SIGNAL (ACT11)
9292 YE (Y) LAMBDA #5 HEATER SUPPLY
9293 YE (Y) LAMBDA #6 HEATER
9294 YE (Y) ECU TO EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9295 YE (Y) ECU TO EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENS RETURN
9296 YE (Y) ECU TO TURBO COMPOUND SENSOR
9297 YE (Y) ECU TO TURBO COMPOUND SENSOR RETURN
9298 YE (Y) TURBO COMPONUD +5V REF
9299 YE (Y) ECU TO BLOW BY DELTA P SENSOR
9300 YE (Y) ECU TO BLOW BY DELTA P SENSOR RETURN
9301 YE (Y) ECU TO TORQUE LIMIT MULTIPLE STAGE SWITCH
9302 YE (Y) ECU TO TORQUE LIMIT MULTIPLE STAGE SW RETURN
9303 YE (Y) ECU TO STARTER RELAY COIL EDC7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 41

9304 YE (Y) ECU TO STARTER RELAY COIL EDC7 RETURN
9305 YE (Y) ECU TO A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY EDC7
9306 YE (Y) ECU TO A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY EDC7 RETURN
9310 RD (R) ESPTO MOTOR +VE
9311 BL (U) ESPTO MOTOR -VE
9312 GN (G) +VE POSITION
9313 YE (Y) SIGNAL POSITION
9314 BK (B) -VE POSITION
9501 WH (W) UCM FUSE 12 V Ignition
9600 RD (R) ABS (BATTERY SUPPLY)
9601 OR (O) ABS (IGNITION SUPPLY)
9602 YE (Y) ABS (CAN-H)
9603 GN (G) ABS (CAN-L)
9604 WH (W) ABS (PRESSURE CONTR. VALVE B)
9605 GY (S) ABS (PRESSURE CONTR. VALVE A)
9606 BK/WH (B/W) ABS (PRESSURECONTR. VALVE GND)
9607 PK (K) ABS (1st Diagnostic Switch-To EBM Module)
9608 BR (N) ABS (1st Diagnostic Switch-To 2nd Diagn. Switch)
9609 BR (N) ABS (2nd Diagnostic Switch-To 3rd Diagn. Switch)
9610 BK/WH (B/W) ABS (3rd Diagnostic Switch-To EBM Module)
9611 YE (Y) ABS (AIRBRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL)
9612 YE (Y) ABS (AIRBRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL)
9613 YE (Y) ABS (LH BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL)
9614 BR (N) ABS (FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR)
9615 BR (N) ABS (FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RETURN)
9616 BR (N) ABS (FRONT LEFT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR)
9617 BR (N) ABS (FRONT LEFT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RETURN)
9618 BR (N) ABS (REAR LEFT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR)
9619 BR (N) ABS (REAR LEFT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RETURN)
9620 BR (N) ABS (REAR RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR)
9621 BR (N) ABS (REAR RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RETURN)
9622 OR (O) ABS (AIR PROCESSING UNIT HEATER SUPPLY)
9623 WH (W) ABS (WARNING LAMP SUPPLY)
9624 WH (W) ABS Trailer Socket (Warning lamp)
9625 RD (R) ABS Trailer Socket (Battery supply)
9626 RD (R) ABS Trailer Socket (Battery supply)
9627 WH (W) ABS Trailer Socket (Warning lamp)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 42
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 43
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 01 POWER

DISTRIBUTION (MAXI Fuses 1 - 6)
Compo- Connector Description
nent
MF1 X060, X070 Supply to F-009, F-011, F-012, F-013, F-014, F-015, F-016, F-017, F-018, F-019,
F-020, F-021, F-045, F-048, F-051
MF2 X070 Supply to F-006, F-007, F-008, F-052, F-053, F-054
MF3 X070 Supply to F-029, F-030, F-033, F-034, F-035, F-046, F-047, K-005
MF4 X070 Supply to F-027, F-028
MF5 X070 Supply to F-025, F-026, F-031, F-032
MF6 X070 Supply to F-001, F-002, F-003, F-004, F-005, F-044
Z-002 X070 Maxi Fuseholder
Additional Connectors: -
Wire Colour Codes

BK Black GN Green PK Pink BL Blue
TN Light Brown BR Brown OR Orange LG Light Green
RD Red GY Grey LB Light Blue
WH White YE Yellow VT Violet
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 44
SS11J008 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 45
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 POWER DISTRIBUTION

(Fuses 1 - 14)
Component Connector Description
F-001 X073 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror heating, Handbrake Switch
F-002 X073 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab (potential 30)
F-003 X073 Coupling of the A/C compressor
F-004 X073 Screw terminal red (potential 30)
F-005 X073 Blower motor relay
F-006 X073 Station memory and work light Controller
F-007 X073 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light switch
F-008 X073 Starter switch
F-009 X073 Front loader power
F-011 X073 Front windscreen wiper
F-012 X073 Rear windscreen wiper switch, windscreen washing system, front / rear
F-013 X073 Relay, brake lights
F-014 X073 Headlight switch and flasher
K-003 X034 Ignition Relay
Z-002 X073 Fusemodul
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 46
SS11J121 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 47

(Fuses 15 - 21)
F-015 X073 Brake light switch and pedal lock, supply Exhaust Brake and Stop lamps switch Feed and
Pneumatic Brake, Battery Isolator Control Switch
F-016 X073 Supply Hydraulic Trailer Brake Relay and Low Pump Output Press Switch
F-017 X073 Power socket, cab (potential 15)
F-018 X073 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat
F-019 X073 SupplyHeated mirrors
F-020 X073 Radar sensor, normal signal socket, Keypad
F-021 X072 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid level switch
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 48
SS11J010 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 49

(Fuses 22 - 30)
F-022 X072 Side marker lights right & Consolen Lamp & License Lamp right, Socket Trailer rear, Gear
shift indicator Dog, Supply Worklight Electronic & Radio
F-023 X072 Side marker lights left, licence plate lights, Socket Trailer rear
F-024 X072 Illumination - Lighting, cigar lighter, ADIC
F-025 X072 Dipped beam headlights relay
F-026 X072 Main beam headlights relay
F-027 X072 Front worklamp relay (Hood)
F-028 X072 Worklight Controller, Roof rear worklamps
F-029 X072 Worklight Controller, Roof front worklamps + grabrail
F-030 X072 Rear Worklamp relay (C-pillar)
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 50
SS11J011 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 51

(Fuses 31 - 37)
F-031 X072 Rotating beacon (via Worklight Controller)
F-032 X072 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
F-033 X072 Fast steering controller supply potential 30, Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
F-034 X072 Supply Potential 30 ADIC
F-035 X072 Supply Potential 30 for electronics
F-036 X072 Supply Potential 15 ADIC
F-037 X072 Supply Potential 15 for central control unit (CCU), foot throttle, Diff. lock lamp Relay,
K-017 X074 Power supply F-036, F-037, F-038, F-039
Additional Connectors:
X020, X022, X145, X146, X147
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 52
SS11J012 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 53
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 06 POWER DISTRIBUTION T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - 24x24 Transmission
(Fuses 38 - 40) Component Connector Description

F-038 X072 Supply central control unit (CCU), Rear PTO, display of gears, Fly wheel-torque and Axel
speed sensor, Lift O matic switch
F-039 X072 Supply Ignition (CCU), Armrest unit, A/C pressure switch, Rear Hitch Switch, EHR
External Switch Fender, diverter switch
F-040 X072 Radio memory
S-007 X003 Starter Switch
X110, X127
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 54
SS11J013 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 55
T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - 16x16 Transmission

F-038 X072 Supply central control unit (CCU), Rear PTO, display of gears, Fly wheel-torque and Axel
speed sensor, Lift O matic switch
F-039 X072 Supply Ignition (CCU), Armrest unit, A/C pressure switch, Rear Hitch Switch, EHR
External Switch Fender, diverter switch, EHR lock switch and lamps
F-040 X072 Radio memory
S-007 X003 Starter Switch
X110, X127
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 56
SS12A096 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 57
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 07 POWER DISTRIBUTION T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - 16x16 Transmission
(Fuses 41 - 60) Component Connector Description

F-041 X072 Supply Auxiliary control unit (ACU), front hitch, front PTO, EHR lock switch, El. hydraulic
remote lock relay
F-042 X072 Supply Auxiliary control unit (ACU), front hitch setting,
F-043 X071 Starter Switch (potential 15)
F-044 X071 Power supply reserve
F-045 X071 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) C-pillar left
F-046 X071 Engine Control module (ECM) B+ supply
F-048 X071 Power supply SCR System
F-051 X071 Fast steering controller supply potential 15
F-052 X071 Not used
F-053 X071 Not used
F-054 X071 Not used
F060 X071 Time relay battery isolator, Battery isolator control switch
X024
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 58
SS11J123 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 59

F-041 X072 Supply Auxiliary control unit (ACU), front hitch, front PTO
F-042 X072 Supply Auxiliary control unit (ACU), front hitch setting,
F-043 X071 Starter Switch (potential 15)
F-044 X071 Power supply reserve
F-045 X071 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) C-pillar left
F-048 X071 Power supply SCR System
F-051 X071 Fast steering controller supply potential 15
F-052 X071 Not used
F-053 X071 Not used
F-054 X071 Not used
F060 X071 Time relay battery isolator, Battery isolator control switch
X024
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 60
SS11J014 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 61
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 CONTROL UNIT (Switch

Panel)
A-066 X091, X092, Central Control Unit (CCU)
X094, X095,
X096, X097
S-052 X377 Creeper Gear Switch
S-059 X383 HTS Switch
S-063 X372 4WD Switch
S-072 X378 Suspension Lock Switch
S-073 X376 ERPM Set Switch
S-074 X373 Differential Lock Switch
S-075 X375 Constant ERPM +/- Switch
S-085 X384 Not used
S-087 X371 Auto Trans Switch & CAL/SEL
X066
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 62
SS11J119 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 63

(Power Earthing)
- - SP-021, 087, 101, 102, 136, 143, 260
X025, X020
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 64
SS12A022 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 65
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 START/CHARGING

(WITH Battery Isolator)
F-100 X923 Supply Memory
F-101 X924 Reserve
G-001 X890, X892 12 V Battery
G-002 X236, X237 Alternator
K-005 X035 Starter Motor On
K-018 X074 EL.Battery Isolator
K-021 X481 Timer Relay Battery Isolator
M-003 X231, X232 Starter Motor
PF1 X920 Power Fuse, Main Power Supply B+ ( 250 A)
PF2 X921 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCM, ACU, PTO rear, ADIC
PF8 X823 Mega Fuse, Grid/Fuel Heater ( 125 A)
PF9 X922 Power Fuse, Power Supply SCR System
Q-001 X466, X891 Battery Isolator
S-006 X482 Battery Isolator Control Switch
V-011 X090 El. Battery Isolator Diode
X021, X023, X024, X026, X142, X238, X902
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 66
SS11J016 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 67
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 11 START/CHARGING

(LESS Battery Isolator)
F-100 X923 Supply Memory
F-101 X924 Reserve
G-001 X890, X892 12 V Battery
G-002 X236, X237 Alternator
M-003 X231, X232 Starter Motor
PF1 X920 Power Fuse, Main Power Supply B+ ( 250 A)
PF2 X921 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCM, ACU, PTO rear, ADIC
PF8 X823 Mega Fuse, Grid & Fuel Heater ( 125 A)
PF9 X922 Power Fuse, Power Supply SCR System
X021, X023, X902
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 68
SS11J017 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 69
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 ENGINE- CONTROLLER

A-081 X911 Engine Control module (ECM)
B-012 X242 Fuel Filter Water Sensor
B-043 X908 Humidity/Temperature Sensor
K-023 X215 Grid Heater Relay
K-024 X216 Fuel Heater Relay
R-001 - Fuel Heater
R-002 - Grid Heater
Z-008 X811 Visctronic Fan
X026, X219
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 70
SS11J018 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 71
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 ENGINE- CONTROLLER

A-081 X912 , X913 Engine Control module (ECM)
B-013 X828 Boost Pressure / Temperature Sensor
B-014 X829 Oil Pressure / Temperature Sensor
B-015 X830 Rail Pressure Sensor
B-016 X831 Coolant Temperature Sensor
B-017 X832 Fuel Temperature Sensor
B-018 X835 Camshaft Speed Sensor
B-019 X834 Crankshaft Speed Sensor
Y-011 X833 High Pressure Pump Metering Valve
Y-061 X825 Injector, No.1 Cylinder
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 72
SS11C024 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 73
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 SCR-CONTROLLER

(DeNOx)
A-082 X914 SCR Controller
A-083 X918 Convertor 12 - 24 V SCR Controller
A-084 X909 Converter NOx Sensor (AC/DC)
B-070 X905 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (IN)
B-071 X906 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (OUT)
B-072 X907 DEF/ADBLUE Tank Level and Temperature Sensor
B-073 X909 NOx-Sensor
K-030 X999 SCR Supply (Potential 15) Relay
V-021 X172A Diode SCR System
V-022 X172B Diode SCR System
V-023 - Diode SCR System
V-024 - Diode SCR System
Y-045 X903 DEF/ADBLUE Heating control Valve
Y-046 X904 DEF/ADBLUE Injection Valve
X026, X901
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 74
SS12A024 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 75
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 CONTROL UNIT T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - 16x16 Transmission
(Transmission) Component Connector Description

A-001 X043 Gear Shift Indicator-Dog
X093, X094,
X095
A-067 X015 Foot Throttle
B-002 X257 Axel Speed Sensor (Hall)
B-035 X289 Fly Wheel -Torque Sensor
S-054 X299 Ground Speed PTO Engaged Switch
S-102 X078 Diverter Switch
Y-038 X276 Diff Lock Solenoid
Y-039 X280 Creeper Solenoid
Y-040 X279 4WD Solenoid
Y-069 X321 Diverter Solenoid
- X113 Ground Speed PTO Switch Link
X020, X022
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 76
SS11J021 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 77

X093, X094,
X095
A-067 X015 Foot Throttle
B-002 X257 Axel Speed Sensor (Hall)
B-035 X289 Fly Wheel -Torque Sensor
S-054 X299 Ground Speed PTO Engaged Switch
S-102 X078 Diverter Switch
Y-038 X276 Diff Lock Solenoid
Y-039 X280 Creeper Solenoid
Y-040 X279 4WD Solenoid
Y-069 X321 Diverter Solenoid
- X113 Ground Speed PTO Switch Link
X020, X022
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 78
SS11J022 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 79
(Transmission) Component Connector Description

X093, X094,
X095
B-029 X290 Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor
R-005 X002 Clutch Potentiometer
R-007 X297 Synchro Position Potentiometer
R-009 X298 4/5 Synchro Potentiometer
S-003 X001 Clutch Switch
S-057 X281 Creeper Sensing Switch rear
S-058 X282 Creeper Sensing Switch front
S-092 X012 Deadman Switch
S-093 X012 Not Park- Switch
S-094 X012 FWD- Switch
S-095 X012 REV- Switch
Y-041 X286 Forward Synchro Solenoid
Y-042 X285 Reverse Synchro Solenoid
Y-067 X287 1-4 Synchro Solenoid
Y-068 X288 5-8 Synchro Solenoid
Y-072 X291 Solenoid Clutch C1
Z-062 X012 Shuttle Lever
X020, X022
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 80
SS11J024 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 81

X093, X094,
X095
B-029 X290 Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor
R-005 X002 Clutch Potentiometer
R-007 X297 Synchro Position Potentiometer
S-003 X001 Clutch Switch
S-057 X281 Creeper Sensing Switch rear
S-058 X282 Creeper Sensing Switch front
S-092 X012 Deadman Switch
S-093 X012 Not Park- Switch
S-094 X012 FWD- Switch
S-095 X012 REV- Switch
Y-041 X286 Forward Synchro Solenoid
Y-042 X285 Reverse Synchro Solenoid
Y-078 X310 Low PWM Solenoid
Y-079 X312 High PWM Solenoid
Y-080 X314 Dump Solenoid
Z-062 X012 Shuttle Lever
X020, X022
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 82
SS11J025 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 83
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 CONTROL UNIT (Electr. T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - 16x16 Transmission
Draft Control) Component Connector Description

X093
B-005 X266 Draft Pin Left Hand
B-006 X256 Draft Pin Right Hand
B-042 X233 Radar Sensor
R-020 X267 Rockshaft Potentiometer
S-024 X407 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Left Hand
S-050 X407 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Right Hand
S-055 X296 High Range Switch
S-056 X295 Low Range Switch
Y-012 X268 Electronic Draft Control Valve Raise
Y-013 X269 Electronic Draft Control Valve Lower
X022, X024, X110, X127, X401, X402
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 84
SS11J027 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 85

X093
B-005 X266 Draft Pin Left Hand
B-006 X256 Draft Pin Right Hand
B-042 X233 Radar Sensor
R-020 X267 Rockshaft Potentiometer
S-024 X407 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Left Hand
S-050 X407 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Right Hand
S-077 X311 Neutral Switch 3/4 Rail
S-078 X315 High/Medium Range Switch
Y-012 X268 Electronic Draft Control Valve Raise
Y-013 X269 Electronic Draft Control Valve Lower
X022, X024, X110, X127, X401, X402
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 86
SS11J028 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 87
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 18 CONTROL UNIT (5V T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - 16x16 Transmission
Sensor Supply, Seat, Reverse Alarm) Component Connector Description

X093, X094
E-043 X477 Reverse Alarm Light
H-083 X476 Reverse Alarm Buzzer
K-060 X458 Reverse Alarm/Light Relay
M-009 X081 Seat- Compressor
R-017 X081 Seat- Heating
S-096 X081 Seat- Switch
Z-065 X081 Seat Assembly
X022, X052, X082A, X082B, X455
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 88
SS11J030 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 89

X093, X094
E-043 X477 Reverse Alarm Light
H-083 X476 Reverse Alarm Buzzer
K-060 X458 Reverse Alarm/Light Relay
M-009 X081 Seat- Compressor
R-017 X081 Seat- Heating
S-096 X081 Seat- Switch
Z-065 X081 Seat Assembly
X022, X052, X082A, X082B, X455
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 90
SS11J031 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 91
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 CONTROL UNIT (Rear T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - 16x16 Transmission
PTO) Component Connector Description

X094, X095
B-025 X262 PTO Twist Sensor
B-026 X251 Rear PTO Speed Sensor
E-100 X069 Rear PTO Lamp
S-011 X067 Rear PTO Brake Switch
S-012 X068 Rear PTO Switch
S-047 X406 Rear PTO Switch Fender Right Hand
S-049 X059A Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch
S-083 X406 Rear PTO Switch Fender Left Hand
Y-018 X277 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid
Y-019 X278 Rear PTO Solenoid
Y-030 X264 Solenoid 17th Gear
Y-031 X263 Solenoid 17th Gear -Dump Valve
- X059B Lever Mounted PTO Mating Half
X022, X110, X127
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 92
SS11J033 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 93

X094, X095
B-025 X262 PTO Twist Sensor
B-026 X251 Rear PTO Speed Sensor
E-100 X069 Rear PTO Lamp
S-011 X067 Rear PTO Brake Switch
S-012 X068 Rear PTO Switch
S-047 X406 Rear PTO Switch Fender Right Hand
S-049 X059A Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch
S-083 X406 Rear PTO Switch Fender Left Hand
Y-018 X277 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid
Y-019 X278 Rear PTO Solenoid
- X059B Lever Mounted PTO Mating Half
X022, X110, X127
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 94
SS11J034 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 95
(Susp.F-AXLE, EHR Fender Switches) Component Connector Description

A-010 X098, X099, Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)
X100, X101,
X102, X103
B-011 X662 Front Axle Position Sensor
E-070 X360 EHR Lock Switch Lamp
E-071 X354 EHR Lamp 1
R-040 X353 EHR Lever 1 Potentiometer
R-041 X353 EHR Lever2 Potentiometer
S-066 X361 EHR Lock Switch
S-103 X355 EHR 1/2 Timer/Flow Switch
S-104 X358 EHR 3/4 Timer/Flow Switch
S-105 X353 EHR 1 Oil Motor Switch
Y-002 X506 Suspension Lower Solenoid
Y-003 X505 Suspension Raise Solenoid
Y-004 X507 Upper Lockout Solenoid
Y-005 X508 Lower Lockout Solenoid
X020, X024, X064, X065, X234, X259
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 96
SS11J087 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 97

X100, X101
X020, X024, X234
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 98
SS11J037 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 99
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 CONTROL UNIT

(Front-Hitch & Front-PTO)
X100
B-027 X395 Front Hitch Position Sensor
E-101 X061 Front PTO Lamp
S-002 X062 Front PTO Switch
S-031 X063 Front Height Enable
S-101 X229 Front Hitch Switch
S-112 X054 Range Increase Switch
S-113 X054 Range Decrease Switch
S-119 X054 Shift Switch
S-146 X054A Range Decrease Switch (Right Switch Panel)
S-147 X054B Shift Switch (Right Switch Panel)
S-148 X054C Range Increase Switch (Right Switch Panel)
Y-016 X393 Front PTO Solenoid
Y-070 X397 Front Solenoid Valve Remote
Y-071 X790 Front Hitch Raise Stop Solenoid
Z-043 X063 Front Hitch Setting
X024, X227
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 100
SS11J039 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 101
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 22 FAST STEERING

SYSTEM
A-061 X621 Steering Controller
B-020 X625 Steering Wheel Sensor
B-021 X626 Split Valve Position Sensor (LVTD)
S-004 X624 Control Switch
Y-015 X627 Change Valve Solenoid
X623
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 102
SS11J041 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 103
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

A-014 X008 Keypad
A-063 X005, X006, Analog Digital Instrument Cluster Unit
X009
B-004 X235 Steering Angle Sensor
B-024 X265 Fuel Tank Sensor
S-020 X016 Brake Pedals Latched Switch
S-029 X221 Brake Fluid Level
S-076 X046 Lift o Matic Switch
X-436 X114 7 Pin Signal Socket ISO 11786
X020, X024, X026
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 104
SS11J043 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 105
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - with Variable Displacement Pump

A-063 X005, X009 Analog Digital Instrument Cluster Unit
B-036 X273 System Oil Pressure Sensor
K-070 X087 Diff. Lock Lamp Relay
S-008 X551 Exhaust Brake Switch
S-022 X223, X224 Air Cleaner Switch
S-028 X474 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vacuum Switch)
S-037 X473 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch
S-068 X320 Dog Clutch Diff. Lock Switch
S-069 X272, X283 System Oil Pressure Switch
S-086 X470, X471 Power Steering Pressure Switch
S-089 X472 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch
X020, X022, X026, X318
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 106
SS11J045 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 107
T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - with Fixed Displacement Pump

A-063 X005, X009 Analog Digital Instrument Cluster Unit
B-036 X273 System Oil Pressure Sensor
K-070 X087 Diff. Lock Lamp Relay
S-008 X551 Exhaust Brake Switch
S-022 X223, X224 Air Cleaner Switch
S-025 X475 Delta P Switch
S-028 X474 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vacuum Switch)
S-068 X320 Dog Clutch Diff. Lock Switch
S-069 X272, X283 System Oil Pressure Switch
S-089 X472 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch
X020, X022, X026, X318
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 108
SS11J046 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 109
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 ARMREST CONTROL

UNIT
A-018 X864 EL.Draft Control Rear Potentiometer Panel
A-019 X865 EDC LEDs Panel
B-061 X866 Hand Throttle-Sensor
E-060 X865 EDC Raise LED
E-061 X865 EDC Lower LED
E-062 X865 EDC Status LED
E-063 X865 EDC Slip LED
R-021 X867 Rear Hitch Position Potentiometer
R-022 X867 Rear Hitch Draft Potentiometer
R-023 X864 EL.Draft Control Rear Sensitivity Poti.
R-024 X864 EL.Draft Control Rear Drop Rate Poti.
R-025 X864 EL.Draft Control Rear Hight Limit Poti.
R-026 X864 EL.Draft Control Rear Slip Poti.
S-139 X867 Work / Raise Switch
Z-070 X867 EDC Mouse
X080
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 110
SS11J048 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 111
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 26 ARMREST CONTROL

UNIT
S-112 X868 Range Increase Switch
S-113 X868 Range Decrease Switch
S-118 X868 HTS Step Switch
S-119 X868 Shift Switch
S-141 X868 EDC Raise/Lower Switch
Z-050 X868 Multi Function Handle
X080
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 112
SS11J050 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 113
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 28 POWER SUPPLY EL.

HYDR. REMOTES (Rear & Midmount)
T6.120 16x16 Transmission, T6.140 16x16 Transmission, T6.150 16x16 Transmission, T6.160 16x16 Transmission, T6.155 16x16 Transmission, T6.165 16x16
Transmission, T6.175 16x16 Transmission

A-021 X305 El. Hydraulic Rear Remote Valve 1
A-022 X306 El. Rear Hydraulic Remote Valve 2
K-020 X074 El. Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay
X020
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 114
SS11J052 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 115
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 HEATING - AIR

CONDITION (Automatic)
A-006 X754 Air Condition Blower Unit
A-017 X755 Automatic Temperature Control ( ATC) Controller
B-050 X754 Temperature Outside
B-051 X754 Temperature Cabine
B-053 X753 Temperature Outlet Sensor
B-054 X753 Temperature Evaporator Sensor
K-006 X035 Blower Motor
K-019 X074 Air Condition Clutch Relay
M-011 X754 Blower Motor
R-003 - Resistor SJ5
R-030 X751 Potentiometer Temp. Adjustment
S-015 X750 Heater Blower Speed Switch
S-016 X752 Air Conditioning Mode Switch
S-017 X225 Air Condition Pressure Switch
S-061 X753 Low Pressure Switch
Y-052 X753 Heating Valve
Y-082 X226 Air Condition Clutch
Z-001 X754 Blower Assembly
Z-069 X753 Air Condition Assembly
X024, X694, X695
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 116
SS11J053 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 117
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 30 HEATING - AIR

CONDITION (Manual)
K-019 X074 Air Condition Clutch Relay
M-001 X759 Blower Motor
S-013 X758 Blower Speed Switch
S-014 X757 Air Condition Operating Mode Switch
S-017 X225 Air Condition Pressure Switch
S-018 X756 Low Pressure Switch
Y-082 X226 Air Condition Clutch
X024, X694, X695
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 118
SS11J054 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 119
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 31 MIRRORS (El. Adjustable

& Heated)
A-040 X167 Mirror Control
K-022 X032 Heated Mirror Timer Relay
S-019 X611 Heated Mirror Switch
Z-038 X169 Electric Mirror Right Hand
Z-039 X166 Electric Mirror Left Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 120
SS11J055 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 121
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 33 WASHERS & WIPERS

(Front & Rear)
HIGH ROOF
K-001 & K-002 X033 (1-5) Wiper Module Front/Rear
M-004 X201 Wiper Motor Front
M-005 X177 Wiper Motor Rear
M-006 X125 Washer Motor Front
M-007 X123 Washer Motor Rear
S-065 X011 Front and Rear Wiper Switch
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 122
SS10M033 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 123
LOW ROOF
M-004 X201 Wiper Motor Front
M-005 X177 Wiper Motor Rear
M-006 X125 Washer Motor Front
M-007 X123 Washer Motor Rear
S-065 X011 Front and Rear Wiper Switch
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 124
SS11J057 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 125
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 34 POWER SOCKETS

(Cigar Lighter, Sockets Cab & Rear)
J-001 X116A, X116B Rear Power Socket Implement
J-002 X115A, X115B 30 Amp Power Socket
J-006 X132 8 Amp Socket
J-007 X130, X131 Cigar Lighter
J-008 X441, X442 Power Studs
J-009 X230 D.I.A Engine Inline
X024, X115A, X115B, X116A, X116B, X117
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 126
SS11J058 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 127
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 35 FLASH LIGHT & HAZARD

WARNING
A-062 X053 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
K-004 X034 Lights Relay
S-021 X004 Main Light Switch
S-046 X434 Hazard Switch
V-004 X042 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode
X007
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 128
SS11J126 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 129
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 LIGHTING (Side &

Console Lamps)
HIGH ROOF
E-009 X156 Console Lamp Right Hand
E-016 X180 License Plate Left Hand
E-017 X176 License Plate Right Hand
E-049 X195 Side Lamp Grabrail Left Hand
E-050 X163 Side Lamp Grabrail Right Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 130
SS10M036 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 131
LOW ROOF
E-009 X156 Console Lamp Right Hand
E-044 X162 SMV Lamp Front Right Hand
E-045 X171 SMV Lamp Rear Right Hand
E-046 X184 SMV Lamp Rear Left Hand
E-047 X200 SMV Lamp Front Left Hand
E-049 X195 Side Lamp Grabrail Left Hand
E-050 X163 Side Lamp Grabrail Right Hand
X106, X159, X172, X179
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 132
SS11J060 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 133
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 FENDER LIGHT (Stop-,

Tail-, Flash-, Work Lamps)
E-018 X409 Stop Tail Light Right Hand
E-019 X409 Stop Tail Light Left Hand
E-024 X403 Worklamp C Pillar Left Hand
E-025 X403 Worklamp C Pillar Right Hand
E-055 X404, X405 License Lamp Right Hand
E-057 X404, X405 License Lamp Left Hand
K-008 X036 -E Stop Lamps Relay
K-016 X074 -E Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay
S-044 X014 Stop Lamp Switch Right Hand
S-045 X013 Stop Lamp Switch Left Hand
V-005 X039 Brake Light Diode
V-006 X040 Brake Light Diode
X111, X126
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 134
SS12A027 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 135
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 LIGHTING (Headlamps

Hood & Grabrail, Worklamps Hood, Horn)
E-002 X818 Headlamp 2 Grab Rail Left Hand
E-007 X336 Headlamp Left Hand
E-008 X333 Headlamp Right Hand
E-013 X819 Headlamp 1 Grab Rail Right Hand
E-026 X332 Corner Lamp Right Hand
E-027 X337 Corner Lamp Left Hand
H-002 X334, X335 Horn
K-007 X036-F Dipped Beam Headlamps
K-009 X036-D Main Beam Headlamps
K-015 X074 -F Front Worklamps Hood
S-100 X816 High Mount Headlamp Switch
X026, X107, X107A, X108, X108A, X220, X555, X555A, X555C
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 136
SS12A029 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 137
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 39 LIGHTING (Headlamps

- Roof)
V-010 X041 Main Beam Headlamps Diode
X555
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 138
SS11C054 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 139
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 WORKLIGHT (Work- &

Beacon Lamps)
HIGH ROOF
A-068 X168 Worklight Electronic Controller
E-029 X581 Worklamp Front Upper Left Hand
E-030 X196 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand
E-031 X182 Worklamp Rear Left Hand
E-032 X173 Worklamp Rear Right Hand
E-034 X164 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand
E-035 X185 Rotating Beacon Left Hand
E-036 X170 Rotating Beacon Right Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 140
SS11J064 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 141
LOW ROOF
E-030 X196 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand
E-031 X182 Worklamp Rear Left Hand
E-032 X173 Worklamp Rear Right Hand
E-033 X206 Worklamp Front Upper Right Hand
E-034 X164 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand
E-035 X185 Rotating Beacon Left Hand
E-036 X170 Rotating Beacon Right Hand
K-031 X183 Front Worklamp Relay
K-032 X203 Rotating Beacon Relay
K-033 X204 Rear Worklamp Relay
S-142 X188 Rotating Beacon Switch
S-143 X199 Rear Worklamp Switch
S-144 X189 Front Worklamp Switch
S-145 X198 Front Worklamps (Hood) Switch
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 142
SS11J065 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 143
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 41 AUXILIARY WORKLIGHT

(Roof)
T6.120 High Roof, T6.140 High Roof, T6.150 High Roof, T6.160 High Roof, T6.155 High Roof, T6.165 High Roof, T6.175 High Roof

X555
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 144
SS11C056 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 145
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 42 7-PIN SOCKET (Rear

Trailer)
J-010 X253 Socket Trailer 7 pin rear
X020, X443
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 146
SS11J067 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 147
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 43 INTERIOR LIGHT

Interior & Console Lamp - HIGH ROOF
E-004 X193 Puddle Lamp Left Hand
E-006 X190, X191, Interior Lamp
X192
S-041 X154 Door Switch Right Hand
S-042 X186 Door Switch Left Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 148
SS10M043 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 149
Interior Lamp - LOW ROOF

E-006 X191, X192 Interior Lamp
S-041 X154 Door Switch Right Hand
S-042 X186 Door Switch Left Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 150
SS11J069 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 151
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 44 RADIO

HIGH ROOF
A-064 X157, X158 Radio
H-003 X175 Radio Speaker Rear Right Hand
H-006 X181 Radio Speaker Rear Left Hand
W-001 X207 Antenna Plus
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 152
SS11J083 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 153
LOW ROOF
A-064 X157, X158 Radio
H-004 X161 Radio Speaker Front Right Hand
H-005 X194 Radio Speaker Front Left Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 154
SS11J070 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 155
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 46 ELECTRONIC PARK

BRAKE
K-011 X036-B Supply Trailer Park Brake
S-030 X121 Handbrake Switch
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 156
SS12A031 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 157
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 TRAILER BRAKES

(hydraulic, pneumatic)
B-040 X433 Air Brake Pressure Sensor
K-010 X036 -C Hydraulic Trailer Brake
K-012 X036-A Pneumatic Trailer Brake
S-027 X422, X423 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 1/ 2
S-053 X426, X427 Low Pump Output Press Switch 1/ 2
Y-021 X429 Brake deicer
Y-022 X431 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid
Y-023 X432 Park Brake Solenoid
Y-037 X424, X425 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 1/ 2
X020, X254, X255, X430
Wire Color Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 158
SS11J073 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 159
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 LOADER READY

(Interface)
K-055 X491 Relay 1 (Front Loader)
K-056 X492 Relay 2 (Front Loader)
S-122 X493 Switch Loader Valve 1
S-123 X493 Switch Loader Valve 2
X024, X082, X084, X085, X086, X210, X211, X212, X493, X821, X822, X824
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 160
SS11J074 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 161
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 50 DIAGNOSTIC SOCKETS

X-030 X030 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 162
SS11J076 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 163
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 51 CAN STRUCTURE (CAN T6.120, T6.140, T6.150, T6.155, T6.160, T6.165, T6.175 - 16x16 Transmission
BUS1 & CAN BUS NOx) Component Connector Description

A-001 X043 Gear Shift Indicator-Dog
A-010 X099 Auxiliary Control Unit ( ACU)
A-014 X008 Keypad
A-063 X009 Analog Digital Instrument Cluster Unit
A-066 X092 Central Control Unit ( CCU)
A-081 X911 Engine Control module ( ECM)
A-084 X909 Converter NOx-Sensor (AC/DC)
R-018 X910 CAN BUS Terminator
X024, X026, X133, X135, X623, X660, X695, X901
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 164
SS11J078 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 165

A-010 X099 Auxiliary Control Unit ( ACU)
A-014 X008 Keypad
A-063 X009 Analog Digital Instrument Cluster Unit
A-066 X092 Central Control Unit ( CCU)
A-081 X911 Engine Control module ( ECM)
A-084 X909 Converter NOx-Sensor (AC/DC)
X024, X026, X133, X135, X623, X660, X695, X901
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 166
SS11J086 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 167
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 52 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR

CAN)

A-010 X103 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)
X134
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 168
SS11J079 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 169
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 53 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR

CAN)

X020, X328
Wire Colour Codes

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 170
SS11J080 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 171
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 172
Wire connectors - Component Diagram 00

X001 Clutch Switch
POS. COLOR WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE

1 WH 7430 CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
2 YE 7420 TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
3 RD 7660 TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
4 WH 1000 SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wire harnesses - Identification (55.100).
SS08K077 1 SS08F146 2
STEERING CONSOLE
X002 Clutch Potentiometer

1 GN 7525 TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
2 YE 7430 CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
3 BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
SS08K078 3 SS08F163 4
STEERING CONSOLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 173
X003 Starter Switch

1 BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
2 WH 137 RADIO FEED
3 WH 71 IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
4 GN 1010 IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
6 WH 1000 SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
SS08K079 5 SS08F160 6
STEERING CONSOLE
X004 Main Light Switch

2 RD 1024 RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
3 BL 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
4 BL 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
5 GN 3000 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
6 VT 376 HORN FEED
7 GN 3001 LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
8 GN 3002 RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
SS08K080 7 SS08F161 8
BEHIND STEERING CONSOLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 174
X005 Instrument Cluster (CN1)

4 GY 3016 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL
5 GN 3005 LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
6 GN 3004 RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
7 WH 9027 CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
11 GY 1005 AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
12 BR 7130 HYD FILTER WNG LP
15 RD 1012 ILLUMINATION
16 WH 1001 STARTER SOLENOID FEED
19 GN 2014 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
22 GN 2095 INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
23 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
24 YE 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
25 BR 1006 ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
26 VT 9031 ADIC MEMORY B+
SS08N077 9 BRI4416B-01 10
BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTERS

10 YE 2031 RADAR PRESENT
14 VT 2330 PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
15 VT 2320 TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
16 VT 2300 THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
17 VT 2310 IN/OUT OF WORK-HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
25 GN 2028 RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 175
SS08N078 11 BRI4416B-01 12
BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
X007 Hazard Switch Harness

1 VT 1021 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
2 GN 1020 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K085 13 SS07K215 14
STEERING CONSOLE
X008 Keypad

1 GN 1050 ACCESSORY FEED
2 GN 5420 CAN L
3 YE 5400 CAN H
4 BK 61 CASE GROUND
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 176
SS08N081 15 SS08F193 16

1 RD 5190 HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
2 RD 7160 HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
3 YE 3024 2WD SOLENOID
4 LG 7126 DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
6 TN 8020 TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
7 RD 3014 HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
9 OR 2087 EXHAUST BRAKE SOLENOID
12 YE 2012 TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
13 LG 1034 TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C3)
14 GN 29 MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
16 LG 1033 TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C2)
17 RD 7996 BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
18 BL 1026 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
19 GN 2200 SERVICE MODE INITIATE
22 PK 3120 STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
25 GN 5420 CAN L
26 YE 5400 CAN H
SS08N080 17 BRI4416B-01 18
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 177
Wire connectors - Component diagram 01

X010 Earth Headlamps Hood

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B117 1 BRI4404B 2
STEERING CONSOLE
X011 Front and Rear Wiper Switch

1 TN 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 LG 587 WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
5 RD 58 WIPER MOTOR-LOW
6 WH 56 WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
7 GN 1121 RR WINDSHIELD WASH
8 GN 1119 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
9 VT 97 WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
10 BL 63 WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED
SS08K089 3 BRI4410B 4
STEERING CONSOLE
X012 Shuttle Lever

2 GY 7250 TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
3 GY 7260 TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 178

4 WH 7430 CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
5 BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K090 5 BRI4411B 6
STEERING CONSOLE
X013 Stop Lamp Switch Left Hand

1 GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
3 GN 840 R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
4 YE 3025 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
SS08K091 7 SS08F146 8
X014 Stop Lamp Switch Right Hand

3 GN 840 R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
4 YE 3026 BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH - RIGHT
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 179
SS08K092 9 SS08F146 10
X015 Foot Throttle Electronic

2 GN 6402 ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
6 GN 6404 THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
SS08K093 11 SS08F242 12
BASE STEERING CONSOLE
X016 Brake Pedals Latched Switch

2 RD 7996 BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 180
SS08K094 13 SS08H117 14
STEERING CONSOLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 181

X020 Main Connector T2 Transmission to Cabine

2 RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
3 RD 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
4 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
5 TN / GN 350 / 349 TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
6 TN / YE 349 / 350 TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
7 YE / - 7412 / - NOT USED
10 RD / - 7981 / - NOT USED
11 WH 2055 PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED ENGAGED
13 BL / - 7230 / - NOT USED
14 BL 7582 CREEPER RAIL SWITCH NOT
15 PK / BR 7407 / 9035 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
16 OR 3240 RAISE SOLENOID PWR
17 VT / BR 9051 / 9033 50KPH SOLENOID+
18 OR 3260 LOWER SOLENOID PWR
19 WH / - 7408 / - NOT USED
21 BR 8000 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
23 OR 3280 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER
24 TN / BR 8010 TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
27 BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
28 WH / - 3500 / - NOT USED
29 TN 3285 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER
30 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
31 RD 5500 EHR CAN HIGH
32 BL 5510 EHR CAN LOW
33 WH / - 4055 / - NOT USED
34 WH / - 4056 / - NOT USED
35 WH / - 4057 / - NOT USED
36 WH / - 4058 / - NOT USED
38 WH / - 4054 / - NOT USED
39 RD / BL 5830 HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
40 RD / GY 8050 / 7230 TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
41 BL / GY 7770 / 7220 TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
42 GN / GY 7500 / 4022 BACK-UP ALARM FEED
43 YE / - 7411 / - NOT USED
44 BR / - 8000 / - NOT USED
45 YE / - 7400 / - NOT USED
46 YE / - 7401 / - NOT USED
47 VT / - 7581 / - NOT USED
49 VT 8070 TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
50 VT / - 7135 / - NOT USED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 182
SS11A119 1 BRI4400B-03 2
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB FLOOR
X021 Main Power (FUSE) 1 Power B+

1 RD 1 BATTERY SUPPLY
SS12A045 3 SS07K143 4
X022 Main Connector T1 Transmission to Cabine

2 BL 7005 TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
3 LG 7080 DIFF-LOCK SOLENOID FEED
4 BR 2130 PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
5 OR 2051 PTO SOLENOID RETURN (-)
6 OR 2042 PTO SOLENOID-REAR
7 OR 2140 PTO SPEED SENSOR
8 WH 2062 PTO TWIST SENSOR
9 YE 2016 REAR AXLE SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL
10 PK 6000 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
11 VT 7321 SOLENOID 2 18x9 RETURN
12 WH 7320 SOLENOID 2 18x9 TRANSMISSION
13 YE 7301 SOLENOID 1 18x9 RETURN
14 WH 7300 TRANSMISSION PWM SOLENOID 1-4 SYNCHRO
15 PK 7815 TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1 RETURN
16 PK 7810 TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 183

21 TN 9036 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
23 VT 8045 TRANS REV SOL RET
24 LG 8040 TRANS REV SOLENIOD
25 VT 8035 TRANS FWD SOL RET
26 LG 8030 TRANS FWD SOLENIOD
27 OR 7581 CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
28 RD 7670 TRANS FRONT SYNCHRO POSITION
29 TN 9035 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
30 VT 7960 TRANS SLOW/FAST
31 GN 7500 TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
32 PK 5097 EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
33 PK 5090 EDC VALVE DOWN
34 PK 5087 EDC VALVE UP RETURN
35 PK 5085 EDC VALVE UP
36 TN 5070 EDC LEFT PIN
37 PK 5075 EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
38 TN 5065 EDC RIGHT PIN
39 TN 9033 50KPH SOLENOID+
40 TN 9034 50KPH SOLENOID-
42 GY 7220 TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
43 GY 7230 TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
46 PK 5080 EDC ROCKSHAFT
47 TN 5020 EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
49 WH 3500 POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
SS11A120 5 BRI4400B-03 6
X023 Main Power (FUSE) 2 Power Electronic

1 BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 184
SS11A064 7 SS07K144 8
X024 Main Connector E2 Engine to Cabine

1 OR 3272 LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
2 OR 3273 LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
3 OR 3235 / - NOT USED
4 TN 2590 EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
5 TN 2591 EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
6 RD 5920 ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
7 YE 5910 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
8 BK 5915 ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
9 GN 5900 ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
10 OR 5970 ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
11 BL / OR 5980 ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
12 RD 2027 RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
14 OR 2044 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
19 RD 2570 FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
21 BR 2510 FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
22 BR 2530 FRONT HITCH V REF
25 BL 3230 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
26 LG 5520 EHR 5V REF.
27 BL 3277 LOADER VALVE #3 COIL
28 BL 3278 LOADER VALVE #3 RELAY
31 OR 2043 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
32 OR 2260 PTO FRONT - SPEED SIGNAL
35 RD 3274 LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
36 RD 3275 LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
38 LG 1018 AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
39 BL 2006 DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
42 BR 5200 EDC VALVE SUPPLY
44 YE 2007 AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
46 PK 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
47 VT 3070 / - NOT USED
48 YE 9032 / - NOT USED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 185

49 WH 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
50 WH 171 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
SS11A062 9 BRI4400B-03 10
X025 Main Power (FUSE) 3 Power B-

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A121 11 SS07K143 12
X026 Main Connector E1 Engine to Cabine

1 YE 5400 CAN H
2 GN 5420 CAN L
5 GN 9272 24V FUSED SUPPLY
6 -/ BR -/ 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
7 -/ PK -/ 6418 ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
10 -/ BR -/ 2556 FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
12 -/ BR - / 6305 REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - MOTOR FEED
15 GN 6408 FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 186

20 PK 6418 ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
29 VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
30 VT 376 HORN FEED
31 -/ BK -/ 57 EARTH (ALL)
32 -/ BK -/ 57 EARTH (ALL)
33 -/ BK -/ 57 EARTH (ALL)
35 -/ BK -/ 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A061 13 BRI4400B-03 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 187

X030 Diagnostics Plug - CAN BUS 1

A BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
B GN 6408 FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
C YE 5400 CAN H
D GN 5420 CAN L
E PK 6418 ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
G GN 2200 SERVICE MODE INITIATE
SS11A046 1 SS08H181 2
CAB RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
X030A Earth Header 2

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A143 3 BRI4404B 4
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM
X030B Earth Header 2

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 188
SS11A144 5 BRI4404B 6
X030C Earth Header 2

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11A145 7 BRI4404B 8
X032D Earth

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 189
SS12B085 9 BRI4474B 10
X033 Windscreen Wipers Front & Rear (K-001 / K-002)

1 GN 1120 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
5 GN 1119 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
6 YE 28 WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
7 LG 587 WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
8 GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
10 BL 63 WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED
SS12A044 11 SS08M012 12
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB
X034 Ignition / Lights Relay (K-003 / K-004)

A30 BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
A85 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
A86 GN 1010 IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
A87 YE 1011 SUPPLY TO FUSES
B30 BR 1023 LIGHT SWITCH FEED
B85 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
B86 RD 1024 RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
B87 BR 1023 LIGHT SWITCH FEED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 190
SS12A085 13 SS08M019 14
X035 Starter Motor On / Blower Motor Relay (K-005 / K-006)

A30 BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
A86 WH 1001 STARTER SOLENOID FEED
A87 WH 1001 STARTER SOLENOID FEED
B30 GN 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
B86 GN 181 BLOWER/GARU MOTOR FEED
B87 GN 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
SS12A086 15 SS08M019 16
X036 Control Relays (K-007 - K-012)

A1 BK 830 STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
A3 GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
A5 BR 8000 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
B1 BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
B2 WH 3150 HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
B3 BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 191

B4 BR 8000 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
B5 VT 8070 TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
C1 TN 8010 TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
C2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
C3 BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
C5 BR 8000 TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
D1 BL 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
D2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
E1 GN 840 R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
E2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
E3 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
E5 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
F1 BL 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
F2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12A087 17 SS08M006 18
X039 Diode Stoplamp Right Hand

1 BK 830 STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
2 BK 830 STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 192
SS12B086 19 SS08F092 20
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM ABOVE THE FUSEBOX
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 193

X040 Diode Stoplamp Left Hand

1 BK 820 STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
2 BK 820 STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
SS12B087 1 SS08F092 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X041 Main Beam Headlamps Diode

SS12B088 3 SS08F092 4
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 194
X042 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode

SS12B089 5 SS08F092 6
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X043 Gear Shift Indicator - Dog

A1 GN 2050 PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
A2 RD 1031 INSTRUMENT ILLUMINATION
B1 YE 7275 TCM SERIAL DATA OUT-DISPLY DATA IN
B2 RD 7270 TCM SERIAL DATA IN-DISPLY DATA OUT
B3 VT 7755 DOG ENABLE
C3 YE 5400 CAN H
C4 GN 5420 CAN L
SS11A054 7 BRI4428B 8
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X046 Lift O-Matic

1 GN 2050 PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2 RD 5190 HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 195
SS11A053 9 SS08F275 10
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 196

X052 Hand Throttle

2 GY 6440 HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
4 GY 6460 HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
SS12A130 1 SS08F161 2
BEHIND RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X053 Flasher Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

A1 GN 3009 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
A2 LG 249 SMV LAMPS RH
A3 TN 349 TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
A4 LG 250 SMV LAMPS LH
A5 TN 350 TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
A6 GN 1020 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
A7 LG 1034 TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C3)
A8 GN 3000 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
B1 GN 3009 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
B2 GN 3002 RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
B3 GN 3001 LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
B4 GN 1020 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
B5 LG 1033 TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C2)
B6 GN 50 LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
B7 GN 49 RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 197
SS12B005 3 SS08F179 4
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM TOP OF THE FUSEBOX
X054 Gear Shift Lever

3 GY 7210 TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
5 GY 7200 TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
6 WH 7009 TRANS RANGE DISABLE SWITCH
SS12A135 5 SS09D356 6
X054A Range Decrease Switch

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 198
SS12B006 7 SS08F147 8
X054B Shift Switch

SS12B008 9 SS08F147 10
X054C Range Increase Switch

2 GY 7201
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 199
SS12B007 11 SS08F147 12
X059A Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch

2 BR 2102
4 BR 2120 PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
SS12A055 13 SS07K157 14
BEHIND RIGHT HAND SWITCH PANEL
X059B Lever Mounted PTO Mating Half

2 BR 2102
4 BR 2102
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 200
SS12A056 15 SS07K157 16
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 201

X060 Fuse Box Main B+ Feed

SS11A048 1 BRI4474B 2
BEHIND RIGHT HAND FUSEBOX
X061 Front PTO Engaged Lamp

1 OR 2270 PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
SS12B031 3 SS08F185 4
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X062 Front PTO Switch

2 PK 2248 PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
3 PK 2245 PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 202
SS11A063 5 SS08F072 6
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X063 Front HPL Limit Potentiometer

2 BR 2520 FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
4 BR 2540 FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
SS11A047 7 SS08F162 8
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE UNDER EHR PANEL
X064 EHR Levers 1
With EHR
A1 GN 5520 EHR 5V REF.
A2 GN 5521 EHR MOTOR #1
A6 GY 5595 EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
A7 OR 5551 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
A8 BL 5552 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
B1 WH 5553 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
B2 BL 5554 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#4
B3 OR 5541 EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #1
B4 VT 5542 EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #2
B5 GY 5543 EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 203

B6 LB 5544 EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #4
B7 GN 5535 EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#1
B8 BR 5536 EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#2
C1 BR 5537 EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#3
C2 OR 5538 EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#4
C3 GN 5531 EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #1
C5 PK 5533 EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #3
C7 GY 5596 EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
C8 BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
SS11A050 9 SS08F314 10
X065 EHR Levers 2
With EHR
1 VT 5591 EHR WARNING LAMP#1
5 GY 5597 EHR MASTER ENABLE
8 OR 5561 EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
11 VT 5564 EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 204
INA 11 SS08F317 12
X066 Right Hand Console Switch Group

A1 BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
A2 RD 5640 HTS AUTO SWITCH
A3 RD 7476 TRANS AUTO ON
A4 YE 3025 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
A5 YE 3027 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
A6 YE 7120 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
A7 LG 7125 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
A8 WH 7170 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
B1 YE 7175 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
B3 BR 6620 ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
B4 BR 6530 CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
B5 BR 6540 CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
B6 BR 7040 TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
C1 GN 2050 PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
C2 BL 3210 SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
C3 OR 3290 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
C5 RD 5610 HTS PROGRAM
C7 BR 6510 CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
C8 WH 9027 CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
SS11A060 13 SS08F314 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 205
X067 Rear PTO Brake Switch

1 BR 2120 PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
6 BL 2068 PTO SOFT START
SS12A084 15 SS08F094 16
X068 Rear PTO Switch

2 OR 2045 PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
3 OR 2046 PTO SWITCH (VCC)
SS11A065 17 SS08F072 18
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
X069 Rear PTO Lamp

2 BR 2065 PTO ENGAGED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 206
SS12A041 19 SS08F185 20
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 207

X070 Maxi - Fuse Module MF1 to MF6

M1 BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
16x16 Transmission
SS11N049 1 SS08M007 2
ON THE RIGHT HAND TRIM ABOVE SWITCH PANEL
24x24 Transmission
SS11N034 3 SS08M007 4
X071 Mini Fuse Module F-041 to F-060

1A PK 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
1B BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
2A BR 2540 FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
3A WH 71 IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
3B WH 71 IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
4A VT 3070 'B' PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
4B BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
5A YE 9032 IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
5B YE 1011 SUPPLY TO FUSES
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 208

6A GN 6408 FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
8A YE 1011 SUPPLY TO FUSES
11A YE 1011 SUPPLY TO FUSES
12A VT 1072 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
13A VT 1072 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
14A RD 1099 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
20A RD 1 BATTERY SUPPLY
20B RD 1 BATTERY SUPPLY
16x16 Transmission
SS11N050 5 SS08M008 6
24x24 Transmission
SS11N036 7 SS08M008 8

1A GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
2A RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
3A RD 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
3B BR 1023 LIGHT SWITCH FEED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 209

4A RD 1012 ILLUMINATION
5A BL 1030 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
5B BR 1023 LIGHT SWITCH FEED
6A BL 1027 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
7A VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
8A GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
9A VT 1071 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
10A GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
11A VT 4011 ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
12A GN 3009 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
14A VT 9031 ADIC MEMORY B+
15A VT 5000 EDC MEMORY POWER
16A YE 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
17A BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
18A GN 2050 PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
19A BR 5200 EDC VALVE SUPPLY
20A RD 3079 RADIO +12V IGNITION
20B WH 137 RADIO FEED
16x16 Transmission
SS11N052 9 SS08M008 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 210
24x24 Transmission
SS11N038 11 SS08M008 12

1A VT 666 DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
1B BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED) (ALL)
3A GN 981 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
5A GN 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
6A VT 138 RADIO KAM
7A BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
8A BR 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
9A OR 3271 LOADER RELAY FEED
11A GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
12A TN 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
13A GN 810 STOPLAMPS
14A GN 3000 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
15A GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
16A BL 8060 TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
17A YE 9032 IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
18A GN 181 BLOWER/GARU MOTOR FEED
19A RD 1925 MIRROR CONTROL +12V
20A GN 1050 ACCESSORY FEED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 211
16x16 Transmission
SS11N053 13 SS08M008 14
24x24 Transmission
SS11N040 15 SS08M008 16
X074 Relay Module (K-015 - K-020)

A1 GY 5597 EHR MASTER ENABLE
A3 PK 2250 PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
A5 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
B1 OR 2005 AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
B3 GN 981 A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
B5 LG 1018 AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
C1 GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
C3 WH 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
C4 WH 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
D1 GN 1010 IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
D2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
D3 BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
D5 BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
E1 RD 1090 REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
E2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
E3 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
E5 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
F1 RD 1092 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
F2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 212

F3 VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
F5 VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
16x16 Transmission
SS11N054 17 SS08M006 18
24x24 Transmission
SS11N042 19 SS08M006 20
X078 Diverter Switch

2 TN 9000 DIVERTER VALVE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 213
SS12B116 21 SS12B048 22
RIGHT HAND SIDE BEHIND TRIM
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 214

X080 Armrest Control Unit 1

A2 LB 5125 EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
A3 LB 5130 EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
A4 BR 5200 EDC VALVE SUPPLY
A5 TN 5020 EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
A6 TN 5050 EDC QUADRANT
A7 BL 5155 EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
B2 PK 5120 EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
B3 LB 5145 EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
B4 TN 5045 EDC DROP RATE
B5 TN 5040 EDC DRAFT POSITION
B6 BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
B7 BR 5200 EDC VALVE SUPPLY
C2 YE 5220 EDC RAISE LAMP
C3 YE 5230 EDC LOWER LAMP
C4 LB 5180 EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
C5 PK 5110 EDC LAMP SIGNAL
C6 RD 5620 HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
C7 LB 5133 EDC STOP
SS12A040 1 SS08F314 2
CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATOR`S SEAT
X081 Seat

1 GN 181 BLOWER/GARU MOTOR FEED
2 OR 2069 PTO MANAGEMENT ON
3 GN 181 BLOWER/GARU MOTOR FEED
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 215
SS08K129 3 SS08F193 4
IN CAB RIGHT OF OPERATOR'S SEAT
X082 Cabine Loader Power

1 OR 3271 LOADER RELAY FEED
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K130 5 SS08F267 6
X082A Reverse Alarm to Cabine Loader Power

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 216
INA 7 SS10G235 8
X082B Reverse Alarm Loader Power

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 9 SS08F275 10
X084 Loader Valve 2

1 RD / YE 3274 / 3279 LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
2 RD 3275 / - NOT USED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 217
SS08K131 11 SS08H118 12
X085 Loader Valve 1

SS08K132 13 SS08H118 14
X086 Loader Valve 3

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 218
INA 15 SS08H118 16
X086A Earth Header 1

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12A138 17 BRI4404B 18
X086B Earth Header 1

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 219
SS12A136 19 BRI4404B 20
X086C Earth Header 1

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12A137 21 BRI4404B 22
X086D Earth Header 1

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 220
SS12A139 23 BRI4474B 24
X087 Diff. Lock Lamp Relay

87A LG 7126 DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
SS12A102 25 SS08H131 26
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 221

X090 Battery Isolator Diode

SS11A152 1 SS08F092 2
X091 CCU Central Control Unit (CN2)

11 YE 5220 EDC RAISE LAMP
15 YE 7275 TRANS HI RANGE SOL - RET
17 RD 7270 TCM SERIAL DATA IN-DISPLY DATA OUT
18 RD 1160 REVERSE ALARM
19 LB 5180 EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
24 PK 5110 EDC LAMP SIGNAL
25 YE 5230 EDC LOWER LAMP
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 222
SS08K139 3 BRI4416B-01 4
REAR OF CAB BEHIND OPERATORS SEAT
X092 CCU Central Control Unit (CN1a)

6 LG 8040 TRANS REV SOLENIOD
8 RD 7660 TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
14 VT 5000 EDC MEMORY POWER
15 YE 5400 CAN H
16 GN 5420 CAN L
19 OR 61 CASE GROUND
SS08K140 5 BRI4416B-01 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 223
X093 CCU Central Control Unit (CN1b)

1 YE 7430 CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
3 TN 5050 EDC QUADRANT
4 TN 5045 EDC DROP RATE
5 PK 5120 EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
6 TN 5040 EDC DRAFT POSITION
7 LB 5145 EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
8 BL 5155 EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
12 GY 7250 TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
13 GY 7260 TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
14 GN 7500 TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
18 LB 5130 EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
19 GY 7230 TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
20 LB 5125 EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
22 GY 7210 TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
24 LB 5133 EDC STOP
26 GY 7220 TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
29 PK 5100 EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
30 PK 5095 EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
SS08K141 7 BRI4420B 8
X094 CCU Central Control Unit (CN3a)

4 BR 6530 CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
5 BR 6540 CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 224

7 GN 6402 ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
8 BR 7040 TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
11 YE 3026 BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH - RIGHT
12 OR 2045 PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
13 OR 2046 PTO SWITCH (VCC)
14 RD 7476 TRANS AUTO ON
15 RD 5620 HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
16 OR 2069 PTO MANAGEMENT ON
17 GY 6460 HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
20 BR 5640 HTS AUTO SWITCH
21 RD 5610 HTS PROGRAM
22 BR 6620 HTS MANUAL SWITCH
24 YE 3027 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
SS08K142 9 BRI4416B-01 10
X095 CCU Central Control Unit (CN3b)

2 WH 2059 FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
4 WH 2056 PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
11 GN 6404 THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 225

23 BL 2068 PTO SOFT START
24 BR 2102
26 VT 7755 DOG ENABLE
27 BR 2065 PTO ENGAGED
28 YE 7120 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
29 LG 7125 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
30 YE 7175 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
31 WH 7170 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
32 BR 6510 CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
SS08K143 11 BRI4420B 12
X096 Case Earth Central Control & Auxiliary Control Unit (CCU & ACU)
Case Earth Central Control & Auxiliary Control Unit (CCU & ACU)
1 BK 61 CASE GROUND
1 OR 61 CASE GROUND
1 BK 61 CASE GROUND
SS12A141 13 BRI4404B 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 226
X098 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN2)

1 OR 3270 LOWER SOLENOID RET
3 OR 3250 RAISE SOLENOID RET
6 TN 3281 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
13 TN 3286 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
18 OR 3290 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
19 OR 2270 PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
25 GY 5596 EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
SS08K146 15 BRI4416B-01 16
X099 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN1a)

15 YE 5400 CAN H
16 GN 5420 CAN L
19 BK 61 CASE GROUND
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 227
SS08K147 17 BRI4416B-01 18
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 228

X100 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN1b)

3 BR 2520 FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
11 PK 2248 PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
12 PK 2245 PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
17 OR 3220 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
29 BL 3210 SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
SS08K148 1 BRI4420B 2
REAR OF CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATORS SEAT
X101 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN3b)

11 GN 5531 EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 229
SS08K149 3 BRI4420B 4
X102 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN3a)
With EHR
1 OR 5551 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
3 BL 5552 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
5 WH 5553 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
14 PK 5533 EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #3
16 GN 5521 EHR MOTOR #1
21 GY 5595 EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
16x16 Transmission
SS08K150 5 BRI4416B-01 6
X103 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN4)
With EHR
10 OR 5541 EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #1
11 GN 5535 EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#1
12 VT 5542 EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 230

17 BR 5536 EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#2
18 GY 5543 EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #3
23 BR 5537 EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#3
24 LB 5544 EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #4
25 OR 5538 EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#4
16x16 Transmission
SS12A100 7 BRI4416B-01 8
X106 Roof to Cab Harness - Roof
HIGH ROOF
A1 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
A2 YE 28 WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
A3 WH 56 WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
A4 RD 58 WIPER MOTOR-LOW
A5 GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
A6 TN / BR 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
A7 GN 1120 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
A8 VT 4011 ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
B1 RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
B2 LG / GN 249 SMV LAMPS RH
B3 VT 666 DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
B4 RD 1090 REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B5 RD 1092 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B6 RD 1925 MIRROR CONTROL +12V
B7 VT 1071 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
C1 RD 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
C2 LG / GN 250 SMV LAMPS LH
C3 VT 138 RADIO KAM
C4 RD 3079 RADIO +12V IGNITION
C5 RD 1927 MIRROR ILLUMINATION
C6 VT / - 3052 / - NOT USED
C7 RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 231
LOW ROOF
A1 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
A2 YE 28 WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
A3 WH 56 WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
A4 RD 58 WIPER MOTOR-LOW
A5 GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
A6 TN 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
A7 GN 1120 RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
A8 VT 4011 ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
B1 RD 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
B2 LG 249 SMV LAMPS RH
B3 VT 666 DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
B5 RD 1092 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
C1 RD 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
C2 LG 250 SMV LAMPS LH
C3 VT 138 RADIO KAM
C4 RD 3079 RADIO +12V IGNITION
HIGH ROOF
SS08M136 9 SS08F314 10
REAR RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
LOW ROOF
SS11N077 11 SS08F314 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 232
X107 Aux Headlamp Switch

SS08M137 13 BRI4437B 14
X107A Aux Headlamp Switch

SS08M138 15 SS08H119 16
X108 Aux Headlamp Switch

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 233
SS08M139 17 BRI4437B 18
X108A Aux Headlamp Switch

SS08M140 19 SS08H119 20
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 234

X110 Right Hand Fender Electronic Draft Control Raise/Lower Switch

4 WH 2057 / 2059 FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
SS08K157 1 SS07E067 2
RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER
X111 Right Hand Fender Tail Lamp

2 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
5 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K158 3 SS07E067 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 235
X113 Ground Speed PTO Link

1 WH
2 WH
SS09G073 5 SS08M031 6
RIGHT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
X114 ISO 11786 Signal Interface

5 VT 3062 / 5190 HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
7 BK 61 CASE GROUND
SS11C099 7 SS08K549 8
X115A 30Amp Power Socket Plus

1 VT 3070 'B' PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
2 YE 9032 IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 236
SS12A036 9 SS07K168 10
X115B 30Amp Power Socket Ground

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11N078 11 SS08F111 12
X116A Rear Power Socket Implement Plus

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 237
SS10G098 13 SS07K168 14
CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATOR'S SEAT
X116B Rear Power Socket Implement Ground

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G099 15 SS08F111 16
CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATOR'S SEAT
X117 Power Studs

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 238
SS11C100 17 SS07K168 18
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 239

X121 Hand Brake

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 VT 666 DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
4 WH 3150 HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
SS08K164 1 SS08F192 2
LEFT HAND SIDE OPERATOR'S SEAT
X123 Washer Motor Rear

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B168 3 SS08F222 4
REAR OF TRACTOR UNDERNEATH CAB
X125 Washer Motor Front

1 LG 97 WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 240
SS12B167 5 SS08F222 6
REAR OF TRACTOR UNDERNEATH CAB
X126 Left Hand Fender Tail Lamp

2 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
3 GN 3005 LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K167 7 SS07E067 8
LEFT HAND REAR FENDER
X127 Left Hand Fender Electronic Draft Control Raise/Lower Switch

5 WH 2057 PTO FENDER SWITCH LH - RH LINK
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 241
SS08K168 9 SS07E067 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 242

X130 Cigar Lighter (Illumination)

1 RD 1012 ILLUMINATION
SS08K169 1 BRI4437B 2
REAR LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
X131 Cigar Lighter (Power)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K170 3 SS08F250 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 243
X132 8 Amp Socket

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K171 5 SS08F250 6
X133 Trans CAN

1 YE 5400 CAN H
2 GN 5420 CAN L
SS11N098 7 SS08F275 8
X134 E.H.R CAN

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 244
SS11N097 9 SS08F275 10
X135 CAN Diagnostic Select

1 YE 5400 CAN H
2 GN 5420 CAN L
SS11N099 11 SS08F280 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 245

X142 Battery Isolator

2 GN / BR 10 / 170 BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
3 WH / BR 171 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
4 GN / BR 10 / 170 BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
5 WH / YE 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
6 VT / - 666 / - NOT USED
SS11N096 1 SS08F131 2
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
X143 Earth Point Timer Relay Battery Isolator

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12A140 3 BRI4474B 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 246
X145 Battery Plus A

SS11B007 5 BRI4437B 6
X146 Battery Plus B

SS11B008 7 BRI4437B 8
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 247
X147 Memory

SS11B009 9 SS08H119 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 248

X151 Roof Earth

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G121 1 BRI4474B 2
BEHIND RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR COVER TOP
X154 Door Switch Right Hand

1 VT 3052 DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
SS09F050 3 BRI4437B 4
TOP REAR RIGHT HAND CAB DOOR
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 249
X156 Console Lamp Right Hand

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K177 5 SS08F250 6
RIGHT HAND INSIDE CAB ROOF
X157 Radio 2
HIGH ROOF
3 VT 3091 SPEAKER RR-RHS +
4 VT 3092 SPEAKER RR-RHS -
5 GN 3097 SPEAKER RR-LHS +
6 GN 3098 SPEAKER RR-LHS -
LOW ROOF
3 GY 3093 SPEAKER FRT-RHS +
4 GY 3094 SPEAKER FRT-RHS -
5 WH 3095 SPEAKER FRT-LHS +
6 WH 3096 SPEAKER FRT-LHS -
HIGH ROOF
SS08K179 7 SS08F180 8
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 250
LOW ROOF
INA 9 SS08F180 10
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X158 Radio 1
HIGH ROOF
4 YE 3077 RADIO +12VB
6 OR 3078 RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION
7 RD 3079 RADIO +12V IGNITION
8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
LOW ROOF
4 VT 138 RADIO KAM
6 OR 3078 RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION
8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS08K181 11 SS08F180 12
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 251
LOW ROOF
INA 13 SS08F180 14
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X159 Worklamp Supply T3
LOW ROOF
LOW ROOF
INA 15 BRI4437B 16
RIGHT HAND LOW ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 252

X161 Radio Speaker Front Right Hand

1 GY 3094 SPEAKER FRT-RHS -
2 GY 3093 SPEAKER FRT-RHS +
LOW ROOF
SS12A039 1 SS08F177 2
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X163 Side Lamp Grabrail Right Hand
HIGH ROOF
1 GN 249 SMV LAMPS RH
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS08K186 3 SS08F147 4
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X164 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand

1 RD 1097 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 253
HIGH ROOF
SS08K187 5 SS08F147 6
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
LOW ROOF
SS12B033 7 SS08F147 8
X165 Worklamp Front Upper Right Hand

1 WH 1098 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS08K189 9 SS08F166 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 254
X166 Electric Mirror Left Hand

1 GN 1922 MIRROR CONTROL COMMON
2 OR 1920 LH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
3 YE 1921 LH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
4 RD 1927 MIRROR ILLUMINATION
5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS09G126 11 SS08F325 12
LEFT HAND FRONT CAB ROOF
X167 Mirror Control

1 OR 1920 LH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
2 OR 1923 RH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
5 YE 1924 RH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
6 YE 1921 LH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
8 RD 1925 MIRROR CONTROL +12V
HIGH ROOF
SS08K193 13 SS08F326 14
CAB ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 255
X168 Worklight Electronic Controller

B1 VT 4011 ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
B2 VT 138 RADIO KAM
B4 WH 1098 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B5 WH 1098 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B7 RD 1097 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
B8 RD 1097 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
C1 GN 997 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
C2 VT 4012 ROTATING BEACON FEED
C3 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
C4 GN 998 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
C6 RD 1092 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
C7 VT 1071 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
C8 VT 1071 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
HIGH ROOF
SS08K195 15 SS08K548 16
CAB ROOF
X169 Electric Mirror Right Hand

2 OR 1923 RH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
3 YE 1924 RH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 256
HIGH ROOF
SS08K196 17 SS08F325 18
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 257

X170 Rotating Beacon Right Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 VT 4012 ROTATING BEACON FEED
HIGH ROOF
SS11C008 1 SS08F177 2
REAR RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
LOW ROOF
SS12A034 3 SS08F177 4
X172 Worklamp Supply T2
LOW ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 258
INA 5 BRI4437B 6
RIGHT HAND LOW ROOF
X172A Diode SCR System

1 BR 9272 24V FUSED SUPPLY
SS12B164 7 SS08F092 8
LEFT HAND FUEL TANK
X172B Diode SCR System

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 259
SS12B137 9 SS08F092 10
LEFT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
X173 Worklamp Rear Right Hand
HIGH ROOF
1 GN 997 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
LOW ROOF
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS11C009 11 SS08F147 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 260
LOW ROOF
INA 13 SS08F147 14
X175 Radio Speaker Rear Right Hand
HIGH ROOF
1 VT 3092 SPEAKER RR-RHS -
2 VT 3091 SPEAKER RR-RHS +
SS11C010 15 SS08F177 16
X176 License Plate Right Hand
HIGH ROOF
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 261
SS11C068 17 SS08K508 18
X177 Wiper Motor Rear
HIGH ROOF
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BR 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
LOW ROOF
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 TN 1038 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
SS08K208 19 SS08F181 20
REAR CAB ROOF
X179 Worklamp Supply
LOW ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 262
INA 21 SS08H119 22
RIGHT HAND LOW ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 263

X180 Licence Plate Left Hand

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS11C070 1 SS08K508 2
REAR LEFT HAND CAB ROOF
X181 Radio Speaker Rear Left Hand

1 GN 3098 SPEAKER RR-LHS -
2 GN 3097 SPEAKER RR-LHS +
HIGH ROOF
SS11C072 3 SS08F177 4
X182 Worklamp Rear Left Hand
HIGH ROOF
1 GN 997 WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 264
LOW ROOF
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS11C071 5 SS08F147 6
LOW ROOF
INA 7 SS08F147 8
X183 Front Worklamp Relay

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 RD 1091 FRONT WORKLAMP LOWER RELAY SIGNAL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 265
LOW ROOF
SS12A083 9 SS08F303 10
RIGHT HAND LOW ROOF
X185 Rotating Beacon Left Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS11C073 11 SS08F177 12
LOW ROOF
SS12A082 13 SS08F177 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 266
X186 Door Switch Left Hand

HIGH ROOF
SS08K219 15 BRI4437B 16
TOP REAR LEFT HAND CAB DOOR
X188 Rotating Beacon Switch

3 VT 4120 BEACON RELAY COIL
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
LOW ROOF
SS12A072 17 SS08F094 18
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
X189 Front Worklamp Switch

3 RD 1091 FRONT WORKLAMP LOWER RELAY SIGNAL
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 267
LOW ROOF
SS12A074 19 SS08F094 20
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 268

X190 Interior Lamp A

1 VT 3057 PUDDLE LAMP RETURN
HIGH ROOF
SS08K222 1 BRI4437B 2
CAB ROOF
X191 Interior Lamp B1

HIGH ROOF
SS08K223 3 BRI4460C 4
CAB ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 269
LOW ROOF
SS12A079 5 BRI4460C 6
CAB ROOF
X192 Interior Lamp B2

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS08K224 7 SS08F177 8
CAB ROOF
LOW ROOF
SS12A080 9 SS08F177 10
CAB ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 270
X193 Puddle Lamp Left Hand

1 VT 3057 PUDDLE LAMP RETURN
HIGH ROOF
SS09G129 11 SS08K508 12
FRONT LEFT HAND CAB ROOF
X194 Radio Speaker Front Left Hand

1 WH 3096 SPEAKER FRT-LHS -
2 WH 3095 SPEAKER FRT-LHS +
LOW ROOF
SS12A078 13 SS08F177 14
X195 Side Lamp Grabrail Left Hand
HIGH ROOF
1 GN 250 SMV LAMPS LH
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 271
LOW ROOF
1 LG 250 SMV LAMPS LH
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS09G128 15 SS08F147 16
LOW ROOF
SS12A077 17 SS08F147 18
X196 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 272
HIGH ROOF
SS09G127 19 SS08F147 20
LOW ROOF
SS12B034 21 SS08F147 22
X197 Worklamp Front Upper Left Hand

1 WH 1098 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
HIGH ROOF
SS08K232 23 SS08F166 24
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 273
X198 Front Worklamps (Hood) Switch

3 RD 1092 FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
LOW ROOF
SS12A075 25 SS08F094 26
X199 Rear Worklamp Switch

3 RD 1090 REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
LOW ROOF
SS12A073 27 SS08F094 28
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 274

X200 SMV Lamp Front Left Hand

1 LG 250 SMV LAMPS LH
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
LOW ROOF
SS12A071 1 SS08F147 2
X201 Wiper Motor Front (Cab)

1 YE 28 WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 RD 58 WIPER MOTOR-LOW
4 GN 1019 WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
6 WH 56 WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
HIGH ROOF
SS08K233 3 SS08F162 4
FRONT CAB ROOF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 275
LOW ROOF
SS12A070 5 SS08F162 6
FRONT CAB ROOF
X203 Rotating Beacon Relay

1 VT 4011 ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 VT 4120 BEACON RELAY COIL
LOW ROOF
SS12A069 7 SS08F303 8
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X204 Rear Worklamp Relay

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 RD 1090 REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 276
LOW ROOF
SS12A068 9 SS08F303 10
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X205 Worklamp Front Upper Left Hand

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
LOW ROOF
SS12A067 11 SS08F147 12
X206 Worklamp Front Upper Right Hand

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 277
LOW ROOF
SS12A066 13 SS08F147 14
X207 Antenne Plus

SS08M146 15 BRI4437B 16
CAB ROOF
X208 Grid Heater Plus

1 RD 6200 MANIFOLD (GRID) HEATER SUPPLY
SS12A229 17 SS12A157 18
TOP LEFT HAND ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 278
X209 Grid Heater Earth

1 BK 1 BATTERY SUPPLY
SS12A230 19 SS12A157 20
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 279

X210 Loader Valve Option C

SS12B138 1 SS08M031 2
RIGHT HAND BEHIND STEPS
X211 Loader Valve Option A

SS12B140 3 SS08M031 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 280
X212 Loader Valve Option B

SS12B139 5 SS08M031 6
X214 Earth Point - Engine

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G105 7 BRI4404B 8
LEFT HAND ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 281
X215 Grid Heater Relay

1 VT 6586 ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
SS09G146 9 SS08K508 10
LEFT HAND ENGINE
X216 Fuel Filter Heater Relay

1 GN 6570 ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
INA 11 SS12B048 12
LEFT HAND ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 282
X219 Visctronic Engine Fan

1 BR 6300 FAN SPEED
2 BR 6310 FAN SOLENOID
3 GN 6408 FUSED B+ TO ECU 1
4 BR 6331 FAN SPEED SENSOR GROUND
5 BR 6320 FAN 5V REF.
SS12B141 13 SS08F131 14
TOP ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 283

X220 Front Lamps

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 VT 376 HORN FEED
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
LESS HEADLAMPS
SS09G120 1 SS08F134 2
WITH HEADLAMPS
SS12B090 3 SS08F134 4
X220A Front Lamps

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 VT 376 HORN FEED
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 284
WITH HEADLAMPS
SS12B091 5 SS12A090 6
X220B Front Lamps

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 VT 376 HORN FEED
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
WITH HEADLAMPS
SS12B092 7 SS08F161 8
X221 Brake Fluid Level

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 285
SS11M191 9 SS08K508 10
TOP RIGHT HAND ENGINE
X223 Air Cleaner Switch

SS11M192 11 BRI4437B 12
RIGHT HAND SIDE ENGINE
X224 Air Cleaner Switch

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11M193 13 BRI4437B 14
RIGHT HAND SIDE ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 286
X225 A/C Pressure Switch

3 YE 2007 AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
SS11M195 15 SS08F107 16
LEFT HAND SIDE FRONT TOP ENGINE
X226 A/C Clutch

1 LG 1018 AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11M196 17 SS08K508 18
LEFT HAND SIDE ENGINE
X227 Front Hitch and Front PTO

8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 287

10 BR 2556 FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
SS11M199 19 SS07K176 20
X229 Front Hitch Switch

SS10G047 21 SS08F072 22
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 288

X230 D.I.A. Engine Inline

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B171 1 SS08K508 2
REAR RIGHT HAND SIDE ENGINE
X231 Starter Solenoid B+

1 RD 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS09F085 3 BRI4404B 4
REAR RIGHT HAND OF ENGINE
X232 Starter Solenoid 1

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 289
SS09G066 5 BRI4403C 6
REAR RIGHT HAND OF ENGINE
X233 Radar Gun

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 RD 2027 RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
SS11N031 7 SS08F150 8
X234 Front Axle (Self Level)

1 LG 5520 EHR 5V REF
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 290
SS11M198 9 SS08F207 10
FRONT RIGHT HAND ENGINE
X235 Steering Angle Sensor

SS11M200 11 SS08F150 12
X236 Alternator B+

1 RD 150 BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 291
SS11M202 13 SS08H126 14
X237 Alternator D+

SS11M203 15 SS08K527 16
X238 Battery Isolator Interface

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BK / WH 57 / 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
4 WH 171 / - NOT USED
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 292
SS12B172 17 SS08F072 18
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 293

X242 Fuel Filter Water Sensor

1 LG 2040 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K263 1 SS08F069 2
REAR LEFT HAND ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 294

X251 Rear PTO Speed Sensor

SS09F097 1 SS08F069 2
REAR RIGHT HAND TRANSMISSION
X253 Trailer Socket

1/L YE 350 TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
3/31 WH 57 EARTH (ALL)
4/R GN 349 TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
5/58R BR 1013 RIGHT HAND LAMPS
6/54 RD 810 STOPLAMPS
7/58L BK 1014 LEFT HAND LAMPS
SS11M190 3 BRI4480B 4
REAR LEFT HAND TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 295
X254 Trailer Brakes - Air

5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G116 5 SS08F134 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 296
X255 Trailer Brakes Hydraulic

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G115 7 SS08F131 8
X256 Draft PIN Right Hand

SS09G114 9 SS08F069 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 297
X257 Axel Speed Sensor (Hall)

INA 11 SS08F069 12
REAR RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
X259 Front Suspension

6 TN 3281 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
8 TN 3286 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
SS09G061 13 SS07K176 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 298
X262 PTO Twist Sensor

SS09F048 1 SS08F069 2
REAR LEFT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 299
X263 Solenoid 17th Gear - Dump Valve
16x16 Transmission

SS11N017 3 SS08K508 4
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 300
X264 Solenoid 17th Gear
16x16 Transmission

SS11N018 5 SS08K508 6
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 301
X265 Fuel Tank Sensor

SS08K272 7 SS08K508 8
LEFT HAND SIDE TOP OF FUEL TANK
X266 Draft PIN Left Hand

SS09F047 9 SS08F069 10
REAR LEFT HAND SIDE TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 302
X267 Rock Shaft Potentiometer

SS09F046 11 SS08F072 12
REAR RIGHT HAND SIDE TRANSMISSION
X268 Electronic Draft Control Valve Raise

SS09F043 13 SS08F062 14
REAR OF TRACTOR EDC VALVE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 303
X269 Electronic Draft Control Valve Lower

SS09F042 15 SS08F062 16
REAR OF TRACTOR EDC VALVE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 304

X272 System Oil Pressure Switch

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 1 SS11N048 2
X273 System Oil Pressure Sensor
16x16 Transmission
A BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
B GN 5020 EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
C YE 2012 TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
24x24 Transmission
A BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
B TN 2014 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
C YE 2012 TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
16x16 Transmission
SS11M185 3 SS10G192 4
RIGHT HAND TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 305
24x24 Transmission
SS11M176 5 SS10G192 6
LEFT HAND SIDE TOP OF TRANSMISSION
X276 Diff. Lock Solenoid
16x16 Transmission
1 GN 7080 DIFF-LOCK SOLENOID FEED
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
24x24 Transmission
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
16x16 Transmission
SS11M189 7 SS08K508 8
REAR LEFT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 306
24x24 Transmission
SS11M180 9 SS08K508 10
X277 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
16x16 Transmission
SS11M186 11 SS08K508 12
24x24 Transmission
SS11M177 13 SS08K508 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 307
X278 Rear PTO Solenoid

16x16 Transmission
SS11M188 15 SS08K508 16
24x24 Transmission
SS11M179 17 SS08K508 18
X279 4WD Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 308
16x16 Transmission
SS11M187 19 SS08K508 20
24x24 Transmission
SS11M178 21 SS08K508 22
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 309

X280 Creeper Gear Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
16x16 Transmission
SS11M184 1 SS08K508 2
24x24 Transmission
SS11M181 3 SS08K508 4
X281 Creeper Sensing Switch Rear

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 310
SS12A093 5 SS08K508 6
X282 Creeper Sensing Switch Front

SS12A065 7 SS08K508 8
X283 System Oil Pressure Switch

INA 9 SS11N048 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 311
X285 Reverse Synchro Solenoid
16x16 Transmission
1 GN 8040 TRANS REV SOLENIOD
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
24x24 Transmission
1 LG 8040 TRANS REV SOLENOID
16x16 Transmission
SS09F045 11 SS08K508 12
24x24 Transmission
SS11N022 13 SS08K508 14
X286 Forward Synchro Solenoid
16x16 Transmission
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
24x24 Transmission
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 312
16x16 Transmission
SS09F044 15 SS08K508 16
24x24 Transmission
SS11N023 17 SS08K508 18
X287 Synchro Solenoid 1–4
16x16 Transmission

1 WH 7300 TRANSMISSION PWM SOLENOID 1-4 SYNCHRO
SS09F031 19 SS08K508 20
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 313
X288 Synchro Solenoid 5–8
16x16 Transmission

SS09F030 21 SS08K508 22
X289 Fly Wheel -Torque Sensor
16x16 Transmission

SS11N032 23 SS08F069 24
RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 314

X290 Trans Oil Temperature Sensor

A GN 7500 TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
B BK/WH 60 SENSOR GROUND
16x16 Transmission – with Variable Displacement Pump
SS12B009 1 SS08M018 2
16x16 Transmission – with Fixed Displacement Pump
SS12A145 3 SS08M018 4
24x24 Transmission
SS12A147 5 SS08M018 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 315
X291 Solenoid Clutch C1
16x16 Transmission

SS09F040 7 SS08K508 8
16x16 Transmission

SS09F041 9 SS08K508 10
16x16 Transmission
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 316
SS09F038 11 SS08K508 12
16x16 Transmission
SS09F039 13 SS08K508 14
X295 Low Range Switch
16x16 Transmission

A BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
B GY 7220 TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
16x16 Transmission
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 317
SS12A219 15 SS08M018 16
X296 High Range Switch
16x16 Transmission

A BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
B GY 7230 TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
16x16 Transmission
SS12A218 17 SS08M018 18
X297 Synchro Position Potentiometer

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 318
16x16 Transmission
SS09G147 19 SS08F072 20
FRONT TOP OF TRANSMISSION
24x24 Transmission
SS11N024 21 SS08F072 22
X298 4/5 Synchro Potentiometer
16x16 Transmission

SS09F027 23 SS08F072 24
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 319
X299 Ground Speed PTO Engaged Switch

SS09F089 25 SS08K508 26
REAR RIGHT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 320
X305 EHR Valve Connector 1
16x16 Transmission

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09F026 1 SS08F107 2
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE
16x16 Transmission

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09F025 3 SS08F107 4
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 321
16x16 Transmission

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09F024 5 SS08F107 6
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE
16x16 Transmission

1 GY 5515 EHR +12V IGN.
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09F023 7 SS08F107 8
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 322

X310 Low PWM Solenoid
24x24 Transmission
SS12B002 1 SS08K508 2
X311 Neutral Switch 1 - 4 Rail
24x24 Transmission
A GY 7220 TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
B BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
SS12A148 3 SS08M018 4
X312 High PWM Solenoid
24x24 Transmission
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 323
SS12B003 5 SS08K508 6
X314 Dump Solenoid
24x24 Transmission
SS12B001 7 SS08K508 8
X315 High/Medium Range Switch
24x24 Transmission
A GY 7230 TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
B BL 7000 TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 324
SS12A149 9 SS08M018 10
X318 Transmission Hydraulic Sensor

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
16x16 Transmission
SS11N025 11 SS08F131 12
24x24 Transmission
SS12A153 13 SS08F131 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 325

X320 Dog Clutch Diff. Lock Switch
16x16 Transmission

1 GN 7126 DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
INA 1 SS08K508 2
TOP OF REAR AXLE
X321 Diverter Solenoid

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 TN 9000 DIVERTER VALVE
SS12B173 3 SS08K508 4
TOP OF REAR AXLE
X328 CAN BUS Terminator
16x16 Transmission

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 326
INA 5 SS08K508 6
TOP OF REAR AXLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 327

X332 Corner Lamp Right Hand

A VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H095 1 SS08K538 2
FRONT RIGHT HAND HOOD
X333 Headlamp Right Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H096 3 SS08F140 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 328
X334 Horn

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H097 5 BRI4437B 6
FRONT HOOD
X335 Horn

1 VT 376 HORN FEED
SS09H098 7 BRI4437B 8
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 329
X336 Headlamp Left Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H099 9 SS08F140 10
FRONT LEFT HAND HOOD
X337 Corner Lamp Left Hand

A VT 1073 WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09H100 11 SS08K538 12
FRONT LEFT HAND HOOD
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 330

X353 Lever 1/2
16x16 Transmission
2 GN 5520 EHR 5V REF.
4 OR 5551 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
SS11N068 1 SS08F317 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE EHR PANEL
X354 EHR Lamp 1
16x16 Transmission
SS11N067 3 SS12A089 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 331
X355 EHR 1/2 Time/Flow Switch
16x16 Transmission
6 BL 5562 EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #2
SS11N066 5 SS08F094 6
X356 EHR Lamp 2
16x16 Transmission
SS11N064 7 SS12A089 8
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 332
X357 EHR Lamp 3
16x16 Transmission
SS11N063 9 SS12A089 10
X358 EHR 3/4 Time/Flow Switch
16x16 Transmission
SS11N065 11 SS08F094 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 333
X359 EHR Lamp 4
16x16 Transmission
SS11N062 13 SS12A089 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 334

X360 EHR Lock Switch Lamp
16x16 Transmission
1 VT 5596 EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
SS11N061 1 SS12A089 2
X361 EHR Lock Switch
16x16 Transmission
1 GY 5597 EHR MASTER ENABLE
6 GY 5595 EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
SS11N073 3 SS08F094 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 335
X362 Lever 3/4
16x16 Transmission
1 LG 5523 EHR Motor #3
4 WH 5553 EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
6 LG 5524 EHR MOTOR #4
SS11N060 5 SS08F317 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 336

X371 Auto Trans Switch & CAL/SEL

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 WH 9027 CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
4 RD 7476 TRANS AUTO ON
SS12B102 1 SS08F094 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH PANEL
X372 4WD Switch

3 YE 3027 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B105 3 SS08F094 4
X373 Differential Lock Switch

1 YE 7175 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
6 WH 7170 DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 337

7 GN 7125 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
9 YE 7120 DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MANUAL)
SS12B106 5 SS08F094 6
X375 Constant ERPM +/- Switch

1 BR 6540 CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
3 BR 6530 CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
SS12B108 7 SS08F094 8
X376 ERPM Set Switch

7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 338
SS12B109 9 SS08F094 10
X377 Creeper Gear Switch

3 BR 7040 TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B107 11 SS08F094 12
X378 Suspension Lock Switch

3 BL 3210 SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
7 OR 3290 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 339
SS12B110 13 SS08F094 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 340

X383 HTS Switch

1 RD 5610 HTS PROGRAM
3 RD 5640 HTS AUTO SWITCH
SS12B103 1 SS08F094 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 341

X393 Front PTO Solenoid

1 VT 2043 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
2 VT 2044 PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
SS11N029 1 SS08K508 2
LEFT HAND FRONT HITCH
X395 Front Hitch Position Sensor

1 BR 60 SENSOR GROUND
2 GN 2510 FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
3 OR 2530 FRONT HITCH V REF
SS09H164 3 SS08F072 4
RIGHT HAND FRONT HITCH
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 342
X397 Front Solenoid Valve Remote

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
2 WH 2570 FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
SS12A227 5 SS08F275 6
LEFT HAND FRONT HITCH
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 343
X403 Worklamp C - Pillar Right and Left Hand

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K287 1 SS08F147 2
SS08K236 3 SS08F147 4
X404 License Lamp Right and Left Hand

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 344
SS08K295 5 BRI4449C 6
SS08K294 7 BRI4449C 8
X405 License Lamp Right and Left Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K072 9 BRI4449C 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 345
SS08K298 11 BRI4449C 12
X406 Rear PTO Switch Fender Right and Left Hand

SS08K084 13 SS08F072 14
SS08K116 15 SS08F072 16
X407 Electronic Draft Control Switch Rear Fender Right and Left Hand

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 346

SS08K156 17 SS08F072 18
SS08K174 19 SS08F072 20
X409 Stop Tail Light Right and Left Hand

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 347
SS08K318 21 SS08F170 22
SS08K321 23 SS08F170 24
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 348

X422 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 1

SS10G048 1 BRI4490C 2
TOP OF REAR AXLE
X423 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 2

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G049 3 BRI4490C 4
TOP OF REAR AXLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 349
X424 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 1

SS10G060 5 BRI4452C 6
TOP OF REAR AXLE
X425 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 2

SS10G061 7 BRI4452C 8
TOP OF REAR AXLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 350
X426 Low Pump Output Press Switch 1

SS10G062 9 BRI4490C 10
TOP OF REAR AXLE
X427 Low Pump Output Press Switch 2

SS10G063 11 BRI4490C 12
TOP OF REAR AXLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 351
X429 Brake De-Icer

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G113 13 SS07K217 14
RIGHT HAND SIDE REAR AXLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 352

X430 Air Brake (Pressure Sensor)

2 TN / PK 8020 TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
3 GN / BK 2095 / 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G112 1 SS08F207 2
RIGHT HAND ON THE REAR AXLE
X431 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS09G111 3 SS07K217 4
REAR OF TRACTOR BEHIND CAB
X432 Park Brake Solenoid

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 353
SS09G110 5 SS07K217 6
REAR OF TRACTOR BEHIND CAB
X433 Air Brake Pressure Sensor

2 PK 8020 TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12A224 7 SS10G195 8
RIGHT HAND BY REAR AXLE
X434 Hazard Switch

2 VT 1021 HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 354
SS08M162 9 SS08F094 10
FRONT INSIDE CAB
X436 ISO 11786 Signal Socket

5 VT 5190 HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
7 BK 61 CASE GROUND
SS12B111 11 SS08K544 12
RIGHT HAND SWITCH PANEL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 355

X441 Stud 8 Amp Plus

SS12B112 1 BRI4401C 2
X442 Stud 8 Amp Minus

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B113 3 BRI4401C 4
X443 Trailer Socket

2 GN 810 STOPLAMPS
4 BR 349 TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
6 TN 350 TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 356
SS09G109 5 SS07E067 6
TOP OF REAR AXLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 357

X455 Reverse Alarm

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 1 SS08F207 2
X458 Reverse Alarm / Light Relay

INA 3 SS08H131 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 358

X466 Battery Isolator

1 WH 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS10G234 1 SS08F323 2
RIGHT HAND SIDE IN FRONT OF THE STARTER MOTOR
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 359

X470 Power Steering Pressure Switch Pin 1
16x16 Transmission

SS12A222 1 BRE1625B 2
X471 Power Steering Pressure Switch Pin 2
16x16 Transmission

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12A223 3 BRE1625B 4
X472 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 360
SS11N026 5 SS08K508 6
SS12B114 7 SS08K508 8
24x24 Transmission
SS12A151 9 SS08K508 10
X473 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch
16x16 Transmission

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 361
SS11N046 11 SS08K527 12
X474 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vacuum Switch)

A BR 7130 HYD FILTER WNG LP
B BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11N027 13 SS08M018 14
SS12A221 15 SS08M018 16
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 362
24x24 Transmission
SS12A152 17 SS08M018 18
X475 Transmission Oilfilter Switch

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
16x16 Transmission
SS11N028 19 SS08K508 20
24x24 Transmission
SS12A154 21 SS08K508 22
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 363
X476 Reverse Alarm Buzzer

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12C061 23 SS08K508 24
REAR RIGHT HAND OUTSIDE OF CAB
X477 Reverse Alarm Light

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12C604 25 SS08K508 26
REAR RIGHT HAND OUTSIDE OF CAB
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 364

X481 Timer Relay Battery Isolator

86 YE 172 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
SS12A220 1 SS08F303 2
X482 Battery Isolator Control Switch

1 BR 171 BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
7 PK 170 BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
SS08K316 3 SS08F094 4
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 365

X491 Relay 1 (Front Loader)

30 BL 3271 LOADER RELAY FEED
INA 1 SS08H131 2
UNDER RIGHT HAND SIDE CAB TRIM
X492 Relay 2 (Front Loader)

INA 3 SS08H131 4
UNDER RIGHT HAND SIDE CAB TRIM
X493 Front Loader Control

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 366
INA 5 SS08F267 6
IN CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATORS SEAT

L OR 3272 LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
R RD 3275 LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
X498 Grid Heater Relay 87

SS12A231 7 SS12A157 8
REAR LEFT HAND TOP OF ENGINE
X499 Positive Feed Point

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 367
INA 9 SS12A159 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 368

X500 Negative Feed Point

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 1 SS12A158 2
X501 Fuse Fuel Heater

SS12B049 3 SS12A120 4
X502 Fuel Heater Relay

85 BL 6560 ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 369
SS12B050 5 SS08H131 6
X503 Fuel Heater Connector

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
INA 7 SS08M018 8
LEFT HAND ENGINE
X505 Suspension Raise Solenoid
16x16 Transmission
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 370
SS09G085 9 SS08H128 10
LEFT HAND SIDE REAR OF TRANSMISSION
X506 Suspension Lower Solenoid
16x16 Transmission
SS09G084 11 SS08H128 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 371
X507 Upper Lockout Solenoid
16x16 Transmission
A OR 3280 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER
B TN 3281 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
SS09F098 13 SS08M018 14
X508 Lower Lockout Solenoid
16x16 Transmission
A TN 3285 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER
B TN 3286 SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
SS09G083 15 SS08M018 16
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 372

X551 Exhaust Brake Switch

SS08K349 1 SS08F146 2
FRONT LEFT HAND CAB FLOOR
X555 Additional Roof Headlamps

2 GN 3000 FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 VT 1072 WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
5 VT 1072 WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
6 RD 1099 FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
SS12C601 3 SS07E065 4
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM TOP THE FUSEBOX
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 373
X555A Connector Bridge

SS12B119 5 SS07E065 6
X555C Headlamps on Grabrail

INA 7 SS07E065 8
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 374

X611 Heated Mirror Switch

3 RD 1928 HEATED MIRROR RELAY COIL +12V FROM SW
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12A228 1 SS08F094 2
X612 Heated Mirror Relay

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
6 RD 1928 HEATED MIRROR RELAY COIL +12V FROM SW
SS11N003 3 SS11A147 4
RIGHT HAND BEHIND SWITCH PANEL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 375
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 376
X621 Steering Controller

A1 OR 3170 FSS – ENABLE
A2 RD 3173 FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
A4 YE 5400 CAN H
A5 GN 5420 CAN L
A6 GN 3174 FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
B1 OR 3171 FSS – LAMP
B4 VT 3172 FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
B5 GN 3178 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
B6 BR 3179 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
B8 BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
C1 WH 3175 FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
C2 BK 3176 FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
C3 BL 3177 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
C4 BK 3180 FSS – SAFETY SWITCH
C8 GN 10 IGNITION SUPPLY
SS11A138 1 SS08F179 2
RIGHT HAND CONSOLE FRONT CAB FLOOR
X623 Fast Steer

3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 YE 5400 CAN H
5 GN 5420 CAN L
12 OR 3169 AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID RETURN (CURSEN)
13 OR 3168 AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID FEED (HSD)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 377
SS12A217 3 SS08F317 4
X624 Fast Steer Control Switch

3 OR 3170 FSS – ENABLE
4 BK 3180 FSS – SAFETY SWITCH
5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
7 OR 3171 FSS – LAMP
SS12B104 5 SS08F094 6
X625 Fast Steer Steering Wheel Sensor

2 VT 3172 FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 378
SS08K391 7 SS08F298 8
STEERING CONSOLE
X626 Fast Steer Split Valve Position Sensor (LVTD)

1 BR 3179 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
2 WH 3175 FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
3 BL 3177 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
4 BK 3176 FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
5 GN 3178 FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
SS08K392 9 SS08F294 10
REAR OF ENGINE
X627 Fast Steer Change Valve Solenoid

1 RD 3173 FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
2 GN 3174 FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 379
SS08K393 11 SS08F062 12
REAR OF ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 380
X662 Front Axle Position Sensor

1 OR 3220 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
2 OR 3230 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3 OR 3330 SENSOR GROUND
SS08K323 1 SS08F072 2
RIGHT HAND FRONT AXLE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 381

X694 Air Condition Power

1 GN / RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
2 GN / RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K404 1 SS07F064 2
LEFT HAND REAR TRACTOR BEHIND OPERATOR'S SEAT
X695 Air Condition Control (Automatic)

1 GN 5420 CAN L
2 YE 5400 CAN H
3 OR 9229 AC-DE-FOG
4 BL 2006 DE-ICEING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
5 BL 2006 DE-ICEING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
6 VT 2005 AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
SS08M015 3 SS08F131 4
X695 Air Condition Control (Manual)

1 GN 5420 CAN L
2 YE 5400 CAN H
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 382

6 OR 2005 / 2006 DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
SS08K406 5 SS08F131 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 383

X750 Heater Blower Speed Switch

A GN 9228 AC-AUTOMATIC BLOWER SPEED
B GN 9211 AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
C PK 9212 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
D PK 9213 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.2 (3)
E VT 9227 AC-BLOWER SWITCH SUPPLY
SS08K443 1 SS07K257 2
CAB LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
X751 Potentiometer Temperature Adjustment

A LG 9216 AC-TEMPERATURE POTI CAB
B BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K444 3 SS08M001 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 384
X752 Air Condition Mode Switch

1 BR 9217 AC-SWITCH MAX DEFROST
2 RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
3 GY 9218 AC-SWITCH ECONOMY
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
9 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K445 5 SS07E264 6
X753 Air Condition Assembly

A YE 9222 AC-SIGNAL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
B VT 9221 AC-EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C BL 9220 AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
D BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
E RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
F YE 9226 AC-SIGNAL WATER VALVE
G BL 9219 AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH OUTPUT
SS08K180 7 SS07K258 8
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 385
X754 Air Condition Blower Unit

3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 BL 9225 AC-BLOWER SPEED
6 OR 9224 AC-SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
7 RD 9223 AC-SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
8 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K447 9 SS08M003 10
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 386
X755 Automatic Temperatur Control (ATC) Controller

1 GN 5420 CAN L
2 YE 5400 CAN H
3 YE 9226 AC-SIGNAL WATER VALVE
4 WH 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
5 BL 9225 AC-BLOWER SPEED
15 VT 2005 AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
16 OR 9229 AC-DE - FOG
21 RD 9223 AC-SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
22 YE 9222 AC-SIGNAL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
23 VT 9221 AC-EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
24 OR 9224 AC-SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
25 BR 9217 AC-SWITCH MAX DEFROST
26 GY 9218 AC-SWITCH ECONOMY
27 GN 9228 AC-AUTOMATIC BLOWER SPEED
28 GN 9211 AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
29 LG 9216 AC-TEMPERATURE POTI CAB
30 PK 9212 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
35 BL 9220 AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
36 BL 9219 AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH OUTPUT
SS08K448 11 SS07F067 12
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 387
X756 Low Pressure Switch

1 BL 9215 AC-SWITCH ON
SS08K449 13 SS08M031 14
X757 Air Condition Operating Mode Switch

2 GN 9210 AC-SWITCH POWER
3 BL 9215 AC-SWITCH ON
7 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS08K450 15 SS07E264 16
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 388
X758 Blower Speed Switch

A GN 9211 AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
B PK 9212 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
C PK 9213 AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.2 (3)
D GN 9214 AC-BLOWER SPEED HIGH.2 (2)
E RD 982 BLOWER MOTOR FEED
F GN 9210 AC-SWITCH POWER
SS08K451 17 SS07K257 18
X759 Blower Motor

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 GN 9211 AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
8 GN 9214 AC-BLOWER SPEED HIGH.2 (2)
SS08K452 19 SS08M003 20
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 389

X790 Front Hitch Raise Stop Solenoid

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12C609 1 SS08F275 2
RIGHT HAND SIDE TOP OF TRANSMISSION
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 390

X810 Starter to Cabine (Ground)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B150 1 SS08J112 2
REAR RIGHT HAND ENGINE
X811 Visctronic Engine Fan

1 BR 6300 FAN SPEED
2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
4 BR 6330 VISTRONIC FAN INPUT
SS08K440 3 SS08N086 4
FRONT LEFT HAND ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 391
X816 High Mount Headlamp Switch

SS10G211 5 SS08F094 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 392
X821 Loader Valve 1

1 BR - -
1 BL - -
INA 1 BRI4437B 2
FRONT LOADER CONSOLE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF ENGINE
X822 Loader Valve 2

1 BR - -
1 BL - -
INA 3 BRI4437B 4
FRONT LOADER CONSOLE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF ENGINE
X823 Mega Fuse (125A) Gridheater, Fuelheater

1 RD - SUPPLY B+
2 RD - HIGH CURRENT RELAY
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 393
SS12B152 5 BRI4474B 6
BOTTOM REAR ENGINE
X824 Loader Valve 3

1 - - -
INA 7 BRI4437B 8
X825 Injector Cylinder, No. 1 & 2 Cylinder

1 BR / BK - PLUS
2 GY / RD - MINUS
3 GY / YE - PLUS
4 BR / WH - MINUS
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 394
SS08K066 9 SS08F274 10
LEFT HAND TOP ENGINE

1 GN / WH - PLUS
2 OR / BK - MINUS
3 GY / BK - PLUS
4 BR / GN - MINUS
SS08K067 11 SS08F274 12

1 GN / BK - PLUS
2 OR / WH - MINUS
3 OR / BL - PLUS
4 GN / YE - MINUS
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 395
SS08K068 13 SS08F274 14
X828 Boost Pressure / Temperature Sensor

1 YE / BK - -
2 WH / RD - -
3 OR / BL - -
4 BL / BK - -
SS08K069 15 SS08F268 16
LEFT HAND ENGINE
X829 Oil Pressure / Temperature Sensor

1 YE / GN - -
2 PK / BK - -
3 BR / BK - -
4 YE / RD - -
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 396
SS08K070 17 SS08F268 18
FRONT LOWER RIGHT HAND ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 397

X830 Rail Pressure Sensor

1 WH / BK
2 RD / GN
3 GY / BK
SS08K071 1 SS08F270 2
X831 Coolant Temperature Sensor

1 OR / GN
2 WH / YE
SS09F022 3 SS08F271 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 398
X832 Fuel Temperature Sensor

1 WH / BL
2 OR / BK
SS08K073 5 SS08F271 6
LEFT HAND ENGINE
X833 High Pressure Pump Metering Valve

1 GN
2 OR
SS08K074 7 SS08F271 8
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 399
X834 Crankshaft Speed Sensor

1 WH
2 RD
3 PK / OR
SS09G106 9 SS08F270 10
FRONT LEFT HAND ENGINE
X835 Camshaft Speed Sensor

1 RD / OR
2 WH
3 PK / OR
SS08K076 11 SS08F270 12
X836 Grid Heater Earth

47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 400
SS12A233 13 BRI4474B 14
X837 Grid Heater High current Relay 30

SS12A232 15 SS12A157 16
X838 Headlamp 2 Grab Rail Left Hand

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B153 17 SS08F147 18
LEFT HAND ON GRABRAIL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 401
X839 Headlamp 1 Grab Rail Right Hand

4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B154 19 SS08F147 20
RIGHT HAND ON GRABRAIL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 402
X864 EL. Draft Control Rear Potentiometer Panel

1 YE / RD
2 YE / BK
3 BK
4 RD
5 YE / GN
6 YE
7 BK
8 RD
SS11A070 1 SS12A088 2
IN ARMREST
X865 EDC LED's Panel

1 GY / YE
2 GY
3 GY / WH
4 GY / RD
5 RD
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 403
SS11A111 3 SS12A088 4
IN ARMREST
X866 Hand Throttle- Sensor

1 RD
2 BL
4 BK
SS11A112 5 SS12A128 6
IN ARMREST
X867 EDC Mouse

A RD / BK
B RD / GN
C RD
D BK
E OR
F OR
G OR / BK
H BL
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 404
SS11A113 7 SS12A127 8
IN ARMREST
X868 Multi Function Handle

1 RD
2 WH/GN
3 VT
4 VT
5 GN/RD
6 PK
12 WH
13 BL/RD
SS11A114 9 SS08F317 10
IN ARMREST
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 405

X890 Battery Positive Stud

SS11M205 1 SS10G193 2
RIGHT HAND UNDER THE STEPS
X891 Starter Motor Positive

SS09G067 3 SS09G141 4
REAR ENGINE RIGHT HAND
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 406
X892 Battery to Ground

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS11N002 5 SS10G194 6
RIGHT HAND UNDER THE STEPS
X893 Battery to Starter (Ground)

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B151 7 SS09G141 8
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 407

X901 Engine to SCR System

1 YE 5400 CAN H
2 GN 5420 CAN L
3 YE 5400 CAN H
4 GN 5420 CAN L
6 YE 5400 CAN H
7 GN 5420 CAN L
11 BR 9272 / 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
SS12B155 1 SS08F317 2
X902 Power Supply SCR System

A RD 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
B RD 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
SS12B156 3 SS12A047 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 408
X903 DEF/ADBLUE Heating control Valve

1 YE 9254 ECU TO BLOW BY 3 WAY VALVE
2 BR 9230 ECU B+ OUTPUT (EDC7_)
SS11M197 5 SS12A123 6
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
X904 DEF/ADBLUE Injection Valve

1 YE 9261 ECU TO DOSING VALVE
2 OR 9262 ECU TO DOSING VALVE RETURN
SS11N030 7 SS12A049 8
REAR RIGHT HAND ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 409
X905 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (IN)

1 YE 9249 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPSTEAM)
2 YE 9250 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPTREAM) RETURN
SS12B157 9 SS12A049 10
X906 Catalyst Temperature Sensor (OUT)

1 YE 9251 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM)
2 YE 9252 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTEAM) RET
SS12B180 11 SS12A049 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 410
X907 DEF/ADBLUE Tank Level and Temperature Sensor

1 YE 9246 SIGNAL REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
2 BL 9247 GROUND REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
3 YE 9248 REDUCTION AGENT LEVEL TEMP SENSOR
SS12B159 13 SS08F072 14
LEFT HAND TOP OF FUEL TANK
X908 Humidity/Temperature Sensor

2 YE 9276 ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDITY SENSOR
3 YE 9277 ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDIY SENSOR RETURN
4 YE 9278 COMBUST AIR TEMPERATURE
SS11M194 15 SS12A050 16
TOP RIGHT HAND ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 411
X909 Converter NOx-Sensor (AC/DC)

2 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
3 GN 5420 CAN L
4 YE 5400 CAN H
SS11N015 17 SS12A051 18
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 412

X910 CAN BUS Terminator

2 YE 5400 CAN H
3 GN 5420 CAN L
SS11N016 1 SS07K251 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 413
X911 Engine Control Module (ECM)

5 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
6 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
12 VT 6586 ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
26 YE 9276 ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDITY SENSOR
27 YE 9278 COMBUST AIR TEMPERATURE
28 YE 9277 ECU TO COMBUST AIR & HUMIDIY SENSOR RETURN
34 GN 5420 CAN L
35 YE 5400 CAN H
42 LG 2040 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
52 GN 5420 CAN L
53 YE 5400 CAN H
57 BR 6331 ECM SWITCHED GROUND VISCTRONIC
67 BR 6310 FAN SOLENOID
69 BR 6300 FAN SPEED
SS11N010 3 SS10G214 4
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 414
X912 Engine Sensors

9 WH
10 RD / OR
12 WH / BK
13 GY / BK
14 RD / GN
15 OR / GN
18 OR / BK
19 WH
23 RD
24 YE / GN
25 YE / BK
26 WH / YE
27 YE / RD
28 PK / BK
32 BR / BK
33 OR / BL
34 BL / BK
35 WH / BL
36 WH / RD
SS12B161 5 SS10G215 6
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 415
X913 Engine Injectors

1 OR / BL
2 OR / WH
3 GN / WH
4 BR / WH
5 BR / GN
6 GY / RD
9 GN
10 OR
11 BR / BK
12 GY / BK
13 GY / YE
14 OR / BK
15 GN / BK
16 GN / YE
SS12B162 7 SS10G226 8
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 416
X914 SCR Controller

2 BR 9230 ECU B+ OUTPUT (EDC7_)
7 YE 5400 CAN H
8 GN 5420 CAN L
11 OR 9262 ECU TO DOSING VALVE RETURN
12 YE 9261 ECU TO DOSING VALVE
17 YE 9250 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPTREAM) RETURN
18 YE 9246 SIGNAL REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
19 BL 9247 GROUND REDUCTION LEVEL AGENT SENSOR
23 YE 9254 ECU TO BLOW BY 3 WAY VALVE
25 YE 9252 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTEAM) RET
26 YE 9251 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM)
28 YE 9249 ECU TO CATALYST TEMP SENSOR (UPSTEAM)
29 YE 9248 REDUCTION AGENT LEVEL TEMP SENSOR
31 PK ISOK2
SS12B163 9 SS12A052 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 417
X918 Convertor 12-24V SCR Controller

2 RD 9272 24V FUSED SUPPLY
3 RD 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
4 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B165 11 SS12A053 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 418

X920 Cab Power 250A

SS10G197 1 BRI4474B 2
X921 Cab Power Electronic 30A

1 BL 160 BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
SS10G198 3 BRI4404B 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 419
X922 Power Supply SCR 30A

1 RD 9270 12 V SUPPLY TO DENNOX CONVERTOR
SS10G199 5 SS08G301 6
X923 Power Supply KAM 10A

SS10G117 7 SS09G142 8
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 420
X924 Power Supply Reserve 10A

1 - - -
SS10G118 9 SS09G142 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 421

X936 SCR System Earth

1 BK 57 EARTH (ALL)
SS12B118 1 SS08G301 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 422

X999 Supply (Potential 15) Relay

SS11M204 1 SS08H131 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 423
Fuse and relay box - Static description

NOTICE: Do not replace a blown fuse with another of a different rating.
The fuse box is located behind a panel on the top of the right hand control console.
To check or change fuses, remove the two screws securing the panel to the console.
In addition to the main fuses there are additional 'Maxi' fuses which are provided to protect the main fuses and elec-
trical circuit.
SS11M159 1
There is provision for 60 fuses although they may not all be fitted, depending on the specification of the tractor. The
fuses are numbered and colour coded.
Refer to Fuse and relay box - General specification (55.100) for fuse positions and descriptions.
More relays are located behind the front of he right hand control console.
Refer to Fuse and relay box - General specification (55.100) for relay functions.
SS11M162 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 424
The flasher relay unit (1), is located behind the right hand trim under the transmission control levers and ‘Heated
Mirrors’ (2).
SS11M163 3
Grid Heater relay, (1), located to the rear of the left hand side top of the engine.
BSE3115A 4
Grid Heater Fuse ( 125 A), (1), located on the right hand side top of the engine.
SS11M166 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 425
In addition to the fuses in the internal fuse box, there are also extra fuses located on the battery tray. A 250 A 'MEGA'
fuse (1) which protects the main electrical system and one 30 A fuse (2) which protect the power supply to the central
controller unit (CCU) and ADIC and one 30 A fuse (9) which protect the power supply to the SCR system.
SS11C116 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 426
Index

Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 02 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 1 - 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 03 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Fuses 15 - 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 08 CONTROL UNIT (Switch Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 09 POWER DISTRIBUTION (Power Earthing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 START/CHARGING (WITH Battery Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 11 START/CHARGING (LESS Battery Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 12 ENGINE- CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 13 ENGINE- CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 14 SCR-CONTROLLER (DeNOx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 15 CONTROL UNIT (Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 16 CONTROL UNIT (Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 17 CONTROL UNIT (Electr. Draft Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 18 CONTROL UNIT (5V Sensor Supply, Seat, Reverse Alarm) . . 88
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 19 CONTROL UNIT (Rear PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 20 CONTROL UNIT (Susp.F-AXLE, EHR Fender Switches) . . . . . 96
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 21 CONTROL UNIT (Front-Hitch & Front-PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 22 FAST STEERING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 23 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 24 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 25 ARMREST CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 26 ARMREST CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 28 POWER SUPPLY EL. HYDR. REMOTES (Rear & Midmount) 114
T6.120 16x16 Transmission, T6.140 16x16 Transmission, T6.150 16x16 Transmission, T6.160 16x16 Transmission, T6.155 16x16
Transmission, T6.165 16x16 Transmission, T6.175 16x16 Transmission
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 29 HEATING - AIR CONDITION (Automatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 30 HEATING - AIR CONDITION (Manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 31 MIRRORS (El. Adjustable & Heated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 33 WASHERS & WIPERS (Front & Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 34 POWER SOCKETS (Cigar Lighter, Sockets Cab & Rear) . . . 126
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 35 FLASH LIGHT & HAZARD WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 36 LIGHTING (Side & Console Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 37 FENDER LIGHT (Stop-, Tail-, Flash-, Work Lamps) . . . . . . . . . 134
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 427
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 38 LIGHTING (Headlamps Hood & Grabrail, Worklamps Hood, Horn)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 39 LIGHTING (Headlamps - Roof) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 40 WORKLIGHT (Work- & Beacon Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 41 AUXILIARY WORKLIGHT (Roof) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
T6.120 High Roof, T6.140 High Roof, T6.150 High Roof, T6.160 High Roof, T6.155 High Roof, T6.165 High Roof, T6.175 High Roof
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 42 7-PIN SOCKET (Rear Trailer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 43 INTERIOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 44 RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 46 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 47 TRAILER BRAKES (hydraulic, pneumatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 48 LOADER READY (Interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 50 DIAGNOSTIC SOCKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 51 CAN STRUCTURE (CAN BUS1 & CAN BUS NOx) . . . . . . . . . 164
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 52 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 53 CAN STRUCTURE (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Fuse and relay box - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuse and relay box - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Wire connectors - Component Diagram 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Wire connectors - Component diagram 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 428
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 429
Wire harnesses - Electrical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Wire harnesses - Electrical schema index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 01 POWER DISTRIBUTION (MAXI Fuses 1 - 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Wire harnesses - Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Wire harnesses - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47461574 08/11/2012
55.100 / 430
Engine control system - 015
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.015 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Engine Control Unit (ECU)

Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.015 / 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.015 / 3
Electrical systems - Engine control system
Engine Control Unit (ECU) - Electronic schema

Component Identification
1. Engine Control Module (ECM)
2. Diagnostic Plug – CAN 1
3. Connector to CAN 2 EHR
4. Fuel Filter Water Sensor
5. NOX- Sensor
6. CAN- BUS Terminating Resistor
7. Converter NOX Sensor (AC/ DC)
8. Exhaust Brake Solenoid
9. Fuel Filter Heater Relay
10. Grid Heater Relay
11. Humidity/ Temperature Sensor
12. Interface Visctronic Engine Fan
13. Boost Pressure/ Temperature Sensor
14. Oil Pressure/ Temperature Sensor
15. Rail Pressure Sensor
16. Coolant Temperature Sensor
17. Fuel Temperature Sensor
18. Camshaft Speed Sensor
19. Crankshaft Speed Sensor
20. High Pressure Pump Metering Valve
21. Injector, No. 1 Cylinder
25. Injector, No.5 Cylinder
27. Sensors Ground
28. Chassis Ground
29. Supply Ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.015 / 4
SS11E072 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.015 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.015 / 6
Index

Engine Control Unit (ECU) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.015 / 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.015 / 8
Alternator - 301
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 1
Contents
Alternator - 301
TECHNICAL DATA
Alternator
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Alternator
SERVICE
Alternator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 2
Electrical systems - Alternator
Alternator - Torque
Value
Pulley Retaining Nut 80 Nm (59.0 lb ft)
Terminal Nut - B+ 12 Nm (8.9 lb ft)
Terminal Nut - D+ 3.5 Nm (2.6 lb ft)
Mounting Bolts 25 Nm (18.4 lb ft)
Alternator - General specification

Polarity Negative Ground
Nominal Voltage 14.0 V
Maximum Speed Permanent / Intermittent 15000 RPM / 18000 RPM
Nominal Output 120 A / 150 A
Regulator Controlled Voltage 14.1 V +/- 0.15
Rotor Field Winding Resistance 2.7 Ω +/- 0.27 @ 23 °C (73.4 °F) ± 5 °C (41.0 °F)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 3
Alternator - Static description

ISKRA alternators are fitted to all models. They incorporate internal cooling fans and integral regulators. The alterna-
tor is mounted at the front on the right hand side of the engine and is driven from a crankshaft pulley via a `poly vee'
drive belt.
SS11K130 1
Alternator Operation
Refer to Wire harnesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 START/CHARGING (WITH Battery Isolator) (55.100)
for charging circuit schematic.
When the key start switch is turned on a small current flows from the battery through the rotor field wiring. The circuit
is made via the charge indicator warning lamp, alternator terminal `D+' the rotor field winding, the alternator regulator
and ground.
At this stage the warning light is illuminated and the rotor partially magnetised.
When the engine is started and the partially magnetised rotor revolves within the stator windings a 3-phase alternating
current is generated. A constant portion of the generated current is converted to direct current by the three field diodes
incorporated in the rectifier pack.
This direct current is fed back to supplement the current flowing through the rotor field winding.
This action results in an ever increasing magnetic influence of the rotor along with an associated rapid rise in gener-
ated output current and voltage.
During the rise in generated output voltage (reflected at the `D+' terminal) the brilliance of the warning lamp is re-
duced and when the voltage at the `D+' terminal equates to that at the battery side of the warning light the lamp is
extinguished.
The voltage continues to rise until the predetermined regulated voltage level is reached.
In the event of drive belt breakage the voltage will not build up within the alternator and so the charge indicator light
will remain on to indicate failure.
SS11M165 2
Altenator
1 Output Connection (B+ Terminal)

2 Warning Lamp (D+ terminal)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 4
Alternator - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery cable – see Battery - Disconnect (55.302).
1. Remove the right hand belt guard.
SS09J020 1
2. Using a suitable 1/2 inch drive bar, rotate the acces-

sory drive belt tensioner clockwise (1) and detach the
accessory drive belt from the alternator pulley (2).
BAIL07APH050AVA 2
3. Disconnect the alternator electrical connectors and

reposition the wiring loom to one side.
SS09J018 3
4. Remove the alternator retaining bolts, and remove

the alternator.
BAIS09APH327AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 5
Next operation:
Alternator - Install (55.301)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 6
Alternator - Install
Prior operation:
Alternator - Remove (55.301)
NOTE: Ensure the battery ground (negative) cable is disconnected from the battery when installing the alternator.
1. Install the alternator to the engine mounting bracket
and tighten the bolts to the specified torque of 25 Nm
(18.4 lb ft).
BAIS09APH327AVA 1
SS09J018 2
3. Using a suitable 1/2 inch drive bar, rotate the acces-

sory drive belt tensioner clockwise (1) and install the
accessory drive belt onto the alternator pulley (2).
BAIL07APH050AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 7
4. Install the belt guard.
SS09J020 4
Next operation:
Reconnect the battery cable – see Battery - Connect (55.302).
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 8
Alternator - Electrical test

Alternator Wiring Connections Test
1. With reference to 1
1. Disconnect the battery.
2. Disconnect the D+ (2) and B+ (3) terminals from
the alternator.
3. Reconnect the battery and turn the key start on
but do not start the engine. Connect a voltmeter (4)
between each terminal and earth (ground), (1). Bat-
tery voltage should be registered.
If battery voltage is not registered a continuity fault
in the external cable circuitry must be traced and
remedied, refer to the circuit diagram (see Wire har-
nesses - Electrical schematic frame 10 START/
CHARGING (WITH Battery Isolator) (55.100).
4. Connect the D+ terminal, warning lamp (thin BAIS06CCM694AVA 1
brown) wire, to earth (ground). The warning lamp
should illuminate.
5. Disconnect the battery and reconnect the re-
moved alternator cable connections to the alternator.
NOTE: If the warning lamp fails to illuminate when the cable
is reconnected to the alternator, a fault is indicated in the
alternator regulator or rotor circuits. Ensure that the D+
terminal is clean.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 9
Charging Current And Controlled Voltage Tests

2. With reference to Figure 2
The following test should be performed at 20 °C (68
°F), a lower temperature will create a higher voltage
and a higher temperature will create a lower voltage.
1. Ensure all tractor electrical components are
switched off and the key start switch is in the òff'
position.
2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal and dis-
connect the B+ terminal (4) of the alternator.
3. Connect an ammeter (1), between the removed
(thick brown) cable (3) and the B+ alternator terminal.
4. Connect a voltmeter (2) between the alternator B+
terminal and earth (ground).
5. Reconnect the battery. Start and run the engine at BAIS06CCM695AVA 2
2000 RPM and observe the ammeter and voltmeter
readings.
The voltmeter should register in excess of battery
voltage and when the ammeter reading falls to 5 A
the voltmeter reading should stabilise at 14.1 V +/-
0.15.
If the voltmeter reading exceeds the above value the
alternator regulator is faulty.
If the voltmeter reading is below the specified value a
faulty alternator component or a high resistance fault
in the external connections of the charging system is
indicated.
If the ammeter registers zero amperes a faulty alter-
nator component is indicated.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 10
Charging Circuit Volt Drop Tests

(a) Insulated-Side Volt Drop Tests
3. With reference to Figure 3
Ensure the key start switch is in the òff' position.
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable and discon-
nect the B+ cable (1) from the alternator.
2. Connect a millivoltmeter (4) between the battery
positive terminal and the B+ cable (5). (Positive side
to cable).
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the B+
terminal of the alternator and the B+ cable (negative
side to cable).
4. Reconnect the battery negative cable and connect
a variable load resistor (3), with the slider in the min-
imum current draw position (maximum resistance),
across the battery terminals. BAIS06CCM696AVA 3
5. Start the engine and increase the speed to 2000
RPM.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resis-
tor (decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers
120 A.
7. Observe the millivoltmeter reading which should
not exceed 400 millivolts.
If the reading is in excess of 400 millivolts, a high
resistance fault is indicated in the external circuitry.
If the required alternator output cannot be achieved
and the millivoltmeter reading is less than 400 mil-
livolts, then a faulty alternator component is indi-
cated.
8. Stop the engine.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 11
(b) Ground-Side Volt Drop Test

1. Ensure the key start switch is in the òff' position.
2. The circuit is the same as that used in the pre-
vious test except for the millivoltmeter (4) which is
now connected between the battery negative termi-
nal and the alternator frame (negative side to frame).
3. Start the engine and increase the speed to 2000
RPM.
4. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor
(decrease resistance) until the ammeter (2) registers
120 A.
5. Observe the voltmeter reading which should not
exceed 200 millivolts.
If the reading is in excess of 200 millivolts a high BAIS06CCM697AVA 4
resistance fault is indicated in the external circuitry.
If the required alternator output cannot be achieved
and the millivoltmeter reading is less than 200 milli-
volts then a faulty alternator component is indicated.
6. Stop the engine.
NOTE: Ensure the variable load resistor (3) is in the mini-
mum current draw position (maximum resistance).
Alternator Maximum Output Performance Test

5.
With reference to 5.
1. Ensure the key start switch is in the òff' position.
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable and discon-
nect the B+ cable (5) from the alternator.
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the
B+ terminal (1) of the alternator and the B+ cable
(negative side to cable).
4. Connect a voltmeter (4) between the alternator B+
terminal and earth (ground).
5. Reconnect the battery, start and increase the en-
gine speed to 2000 RPM.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor
(3) (decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers BAIS06CCM698AVA 5
120 A.
7. Observe the voltmeter reading which should not
fall below 13 V.
If the reading falls below 13 V a faulty alternator com-
ponent is indicated.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 12
Regulator and rotor field circuit test

6. Test equipment required:
- 12 V battery
- Multimeter
- 2.2 W Test Lamp
NOTICE: Prior to removal of the alternator cables from the
alternator ensure that the key start switch is in the òff' po-
sition and the battery negative cable is disconnected.
1. Disconnect all of the alternator cables.
2. Connect a 12 V battery and a 2.2 W test lamp (2)
in series between the D+ (1) and the alternator frame
(negative side to frame).
3. The test lamp should illuminate.
If the test lamp is not illuminated a fault is indicated
in the rotor circuit. Check brushes, slip rings and
continuity of rotor field windings.
If examination indicates these parts to be satisfactory
the regulator may be suspect.
BAIS06CCM699AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 13
Alternator - Preliminary test

CAUTION - Service Precautions
1. To avoid damage to the components of the alterna-
tor charging system, service precautions must be ob-
served as follows:
- NEVER make or break any of the charging circuit
connections, including the battery, when the engine
is running.
- NEVER short any of the charging components to
ground.
- ALWAYS disconnect the battery ground cable (neg-
ative) when charging the battery on the tractor using
a battery charger.
- ALWAYS observe correct polarity when installing
the battery or using a slave battery to start the en-
gine.
NOTICE: ALWAYS CONNECT POSITIVE TO POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE TO NEGATIVE.
Preliminary Checks
2. Prior to electrical testing thoroughly inspect the
charging and electrical system.
Check all leads and connections for continuity and
tightness.
1. Check the battery state of charge.
Using a hydrometer check the individual battery
cells. The battery should be at least 70 % charged
and in good condition.
2. Check the drive belt.
Inspect the alternator drive belt and pulley, ensuring
that both are clean, free from oil and grease and in
good condition.
The alternator drive belt is automatically tensioned
by a spring tensioner mounted at the front of the
engine, refer to Alternator - Static description
(55.301). If the belt tension is suspect, check the
tensioner assembly as follows:
Remove the fan belt, for further information refer to
Belt - Remove (10.414).
SS11K130 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 14
Inspection and Repair

3. Checking of the tensioner assembly operation should
be carried out, with the tensioner assembly still at-
tached to the front of the engine. To check the spring
load, place a ``breakback" torque bar preset to, 52
- 63 lbf.ft ( 70 - 85 Nm) ( 7.1 - 8.7 kgf.m), onto the
pulley arm 15 mm (0.6 in) socket. Raise the lever
up through an arc of 20 ° maximum. If the torque bar
does not ``break" within the range, install a new fan
belt tensioner. For further information refer to Belt
tensioner - Remove (10.414).
Ensure the tensioner pulley rotates freely by hand.
If it does not rotate freely by hand, install a new fan
belt tensioner. For further information refer to Belt
tensioner - Remove (10.414).
4. Re-Assembly
To install the fan belt tensioner, refer to Belt ten-
sioner - Install (10.414).
Install the fan belt. For further information, refer to
Belt - Install (10.414).
Check the Alternator Charge Warning Lamp

5. Turn on the key start switch and check that the warn-
ing lamp is fully illuminated.
If the warning lamp is not fully illuminated check the
bulb. If the bulb is not the cause of the fault carry
out the Alternator wiring connections test as detailed
under ìnitial tests' in this section.
If the warning lamp is illuminated start the engine and
run above idling speed. The lamp should go out.
If the lamp does not go out, stop the engine and re-
move the wire from the D+ terminal. If the lamp now
goes out a faulty alternator component is indicated.
If the warning lamp remains illuminated, check for a
short circuit to earth (ground) between the `D+' cable
end and the warning lamp.
INITIAL TESTS
6. The initial tests may be performed without removing
any of the charging circuit components from the trac-
tor and enable the following items to be checked:
- Alternator wire connections
- Alternator charging current and controlled voltage
- Alternator charging circuit volt drops
- Alternator maximum output performance
Test equipment required:

7. - Voltmeter ( 0 - 30 V moving coil type
- Millivoltmeter ( 0 - 1 V)
- Ammeter ( 0 - 200 A moving coil type)
- 1.5 Ohm 200 A variable load resistor
NOTE: Most commercial test equipment incorporates sev-
eral testing devices within a single unit . Use such equip-
ment in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
8. For further information refer to Alternator - Electri-
cal test (55.301) for testing procedures.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 15
Index
Alternator - 301
Alternator - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Alternator - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Alternator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alternator - Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Alternator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Alternator - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Alternator - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.301 / 16
Battery - 302
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 1
Contents
Battery - 302
TECHNICAL DATA
Battery
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Battery
SERVICE
Battery
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
DIAGNOSTIC
Battery
Testing Charging Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Testing Open Circuit Voltage Test - State of Charge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Testing Specific Gravity - State of charge test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Testing Flat or discharged battery suspected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Testing Visual check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Testing Heavy Load Discharge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 2
Electrical systems - Battery
Battery - General specification

Temperature Efficiency of a Fully Charged Battery
25.0 °C ( 77.0 °F) 100 %
-4.5 °C ( 23.9 °F) 82 %
-24.0 °C ( -11.2 °F) 64 %
-27.5 °C ( -17.5 °F) 58 %
-31.0 °C ( -23.8 °F) 50 %
-34.5 °C ( -30.1 °F) 40 %
-37.5 °C ( -35.5 °F) 33 %
140 Ah ( 800 cca) 176 Ah ( 1300 cca)

Slow Charge Programs 32 hours at 5 A 46 hours at 5 A
17 hours at 10 A 23 hours at 10 A
Fast charge Program (emergencies only) 9 hours at 18 A 13 hours at 18 A
Use the following table to determine the state of charge

State of Charge Corrected Specific Gravity Corrected Specific Gravity Average Battery Voltage
@ 15 °C (59.0 °F) @ 25 °C (77.0 °F)
100 % 1.295 1.287 12.76 V
75 % 1.253 1.246 12.52 V
50 % 1.217 1.210 12.30 V
25 % 1.177 1.170 12.06 V
Discharged 1.137 1.130 11.84 V
Specific Gravity Fast charge up to :

1.150 SG or less 60 minutes
1.151 - 1.175 SG 45 minutes
1.176 - 1.200 SG 30 minutes
1.201 - 1.225 SG 15 minutes
(Slow charge only)
Description Battery Specification

Capacity (Ampere hour at 20 hour rate) 140 / 176
Cold Cranking Ampere Rating 800 / 1300
Voltage 12
Cells 6
Ground Terminal Negative
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 3
Battery - Static description

All models use a single “low maintenance - hybrid" battery with negative ground of six cell construction and is located
on the right hand side of the tractor behind the cab steps.
NOTE: "Low maintenance" means that under normal charging conditions the battery may lose a small amount of water
from the electrolyte. Conditions that may cause water loss include prolonged charging above 14.4 V where gassing
occurs as it approaches full charge. This can be caused by a faulty charging system or boost/recovery charging
equipment.
The battery has four major functions:
• To provide a source of current for starting, lighting and instrumentation.

• To help control the voltage in the electrical system.
• To furnish current when the electrical demands exceed the alternator output.
• To support quiescent loads from radio and micro processor memory.
The battery is constructed in such a manner that each cell contains positive and negative plates placed alternatively
next to each other. Each positive plate is separated from a negative plate by a non-conducting porous envelope
separator. If any of the positive plates should make contact with negative plates within a cell, the cell will short circuit
and suffer irreparable damage. All of the positive plates are welded to a bus-bar, forming a positive terminal and all
of the negative plates are welded to a similar bus-bar forming a negative terminal.
Each positive plate is composed of a lead grid with lead peroxide pasted into the grid openings. The negative plates
are composed of a lead grid with spongy lead pasted into the grid openings.
The plates are submerged in a liquid electrolyte solution of diluted sulphuric acid.
Battery Identification
Two manufacturers of batteries (FAAM and EXIDE), are used in production and it is important before servicing the
battery that the manufacturer is identified to ensure the correct testing and charging procedures are followed.
The batteries can be identified by their unique part number, which is stamped into the casing or by the positioning of
the manufacturers date code.
SS11M173 1 SS10G207 2
FAAM Battery Identification FAAM Battery Identification
• 0G CW22 (x yyy) Date Code

• 0G - Production plant
• x - Year
• yyy - Day progressive number
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 4
SS10G208 3
EXIDE Battery Identification
• 0G CW22 (xy - zzzz) Date Code

• x - Year
• y- Month (B-Jan, C-Feb, D-Mar, E-Apr, F-May, G-Jun, H-Jul, J-Aug, K-Sep, L-Oct, M-Nov, A-Dec)
• zzzz - Production plant
Part number identification

Manufacturer Part Number Ah
FAAM 87303729 176 Ah
EXIDE 82027430 176 Ah
FAAM 84491465 140 Ah
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 5
Battery - Disconnect
WARNING
Battery gas can explode!
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always connect
the negative (-) battery cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal objects. 4. Do
not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
W0011A
Prior operation:
1. To gain access to the battery open the securing pin

(1).
SS11H247 1
2. Rise the right hand step and fix it with a suitable ca-
ble.
SS11H280 2
3. To retain the battery cover turn the retaining screw

(1) anticlockwise and remove the cover.
SS11H276 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 6
4. Disconnect the negative lead (2) from the battery ter-

minal and position to one side.
SS11M169 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 7
Battery - Connect
WARNING
W0011A
Prior operation:
1. Connect the negative lead (2) with the battery termi-

nal.
SS11M169 1
2. Ensure battery leads and cables are positioned so

they do not become trapped or chafed on sharp
edges.
3. Add the cover and turn the retaining screw (1) clock-
wise.
SS11H276 2
4. Loosen the suitable cable and decrease the right

hand step.
SS11H280 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 8
5. Finally close the securing pin (1).
SS11H247 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 9
Battery - Remove
WARNING
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
Machine batteries are extremely heavy. Make sure the battery is supported safely during the removal
process.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0050A
Prior operation:
Battery - Install (55.302)
1. To gain access to the battery open the securing pin

(1).
SS11H247 1
2. Rise the right hand step and fix it with a suitable ca-
ble.
SS11H280 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 10
3. To retain the battery cover turn the retaining screw

(1) anticlockwise and remove the cover.
SS11H276 3
4. Loosen the retaining nuts (1) and remove the battery

clamp.
Disconnect the negative lead (2) from the battery ter-
Disconnect the positive lead (3) from the battery ter-
Carefully slide the battery (4) out of the carrier.
SS11M169 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 11
Battery - Install
WARNING
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
Machine batteries are extremely heavy. Make sure the battery is supported safely during the removal
process.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0050A
Prior operation:
Battery - Remove (55.302)
1. Carefully slide the battery (4) into the carrier.

Connect the positive lead (3) with the battery termi-
nal.
Connect the negative lead (2) with the battery termi-
nal.
Fit the battery clamp and tighten the retaining nuts
(1).
SS11M169 1
2. Ensure battery leads and cables are positioned so

they do not become trapped or chafed on sharp
edges.
3. Add the cover and turn the retaining screw (1) clock-
wise.
SS11H276 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 12
4. Loosen the suitable cable and decrease the right

hand step.
SS11H280 3
5. Finally close the securing pin (1).
SS11H247 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 13
Battery - Testing Charging Overview

1 Check Result Action
Before charging the battery ensure the Battery clean and serviceable. Cleaning reveals battery damage,
electrolyte is at an acceptable level. replace battery as necessary.
Clean the battery casing and cell covers
with sodium bicarbonate (baking soda)
and hot water and clean the battery ter-
minals if necessary.
If the battery has failed the Heavy load
test, conduct the charge acceptance test
to determine whether the battery will ac-
cept a charge.
Charge the battery using either the stan- After charging, to ensure the bat-
dard charge procedure or slow charge tery is suitable for service conduct
procedure for deeply discharged/sul- the heavy load discharge test. Re-
phated batteries. Refer to correct battery fer to Battery - Testing (55.302).
manufacturers charging procedure de-
tailed in Battery - General specification
(55.302).
Battery - Testing Open Circuit Voltage Test - State of Charge Test

To remove any surface charge from the Refer to the voltages in the spe-
battery, operate the vehicle on full beam cific gravity test table in Battery -
for 1 min then turn off and leave the ve- General specification (55.302).
hicle for 5 min. Measure the open circuit
voltage by connecting a digital voltmeter
across the battery terminals.
Battery - Testing Specific Gravity - State of charge test

NOTE: State of charge tests are used to determine if there is sufficient charge in the battery to perform a heavy load
test, but does NOT verify the ability of a battery to crank the engine.
Check the electrolyte level. If necessary
add distilled water to the recommended
level of 17 mm (0.7 in) above the plates.
Recharge for 2 h then leave for 15 min
before testing. Refer to Battery - Testing
Charging Overview (55.302).
Shake the battery to mix the electrolyte.
Remove the vent caps and extract elec-
trolyte using a hydrometer. Note the
specific gravity reading (SG) for each
cell, beginning with the cell closest to the
positive terminal. Adjust the hydrometer
readings for any temperature variations
(±0.004 SG for every ± 5.5 °C (± 41.9 °F)
from which the hydrometer is calibrated.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 14

Record the SG readings for each cell. A variance of no more than 0.025 A variance greater than 0.025 be-
between any two cells. Proceed to tween any two cells indicates a de-
step 4. fective cell and the battery should
be replaced.
Refer to the SG table in Battery - Gen-
eral specification (55.302).
Battery - Testing Flat or discharged battery suspected

Perform Visual check of Battery and ca- Battery has no external defects. Clean, repair or replace battery as
bles. Refer to Battery - Testing (55.302). Action required.
Proceed to step 2.
Perform a state of charge test. Refer to Refer to Battery - General spec- The battery must be fully charged
Battery - Testing (55.302). ification (55.302). If battery is before proceeding to step 3
above 75% charge proceed to (Heavy load test, Battery - Test-
step 3. ing (55.302)).
Perform a heavy load test. Refer to Bat- Is the reading below 9.6 V? If result is below 9.6 V the battery
tery - Testing (55.302). Action has an unacceptable output ca-
If NO the battery has an accept- pacity and should be test charged
able ouput capacity and will ac- before attempting a full recharge.
cept a normal charge.
Battery - Testing Visual check

Remove the battery cover. Visually check No cracking evident and no dam- A cracked case or broken posts
the battery, (correctly identify battery age to posts, proceed to step 2. may lead to electrolyte leakage,
manufacturer, refer to Battery - Static the battery should be replaced.
description (55.302)). Is the battery
case cracked or the battery posts bro-
ken?
Are the cables and connections dam- Cables in good condition, clean Clean, tighten, repair or replace
aged, dirty of loose? and tight on posts, proceed to step
cables as required and then pro-
3. ceed to step 3.
Is there corrosion around the battery ter- No corrosion, proceed to step 4. Clean the terminals using water
minals? and sodium bicarbonate (baking
soda). A wire brush may be re-
quired to remove heavy corrosion.
Dry the battery and proceed to
step 4.
Is the battery strap or clamp loose? Battery secure, proceed to step 5. Tighten as necessary and proceed
to step 5.
Check the electrolyte fluid level. The Electrolyte at correct level, pro- Electrolyte level low, top up using
electrolyte should be around 17 mm (0.7 ceed to step 6. distilled or de-mineralised water.
in) above the plates. Is the electrolyte Do not use tap or rain water. Pro-
level low in any of the cells? ceed to step 6.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 15

Using a hydrometer, Is the electrolyte ex- Electrolyte is clear, proceed to Cloudy or discoloured electrolyte
cessively cloudy or discoloured? 'state of charge test'. Refer to may be caused by overcharging
Battery - Testing (55.302). or vibration. This can cause a
high self discharge of the battery.
Correct the cause then replace the
battery.
Battery - Testing Heavy Load Discharge Test

Confirm that the battery state of charge is Refer to Battery - Testing
at least 75 % (> 12.4 V). (55.302) or Battery - Testing
(55.302).
Determine the capacity rating of the bat-
tery as stated on the battery label (should
be 107 Ah (800 CCA) or 132 Ah (960
CCA). Connect the heavy load tester
across the battery terminals, observing
the correct polarity. Load the battery at
a rate equal to three times the Amp-hour
(Ah) rating or half the cold cranking amps
(CCA) rating.
To remove the surface charge, apply the
heavy load tester to the battery for 15 s at
the specified discharge current then dis-
connect and leave for 5 min.
Apply the load for no more than 15 s and Voltage greater than 9.6 V. The The voltage is less than 9.6 V.
note the voltage reading. Is the voltage battery has an acceptable output The battery has an unacceptable
less than 9.6 V? capacity and will accept a normal output capacity and should be test
charge if required or can be re- charged before attempting a full
turned to service. recharge and then retesting.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 16
Index
Battery - 302
Battery - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Battery - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Battery - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Battery - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Battery - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Battery - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Battery - Testing Charging Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Battery - Testing Flat or discharged battery suspected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Battery - Testing Heavy Load Discharge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Battery - Testing Open Circuit Voltage Test - State of Charge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Battery - Testing Specific Gravity - State of charge test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Battery - Testing Visual check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 17
47461574 08/11/2012
55.302 / 18
External lighting switches and relays - 405
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.405 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Brake light switch

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.405 / 2
Electrical systems - External lighting switches and relays
Brake light switch - Remove

Brake Pedal Switch Removal.
1. Remove the instrument cluster retaining screws (1).
Repeat this step for the right hand side retaining
screws.
Detach the instrument cluster panel to obtain access
to the instrument cluster electrical connectors.
BVF0865A 1
2. Disconnect the instrument cluster electrical connec-

tors (1) and remove the instrument panel (2).
BVF0866A 2
3. Remove the air ducting panel.
BVF0867A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.405 / 3
4. Remove the brake pedal switch support retaining bolt

(1). Repeat this step for the right hand side retaining
bolt.
BVF0869A 4
5. Position the brake pedal switch support to gain ac-

cess to the brake pedal switch retaining screws (2).
Disconnect the electrical connector (1) and remove
the brake pedal switch retaining screws (2).
Remove the brake pedal switch.
BVF0870A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.405 / 4
Brake light switch - Install

Brake Pedal Switch Installation.
1. Install the brake pedal switch.
Install the brake pedal switch retaining screws (2)
and connect the electrical connector (1).
BVF0870A 1
2. Position the brake pedal switch support.

Install the brake switch support retaining bolt (1). Re-
peat this step for the right hand side retaining bolt.
BVF0869A 2
3. Install the air ducting panel.
BVF0867B 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.405 / 5
4. Install the instrument panel (2) and connect the in-

strument cluster electrical connectors (1).
BVF0866A 4
5. Install the instrument cluster panel.

Install the instrument cluster panel retaining screws
(1). Repeat this step for the right hand side retaining
screws.
BVF0865B 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.405 / 6
Brake light switch - Travel adjust

Brake Pedal Switch Adjustment.
1. Adjust the brake pedal adjustment bolt (1) to achieve
switch operation (an audible click will be heard) when
the brake pedal free play is removed and brake pedal
resistance is observed.
Ensure both the brake pedal switches operate simul-
taneously.
NOTE: Brake pedal linkage adjustment must be carried out
before brake pedal switch adjustment is attempted. Brake
pedals - Travel adjust (33.202).
BVF0864A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.405 / 7
Index

Brake light switch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Brake light switch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Brake light switch - Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.405 / 8
Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments - 408
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Instrument cluster
Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Dynamic description Senders, Sensors and Switches . . . . . 3
Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Dynamic description Performance Monitor Functions with En-
hanced Keypad (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 2
Electrical systems - Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments
Instrument cluster Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) -

Dynamic description Senders, Sensors and Switches
SS09J001 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 3
A REAR PTO SPEED SENSOR

Sensor output modulates as signal voltage to the instrument cluster to display PTO speed.
B TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

Senses transmission output (wheel) speed and generates a signal for cluster ground speed display, distance
display, and to cumpute area accumulations.
When a radar is fitted, the transmission speed sensor is used only to compute % slip display.
C AIRBRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR/SWITCH

Resistance varies with air pressure, when pressure is below 5.2 bar (75.4 psi) ± 0.3 bar (4.4 psi) the
switch closed and the warning lamp is activated.
Pressure 0 bar 1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 10
(0.0 (14.5 (29.0 (43.5 (58.0 (72.5 (87.0 (101. (116.0 (130. bar (
psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) 5 psi) psi) 5 psi) 145.0
psi)
Resistance (Ω) 10 31 52 71 88 106 124 140 155 170 184
D DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates when transmission oil pressure 11 bar (159.5 psi) is present in differential lock supply lines to
illuminate warning lamp.
Switch is normally open.
E TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates as transmission oil pressure drops below 11 bar (159.5 psi) to operate warning lamp.
Switch is normally closed.
F 4WD PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates when transmission pressure 11 bar (159.5 psi) is absent in 4WD line (4WD engaged) to illuminate
warning lamp.
G BRAKE PEDALS NOT LATCHED SWITCH

Operates when brake pedals are not latched to display warning lamp.
H RADAR SENSOR (Optional)

Senses true ground speed and generates a signal for cluster ground speed, % slip, distance displays
and to compute area accumulations.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 4
SS09J002 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 5
I BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

Operates as fluid level drops below minimum to display warning lamp.
J ALTERNATOR
Provides a signal for instrument cluster charge warning lamp.
K ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER

The temperature sender resistance changes proportionally with coolant temperature causing a modulated
signal voltage to be sent back to the instrument cluster to operate the gauge.
TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE
120 °C (248.0 °F) 113 Ω
110 °C (230.0 °F) 144 Ω
100 °C (212.0 °F) 186 Ω
90 °C (194.0 °F) 243 Ω
80 °C (176.0 °F) 323 Ω
70 °C (158.0 °F) 435 Ω
60 °C (140.0 °F) 596 Ω
50 °C (122.0 °F) 834 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 1175 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 1707 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 2057 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 2500 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 3792 Ω
L ENGINE SPEED SENSOR

Sensor output modulates as signal voltage to the instrument cluster to display ERPM.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 6
SS09J003 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 7
M ENGINE INTAKE AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH

Operates when the vacuum in the air intake system rises above 46.7 mm Hg (1.84 in Hg) to illuminate
warning lamp.
N WATER IN FUEL SWITCH

Operates when water is detected in the fuel to illuminate warning lamp.
O ENGINE GRID HEATER RELAY

Operates when engine grid heater is enabled and displays warning lamp.
P FUEL LEVEL SENDER

Signal from sender potentiometer determines fuel level displayed on the gauge.
SENDER RESISTANCE GAUGE INDICATION FAULT

< 13,6 Ω Short Circuit
31,3 Ω FULL
135 Ω HALF
241 Ω EMPTY
> 900 Ω Open Circuit
Q TRAILER BRAKE SWITCH

Operates when trailer brakes are applied to illuminate warning lamp.
R PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Switch is closed with parking brake applied, providing a warning lamp and audible alarm with key switch on.
Sounds an alarm when wheel movement is detected above 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph).
Sounds an alarm for 2 minutes with key switch off and park brake released.
S ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (Mechanical Engines)

Operates as engine oil pressure drops below 0.6 bar (8.7 psi) to operate warning lamp.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 8
SS09J004 4
T ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (Electronic Engines)

Activates oil pressure warning according to the table below.
RPM PRESSURE ALARM

< 600 RPM ----- OFF
600 - 1000 RPM Below (from 1.4 - 1.95 bar (20.3 - 28.3 psi) ON
U INTAKE FILTER OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH

Operates as the transmission oil temperature rises above 40 °C (104.0 °F) to allow the intake filter restriction
switch to function.
V INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH

Operates as the transmission intake vacuum rises above 406 mm Hg (228,8 in H2O) to operate warning
lamp.
Switch is normally open
W STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates when pressure drops below 0.8 bar (11.6 psi), illuminating warning lamp in instrument cluster.
X CHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates as charge pressure drops below 0.8 bar (11.6 psi) to illuminate warning lamp.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 9
24 x 24 Transmissions
An additional filter restriction switch (X) is fitted to the
right hand filter on these transmissions.
BSE3718A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 10
Instrument cluster Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Static

description
ANALOGUE/DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION
The instrument panel consists of three analogue gauges, three liquid crystal displays (LCD's) and a dot matrix display
(DMD).
In addition to the gauges and LCD displays there are 25 coloured lights providing other operating information or warn-
ing of system malfunction.
The lower left button on the instrument panel controls the intensity of back lighting for the LCD's and dot matrix dis-
plays, the two right-hand buttons adjust the digital clock.
BRE1433A_585 1
GAUGES
Engine Tachometer
The tachometer (1) indicates engine revolutions per minute. Each division on the scale represents 100 RPM, therefore
with the needle indicating `20' the engine is running at 2000 RPM.
BRE1442B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 11
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The temperature gauge (2) indicates the temperature of the engine coolant. If the needle enters the upper (red)
section of the gauge while the engine is running, stop the engine and investigate the cause.
BRE1446B 3
Fuel Level Gauge

The gauge (3) indicates the level of fuel in the tank and is only operative with the key-start switch turned on.
BRE1446B 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 12
INDICATOR AND WARNING LIGHTS

The 25 coloured lights provide operating information or give warning of system malfunction. Illumination of a warning
light may be accompanied by an audible alarm. Depending on the severity of the malfunction, an alarm will sound as
follows.
Critical Alarm
Alarm will sound contiuously accompanied by the red warning light. The tractor must be stopped immeadiately. The
alarm will sound until the fault is corrected or the engine switched off.
Non Critical Alarm

A 5 second continuous alarm will be accompanied by the amber warning light. A failure or error has occured but the
operator may continue work. The fault should be rectified as soon as possible.
Action Required
A two pulse alarm will sound for 1 second to advise the operator that a certain action is required. The alarm will
contiinue to sound until the operator carries out the appropriate action or the tractor engine is switched off.
General Alarm
A general alarm will sound if the operator attempts to carry out an inappropriate action i.e. driving the tractor with the
handbrake applied.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 13
BRE1449B 5
Indicator and Warning Lights

1 Work lamp - Light will illuminate when work lamps 2 Fast Steer - Light will illuminate when fast steer
are switched on. function is activated.
3 Differential lock - Light will illuminate when the 4 Four wheel drive - Light will illuminate when the
differential lock is engaged. drive to the front wheels is engaged.
5 Trailer turn signal - Light will flash with tractor/trailer 6 Trailer turn signal - Light will flash with tractor/trailer
turn signals when a second trailer is attached. turn signals when a trailer is attached.
7 Parking lights - Light will illuminate when the tractor 8 Headlight high beam - Light will illuminate when the
lights are switched on. tractor lights are switched to high beam.
9 Red Stop light - If Stop light comes on stop the 10 Engine power boost - Light will illuminate when the
tractor immediately and investigate the cause. engine power boost is activated.
A warning symbol will appear in the Dot Matrix
Display to confirm the location of the fault.
11 Amber Warning light - Illumination of this light will 12 Direct drive indicator - Light will illuminate to
be accompanied by a warning symbol in the Dot indicate transmission is in direct drive. (24x24 only)
Matrix Display. Stop the tractor and investigate
the cause.
13 Parking brake - Light will flash with key-start switch 14 Trailer brake pressure (Italy only) - Light will flash
on and parking brake applied. If the key-start accompanied by a warning buzzer to indicate that
switch is turned off and the parking brake not hydraulic oil pressure to the trailer brake circuit is
applied, or the operator leaves the seat without low. The Red Stop light will also illuminate. Stop
applying the handbrake, a warning buzzer will the tractor and investigate the cause.
sound for approximately 10 seconds or until the
handbrake is applied.
15 Brake pedals not latched - Light will illuminate to 16 Engine oil pressure - Steady light accompanied
show when pedal latch is unlocked (Japan only). by the Red Stop light will indicate low engine oil
pressure. Stop the engine and investigate the
cause.
17 Creeper gears - Light will illuminate when creeper 18 Auto P.T.O. function - The light will illuminate when
gears are engaged. the Auto P.T.O. function is enabled. Each time the
implement is raised with Auto P.T.O. activated, the
light will flash. When the implement is lowered
into work the light will cease to flash and become
steady.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 14
19 Fuel level low - Light will be illuminated when the 20 Right turn indicator - Light will flash with tractor
tractor requires re-fuelling. right-hand turn signal. Intermittent alarm will sound
if indicator is not cancelled after 20 seconds.
21 Constant engine speed - Light will illuminate when 22 Left turn indicator - Light will flash with tractor
the constant engine speed is activated. left-hand turn signal. Intermittent alarm will sound
if indicator is not cancelled after 20 seconds ( 5
minutes with tractor stationary).
23 Engine exhaust brake - Light will illuminate when 24 Cold start device - Light will illuminate when the
exhaust brake system is activated. grid heater is activated using the key-start switch.
25 Alternator - Light continuously illuminated indicates
that the alternator is not charging.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 15
LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS
Clock
A digital clock (1) is installed on the right-hand side of the instrument panel.
To adjust the time display turn the key-start on, depress and hold the Hour or Minute button until the read out starts
to Flash. To advance the hour, depress the 'H' button (2). Each time the button is depressed the time will advance
by 1 hour. Alternatively, hold in the button and the display will advance automatically. Release the button when the
time setting is correct.
Repeat the procedure using the 'M' button (3) for the minute display. To memorise the setting do not touch either
button for 10 seconds.
BRE1434B 6
Changing the display with 'H' and 'M' buttons

The clock is set at the factory to display a 12 hour reading. To change to a 24 hour reading, depress and hold both
'H' and 'M' buttons with the key-start off. Turn the key-start on and continue to hold both buttons for three seconds,
the clock will change to show a 24 hour display. Repeat the procedure to change back to a 12 hour reading. Turn
the key-start off to store the setting.
BRE1453A 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 16
Changing the display with Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)

With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key (2) for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
SETUP MENU, this will change to CAL after 2 seconds. Using the Menu Up key (1), scroll through the menu until
the clock symbol appears in the display accompanied by 12/24, Figure 7.
Depress the Menu/Enter key again and the display will change to show an arrow pointing to 12 or 24. Using the Menu
Up/Down keys move the arrow up or down to the setting required and then depress the Menu/Enter key to save and
return to the main menu.
BRE1456B 8
Dimming Control
The brightness of the liquid crystal (LCD) and dot matrix displays (DMD) may be varied by using the dimming control
button (1). Momentarily depressing the button will alter the backlighting in steps. Depress and hold the button to
cycle through the full range of backlighting from low to high intensity. Release the button when the required setting is
obtained.
BRE1436B 9
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 17
Centre LCD
The information displayed in the centre LCD (4), will vary depending on tractor specification. Use the CAL/SEL switch
or Enhanced Keypad (where fitted) to toggle between the displays.
The following information may be displayed in the centre LCD.
1. Rear wheel slip (with radar option only)
2. Power Take Off speed (front or rear)
3. 3-point hitch position (front or rear)
BRE1435B 10
When operating the ground drive power take off (GPTO) the display may be used to monitor the letters "GPtO". De-
press the CAL/SEL button or Enhanced Keypad (where fitted), to show the GPtO is ON (where fitted).
BRE1741A 11
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 18
Rear Wheel Slip

If your tractor is equipped with optional ground speed radar, the percentage (%) of rear wheel slip may be displayed.
The slip figure is calculated from information provided by the transmission speed sensor (theoretical ground speed)
and the radar (true ground speed).
BRE1439A 12
Power Take Off Speed

When operating the rear Power Take Off the display may be used to monitor the output shaft speed. Use the CAL/SEL
button or Enhanced Keypad (where fitted), to select either rear P.T.O. speed or front P.T.O. speed (where fitted).
BRE1437A 13
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 19
3-Point Hitch Position

If your tractor is equipped with Electronic Draft Control (EDC) the display may be used to show the position of the
3-point hitch (and implement) by means of numbers ranging from '0' (fully lowered position) to '100' (maximum lift
height).
When a front hitch is installed, the display may be used to show the height of the front lift arms. '0' will represent the
fully lowered position, '100' the maximum lift height.
BRE1438A 14
DOT MATRIX DISPLAY

A number of tractor operating and set-up functions may be shown in the Dot Matrix Display (DMD). To select a function
use the CAL/SEL button or the Enhanced Keypad (where fitted). A symbol will appear to confirm the function selected.
NOTE: Refer to Instrument cluster Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Dynamic description (55.408) for
an explanation of warning and advisory symbols.
If an error occurs in the instrument panel or tractor systems circuits, a malfunction warning symbol will appear in this
display accompanied by an error code. Consult your authorised dealer.
BRE1452A 15
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 20

Dynamic description
Error Codes
The advanced electronics on your tractor are able to detect a malfunction or error occuring in key areas such as
engine, transmission, electrical and hydraulic systems. Should a malfunction or error occur, a symbol will appear in
the DMD with a four digit error code. This may be accompanied by the illumination of a warning light and an audible
alarm depending on the severity of the fault. Consult your authorised dealer.
BRE1568B_586 1
Active and Non Active Warnings

In addition to the error codes previously described, there are a number warning symbols that may appear in the Dot
Matrix Display. These symbols will be accompanied by either a Red (critical) or Amber (non-critical) warning light.
Active (critical) symbols appearing with a Red warning light will remain permanently displayed until the tractor is
stopped and the fault rectified.
Non active (non-critical) symbols accompanied by the Amber light will be displayed for five seconds before the DMD
defaults to the symbol previously shown. The amber warning light will continue to illuminate.
By using the CAL/SEL button, or the Enhanced Keypad where fitted, non active warnings that are not permanently
displayed may be recalled.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 21
Using the CAL/SEL button

• Depress and hold the CAL/SEL button for three seconds to enter SETUP MENU, after two seconds the display
will change to CAL. Using the clock set buttons H and M to toggle the display, select the non active warning symbol,
Figure 2
.
• Depress the CAL/SEL button and the non active symbol will be replaced with a symbol corresponding to the fault
detected. After three seconds the display will default back to the non active warning symbol.
• If more than one warning symbol has been stored, the display will cycle through all symbols at three second
intervals.
• Momentarily depress the dimming button to exit the display.
BRE1591A 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 22
Using the Enhanced Keypad

• With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key (2) for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
the non-active warning symbol Figure 4, is displayed.
• By momentarily depressing the Menu/Enter key again, the non active symbol will be replaced with a symbol corre-
sponding to the fault detected. After three seconds the display will default back to the non active warning symbol.
BRE1456B_587 3
• If more than one non-active symbol has been stored, the display will cycle through all symbols at three second
intervals.
Touch the Menu/Enter key again to exit the display and return to the main menu.
BRE1591A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 23

Dynamic description
Explanation of Symbols
There are a number of warning/advisory symbols that may appear in the Dot Matrix Display. The symbols can be
categorised into four main groups.
1. Warning. These symbols advise of a fault that is critical to the operation of the tractor. Stop the tractor as soon as
possible, investigate the cause and rectify the fault.
2. Advisory. The advisory symbols are not detremental to the operation of the tractor but should not be ignored. Take
appropriate action where necessary.
3. Maintenance. These symbols tell the operator there is a concern relating to the basic functions of the tractor, ie.
low fuel, low coolant level etc.
4. System Fault. The system fault symbols relate to an operational fault in one or more of the tractors main compo-
nents, either electrical or mechanical. Consult your authorised dealer.
Dot Matrix Symbols - Warning

(Stop the tractor and investigate the cause)
1. Intercooler charge air 5. Transmission oil
temperature too high temperature too high -
accompanied by Red
warning light
2. Engine coolant 6. Alternator not charging
temperature too high - - accompanied by Red
accompanied by Red warning light and non
warning light and critical critical alarm
alarm
3. Engine oil pressure too 7. Air brake pressure too
low - accompanied by Red low - accompanied by air
warning light and critical pressure bargraph and Red
alarm warning light
4. Transmission/steering 8. Hydraulic pump
oil pressure too low - charge pressure too low
accompanied by Red - accompanied by Red
warning light and critical warning light
alarm
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 24
Dot Matrix Symbols - Advisory

(Carry out appropriate action where necessary)
1. Cycle clutch pedal - 6. Release hand brake
accompanied by action - accompanied by action
required alarm required alarm
2. Place shuttle lever in 7. Limit value for wheel slip
neutral - accompanied by exceeded - accompanied
action required alarm by Amber warning light and
non-critical alarm
3. LCD /DMD backlighting 8. Electro-hydraulic
level control unit not functioning,
insufficient volumetric flow
of oil available (potentially
also R2, R3 or R4 display)
4. Air brake system 9. Rear PTO switched
pressure - see item 7, Dot on, driver not present
Matrix Symbols - Warning - accompanied by Red
warning light and critical
alarm
5. Engine oil pressure - see
item 3, Dot Matrix Symbols
- Warning
Dot Matrix Symbols - Maintenance

1. Engine air filter blocked 5. Fuel level low
- accompanied by Amber
warning light
2. Brake fluid level low 6. Transmission/Hydraulic
- accompanied by Red oil filter (suction filter)
warning light blocked - accompanied by
Amber warning light
3. Engine coolant level low 7. Transmission oil filter
- accompanied by Amber blocked - see 'Hydraulic oil
warning light filter blocked'
4. Water contamination
in fuel - accompanied by
Amber warning light
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 25
Dot Matrix Symbols - System Fault

(Consult your authorised dealer)
1. Engine 8. Electronic remote valves
2. Transmission 9. Front suspension
3. Differential lock 10. Four wheel drive
4. CAN malfunction 11. Instrument panel

electrical fault
5. Electronic draft control 12. Fast steer system
6. Front hitch 13. Front PTO system
7. P.T.O. system 14. Air conditioning
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 26

Dynamic description
Tractor Ground Speed Display
The lower left-hand LCD provides a permanent display of ground speed (1) in km/h or MPH dependent upon the
country in which the tractor is to be used. If required, the display may be changed to read an alternate ground speed
unit from that set at the factory.
NOTE: If the tractor rear tyre size is changed, the ground speed display may require re-calibrating to suit the radius
of the new tyre.
NOTE: Illustration shows all displays activated.
BRE1450B 1
Changing the Ground Speed Units
Using the CAL/SEL Button

• With the key-start switch in the OFF position, depress and hold in the CAL/SEL button (1) and turn the key-start
switch ON. The km/h or MPH symbols will appear flashing in the display. Release the button.
• Press the CAL/SEL button again to toggle between km/h and MPH. When the required ground speed unit is dis-
played turn off the key-start to store the selected speed unit in the memory.
BRE1531B 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 27
Using the Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)

• With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key (2) for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
the km/h or MPH screen appears.
• Momentarily depress the Menu/Enter key (2) and, using the Menu Up/Down keys, select the required speed read-
ing. To store the setting and return to the main menu depress the Menu/Enter key again. Depress the Exit/Cancel
key to return to the original display.
BRE1456B 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 28
Calibrating the Ground Speed Display

Should you wish to install alternative rear tyre equipment that would provide a radius difference of more than 13 mm
(0.5 in), then the electronic control module should be re-calibrated to display an accurate ground speed figure. To
re-calibrate use one of the following methods:
• Ensure that the tyre pressures are correct for the load being carried. (See Tyre Load/Inflation tables in Operators
manual).
• Select a stretch of dry, firm, level ground (preferably concrete) and carefully measure out a distance of exactly 100
m (328 ft). Mark the start and finish of this measured distance with a bold chalk line.
NOTICE: If your tractor is equipped with the optional slip control feature, then the ground speed displayed is a true
speed as sensed by a radar unit, calibration is therefore not required.
Auto Calibration with CAL/SEL Button

• Park the tractor a short distance from the start line and, with the engine running, depress and hold the CAL/SEL
button for 3 seconds to enter the calibration mode. SETUP_MENU will appear in the Dot Matrix Display. After
approximately two seconds the display will change to CAL. Using the clock Min/Hour buttons select CAL auto.
Depress the CAL/SEL button to confirm selection of CAL auto, the central LCD display will read 0000.
NOTE: The set up procedure may be cancelled at any time by depressing the LCD dimmer control button or by
turning the key-start off.
BRE1586A 4
• Select a suitable transmission ratio to provide a speed above 3 km/h (1.9 mph) and drive up to the start line.
Depress the CAL/SEL button to select CAL auto ready. As the centre of the front tyres passes over the start line,
press and release the CAL/SEL button. The speed display will flash CAL auto ON and the central LCD will show
a four digit figure that will increase as the tractor moves forward.
• As the centre of the front tyres passes over the finish line, press and release the CAL/SEL button again, CAL auto
OK will appear in the Dot Matrix Display. Depress the CAL/SEL button again to exit setup and return to the main
menu.
BRE1584A 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 29
Manual Calibration with CAL/SEL Button

The manual calibration allows the operator to set the rolling circumference of the rear tyre (if known) without the
need to drive over a measured distance.
• With the tractor stationary and the key-start on, depress and hold the CAL/SEL button for 3 seconds to enter the
calibration mode. CAL man will appear in the Dot Matrix Display. After approximately two seconds the display will
change to CAL. Depress the CAL/SEL button again to select CAL man_100.0.
NOTE: The set up procedure may be cancelled at any time by depressing the LCD dimmer control button or by
turning the key-start off.
NOTICE: When entering new tyre rolling circumference figures, use metric values (centimetres) with km/h
speedometer reading and Imperial values (inches) with MPH reading, see table 1.
• By depressing the 'h' and 'm' clock buttons, the rolling circumference of the rear tyre may be entered into the
numerical display (100.0).
• Depress the 'h' button to select the first digit to be changed, repeated operation of the 'h' button will cycle the cursor
through all the digits in turn. To alter the value of the digit selected, momentarily depress the 'm' button until the
correct figure is shown.
• With the new rolling circumference figure entered into the display, depress the CAL/SEL button again to save the
setting and return to the main menu.
BRE1582A 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 30
Auto Calibration with Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)

• With the tractor stationary and the engine running, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key (2) for 3 seconds. The
DMD will read SETUP_MENU, this will change to CAL after 2 seconds. Depress the Enter key and CAL man will
be appear. Using the Menu Up key (1), scroll through the menu until CAL auto is displayed.
BRE1456B 7
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again and CAL auto ready will appear in the DMD. Select a suitable transmission ratio
to provide a forward speed above 3 km/h (1.9 mph). As the centre of the front tyres passes over the start line,
press and release the Menu/Enter key. The speed display will start to flash CAL and the central LCD will show a
four digit figure that will increase as the tractor moves forward. The display will change to read CAL auto ON.
• As the centre of the front tyres passes over the finish line, press and release the Menu/Enter key. CAL auto OK will
appear in the Dot Matrix Display. Depress the Menu/Enter key to store the setting.
BRE1588A 8
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 31
Manual Calibration with Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)

• With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter button (2) for 3 seconds. The DMD will
read SETUP_MENU, this will change to CAL after 2 seconds. Depress the Enter key and CAL man will appear.
(It may be necessary to use the Menu Up/Down buttons to scroll through the menu until CAL man is displayed).
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to change the DMD display to CAL_Man_100.0. Using the Digit Select key
choose the first digit to be set, the digit will commence to flash. Enter the first number using the Digit Value key,
repeat the procedure to set the remaining calibration figures that correspond to the size of rear tyre fitted to your
tractor.
NOTICE: When entering new tyre rolling circumference figures, use metric values (centimetres) with km/h
speedometer reading and Imperial values (inches) with MPH reading, see table 1.
• Depress the Menu/Enter key to memorise the setting and return to the main menu screen, depress Exit/Cancel to
exit set up and return to the original display.
BRE1580A 9
Ground Speed Calibration Numbers

The rolling circumference for any given tyre size will vary depending on tyre manufacturer. The figures shown in the
table are an average based on rolling circumference data supplied by several manufacturers. To obtain an accurate
figure for your rear tyres, consult your authorised dealer or tyre supplier.
If the size of tyre on your tractor is not listed, then the road speed calibration may be carried out using one of the
following procedures.
Carry out the Auto calibration as previously described or measure the rear tyre rolling circumference.
1. To measure the rolling circumference of the rear tyre, park the tractor on a level surface and make a vertical chalk
mark on the sidewall where the tyre tread contacts the ground. Make a second chalk mark on the ground aligning
with the mark on the tyre.
2. Slowly drive the tractor forward until the rear wheel has made one revolution and the chalk mark on the sidewall is
again in contact with the ground. Mark the ground again and measure the distance between the two chalk marks.
NOTICE: If your tractor is equipped with the optional slip control feature, then the ground speed displayed is a true
speed as sensed by a radar unit, calibration is therefore not required.
WARNING
The radar ground speed sensor emits a low intensity microwave signal which will not cause any ill effects
in normal use. Although the signal intensity is low, do not look directly into the face of the sensor while in
operation so as to avoid eye damage.
B035
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 32
Rear Tyre Rolling Circumferences

Tyre Size Tyre Rolling Circumference
Centimetres Inches
18.4R - 30 461.2 181.6
12.4 - 32 406.9 160.2
16.9R - 34 473.1 186.3
18.4R - 34 494.7 194.8
13.6R - 38 465.6 183.3
16.9R - 38 503.4 198.2
18.4R - 38 525.6 206.9
20.8R - 38 549.3 216.3
18.4R - 42 552.7 217.6
14.9R - 46 554.2 218.2
320/90R - 50 561.5 221.1
480/70R - 34 474.5 186.8
520/70R - 34 490.6 193.1
480/70R - 38 506.5 199.4
540/65R - 38 501.5 197.4
520/70R - 38 525.6 206.9
600/65R - 38 523.7 206.2
650/60R - 38 510.8 201.1
650/65R - 38 544.5 214.4
580/70R - 38 549.7 216.4
Table 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 33
Instrument cluster Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC)

- Dynamic description Performance Monitor Functions with
Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)
BRE1455B_588 1
The enhanced keypad consists of 16 buttons or 'keys'

that select, control or programme various functions and
dispalys in the central and dot matrix screens. Keys (5),
(6), (10) and (11) are used to set-up and programme
many of the enhanced keypad functions.
Unless otherwise described, depress the keys once to
obtain the appropriate display. A symbol will appear in
the display to confirm the function selected.
Legend:
(C) = Centre Digital Display
(D) = Dot Matrix Display
1. Hourmeter (D). 2. Odometer (D).

Touch the key to view total number of hours that the The odometer provides a visual record of the
tractor has operated. The hours recorded should distance travelled in kilometres or miles depending
be used as a guide to the service intervals for the on the ground speed unit selected. Two displays
tractor. are available, '1' and '2'.
3. Engine Oil Pressure (D). 4. Programmed Maintenance Reminder (D).
This key will display the engine oil pressure The maintenance schedule key provides two levels
bargraph. of reminder identified as 'Heavy' and Light.
5. Menu Enter (D). 6. Menu Scroll Up or Digit Value (D).
Depress to select set-up and programming modes. Depress this key repeatedly to scroll upwards
through the menu or change the value of a number.
7. P.T.O. Speed (C). 8. Rear Wheel Slip (C).
Depress once to display rear Power Take Off The level of rear wheel slip will appear as a one or
speed, press twice to show front P.T.O. speed two digit percentage (%) figure (with radar option
(where fitted). only).
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 34
9. Linkage Height Position (C). 10. Exit/Cancel (D).

Depress once to display the rear linkage height, Use this key to Exit or cancel set-up and
press twice to show front linkage height (where programming modes.
fitted). The display will show a figure between '0'
(fully lowered) and '100' (maximum raised position).
11. Menu Scroll Down or Digit Select (D). 12. Battery Voltage (D).
Depress this key to scroll downwards through the With the engine running, touch the key to display
menu or select an alternative digit in the Dot Matrix the battery symbol together with a digital display of
Display. the battery voltage.
13. Trailer Brake Air Pressure (D). 14. Area Accumulator (D).
Depress to display the trailer brake air pressure The total area worked will be displayed in hectares
bargraph. or acres depending on the ground speed unit
selected.
15. Area Per Hour Forecaster (D). Touch this key and 16. Remote Valve Operation (D).
the area/hour symbol will display together with a The display will show the flow rate through each
forecast of the area that will be worked in one hour valve as a percentage (%), the direction of cylinder
if the current rate of work is continued. movement (extend or retract) and the number of
NOTE : If the radar option is not installed, area per the valve selected. (See Electronic Remote Control
hour calculations are based on axle speed and are Valves in Electrohydraulic control valve - Static
subject to inaccuracies caused by any wheel slip description (35.204)).
that may occur.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 35
Odometer (Distance Record)

The odometer provides a visual record of the distance travelled in kilometres or miles depending on the ground speed
unit selected.
Two displays are available, '1' and '2'. '1' may be used for individual journey distances and '2' to provide a total for all
journeys travelled. Both '1' and '2' may be reset to zero.
Touch the key once to select reading '1', touch again to select reading '2'. Keeping the key depressed for more than
3 seconds will re-set the selected odometer to zero.
The journey distance in the display (3) will appear in steps of:
0 Km/Miles to 199.99 Km/Miles 0.01 Km/Miles

200 Km/Miles to 1999.99 Km/Miles 0.1 Km/Miles
2000 Km/Miles to 19999 Km/Miles 1.0 Km/Miles
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, distance calculations are based on axle rotation and are subject to inaccu-
racies caused by any wheel slip that may occur.
SS09J029 2
Area per Hour Forecaster

Touch the AREA/HOUR key (15) (see figure 1). The ÀREA/HOUR' symbol will display, together with a forecast (2)
of the area that will be worked in one hour if the current rate of work is continued. If the area accumulator is switched
OFF, `0' will be displayed whenever the implement is raised.
The area per hour will appear in steps of 0.01 Ha/Acre.
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, area per hour calculations are based on axle speed and are subject to
inaccuracies caused by any wheel slip that may occur.
SS09J030 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 36
Area Accumulator
The accumulated area (total area worked) can be displayed by depressing the AREA key (1). Depending on the unit
set in the tractor speed display (K/mh or MPH) the reading will be in hectares or acres.
Depress the area accumulator key repeatedly to toggle through the three displays in the dot matrix screen:
1. OFF.
The area accumulator is off.
2. ON.
Area accumulator on. Area will be accumulated as the tractor moves irrespective of the position of the implement.
3. A.
Area accumulation will start recording when the tractor moves and the implement is lowered. It will stop accumu-
lating when the implement is raised.
The area accumulator symbol (2) will appear in the display along with the area figure.
With trailed equipment, area accumulation may be temporarily interrupted, for example, at the headland, by means
of a switch connected into the implement status socket.
NOTE: Before activating the area accumulator function ensure the correct implement width has been entered into the
TPM memory.
BRE1528B 4
The area measurement in the display (3) will appear in steps of:
0 Ha/acre to 199.99 Ha/acre 0.01 Ha/acre

200 Ha/acre to 1999.9 Ha/acre 0.1 Ha/acre
2000 Ha/acre to 19999 Ha/acre 1.0 Ha/acre
Area accumulation can be reset to zero at any time by selecting OFF and holding down the AREA key (1) Figure 4,
until a `beep' is heard from the audio alarm (approximately 5 seconds).
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, area per hour calculations are based on axle speed and are subject to
inaccuracies caused by any wheel slip that may occur.
BRE1503B 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 37
PROGRAMMING THE DISPLAYS
Programming Keys
Four keys are used to select, change or memorise the various functions related to the performance monitor and
enhanced keypad. All programme information will appear in the Dot Matrix Display (DMD) along with the relevant
symbol for the function selected.
1. Menu Up/Digit Value Key. Use this key to scroll upwards through the function menu or to increase the value of a
selected digit during a calibration procedure. Values will increase by one each time the key is depressed.
2. Exit/Cancel Key. Depress this key to exit the calibration mode. The key may be used at any time during a set-up
procedure to cancel and exit the calibration mode, however, information not saved will be lost.
3. Menu Down/Digit Select Key. In the calibration mode depress this key to scroll downwards through the menu or
to select a digit for re-calibration. Each time the key is depressed the flashing cursor showing the current digit
selected will move one space to the right.
4. Menu Enter Key. Depress this key for 3 seconds to enter the programme mode, SETUP/MENU will appear ini-
tially in the display. After 2 seconds the display will change to read CAL. This will be accompanied by the Menu
Up/Down arrows and the Menu Enter symbol.
When the appropriate function screen has been selected, depress the Menu/Enter key again to access the cali-
bration mode.
WARNING
The radar ground speed sensor emits a low intensity microwave signal which will not cause any ill effects
in normal use. Although the signal intensity is low, do not look directly into the face of the sensor while in
operation so as to avoid eye damage.
B035
BRE1456D_589 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 38
Setting EHR Priority Valve

• Depress Menu Enter Key (4), switch on ignition and hold.
Initially SETUP/MENU will display, this will then change to display CAL.
• Press once (16) (see figure 1) and the LCD display will show "PEhr" then change to "Ehr_".
• Press (16) once and the display will change to "Ehr1".
• Subsequent press of (16) will take you as far as "Ehr4".
• To select priority valve, press (2) when required valve is displayed.
This will then set selection and exit display.
BRE1456D_589 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 39
Setting the Implement Width

• In order that the micro-processor may calculate the work done, the working width of the implement in use must be
entered into the memory. To enter a working width of 4.5 m (14.76 ft) carry out the following procedure.
With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
SETUP_MENU, this will change to CAL after 2 seconds. Using the Menu Up/Down keys, scroll through the menu
until the implement width symbol is displayed.
BRE1517B 8
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to select the set-up screen, a flashing cursor will appear at the first number to
be set. Using the Digit Value key enter '0' then move the cursor one space to the right with the Digit Select key and
enter '4'. Move the cursor to the right of the decimal point and enter '5'. The reading displayed should now be 4.5
m (14.76 ft).
• Touch the Menu/Enter key to store the setting and return to the main menu.
BRE1519B 9
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 40
Calibrating for Wheel Slip

Before setting the slip alarm point, a zero wheel slip factor has to be determined. This calibration must be carried out
on a hard level surface where wheel slip is unlikely to occur.
• With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
until the wheel slip symbol is displayed.
• Drive the tractor at a constant speed above 5 km/h (3.1 mph). When a steady speed has been reached, depress
the Menu Enter key, CAL ON will appear in the display. After a short distance touch the Menu Enter key again, the
display will change to CAL OK.
BRE1592A 10
Setting the Slip Alarm Point

The slip alarm point may be set as a one or two digit figure that, if exceeded, will cause an audible alarm to sound.
To set a wheel slip limit of 15 % carry out the following procedure.
until the wheel slip symbol (1) is displayed.
NOTE: If the optional radar unit is not installed, the slip alarm function will be omitted from the display.
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to select the set-up screen, a flashing cursor will appear at the first number to
be set. Using the Digit Value key enter '1', move the cursor to the right with the Digit Select key and, with the Digit
Value key, enter '5'. The slip alarm point is now set at 15 %.
• Touch the Menu/Enter key to memorise the setting and return to the main menu.
If wheel slip exceeds the pre-set limit, the slip symbol will appear in the DMD and the amber warning light will
illuminate on the instrument console.
BRE1515B 11
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 41
Audible Beep - ON/OFF

Each time one of the keys is pressed, an audible 'beep' sound will be heard. The beep can be switched off if required.
until BEEP ON/OFF is displayed.
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to select the set-up screen. Using the Menu Up/Down keys, align the arrow (1)
with ON or OFF as required.
BRE1519B_590 12
Programming the Service Reminder

The service reminder function allows the operator to programme two service interval reminders using the Enhanced
Keypad. The following procedure is the same for LIGHT and HEAVY service intervals.
With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
until the service reminder symbol (1) appears in the display.
BRE1511B 13
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 42
Setting a 300 Hour Reminder (LIGHT)

• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to select the 'Light' set-up screen, a flashing cursor (1) will appear at the first
number to be set. Using the Digit Value key enter '3', move the cursor one space to the right with the Digit Select
key and, with the Digit Value key, enter '0' repeat for the third digit and enter the value '0'. The display will now read
LIGHT/300.
• Touch the Menu/Enter key to memorise the setting and return to the main menu.
The service reminder is now set for 300 hours. When the 300 hour service becomes due, an audible alarm will
sound to advise the operator.
BRE1509B 14
Setting a 600 Hour Reminder (HEAVY)

Select HEAVY on the main menu and repeat the procedure used for setting the LIGHT service reminder.
BRE1513A 15
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 43
Index

Instrument cluster Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Instrument cluster Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Dynamic description Performance Monitor Functions
with Enhanced Keypad (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Instrument cluster Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Dynamic description Senders, Sensors and Switches
.................................................................................................. 3
Instrument cluster Analog-Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47461574 08/11/2012
55.408 / 44
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) electrical system - 988
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Dosing control unit

SERVICE
Dosing control unit

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Power converter 12V to 24V
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) supply module
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
NOx sensor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) heated level sensor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 3
Electrical systems - Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) electrical system
Dosing control unit - Electronic schema

1. SCR controller
2. Supply (potential 15) relay
3. Converter 12 - 24 V SCR controller
4. DEF/ADBLUE® temperature / tank level sensor
5. Catalyst temperature sensor (input)
6. Catalyst temperature sensor (output)
7. DEF/ADBLUE® heating control valve
8. DEF/ADBLUE® injection valve
9. Sensor ground
10. Chassis ground
11. Supply ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 4
SS12M033 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 6
Dosing control unit - Remove

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
components.
BAIL12APH011AVA 1
4. Remove the SCR dosing control unit cover.
BAIL12APH012AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 7
BAIL12APH013AVA 3
6. Disconnect the urea and coolant lines from the SCR

dosing control unit.
BAIL12APH014AVA 4
7. Detach the SCR dosing control unit
BAIL12APH015AVA 5
8. Disconnect the SCR dosing control unit electrical

connector and remove the SCR dosing control unit.
BAIL12APH016AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 8
Dosing control unit - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Connect the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

dosing control unit electrical connector.
BAIL12APH016AVA 1
2. Install the SCR dosing control unit
BAIL12APH015AVA 2
3. Connect the urea and coolant lines to the SCR dos-

ing control unit.
BAIL12APH014AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 9
BAIL12APH013AVA 4
5. Install the SCR dosing control unit cover.
BAIL12APH012AVA 5

BAIL12APH011AVB 6

components.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 10
Power converter 12V to 24V - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery negative cable, for additional information, refer to Battery - Disconnect (55.302)

axle.
BAIL08CVT112AVA 1

axle stands under the final drive cases.
BAIL11CCM039AVA 2
3. WARNING
Crushing hazard!
serious injury.
W0149A
Remove the left-hand rear wheel.
SS12B071 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 11
4. Detach the rear fender deflector and position it to one

side.
BAIL12APH017AVA 4
5. Remove the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

power converter cover.
BAIL12APH018AVA 5
6. Detach the SCR power converter from the fuel tank.
BAIL12APH019AVA 6
7. Pull back the slider (1), fully depress the locking latch
(2) and pull on the connector body to disconnect the
electrical connector and remove the SCR power con-
verter.
BAIL12APH020AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 12
Power converter 12V to 24V - Install

1. Firmly push the connector (1) onto the converter until
an audible click is heard. Lock the latch by pushing
the slider (2).
BAIL12APH020AVB 1
2. Install the SCR power converter to the fuel tank.
BAIL12APH019AVA 2
3. Install the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

power converter cover.
BAIL12APH018AVA 3
4. Attach the rear fender deflector.
BAIL12APH017AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 13
5. WARNING
Crushing hazard!
serious injury.
W0149A
Install the left-hand rear wheel.

Tighten to the specified torque.
SS12B071 5
6. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the axle

stands from under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
BAIL11CCM039AVA 6
7. Remove the wooden wedges between the front axle

and front support.
BAIL08CVT112AVA 7
Next operation:
Connect the battery negative cable, for additional information, refer to Battery - Connect (55.302)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 14
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) supply module - Remove

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
components.
BAIL12APH011AVA 1
4. Remove the SCR supply module cover.
BAIL12APH012AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 15
BAIL12APH013AVA 3
6. Disconnect the urea and coolant lines from the SCR

supply module.
BAIL12APH014AVA 4
7. Detach the SCR supply module.
BAIL12APH015AVA 5
8. Disconnect the SCR supply module electrical con-

nector and remove the SCR supply module.
BAIL12APH016AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 16
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) supply module - Install

WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Connect the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

supply module electrical connector.
BAIL12APH016AVA 1
2. Install the SCR supply module.
BAIL12APH015AVA 2
3. Connect the urea and coolant lines to the SCR supply

module.
BAIL12APH014AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 17
BAIL12APH013AVA 4
5. Install the SCR supply module cover.
BAIL12APH012AVA 5

BAIL12APH011AVB 6

components.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 18
NOx sensor - Remove

1. Remove the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
muffler and catalyst upper front cover retaining bolts.
BAIL12APH083AVA 1

BAIL12APH084AVA 2

cover.
BAIL12APH085AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 19

cover.
BAIL12APH086AVA 4
5. Raise and secure the steps.
BAIL12APH028AVA 5
6. Remove the battery cover.
BAIL12APH029AVA 6
7. Disconnect the electrical connector (1) and detach

the signal amplifier (2).
BAIL12APH030AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 20
8. Detach the SCR muffler and catalyst upper heat

shield.
BAIL12APH003AVA 8
9. Remove the NOx sensor from the SCR muffler and

catalyst (1) and remove the heat shield (2).
BAIL12APH004AVA 9
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 21
NOx sensor - Install

1. Install the heat shield (1) and install the NOX sensor
to the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) muffler
and catalyst (2).
BAIL12APH004AVB 1
2. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst upper heat

shield.
BAIL12APH003AVA 2
3. Install the signal amplifier (1) and connect the elec-

BAIL12APH030AVB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 22
4. Install the battery cover.
BAIL12APH029AVA 4
5. Lower and secure the steps.
BAIL12APH028AVB 5
6. Install the SCR muffler and catalyst upper rear cover.

Install the NOX sensor wiring harness to the cover.
retaining bolt.
BAIL12APH086AVA 6
BAIL12APH085AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 23

retaining bolts.
BAIL12APH084AVA 8

retaining bolts.
BAIL12APH083AVA 9
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 24
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) heated level sensor - Remove

Prior operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 25
BAIL12APH127GVA 1
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) heated level sensor locally fabricated tool.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 26
WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Using a locally fabricated tool, remove the Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) heated level sensor.
BAIL12APH088AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 27
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) heated level sensor - Install

Prior operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 28
BAIL12APH127GVA 1
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) heated level sensor locally fabricated tool.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 29
WARNING
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
1. Using a locally fabricated tool, install the Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) heated level sensor.
BAIL12APH088AVA 2
Next operation:
Install the fuel tank, for further information refer to Fuel tank - Install (10.216)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 30
Index

Dosing control unit - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Dosing control unit - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Dosing control unit - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
NOx sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
NOx sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Power converter 12V to 24V - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Power converter 12V to 24V - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) heated level sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) heated level sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) supply module - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) supply module - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 31
47461574 08/11/2012
55.988 / 32
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.012 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Engine coolant temperature sensor

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.012 / 2
Electrical systems - Engine cooling system
Engine coolant temperature sensor - Remove

Prior operation:
BAIL07APH036AVA 1

BAIL07APH232AVB 2
3. Disconnect the coolant hose from the thermostat

housing.
BAIL07APH233AVA 3
4. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor electrical

connector.
BAIL07APH052AVB 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.012 / 3
5. Remove the coolant temperature sensor.
BAIL07APH236AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.012 / 4
Engine coolant temperature sensor - Install

1. Apply sealant to the threaded portion of the new
coolant temperature sensor body and tighten the
coolant temperature sensor to the specified torque
value. For further information refer to Engine cool-
ing system - Torque (10.400).
BAIL07APH236AVA 1
2. Connect the coolant temperature sensor electrical

connector.
BAIL07APH052AVB 2
3. Connect the coolant hose to the thermostat housing.
BAIL07APH233AVA 3

BAIL07APH232AVB 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.012 / 5
BAIL07APH036AVA 5
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.012 / 6
Index

Engine coolant temperature sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine coolant temperature sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.012 / 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.012 / 8
Electronic modules - 640
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Electronic module
Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electronic module
Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Enhanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema Transmission 24x24, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O.,
Four Wheel Drive, Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema Transmission 16x16, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O.,
Four Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - Electronic schema Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Valves,
Front P.T.O., Front Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
SERVICE
Electronic module
Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Instrument control unit - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Instrument control unit - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Instrument control unit - HD - View live error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Instrument control unit - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Instrument control unit - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 2
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Central Control Unit (CCU) - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Central Control Unit (CCU) - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H6 - Vehicle information view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming . . 210
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 3
Electrical systems - Electronic modules
Electronic module - Configure H-Menu Overview

ECU Names and Identifiers
Each of the electronic control modules fitted to the vehicle has an associated identifier that is used by the instrument
cluster during the H menu diagnostics procedures. Throughout this document the modules are referred to using
these identifiers. The following table lists all the modules accessible from the H menu diagnostics, its function and
the corresponding identifier used by the instrument cluster.
Identifier Controller Name Controller Functions

HW Enhanced Analogue Digital Instrument Instrument Cluster
Cluster (ADIC)
HV Basic ADIC Instrument Cluster
JA Enhanced Keypad Keypad
KA Steering Controller Steering Control
DW 24x24 Central Controller 24x24 Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Engine, Rear
PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock
DX 16x16 Central Controller 16x16 Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Engine, Rear
DU Auxiliary Controller Suspended Front Axle, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote
Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch
INTRODUCTION
The “H" menu mode is part of the on-board diagnostics, providing configuration and diagnostic support through the
resources available on the system.
To gain access to the diagnostic “H" menu mode routine, it is necessary to use the diagnostic test switch, special tool
380000843 in the tractor diagnostic connector. The main diagnostics connector is located in the cab on the right hand
side rear pillar behind the operators seat.
BAIL07APH189AVA 1
The Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) dot matrix display (1) and the lower central display (2) are used to
indicate the information for the “H" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 4
BVE0006B_579 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 5
H Menu Navigation Procedure

Connect the special tool 380000843 to the diagnostic connector and turn the key start switch ON
At key ON the ADIC will automatically build a list of the controllers connected on the Controller Area Network (CAN),
and will store it in the Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM).
The dot matrix display will show “HH MENU" to indicate that the “H" menu has been activated.
BVE0006A_580 3
To navigate the “H" menus use the “h" and “m" buttons to scroll left and right, and the “dimming" button to select the
required controller or “H" menu.
Button “dimming" (1) - Select
Button “h" (2) - Scroll left
Button “m" (3) - Scroll right
BVE0006C 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 6
Controller Identifier Code Table

The controller is identified with a two letter code, i.e. HX - Enhanced ADIC.
Identifier Controller Name Controller Functions

HW Enhanced Analogue Digital Instrument Instrument Cluster
Cluster (ADIC)
HV Basic ADIC Instrument Cluster
JA Enhanced Keypad Keypad
KA Steering Controller Steering Control
DW 24x24 Central Controller 24x24 Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Engine, Rear
DX 16x16 Central Controller 16x16 Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Engine, Rear
RK Auxiliary Controller Suspended Front Axle, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote
Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch
XA EPL Electronic Park Lock
With the diagnostic test switch, special tool 380000843 located in the tractor diagnostic connector key on the ignition.
The dot matrix display and lower central display will show the HH Menu entry.
The left arrow (1) and the right arrow (2) indicate there are other controllers available.
To navigate through the list of controllers use the “h" button to scroll left and the “m" button to scroll right.
Once the display shows the desired module it should be conformed by pressing the dimming key.
BAIL10CVT195ABC 5
If a controller cannot be found on the CAN, an error symbol will be displayed indicating there is no communication
between the cluster and the selected controller.
BAIL10CVT195ABD 6
Scroll through the available options, depress the "dimming" button to select the desired controller.
The display will change to show the "HH menu" selection screen.
The left and right arrows indicate there are other controllers available.
To navigate through the list of controllers use the “h" button to scroll left and the “m" button to scroll right.
The down arrow indicates a subsystem menu is also available.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 7
BAIL10CVT195ABE 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 8
H Menu Common Features

The “H“ menus consist of the following menu codes.
NOTE: Not all the following “H" menus are available for all controllers.
HH Not Supported
H1 Calibration procedures
H2 View stored calibration values
H3 Configurations and options
H4 View software revision level
H5 Switch operation test
H6 Vehicle information view
H7 Vehicle test modes
H8 Clear stored calibration information
H9 Voltmeter diagnostics
HA Demonstration mode
HB Display stored fault codes
HC Clear all stored fault codes
HE Display frequency inputs
HF View controller hardware information
HJ Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming
HK Rear electronic hydraulic remote control valve diagnostics
Dot Matrix Display Symbols

1. Engine 8. Front suspension
2. Transmission 9. Four wheel drive
3. Differential lock 10. Fast steer system
4. Electronic draft control 11. HMC
5. Front hitch 12. Engine shutdown
6. Rear P.T.O. system 13. Air brake
6a. Front P.T.O. system 14. Steering sensor
7. Rear Electronic remote 16. Error code

valves management
7a Front EHRs 17. Intelliview
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 9
The left and right arrows indicate there are other “H" menus available.
To navigate through the list of “H" menus use the “h" button to scroll left and the “m" button to scroll right.
The downward arrow (1) indicates there is more than one sub-system that uses the same menu (multi-functional “H"
menu).
Depress the “dimming" button to select the “H" menu required.
BAIL10CVT191ABC 8
The controller selected will be displayed in the top left hand corner of the dot matrix display (1).
The “H" menu will be displayed in the top right hand corner of the dot matrix display (2).
BAIL10CVT191ABD 9
The “H" menu select screen will be displayed if the menu is common to all sub-systems, i.e. H5 - Switch test and H9
- Voltmeter.
BAIL10CVT191ABE 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 10
If the menu is specific to only one sub-system, the relevant icon will be displayed in the centre of the dot matrix display,
i.e. suspended front axle icon for HA - Demonstration mode.
BAIL10CVT191ABF 11
When the sub-system has been selected, the navigation arrows will no longer be displayed.
The ADIC lower central display section will be used to display the set-ups or values for the selected sub-system.
BAIL10CVT191ABG 12
NOTE: To return to the “H" menu select screen from H1 - Calibrations the keystart needs to be turned OFF. This will
store the completed calibrations.
To return back to the “H" menu select screen, depress the "dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT191ABH 13
NOTE: To return to the controller select screen, “HH" must be indicated in the top right hand corner of the dot matrix
display.
To return back to the controller select screen, depress the “dimming" button again.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 11
BAIL10CVT191ABJ 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 13
Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema

Basic
1. Analog Digital Instrument Cluster ADIC (Basic)
2. Battery
3. Battery Isolator
4. Ignition Switch
5. Ignition Relay (I)
6. Ignition Relay (II)
7. Air Brake Sensor
8. Fuel Sensor
9. Brake Pedal Switches and Trailer Brake Relays
10. Steering Angle Sensor
11. Worklamp Controller
12. Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor
13. Alternator
14. Indicator Flasher Unit
15. Handbrake Switch
16. Sensor Ground
17. Chassis Ground
18. Power Ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 14
SS11E066 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 15
Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Enhanced

1. Analog Digital Instrument Cluster ADIC (Enhanced)
2. Battery
3. Battery Isolator
4. Ignition Switch
5. Ignition Relay (I)
6. Ignition Relay (II)
7. Air Brake Sensor
8. Fuel Sensor
9. Brake Pedal Switches and Trailer Brake Relays
10. Steering Angle Sensor
11. Worklamp Controller
12. Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor
13. Implement Connector (ISO 11786)
14. Enhanced Keypad
15. Not Used
16. Handbrake Switch
17. Alternator
18. Indicator Flasher Unit
19. Sensor Ground
20. Chassis Ground
21. Power Ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 16
SS11E067 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 17
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema

Transmission 24x24, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel
Drive, Differential Lock
1. Central Control Module DW (CCM)
2. Transmission Control 24x24
3. Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
4. Rear P.T.O. Control
5. Constant Speed Control
6. Four Wheel Drive (4WD); Differential Lock Control
7. Sensor Ground
8. Chassis Ground
9. Power Ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 18
SS11E077 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 19
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema

Transmission 16x16, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel
Drive, Differential Lock, Engine
1. Central Control Module DX (CCM)
2. Transmission Control 16x16
3. Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
4. Rear P.T.O. Control
5. Constant Speed Control
6. Four Wheel Drive (4WD); Differential Lock Control
7. Sensor Ground
8. Chassis Ground
9. Power Ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 20
SS11E069 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 21
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - Electronic schema

Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Valves, Front P.T.O.,
Front Hitch
1. Auxiliary Control Module RP (ACM)
2. Electronic Hydraulic Remote Control (EHR’s)
3. Front Axle Suspension Control
4. Front P.T.O. Control
5. Front Hydraulic Power Link Control
6. Sensor Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 22
SS11E070 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 23
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 24
Electronic module - Fault code index

16x16 Transmission Calibration “U” Codes
Code Description Possible Failure
Err An error has occurred during 1) Short or open circuit solenoid for clutch 1 is detected
calibration - the calibration procedure 2) Short or open circuit solenoid for clutch 2 is detected
cannot continue – key off 3) Short or open circuit solenoid for clutch 3 is detected
4) Short or open circuit solenoid for clutch 4 is detected
U17 Seat switch not activated 1) Operator not in seat
2) Open circuit for the seat switch input to the transmission
module
3) Faulty seat switch
4) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the seat switch
is connected
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to module
2) Faulty temperature sensor
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the
temperature sensor input is OK
U20 Handbrake is not set 1) Open circuit for the handbrake feed into the transmission
module
2) Faulty handbrake switch
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the handbrake
is connected
U21 ERPM is below 1050, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
2) Instrument cluster is not powered
3) Broken CAN
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the engine
speed is being detected
U22 ERPM is above 1350, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to 1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle lever
forward 2) Open circuit between the shuttle lever and the transmission
module
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the switch is
connected
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch 1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
pedal 2) The clutch potentiometer / linkage is sticking or broken
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U27 C3 calibration value is too low 1) RPM dropped too soon
2) Clutch pressure is not being controlled properly
3) Engine speed adjusted whilst completing calibration
U31 Wheel speed sensed 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
Note: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle forward slightly
and repeat calibration
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value 1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 25

U37 Synchroniser potentiometer signal is 1) Synchroniser potentiometer has been painted through
out of range for the reverse position production
2) Synchroniser potentiometer / connector has been damaged
3) Synchroniser assembly is very tight / sticky
Note: Use the voltmeter to check the synchroniser potentiometer
signal. If OK then repeat calibration to free up syncro
out of range for the forward position production
signal. If OK then repeat calibration to free up syncro
U39 Synchroniser did not move toward 1) The forward & reverse solenoid connectors need to be
reverse, even at maximum pressure swapped
2) The reverse solenoid is faulty
3) No oil Pressure to shift the synchroniser
4) Synchroniser potentiometer has been painted through
production
Note: Remove the Transmission top cover and watch the
synchroniser movement to help detect failure or use H9 and look
at the potentiometer signal in voltmeter
U40 Synchroniser did not move toward 1) The forward & reverse solenoid connectors need to be
forward, even at maximum pressure swapped
2) The forward solenoid is faulty
production
U41 Synchroniser pot signal is out of range 1) Synchroniser potentiometer has been painted through
for the 4 position production
signal. If OK then repeat calibration to free up synchroniser
U42 Synchroniser pot signal is out of range 1) Synchroniser potentiometer has been painted through
for the 5 position production
U43 Synchroniser did not move toward 4, 1) The four and five solenoid connectors need to be swapped
even at max pressure 2) The four solenoid is faulty
production
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 26

U44 Synchroniser did not move toward 5, 1) The four and five solenoid connectors need to be swapped
even at max pressure 2) The five solenoid is faulty
production
5) Synchroniser potentiometer / connector has been damaged.
U45 50kph clutch 5 calibration value is too 1) Engine rpm dropped too soon
low 2) Clutch pressure is not being controlled properly
U47 50kph clutch 5 solenoid not present 1) Tractor is not a 50kph vehicle
2) Open circuit to clutch 5 solenoid
3) Solenoid Failure
U51 Engine speed error 1) Engine speed must be between 1550 and 1650 rpm
2) CAN bus error
U55 PTO started 1) The PTO was started during the PTO twist sensor calibration.
Ensure the PTO is turned off
U58 PTO twist sensor open circuit 1) Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U59 PTO twist sensor short circuit to 1) Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
ground
U77 Damper calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U78 Damper calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U79 PTO twist sensor not plausible 1) Sensor damaged or incorrectly installed
U81 No signal from flywheel torque sensor 1) Flywheel speed sensor not fitted
2) Check speed sensor connection
U82 No 12VD – No power for C3 and C4 1) Check module fuses
solenoids 2) Check battery voltage
3) Check module connection
U147 Synchroniser cannot be engaged 1) Wiring failure
2) Damaged solenoids
3) Damaged mechanicals
U148 Range lever not in the high range 1) Operator has not moved the range lever to the high position
position 2) The high range switch is faulty
3) The gear linkage is out of adjustment
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 27
24x24 Transmission Calibration “U” Codes

out of range for reverse production
out of range for forward production
Note: Use the voltmeter to check the Synchroniser potentiometer
U39 Synchroniser did not move toward 1) The forward and reverse solenoid connectors need to be
reverse, even at maximum pressure swapped
2) The reverse solenoid is faulty
production
synchroniser movement to help detect failure or use H9 and
look at the potentiometer signal in voltmeter
U40 Synchroniser did not move toward 1) The forward and reverse solenoid connectors need to be
forward, even at maximum pressure swapped.
2) The forward solenoid is faulty.
3) No oil Pressure to shift the syncroniser
production
5) Synchroniser potentiometer / connector has been damaged.
at the potentiometer signal in voltmeter.
U82 No 12VD – No power for High and 1) Check module fuses
Low clutch solenoids 2) Check battery voltage
3) Check Module connection
Electronic Draft Control Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Note: There are no 'U' error codes defined for the electronic draft control calibration procedure. However the
following error codes may be displayed during the procedure.
1068 Height limit control not fully clockwise 1) The height limit control is not turned fully clockwise
2) The height limit control is faulty
1070 EDC Hydraulic ram size not configured 1) Ram size not configured on a new controller or following H8
procedure. (Use EDC H3, channel 1 to configure).
PTO Torque Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U51 Engine speed error 1) Check engine speed sensor is fitted
2) Open circuit for the engine speed sensor going to the cluster -
mechanical engines only
4) Broken CAN link
Note: Use the HE menu function in the transmission module to
see if the engine speed is being detected
U52 “m” switch detected 1) "m" switch pressed more than three times, repeat the
calibration start procedure
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 28

U55 PTO started 1) PTO turned on while completing the calibration procedure.
Repeat the calibration
U58 PTO twist sensor open circuit 1) Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U59 PTO twist sensor short circuit to 1) Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
ground
Front Suspension Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If less than 240 then check the potentiometer
U02 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Check the potentiometer installation
higher than set limit 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If greater than 4840 then check the potentiometer
3) Check the wiring harness
U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check if signal ground on potentiometer is open circuit
3) Change the potentiometer
U04 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Change the potentiometer
lower than set limit
U05 Suspension is not reaching its 1) Check the range of the potentiometer, calibration will not work
minimum / maximum position during if the range of the potentiometer is less than 150
ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage
U07 Suspension is stationary during the 1) Check the raise solenoid harness
raise command in the ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage
4) Check the pressure of the accumulators
5) Check the hydraulic pressure
6) Disconnect implement
U08 Suspension unable to reach maximum 1) Check the raise valve installation
height within 20 seconds 2) Check the unload solenoid installation
3) Check the suspension mechanics
U09 Suspension is stationary during 1) Check the unload solenoid harness
the lowering command in the ACP 2) Check the suspension mechanics
procedure 3) Check the potentiometer linkage
U10 Suspension unable to reach minimum 1) Check unload solenoid installation
height within 25 seconds 2) Check the hydraulic pressure
U11 Unable to calibrate suspension 1) The lockout switch was pressed more than 3 times to initiate
calibration
2) Check the suspension mechanics
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Rear axle speed sensor faulty
U14 Insufficient potentiometer range for 1) Incorrect adjustment of front axle position potentiometer
optimal suspension performance linkage.
Rear Hydraulic Electronic Remote Valves Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U61 Lever No.1 not in neutral -
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 29
Front Hitch Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U110 Position potentiometer value too low Hitch was not raised before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not raised from ON to OFF position
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 30
Steering Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U19 Oil Temperature below 5°C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to the
transmission module
2) Faulty temperature sensor
Note: Use the H9 menu in the transmission module to see if the
temperature sensor input is OK
U21 ERPM is below 1300, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
2) Open circuit for the engine speed sensor going to the cluster
– mechanical engines only
4) Broken CAN bus
Note: Use the HE menu to see if the engine speed is being
detected.
U71 Calibration attempted while enable 1) The enable switch is in the off position
switch is off 2) The enable switch is in the on position at start up but needs
to be cycled through off then on to enable the system
U72 Proximity sensor input is out of range 1) Incorrect position of steering wheel
– open 2) Faulty proximity sensor
Check the proximity sensor connection
U73 Proximity sensor input is out of range 1) Incorrect position of steering wheel
– closed 2) Faulty proximity sensor
Check the proximity sensor connection
U74 LVDT calibration has been 1) Faulty LVDT sensor
unsuccessful (out of range after 2) Faulty steering hydraulic valve
4th attempt) 3) Incorrect assembly of hydraulic valve
Check the LVDT sensor connection
EDC - Error Codes

Code Description
1002 Radar not detected (when slip option enabled)
1003 Speed sensor error
1004 Wheel speed sensor - signal too high
1006 Slip control potentiometer error
1008 Raise / work switch failure (command arm)
1009 Both external switches operated at the same time
1010 Height limit control potentiometer error
1012 Drop rate control potentiometer error
1014 R/H load sensing pin – signal too low
1015 R/H load sensing pin – signal too high
1016 L/H load sensing pin – signal too low
1017 L/H load sensing pin – signal too high
1018 Both load sensing pins disconnected
1019 Load sensing pin 8V reference – voltage too low
1020 Load sensing pin 8V reference – voltage too high
1021 Draft sensitivity control potentiometer error
1024 Perform the hydraulic lift calibration
1025 Position control potentiometer error
1027 Lift arm position sensor – voltage too low
1028 Lift arm position sensor – voltage too high
1029 Hydraulic control valve disconnected
1031 Chassis harness disconnected
1033 Draft control potentiometer error
1049 Wheel speed sensor open circuit
1063 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid – open circuit
1064 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid – open circuit
1065 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid – short circuit
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 31
Code Description
1066 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid – short circuit
1067 Hydraulic valve supply voltage – voltage too low
1068 Height limit control not set to maximum during calibration
1070 Hydraulic ram configuration not set
Transmission - Error Codes

Code Description
2001 “N” - shuttle too fast error
2005 Creeper selection error
2011 Clutch pedal potentiometer – signal low
2012 Clutch pedal potentiometer – signal high
2015 High and low range switches both closed
2016 Creeper solenoid error
2024 All clutches not calibrated
2026 Engine speed – too high
2027 Engine speed – too low
2037 Clutch pedal switch – open circuit
2038 Clutch 4 solenoid – short to ground or high voltage
2039 Clutch 4 solenoid – open circuit
2047 Clutch pedal switch set too high
2048 Clutch pedal switch set too low
2049 Wheel speed sensor error
2051 Oil temperature sensor – open circuit
2052 Oil temperature sensor – short to ground or high voltage
2053 5V reference voltage – too high
2054 5V reference voltage – too low
2055 No signal from wheel speed sensor
2056 Low range switch open
2057 High range switch open
2058 Seat switch closed
2059 Shuttle lever switch disagreement
2061 Forward / reverse synchroniser potentiometer – signal too high
2062 Forward / reverse synchroniser potentiometer – signal too low
2063 Forward synchroniser did not engage
2064 Reverse synchroniser did not engage
2065 Forward synchroniser solenoid – open circuit
2066 Reverse synchroniser solenoid – open circuit
2067 Forward synchroniser solenoid – short to ground or high voltage
2068 Reverse synchroniser solenoid – short to ground or high voltage
2070 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too high
2071 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too low
2072 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too high
2073 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too low
2075 Flywheel speed sensor – signal error
2076 Flywheel speed sensor – open circuit
2077 Flywheel speed sensor – short circuit or high voltage
2079 Flywheel speed sensor – no signal
2081 4 / 5 range synchroniser potentiometer – signal high
2082 4 / 5 range synchroniser potentiometer – signal low
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 32
Code Description
2083 1-4 range synchroniser engaged error
2084 5-8 range synchroniser engaged error
2085 1-4 range synchroniser solenoid – open circuit
2086 5-8 range synchroniser solenoid – open circuit
2087 1-4 range synchroniser solenoid – short to ground or high voltage
2088 5-8 range synchroniser solenoid – short to ground or high voltage
2091 Clutch 3 not calibrated
2098 Clutch 5 solenoid – short circuit
2100 Clutch 5 dump solenoid – short circuit
2101 Clutch 5 dump solenoid – open circuit
Transmission - Error Codes

Code Description
2001 “N” - shuttle too fast error
2005 Creeper selection error
2011 Clutch pedal potentiometer – signal low
2012 Clutch pedal potentiometer – signal high
2024 All clutches not calibrated
2026 Engine speed – too high
2027 Engine speed – too low
2035 Dump solenoid – short to ground or high voltage
2036 Dump solenoid – open circuit
2037 Clutch pedal switch – open circuit
2038 High range PWM valve – short to ground or high voltage
2039 High range PWM valve – open circuit
2040 Low range PWM valve – short to ground or high voltage
2041 Low range PWM valve – open circuit
2047 Clutch pedal switch set too high
2048 Clutch pedal switch set too low
2049 Wheel speed sensor error
2051 Oil temperature sensor – open circuit
2052 Oil temperature sensor – short to ground or high voltage
2053 5V reference voltage – too high
2054 5V reference voltage – too low
2055 No signal from wheel speed sensor
2058 Seat switch closed
2059 Shuttle lever switch disagreement
2061 Forward / reverse synchroniser potentiometer – signal too high
2062 Forward / reverse synchroniser potentiometer – signal too low
2063 Forward synchroniser did not engage
2064 Reverse synchroniser did not engage
2065 Forward synchroniser solenoid – open circuit
2066 Reverse synchroniser solenoid – open circuit
2067 Forward synchroniser solenoid – short to ground or high voltage
2068 Reverse synchroniser solenoid – short to ground or high voltage
2070 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too high
2071 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too low
2072 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too high
2073 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too low
2075 Flywheel speed sensor signal error
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 33
Code Description
2076 Flywheel speed sensor – open circuit
2077 Flywheel speed sensor – short circuit or high voltage
2079 Flywheel speed sensor – no signal
2093 High clutch not calibrated
2094 Low clutch not calibrated
Engine - Error Codes

Code Description
3001 Foot throttle sensor – signal not plausible
3002 Foot throttle sensor – signal above range maximum
3003 Foot throttle sensor – signal below range minimum
3006 Coolant temperature signal – signal not plausible (compared with engine oil temperature)
3007 Coolant temperature signal – signal above range maximum
3008 Coolant temperature signal – signal below range minimum
3010 Air intake temperature sensor – signal above range maximum
3011 Air intake temperature sensor – signal below range minimum
3015 Fuel temperature sensor – signal above range maximum
3016 Fuel temperature sensor – signal below range minimum
3019 Boost pressure sensor – signal above range maximum
3022 Boost pressure sensor – signal not plausible
3023 Atmospheric pressure sensor – signal not plausible (compared with boost pressure)
3024 Atmospheric pressure sensor – signal above range maximum
3025 Atmospheric pressure sensor – signal below range minimum
3028 Oil pressure too low
3029 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to battery
3030 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to ground
3031 Oil pressure sensor – hardware error
3032 Oil pressure sensor – value too high
3033 Oil temperature sensor – signal not plausible (compared with coolant temperature)
3034 Oil temperature sensor – signal above range maximum
3035 Oil temperature sensor – signal below range minimum
3037 Boost pressure sensor – signal low
3038 Constant engine RPM activate / select switch – short circuit to battery
3047 Main relay 2 failure – short circuit to battery
3048 Main relay 2 failure – short circuit to ground
3051 Battery voltage to ECM – voltage too high
3052 Battery voltage to ECM – voltage too low
3059 ECM afterrun was interrupted
3060 Cylinder 1 – unclassifiable error in injector
3061 Cylinder 1 – injector cable short circuit (low side to battery)
3063 Cylinder 1 – injector cable short circuit (high side to ground)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 34
Code Description
3088 Crankshaft sensor – no signal
3089 Crankshaft sensor – invalid signal
3090 Camshaft sensor – no signal
3091 Camshaft sensor – invalid signal
3093 Offset between camshaft and crankshaft – outside boundaries
3095 Operating with camshaft sensor only – backup mode
3096 ECM Bus Off on Vehicle CAN bus
3097 ECM Bus Off on Engine private CAN bus
3102 Rail pressure sensor CP3 – signal below range minimum
3104 Rail pressure relief valve – open
3105 Rail pressure relief valve – pressure shock requested
3106 Rail pressure relief valve – did not open after pressure shock
3107 Metering unit – short circuit to battery
3108 Metering unit – short circuit to ground
3110 Rail pressure sensor offset monitoring – value above limit
3111 Rail pressure sensor offset monitoring – value below limit
3112 Rail pressure sensor CP3 – signal above maximum range
3113 Main Relay 1 (High pressure pump – power supply to the fuel metering unit) - short to battery
3114 Main Relay 1 (High pressure pump – power supply to the fuel metering unit) - short to battery
3118 ECM 12V sensor – supply voltage high
3119 ECM 12V sensor – supply voltage low
3120 PTO twist sensor – not plausible
3121 PTO twist sensor – open circuit
3122 PTO twist sensor – short circuit to ground
3123 PTO twist sensor – not calibrated
3124 Hand throttle – channel 2 signal above range maximum
3125 Hand throttle – channel 2 signal below range minimum
3126 Hand throttle – channel 1 signal above range maximum
3127 Hand throttle – channel 1 signal below range minimum
3128 Hand throttle – channel difference error
3129 Hand throttle – idle switch closed circuit
3130 Hand throttle – idle switch open circuit
3131 Grid heater always switched on
3137 Metering unit – open load
3138 Metering unit – temperature too high
3141 Fuel flow setpoint too low
3142 High pressure test – test active
3145 Terminal 15 – no signal
3146 Water detected in fuel
3147 Oil temperature too high
3148 Coolant temperature sensor dynamic test – failure (minimum temperature raise not reached)
3154 Grid heater relay – short circuit to battery
3155 Grid heater relay – short circuit to ground
3156 Grid heater relay – no load
3157 ECM CAN connection error – ECM not detected on CAN or anti-tamper security check timeout
3158 Engine anti-tamper – security check failed
3159 Invalid engine reference torque
3160 Fan actuator – short circuit to battery
3161 Fan actuator – short circuit to ground
3162 Fan actuator – no load
3163 Fan actuator – temperature too high
3166 Fuel filter heater relay – short circuit to battery
3167 Fuel filter heater relay – short circuit to ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 35
Code Description
3168 Fuel filter heater relay – open load
3169 Fuel filter heater relay – signal not plausible
3176 Setpoint of metering unit not plausible in overrun
3177 Engine overspeed detected
3179 Timeout of CAN message BC2EDC2
3180 Timeout of CAN message VM2EDC
3182 Timeout of CAN message RxCCVS
3183 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR (when active)
3184 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR (when inactive)
3185 Timeout of CAN message TF
3188 Cylinder 1 warning – open load
3210 Bank 1 – general short circuit to injection cable
3211 Bank 1 – injection cable short circuit low side to ground
3213 Bank 1 – unclassifiable error
3218 Bank 2 – general short circuit to injection cable
3219 Bank 2 – injection cable short circuit low side to ground
3221 Bank 2 – unclassifiable error
3227 Injection processor (CY33X) error – internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3228 Injection processor (CY33X) error – unlocked / initialisation failure
3229 Injection processor (CY33X) error – injections limited by software
3230 Injection processor (CY33X) error – SPI communication failure
3231 Injection processor error – internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3232 Injection processor error – unlocked / initialisation failure
3233 Injection processor error – test mode
3234 Injection processor error – SPI communication failure
3238 ECM internal SPI communications error – CJ940
3239 ECM EEPROM – read operation failure
3240 ECM EEPROM – write operation failure
3241 ECM EEPROM – default value used
3242 ECM (locked) recovery occurred
3243 ECM recovery (suppressed) – recovery occurred
3244 ECM recovery (visible) – recovery occurred
3245 ECM processor – watchdog not plausible
3246 Shutoff paths during initialisation – watchdog
3247 Shutoff paths during initialisation – supply voltage too high
3248 Shutoff paths during initialisation – supply voltage too low
3249 TPU monitoring – time deviation between TPU and system not plausible
3250 Dataset – variant defect
3251 Dataset – requested variant could not be set
3252 Controller watchdog – SPI communication failure
3253 ADC monitoring – reference voltage too high
3254 ADC monitoring – reference voltage too low
3255 ADC monitoring – test impulse error
3256 ADC monitoring – queue error
3258 High side power – short circuit to battery
3259 High side power – short circuit to ground
3261 Low side power – short circuit to battery of excess temperature
3262 Low side power – short circuit to ground
3263 ECM BusOff on CAN C
3265 Overrun monitoring – injection time too long
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 36
Code Description
3266 Redundant engine speed in overrun monitoring – speed signal not plausible
3267 Main relay 3 – short circuit to battery
3268 Main relay 3 – short circuit to ground
3278 ECM internal supply voltage too high – CJ940 above limit
3279 ECM internal supply voltage too low – CJ940 below limit
3280 Sensor supply voltage 1 – high
3281 Sensor supply voltage 1 – low
3297 Rail pressure positive deviation high and high fuel flow setpoint value
3301 Rail pressure negative deviation too high on minimum metering
3305 Rail pressure below minimum limit in controlled mode
3309 Rail pressure above maximum limit in controlled mode
3313 Rail pressure drop rate too high
3316 Minimum number of injections not reached – stop engine
3319 DM1DCU SPN2 message – error in DCU active
3334 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-PE Torque (when active)
3335 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-PE Torque (when inactive)
3338 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VE Speed (when inactive)
3339 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VE Speed (when active)
3350 Terminal 50 - always on
3354 Main relay 4 (engine brake exhaust valve) – short circuit to ground
3355 Main relay 4 (engine brake exhaust valve) – short circuit to battery or open load
3358 CAN transmit timeout
3367 Coolant temperature test failure
3368 INFO: Torque limitation due to OBD Performance Limiter by legislation
3369 INFO: Torque reduction due to smoke reduction
3370 INFO: Torque limitation due to Engine Protection (against excessive torque, engine overspeed and
overheat)
3371 INFO: Torque limitation due to Fuel Quantity Limitation because of injector system errors
3375 Constant engine RPM increase / decrease switch – short circuit to battery
3377 Constant engine RPM switch detected but option is not enabled
3412 Speed limitation activates torque limitation
3512 DCU state monitoring – DCU not ready in time
3513 SCR catalyst not present – relation of temperature behaviour between both catalyst temperatures
not plausible
3517 Ambient air temperature sensor failure (of humidity sensor) - signal too high
3518 Ambient air temperature sensor failure (of humidity sensor) - signal too low
3521 NOx estimation failure – estimated Nox signal not reliable
3528 NOx sensor plausibility failure – signal not plausible
3529 NOx sensor failure – open load
3530 NOx sensor failure – short circuit
3532 NOx sensor failure – sensor not ready in time
3533 CAN message timeout Nox (from Nox Sensor) – CAN timeout
3537 CAN message timeout DM1DCU (from DCU) – CAN timeout
3541 CAN message timeout SCR1 (from DCU) – CAN timeout
3545 INFO: SCR dosing valve overheat protection – torque limitation level 2 for SCR protection active
3546 INFO: SCR dosing valve overheat protection – torque limitation level 1 for SCR protection active
3549 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure – signal ratio above Limit
3550 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure – signal ratio below Limit
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 37
Code Description
3555 CAN Message timeout SCR2 (from DCU) – CAN timeout
3557 INFO: Humidity sensor possibly saturated with water droplets – signal ratio above Limit
3558 INFO: Humidity sensor possibly saturated with water droplets – signal ratio below Limit
3561 NOx value not plausible (aftertreatment plausibility)
3565 Urea quality and urea warning level 1
3581 Performance limitation active due to either stage
3585 Engine shut off (after idling phase)
3586 Plausibility check of catalyst system – temperature after catalyst not plausible
3587 Plausibility check of catalyst system – temperature before catalyst not plausible
3588 Plausibility check of catalyst system – ambient temperature of humidity sensor or both catalyst
temperatures not plausible
3589 Plausibility check of catalyst system – temperature deviation between up- and downstream catalyst
temperature too high during operation
3591 SCR catalyst thermal ageing limit exceeded – P0422 main catalyst efficiency below threshold
3593 Poor reagent quality
3594 Torque limitation due to SCR
3599 Error path of oxidation catalyst not present – P0421 warm up catalyst efficiency below threshold
3602 Defect ratio between threshold limits – P0425 catalyst temperature sensor circuit
3605 Temperature of Outer control loop – temperature deviation above Limit
3606 Temperature of Outer control loop – temperature deviation below Limit
3611 Catalyst efficiency lower than first Nox prediction threshold level
3612 Catalyst efficiency lower than second Nox prediction threshold level
3614 SRA2EDC – high effort fault
3615 SRA2EDC – initialisation fault
3616 Torque limitation due to turbo charger protection
3618 Emergency start time expired and shutdown initiated
3623 Lambda signal of NOx sensor deviation (NOx sensor removal is detected)
3999 Unknown ECM Error Code
Rear EHR - Error Codes

Code Description
4100 Rear remote no.1 – no control message received
4101 Rear remote no.1 – control message not plausible
4102 Rear remote no.1 – EEPROM error
4103 Rear remote no.1 – switched to failsafe
4104 Rear remote no.1 – under voltage
4105 Rear remote no.1 – over voltage
4106 Rear remote no.1 – spool movement too low
4107 Rear remote no.1 – spool movement too high
4108 Rear remote no.1 – float position not reached
4109 Rear remote no.1 – manually operated
4110 Rear remote no.1 – driver faulty
4111 Rear remote no.1 – potentiometer faulty
4112 Rear remote no.1 – unable to reach neutral
4113 Rear remote no.1 – spool not in neutral at key on
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 38
Code Description
4170 Rear EHR control No.1 – not calibrated
4171 Rear EHR control No.1 – open circuit
4172 Rear EHR control No.1 – short circuit
4173 Rear EHR control No.2 – not calibrated
4174 Rear EHR control No.2 – open circuit
4175 Rear EHR control No.2 – short circuit
4176 Rear EHR timer switch no.1/no.2 – not connected
4177 Rear EHR control no.3 – not calibrated
4178 Rear EHR control no.3 – open circuit
4179 Rear EHR control no.3 – short circuit
4180 Rear EHR control no.4 – not calibrated
4181 Rear EHR control no.4 – open circuit
4182 Rear EHR control no.4 – short circuit
4183 Rear EHR timer switch no.3/no.4 – not connected
4190 Rear remote no.1 – no communications
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 39
Code Description
4194 Rear EHR no.1 motor mode switch faulty
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 40
Rear PTO - Error Codes

Code Description
5001 Rear PTO brake solenoid error
5005 Rear PTO brake switch – open circuit
5007 Rear PTO solenoid – open circuit
5008 Rear PTO solenoid – short circuit to ground
5027 Rear PTO speed sensor – open circuit
5033 Rear PTO cab normally closed switch – open circuit
5034 Rear PTO fender switch – open circuit / short to ground
5035 Rear PTO fender switch – input short to 12V
5037 Rear PTO cab normally open switch – stuck closed
5042 Rear PTO management switch – stuck closed
5043 Rear PTO fender switch stuck on
5044 Rear PTO speed sensor – short to ground
5098 Rear PTO fender switch option not enabled
5099 Rear PTO management option not enabled
Four Wheel Drive - Error Codes

Code Description
6023 FWD solenoid fault
Difflock - Error Codes

Code Description
7017 Difflock solenoid fault
7024 Steering angle sensor not calibrated
7032 Steering angle sensor – signal too low
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 41
Front PTO - Error Codes

Code Description
8007 Front PTO solenoid – stuck on
8008 Front PTO solenoid – open circuit
8033 Front PTO cab normally closed switch – open circuit
8037 Front PTO cab normally open switch – stuck closed
8099 Front PTO option not enabled
Front Hitch - Error Codes

Code Description
9001 Front hitch position sensor – short circuit to 12V
9002 Front hitch position sensor – open circuit / short circuit to 0V
9003 Front hitch fender up switch error
9004 Front hitch fender down switch error
9005 Front hitch fender common switch error
9006 Front hitch position potentiometer – not calibrated
Suspended Front Axle - Error Codes

Code Description
10001 Upper lockout solenoid error
10002 Raise solenoid error
10003 Lower solenoid error
10004 Front axle position sensor – threshold higher than set limit
10005 Front axle position sensor – threshold lower than set limit
10008 Go down error – suspension unable to return to set point
10009 Lower lockout solenoid error
10024 Front suspension not calibrated
Instrument Cluster- Error Codes

Code Description
14015 5V supply voltage – too high
14016 5V supply voltage – too low
14051 Fuel level sensor – short circuit to Vcc or open circuit
14052 Fuel level sensor – short circuit to GND
14061 Air brake pressure sensor – short circuit to VCC or option set but sensor not connected
14091 Transmission output speed sensor – short to Vcc or open circuit
14092 Transmission output speed sensor – short to GND
14097 Transmission oil pressure sensor – short to 5V
14098 Transmission oil pressure sensor – open circuit or short circuit to ground
14100 Air brake pressure – not configured
14200 EEPROM error
14900 Transmission controller missing (DW/DX)
14901 Engine controller missing (EDC7)
14902 Auxiliary controller missing (DU)
14905 Keypad missing
14906 Steering controller missing (KA)
14907 Gear Display missing
Steering Controller - Error Codes

Code Description
15002 Steering wheel control proximity sensor – open circuit
15003 Steering wheel control proximity sensor – short circuit
15006 Split valve LVDT – open circuit
15007 Split valve LVDT – short circuit
15008 Change valve solenoid – open circuit
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 42
Code Description
15009 Change valve solenoid – short circuit across
15010 Safety switch fail
15011 Maximum engagement time elapsed (5 minutes)
15012 Split valve spool – stuck open
15013 Change valve or split valve spools – stuck closed
15014 Split valve spool stuck in transition zone – can’t identify which steering mode the tractor is definitely
in.
15024 System not calibrated
Air Conditioning Controller - Error Codes

Code Description
16111 Cab temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16112 Cab temperature sensor shorted to ground
16113 Outlet temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16114 Outlet temperature sensor shorted to ground
16115 Evaporator temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16116 Evaporator temperature sensor shorted to ground
16117 Outside air temperature sensor open or shorted to power
16118 Outside air temperature sensor shorted to ground
16120 Blower speed select potentiometer open or shorted to power
16121 Temperature select potentiometer open or shorted to power
16122 Mode select potentiometer open or shorted to power
16125 High pressure switch (+) input shorted to power
16126 High pressure switch (+) input shorted to ground
16127 High pressure switch (-) input shorted to power
16128 High pressure switch (-) input shorted to ground
16129 High pressure cycling error (2 in 1 minute)
16130 Low pressure switch (+) input shorted to power
16131 Low pressure switch (+) input shorted to ground
16132 Low pressure switch (-) input shorted to power
16133 Low pressure switch (-) input shorted to ground
16134 Low pressure switch open for greater than 1 minute
DeNox Fault Codes

Code Description
19001 Battery voltage sensing (electrical) – signal high – P0563 battery voltage evaluation - above
upper limit
19002 Battery voltage sensing (electrical) – signal low – P0562 battery voltage evaluation - below lower limit
19003 Battery voltage sensing (electrical) – signal above high error threshold – P0563 battery voltage
evaluation - above upper limit
19004 Battery voltage sensing (electrical) – signal below low error threshold – P0562 Battery voltage
evaluation - below lower limit
19010 Temperature sensor after catalyst (electrical) – signal high – P042D catalyst temperature sensor -
circuit high
19011 Temperature sensor after catalyst (electrical) – signal low – P042C catalyst temperature sensor -
circuit low
19019 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal high – P0428 catalyst temperature sensor
circuit high
19020 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal low – P0427 catalyst temperature sensor -
circuit low
19021 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal high – signal above high error threshold
19022 Temperature sensor before catalyst (electrical) – signal high – signal above high error threshold
19037 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for UREA pressure sensors) – supply voltage too high – P204D
Reagent - pressure sensor - short circuit high
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 43
19038 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for UREA pressure sensors) – supply voltage too low – P204C
Reagent - pressure sensor - short circuit low
19046 UREA pressure sensor in box (electrical) – supply voltage error – P204A Reagent - pressure
sensor - open circuit
19047 UREA pressure sensor in box (electrical) – signal high – P204D Reagent - pressure sensor -
short circuit high
19048 UREA pressure sensor in box (electrical) – signal low – P204C Reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit low
19055 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – high signal – P2045 Reagent - temperature sensor
of pump module - short circuit high
19056 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – signal low – P2044 Reagent - temperature sensor
of pump module - short circuit low
19057 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – signal high –P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - out of range
19058 UREA Temperature sensor in box (electrical) – signal low – P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of
19073 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2) electrical – Short to bat at UB2 with Key 15 off – P20C4
Reagent - suction tube heating - short circuit high
19074 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2) electrical – Open circuit to UB2 – P20C1 Reagent - suction
tube heating - short circuit low
19075 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2) electrical – Short circuit to Ground UB2 – P20C3 Reagent -
suction tube heating - open circuit
19082 Voltage supply 3 - Coolant control valve and reverting valve (UB3) electrical – Short to bat at UB3
with Key 15 off – P20A3 Vent valve (Reductant Purge Control Valve) - short circuit high
19083 Voltage supply 3 - Coolant control valve and reverting valve (UB3) electrical – Open circuit to UB3 –
P20A0 Vent valve (Reductant Purge Control Valve) - short circuit low
19084 Voltage supply 3 - Coolant control valve and reverting valve (UB3) electrical – Short circuit to
Ground UB3 – P20A2 Vent valve (Reductant Purge Control Valve) - open circuit
19091 Monitoring VDD11/VDD25 voltage - Dosing valve/pump motor – supply voltage VD11 low – P0659
12 Volt supply for dosing module - above upper limit
19092 Monitoring VDD11/ VDD25 voltage - Dosing valve/pump motor – supply voltage VD11 high – P0658
12 Volt supply for dosing module - below lower limit
19093 Monitoring VDD11/ VDD25 voltage - Dosing valve/pump motor – supply voltage VD25 high – P0659
12 Volt supply for dosing module - Above upper limit
19094 Monitoring VDD11/ VDD25 voltage - Dosing valve/pump motor – supply voltage VD25 low – P0658
12 Volt supply for dosing module - Below lower limit
19145 Dosing Valve (electrical) – short circuit to batt + – P2049 Reductant Injector - circuit high
19147 Dosing Valve (electrical) – open load – P2047 Reductant Injector - circuit open
19149 Dosing Valve (electrical) – short circuit to ground – P2048 Reductant Injector - circuit Low
19150 Dosing Valve (electrical) – Dosing valve permanent "ON" (detection via fast decay) – P209B
Reagent - dosing nozzle - pressure too high
19154 UREA Pump speed – pump motor unplugged – P208B Reagent-pump not delivering
19155 UREA Pump speed – pump motor blocked – P208A Reagent-pump
19156 UREA Pump speed – pump overspeed – P208D Reagent-pump over speed
19157 UREA Pump speed – Hall sensors defect – P208B Reagent-pump not delivering
19181 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) electrical – short circuit to battery – P20A3 Vent valve (Reductant
Purge Control Valve) - short circuit high
19183 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) electrical – open load – P20A0 Vent valve (Reductant Purge
Control Valve) - open circuit
19184 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) electrical – short circuit to ground – P20A0 Vent valve (Reductant
Purge Control Valve) - short circuit low
19244 Urea pump heater - short circuit to battery
19247 Urea pump heater - open circuit
19248 Urea pump heater - short circuit to ground
19262 Tank heating Valve – short circuit to battery – P20B4 Reagent - tank heating valve - short circuit high
19264 Tank heating Valve – open load – P20B1 Reagent - tank heating valve - open circuit
19265 Tank heating Valve – short circuit to ground – P20B3 Reagent - tank heating valve - short circuit low
19280 Filterbox heater - short circuit to battery
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 44
19283 Filterbox heater - open circuit

19284 Filterbox heater - short circuit to ground
19290 Temperature after catalyst too low – Down stream catalyst temp - physical (Catalyst heating time
failed) – P042B Catalyst Temperature Sensor - circuit range/performance
19298 UREA pressure too low at system start – UREA pressure too low at system start – P208B
Reagent-pump not delivering
19307 UREA pressure too high – Urea pressure not plausible (urea pressure too high) – P204B Reagent -
pressure above threshold
19316 UREA Temperature in Pump Module out of range – Urea temperature box - physical (Urea Box
Temp NOT OK: outside range) – P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of pump module out of range
19325 UREA Temperature in Tank out of range – Urea temperature tank - physical (Urea Tank Temp NOT
OK: outside range) – P205B Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent
- solution in the tank) out of range
19334 System frozen and not free in time – Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (Inlet line defreezing
failed) – P20C2 Reagent - suction tube heating - detection mode of heating
19335 System frozen and not free in time – Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (pressure line
defreezing failed) – P20BE Reagent - pressure tube heating - detection mode of heating
19336 System frozen and not free in time – Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (pressure build-up in
detection mode failed) – P20C5 Pump module - internal heating - open circuit
19337 System frozen and not free in time – Defreezing Mode and Detection Errors (Back-flow line
defreezing failed) – P20B9 Reagent - backflow tube heating - open circuit
19352 Reverting valve (4-2way valve?) mechanically – valve does not open – P20A0 Vent valve
(Reductant Purge Control Valve) - open circuit
19361 Battery Voltage (actual value) – High battery voltage – P0562 Battery voltage evaluation - below
lower limit
19362 Battery Voltage (actual value) – Low battery voltage – P0563 Battery voltage evaluation - above
upper limit
19370 UREA pressure too low (in "commissioning" status) – Pump motor error during commissioning
(pump not delivering) – P208B Reagent pump not delivering
19379 UREA Temperature too low during commissioning – temperatures not plausible during
commissioning.
19415 Empty UREA Tank – urea tank empty – P203F Reagent - fluid level in tank - too low
19496 Urea pressure sensor plausibility error (checked during system startup) P204B Reagent - pressure -
above threshold
19505 Urea box temperature sensor plausibility error (dynamic / static) - P2043 Reagent - temperature
sensor of pump module - out of range
19514 Urea tank temperature sensor plausibility error (dynamic / static) - P205B Reagent - tank
temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent - solution in the tank) - out of range
19532 Back flow line clogged – P2063 Reagent - dosing valve - short circuit low
19541 Coolant control valve mechanically – blocked closed – P20A1 vent valve test plausibility test
(start-up)
19550 Pressure line blocked – pressure line blocked – P209B Reagent - dosing nozzle - pressure too high
19559 Low UREA level 1 (warning) - UREA level below Limit 1 - P203F Reagent - fluid level in tank - too low
19568 Low UREA level 2 (warning) - UREA level below Limit 2 - P203F Reagent - fluid level in tank - too low
19577 CAN receive frame E2SCR (Dosing, Exh gas flow, Exh gas temp, Error Suppression, Heater, Long
Term failure) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (UREA quantity not in range)
19578 CAN receive frame E2SCR (Dosing,Exh gas flow, Exh gas temp, Error Suppression, Heater, Long
Term failure) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (Dosing status not in range) – P0600
Serial Communication Link
Term failure) – timeout – P0600 Serial Communication Link
Term failure) – too many CAN messages – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19581 CAN receive frame E2SCR (Dosing,Exh gas flow, Exh gas temp, Error Suppression, Heater, Long
Term failure) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19595 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver demand, eng speed, eng torque) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN
receive signal : (Engine torque not in range) – P0600 Serial Communication Link
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 45
receive signal : (Engine speed not in range) – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19597 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver demand, eng speed, eng torque) – timeout – P0600 Serial
Communication Link
19598 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver demand, eng speed, eng torque) – too many CAN messages –
P0600 Serial Communication Link
receive signal : (Torque driver demand not in range) – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19604 CAN receive frame ET1 (Oil and Water temp engine) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal :
(Oil temperature not in range) – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19605 CAN receive frame ET1 (Oil and Water temp engine) – timeout – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19606 CAN receive frame ET1 (Oil and Water temp engine) – too many CAN messages – P0600 Serial
Communication Link
19607 CAN receive frame ET1 (Oil and Water temp engine) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal :
(Water temperature not in range) – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19649 UREA Tank level error (CAN message or electrical with real sensor) – Level over CAN: SAE J1939
no Signal available Level sensor connected directly: Sensor Supply error – P203A Reagent - tank
level sensor - open circuit
Signal Not in Range Level sensor connected directly: SRC high – P203D Reagent - tank level
sensor - short circuit high
Erroneous Signal Level sensor connected directly: SRC low – P203C Reagent - tank level sensor -
short circuit low
19652 UREA Tank level error (CAN message or electrical with real sensor) – (TIMEOUT)
Erraneous Signal Level sensor connected directly: SRC low – P203C Reagent - tank level sensor
(too many CAN messages)
19654 UREA Tank level error (CAN message or electrical with real sensor) – Level over CAN: SAE
J1939 Erraneous Signal Level sensor connected directly: SRC low – P203A Reagent - tank level
sensor - open circuit
19676 Ambient Temperature: SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (Signal Range Check: Signal not
in range / Erroneous Signal / Signal not available) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal :
(Ambient air temperature not in range) – P0600 Serial Communication Link
19677 Ambient Temperature: SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal : (Signal Range Check: Signal
not in range / Erroneous Signal / Signal not available) – timeout – P0071 Ambient Air Temperature
Sensor Range/Performance
in range / Erroneous Signal / Signal not available) – too many CAN messages – P0071 Ambient
Air Temperature Sensor Range/Performance
in range / Erroneous Signal / Signal not available) – SAE J1939 Check for CAN receive signal :
(Barometric pressure not in range) – P0071 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Range/Performance
19721 EEPROM / Checksum failures – EEPROM write error – P062F Internal Control Module EEPROM
Error
19722 EEPROM / Checksum failures – No corresponding variant number error – P062F Internal Control
Module EEPROM Error
19723 EEPROM / Checksum failures – EEPROM communication error – P062F Internal Control Module
EEPROM Error
19724 EEPROM / Checksum failures – EEPROM Detection error OR Codierwort error – P062F Internal
Control Module EEPROM Error
19725 EEPROM / Checksum failures – Wrong EEPROM size – P062F Internal Control Module EEPROM
Error
19730 Ignition "on" signal K15 – digital input ignition ON not sensed during initialisation – P2530 Ignition
switch - plausibility error
19739 Main Relay opens too early / too late – main relay shut off too late – P0687 ECM/PCM Power
Relay Control Circuit High
19740 Main Relay opens too early / too late – main relay short circuit – P0685 ECM/PCM Power Relay
Control Circuit /Open
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 46
19741 Main Relay opens too early / too late – main relay open circuit – P0687 ECM/PCM Power Relay
Control Circuit High
19742 Main Relay opens too early / too late – main relay shut off too early (before EEPROM update) –
P0685 ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit /Open
19748 Too high UREA Temperature in Pump module or Leakage test failed (Emergency shut off) – over
temperature detection (urea temp. in pump module) – P2043 Reagent - temperature sensor of
19749 Too high UREA Temperature in Pump module or Leakage test failed (Emergency shut off) – 'urea
leakage detection (static or dynamic) – 'P202D Dynamic urea
19802 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with Pump module temperature - Temp over CAN: SAE
J1939 Timeout Temp sensor connected directly: SRC high - P0600 Serial Communication Link
19803 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with Pump module temperature - Temp over CAN: SAE J1939
Too many messages Temp sensor connected directly: SRC low - P0600 Serial Communication Link
19804 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with Pump module temperature - Temp over CAN: SAE
J1939 erroneous signal - P205A Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent -
solution in the tank) - Open circuit
19805 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with Pump module temperature - SRC High: raw value
UREA temperature too high - P205D Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the
Reagent - solution in the tank) - Short circuit high
19806 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with Pump module temperature - SRC Low: raw value UREA
temperature too low - P205C Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the Reagent -
solution in the tank) - short circuit low
19807 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with Pump module temperature - SRC High: diagnostic
value UREA temperature too high - P205B Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the
Reagent - solution in the tank) - out of range
19808 UREA Tank Temperature not plausible with Pump module temperature - SRC Low: diagnostic
value UREA temperature too low - P205B Reagent - tank temperature sensor (temperature of the
Reagent - solution in the tank) - out of range
19813 Startup cycle counter for pressure drop during dosing - P208B Reagent pump - not delivering
19817 Plausibility of UDV stuck - P202F Reagent - dosing valve - blocked (only stuck closed)
19818 Plausibility of UDV stuck - P202D Dynamic urea leakage test - leakage detected
19822 UDV valve stuck position unknown error - P202D Dynamic urea leakage test - leakage detected
19999 Unknown DeNOX fault code
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 47
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations

and options
HW - Enhanced ADIC, HV - Basic ADIC
This menu displays the configurations available for:
Engine shutdown
Cab selection
Air brake selection
Steering sensor selection
Heavy/Light duty axle selection
Electronic Engine shutdown options (if applicable)
NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HW module however the instructions remain the same for the HV
module.
H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL11APH357FVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 48
Engine Shutdown Options (If Applicable)

Select the engine shutdown sub-system by pressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL11APH358AVA 2
NOTE: The default setting is NO.

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Refer to the common rail fuel injection engine shutdown
options table below.
BAIL11APH360AVA 3
Options CONDITIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE

FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
(All conditions must be met)
Operating Condition Operator Operator Vehicle Vehicle
Present Not Station- Moving
Present ary
No engine
NO The engine will not shut down - - - -
shutdown
Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
Always
An external device is requesting the
YES1 shutdown
engine to shutdown
engine
Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *
Engine oil pressure - Low * *
Engine coolant temperature - High * *
Stationary
An external device is requesting the
YES2 engine * *
engine to shutdown
shutdown
Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 49
Cab Selection
Select the cab selection by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.
BAIL11APH359AVA 4
NOTE: The default setting is “Yes" with cab.

button.
live error code mode, displays all error codes.
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the selec-
tion, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.
BAIL11APH361AVA 5
Air Brake Selection

Select the air brake sub-system by depressing the “dim-
ming" button.
BAIL11APH364AVA 6
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without air brakes.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 50

button.
BAIL11APH365AVA 7
Steering Sensor Selection Options

Select the steering sensor sub-system by depressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL11APH366AVA 8
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.

button.
BAIL11APH367AVA 9
Heavy/Light Duty Axle Selection

1. This channel is used to allow the plant to set up the
rear axle type. This is necessary in order to have a
correct manual speed calibration.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 51
Select the heavy/light duty axle selection by depressing the

“dimming" button.
BAIL11APH362AVA 10
NOTE: The default setting is “Heavy" with Heavy Duty Rear Axle.
button.
BAIL11APH363AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 52
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software

revision level
This menu displays the software release of the unit.
module.
H4 - VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL
BAIL11APH368FVA 1
Select the H4 menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL11APH369AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 53
The display will automatically cycle through the soft-

ware release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
• The first set of 4 digits displayed indicates the
Software Identifier, this number uniquely de-
fines the application software present in the
module.
• The second and third set of 4 digits displayed
define the release version of the application
software.
NOTE: The software version displayed by H4 may not
match the software version indicated on the label of the
BAIL09CVT573AVA 3
module if new software has been downloaded to the
module after manufacture.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 54
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation

test
This menu displays a designated code when a switch tran-
sition is detected.
module.
BAIL11APH370FVA 1
BAIL11APH371AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 55
The lower central display will show “d _ _".
BVE0047A 3
When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and an

audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct func-
tion.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring
while watching the display or listening for the audible tone,
to help locate the fault.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 4
NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the “crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
down, a switch disagreement error may occur.
Identifier Controller Connector Pin Number Switch / Input

d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time
d65 X009 (CN3) 7 Handbrake switch
d66 X009 (CN3) 18 Main high beam switch
d67 X005 (CN1) 15 Side lights
d68 X009 (CN3) 17 Brakes not latched (Japan ONLY)
d70 X005 (CN1) 5 Left turn signal indicator
d71 X005 (CN1) 6 Right turn signal indicator
d72 X009 (CN3) 1 Implement status (mechanical draft control
only)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 56
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H8 - Clear stored

calibration information (EEPROM)
This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes
by resetting all EEPROM values back to default. EEPROM
is where all calibration values and error codes are stored.
This memory is retained even if there is no power to the
controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected. There are two
options available. "Clear net config" and "clear settings".
"Clear net config" is used to erase the stored network con-
figuration, this will clear the current configuration stored in
the instrument cluster and rebuild the configuration at the
next key ON. This should be used if the cluster has been
changed or if the HH menus are showing modules which
are not fitted to the machine.
"Clear settings" will return all instrument cluster settings
back to their default setting.
NOTE: To change any configuration settings H3 menu mode must be used. H8 will not affect these settings.
NOTE: To remove all stored error codes without erasing the calibration values use the HC menu.
NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HVmodule however the instructions remain the same for the HW
module.
BAIL11APH507AVA 1
The “clear settings” option is used to clear all of the following information stored in the Instrument Cluster‟‟s
non-volatile memory and set the parameters to their default values.
BAIL11APH508AVA 2
The “clear net config” option is used to erase the stored network configuration table in the Instrument
Cluster.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 57
The "CLEAR SETTINGS" option will clear all of the fol-

lowing information stored in the instrument cluster's non-
volatile memory, and set the parameters to their default val-
ues.
Parameter Default Value

Implement width 0
Slippage warning threshold 0 — no warning
Maintenance 0 — no warning
Wheel calibration — Rolling Circumference 5497
Keys audible feedback on
Fault codes erased
Fault code management factory mode
Area worked —
Odometer 1/2
Dimming 5
Contrast 7
Turn the key switch on without starting the vehicle.

Select the H8 menu by depressing the “dimming" button
button.
Select "Clear Settings" by depressing the “m" button.
BAIL11APH371AVD 3
1.
The lower central display will show “EECL"
BVE0682A 4
ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 58
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the resetting of

the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then
“EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A 5
It is not possible to continuing through the "H" menus after

an H8 procedure. The only possible action is to turn the
ignition key switch off to allow the reset values to be stored.
NOTE: The 'Clear Network Config' procedure is carried out in the same way as 'Clear Settings'
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 59
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter

diagnostic
This menu is used to verify the operation of various poten-
tiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle'
test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the
area where the fault exists.
module.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
BAIL11APH374FVA 1
BAIL11APH375AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 60
The lower central display will display “ch _ _".
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and

“m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.
NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that
shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.
BAIL09CVT580AVA 4
NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes

4 Programming voltage Vpp ~600(602 = 12.8 V) See explanations below
5 5 V sensor supply ~490
10 12 V VT input ~600(602 = 12.8 V) See explanations below
21 Steering angle sensor 30 - 80 ° 30.0 full right lock
80.0 full left lock
22 Engine oil pressure 200 to 600
(mechanical engines only)
23 Engine coolant temperature 20 to 950
(mechanical engines only)
24 Air brake pressure 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
5.4 bar
25 Fuel level sensor 30 to 270 30 = Full
270 = Empty
109 Driveline oil pressure 0 to 1023 98 = 0 bar , 926 = 40 bar
sensor
Explanations:
Vpp Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
retain the volatile memory.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the controller.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 61
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored

fault codes
HV- Enhanced ADIC, HW - Basic ADIC
This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored
in the EEPROM of the controller.
NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.
HB Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL11APH376FVA 1
Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL11APH377AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 62
The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault code
is stored.
BAIL09HHP230AVA 3
If and error code is present the lower central display will

flash with an “F".
BVF1088A 4
The lower central display will then automatically cycle

through as the example:
14100 Fault code
01 Hour of first occurrence
00 Hour of last occurrence
87 Number of occurrences of the fault
BAIL06CCM432AVA 5
Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end of
the list.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 63
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored

fault codes
module.
HC Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL11APH378FVA 1
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL11APH379AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 64
The lower central display will display “F CL".
BVE0684A 3
NOTE: If the “m" key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing of
the memory.
“EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have been
cleared.Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigat-
ing through the “HH" menus.
BVE0121A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 65
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HD - View live error

codes
Common to all sub-systems.
HD Menu Screen Select Diagram

module.
BAIL11APH279FVD 1
Select the HD menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH280AVE 2
Use the “h” or “m” buttons to select the Error Code

mode required:
• E – Error Code Reduction mode
Only critical errors will be displayed
• L – Live error code mode
All error codes will be displayed
• F – Factory error code mode
All error codes will be displayed until 6 minutes
has elapsed without any faults. The Error mode
will then automatically change to Error Code
Reduction mode
BAIL10CVT253AVA 3
Once the required setting is displayed, press and hold ei-

ther the “h” or “m” button for 1 second. The instrument
cluster will beep and the setting will be stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to exit the menu at any time.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 66
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HE - Display frequency

inputs
HE Menu Screen Select Diagram

module.
BAIL11APH279FVC 1
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH280AVC 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 67
The lower central display will show "ch - -".
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and

"m" buttons.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.
Channel Description Typical Reading

Ch 18 Engine speed 0 - 3000 RPM
Ch 19 Wheel speed 0.0 - 55.0 km/h
Ch 20 Radar speed 0.0 - 55.0 km/h
Ch 96 Rear PTO speeed 0 - 1200 RPM
Ch 97 Front PTO speed 0 - 1200 RPM
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

through the "HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 68
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller

hardware information
This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware
version and serial number to be displayed.
module.
HF Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL11APH380FVA 1
Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL11APH381AVA 2
The lower central display will then automatically cycle

through as the example:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 69
0638 Hardware identification

0400 Hardware version
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
And return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL11CCM131AVA 3
NOTE: The last three sets of 4 digits displayed represent the 12 digit module serial number. This number should
correspond to the serial number shown on the module’s label. Note that the serial number shown on the display will
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 30010376.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 70
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration

procedures
T6.120 16x16 Transmission, T6.140 16x16 Transmission, T6.150 16x16 Transmission, T6.160 16x16 Transmission, T6.155 16x16 Transmission,
T6.165 16x16 Transmission, T6.175 16x16 Transmission
The Central Control Unit (DX) is used to calibrate the

following components:
• 16x16 Transmission
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
BAIL11APH383FVA 1
16x16 Transmission Calibration

In addition to calibrating the transmission clutches the pro-
cedure also allows the flywheel twist sensor and PTO twist
sensor to be calibrated.
NOTE: This procedure is required when either a new control module has been fitted or if the previous calibration has
been erased using the `H8` procedure.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration the transmission oil temperature must be between
60 - 105 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 71
NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning (if equipped) is switched off and all electrical hydraulic applications are
deselected.
NOTE: If a four-digit number starting with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
There are two methods of entering the calibration
mode:
• Quick entry.
• Call-up via the HH menu.
Quick Entry
Press and hold both the upshift and downshift switches
while starting the engine.
BAIL06CCM608AVA 2
Go to Calibration Method.
HH Menu Entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the diag-
nostic socket.
BAIL07APH189AVA 3
Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the transmis-
sion symbol on the DX controller.
BAIL11APH384AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 72
Calibration Method
Upon entering the calibration mode "CAL" will be shown
on the display for a few seconds then the transmission oil
temperature (in degrees Celsius) will be displayed.
BAIL11APH387AVA 5
Place the shuttle lever into the forward position, the range
lever into the high position and release the clutch pedal.
Set the hand throttle to the minimum position.
BAIL06CCM610AVA 6
Pressing the upshift or downshift button will change

the display to show the transmission oil temperature
status. If U19 is displayed, calibration will not be pos-
sible and the oil will have to be warmed before pro-
ceeding. If the start up procedure was incorrect, or if
the oil is at the incorrect temperature, a U code will be
displayed, for further information refer to Electronic
module - Fault code index (55.640).
• If “CL” 10 - 60 °C or “CH” above 105 °C is dis-
played, after 4 seconds the display will return
to oil temperature and the tractor may be oper-
ated to obtain the correct transmission oil tem-
perature. If it is not practical to wait for the oil
BAIL11APH386AVA 7
temperature to change, press either of the for-
ward or reverse buttons while “CL” or “CH” is
being displayed. The display will then show an
“Syn” and calibration can proceed.
• If the oil temperature is within the correct range
for calibration the display will show “Syn” and
calibration can proceed.
NOTE: If an unlikely value of oil temperature is displayed
eg: -30 °C or 125 °C, this may indicate a fault with the
temperature sender.
There are two methods of calibrating the 16x16 transmis-
sion. Each item can be calibrated manually or the entire
sequence can be automated.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 73
Manual Transmission Calibration

Use the upshift button on the hand controller to select
the item to be calibrated:-
• “Syn” — synchronizer calibration
• “dt” — Flywheel damper torque calibration
• “Pt” — PTO torque calibration (if sensor re-
quired)
• “C1” — Clutch 1 calibration
To calibrate the synchronizers press and hold the downshift
button while the display is showing “Syn”.
The engine will automatically be set to 1200 RPM.
The display will show “Syn1” while the synchronizer cali-
bration procedure is initialised.
BAIL11APH388AVB 8
Keeping the downshift button pressed, the display will then

change to show:
“Syn2” while calibrating the reverse synchronizer
“Syn3” while calibrating the forward synchronizer
“Syn4” while the 4th synchronizer is calibrated
“Syn5” while the 5th synchronizer is calibrated.
BAIL11APH389AVA 9
On completion of the synchronizer calibration the display

will show “End” and the engine speed will be set back to
idle.
The downshift button can then be released.
The display will change to show “dt” in preparation for the
calibration of the flywheel damper torque.
BAIL11APH390AVA 10
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 74
To calibrate the flywheel torque, press and hold the down-

shift button while the display is showing “dt”.
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1200 RPM.
The display will continue showing “dt” while the procedure
is in progress.
BAIL11APH391AVA 11
On completion of the flywheel torque calibration the display

will change to show the calibrated torque value followed by
“End”.
The engine speed will be set back to idle.
BAIL11APH392AVA 12
The downshift button can then be released.

The display will then change to show “Pt” in preparation for
the calibration of the PTO twist sensor.
NOTE: If the PTO twist sensor is not required on the vehi-
cle, because it does not have Engine Power Management,
then the display will change to show “C1” in preparation for
the calibration of clutch 1.
BAIL11APH393AVA 13
To calibrate the PTO twist sensor, if the fitted, press and

hold the downshift button while the display is showing “Pt”.
The display will continue showing “Pt” while the procedure
is in progress.
On completion of the PTO torque calibration the display
will change to show the calibrated twist value followed by
“End”.
The engine speed will return to idle.
The downshift button can be released.
The display will then change to show “C1” in preparation
for the calibration of clutch 1.
BAIL11APH394AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 75
To calibrate the required clutch press and hold the down-

shift button while the display is showing “C1”, “C2”, ”C3”,
“C4” or “C5”.
The display will show the solenoid current value during the
procedure.
On completion of the clutch calibration procedure the dis-
play will show the clutch number followed by “End”.
The engine speed will return to idle.
The downshift button can be released.
The display will then change to show the next clutch in the
sequence to be calibrated.
Repeat the above steps to calibrate the remaining clutches
in turn.
Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration val-
ues.
Manual Adjustment of the C3/C4 Calibration

Enter the H1 calibration menu as described above.
Press the “h” button on the instrument cluster while the
shuttle lever is in neutral to select the C3/C4 manual ad-
justment mode.
If the shuttle lever is in neutral, "C3" or "C4" is displayed,
depending on the gear selected. The gear selection can
be changed while the shuttle lever is in neutral and the
tractor can be driven in any gear while in this mode, but
powershifts are disabled.
If the range shift lever is in neutral and the shuttle lever is
in forward or reverse, the transmission oil temperature is
displayed. When optimizing the calibration values, drive-
line oil temperature should be warm to hot; preferably no
lower than 40 °C.
With the range lever and shuttle lever engaged and the
clutch pedal in either the fully released or fully depressed
position the clutch calibration value will be displayed.
With the range lever and shuttle lever engaged and the
clutch pedal position between 3% and 98% the display
shows the clutch pedal position as a percentage, preceded
by “c” if the clutch pedal switch is closed, and “o” if it is open.
With the range lever and shuttle lever engaged the calibra-
tion value for appropriate clutch can be adjusted using the
upshift and downshift buttons.
It is recommended that the calibration values be adjusted
to optimize shuttle shifts (made without using the clutch
pedal) in gears 7L and 8L at 1500 - 1800 RPM. The inching
point can also be evaluated, aided by the display of clutch
pedal position.
To adjust the calibration value, shift the range lever to low
range. With the shuttle lever in neutral, select gear 7L (in-
dicated by the DOG). The transmission will not powershift
while in this mode; gear selection can only be done while
the shuttle lever is in neutral.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 76
Shuttle shift using the shuttle lever but not using the clutch
pedal. Use the upshift and downshift buttons to increase or
decrease the calibration number until the smoothest shuttle
shift is obtained.
Shift the shuttle lever to neutral and select gear 8L, then
repeat the previous step.
NOTE: The tractor can be driven in other gears and at other
engine speeds while in this mode, to test the calibration re-
sults. However, it is strongly recommended not to make ad-
justments while in the high range, as the low range is much
more sensitive to calibration changes. A slightly harsh shift
in high range may be severely jerky in low range.
Automated Transmission Calibration

When the display is showing “Syn” press and release ei-
ther the transmission autofunction switch or the range shift
switch to start the automatic calibration procedure.
BAIL11APH386AVA 15
In turn, the synchronizers, flywheel damper torque, PTO

torque (if required) and the clutches will be calibrated.
When the procedure is complete the display will show
“End”.
BAIL11APH392AVA 16
If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the sequence is

stopped and the relevant code displayed.
Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration val-
ues.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 77
EDC Position Sensor Calibration

NOTE: Before the valve calibration procedure is performed it is important that the hitch position sensor top position
has first been calibrated. If fault code 1024 is displayed then the position sensor calibration has not been performed..
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
Remove any load from the hitch and make sure that the
Automatic Pick Up Hitch (APUH) lift rods, if fitted are dis-
connected.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 17
Erase any previously stored calibration value by pressing

and holding the fast raise switch on the armrest handle and
turning the ignition switch to the on position. Release the
switch and turn off the ignition.
BAIL11CCM058AVA 18
Make sure that the correct EDC ram size has been set
(otherwise fault code 1070 will be displayed), for further
information refer to Electronic module Central Control
Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options (55.640).
Make sure that the height limit control is in the fully clock-
wise position (otherwise fault code 1068 will be displayed).
Start the tractor, the EDC status lamp on the ICP should
flash to indicate that there is an EDC fault present. Fully
raise and then lower the hitch using the position control
lever on the armrest.
Turn the ignition off to store the calibrate top position value.
Reconnect the APUH lift rods if fitted.
EDC Valve Calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required when either new EDC valves or EDC control module are fitted or if the previous
calibration has been erased using the “H8” procedure.
NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake. The tractor can move during this procedure so ensure that
the area around the tractor is clear. Transmission output RPM is constantly monitored and calibration will not proceed
unless the tractor is stationary.
Disconnect ALL implements from the Rear Hitch.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 78
Lower the linkage using the position control lever and con-
nect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the lift
arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450 - 3400
lbs) is recommended.
Key OFF.
Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.
BSE3148A 19
There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:

1. Quick entry.
2. HH menu entry.
Quick Entry
Hold down the work switch on the hand controller and start
the vehicle. The system to be calibrated will be shown on
the cluster’s dot matrix and “CAL” will be displayed in the
lower central display.
BAIL11APH353AVA 20
Go to Calibration method.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 79
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket (1).
BAIL07APH189AVA 21

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the EDC sym-
bol on the DX controller. The lower central display will show
“CAL”.
BAIL11APH353AVA 22
Calibration Method
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM until it is stable
with no signs of hunting or surging.
Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to start
the calibration sequence.
The lower central display will change from "CAL" to "0" to
indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the link-
age is automatically raised and lowered a small amount 3
times, within 2-3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from '0' to '2'.
BAIL06CCM386AVB 23
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 80
When the lower central display shows "End" the calibration

is complete.
BAIL11APH392AVA 24
Lower the linkage using the position control lever.

Key OFF to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Electronic module - Fault
code index (55.640).
Rear PTO Calibration

NOTE: There is no calibration procedure available in the “H Menus”, however the PTO clutch is automatically cali-
brated when the PTO is started. The current value is displayed in the DX controller, H2 channel 2.
Steering Sensor Calibration

NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake.
nostic socket.
BAIL07APH189AVA 25

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the differential
lock symbol on the DX controller. The lower central display
will show “CAL”.
BAIL11APH353AVA 26
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 81
Press the automatic differential lock switch three times.
BAIL11CCM063AVA 27
The lower central display will show "ScP" followed by the

current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display shows "-1" then the steering sensor
option needs to be enabled using the H3 menu for the in-
strument cluster, before the steering sensor can be cali-
brated..
NOTE: If the display shows “-2” then this indicates an er-
ror with the steering angle sensor input to the instrument
cluster. Review associated instrument cluster error codes
to determine the fault.
BAIL06CCM625AVA 28
Turn the steering wheel so the front wheels are in line with
the driveline.
Press the automatic differential lock switch three times. to
confirm the steering angle position. The lower central dis-
play will show the calibrated steering sensor reading fol-
lowed by “End”.
BAIL11APH392AVA 29
1. Key off to store the calibration value.
NOTE: If the vehicle is Autoguidance ready but is not fitted with the Autoguidance system then ensure that the steering
angle sensor is connected to the main wiring harness rather than the Autoguidance wiring harness.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 82
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration

procedures
The Central Control Unit (DW) is used to calibrate the

following components:
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
BAIL11APH383FVB 1
24x24 Transmission Calibration

In addition to calibrating the transmission clutches the pro-
cedure also allows the flywheel twist sensor and PTO twist
sensor to be calibrated.
NOTE: This procedure is required when either a new control module has been fitted or if the previous calibration has
been erased using the `H8` procedure.
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration the transmission oil temperature must be between
60 - 105 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 83
NOTE: If a four-digit number starting with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
There are two methods of entering the calibration
mode:
• Quick entry.
• Call-up via the HH menu.
Quick Entry
BAIL06CCM608AVA 2
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket.
BAIL07APH189AVA 3

sion symbol on the DW controller.
BAIL11APH384AVB 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 84
Calibration Method
The system being calibrated will be shown on the cluster
and the oil temperature in Celcius will be shown on the
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM.
BAIL10CVT164AVC 5
Put the shuttle lever into forward, the range lever into neu-
tral and release the clutch pedal.
The engine speed must be stable, with no noticeable hunt-
ing or surging. If necessary, change the throttle setting
slightly to achieve a stable engine speed.
The shuttle synchronizer will be calibrated first. Press and
hold the upshift or downshift switch, or both. This triggers
a timed ramp of current to drive the shuttle synchronizer to
the forward position.
The lower central display will show 'Soc' during this time.
Continue to hold the switches.
BAIL11APH386AVB 6
The display changes to "1" and pressure slowly ramps up to

shift the shuttle synchronizer out of forward. The pressure
required to overcome the detent is detected and stored.
The display changes to "2" and pressure rises at a faster
rate to reach full pressure to shift the synchronizer to the
reverse position. The potentiometer signal at this position
is stored.
The display changes to "3" and pressure slowly ramps up to
shift the shuttle synchronizer out of reverse. The pressure
required to overcome the detent is detected and stored.
BAIL11APH431AVB 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 85
The display changes to "4" and pressure rises at a faster

rate to reach full pressure to shift the synchronizer to the
forward position. The potentiometer signal at this position
is stored.
The display changes to "End". Synchronizer calibration is
complete. Release the upshift and/or downshift switches.
BAIL11APH431AVC 8
Clutch calibration can now be performed.

NOTE: The clutches are calibrated using a manual proce-
dure only.
Depress the clutch pedal, select a gear and range, and
release the handbrake.
NOTE: The oil temperature can be checked during this pro-
cedure by shifting the main shift lever into neutral. The oil
temperature will be displayed on the lower display in °C.
BAIL10CVT164AVC 9
With the shuttle lever in neutral press either the upshift

switch to select the “Hi” clutch or the downshift switch to
select the “Lo” clutch. H or L will be displayed in the lower
central display.
BAIL11APH434AVB 10
Shift the shuttle lever into forward and slowly release the
clutch pedal to check the engagement point. The clutch
pedal position will be displayed when the pedal position is
between 10 - 98 %, otherwise the calibration value for the
selected clutch will be displayed.
Adjust the calibration value using the upshift and downshift
switches to obtain a clutch engagement position of 35 %
of the clutch pedal travel. The value can be adjusted even
when it is not being displayed.
Check the performance of the clutch calibration by perform-
ing shuttle shifts. If required fine tune the calibration using
the upshift and downshift switches.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 86
Repeat the above procedure on the other clutch.

After calibrating both clutches turn off the key switch to
store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in . Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640) .
Driving The Tractor When Not Calibrated

NOTE: This mode is provided to allow a limited capability to move the tractor when the transmission has not been
calibrated. This is intended for plant use only.
Enter the H1 calibration menu as described above.
Shift the mechanical shift levers into gear.
Fully depress the clutch pedal, hold the upshift switch and
shift the shuttle lever to reverse. This invokes drive-the-
tractor mode. In this mode, the calibration display will show
“F”, “n”, or “r”, depending on shuttle lever position. The
display will go blank for about 2 seconds whenever a syn-
chronizer shift is in progress. When the display returns,
the transmission is ready to drive. The transmission will
not powershift.
With the clutch pedal down, shift the shuttle lever to the de-
sired direction. The display will go blank while the synchro-
nizers shift. When the display returns, slowly and carefully
release the clutch pedal to move the tractor. Clutch control
may not be very good if the clutches have not been cali-
brated.
Normal calibration mode can be resumed by pressing the
downshift switch.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 87
EDC Position Sensor Calibration

NOTE: Before the valve calibration procedure is performed it is important that the hitch position sensor top position
has first been calibrated. If fault code 1024 is displayed then the position sensor calibration has not been performed.
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
Remove any load from the hitch and make sure that the
Automatic Pick Up Hitch (APUH) lift rods, if fitted are dis-
connected.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 11
Erase any previously stored calibration value by pressing

and holding the fast raise switch on the armrest handle and
turning the ignition switch to the on position. Release the
switch and turn off the ignition.
Make sure that the correct EDC ram size has been set
(otherwise fault code 1070 will be displayed), for further
information refer to Electronic module Central Control
Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options (55.640).
Make sure that the height limit control is in the fully clock-
wise position (otherwise fault code 1068 will be displayed).
Start the tractor, the EDC status lamp on the ICP should
flash to indicate that there is an EDC fault present. Fully
raise and then lower the hitch using the position control
lever on the armrest.
Turn the ignition off to store the calibrate top position value.
Reconnect the APUH lift rods if fitted.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 12
EDC Valve Calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required when either new EDC valves or EDC control module are fitted or if the previous
calibration has been erased using the “H8” procedure.
NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake. The tractor can move during this procedure so ensure that
the area around the tractor is clear. Transmission output RPM is constantly monitored and calibration will not proceed
unless the tractor is stationary.
Disconnect ALL implements from the Rear Hitch.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 88
Lower the linkage using the position control lever and con-
nect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the lift
arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450 - 3400
lbs) is recommended.
Key OFF.
Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.
There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:
1. Quick entry.
2. HH menu entry.
Quick Entry
Hold down the work switch on the hand controller and start
the vehicle. The system to be calibrated will be shown on
the cluster’s dot matrix and “CAL” will be displayed in the
BAIL10CVT281AVC 13
Go to Calibration method.
HH Menu Entry
nostic socket (1).
BAIL07APH189AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 89

bol on the DW controller. The lower central display will
show “CAL”.
BAIL10CVT281AVC 15
Calibration Method
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM until it is stable
with no signs of hunting or surging. If necessary, change
the throttle setting slightly to achieve a stable engine rpm.
Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to start
the calibration sequence.
The lower central display will change from "CAL" to "0" to
indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the link-
age is automatically raised and lowered a small amount 3
times, within 2-3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from '0' to '2'.
BAIL06CCM386AVB 16
When the lower central display shows "End" the calibration

is complete.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 17
Lower the linkage using the position control lever.

Rear PTO Calibration

NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake. It is possible for the tractor to move during the procedure so
ensure that the area around the tractor is clear. The transmission output speed is monitored and the calibration will
not proceed unless the tractor is stationary.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 90
Disconnect ALL implements from the rear PTO

nostic socket (1).
BAIL07APH189AVA 18

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the engine
symbol on the DW controller. The lower central display will
show “CAL”.
BAIL10CVT273AVB 19
Press the "m" button on the instrument cluster three times.

The lower central display will change to show "tcp".
BAIL11APH386AVC 20
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1550 - 1650

RPM.
After 1 second the display will show "2" then "1" as the PTO
torque sensor is calibrated.
When the calibration procedure is complete, the engine
speed will return to low idle and "End" will be displayed.
BAIL11APH431AVD 21
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 91
Steering Sensor Calibration

NOTE: Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake.
NOTE: If the vehicle is Autoguidance ready but is not fitted with the Autoguidance system then ensure that the steering
angle sensor is connected to the main engine wiring harness rather than the Autoguidance wiring harness.
nostic socket (1).
BAIL07APH189AVA 22

lock symbol on the DW controller. The lower central display
will show “CAL”.
BAIL11APH421AVD 23
Press the Auto Difflock switch three times in quick succes-

sion.
BAIL11CCM063AVA 24
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 92
The lower central display will show "ScP" followed by the

current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display indicates the number "-1", the steer-
ing angle sensor option must be activated with the H3
menu, before the steering angle sensor can be calibrated,
for further information refer to Electronic module Central
Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options
(55.640).
NOTE: If the display shows “-2” then this indicates an er-
ror with the steering angle sensor input to the instrument
cluster. Review associated instrument cluster error codes
to determine the fault.
BAIL06CCM625AVA 25
Turn the steering wheel so the front wheels are in line with
the driveline.
Press and hold the automatic differential lock switch for
two seconds to confirm the steering angle position. The
lower central display will show the calibrated steering sen-
sor reading followed by “End”.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 26
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 93
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored

calibration values
The Central Control Unit (DX) is used to view stored

calibration values for the following components:
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
BAIL11APH395FVA 1
16x16 Transmission Calibration Values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instrument
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"
BAIL11APH396AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 94

“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the clutch
letter, calibration value and calibration transmission tem-
perature value will be displayed (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).
In this example clutch 1 calibration value is 234 mA.
BAIL11APH397AVA 3
Channel Number Calibration Parameter Typical Range of Values

Ch 1 Clutch 1 calibration current and temperature 101 to 280
Ch 4 Clutch 4calibration current and temperature 101 to 320
Ch 5 Forward synchro calibration current 200 to 350
Ch 6 Reverse synchro calibration current 200 to 350
Ch 7 4 synchro calibration current 200 to 350
Ch 8 5 synchro calibration current 200 to 350
Ch 9 Synchroniser position signal - forward 655 to 963
Ch 10 Synchroniser position signal - reverse 61 to 376
Ch 11 Synchroniser position signal - low range 61 to 376
Ch 12 Synchroniser position signal - high range 655 to 963
Ch 13 Clutch 5 calibration current 101 to 320
Ch 14 Damper torque calibration value 7000 to 11400 (3 finger)5000 to 8600 (4 finger)
Ch 15 PTO torque calibration value 4400 to 13600
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating the

"HH" menus.
EDC Valve Calibration Values

bol on the DX controller.
BAIL11APH396AVA 4

“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the calibration value
for that channel will then be shown, (refer to the table below
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 95
Channel Number Description Display Value Range

Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L xx 20 to 80
value)
NOTE: The default calibration values, set during the H8 procedure, are 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
"HH" menus.
PTO Torque Sensor Calibration Value

The PTO torque sensor calibration value for this vehicle is
displayed in the transmission sub system, H2 channel 15.
Rear PTO Calibration Values

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear PTO
symbol on the DX controller.
BAIL11APH396AVA 5

“m" buttons.
Channel Number Parameter Typical Values

Ch 1 Rear PTO oil temperature (live) Temperature dependent
Ch 2 Rear PTO solenoid calibration value 100 to 420
Ch 3 Rear PTO clutch quick fill value 3 to 25
NOTE: The values displayed in channels 2 and 3 are the results of an automatic calibration that is initiated when the
PTO is started.
"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 96
Steering Sensor Calibration Values

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear differ-
ential lock symbol on the RY controller.
BAIL11APH396AVA 6

“m" buttons.
Channel Number Description Value Range

Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 3000 to 15000
NOTE: Following the installation of a new sensor or H8 procedure the calibration value for the steering sensor will be
set to its default value of 16000. The default setting is greater than the typical range, so that error code 7024 will be
generated, indicating calibration is required.
"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 97
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored

calibration values
The Central Control Unit (DW) is used to view stored

calibration values for the following components:
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
BAIL11APH383FVC 1
24x24 Transmission Calibration Values

BAIL11APH421AVF 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 98

“m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the clutch letter will be
displayed for 1.5 seconds followed by the stored calibration
current value. (refer to the table below for a description of
each channel).
In this example clutch 1 calibration value is 234 mA.
BAIL11APH424AVB 3
Channel Number Calibration Parameter Typical Range of Values

Ch 1 Lo clutch calibration current 40 to 260
Ch 2 High clutch calibration current 40 to 260
Ch 3 Forward synchro calibration current 200 to 350
Ch 4 Reverse synchro calibration current 200 to 350
Ch 5 Synchroniser position signal - forward 61 to 376
Ch 6 Synchroniser position signal - reverse 655 to 963

"HH" menus.
EDC Valve Calibration Values

bol on the DW controller.
BAIL10CVT281AVD 4

“m" buttons.
Channel Number Description Display Value Range

Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R xx 20 to 80
value)
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L xx 20 to 80
value)
NOTE: The default calibration values, set during the H8 procedure, are 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 99
Rear PTO Torque Sensor Calibration Values

symbol on the DW controller.
BAIL11APH421AVH 5

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 PTO torque sensor calibration value 500 to 8000
NOTE: Following the H8 procedure the calibration value for the PTO torque sensor will be set to its default value of
3999.
"HH" menus.
Rear PTO Calibration Values

BAIL11APH421AVG 6

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 PTO oil temperature (live) Temperature dependant
Ch 2 Rear PTO solenoid calibration value 100 to 420
Ch 3 Rear PTO clutch quick fill value 3 to 25
NOTE: The values displayed in channels 2 and 3 are the results of an automatic calibration that is initiated when the
PTO is started.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 100
Steering Sensor Calibration Values

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the rear differ-
ential lock symbol on the DW controller.
BAIL11APH421AVI 7

“m" buttons.
Channel Number Description Value Range

Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 3000 to 15000
NOTE: Following the H8 procedure the calibration value for the steering sensor will be set to its default value of 16000.
"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 101
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations

and options
The Central Control Unit (DX) is used to select the

options and configurations for:
• EDC
• Electronic Engine
• Difflock and Four Wheel Drive
• Rear PTO
• Front EHR
• Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)
BAIL11APH398FVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 102
Transmission Options and Configurations

BAIL11APH396AVA 2

“m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the current
selection will be displayed (refer to the table below for a
description of each channel).
Channel Description
Ch 1 Quick fill time adjustment
Ch 2 Sharp shuttle option
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Driver selectable shuttle modes
Ch 5 40 km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 6 Creeper enable option
Ch 7 Anti creep enable
Ch 8 Large tyre option
Channel 1 - Quick Fill Time Adjustment

This channel is used to adjust the transmission quick fill
setting.
Warm the driveline oil to at least 60°C. If the oil is too cold
the display will alternate between “Cold” and the oil tem-
perature in °C. Quickfill adjustment is not possible until the
oil warms up.
If a four-digit number beginning with 2 is displayed at any
time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard error
code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibra-
tion can be performed.
To select C1 or C2, shift the range lever and shuttle lever
to neutral, then use the upshift or downshift switch to select
C1 or C2. The selected clutch and its quickfill setting will
be displayed.
To adjust and/or test the quickfill setting for C1 or C2, shift
the shuttle lever to forward and release the clutch pedal.
The display will change to “C” while pressure is ramped up
in C3 and C4 to stop rotation of the transmission gears in
preparation for testing C1 or C2.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 103
The lower central display will change to display the clutch

and the current quickfill setting, e.g. “C1 4”. The quickfill
setting can be adjusted within the range of 3 to 9 (30 to 90
ms) by using the upshift and downshift switches.
BAIL11APH401AVA 3
To test the quickfill setting, engage the clutch by slightly

depressing and releasing the clutch pedal. Do not push
the pedal all the way down. C3 and C4 will turn off while
C1 or C2 is engaged for about 1 second. The display will
change to “C” again briefly while the pressure ramps up
again in C3 and C4.
Reduce the quickfill setting if necessary until there is no
“clunk” noise when C1 or C2 engages. Then increase the
quickfill setting until there is a distinct clunk. Then reduce
the setting by 2.
To select C3 or C4, shift the range lever to high and the
shuttle lever to neutral, then use the upshift or downshift
switch to select C3 or C4. The selected clutch and its quick-
fill setting will be displayed.
To adjust and/or test the quickfill setting for C3 or C4, shift
the shuttle lever to forward and release the clutch pedal.
The display will change to “C” while pressure is ramped up
in C2 to drive the input side of C3 and C4. Be sure the park
brake is released. Be sure the area around the tractor is
clear, as the tractor will move when testing these clutches.
The lower central display will change to display the clutch
and the current quickfill setting, e.g. “C3 4”. The quickfill
setting can be adjusted within the range of 3 to 9 (30 to 90
ms) by using the upshift and downshift switches.
To test the quickfill setting, engage the clutch by slightly
depressing and releasing the clutch pedal. Do not push
the pedal all the way down. C3 and C4 will turn on for the
quickfill time plus 0.1 seconds. The display may change to
“C” again briefly.
Reduce the quickfill setting if necessary until there is no
tractor movement when C3 or C4 engages. Then increase
the quickfill setting until there is a noticeable tractor move-
ment. Then reduce the setting by 2.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 104
Test the quickfill setting by slowly releasing the clutch

pedal, or by starting up or shuttle shifting without using the
clutch pedal. Too much quickfill will cause an initial jerk.
Too little quickfill will cause slow response. Powershifts
can also be tested, though this is probably the poorest
way to tune the quickfill times.
BAIL06CCM500AVA 4
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the available
options:
"YES" - Creeper enabled
"no" - Creeper disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold the
"h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Sharp Shuttle Option

This channel is used to select whether the sharp shuttle
option is enabled or not
BAIL06CCM501AVA 5
options:
"YES" - EPL enabled
"no" - EPL disabled
"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 105
Channel 3 - Not Used

This channel is not used and “_ _ _ _” will be displayed.
BAIL11APH413AVA 6
Channel 4 - Driver Selectable Shuttle Modes

This channel is used to select memory shuttle.
The “h” and “m” buttons are used to select between “YES”
and “no”, indicating whether memory shuttle is selected
("Yes") or not selected ("No").
When the desired option is displayed, press and hold down
either the “h” or “m” button for 1 second until the instrument
cluster bleeps indicating that the selection has been stored.
An alternative shortcut method is also available to allow
the shuttle mode to be selected without the use of a service
switch. With the keyswitch in the off position, shift the shut-
tle lever to reverse and press and hold the upshift switch
while turning the key switch to the on position (do not start
the engine). The lower display will show “YES” or “no” and
the shuttle mode can then be selected using the same pro-
cedure as above.
BAIL11APH403AVA 7

"HH" menus.
Channels 5 - 40 km/h Maximum Speed Restriction

This channel is used to restrict the transmission to 40 km/h
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 106
The “h” and “m” buttons are used to toggle between “YES”
and “no”, indicating whether the speed is restricted to 40
kph ("YES") or unrestricted ("no").
BAIL11APH404AVA 8
Channel 6 – Creeper Option Enable

This channel is used to select whether the Creeper option
is enabled or disabled.
and “no”, indicating whether the Creeper option is enabled
(“YES”) or disabled (“no”).
BAIL11APH405AVA 9
Channel 7 – Anti-Creep Enable

This channel is used to select whether the “anti-creep” fea-
ture is enabled or disabled..
and “no”, indicating whether the “anti-creep” option is en-
abled (“YES”) or disabled (“no”).
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 107

BAIL11APH406AVA 10
Channel 8 – Large Tyre Option

This channel is used to select whether the Large Tyre op-
tion is enabled or disabled. If the Large Tyre option is en-
abled then the tractor ground speed will restrict to 43kph or
50kph as appropriate.
The “h” and “m” buttons are used to toggle between “Lto”
and “OFF”, indicating whether the Large Tyre option is en-
abled ("Lto") or disabled ("OFF").
BAIL11APH407AVA 11
NOTE: The default setting for this option is "Lto".
EDC Options and Configurations

BAIL11APH396AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 108

“m" buttons.
Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / disable EDC
Ch 3 Enable / disable slip control
Channel 1 - Diameter of the External Hydraulic Lift Rams

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.
BAIL11APH408AVA 13
external ram diameter sizes:
80 mm
90 mm
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”. If “def” is displayed then this channel must be used to select the
appropriate ram size otherwise fault code 1070 will be shown.
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - EDC Enable / Disable

BAIL11APH409AVA 14
options:
"YES" - EDC enabled
"no" - EDC disabled
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 109

NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the fitting of a new UCM controller to the tractor, an automatic detection
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for EDC and the system will be enabled
or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel or by the automatic detection then by default the Slip Option
will also be disabled and channel 3 will not be available.
"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Slip Control Enable / Disable

BAIL11APH410AVA 15
options:
"YES" - Slip Control enabled
"no" - Slip Control disabled
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for Slip control and the system will be
enabled or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no” but will be set to “YES” automatically if the Slip Control system is
detected as being present.
NOTE: If the EDC option has been disabled using channel 2 then this channel will not be available for selection.
Electronic Engine Options

symbol on the RY controller.
BAIL11APH396AVA 16
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 110

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Dyno power boost test
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Grid heater selection
Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection
Ch 5 Not used
Ch 6 Auto transmission option
Ch 7 CRPM option
Ch 8 Low idle option
Channel 1 - Dyno Power Boost Test

This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dynamometer
tested with maximum powerboost.
options:
"OFF" - Dyno power boost test mode is off (normal vehicle
operation).
"Std" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight un-
boosted curve without any limitations).
"bSt" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight boosted
curve without any limitations).
NOTE: If enabled, the dyno power boost test will only be active for 45 minutes.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “OFF”.
"HH" menus.

BAIL11APH413AVA 17

"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 111
Channel 3 - Grid Heater Selection

BAIL06CCM505AVA 18
options:
"Yes" - Grid heater fitted
"No" - Grid heater not fitted
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “YES”.

"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - Fuel Filter Heater Selection

BAIL10CVT298AVA 19
options:
"YES" - Fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - Fuel filter disabled

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 112
Channel 5- Not Used

BAIL11APH413AVA 20

"HH" menus.
Channel 6- Auto Transmission Option

This channel is used to enable or disable the auto trans-
mission option.
and “no”, indicating whether the auto transmission option
is fitted (“YES”) or not fitted (“no”).
cluster beeps indicating that the selection has been stored.
BAIL11APH405AVA 21
Channel 7 - CRPM Option

This channel is used to enable or disable the CRPM option.
and “no”, indicating whether CRPM is enabled (“YES”) or
not enabled (“no”).
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 113

BAIL11APH406AVA 22
Channel 8 - Low Idle Option

This channel is used to enable or disable the low engine
idle speed option.
and “no”, indicating whether CRPM is enabled (“YES”) or
not enabled (“no”).
Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive Options

lock symbol on the DX controller.
BAIL11APH396AVA 23

“m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 FWD braking speed selection
Ch 3 Terralock (front axle) angles
Channel 1 - Axle Type
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 114
BAIL06CCM507AVA 24
options:
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer axle
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “0”.
"HH" menus.
Channel 2- FWD Braking Speed Selection

This option is used to select the ground speed below which
four wheel braking will not occur.
NOTE: This channel will only be available if the Four Wheel
Drive option has been selected.
BAIL11APH414AVA 25
options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_2"
"4_8"
"6_4"
refer to the table below for the description of each option.
Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is 6.4 Km/h 4.8 Km/h 3.2 Km/h 1.6 Km/h 0 Km/h
greater than or equal to:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 115
NOTE: The four wheel braking speed will default to 6.4 km/h on a new electronic module.
"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Front Axle Angles

This channel is used to select the steering angle at which
the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive functions en-
gage and disengage.
BAIL06CCM508AVA 26
options, "0", "1", "2" or "3", refer to the table below for the
steering angles that correspond to each option.
NOTE: There is 2 km/h hysteresis on the vehicle speed.

The angles for each option are different depending on whether the front axle is Standard or Super Steer.
There is a 3 ° hysteresis on the standard axle Steering angle and a 1 ° hysteresis on the Super Steer steering angle.
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Standard Axle
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
SuperSteer Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Axle Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 116

NOTE: The default setting for this option is "2".

"HH" menus.
Rear PTO Options and Configurations

symbol on the DX controller.
BAIL11APH396AVA 27

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Rear PTO management option
Ch 2 Rear PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 Rear PTO clutch calibration adjustment
Ch 4 Rear PTO quick fill time
Channel 1 - Rear PTO Management Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 28
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO management enabled
"No" - Rear PTO management disabled
NOTE: The default value on a new module is “no”.

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 117

"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Rear PTO Fender Switches Selection

BAIL06CCM501AVA 29
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO fender switches fitted
"No" - Rear PTO fender switches not fitted

"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Rear PTO Clutch Calibration Adjustment

This channel is used to adjust the PTO clutch calibration
current.
The display will change to show the clutch calibration value
The “h” button can then be used to increase the calibration
value and the “m” button to decrease the calibration value
When the desired value is displayed, press and hold down
the “m” button for 1 second unril the instrument cluster
bleeps indicationg that the selection has been stored.
"HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM513AVA 30
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 118
Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m" button
to decrease the value, in increments of 10 RPM between
0 - 550 RPM.
When the desired engine speed is displayed depress
and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster
bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Channel 4- Rear PTO Quick Fill Time

This channel is used to adjust the Rear PTO quick fill time.
This is to be used for fine tuning if required.
The display will change to show the current value of the
PTO quick fill time.
The “h” and “m” buttons are used to change the displayed
value between “3” and “25”, representing the quick fill time
from 30ms to 90ms.
the “m” button for 1 second until the instrument cluster
bleeps indicating that the selection has been stored.
"HH" menus.
Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) Options

This H menu level is used by the service technician to set
up any options or configurations available with the HTS
control system.
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the HTS sym-
BAIL11APH396AVA 31

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 HTS option selection
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 119
Channel 1- HTS Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 32
options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled
NOTE: The default selection on a new module is “no”.

"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 120
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations

and options
The Central Control Unit (DW) is used to select the

options and configurations for:
• EDC
• Electronic Engine
• Difflock and Four Wheel Drive
• Rear PTO
BAIL11APH398FVD 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 121
Transmission Options and Configurations

BAIL11APH421AVJ 2

“m" buttons.
Channel Description
Ch 1 Quick Fill Time Adjustment
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Set Fly-shift Speed Threshold
Ch 4 Not used
Ch 5 Not used
Ch 6 Creeper Option Enable
Ch 7 Not used
Ch 8 Large tyre option
Channel 1 - Quick Fill Time Adjustment

Warm the driveline oil to at least 60 °C (140 °F). If the oil is
too cold the display will alternate between “Cold” and the
oil temperature in °C. Quickfill adjustment is not possible
until the oil warms up.
BAIL11APH431AVJ 3
If a four-digit number beginning with 2 is displayed at any

time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard error
code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibra-
tion can be performed.
Shift the shuttle lever to neutral and select Lo or Hi by using
the upshift or downshift switches. The selected clutch and
its quickfill setting will be displayed, e.g. “Lo 4”.
To adjust the quickfill setting, depress the clutch pedal and
use the upshift or downshift switch to adjust the quickfill
setting within the range 3 to 9 ( 30 - 90 ms ).
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 122
To test the quickfill setting, shift the shuttle lever to forward

and SLOWLY release the clutch pedal. Alternatively to test
the quickfill setting, shuttle shift without using the clutch
pedal. Too much quickfill will cause a noticeable tractor
movement. Too little quickfill will cause a slow response.
"HH" menus.

This channel is not used and “_ _ _ _” will be shown on the
BAIL11APH396AVB 4
Channel 3 - Set Fly-shift Speed Threshold

BAIL11APH403AVC 5
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the

available options:
• 1
• 5
• 10
• 40
NOTE: Selecting 40 disables the fly-shift engagement.
"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 123
Channel 4 — Not used

BAIL11APH396AVB 6

BAIL11APH396AVB 7
Channel 6 - Creeper Option Enable

BAIL11APH405AVA 8
options:
"YES" - Creeper enabled
"no" - Creeper disabled
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 124

BAIL11APH396AVB 9
Channel 8- Large Tyre Option

This channel is used to select whether the large tyre option
is enabled or disabled. If the large tyre option is enabled
the tractor ground speed will be restricted to 43 km/h or 50
km/h as appropriate.
BAIL11APH407AVA 10
options:
"Lto" - Large tyre option enabled
"OFF" - Large tyre option disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is "Lto".

"HH" menus.
EDC Options and Configurations

bol on the DW controller.
BAIL10CVT281AVE 11
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 125

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / disable EDC
Ch 3 Enable / disable slip control
Channel 1 - Diameter of the External Hydraulic Lift Rams

BAIL11APH408AVA 12
external ram diameter sizes:
80 mm
90 mm
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”. If “def” is displayed then this channel must be used to select the
appropriate ram size otherwise fault code 1070 will be shown.
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - EDC Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM501AVA 13
options:
"YES" - EDC enabled
"no" - EDC disabled
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 126

procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for EDC and the system will be enabled
or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel or by the automatic detection then by default the Slip Option
will also be disabled and channel 3 will not be available.
"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Slip Control Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM505AVA 14
options:
"YES" - Slip Control enabled
"no" - Slip Control disabled
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for Slip control and the system will be
enabled or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: If the EDC option has been disabled using channel 2 or by the automatic detection procedure then this channel
will not be available and the Slip option will be disabled.
Electronic Engine Options

BAIL11APH421AVK 15
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 127

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Dyno power boost test
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Grid heater selection
Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection
Ch 5 Not used
Ch 6 Auto transmission option
Ch 7 CRPM option
Ch 8 Low idle option
Channel 1 - Dyno Power Boost Test

This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dynamometer
tested with maximum powerboost.
options:
"OFF" - Dyno power boost test mode is off (normal vehicle
operation).
"bSt1" - Dyno power boost test mode is on, with engine @
2200 RPM straight boosted curve without any limitations)
NOTE: If enabled, the dyno power boost test will only be active for 45 minutes.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “OFF”.
"HH" menus.
Channel 2— Not used

BAIL11APH396AVB 16
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 128
Channel 3 - Grid Heater Selection

BAIL06CCM505AVA 17
options:
"Yes" - Grid heater fitted
"No" - Grid heater not fitted

"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - Fuel Filter Heater Selection

BAIL10CVT298AVA 18
options:
"YES" - Fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - Fuel filter disabled

"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 129

BAIL11APH396AVB 19
Channel 6 – Auto Transmission Option

BAIL11APH405AVA 20
options:
"YES" - Auto transmission fitted
"no" - Auto transmission not fitted
Channel 7 – CRPM Option

BAIL11APH406AVA 21
options:
"YES" - CRPM enabled
"no" - CRPM disabled
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 130
Channel 8 – LOW Idle Option

BAIL11APH412AVA 22
options:
"YES" - Low engine idle speed enabled
"no" - Low engine idle speed disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “yes”.
Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive Options

lock symbol on the DW controller.
BAIL11APH421AJI 23

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Axle Type
Ch 2 Four Wheel Drive braking speed
Ch 3 Terralock (front axle) angles
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 131
Channel 1 - Axle Type

BAIL06CCM507AVA 24
options:
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer axle
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “0”.
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Four Wheel Drive Braking Speed

options:
"0"
"1"
”2"
"3"
"4"
refer to the table below for the description of each option.
Option 4 3 2 1 0
Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is 6.4 Km/h 4.8 Km/h 3.2 Km/h 1.6 Km/h 0 Km/h
greater than or equal to:
NOTE: The four wheel braking speed will default to 6.4 km/h on a new electronic module.
"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Front Axle Angles

This channel is used to select the steering angle at which
the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive functions en-
gage and disengage.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 132
BAIL06CCM508AVA 25
options, "0", "1", "2" or "3", refer to the table below for the
steering angles that correspond to each option.
NOTE: There is 2 km/h hysteresis on the vehicle speed.

The angles for each option are different depending on whether the front axle is Standard or Super Steer.
There is a 3 ° hysteresis on the standard axle Steering angle and a 1 ° hysteresis on the Super Steer steering angle.
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Standard Axle
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Supersteer Axle
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
SuperSteer Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Axle Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °

"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 133
Rear PTO Options and Configurations

symbol on the RY controller.
BAIL11APH421AVL 26

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Rear PTO management option
Ch 2 Rear PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 Rear PTO clutch calibration adjustment
Ch 4 Rear PTO quick fill time
Channel 1 - Rear PTO Management Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 27
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO management enabled
"No" - Rear PTO management disabled

"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 134
Channel 2 - Rear PTO Fender Switches Selection

BAIL06CCM501AVA 28
options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO fender switches fitted
"No" - Rear PTO fender switches not fitted

"HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Rear PTO Clutch Calibration Adjustment

This channel is used to adjust the PTO clutch calibration
current.
The display will change to show the clutch calibration value.
BAIL06CCM513AVA 29
The “h” button can then be used to increase the calibration

value and the “m” button to decrease the calibration value.
"HH" menus.
Channel 4 - Rear PTO Quick Fill Time

This channel is used to adjust the Rear PTO quick fill time.
This is to be used for fine tuning if required.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 135
The display will change to show the current value of the

PTO quick fill time.
The “h” and “m” buttons are used to change the displayed
value between “3” and “25”, representing the quick fill time
from 30 - 90 ms.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 136
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H4 - View software

revision level
BAIL11APH415FVA 1
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH416AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 137
TThe LCD will then show a sequence of numbers, repre-

senting the Software Identifier and the Software Version.
BAIL11APH417AVA 5
At the end of the routine, the display returns to H4 and it

then possible to navigate further HH menus.
The first set of 4 digits displayed indicates the Software
Identifier, this number uniquely defines the application soft-
ware present in the module.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 138
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H5 - Switch

operation test
NOTE: This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
NOTE: Common to all sub systems.
BAIL11APH418FVA 1
BAIL11APH419AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 139
The lower central display will show “d _ _".
BVE0047A_569 5

tion.
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring
while watching the display or listening for the audible tone,
to help locate the fault.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 6
Refer to the table below for the switch numbers.
Control
Channel unit plug Pin number Description
connection
d0 - - No switch activated or two switches activated at the same time
d1 CN1B 30 EDC fender switch - Lower
d2 CN1B 29 EDC fender switch - Raise
d3 CN1B 18 EDC work switch (on EDC mouse)
d4 CN1B 20 EDC raise switch (on EDC mouse)
d10 CN3A 16 Seat switch
d11 CN3A 19 Handbrake switch
d12 CN3A 10 Left brake pedal switch
d13 CN3A 11 Right brake pedal switch
d14 CN1A 8 Clutch pedal switch (engine running and transmission in forward
or reverse)
d15 CN1B 12 Switch for the shuttle lever - Forwards
d16 CN1B 13 Switch for the shuttle lever - Reverse
d17 CN1B 23 Transmission downshift switch
d18 CN1B 22 Transmission upshift switch
d19 CN3A 23 Transmission range shift switch
d25 CN3A 6 Transmission neutral switch (clutch depressed, change to neutral
from forward or reverse)
d26 CN1B 26 16x16 Transmission high range switch
d27 CN1B 19 16x16 Transmission low range switch
d29 CN1B 24 EDC raise / work switch (on EDC mouse)
d30 CN3A 14 Transmission auto on / off switch
d34 CN3A 8 Transmission creeper switch
d35 CN3A Creeper selector fork disengaged switch
d36 CN3A 9 Creeper selector fork engaged switch
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 140
Control
connection
d38 CN3B 31 Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 CN3B 30 Differential lock switch - Automatic
d41 CN3A 25 All-wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 CN3A 24 All-wheel drive switch - Automatic
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d45 CN3A 13 Rear PTO switch - normally closed
d47 CN3B 24 Rear PTO brake switch
d48 CN3B 33 Ground speed PTO switch
d49 CN3B 23 Rear PTO management switch
d50 CN3A 21 HTS switch record mode
d51 CN3A 20 HTS playback switch
d52 CN3A 15 HTS step switch
d54 CN3A 22 CRPM on / off switch
d55 CN3A 5 CRPM decrease engine speed switch
d56 CN3A 4 CRPM increase engine speed switch
d57 CN3B 11 CRPM selection switch
d59 CN3A 17 Handle throttle not at idle switch
d60 CN3B 32 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 CN3B 4 Rear PTO fender switch (normally closed)
d64 CN3B 2 Rear PTO fender switch (normally open)
Control
connection
d0 - - No switch activated or two switches activated at the same time
d1 CN1B 30 EDC fender switch - Lower
d2 CN1B 29 EDC fender switch - Raise
d3 CN1B 18 EDC work switch (on EDC mouse)
d4 CN1B 20 EDC raise switch (on EDC mouse)
d10 CN3A 16 Seat switch
d11 CN3A 19 Handbrake switch
d12 CN3A 10 Left brake pedal switch
d13 CN3A 11 Right brake pedal switch
d14 CN1A 8 Clutch pedal switch (engine running and transmission in forward
or reverse)
d15 CN1B 12 Switch for the shuttle lever - Forwards
d16 CN1B 13 Switch for the shuttle lever - Reverse
d17 CN1B 23 Transmission downshift switch
d18 CN1B 22 Transmission upshift switch
d25 CN3A 6 Transmission neutral switch (clutch depressed, change to neutral
from forward or reverse)
d26 CN1B 26 24x24 Transmission 1/2 and 3\4 neutral switch
d27 CN1B 19 24x24 Transmission high/medium range switch
d29 CN1B 24 EDC raise / work switch (on EDC mouse)
d34 CN3A 8 Transmission creeper switch
d35 CN3A Creeper selector fork disengaged switch
d36 CN3A 9 Creeper selector fork engaged switch
d38 CN3B 31 Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 CN3B 30 Differential lock switch - Automatic
d41 CN3A 25 All-wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 CN3A 24 All-wheel drive switch - Automatic
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d45 CN3A 13 Rear PTO switch - normally closed
d47 CN3B 24 Rear PTO brake switch
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 141
Control
connection
d48 CN3B 33 Ground speed PTO switch
d49 CN3B 23 Rear PTO management switch
d63 CN3B 4 Rear PTO fender switch (normally closed)
d64 CN3B 2 Rear PTO fender switch (normally open)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 142
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H6 - Vehicle

information view
BAIL11APH368FVB 1
BAIL11APH371AVB 3
The lower central display will show:

• The transmission speed ("50", "40", "40 L" or
"30")
• The Engine power (unboosted power in horse-
power)
BAIL11APH385AVB 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 143
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H7 - Vehicle test

modes
NOTE: This menu is only for special vehicle tests to check clutch switch adjustment and hydraulic pressures.
BAIL11APH432FVB 1

The lower central display will show “Ch _ _”
BAIL11APH396AVA 3

“m" buttons.

Ch 1 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 2 Forward / reverse synchronizer test
Ch 3 Gear 4 / 5 synchronizer test Not used
Ch 4 C1 / C2 manual calibration and quickfill adjustment Not used
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 144

Ch 5 C3 / C4 manual calibration and quickfill adjustment Not used
Ch 6 C5 manual calibration and quickfill adjustment Not used
Ch 7 PWM valve test
Channel 1 - Clutch Switch Adjustment

NOTE: This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and is useful for evaluating the clutch pedal switch
adjustment and also the inching bite point.
The transmission is enabled in this state.
Put the shuttle lever into the forward position. The display
will show “n” if the lever is in neutral.
BAIL11APH433AVB 4
When the display shows “CP”, cycle the clutch pedal.
BAIL11APH434AVA 5
When the clutch pedal is released the display will show a

value in the range 8 to 14 if the switch is correctly adjusted.
BAIL11APH435AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 145
If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the display will show

“CL” if clutch pedal switch adjustment screw is to be turned
clockwise or “CCL” if the screw is to be turned anti-clock-
wise.
BAIL11APH436AVA 7
Adjust the screw in the direction indicated on the display

and cycle the clutch pedal and the procedure until the dis-
play shows the correct value.
Channel 2 - Forward / Reverse Synchronizer Test

The synchronizer position is shown on the lower central
display (range 20-80).
BAIL11APH437AVA 8
Press the upshift button to increase the forward synchro-

nizer solenoid pressure.
Press the downshift button to increase the reverse synchro-
nizer solenoid pressure.
Channel 3 - Gear 4 / 5 Synchronizer Test Not Used

The synchronizer position is shown on the lower central
display (range 20-80).
BAIL11APH437AVA 9
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 146

BAIL11APH413AVA 10
Press the upshift button to increase the 4/5 synchronizer

solenoid pressure.
Press the downshift button to increase the 5/4 synchronizer
solenoid pressure.
Press both the upshift and downshift buttons to move the
synchronizer to the neutral position.
Channel 4 - C1 / C2 Manual Calibration and Quickfill Adjustment Not Used

Information for this channel is not currently available.
BAIL11APH413AVA 11
Channel 5 - C3 / C4 Manual Calibration and Quickfill Adjustment Not Used

BAIL11APH413AVA 12
Channel 6 - C5 Manual Calibration and Quickfill Adjustment Not Used

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 147

BAIL11APH413AVA 13
Channel 7 - PWM Valve Test

NOTE: This channel is used to test the PWM valves in conjunction with the Electronic Service Tool.
This procedure can be used to test the valves for the
following solenoids:
• C1, C2, C3, C4, F synchronizers, R synchro-
nizer, 1-4 syncronizers, 5-8 synchronizers and
the PTO valve.
This procedure can be used to test the valves for the
following solenoids:
• Lo clutch, hi clutch, F synchronizer, R synchro-
nizer and the PTO valve.
There are two tests that can be performed for each valve;
a ramp test and a step test.
Additionally there is test that can be performed to check the
reaction of the accumulator.
In order to perform the tests the following conditions
must be met:-
• Operator is in the seat
• Handbrake applied
• Engine speed set to 1100 - 1300 RPM.
• Transmission oil temperature between 45 - 55
°C.
• The transmission synchronisers must be cali-
brated
• The range lever Both shift levers must be in the
neutral position.
NOTE: In the event of any of these conditions not being
met then a 'U' code will be displayed and the test will not
be allowed to be performed until appropriate action has
been taken. For further information on the 'U' codes refer
to Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 148
The tests can be performed if the transmission oil temper-

ature is outside of the 45 - 55 °C range, the lower central
display will alternate between the selected valve and, “CL”
if the temperature is too low, or “CH” if the temperature is
too high.
BAIL11APH476AVA 14
Ramp Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch pedal
and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the valves avail-
able for testing. Use forwards to move up through the
valves and reverse to move down. The lower central dis-
play will show the current selection.
With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal fully
released the ramp test is performed for the selected valve
by pressing and holding the transmission upshift button.
The test will ramp up the current to the selected solenoid
from zero to maximum current over a period of 10 seconds.
Maximum current will be maintained for 1 second before
ramping back down to zero over a further 10 second period.
As the test proceeds the instrument cluster will show a
value corresponding to the percentage of maximum cur-
rent being applied to the solenoid, rising from 0 - 100 %
and then back to 0 % .
On completion of the test “End” will be shown on the lower
central display and the upshift button can be released.
NOTE: The upshift button must be kept pressed during the
ramp test. If the button is released then the test will be ter-
minated and the current in the solenoid will return to zero.
BAIL10CVT331AVA 15
Step Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch pedal
able for testing. Use forwards to move up through the
valves and reverse to move down. The lower central dis-
play will show the current selection.
released the step test is performed for the selected valve
by pressing and holding the transmission downshift button.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 149
The test will a step from zero to maximum current to the

selected solenoid. Maximum current will be maintained for
1.2 seconds and then be turned off for 1.5 seconds. This
cycle will then be performed twice.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show a
count from '1' to '4', corresponding to the steps in the test.
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the lower
central display and the downshift button can be released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the ramp test. If the button is released then the test will
be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return to
zero.
BAIL10CVT328AVC 16
Accumulator Test
Select the accumulator test by depressing the clutch pedal
able for testing until “Acc” is shown on the lower central
display.
BAIL10CVT331AVH 17
released the accumulator test is performed by pressing and
holding the transmission downshift button.
The test will turn on the C3 and C4 clutch solenoids with
maximum current for a period of 1 second then turn them
off for a further 1 second. The test will turn on the Lo clutch
and the PTO clutch solenoids with maximum current for a
period of 1 second then turn them off for a further 1 second.
This cycle will be performed 5 times.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show a
count from "1" to "10", corresponding to the steps in the
test.
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the lower
central display and the downshift button can be released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the accumulator test. If the button is released then the test BAIL10CVT323AVC 18
will be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return
to zero.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 150
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - Clear stored

NOTE: This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
NOTE: EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is
no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: In order to change any configuration settings the H3 menu must be used. These settings will be unaffected
by performing an H8 operation.
NOTE: Use the HC menu if it is required to erase all stored error codes without erasing calibration information.
BAIL11APH420FVA 1
NOTE: If the controller identifier "DX" “DW” screen is selected the settings for the entire module will be erased, if one
of the sub-system screens is selected, i.e. transmission in this example, only the transmission settings will be erased.
Select the sub-system to be erased by depressing the "dim-
ming" button.
The lower central display will show “EECL".
BAIL11APH421AVA 3
ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibration values and stored fault codes.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 151

the EEPROM.
“EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
BVE0121A 5
Turn the keystart OFF to allow the reset values to be stored.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 152
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H9 - Voltmeter

diagnostic
NOTE: This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current
circuits.
NOTE: If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
BAIL11APH422FVA 1
Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming"

The lower central display will show “ch _ _"
BAIL11APH396AVA 3

“m" buttons.
below.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 153
The voltage values displayed in this table are represented

in milli-Volts (e.g. 12000 = 12 V)
The current values displayed in this table are represented
in milli-Amps (e.g. 200 = 200 mA)
Where a voltage of 12000 is quoted in the typical reading
column this refers to the nominal battery voltage. The ac-
tual value will vary according to the condition of the battery.
Use channel 200 to obtain the actual battery voltage.
Channel Connector Pin Number Description Typical Reading

Number
Ch 1 X093 (CN1B) 1 Clutch pedal sensor 72 - released
26 - depressed
Ch 2 X093 (CN1B) 14 Transmission oil 75 % at 40 °C
temperature
Ch 3 X093 (CN1B) 11 Fuse 12V sense 96
Ch 5 X093 (CN1B) 16 + 5 V sensor supply 49
17
X092 (CN1A) 1
Ch 7 2 + 12 V F voltage source 44
3
Ch 8 X092 (CN1A) 8 + 12 V D voltage source 41 (with shuttle
lever in forward)
Ch 9 X092 (CN1A) 20 + 12 V H voltage source 44
Ch 10 X095 (CN3B) 25
+ 12 V T voltage source 44
34
Ch 11 X094 (CN3A) 16 Seat switch
Ch 12 X093 (CN1B) 34 Wheel speed sensor
voltage
Ch 30 X092 (CN1A) 5 EDC raise solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 31 X092 (CN1A) 12 EDC lower solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 32 X093 (CN1B) 2 Lift arm position 6- lowered
potentiometer 79 - raised
Ch 33 X093 (CN1B) 3 Position control 25- lowered
potentiometer 74- raised
Ch 34 X093 (CN1B) 4 Drop rate potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 35 X093 (CN1B) 5 Height limit potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 36 X093 (CN1B) 6 Sensitivity potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 37 X093 (CN1B) 7 Slip limit potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 38 X093 (CN1B) 9 Right-hand draft load pin 42
Ch 39 X093 (CN1B) 10 Left -hand draft load pin 42
Ch 40 X093 (CN1B) 8 Draft load potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
89 - clockwise
Ch 43 X091 (CN2) 8 Clutch 1 solenoid current 0 - clutch off
85 - clutch on
85 - clutch on
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 154

Number
85 - clutch on
85 - clutch on
Ch 53 X091 (CN2) 8 Clutch 1 solenoid fast
current
current
current
current
Ch 63 X091 (CN2) 7 Forward synchro current
Ch 64 X091 (CN2) 6 Reverse synchro current
Ch 65 X091 (CN2) 7 Forward synchro fast
current
Ch 66 X091 (CN2) 6 Reverse synchro fast
current
Ch 67 X095 (CN3B) 1 4–5 synchro current
Ch 68 X091 (CN2) 13 5–4 synchro current
Ch 69 X095 (CN3B) 1 4–5 synchro fast current
Ch 70 X091 (CN2) 13 5–4 synchro fast current
Ch 72 X094 (CN3A) 18 Forward/Reverse synchro
potentiometer
Ch 73 X094 (CN3A) 3 4–5 synchro potentiometer
Ch 75 X094 (CN3A) 23 Range switch
Ch 76 X093 (CN1B) 12 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 77 X093 (CN1B) 13 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 78 X094 (CN3A) 10 Left brake pedal
Ch 79 X094 (CN3A) 11 Right brake pedal
Ch 83 X094 (CN3A) 17 Hand throttle not idle switch
Ch 89 X094 (CN3A) 2 Hand throttle pot 2 4 — low idle
36 — high idle
73 — high idle
Ch 91 X094 (CN3A) 7 Foot throttle pot 0 — 100%
Ch 94 X095 (CN3B) 22 Engine flywheel speed
sensor voltage
Ch 95 X095 (CN3B) 21 PTO torque sensor voltage
Ch 96 X091 (CN2) 20 PTO speed sensor
Ch 110 X094 (CN3A) 6 Shuttle lever not in Neutral
switch

Number
Ch 1 X093 (CN1B) 1 Clutch pedal sensor 72 - released
26 - depressed
Ch 2 X093 (CN1B) 14 Transmission oil 75 % at 40 °C
temperature
Ch 3 X093 (CN1B) 11 Fuse 12V sense 96
17
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 155

Number
X092 (CN1A) 1
Ch 7 2 + 12 V F voltage source 44
3
Ch 8 X092 (CN1A) 8 + 12 V D voltage source 41 (with shuttle
lever in forward)
Ch 9 X092 (CN1A) 20 + 12 V H voltage source 44
Ch 10 X095 (CN3B) 25
+ 12 V T voltage source 44
34
Ch 11 X094 (CN3A) 16 Seat switch
Ch 12 X093 (CN1B) 34 Wheel speed sensor
voltage
Ch 30 X092 (CN1A) 5 EDC raise solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 31 X092 (CN1A) 12 EDC lower solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 32 X093 (CN1B) 2 Lift arm position 6- lowered
potentiometer 79 - raised
Ch 33 X093 (CN1B) 3 Position control 25- lowered
potentiometer 74- raised
Ch 34 X093 (CN1B) 4 Drop rate potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 35 X093 (CN1B) 5 Height limit potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 36 X093 (CN1B) 6 Sensitivity potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 37 X093 (CN1B) 7 Slip limit potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 38 X093 (CN1B) 9 Right-hand draft load pin 42
Ch 39 X093 (CN1B) 10 Left -hand draft load pin 42
Ch 40 X093 (CN1B) 8 Draft load potentiometer 14 - anti-
clockwise
89 - clockwise
Ch 45 X091 (CN2) 2 Low clutch solenoid current 0 - clutch off
85 - clutch on
Ch 46 X091 (CN2) 3 High clutch solenoid current 0 - clutch off
85 - clutch on
Ch 55 X091 (CN2) 2 Low clutch solenoid fast
current
Ch 56 X091 (CN2) 3 High clutch solenoid fast
current
Ch 63 X091 (CN2) 7 Forward synchro current
Ch 64 X091 (CN2) 6 Reverse synchro current
Ch 65 X091 (CN2) 7 Forward synchro fast
current
Ch 66 X091 (CN2) 6 Reverse synchro fast
current
Ch 72 X094 (CN3A) 18 Forward/Reverse synchro
potentiometer
Ch 73 X094 (CN3A) 3 4–5 synchro potentiometer
Ch 76 X093 (CN1B) 12 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 77 X093 (CN1B) 13 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 156

Number
Ch 78 X094 (CN3A) 10 Left brake pedal
Ch 79 X094 (CN3A) 11 Right brake pedal
Ch 83 X094 (CN3A) 17 Hand throttle not idle switch
36 — high idle
73 — high idle
Ch 91 X094 (CN3A) 7 Foot throttle pot 0 — 100%
Ch 94 X095 (CN3B) 22 Engine flywheel speed
sensor voltage
Ch 95 X095 (CN3B) 21 PTO torque sensor voltage
Ch 96 X091 (CN2) 20 PTO speed sensor
Ch 110 X094 (CN3A) 6 Shuttle lever not in Neutral
switch
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 157
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HA - Demonstration

mode
The HA demonstration mode allows the engine power
boost feature to be activated.
HA Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL11APH423FVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 158
BAIL11APH423FVB 2
Engine Power Boost Demonstration

Start the engine and allow it to idle.
cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HA and the engine
symbol on the DX controller. Use the "h", "m" and "dim-
ming" buttons on the instrument cluster to navigate the HH
menu's to HA and the engine symbol on the DW controller.
The upper section of the display will show "Pbd" (power
boost demo).
BAIL11APH424AVA 3
Power boost will work as normal but now you can use the
decrease CRPM switch to turn off the power boost and the
increase to turn it on.
NOTE: The power boost will only come on if the correct
parameters are set under normal operation.
Turn the keystart OFF to return to normal operation.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 159
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HB - Display stored

fault codes
NOTE: This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
NOTE: A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.
BAIL11APH425FVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 160
BAIL11APH425FVB 2
Select the required sub-system by depressing the "dim-

ming" button.
The lower central display will show "_ _ _", if no fault codes
are stored.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 3
The lower central display will show "F", if any fault codes
are stored.
BVF1088A 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 161
The display will then automatically cycle through as the

example:
3001 Fault code
BAIL11CCM120AVA 5

code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end of
the list.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 6

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 162
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HC - Clear all stored

fault codes
This menu can be used to:
• Clear all fault codes stored in all sub-systems
in the universal controller
• Clear all fault codes stored in a specific sub-
system in the universal controller
BAIL11APH426FVC 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 163
BAIL11APH426FVD 2
NOTE: Always make a note of the stored fault codes before clearing.
Select the HC menu on the DX controller, or the desired
sub-system (engine in this example), by depressing the
“dimming" button. Select the HC menu on the DW con-
troller, or the desired sub-system (engine in this example),
by depressing the “dimming" button.
The lower central display will show "F CL".
BAIL11APH427AVA 3

the memory.
The display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be
displayed to indicate the fault codes have been cleared.
BAIL11APH428AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 164

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 165
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HE - Display

frequency inputs
NOTE: This menu is used to check the operation of the control module’s frequency inputs.
NOTE: All vehicle sub-systems are operable during this procedure.
BAIL11APH429FVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 166
BAIL11APH429FVB 2
Select the HE menu by depressing the “dimming" button.

The lower central display will show "ch _ _"
BAIL11APH396AVA 3

“m" buttons.
After a delay the reading for the chosen channel will be
shown, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel and its corresponding typical reading).
Channel Number Description Typical Reading

Ch 1 Wheel speed
Ch 2 Radar
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Rear PTO speed
Ch 5 Not used
Ch 6 Not used
Ch 7 PTO twist sensor
Ch 8 Engine flywheel
Ch 9 PTO twist
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 167

"HH" menus.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 168
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HF - View controller

hardware information
NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
BAIL11APH430FVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 169
BAIL11APH430FVB 2
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" button.

The display will automatically cycle through as the exam-
ple:
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL11CCM131AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 170
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H1 - Calibration

procedures
Front Axle Suspension
Rear EHRs
Front Hitch
BAIL11APH438FVB 1
Suspended Front Axle Calibration

ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Disconnect all implements
and set the shuttle lever to neutral. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Dependent on the failure, the Automatic Calibration procedure may have to be repeated two or three times to
vent all the air out of the hydraulics.
NOTE: On a new module or following a H8, clear module settings procedure, the front suspension is defaulted to 'Not
enabled'. The suspension needs to be enabled in the H3 menu mode otherwise the suspension will not calibrate.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 171

nostic socket (1) and start the engine.
BAIL07APH189AVA 2

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the suspension
symbol on the DU controller. "CAL" will be displayed for a
few seconds
BAIL11APH439AVA 3
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM.

Press and hold the suspension lockout switch for two sec-
onds. The lower central display will show "ACP" indicat-
ing the automatic calibration procedure has been activated,
the indicator lamp on the switch will also flash.
BAIL11APH386AVB 4
The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve for 10 sec-
onds, at the same time the axle height position will be dis-
played by a three figure number on the instrument cluster
(0-999).
The ACP will activate the raise valve and the unload level-
ling valve until the front axle reaches the maximum height
for a period of 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this maximum height will then
be stored.
NOTE: When the axle reaches the maximum position the hydraulic pump will reach the high pressure standby pres-
sure.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 172
The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve until the
front axle reaches the minimum height for a period of 4
seconds.
The potentiometer value at this minimum height will then
be stored.
BAIL08CVT315 5
The ACP will activate the raise and unload levelling valves
until the front axle reaches the nominal position.
The lower central display will show "End" when the ACP
has finished.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 6
All components of the suspension system are now cali-

brated.
Set engine to low idle and key OFF to store the calibration
values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration, a "U" code will
NOTE: If the calibration procedure needs to be stopped,
press the suspension switch once.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 173
Rear EHR Calibration

Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake. Discon-
nect ALL implements from the rear remotes.
Make sure all EHR Program switches are switched OFF.
cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the rear EHR
symbol on the DU controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
BAIL11APH439AVC 7
Press and hold the Program Switch for Lever Number 1

three times in succession.
BSE3156A_696 8
The Program Lamp for EHR 1 will be illuminated and the

instrument lower central display will show “1‟.
When the neutral position has been acquired and stored,
the Program Lamp is turned off and the lower central dis-
play will show “2‟.
BAIL11APH431AVE 9
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 174
Move the lever to the raise position. When movement is

detected the Program Lamp for EHR 1 will be turned on.
After a stable value has been recorded for the raise position
of the lever the Program Lamp is turned off and the lower
central display will show “3‟.
BAIL11APH431AVF 10
Move the lever to the full flow lower position. The Program
Lamp for EHR 1 will be turned on. When a stable value
for full flow lower position of the lever is seen it is recorded
along with the minimum flow rate value.
The Program Lamp is turned off and the lower central dis-
play will show “4‟.
BAIL11APH431AVG 11
Move the lever to the float position. When movement is

detected the Program Lamp for EHR 1 is turned on. After
a stable value has been recorded for the float position of the
lever the Program Lamp is turned off and the lower central
display will show “CAL‟.
Calibration of lever 1 is complete.
BAIL11APH431AVH 12
To calibrate EHR levers 2 to 4, repeat the above steps.

When the levers have been calibrated, key off to store the
new calibration data.
NOTE: If a lever is not calibrated then the Program Lamp is switched on regardless of the state of Program Switch.
This does not apply if the Program Switch is switched off during the middle of a calibration sequence.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration, a "U" code will be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
Front Hitch Calibration

ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Check that the ground speed
display is zero before commencing. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor is stationary.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 175

nostic socket (1).
BAIL07APH189AVA 13
Turn the height set control to the OFF position.

cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the front hitch
symbol on the DU controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
BAIL11APH439AVB 14
Turn the height set control to the ON position and then back
to the OFF position.
The display will change to "FHc" for 2 seconds and the cur-
rent potentiometer position will show on the lower central
display.
BAIL10CVT133AVA 15
Lower the front hitch to it's lowest position.

When the end stop is reached, turn the height set control to
the ON (1) position and then back to the OFF (2) position.
BAIL09CCM070AVA 16
The bottom value position is recorded and displayed in the

lower central display for 2 seconds.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 176
Raise the front hitch to it's highest position.

When the end stop is reached, turn the height set control to
the ON (1) position and then back to the OFF (2) position.
BAIL09CCM070AVA 17
The top value position is recorded and displayed in the

lower central display for 2 seconds.
The display will then show "End" to indicate that the cali-
bration process has been completed successfully.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 18

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 177
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H2 - View stored

calibration values
Rear EHRs
Front Hitch
BAIL11APH438FVC 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 178
SUSPENSDED FRONT AXLE CALIBRATION VALUES

Select the front axle suspension sub-system by depressing
the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH258AVB 2

"m" buttons.
The lower central display will display "ch _ _".
BAIL11APH396AVA 3
After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the
channel followed by the stored calibration values (refer to
the table below for the description of each channel).
Channel Description Code Value Range

Ch 1 Front axle upper limit u 512 - 972
Front axle lower limit d 150 - 512
Where “xxx” is the calibration value.
NOTE: Following the H8 procedure the calibration value for the upper limit and lower limits will be set to their default
values of 512 and 512 respectively.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 179
Rear EHR Calibration Values

Enter the mode by navigating the H menus using the “h”
and “m” buttons on the instrument cluster. Navigate to the
DU module, menu H2 and select the EHRs, pressing the
“dimming” button to accept the menu selection.
BAIL11APH439AVH 4
Press the dimming key to exit the menu level.
Chan Item Display Typical range of values

No.
Ch 1 Lever No. 1 Neutral position “nxxx” 250 to 350
Float position “fxxx” 450 to 550
Lower position “Lxxx” 350 to 450
Raise position “rxxx” 150 to 250
Where xxx is the calibration value.
NOTE: Following the H8 procedure the calibration values for the EHR levers will all be set to their default value of 0.
FRONT HITCH VALUES

Select the front hitch sub-system by depressing the "dim-
ming" button.
BAIL11APH439AVJ 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 180

"m" buttons.
The lower central display will show "ch _ _“.
BAIL11APH396AVA 6
Channel Description Code Value Range

Ch 1 Front hitch potentiometer upper limit uxxx 568 to 900
Front hitch potentiometer lower limit dxxx 150 to 400

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 181
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H3 - Configurations

and options

Ch.1 Enable / Disable front axle suspension
Front Hitch
Ch.1 Enable / Disable front hitch
Ch.2 Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches
Front PTO
Ch.1 Enable / Disable front PTO
Rear EHRs
Ch.1 Enable / Disable rear EHRs
Ch.2 Not used
Ch.3 Not used
Ch.4 Number of EHRs present
BAIL11APH438FVF 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 182
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION OPTIONS

BAIL11APH441AVA 2
The lower central display will display "ch _ _".
BAIL11APH396AVA 3

"m" buttons.
After a delay the lower central display will cycle through
the channel followed by the stored option (refer to the table
below for the description of each channel).
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front axle suspension
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Axle Suspension

Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m"
buttons.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 183
The options available are:

YES - Enable front axle suspension
NO - Disable front axle suspension
BAIL11APH408AVB 4
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m"
button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.
FRONT HITCH OPTIONS

BAIL11APH438AVA 5
The lower central display will show "ch _ _".
BAIL11APH396AVA 6

"m" buttons.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 184
Channel Description
Ch. 1 Enable / Disable front hitch
Ch. 2 Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Hitch

buttons.

YES - Enable front hitch
NO - Disable front hitch
BAIL11APH408AVB 7
Channel 2 - Enable / Disable Front Hitch Fender Switches

buttons.

YES - Enable front hitch fender switches
NO - Disable front hitch fender switches
BAIL11APH409AVA 8
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 185

FRONT PTO OPTIONS

Select the front PTO sub-system by depressing the "dim-
ming" button.
BAIL11APH443AVA 9
The lower central display will display "ch - -".
BAIL11APH396AVA 10

"m" buttons.
Channel Description
Ch. 1 Enable / Disable front PTO
Channel 1- Enable / Disable Front PTO

buttons.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 186

YES - Enable front PTO
NO - Disable front PTO
BAIL11APH408AVB 11
Rear EHR Options and Configurations

Enter the mode by navigating the H menus using the “h”
and “m” buttons on the instrument cluster. Navigate to the
DU module, menu H3 and select the REAR EHRs, pressing
the “dimming” button to accept the menu selection.
The lower central display will show “ch _ _”.
BAIL11APH396AVA 12

"m" buttons.
Channel Description
Ch. 1 Enable / Disable rear EHRs
Ch.2 Not used
Ch.3 Not used
Ch.4 Number of EHRs present
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 187
Channel 1 – Rear EHR Option Selection

This channel is used to select whether the Rear EHR op-
tion is enabled or disabled. By default, the rear EHRs are
detected automatically if fitted and this option is used to
disable them
buttons.

YES - Enable rear EHRs
NO - Disable rear EHRs
BAIL11APH408AVB 13
Channel 2 – Not Used

This channel is not used and “_ _ _ _“ will be displayed.
BAIL11APH413AVA 14
NOTE: This channel was previously used to set the EHR valve slice used to control the front hitch.
The valve selection can now be configured using the oper-
ator shortcut as follows.
Turn the ignition key to the on position but do not start the
engine.
Press and release the timer switch for EHR #1 and then
within five seconds press and release the timer switch for
EHR #2.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 188
“FEhr‟ will be shown on the lower central display and after

two seconds the display will change to show the valve cur-
rently assigned, e.g. “Ehr4‟.
BAIL11APH388AVC 15
Select the new valve by pressing and releasing the timer

switch for that valve three times. The display will change
to show the new selection, e.g. “EHr1‟.
BAIL11APH388AVD 16
Key off to store the new valve number.
Channel 3 – Not Used

This channel is not used and “_ _ _ _“ will be displayed.
BAIL11APH413AVA 17
Channel 4 – Number of EHRs Present

When a new module is fitted or the H8 procedure is com-
pleted the number of rear remote valves connected to the
CAN bus is automatically detected. If at any time the num-
ber of fitted remotes needs to be changed then this channel
can be used.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 189
Following the selection of channel 4 the current number of

remotes stored is displayed, i.e. “2”, “3” or “4”.
BAIL11APH397AVC 18
Use the “h” and “m” buttons to select between “2”, “3” or “4”,
indicating the number of rear remote valves connected.
BAIL11APH397AVB 19
Hold down the “h” or the “m” button for 1 second the cluster
will beep and the setting is stored.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 190
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H4 - View software

revision level
BAIL11APH265FVB 1
BAIL11APH266AVB 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 191
The lower central display will automatically cycle through

the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM527AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 192
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H5 - Switch

operation test
This menu displays a designated code when a switch tran-
sition is detected.
BAIL11APH267FVB 1
BAIL11APH268AVB 2
The lower central display will display "d_ _".
BVE0047A_546 3

tion.
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related
wiring, while watching the display or listening for the
audible tone, to help locate the fault.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 193
NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the "crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
down, a switch disagreement error may occur.
Identifier Controller Connector Pin Switch / Input

Number
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time
d8 X100 (CN1B) 21 Crank detect switch
d69 X100 (CN1B) 23 Front suspension pressure switch
d75 X102 (CN3A) 24 Right hand link extend switch
d76 X102 (CN3A) 25 Right hand link retract switch
d77 X100 (CN1B) 22 Front hitch external common switch
d78 X100 (CN1B) 26 Front hitch external raise switch
d79 X100 (CN1B) 19 Front hitch external lower switch
d82 X102 (CN3A) 20 EHR No. 5 retract switch
d83 X102 (CN3A) 14 EHR No. 5 extend switch
d84 X102 (CN3A) 8 Front PTO management switch
d85 X100 (CN1B) 30 EHR No. 1 time / flow switch
d88 X102 (CN3A) 15 EHR No. 4 time / flow switch
d89 X100 (CN1B) 29 Front suspension lock switch
d90 X100 (CN1B) 11 Front PTO switch (normally open)
d91 X100 (CN1B) 12 Front PTO switch (normally closed)
d92 X100 (CN1B) 18 Front hitch height limit switch
d95 X102 (CN3A) 16 EHR No. 1 motor mode switch
d106 X101 (CN3B) 11 Joystick front select switch
d108 X101 (CN3B) 33 Top link extend switch
d109 X101 (CN3B) 22 Top link retract switch
d115 X101 (CN3B) 31 Joystick rear select switch
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 194
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H8 - Clear stored

This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes
by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes
are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no
power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: H8 will not change the configuration settings. The H3 menu mode must be used for this.
NOTE: To erase only the stored error codes and not affect the calibration data use the HC menu mode.
BAIL11APH269FVC 1
NOTICE: By selecting the screen display with the controller identifier "RK" displayed this will reset the EEPROM in
all the sub-systems.
If only a specific sub-system EEPROM requires to be re-
set, select the sub-system that requires the EEPROM to be
reset by depressing the "dimming" button, as the example
shown.
BAIL11APH270AVD 2
The lower central display will display "EECL".
BVE0682A_547 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 195
ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the resetting of
the EEPROM.
"EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A_548 4
NOTE: If the "m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Turn the keystart OFF.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 196
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H9 - Voltmeter

diagnostic
This menu is used to verify the operation of various poten-
tiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle'
test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the
area where the fault exists.

BAIL11APH271FVB 1
BAIL11APH272AVB 2

"m" buttons.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 197
channel followed by the stored calibration values, (refer to
BAIL06CCM535AVA 4
ponents.
Chan- Description Connector Pin Typical Reading

nel
5 +5 Volts voltage supply to the X100 (CN1B) 16 48
sensors
7 +12 Volt VF input signal (see X099 (CN1A) 1, 2 45
explanation) &3
8 +12 Volt VD input signal (see X099 (CN1A) 8 45
explanation)
9 +12 Volt VH input signal (see X099 (CN1A) 20 45
explanation)
10 +12 Volt VT input signal (see X101 CN3B 25 & 45
explanation) 34
14 Amperage of the front PTO solenoid X098 (CN2) 7 0 when FPTO is
valve Off
99 when FPTO is
On
15 Amperage of the upper lock X098 (CN2) 6 0 when locked
solenoid suspended front axle out
30 to 55 when
active
16 Amperage of the lower lock solenoid X098 (CN2) 13 0 when locked
suspended front axle out
30 to 46 when
active
26 Front axle position X100 (CN1B) 6 120 lower limit
950 upper limit
27 Front hitch height control X100 (CN1B) 3 0 lower limit
99 upper limit
28 Front hitch position X100 (CN1B) 2 10 lower limit
90 upper limit
Explanations:
VF Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
suspended front axle components, i.e. Front axle lower
and lockout solenoids.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 198
VD Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to

suspended front axle raise solenoid.
VH Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to front
PTO and front hitch components, i.e. Front PTO solenoid
and front hitch height solenoid.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the controller.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 199
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HA - Demonstration

mode
Used to demonstrate front axle suspension.
HA Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL11APH273FVB 1
Start the engine.

Select the HA menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH274AVB 2

"m" buttons.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 200
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3
channel followed by the stored calibration values, (refer to
Channel Description
Ch 1 Front Axle Suspension Demonstration
This demonstration mode allows the suspension to be

locked at speeds above the normal 12 Km/h automatic
engagement parameter.
The lower central display will display "FSd" (Front Axle Sus-
pension demonstration).
Use the lockout switch to lock the suspension as normal.
The light in the switch will be illuminated to indicate the front
axle suspension had been locked.
BAIL09HHP098AVA 4
NOTE: Front axle suspension demonstration will be disabled after turning the keystart OFF.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 201
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HB - Display

stored fault codes
This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored
in the EEPROM of the controller. Common to all sub-sys-
tems.
BAIL11APH275FVC 1
Select the HB menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH276AVD 2
The lower central display will show "_ _ _ _", if no fault is

stored in the selected sub-system.
BVF1089A_549 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 202
The lower central display will show "F", if a fault code is

stored in the selected sub-system.
BVF1088A_550 4

as the example:
• 4180 Fault code
• 01 Hour of first occurrence
• 15 Hour of last occurrence
• 23 Number of occurrences of the fault
BAIL06CCM541AVA 5
Depress the "h" or "m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will display "_ _ _" at the end of
the list.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 203
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HC - Clear all

stored fault codes
BAIL11APH277FVB 1
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
Select the HC menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH278AVB 2
The lower central display will show "F CL".
BVE0684A_551 3
NOTE: If the "m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the clearing of
the memory.
NOTE: The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then "EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes
have been cleared.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 204
BVE0121A_548 4
Depress the "dimming" button. to continue navigating

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 205
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HE - Display

frequency inputs
BAIL11APH279FVB 1
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL11APH280AVB 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 206
The lower central display will show "ch - -".
BAIL06CCM534AVA 3

"m" buttons.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes

0 Not used
1 Not used
2 Not used
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 Not used
8 Not used

47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 207
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HF - View

controller hardware information
This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware
version and serial number to be displayed. Common to
all sub-systems.
BAIL11APH281FVB 1
BAIL11APH282AVA 2

as the example:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 208
• 559 Hardware identification

• 0300 Hardware version
• 0000 Hardware version
• 0000 Serial number
• and return to allow navigation of the "HH"
menus.
BAIL06CCM548AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 209
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HJ - Electronic

hydraulic remote control valve number programming
HJ Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL10CVT055AVD 1
With all the rear remote valves connected to the harness,

select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL10CVT056AVB 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 210
The lower central display will show "EEhr"
BVE0736A 3
Depress and hold the "m" button, the lower central display
will count down from 5 to 1, and finally show "CEhr", indi-
cating the valve numbers have been cleared.
BVE0737A 4

Disconnect the harness from all the valves apart from num-
ber 1.
Turn the keystart on and navigate to the HJ menu again.
The lower central display will momentarily show "Ehr_" fol-
lowed by "Ehr1", an audible bleep will indicate that the
valve has been recognised and renumbered.
BAIL10CVT328AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 211
The lower central display will flash "Ehr2" indicating the

controller is ready for the next valve to be connected.
BAIL10CVT329AVA 6
Reconnect each valve in the correct order. As each valve

is reconnected an audible bleep will signify that the valve
is recognised and the display will change to show the next
valve number to be reconnected until all the valves have
been connected.
NOTE: Make sure that the audible beep has been heard or the display has changed to indicate that the next valve is
ready to be reconnected.
If less than the maximum number of valves are fitted, the
renumbering sequence can be exited by depressing and
holding the "m" button until "End" is shown.
If the maximum number of valves are fitted the procedure
will end automatically once the last valve has been renum-
bered and "End" will be shown.
BAIL10CVT331AVA 7
Turn the keystart OFF to store the new valve numbers.
NOTE: If, following this procedure, a "U" code is displayed, refer to Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 212
Index

Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Enhanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema Transmission 24x24, Electronic Draft Control,
Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel Drive, Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema Transmission 16x16, Electronic Draft Control,
Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - Electronic schema Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hy-
draulic Valves, Front P.T.O., Front Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Electronic module - Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electronic module - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . 195
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number program-
ming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 213
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H6 - Vehicle information view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . 151
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HD - View live error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
47461574 08/11/2012
55.640 / 214
Cab transmission controls - 513
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.513 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Creeper potentiometer
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.513 / 2
Electrical systems - Cab transmission controls
Creeper potentiometer - Remove

1. Disconnect the creeper gear potentiometer electrical
connector.
BAIL07APH688AVA 1
2. Remove the creeper gear potentiometer end plate.
BAIL07APH687AVA 2
3. Remove the creeper gear potentiometer.
BAIL07APH686AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.513 / 3
Electrical systems - Cab transmission controls
Creeper potentiometer - Install

1. Install the creeper gear potentiometer.
NOTE: To aid installation, turn the centre of the creeper
gear potentiometer with a small screwdriver.
BAIL07APH686AVA 1
2. Install the creeper gear potentiometer end plate.
BAIL07APH687AVA 2
3. Connect the creeper gear potentiometer electrical

connector.
BAIL07APH688AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.513 / 4
Index

Creeper potentiometer - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Creeper potentiometer - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.513 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.513 / 6
Remote control valve electric control - 035
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.035 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Remote control valve control unit

47461574 08/11/2012
55.035 / 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.035 / 3
Electrical systems - Remote control valve electric control
Remote control valve control unit - Electronic schema

1. Power Supply Relay EHR’s
2. EHR Stop Switch
3. CAN- BUS Terminating Resistor
4. EHR # 1 Rear
5. EHR # 2 Rear
6. EHR # 3 Rear
7. EHR # 4 Rear
8. Sensor Ground
9. Chassis Ground
10. Supply Ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.035 / 4
SS11E075 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.035 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.035 / 6
Index

Remote control valve control unit - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.035 / 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.035 / 8
Cab Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls -

051
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.051 / 1
Contents
Cab Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls - 051
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Air-conditioning system control

Temperature control potentiometer - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Air-conditioning system control

Temperature control potentiometer - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air-conditioning switch panel

Replace (Modes of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Replace (Blower speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.051 / 2
Electrical systems - Cab Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls
Air-conditioning system control Temperature control potentiometer

- Overview
SS08E030 1 SS08E031 2
Position: On the left C-pillar
Characteristic curve linear

resistance 0 - 10 k Ω ± 10 %
47461574 08/11/2012
55.051 / 3
Air-conditioning system control Temperature control potentiometer

- Replace

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1
2. Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap

nut located behind it.
Disconnect the plug connection.
Replace the potentiometer.
SS08D102 2
3. Tighten the cap nut and fit the turning knob (1).
Connect the connector.
4. Re-install the facing.
SS08D010 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.051 / 4
Air-conditioning switch panel - Replace (Modes of operation)

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1

Remove the plug at the switch.
Replace the switch (1).
SS08D013 2

Remove the plug at the switch.
Replace the switch (1).
SS08D012 3
3. Insert the plug at the switch (1).

4. Install the facing.
SS08D010 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.051 / 5
Air-conditioning switch panel - Replace (Blower speed)

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1

Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap
nut located behind it.
Replace the switch.
SS08D103 2

Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap nut lo-
cated behind it.
Replace the switch.
SS08D104 3
3. Tighten the cap nut and fit the turning knob (1).
4. Re-install the facing.
SS08D010 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.051 / 6
Index
Cab Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls - 051

Air-conditioning switch panel - Replace (Blower speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Air-conditioning switch panel - Replace (Modes of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Air-conditioning system control Temperature control potentiometer - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Air-conditioning system control Temperature control potentiometer - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.051 / 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.051 / 8
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system -

050
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 1
Contents
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system - 050
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) module

Air-conditioning system pressure switch
Low pressure - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Overview (High pressure/low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Temperature sensor
Overview (Cabin Temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Overview (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Overview (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

SERVICE
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system

Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) module

Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Air-conditioning system pressure switch

Low pressure - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Replace (high/low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Temperature sensor
Replace (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 2
Replace (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Replace (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Cab heater blower unit

Replace (Voltage divider) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Replace (Voltage regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Blower motor
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 3
Electrical systems - Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system
Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) module - Electronic schema

1. Automatic Temperature Control Module (ATC)
2. Power Relay
3. Blower Speed Switch
4. Air Conditioning Switch
5. Temperature Control
6. High Pressure Switch
7. Low Pressure Switch
8. Evaporator Temperature Sensor
9. Outlet Temperature Sensor
10. Cab Temperature Sensor
11. Outside Temperature Sensor
12. Compressor Clutch Relay
13. Compressor Clutch
14. Blower Speed Control
15. Blower Motor
16. Water Valve
17. Sensor Ground
18. Chassis Ground
19. Power Ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 4
SS11E073 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 6
Air-conditioning system pressure switch Low pressure - Overview
SS08E016 1 SS08E009 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating air
conditioning unit
Contact Make contact

On (switch closed) 1.5 bar (21.8 psi)
Off (switch open) 0.4 bar (5.8 psi)
Current max. 5A
Temperature range -30 - (+120) °C (-22 - (+248) °F)
Tightening torque 5 - 7 Nm (44.25 - 61.96 lb in)
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 7
Air-conditioning system pressure switch - Overview (High

pressure/low pressure switch)
SS12A239 1 SS11D402 2
Location: on left side of the engine
High pressure switch

Contact (PIN 1-2) Normally closed contact
On (switch closed) 20 ±2 bar ( 290 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 28 ±2 bar ( 406 lbf/in2)
Current maximal 5A
Low pressure switch

Contact (PIN 1-2) Normally open contact
On (switch closed) 2.6 ±0.1 bar ( 37 ±1.5 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 1.8 ±0.5 bar ( 26 ±7 lbf/in2)
Current maximal 5A
Medium pressure switch

Contact (PIN 3-4) Normally open contact
On (switch closed) 18 ±1 bar ( 261 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 15 ±1 bar ( 217 lbf/in2)
Current maximal 1A
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 8
Temperature sensor - Overview (Cabin Temperature)

SS08E027 1 SS08E029 2
Location: Behind the driver’s seat in blower box
Model NTC
Temperature Resistance
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 16120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 9399 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 5658 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 4441 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 3511 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 2795 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 2240 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 1465 Ω
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 9
Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet temperature)

SS08E025 1 SS08E026 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating and air
conditioning unit
System type NTC
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 22120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 13061 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 7962 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 6286 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 4997 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 4000 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 3222 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 2130 Ω
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 10
Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside temperature)

SS08E013 1 SS08E014 2
Position: Behind the driver’s seat in blower box
System type NTC
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 22120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 13061 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 7962 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 6286 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 4997 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 4000 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 3222 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 2130 Ω
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 11
Temperature sensor Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview

SS08E010 1 SS08E012 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating air
conditioning unit
System type NTC
0 °C (32.0 °F) 66000 Ω
4.44 °C (40.0 °F) 52625 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 40011 Ω
15.56 °C (60.0 °F) 30713 Ω
21.11 °C (70.0 °F) 23791 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 20000 Ω
30.56 °C (87.0 °F) 15736 Ω
36.11 °C (97.0 °F) 12475 Ω
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 12
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system -

Electrical test
SS08F003 1 SS08F004 2
BEHIND THE CAB SIDE COVERING ON THE LEFT
Pin Description Function Normal Notes

Signal
1 CAN Low Provides CAN communication to the vehicle 2,3 V
2 CAN High 2,6 V
3 Water Valve Signal Provides control signal to Full Cold (LO) 11,2 V Blower switch in
water valve position "0, A, I, II, III"
Middle ( 74 °F) 4,6 V Blower switch in
Full Hot (HI) 2,1 V position "A, I, II, III"
4 Actuator Power Provides feed back from actuator power supply V bat
Water Valve
5 Blower Signal Output to the Blower Control Speed switch "0" 11 V constant
Module Speed switch "A" 6 - 1,1 V variable
Speed switch "I" 5,8 V constant
Speed switch "II" 3,7 V
Speed switch "III" 1,1 V
6 Power supply from Provides feed back from V bat V bat
relay actuator current power
15 Clutch Relay Output to drive AC Clutch "ON" V bat
relay "OFF" 0V
17 Battery (+) Input Power from vehicle V bat V bat
18 Ground Input Ground from vehicle Ground
21 Cabin Temperature Input from Cabin 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,87 V 9399 Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 3,09 V 4441 Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,81 V 3511 Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 2,25 V 2240 Ω ± 2,5 %
22 Outlet Temperature Input from Outlet 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,56 V 13,06 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,64 V 6,28 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,32 V 4,99 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,76 V 3,22 k Ω ± 2,5 %
23 Evaporator Input from Evaporator 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,43 V 66 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,51 V 30,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,20 V 23,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,72 V 15,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 13
Pin Description Function Normal Notes

Signal
24 Outside Input from Outside 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,56 V 13,06 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,64 V 6,28 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,32 V 4,99 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,76 V 3,22 k Ω ± 2,5 %
25 Manual/Defrost Input from Max Defrost Selected V bat
Switch Otherwise 0,4 V
26 Econ Input from Econ Switch Selected V bat
Otherwise 0,4 V
27 Blower Auto Auto Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch Otherwise 5V
28 Blower Low "I" Low Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "I" Otherwise 5V
29 Temperature Set Input from Temperature Set Low 15 °C (59.00 °F) 0,25 V 10 k Ω ± 10 %
potentiometer point Pot Med 25 °C ( 74 °F) 2,27 V
High 32 °C (89.60 °F) 3,17 V
30 Blower Medium "II" Medium Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "II" Otherwise 5V
31 Blower High "III" High Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "III" Otherwise 5V
33 High Pressure (+) (+) Input from High Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 3,1 V
34 High Pressure (-) (-) Input from High Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 2,5 V
35 Low Pressure (+) (+) Input from Low Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 3,1 V
36 Low Pressure (-) (-) Input from Low Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 2,5 V
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 14
Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) module - Replace

Removal
Disassemble the repository on the left side.
BAIS06CCM336AVA 1
2. Remove the seat cushion from the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 2
3. Remove the passenger seat.

Remove the retaining plate.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 15
4. Disassemble the air outlet on the left side.
BAIS06CCM347AVA 4
5. Remove the side covering on the left.
BAIS06CCM348AVA 5
6. Remove the connector tab (1) and pull out the con-
nector (2).
BAIS06CCM349AVA 6
7. Remove the climate controller.
BAIS06CCM350AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 16
Assembly
8. Install the climate controller.
BAIS06CCM350AVA 8
9. Connect the electrical connector (2) and attach the

tab (1).
BAIS06CCM349AVA 9
10. Attach the side covering on the left.
BAIS06CCM348AVA 10
11. Fit the air outlet on the left side.
BAIS06CCM347AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 17
12. Fit the retaining plate.

Install the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 12
13. Place the seat cushion on the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 13
14. Fit the repository on the left side.
BAIS06CCM336AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 18
Air-conditioning system pressure switch Low pressure - Replace

Prior operation:
To do this, carry out only steps 1 to 4.
NOTE: The system does not have to be emptied in order to replace the low pressure switch.
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 1
2. Disconnect the electrical connector and replace the

low pressure switch (1).
Plug the electrical connector into the low pressure
switch.
SS08E003 2
3. Install the cover plate to the heating and air condi-

tioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 3
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 19
Air-conditioning system pressure switch - Replace (high/low

pressure switch)
NOTE: The refrigerant does not need to be extracted from the system in order to replace the pressure switch.
1. Set the start switch to the "OFF" position.
Unplug the connector.
Unscrew the switch from the self-closing Schrader
valve.
SS12A238 1
2. Screw in the pressure switch.

Plug in the connector on the pressure switch.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 20
Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature)

Removal
Remove the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Open the catch and take out the sensor. Disconnect

the plug connection.
SS08D019 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 21
Assembly
4. Connect the connector. Push the sensor inside and
close the catch.
SS08D019 4
5. Insert the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 22
Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature)

Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the air outlet temperature
sensor.
1. Disconnect the connector and replace the air outlet
temperature sensor.
SS08D025 1
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 23
Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside temperature)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Disconnect the plug connection.

Remove the sensor.
SS08D024 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 24
Assembly
4. Fit the sensor.
SS08D024 4
5. Insert the air circulation filter element again.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 25
Temperature sensor Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace

Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the evaporator temperature
sensor.
1. Unscrew the retaining screws. Remove the cover
plate for the evaporator temperature sensor (1) on
the heating and air conditioning unit. Take the evap-
orator temperature sensor out of the evaporator.
SS08D030 1
2. Pull out the plug connection and disconnect it.

Replace the evaporator temperature sensor (1).
SS08D101 2
3. Connect the connector.

Push the evaporator temperature sensor into the
evaporator.
Fit the cover plate for the evaporator temperature
sensor on the heating and air conditioning unit.
SS08D109 3
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 26
Temperature sensor Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace

Prior operation:
NOTE: You do not need to drain off the refrigerant in order to replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
Removal
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 1
2. Unscrew the mounting screws. Remove the cover

plate for the evaporator temperature sensor (1) from
the heating and air conditioning unit.
SS08D029 2
3. Take the evaporator temperature sensor out of the

evaporator. Disconnect the connector.
SS08D028 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 27
Assembly
4. Push the evaporator temperature sensor into the
evaporator. Connect the connector.
NOTICE: Carefully push the sensor tube into the evapora-
tor, checking that it does not bend.
SS08D028 4
5. Mount the cover plate for the evaporator temperature

sensor (1) on the heating and air conditioning unit
and tighten the screws.
SS08D029 5
6. Mount the cover plate of the heating and air condi-

tioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 6
Next operation:
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 28
Cab heater blower unit - Replace (Voltage divider)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Unscrew the retaining screws, disconnect the con-

nector and remove the voltage divider.
SS08D014 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 29
Assembly
4. Fit the voltage divider.
Tighten the retaining screws and connect the con-
nector.
SS08D014 4
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Re-fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 30
Cab heater blower unit - Replace (Voltage regulator)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Unscrew the retaining screws, disconnect the con-

nector and remove the voltage regulator.
SS08D015 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 31
Assembly
4. Fit the voltage regulator.
Tighten the retaining screws and connect the con-
nector.
SS08D015 4
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Re-fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 32
Blower motor - Replace

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Remove the cover next to the fan housing.
BTB0427 3
4. Unscrew the retaining screws of the fan housing.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 33
5. Remove the electrical connector of the fan motor.

Remove the fan motor housing.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 5
6. To obtain access to the fan motor, remove the 6 re-

taining clips which are used to join the two halves of
the fan housing.
BTB0451 6
7. Unscrew the retaining screw of the fan and pull the

fan out of the housing.
BTB0455 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 34
Assembly
8. Place the fan in the back half of the housing and
secure using the retaining screw.
BTB0455 8
9. Assembly the two halves of the fan motor housing

and secure it using the 6 retaining clips.
BTB0451 9
10. Attach the electrical connector of the fan motor and

install the fan motor housing.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 10
11. Screw in the retaining screws of the fan housing.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 11
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 35
12. Attach the cover next to the fan housing.
BTB0427 12
13. Fit the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 13
14. Attach the air circulation grating and secure using the
two retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 36
Index
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system - 050

Air-conditioning system pressure switch - Overview (High pressure/low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Air-conditioning system pressure switch - Replace (high/low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Air-conditioning system pressure switch Low pressure - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Air-conditioning system pressure switch Low pressure - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) module - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) module - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Blower motor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Cab heater blower unit - Replace (Voltage divider) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Cab heater blower unit - Replace (Voltage regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Temperature sensor - Overview (Cabin Temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Temperature sensor Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Temperature sensor Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Temperature sensor Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 37
47461574 08/11/2012
55.050 / 38
Steering control system - 047
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Fast steering control module

SERVICE
Steering position sensor

Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fast steering control module
H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 3
Electrical systems - Steering control system
Fast steering control module - Electronic schema

1. Fast Steer KA Electronic Control Module (FSS)
2. Steering Wheel Monitor Proximity Switch
3. Fast Steer ON/ OFF Switch
4. LVDT Sensor (Position Transmitter)
5. Hydraulic Solenoid Valve
6. Sensor Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 4
SS11E074 1
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 6
Steering position sensor - Replace

1. To replace the potentiometer sensor unit only, re-
move the potentiometer retaining plate (1) and with-
draw the potentiometer (2) from the axle swivel hous-
ing.
BRH3254B 1
2. Refit the potentiometer ensuring that the 'D' drive of

the shaft and potentiometer are correctly aligned.
3. Check the sealing ring of the retaining plate is in good
condition and refit the retaining plate
NOTE: Calibration of the steering angle sensor must then be carried out. Refer to Electronic module Universal
controller - H1 - Calibration procedures (55.640).
Potentiometer shaft and wiring replacement

4. With the swivel housing and axle shaft removed, re-
fer to Wheel hub - Remove (25.108), carefully re-
move the electrical connector from the potentiometer
wiring. Remove the wire retaining plate (1) and pull
the potentiometer shaft and wiring up through the top
of the axle housing.
BRH3253B 2
5. Install the new potentiometer shaft (1) and wiring

through the axle hole and locate as shown in Figure
3. Refit the wire retaining plate and ensure the rub-
ber grommet for the wiring is correctly installed into
the housing. Reconnect the wiring to the connector.
BRH3252B 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 7
6. Fit the swivel housing, the adjustment shims, the up-

per and lower pivot pins, ensuring that the upper pin
flange is correctly positioned as shown in Figure 4,
refer to Wheel hub - Remove (25.108).
NOTE: Calibration of the steering angle sensor must then
be carried out. Refer to Electronic module Universal
controller - H1 - Calibration procedures (55.640).
BRH3251B 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 8
Fast steering control module - H1 - Calibration procedures

ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Check that the Ground speed
display is Zero before commencing.
nostic socket (1) and start the engine.
BAIL07APH189AVA 1

cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the fast steer
symbol on the KA controller.
BAIL09CVT791AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 9
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the

available options:
• "Pro" - proximity sensor
• "Lvdt" - LVDT sensor
• "deF" - adopt the default values
BAIL11APH431AVA 3
Proximity Sensor Calibration

Select the "Pro" option by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL06CCM638AVA 4
The lower central display will show "O _ _ _" for the steering
wheel in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM639AVA 5
Depress and hold the "m" button. When the signal has
been stable for 2 seconds an audible bleep will be heard
and the display will change to "O xxx".
"xxx" is the digital representation of the sensor voltage
when the steering wheel is in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM640AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 10
The lower central display will show "C _ _ _" for the steering
wheel in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM641AVA 7
Depress and hold the "m" button while the steering wheel
is in the engage position. When the signal has been stable
for 2 seconds an audible bleep will be heard and the display
will change to "C xxx".
"xxx" is the digital representation of the sensor voltage
when the steering wheel is in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM642AVA 8
After a short delay the display will return to the "H1" menu
display.
Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) Sensor Calibration

Select the "Lvdt" option by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
BAIL06CCM643AVA 9
Press the "dimming" button again to activate. The system

will then automatically pilot the solenoid and measure the
LVDT values in both positions and overwrite the default
values.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 11
The lower central display will show a countdown from "5"

as the calibration is being performed. When the calibration
is complete the display will change to "donE".
BAIL06CCM652AVA 10
Adopting the Default Values

Select the "deF" option by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
BAIL06CCM644AVA 11
Depress and hold the "m" button. After a short delay an

audible beep will be heard to indicate that the calibration
values have reset to their default values.
The lower central display will then show "donE".
BAIL06CCM651AVA 12
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 12
Fast steering control module - H2 - View stored calibration values

BAIL06CCM653FVB 1
Select the steering sub-system by depressing the “dim-

ming" button.
BAIL06CCM654AVB 2
BAIL09CCM059AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 13

“m" buttons.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see
the table below for the description of the channel).
Channel Description Default Value Range

Ch 1 Proximity switch open 350 0 to 999
Ch 2 Proximity switch closed 295 0 to 999
Ch 3 LVDT secondary signal 1 open 400 400 to 750
Ch 4 LVDT secondary signal 2 open 500 400 to 750
Ch 5 LVDT secondary signal 1 closed 500 400 to 750
Ch 6 LVDT secondary signal 2 closed 400 400 to 750

47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 14
Fast steering control module - H4 - View software revision level

BAIL06CCM657FVA 1
BAIL06CCM658AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 15
The display will automatically cycle through the software

release, as the example shown and return to allow naviga-
tion of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM460AVB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 16
Fast steering control module - H5 - Switch operation test

NOTE: This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
BAIL06CCM659FVA 1
BAIL06CCM660AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 17
The lower central display will show “d _ _"
BVE0047A_569 3

tion.
heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related
wiring, while watching the display or listening for the
audible tone, to help locate the fault.
BRL6067D 4
Identifier Controller Switch / Input Special Requirements

Connector
d117 A1 Enable switch -
d118 C4 Safety switch -
d119 B4 Proximity switch -
d120 - LVDT -
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 18
Fast steering control module - H8 - Clear stored calibration

information (EEPROM)
NOTE: This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
NOTE: EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is
no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: In order to change any configuration settings the H3 menu must be used. These settings will be unaffected
by performing an H8 operation.
NOTE: Use the HC menu if it is required to erase all stored error codes without erasing calibration information.
BAIL06CCM670FVA 1
BAIL06CCM671AVA 2

the EEPROM.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 19
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01,

then “EE" will be shown to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 20
Fast steering control module - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic

NOTE: This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current
circuits.
NOTE: If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
BAIL06CCM672FVA 1
BAIL06CCM673AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 21
BVE0780A_573 3

“m" buttons.
below.
ponents.
Chan- Description Module Pin Typical Reading Notes

nel
1 LVDT secondary winding 1 B5 450 to 750
2 LVDT secondary winding 2 B6 450 to 750
3 Proximity sensor B4 50 to 800
4 Electrovalve A6 350 to 500 mA
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 22
Fast steering control module - HB - Display stored fault codes

NOTE: This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
NOTE: A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
BAIL06CCM674FVA 1
Select the HB menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL06CCM680AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 23
The lower central display will show "_ _ _", if no fault codes
are stored.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 3
The lower central display will show "F", if any fault codes
are stored.
BVF1088A 4
The display will then automatically cycle through as the

example:
15010 Fault code
BAIL06CCM488AVB 5

code in the list.
The lower central display will show “_ _ _" at the end of the
list.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 24

47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 25
Fast steering control module - HC - Clear all stored fault codes

BAIL06CCM681FVA 1
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL06CCM682AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 26
The lower central display will show “F CL".
BVE0684A 3

the memory.
The display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be
displayed to indicate the fault codes have been cleared.
BVE0121A 4

47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 27
Fast steering control module - HF - View controller hardware

information
NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
BAIL06CCM685FVA 1
BAIL06CCM686AVA 2
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 28
The display will automatically cycle through as the exam-

ple:
0000 Serial number
0609 Serial number
0054 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM687AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 29
Index

Fast steering control module - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fast steering control module - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Fast steering control module - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Fast steering control module - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Fast steering control module - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fast steering control module - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fast steering control module - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Fast steering control module - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fast steering control module - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Fast steering control module - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Steering position sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47461574 08/11/2012
55.047 / 30
Three-point rear hitch electronic control system - 130
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.130 / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Three-point rear hitch electronic control system

47461574 08/11/2012
55.130 / 2
Electrical systems - Three-point rear hitch electronic control system
Three-point rear hitch electronic control system - Static description

One method of providing a more constant depth control is to take advantage of the fact that draft loading increases
with implement depth. If a fixed implement draft is maintained a fixed implement depth will result, providing the tractor
speed and type of soil being worked remain constant.
The hydraulic lift electronic draft control system provides a means of accurately controlling implement draft and soil
penetration depth on fully or semi mounted implements.
The principle of electronic draft control, is to sense draft variations through two load sensing pins in the lower links and
using a microprocessor translate these variations into electrical signals for controlling the draft loading and working
depth of an implement.
The smoothness and accuracy provided during operation gives this system a clear advantage over conventional me-
chanical systems.
In addition to providing draft control, it is also necessary to provide a system where the hydraulic links can be main-
tained at a position relative to the tractor regardless of draft forces on the implement. This method of maintaining the
implement position is called position control.
COMPONENTS
Hydraulic Lift Assembly and Control Valve
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve) (1) is a stack type proportional solenoid operated valve
mounted with the remote control valves at the rear of the tractor.
The valve responds to pulse width modulated signals from the microprocessor to direct pump pressure oil to and from
the hydraulic lift cylinders in direct proportion to the degree of lift required.
BAIL10CCM010AAB 1
Hydraulic Pump
Oil flow to the electronic draft control system is provided by the Load Sensing Variable Displacement piston pump (1)
which adjusts output according to hydraulic circuit demand.
Figure 2, Variable Displacement Piston Pump.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.130 / 3
BAIL10CVT037AAB 2
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) Processor
The processor is the management system for the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly.
The processor is housed in a protective casing and connected to the electrical harness via multi-pin connectors. The
processor contains no serviceable parts and requires direct replacement when faulty.
1b0o2004061064 3
The processor is located behind the panel to the rear of the operators seat
The processor converts electronic signals from the operator controls, lift arm position sensing potentiometer and lower
link load sensing pins to operate the pulse width modulating valve and raise/lower the hydraulic lift.
The processor also has a self diagnostic capability which detects when the system is not functioning correctly. When
this occurs an error code is generated and held in the processor memory so they may be retrieved when diagnosing
faults on the tractor.
BAIL09CCM091AVA 4
Load Sensing Pins
The load sensing pins (1) sense draft variations applied by an implement on the lower links.
47461574 08/11/2012
55.130 / 4
The pins react to draft shear forces in the horizontal plane but not forces due to the weight of the implement.
BSE3778A 5
Each load sensing pin consists of a hollow metal tube (1) containing a circuit board (4) and load sensing core (2).
Within the core material are three wire coils (3) supported by metal rods. The coils are energised by the 8.5 volt
supply and create a stable pattern of magnetic flux within the core.
The outer casing of the pin is made from a metal with unique electromagnetic properties. When the metal is subjected
to a shear force, which is centred on the wasted section (5) of the pin, the natural magnetism of the pin casing changes,
which distorts the magnetic flux pattern of the core and is transformed into an electrical output signal. This signal which
is proportional to the draft load acting on the implement is then received by the processor.
TIA35195 6
47461574 08/11/2012
55.130 / 5
Index

Three-point rear hitch electronic control system - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.130 / 6
Global Positioning System (GPS) - 911
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.911 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47461574 08/11/2012
55.911 / 2
Electrical systems - Global Positioning System (GPS)
Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver - Remove

1. Disconnect the receiver harness connector (1).
BAIL12CCM249AAB 1
2. Remove the retaining pin from the latch assembly (1)

.
BAIL12CCM248AAB 2
3. Unhook the receiver and lift from the tab (1) on the
mounting bracket.
BAIL12CCM247AAB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.911 / 3
Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver - Install

1. Mount the quick attach mounting plate on the re-
ceiver using the tabs (1) and (2) on the receiver
mounting bracket.
BRJ5210J 1
2. Hook the plate onto the mounting bracket tab (1)
BAIL12CCM247AAB 2
3. Lock the receiver in place using the adjustable latch

(1). Secure with a suitable locking pin, bolt or a pad-
lock.
BAIL12CCM248AAB 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.911 / 4
4. Install the harness to the correct connector port on

the receiver (1) .
SS08K425 4
BAIL12CCM249AAB 5
47461574 08/11/2012
55.911 / 5
Index

Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.911 / 6
FAULT CODES - DTC
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 1
Contents
FAULT CODES - DTC
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electrical systems - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 2
Electrical systems - FAULT CODES
Electrical systems - Fault code index

Message Description Controller
10002 Raise Solenoid Error
10003 Lower Solenoid Error
10004 Front Axle Position Sensor Threshold
Higher Than Set Limit
10005 Front Axle Position Sensor Threshold
Lower Than Set Limit
10008 Go Down Error - Suspension Unable
to Return to Set Point
10009 Lower Lockout Solenoid Error
10024 Front Suspension Not Calibrated
1002 Radar Disconnected
1003 Speed Sensor Error
1004 Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Too High
1006 Slip Control Potentiometer Error
1008 Raise / Work Switch Failure
(Command Arm)
1009 Both External Switches Operated At
The Same Time
1010 Height Limit Potentiometer Error
1012 Drop Rate Control Potentiometer
Error
1014 Right Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too Low
1015 Right Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too High
1016 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too Low
1017 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too High
1018 Both Load Sensing Pins
Disconnected
1019 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference
Voltage Too Low
1020 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference
Voltage Too High
1021 Draft Sensitivity Control
Potentiometer Error
1024 Perform The Hydraulic Lift Calibration
1025 Position Control Potentiometer Error
1027 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too Low
1028 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too High
1029 Hydraulic Control Valve Disconnected
1031 Chassis Harness Disconnected
1033 Draft Control Potentiometer Error
1049 Wheel speed sensor open circuit
1063 EDC Hydraulic Valve Lower Solenoid
Open Circuit
1064 EDC Hydraulic Valve Raise Solenoid
Open Circuit
1065 EDC Hydraulic Valve Lower Solenoid
Short Circuit
1066 EDC Hydraulic Valve Raise Solenoid
Short Circuit
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 3

1068 Height Limit Control Not Set To
Maximum During Calibration
1070 Hydraulic Ram Configuration Not Set
1070 Hydraulic Ram Configuration Not Set
14015 5V Supply Voltage - Too High
14016 5V Supply Voltage - Too Low
14051 Fuel Level Sensor Open Circuit Or
Short To High Voltage
14052 Fuel Level Sensor Short To Ground
14061 Air Brake Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit to VCC or Option Set But
Sensor Not Connected
14091 Transmission Output Speed Sensor -
Short To Vcc Or Open Circuit
14092 Transmission Output Speed Sensor -
Short To Ground
14097 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Short To 5V
14098 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor
- Open Circuit Or Short Circuit To
Ground
14100 Airbrake system not configured
14900 Transmission Controller Missing
14901 Engine Controller Missing (EDC16)
14902 Auxiliary Controller Missing
14905 Keypad Missing (JA)
14906 Steering Controller Missing (KA)
14907 Gear Display Missing
15002 Steering Wheel Control Proximity
Sensor Open Circuit.
15003 Steering Wheel Control Proximity
Sensor - Short Circuit
15006 Split Valve LVDT - Open Circuit
15007 Split Valve LVDT - Short Circuit
15008 Change Valve Solenoid - Open Circuit
15009 Change Valve Solenoid - Short Circuit
Across
15010 Safety Switch Fail
15011 Maximum Engagement Time Elapsed
(5 Minutes)
15012 Split Valve Spool - Stuck Open
15013 Change Valve Or Split Valve Spools -
Stuck Closed
15014 Split Valve Spool Stuck in Transition
Zone - Unable to Identify Steering
Mode
15024 System Not Calibrated
16111 Cab Temperature Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power Plus
16112 Cab Temperature Sensor Shorted to
Ground
16113 Outlet Temperature Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power Plus
16114 Outlet Temperature Sensor Shorted
to Ground
16115 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Open or Shorted to Power Plus
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 4

16116 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
16117 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
16118 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
16120 Blower Speed Select Potentiometer
Open Or Shorted To Power
16121 Temperature Select Potentiometer
16122 Mode Select Potentiometer Open Or
Shorted To Power
16125 High Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted To Power
16126 High pressure switch (+) input shorted
to ground
16127 High pressure switch (-) input shorted
to power
16128 High Pressure Switch (-) Input
Shorted To Ground
16129 High Pressure Cycling Error (2 in 1
Minute)
16130 Low pressure switch (+) input shorted
to power
16131 Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted To Ground
16132 Low Pressure Switch (-) Input Shorted
To Power
16133 Low Pressure Switch (-) Input Shorted
To Ground
16134 Low Pressure Switch Open For
Greater Than 1 Minute
19001 Battery voltage sensing (electrical) -
signal high - P0563 battery voltage
evaluation above upper limit
19002 Battery voltage sensing (electrical)
- signal low - P0562 battery voltage
evaluation below lower limit
- signal high - P0563 batter voltage
evaluation - above upper limit
- signal low - P0562 battery voltage
evaluation - below lower limit
19010 Temperature sensor after catalyst
(electrical) - signal high - P042D
catalyst temperature sensor circuit
high
19011 Temperature sensor after catalyst
(electrical) - signal low - P042C
low
19019 Temperature sensor before catalyst
(electrical) - signal high - P0428
high
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 5

(electrical) - signal low - P0427
low
(electrical) - signal above high error
threshold
(electrical) - signal below low error
threshold
19037 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for urea
pressure sensors) - supply voltage
too high - P204D reagent - pressure
sensor - short circuit high
19038 Sensor supply 2 (5V internal; for urea
pressure sensors) - supply voltage
too low - P204C Reagent - pressure
sensor - short circuit low
19046 Urea pressure sensor in box
(electrical) - supply voltage error -
P204A Reagent - pressure sensor -
open circuit
(electrical) - signal high - P204D
reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit high
(electrical) - signal low - P204C
reagent - pressure sensor - short
circuit low
19055 Urea temperature sensor in box
(electrical) - high signal - P2045
reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - short circuit high
19056 Urea temperature sensor in box
(electrical) - signal low - P2044
reagent - temperature sensor of
pump module - short circuit low
19057 UREA Temperature sensor in box
(electrical) - signal above high error
threshold Out of range
19058 UREA Temperature sensor in box
(electrical) - signal below low error
threshold Out of range
19073 Voltage supply 2 - tube heaters (UB2)
electrical - short to bat at UB2 with
key 15 off - P20C4 reagent - suction
tube heating - short circuit high
electrical - open circuit to UB2 -
P20C1 reagent - suction tube heating
- open circuit
electrical - short circuit to ground
UB2 - P20C3 reagent - suction tube
heating - short circuit low
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 6

19082 Voltage supply 3 - coolant control
valve and reverting valve (UB3)
electrical - short to bat at UB3
with key 15 off - P20A3 vent valve
(reductant purge control valve) - short
circuit high
electrical - open circuit to UB3 -
P20A0 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - open circuit
electrical - short circuit to ground UB3
- P20A2 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - short circuit low
19091 Monitoring VDD11/VDD25 voltage -
dosing valve/pump motor - supply
voltage VD11 low - P0659 12 volt
supply for dosing module - below
lower limit
voltage VD11 high - P0658 12 volt
supply for dosing module - above
lower limit
voltage VD25 high - P0659 12 volt
supply for dosing module - above
upper limit
voltage VD25 low - P0658 12 volt
supply for dosing module - below
lower limit
19145 Dosing valve (electrical) - short circuit
to battery + - P2049 reductant injector
- circuit high
19147 Dosing valve (electrical) - open load
- P2047 reductant injector - circuit
open
19149 Dosing valve (electrical) - short circuit
to ground - P2048 reductant injector
circuit low
19150 Dosing valve (electrical) - dosing
valve permanently on (detection via
fast decay) - P209B reagent - dosing
nozzle pressure too high
19154 Urea pump speed - pump motor
unplugged - P208B reagent-pump
not delivering
19155 Urea pump speed - pump motor
blocked - P208A reagent-pump
19156 Urea pump speed - pump overspeed
- P208D reagent-pump over speed
19157 Urea pump speed - hall sensors
defect - P208B reagent-pump not
delivering
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 7

19181 Reverting valve (4-2 way valve)
electrically - short circuit to battery -
P20A3 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - short circuit high
electrically - open load - P20A0 vent
valve (reductant purge control valve)
- open circuit
19184 Vent valve (reductant purge control
valve) - short circuit low
19244 Heater of urea pump - short circuit
to B+
19247 Heater of urea pump - open circuit
19248 Heater of urea pump - short circuit
to ground
19262 Tank heating valve - short circuit
to battery - P20B4 reagent - tank
heating valve - short circuit high
19264 Tank heating valve - open load -
P20B1 reagent - tank heating valve
- open circuit
19265 Tank heating valve - short circuit
to ground - P20B3 reagent - tank
heating valve - short circuit low
19280 Heater of filterbox - short circuit to B+
19283 Heater of filterbox - open circuit
19284 Heater of filterbox - short circuit to
ground
19290 Temperature after catalyst too low -
down stream catalyst temp - physical
(Catalyst heating time failed) - P042B
range/performance
19298 Urea pressure too low at system start
- urea pressure too low at system
start - P208B reagent - pump not
delivering
19307 Urea pressure too high - urea
pressure not plausible (urea pressure
too high) - P204B reagent - pressure
above threshold
19316 Urea temperature in pump module
out of range - urea temperature box
- physical (urea box temp not ok:
outside range) - P2043 reagent -
temperature sensor of pump module
out of range
19325 Urea temperature in tank out of
range - urea temperature tank -
physical (urea tank temp not ok:
outside range) - P205B reagent - tank
temperature sensor (temperature of
the reagent - solution in the tank) out
of range
19334 System frozen and not free in time
- defreezing mode and detection
errors (inlet line defreezing failed) -
P20C2 reagent - suction tube heating
- detection mode of heating
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 8

19335 System frozen and not free in time -
defreezing mode and detection errors
(pressure line defreezing failed)
- P20BE reagent - pressure tube
heating - detection mode of heating
19336 System frozen and not free in time
- defreezing mode and detection
errors (pressure build-up in detection
mode failed) - P20C5 pump module -
internal heating - open circuit
19337 System frozen and not free in time -
defreezing mode and detection errors
(back-flow line defreezing failed)
- P20B9 reagent - backflow tube
heating - open circuit
mechanically - valve does not open
- P20A0 vent valve (reductant purge
control valve) - open circuit
19361 Battery voltage (actual value) - high
battery voltage - P0562 battery
voltage evaluation - below lower limit
19362 Battery voltage (actual value) - low
battery voltage - P0563 battery
voltage evaluation - above upper limit
19370 Urea pressure too low (in
commissioning status) - pump
motor error during commissioning
(pump not delivering) - P208B
reagent - pump not delivering
19379 Urea temperature too low during
commissioning - temperatures not
plausible during commissioning
19415 Empty urea tank - urea tank empty
- P203F reagent - fluid level in tank
- too low
19496 Urea pressure sensor plausibility
error (checked during system startup)
P204B reagent - pressure above
threshold
19514 Urea tank temperature sensor
plausibility error (dynamic/static) -
P205B reagent - tank temperature
sensor (temperature of the reagent -
solution in the tank) - out of range
19532 Back flow line clogged - P2063
reagent - dosing valve - short circuit
low
19541 Coolant control valve mechanically -
blocked closed - P20A1 vent valve
test plausibility test (startup)
19550 Pressure line blocked - pressure line
blocked - P209B reagent - dosing
nozzle - pressure too high
19559 Low urea level 1 (warning) - urea
level below Limit 1 - P203F reagent -
fluid level in tank - too low
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 9

19568 Low urea level 2 (warning) - urea
level below Limit 2 - P203F reagent -
fluid level in tank - too low
19577 CAN receive frame E2SCR (dosing,
exh gas flow, exh gas temp, error
suppression, heater, long term failure)
- SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal : (urea quantity not in range) -
P0600 serial communication link
signal : (dosing status not in range) -
suppression, heater, long term
failure) - timeout - P0600 serial
communication link
- too many CAN messages - P0600
serial communication link
signal - P0600 serial communication
link
19595 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver
demand, eng speed, eng torque) -
SAE J1939 check for CAN receive
signal : (engine torque not in range) -
19596 CAN receive frame EEC1 (Driver
signal : (engine speed not in range) -
19597 CAN receive frame EEC1 (driver
timeout - P0600 serial communication
link
too many CAN messages - P0600
signal : (torque driver demand not in
range) - P0600 serial communication
link
19604 CAN receive frame ET1 (oil and
water temp engine) - SAE J1939
check for CAN receive signal : (oil
temperature not in range) - P0600
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 10

19605 CAN receive frame ET1 (oil and water
temp engine) - timeout - P0600 serial
communication link
water temp engine) - too many
CAN messages - P0600 serial
communication link
water temp engine) - SAE J1939
check for CAN receive signal : (water
19649 Urea tank level error (CAN message
or electrical with real sensor) - level
over CAN: SAE J1939 no signal
available level sensor connected
directly: sensor supply error - P203A
reagent - tank level sensor - open
circuit
over CAN: SAE J1939 signal not
in range level sensor connected
directly: SRC high - P203D reagent -
tank level sensor - short circuit high
over CAN: SAE J1939 erroneous
signal level sensor connected directly:
SRC low - P203C reagent - tank level
sensor - short circuit low
19676 Ambient temperature: SAE J1939
check for CAN receive signal :
(signal range check: signal not in
range / erroneous signal / signal not
available) - SAE J1939 check for
CAN receive signal : (ambient air
range / erroneous signal / signal
not available) - timeout - P0071
ambient air temperature sensor
range/performance
available) - too many CAN messages
- P0071 ambient air temperature
sensor range/performance
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 11

available) - SAE J1939 check for
CAN receive signal : (barometric
pressure not in range) - P0071
ambient air temperature sensor
range/performance
19721 EEPROM / checksum failures -
EEPROM write error - P062F internal
control module EEPROM error
19722 EEPROM / checksum failures - no
corresponding variant number error
- P062F internal control module
EEPROM error
19723 EEPROM / checksum failures -
EEPROM communication error
- P062F internal control module
EEPROM error
19724 EEPROM / checksum failures
- EEPROM detection error or
codierwort error - P062F internal
19725 EEPROM / checksum failures - wrong
EEPROM size - P062F internal
19748 Too high urea temperature in
pump module or leakage test
failed (emergency shut off) - over
temperature detection (urea temp
in pump module) - P2043 reagent -
temperature sensor of pump module
- out of range
19805 Urea tank temperature not plausible
with pump module temperature - SRC
high: raw value urea temperature
too high - P205D reagent - tank
the reagent - solution in the tank) -
short circuit high
with pump module temperature - SRC
low: raw value urea temperature
too low - P205C reagent - tank
the reagent - solution in the tank) -
short circuit low
with pump module temperature -
SRC high: diagnostic value urea
temperature too high - P205B
reagent - tank temperature sensor
(temperature of the reagent - solution
in the tank) - out of range
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 12

with pump module temperature -
SRC low: diagnostic value urea
temperature too low - P205B
reagent - tank temperature sensor
(temperature of the reagent - solution
in the tank) - out of range
19813 Startup cycle counter for pressure
drop during dosing - P208B reagent -
pump - not delivering
19817 Plausibility of UDV (urea dosing
valve) stuck - P202F reagent - dosing
valve - blocked (only stuck closed)
19818 Plausibility of UDV (urea dosing
valve) stuck - P202D dynamic urea
leakage test - leakage detected
19822 UDV (urea dosing valve) valve stuck
position unknown error - P202D
dynamic urea leakage test - leakage
detected
2001 Shuttle Too Fast Error ('N' Displayed)
2001 Shuttle Too Fast Error ('N' Displayed)
2011 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too Low
Too Low
Too High
Too High
2015 High and Low Range Switches Both
Closed
2016 Creeper Solenoid Short To Ground
Or High Voltage
2024 All Clutches Not Calibrated
2024 All Clutches Not Calibrated
2027 Engine speed no signal
2035 Dump Solenoid Short To Ground Or
High Voltage
2037 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch -
Open Circuit
2037 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch -
Open Circuit
2038 Clutch 4 Solenoid Short To Ground
Or High Voltage
2038 High Range PWM Valve Short To
Ground Or High Voltage
2039 Clutch 4 Solenoid Open Circuit
2039 High Range PWM Valve Open Circuit
Or High Voltage
2040 Low Range PWM Valve Short To
Ground Or High Voltage
2041 Low Range PWM Valve Open Circuit
Or High Voltage
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 13

Or High Voltage
2047 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too High
Too High
Too Low
Too Low
2049 Wheel Speed Sensor Error
2051 Oil Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
2051 Oil Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short
Circuit
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short
Circuit
2053 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too High
2053 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too High
2054 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too Low
2054 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too Low
2055 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2055 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2056 Low Range Switch Open
2057 High Range Switch Open
2058 Seat Switch Closed
2058 Seat Switch Closed
2059 Shuttle Lever Switch Disagreement
2059 Shuttle Lever Switch Disagreement
2061 Forward/Reverse Synchroniser
Potentiometer Signal Too High
Potentiometer Signal Too High
Potentiometer Signal Too Low
Potentiometer Signal Too Low
2063 Forward Synchroniser Did Not
Engage
2063 Forward Synchroniser Did Not
Engage
2064 Reverse Synchroniser Did Not
Engage
2064 Reverse Synchroniser Did Not
Engage
2065 Forward Synchroniser Solenoid Open
Circuit
2065 Forward Synchroniser Solenoid Open
Circuit
2066 Reverse Synchroniser Solenoid
Open Circuit
2066 Reverse Synchroniser Solenoid
Open Circuit
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 14

2067 Forward Synchroniser Solenoid Short
To Ground Or High Voltage
2067 Forward Synchroniser Solenoid Short
2068 Reverse Synchroniser Solenoid Short
2068 Reverse Synchroniser Solenoid Short
2070 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too High
Too High
Too Low
Too Low
2072 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too High
Too High
Too Low
Too Low
2075 Flywheel Speed Sensor Signal Error
2075 Flywheel Speed Sensor Signal Error
2076 Flywheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
2076 Flywheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
2079 Flywheel Speed Sensor - No Signal
2079 Flywheel Speed Sensor - No Signal
2081 4/5 Range Synchroniser
Potentiometer Signal High
2082 4/5 Range Synchroniser
Potentiometer Signal Low
2083 1-4 Range Synchroniser Engaged
Error
2084 5-8 Range Synchroniser Engaged
Error
2085 1-4 Range Synchroniser Solenoid
Open Circuit
Open Circuit
Short To Ground Or High Voltage
Short To Ground Or High Voltage
2091 Clutch 3 Not Calibrated
2093 High Clutch Not Calibrated
2094 Low Clutch Not Calibrated
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 15

2098 Clutch 5 Solenoid Short Circuit
2100 Clutch 5 Dump Solenoid Short Circuit
2101 Clutch 5 Dump Solenoid Open Circuit
3096 ECM Bussoff On CAN A
3159 Invalid Engine Reference Torque
4100 Rear Remote No.1 No Control
Message Received
4101 Rear Remote No.1 Control Message
Not Plausible
4102 Rear Remote No.1 EEPROM Error
4103 Rear Remote No.1 Switched To
Failsafe
4104 Rear Remote No.1 Under Voltage
4105 Rear Remote No.1 Over Voltage
4106 Rear Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too Low
Too High
4108 Rear Remote No.1 Float Position Not
Reached
4109 Rear Remote No.1 Manually
Operated
4110 Rear Remote No.1 Driver Faulty
4111 Rear Remote No.1 Potentiometer
Faulty
Faulty
4112 Rear Remote No.1 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4113 Rear Remote No.1 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
Message Received
Not Plausible
Failsafe
Too Low
Too High
Reached
Operated
Faulty
Faulty
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 16

Neutral
Neutral At Key On.
Message Received
Not Plausible
Failsafe
Too Low
Too High
Reached
Operated
Faulty
Neutral
Neutral At Key On
Message Received
Not Plausible
Failsafe
Too Low
Too High
Reached
Operated
Faulty
Neutral
Neutral At Key On
4170 Rear EHR Control No.1 Not
Calibrated
4171 Rear EHR Control No.1 Open Circuit
4172 Rear EHR Control No.1 Short Circuit
Calibrated
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 17

4176 Rear EHR Timer Switch No.1 / No.2
Not Connected
Calibrated
Calibrated
4183 Rear EHR Timer Switch No.3 / No.4
Not Connected
4190 Rear Remote No.1 No
Communications
Communications
Communications
Communications
4194 Rear EHR No.1 Motor Mode Switch
Faulty
Faulty
Faulty
Faulty
5005 Rear PTO Brake Switch Open Circuit
5007 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
5008 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
5027 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Open
Circuit
5033 Rear PTO Cab Normally Closed
Switch Open Circuit
5034 Rear PTO Fender Switch Open
Circuit / Short To Ground
5035 Rear PTO Fender Switch Input Short
To 12V+
5037 Rear PTO Cab Normally Open Switch
- Stuck Closed
5043 Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On
5044 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Short To
Ground
5098 Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not
Enabled
5099 Auto PTO Mode Not Enabled
6023 Four Wheel Drive Solenoid Open
Circuit
7017 Differential Lock Solenoid - Open
Circuit
7024 Steering Angle Sensor Not Calibrated
7032 Steering Angle Sensor - Signal Too
Low
8007 Front PTO Solenoid - Stuck On
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 18

8008 Front PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
8033 Front PTO Switch In Cab Normally
Closed Open Circuit
8037 Front PTO Cab Normally Open
Switch Stuck Closed
8099 Front PTO Option Not Enabled
9001 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Short
Circuit To 12V
9002 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
9003 Front Hitch Fender Up Switch Error
9004 Front Hitch Fender Down Switch
Error
9005 Front Hitch Fender Common Switch
Error
9006 Front Hitch Position Potentiometer -
Not Calibrated
14200 Error With Electrical Programmable ADIC
Read Only Memory (EEPROM)
3001 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible
3002 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Above EDC
Range Maximum
3003 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Below EDC
Range Minimum
3006 Coolant Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Not Plausible
Above Range
Below Range Minimum
3010 Air Intake Temperature Sensor - EDC
Signal Above Range Maximum
3011 Air Intake Temperature Sensor - EDC
Signal Below Range Minimum
3015 Fuel Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Maximum
3016 Fuel Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3019 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range Maximum
3022 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible
3023 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor - EDC
Signal Not Plausible
3028 Oil Pressure too low EDC
3029 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit EDC
To Battery
3030 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit EDC
To Ground
3031 Oil Pressure Sensor - Hardware Error EDC
3032 Oil Pressure Sensor - Value Too High EDC
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 19

3033 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible (Compared With Coolant
Temperature)
3034 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range Maximum
3035 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3037 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Low EDC
3038 Constant Engine RPM Activate/Select EDC
Switch - Short Circuit to Battery
3047 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit To EDC
Battery
3048 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit to EDC
Ground
3051 Battery Voltage To Engine Controller EDC
- Voltage Too High
3052 Battery Voltage To Engine Controller EDC
- Voltage Too Low
3059 ECM afterrun was interrupted EDC
3060 Cylinder 1 - Unclassifiable Error In EDC
Injector
3061 Cylinder 1 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
3064 Cylinder 5 - Unclassifiable Error in EDC
Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector
3088 Crankshaft Sensor - No Signal EDC
3089 Crankshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal EDC
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 20

3090 Camshaft Sensor - No Signal EDC
3091 Camshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal EDC
3093 Offset Between Camshaft And EDC
Crankshaft - Outside Boundaries
3095 Operating With Camshaft Sensor EDC
Only - Backup Mode
3102 Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
3104 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Open EDC
3105 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Pressure EDC
Shock Requested
3106 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Did Not EDC
Open After Pressure Shock
3107 Fuel Metering Unit - Short Circuit To EDC
Battery
3108 Fuel Metering Unit - Short Circuit To EDC
Ground
3110 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring - EDC
3111 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring - EDC
3112 Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 - Signal EDC
Above Maximum Range
3113 Main relay 1 (high pressure pump EDC
- power supply to the fuel metering
unit) - short to battery
3114 Main relay 1 (high pressure pump EDC
- power supply to the fuel metering
unit) - short to ground
3118 ECM 12V sensor - supply voltage EDC
high
3119 ECM 12V sensor supply voltage low EDC
3119 ECM 12V sensor supply voltage low EDC
3120 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Plausible EDC
3121 PTO Twist Sensor - Open Circuit EDC
3122 PTO Twist Sensor - Short Circuit To EDC
Ground
3123 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Calibrated EDC
3131 Grid Heater Always Switched On EDC
3137 Metering Unit - Open Load EDC
3138 Metering Unit - Temperature Too High EDC
3141 Fuel Flow Setpoint Too Low EDC
3142 High Pressure Test - Test Active EDC
3145 Terminal 15 - No Signal EDC
3146 Water detected in fuel EDC
3147 Oil Temperature Too High EDC
3148 Coolant Temperature Sensor EDC
Dynamic Test - Failure
3154 Grid Heater Relay - Short Circuit To EDC
Battery
3155 Grid Heater Relay - Short Circuit To EDC
Ground
3156 Grid Heater Relay - No Load EDC
3157 ECM Not Detected On CAN Bus EDC
3158 Engine anti-tamper - security check EDC
failed
3160 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Battery EDC
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 21

3161 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Ground EDC
3162 Fan Actuator - Open Load EDC
3163 Fan Actuator - No Load EDC
3166 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Short EDC
Circuit To Battery
3167 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Short EDC
Circuit To Ground
3168 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Open Load EDC
3169 Fuel Filter Heater Relay - Signal Not EDC
Plausible
3176 Setpoint Of Metering Unit Not EDC
Plausible In Overrun
3177 Engine Overspeed Detected EDC
3179 Time-out Of CAN Message BC2EDC2 EDC
3180 Time-out of CAN Message VM2EDC EDC
3182 Timeout Of CAN Message RxCCVS EDC
3182 Timeout Of CAN Message RxCCVS EDC
3183 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR EDC
(when active)
3184 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR EDC
(when inactive)
3188 Cylinder 1 Warning - Open Load EDC
3192 Cylinder 2 warning - Open Load EDC
3210 Bank 1 - General Short Circuit To EDC
Injector Cable
3211 Bank 1 - Injector cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3213 Bank 1 - Unclassifiable Error EDC
3218 Bank 2 - General Short Circuit On EDC
Injector Cable
3219 Bank 2 - Injector Cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3221 Bank 2 - Unclassifiable Error EDC
3227 Injection Processor Error - Internal EDC
Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage Too Low
3228 Injection Processor Error - EDC
Unlocked/Initialization Error
3229 Injection Processor Error - Injections EDC
Limited By Software
3230 Injection Processor Error - SPI EDC
Communication Failure
3231 Injection Processor Error - Internal EDC
Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage Too Low
3232 Injection Processor Error - EDC
Unlocked/Initialization Failure
3233 Injection Processor Error - Test Mode EDC
3234 Injection Processor Error - SPI EDC
Communication Failure
3238 Engine Controller Internal SPI EDC
Communication Error
3239 Engine Controller EEPROM - Read EDC
Operation Error
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 22

3240 Engine Controller EEPROM - Write EDC
Operation Failure
3241 Engine Controller EEPROM - Default EDC
Value Used
3242 Engine Controller (Locked) Recovery EDC
Occurred
3243 Engine Controller Recovery EDC
(Suppressed) - Recovery Occurred
3244 Engine Controller Recovery (Visible) EDC
- Recovery Occurred
3245 Engine Controller - Watchdog Not EDC
Plausible
3246 Shutoff Paths During Initialization - EDC
Watchdog
3247 Shutoff Paths Failed During EDC
Initialization - Supply Voltage Too
High
3248 Shutoff Paths During Initialization - EDC
Supply Voltage Too Low
3249 TPU Monitoring - Time Deviation EDC
Between TPU And System Not
Plausible
3250 Dataset - Variant Defect EDC
3251 Dataset - Requested Variant Could EDC
Not Be Set
3252 Controller Watchdog - SPI EDC
Comunication Failure
3253 ADC Monitoring - Reference Voltage EDC
Too Low
3254 ADC Monitoring - Reference Voltage EDC
Too High
3255 ADC Monitoring Test Impulse Error EDC
3256 ADC Monitoring Queue Error EDC
3258 High side power - short circuit to EDC
battery
3259 High side power - short circuit to EDC
ground
3261 Low side power - short circuit to EDC
battery or excess temperature
3262 Low side power - short circuit to EDC
ground
3265 Overrun Monitoring EDC
3266 Redundant Engine Speed in Overrun EDC
Monitoring
3267 Main relay 3 - short circuit to battery EDC
3268 Main relay 3 - short circuit to ground EDC
3278 Engine Controller Supply Voltage Too EDC
High
3279 Engine Controller Internal Supply EDC
Voltage Too Low
3280 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - High EDC
3281 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - Low EDC
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 23

3301 Rail Pressure Negative Deviation Too EDC
High On Minimum Metering
3305 Rail Pressure Below Minimum Limit EDC
In Controller Mode
3309 Rail Pressure Above Maximum Limit EDC
In Controlled Mode
3313 Rail Pressure Drop Rate Too High EDC
3316 Minimum Number Of Injections Not EDC
Reached - Stop Engine
3319 DM1DCU SPN2 message - error in EDC
DCU active
DCU active
DCU active
DCU active
3334 Timeout Of CAN Message TCS1-PE EDC
Torque - When Active
3335 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-PE EDC
Torque - When Inactive
3338 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-VE EDC
Speed - When Inactive
Speed - When Active
Speed - When Active
3354 Engine Brake Exhaust Valve - Short EDC
Circuit To Ground
3355 Engine Brake Exhaust Valve - Short EDC
Circuit To Battery
3358 CAN transmit timeout EDC
3367 Coolant Temperature Test Failure EDC
3368 Torque Limitation Due To OBD EDC
Performance Limiter By Legislation
3369 Torque Reduction Due To Smoke EDC
Reduction
3370 Torque Limitation Due To Engine EDC
Protection (Against Excessive
Torque, Engine Overspeed And
Overheat)
3371 Torque Limitation Due To Fuel EDC
Quantity Limitation Because Of
Injector System Errors
3375 Constant Engine RPM Increase / EDC
Decrease Switch - Open Circuit
3377 Constant Engine RPM Switch EDC
Detected But Option Is Not Enabled
3413 Overheat Protection Activates Torque EDC
Limitation
3512 DCU state monitoring - DCU not EDC
ready in time
3513 SCR Catalyst not present - relation of EDC
temperature behavior between both
catalyst temperatures not plausible
3517 Ambient air temperature sensor EDC
failure (of humidity sensor) - signal
too high
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 24

3518 Ambient air temperature sensor EDC
failure (of humidity sensor) - signal
too low
3521 NOx estimation failure - estimated EDC
NOx signal not reliable
3528 NOx sensor plausibility failure - signal EDC
not plausible
3529 NOx sensor failure - open load EDC
3530 NOx sensor failure - short circuit EDC
3532 NOx sensor failure - sensor not ready EDC
in time
3533 CAN message timeout NOx (from EDC
NOx sensor) - CAN timeout
3533 CAN message timeout NOx (from EDC
NOx sensor) - CAN timeout
3541 CAN message timeout SCR1 (from EDC
DCU) - CAN timeout
3545 SCR dosing valve overheat protection EDC
- torque limitation level 2 for SCR
protection active
3546 SCR dosing valve overheat protection EDC
- torque limitation level 1 for SCR
protection active
3549 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure - EDC
signal ratio above limit
3550 Humidity sensor signal ratio failure - EDC
signal ratio below limit
3555 CAN message timeout SCR2 (from EDC
DCU) - CAN timeout
3557 Humidity sensor possibly saturated EDC
with water droplets - signal ratio
above limit
3558 Humidity sensor possibly saturated EDC
with water droplets - signal ratio
below limit
3561 NOx value not plausible (after EDC
treatment plausibility)
3565 Urea quality and urea warning level 1 EDC
3569 Urea quality and urea warning level 2 EDC
DCU active
3581 Performance limitation active due to EDC
either stage
3585 Engine shut off urea level (after idling EDC
phase)
3586 Plausibility check of catalyst system EDC
- temperature after catalyst not
plausible
- temperature before catalyst not
plausible
- ambient temperature of humidity
sensor or both catalyst temperatures
not plausible
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 25

- temperature deviation between up
and downstream catalyst temperature
too high during operation
3591 SCR catalyst thermal aging limit EDC
exceeded - P0422 main catalyst
efficiency below threshhold
3593 Poor reagent quality EDC
3594 Torque limitation due to SCR EDC
3599 Error path of oxidation catalyst not EDC
present - P0421 warm up catalyst
efficiency below threshold
3602 Defect ratio between threshold limits EDC
- P0425 catalyst temperature sensor
circuit
3605 Temperature of outer control loop - EDC
temperature deviation above limit
3606 Temperature of outer control loop - EDC
temperature deviation below limit
3611 Catalyst efficiency lower than first EDC
NOx prediction threshold level
3612 Catalyst efficiency lower than second EDC
NOx prediction threshold level
3616 Torque Limitation Due To Turbo EDC
Charger Protection
3617 Urea Quality and Urea Warning Level EDC
9
3618 Emergency start time expired and EDC
shutdown initiated
3618 Emergency start time expired and EDC
shutdown initiated
7
3620 Urea Quality and Warning Level 8 EDC
5
3623 Lambda Signal of Nox Sensor EDC
Deviation (Nox Sensor Removal is
Detected)
3999 Unknown ECM SPN Error Code EDC
2026 Engine Speed Too High TCU
2036 Dump Solenoid Open Circuit TCU
10001 Upper Lockout Solenoid Error UCM
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 26
Index
FAULT CODES - DTC

Electrical systems - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
55.DTC / 27
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
90
Contents
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - 90
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.150
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
Engine hood and panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.100

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
90
Cab - 150
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 1
Contents
Cab - 150
TECHNICAL DATA
Cab
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Cab
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Cab roof
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 2
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Cab
Cab - Torque
TRACTORS WITH CAB SUSPENSION
BVE0202A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 3
TRACTORS WITH STANDARD CAB
BVE0203A 2
Cab - Special tools

previous No.
380001157 Cab lifting bracket -
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 4
Cab - Torque
TRACTORS WITH CAB SUSPENSION
BVE0202A 1
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 5
TRACTORS WITH STANDARD CAB
BVE0203A 2
Cab - Special tools

previous No.
380001157 Cab lifting bracket -
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 6
Cab - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect (55.302) .
Prior operation:
Discharge the air conditioning, for further information refer to Air conditioning - Discharging (50.200).
Prior operation:
Drain the cooling system, for further information refer to Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (10.400).
Prior operation:
Remove the exhaust muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) muffler and cat-
alyst - Remove (10.500).
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
Vehicles with Standard or Supersteer Axles

front support. These prevent articulation of the axle.
BAIL07APH285AVA 1
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 7
Vehicles with Suspended Front Axle

2. Release the pressure from the front suspension
valve.
NOTE: When the axle is fully lowered, tighten the screw.
BAIL12APH180AAB 2

axle stands under the rear axle.
BAIL11CCM039AVA 3
4. WARNING
Crushing hazard!
serious injury.
W0149A
Remove the rear wheels.
SS12B071 4
5. Disconnect the cab electrical connectors.
BAIL12APH142AVA 5
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 8
6. Detach the trailer electrical socket.
BAIL12APH094AVA 6
7. Disconnect the PTO selector cable.
BAIL12APH095AVB 7
8. Detach the cab to chassis earth strap.
BAIL12APH096AVA 8
Vehicles with Mechanical Rear Remotes

9. Remove the mechanical remote valve cable clamps.
NOTE: Ensure the remote control valve lever in the cab is
in the neutral position to aid removal.
BAIL07APH215AVA 9
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 9
10. Remove the mechanical remote valve cable lock

nuts (1) and detach the mechanical remote valve
cables from the remote valves (2).
BAIL07APH216AVA 10
Vehicles with 16x16 Transmission

11. Disconnect the range selector cable (1). Remove the
selector cable retaining bracket (2).
BAIL12APH097AVA 11
All Vehicles
12. Remove the retaining clip and detach the parking
brake cable.
BAIL12APH100AVB 12
13. Detach the rear axle breather pipe.
BAIL12APH099AVA 13
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 10
14. Detach the parking brake cable guide bracket.
BAIL12APH101AVA 14
15. Disconnect the air conditioning pipes (1).

Disconnect the cab heater hoses (2).
BAIL12APH102AVA 15
16. Detach the air conditioning and heater hose brack-

ets.
BAIL12APH103AVB 16

BAIL12APH105AVA 17
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 11
18. Disconnect the steering motor electrical connector.
BAIL12APH106AVA 18
19. Disconnect the steering motor electrical connector.
BAIL12APH107AVA 19
20. Disconnect the steering motor pipes and hoses.
BAIL12APH108AVA 20
21. Detach the brake reservoir and reposition to one

side.
BAIL12APH109AVA 21
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 12
22. Disconnect the brake pipes.
BAIL12APH110AVA 22
Vehicles with Mechanical Mid-Mount Remotes

23. Disconnect the mid-mount cables (1) and detach
from the retaining brackets (2).
BAIL12APH271AVA 23
Vehicles with 24 x 24 Transmission

24. Remove the cable retaining bolts (1), retaining
bracket (2) and detach the gear selector cables.
NOTE: Mark the position of the adjuster nuts.
BAIL12APH269AVA 24
25. Remove the cable retaining bolts (1), retaining

bracket (2) and detach the range selector cables.
NOTE: Mark the position of the adjuster nuts.
BAIL12APH270AVA 25
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 13
All Vehicles
26. Support the cab with lifting frame 380040244.
BAIL12APH177AVC 26
Vehicles with Cab Suspension

27. Remove the circlip (1), cab strap retaining pin (3).
Remove the right-hand damper/spring assembly up-
per retaining nut (2).
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the damper/spring
assembly upper bolt until the cab is being raised.
BVE0229A 27
28. Remove the left-hand damper/spring assembly up-

per retaining bolt (1).
Disconnect the panhard rod (2).
BAIL12APH111AVA 28
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 14
All Vehicles
29. Raise the cab floor mat on both sides.
BAIL07APH389AVA 29
30. Remove the front left-hand cab mounting bolts.
BAIL07APH221AVA 30
31. Remove the front right-hand cab mounting bolts.
BAIL07APH222AVA 31
Vehicles with Standard Cab

32. Remove the left-hand cab rear mounting nut (1) while
holding the bolt in the cab frame. Repeat this step for
the right-hand side of the cab.
BVE0232A 32
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 15
33. Loosen the cab front mounting bolt while holding the
nut (1) under the cab floor. Remove the bolt and
washers. Repeat this step for the left hand side of
the cab.
BVE0233A_59 33
All Vehicles
34. Raise the cab slowly.
Remove the cab and place on a secure stand.
ATTENTION: While raising the cab, make sure all cables
and hoses are free from obstruction.
BAIL12APH177AVC 34
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 16
Cab - Install
Prior operation:
Cab - Remove (90.150)
WARNING
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
ous injury.
W0208A
1. Using cab lifting frame 380040244 position the cab

to the tractor and lower slowly.
ATTENTION: Make sure that all cables and hoses are free
from obstruction and correctly located.
BAIL12APH177AVC 1
Vehicles with Standard Cab

2. Install the cab front mounting bolt, washers and nut.
Tighten to the specified torque value. Repeat this
step for the left-hand side of the cab.
BVE0233B_60 2
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 17
3. Install the left-hand side cab rear mounting nut while

holding the bolt in the cab frame. Tighten to the spec-
ified torque value. Repeat this step for the right hand
side of the cab.
BVE0232B 3
Vehicles with Cab Suspension

4. Raise the cab floor mat on both sides.
BAIL07APH389AVA 4
5. Install the front left-hand cab mounting bolts.

Tighten to 390 - 430 N·m.
BAIL07APH221AVA 5
6. Install the front right-hand cab mounting bolts.

Tighten to 390 - 430 N·m.
BAIL07APH222AVA 6
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 18
7. Install the damper/spring assembly upper retaining

nut (1).
Attach the panhard rod (2).
Tighten to 294 N·m
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the damper as-
sembly upper bolt until the cab is being raised.
BAIL12APH111AVA 7
8. Install the right-hand damper/spring assembly upper

retaining bolt and nut. Tighten to the specified torque
value.
Install the cab strap, cab strap retaining pin (1) and
circlip (2).
BVE0229B 8
9. Remove the cab lifting frame.
BAIL12APH177AVC 9
Vehicles with 24 x 24 Transmission

10. Attach the range selector cables (1) and install the
cable retaining bolts (2).
NOTE: Make sure the adjuster nuts are in the position
marked on removal.
BAIL12APH270AVB 10
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 19
11. Attach the gear selector cables (1) and install the
cable retaining bolts (2).
NOTE: Make sure the adjuster nuts are in the position
marked on removal.
BAIL12APH269AVB 11
Vehicles with Mechanical Mid-Mount Remotes

12. Attach the retaining brackets (1) and connect the
mid-mount cables (2).
BAIL12APH271AVB 12
All Vehicles
13. Connect the brake pipes.
BAIL12APH110AVA 13
14. Attach the brake reservoir.
BAIL12APH109AVA 14
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 20
15. Connect the steering motor pipes and hoses.
BAIL12APH108AVA 15
16. Connect the steering motor electrical connector.
BAIL12APH107AVA 16
17. Connect the steering motor electrical connector.
BAIL12APH106AVA 17

NOTE: Use marks on hoses to aid installation.
BAIL12APH105AVA 18
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 21
19. Attach the air conditioning and heater hose brackets.
BAIL12APH103AVB 19
20. Connect the air conditioning pipes (1).

Connect the cab heater hoses (2).
BAIL12APH102AVA 20
21. Attach the parking brake cable guide bracket.
BAIL12APH101AVA 21
22. Attach the rear axle breather pipe.
BAIL12APH099AVA 22
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 22
23. Install the retaining clip and attach the parking brake
cable.
BAIL12APH100AVB 23
Vehicles with 16x16 Transmission

24. Connect the range selector cable (1). Install the se-
lector cable retaining bracket (2).
BAIL12APH097AVA 24
Vehicles with Mechanical Rear Remotes

25. Install the mechanical remote valve cable clamps.
BAIL07APH215AVA 25
26. Attach the mechanical remote valve cables to the

remote valves (1) and install the mechanical remote
valve cable lock nuts (2).
BAIL07APH216AVB 26
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 23
All Vehicles
27. Attach the cab to chassis earth strap.
BAIL12APH096AVA 27
28. Connect the PTO selector cable.
BAIL12APH095AVB 28
29. Attach the trailer electrical socket.
BAIL12APH094AVA 29
30. Connect the cab electrical connectors.
BAIL12APH142AVA 30
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 24
31. WARNING
Crushing hazard!
serious injury.
W0149A
Install the rear wheels.

For the tighten torque - see Rear wheel - Torque
(44.520)
SS12B071 31
32. Remove the axle stands from under the final drive
cases and lower the rear of the tractor.
NOTE: Attach the lift rods from the lower links if previously
detached during cab removal.
BAIL11CCM039AVA 32
Vehicles with Standard or Supersteer Axles

33. Remove the wooden wedges between the front axle
and front support.
BAIL07APH285AVA 33
34. Remove the chocks from the front wheels.
Next operation:
Next operation:
Install the exhaust muffler, for further information refer to Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) muffler and catalyst
- Install (10.500).
Next operation:
Refill the cooling system, for further information refer to Engine cooling system - Filling (10.400).
Next operation:
Bleed the brake system, for further information refer to Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed (33.202).
Next operation:
For vehicles with suspended front axle, calibrate the front suspension. For further information refer to Electronic
module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration procedures (55.640).
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 25
Cab roof - Remove

Prior operation:
Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver - Remove (55.911) (Where fitted).
1. Remove roof aerial.

2. Remove the two retaining screws from either side of
the roof lights
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides front and rear.
BAIL07APH016AVA 1
3. Detach the license plate lamps.
BAIL07APH224AVA 2
4. Disconnect the license plate lamp electrical connec-

tors and remove the licence plate lamps
BAIL07APH225AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 26
5. Remove the license plate and retaining screws.
BAIL07APH226AVA 4
6. Remove and retain the eight securing screws and

washers (1) on the top and also the self tapping
screws around the roof perimeter.
BAIL12CCM241AAB 5
7. Lift off the outer roof skin from tractor.
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 27
Cab roof - Install

1. Fit the roof skin onto the roof assembly. Retain to the
roof with the eight securing screws (1)
BAIL12CCM241AAB 1
2. Fit the license plate .
BAIL07APH226AVA 2
3. Reconnect the license plate lamp connectors.
BAIL07APH225AVA 3
4. Attach the license plate lamps.
BAIL07APH224AVA 4
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 28
5. Fit the retaining screws to either side of the roof

lights.
BAIL07APH016AVA 5
Next operation:
Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver - Install (55.911) (Where fitted).
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 29
Index
Cab - 150
Cab - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Cab - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cab - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cab - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Cab - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cab - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Cab roof - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Cab roof - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
47461574 08/11/2012
90.150 / 30
Engine hood and panels - 100
T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175
47461574 08/11/2012
90.100 / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Hood
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47461574 08/11/2012
90.100 / 2
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Engine hood and panels
Hood - Remove
DANGER
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious
injury.
D0076A
1. Open the hood.

2. Feed suitable straps around the hood latch and sup-
port the front of the hood on a suitable hoist.
BAIL12APH136AVA 1
3. Release the hood check strap from the retaining

bracket and fully open the hood.
BAIL07APH404AVA 2
4. Disconnect the hood wiring harness electrical con-

nector.
BAIL12APH137AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
90.100 / 3
5. Feed suitable straps through the rear of the hood and

support the hood on a suitable hoist.
BAIL07APH210AVA 4
6. Raise the hood and disconnect the upper ends of the

hood support struts.
BAIL12APH138AVA 5
7. Remove the two hood retaining clips and bolts.
BAIL12APH139AVA 6
8. Using a suitable hoist, remove the hood.
BAIL07APH212AVA 7
47461574 08/11/2012
90.100 / 4
Hood - Install
DANGER
Heavy objects!
bystanders.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious
injury.
D0076A
1. Using a suitable hoist, lower the hood onto the vehi-

cle.
BAIL07APH212AVA 1
2. Install the two hood retaining pins and bolts.
BAIL12APH139AVA 2
3. Raise the hood and connect the upper ends of the

hood support struts.
BAIL12APH138AVA 3
47461574 08/11/2012
90.100 / 5
4. Connect the hood wiring harness electrical connec-

tor.
BAIL12APH137AVA 4
5. Partially lower the hood and secure the hood check

strap to the retaining bracket.
BAIL07APH404AVA 5
6. Remove the straps from the hood latch.
BAIL12APH136AVA 6
7. Close the hood.
47461574 08/11/2012
90.100 / 6
Index

Hood - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hood - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47461574 08/11/2012
90.100 / 7
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN
SPECIAL TOOL INDEX
Genuine Reference PAGE

380040228 [Large Frame Engine - Disconnect 10.001 / 23
Tractor Splitting Stand]
380040228 [Large Frame Engine - Connect 10.001 / 26
380040228 [Large Frame Engine - Remove 10.001 / 50
380000988 [Starter opening Injection pump - Remove Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump 10.218 / 11
plate and Flywheel Rotation
Blocker]
380000988 [Starter opening Injection pump - Remove Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump 10.218 / 13
Blocker]
380000979 [Puller For Gear Injection pump - Remove Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump 10.218 / 13
Connecting Injection Pump To
Engine]
380000988 [Starter opening Injection pump - Install Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump 10.218 / 16
Blocker]
380000988 [Starter opening Injection pump - Install 10.218 / 22
Blocker]
380000988 [Starter opening Injection pump - Timing adjust Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump 10.218 / 23
Blocker]
380002734 [Static Timing Injection pump - Timing adjust Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump 10.218 / 24
Gauge Pin Set]
380000988 [Starter opening Injection pump - Timing adjust Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump 10.218 / 26
Blocker]
380000979 [Puller For Gear Injection pump - Timing adjust Delphi Rotary Fuel Pump 10.218 / 26
Connecting Injection Pump To
Engine]
380001601 [Dial Indicator Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust 10.218 / 28
Extension Pin and Adapter]
380000228 [Dial Gauge (0 - 5 Rotary injection pump - Timing adjust 10.218 / 28
mm)]
380040228 [Large Frame Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools 21.112 / 4
380001116 [Transmission Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools 21.112 / 4
Lifting Eyebolts]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools 21.112 / 4
Clutch Piston Return Spring
Compressor]
380001147 [Bypass Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools 21.112 / 5
Connector]
380000999 [Driver Handle For Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools 21.112 / 5
Interchangeable installers]
380000552 [Pressure Gauge Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools 21.112 / 5
0 - 40 Bar]
380000579 [Adapter M14 Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools 21.112 / 5
Banjo x M14 x 1.5p (Female)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools 21.112 / 6
Quick Release Adapter]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Power Shuttle transmission - Special tools 21.112 / 6
Quick Release Coupler
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380001116 [Transmission Power Shuttle transmission - Remove 21.112 / 39
Lifting Eyebolts]
08/11/2012
9
380001116 [Transmission Power Shuttle transmission - Install 21.112 / 40
Lifting Eyebolts]
380001147 [Bypass Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure test 21.112 / 42
Connector]
380000999 [Driver Handle For Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure test 21.112 / 43
380000552 [Pressure Gauge Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure test 21.112 / 43
0 - 40 Bar]
Hose]
380000579 [Adapter M14 Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure test 21.112 / 46
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure test 21.112 / 46
0 - 40 Bar]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Power Shuttle transmission - Pressure test 21.112 / 46
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Clutch Range clutch - Disassemble 21.154 / 39
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Clutch Range clutch - Assemble 21.154 / 44
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Clutch Range clutch - Assemble 21.154 / 45
Compressor]
380040228 [Large Frame Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 7
380001116 [Transmission Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 7
Lifting Eyebolts]
380001160 [Hydraulic Piping Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
Rolling Tool]
380002598 [Transmission Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
Synchroniser Adjuster]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
Switch]
380001148 [Handle] Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
380001149 [PShift C3/C4 Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
Clutch Drum Seal Guide]
380001151 [PShift Clutch Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
Pistons Installer]
380001152 [DCommand Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
C3/C4 Clutch Piston Installer]
Clutch Piston Installer]
380200316 [Pshift Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
C1/C2/C3/C4 sizing guide]
380001155 [DCommand Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
C1/C2/C3/C4 Clutch Piston
Spring Compressor]
380001156 [Hydraulic Piping Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
Rolling Control Gauge]
380001147 [Bypass Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 10
Connector]
380000552 [Pressure Gauge Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 10
0 - 40 Bar]
08/11/2012
10
380000579 [Adapter M14 Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 10
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 10
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 10
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000545 [Pressure Gauge Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 10
Hose]
380001116 [Transmission Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove 21.111 / 48
Lifting Eyebolts]
380000569 [Tractor Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove 21.111 / 48
Separation Trolley]
380001116 [Transmission Semi-Powershift transmission - Install 21.111 / 49
Lifting Eyebolts]
380001147 [Bypass Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.111 / 51
Connector]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.111 / 51
380001146 [90° Quick Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.111 / 51
Release Fitting Adapter (M8 x
1mm Male)]
380000552 [Pressure Gauge Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.111 / 52
0 - 40 Bar]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.111 / 52
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380001146 [90° Quick Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.111 / 52
1mm Male)]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
0 - 40 Bar]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380001160 [Hydraulic Piping Semi-Powershift transmission lubrication system - Replace 21.103 / 3
Rolling Tool]
380000580 [Tee Adapter 7/16 Transmission lubrication valve - Pressure test 21.103 / 4
UNF Female X 1/4 BSP Hose
Tail X 1 / 2 Hose]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Transmission lubrication valve - Pressure test 21.103 / 4
380001145 [Pressure Gauge Transmission lubrication valve - Pressure test 21.103 / 4
0 - 27 Bar]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Transmission lubrication valve - Pressure test 21.103 / 4
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
08/11/2012
11
380000545 [Pressure Gauge Transmission lubrication valve - Pressure test 21.103 / 4
Hose]
380001155 [DCommand Clutch - Disassemble 21.152 / 23
Spring Compressor]
380001150 [PShift C1/C2 Clutch - Assemble 21.152 / 27
380001148 [Handle] Clutch - Assemble 21.152 / 27
380200316 [Pshift Clutch - Assemble 21.152 / 27
380200315 [Clutch Piston Clutch - Assemble 21.152 / 28
Seal Installer ]
380001151 [PShift Clutch Clutch - Assemble 21.152 / 28
Pistons Installer]
Seal Installer ]
Pistons Installer]
Pistons Installer]
Seal Installer ]
380001155 [DCommand Clutch - Assemble 21.152 / 29
Spring Compressor]
380001155 [DCommand Clutch - Disassemble 21.152 / 42
Spring Compressor]
Pistons Installer]
Pistons Installer]
Spring Compressor]
380002598 [Transmission Transmission internal components - Travel adjust 21.152 / 56
Synchroniser Adjuster]
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Creeper - Remove 21.160 / 15
380040228 [Large Frame Overdrive - Special tools 21.166 / 5
380000403 [Lifting Brackets Overdrive - Special tools 21.166 / 5
(Set of Two)]
08/11/2012
12
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Overdrive - Special tools 21.166 / 5
Compressor]
380000569 [Tractor Overdrive clutch - Remove 21.166 / 17
Separation Trolley]
380000403 [Lifting Brackets Overdrive clutch - Remove 21.166 / 17
(Set of Two)]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Overdrive clutch - Disassemble 21.166 / 24
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Overdrive clutch - Assemble 21.166 / 26
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Overdrive clutch - Assemble 21.166 / 27
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Electrohydraulic control - Special tools 23.202 / 3
Compressor]
295021 [PShift & PShuttle Electrohydraulic control - Special tools 23.202 / 3
Compressor]
380000984 [Clutch Spring Electrohydraulic control - Special tools 23.202 / 3
Compressor And Pin Spanner]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Front-Wheel Drive 23.202 / 18
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Front-Wheel Drive 23.202 / 19
Compressor]
380000984 [Clutch Spring Front-Wheel Drive 23.202 / 20
380200107 [FWD shaft nut Drive shaft - Remove 23.314 / 11
wrench]
380200107 [FWD shaft nut Drive shaft - Install 23.314 / 14
wrench]
380000251 [Front Axle Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Overhaul Stand]
293460 [Front Axle Overhaul Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Stand]
380000227 [Axle Housing And Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Differential Unit Lifting Hook]
291517 [Axle Housing And Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Differential Unit Lifting Hook]
380000255 [Differential Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Overhaul Support]
293743 [Front Axle Differential Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Overhaul Support Stand]
08/11/2012
13
380000268 [Bevel Pinion Ring Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Nut Wrench]
293878 [Front Axle Drive Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Pinion Nut Wrench]
380000257 [Bevel Gear Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Pinion Splined Retainer Deep
Socket]
380000248 [Bevel Pinion Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Bearings Adjusting Guage]
293391 [Pinion Bearing Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Preload Adjusting Tool]
380000463 [Adjuster For Axle Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Bevel Pinion Bearings]
293438 [Adjuster For Axle Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
380001000 [Front Axle Drive Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Pinion Retainer]
293876 [Bevel Pinion Slotted Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Retainer (Class 3 Axles)]
380000249 [Universal Pinion Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Installation Tool Kit]
293400 [Universal Pinion Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
380000270 [Wheel Hub Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Bearing Pull Grips - Set Of
Two]
293882 [Wheel Hub Inner Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 8
Race Bearing Pull Grip]
Planetary Reduction Hub
Alignment Pins (M12 x 1.25)]
292888 [Alignment Pins - M12 Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
x 1.25]
380000265 [Swivel Housing Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Pin Pivot Puller]
293857 [Front Axle Bearing Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Remover]
380000234 [Swivel Pin Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Bearing Outer Race Puller]
292161 [Front Axle Swivel Pin Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Bearing Outer Race Puller]
Torque Check Adapter]
Bearing Torque Check
Adapter]
380001143 [Front Axle Shaft Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
to Swivel Housing Mounting
Guide (Class 3)]
293889 [Front Axle Shaft to Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Swivel Housing Mounting
Guide (Class 3)]
380000240 [Hydraulic Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Pressure Test Kit]
Shimming Adjusting Gauge]
Drive Pinion Shimming
Measurement Tool]
380000269 [Wheel Hub Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Bearing Ring Socket]
08/11/2012
14
293880 [Wheel Hub Bearing Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Ring Nut Spanner And Socket
(Class 3 Axles)]
380000253 [Differential Ring Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Nut Wrench]
293665 [Front Axle Differntial Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Carrier Slotted Bearing Nut
Wrench]
380001115 [SuperSteer™ / Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Suspended Axle Differential
Pinion Bearing Spacer]
380200041 [Differential Pinion Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Shaft Oil Seal Protection
Shield Installer]
380200042 [Differential Pinion Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Shaft Oil Seal Installer]
380200094 [Standard Axle Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Pinion Shaft Seal Installer (85
x 37 x 15)]
380200095 [Standard Axle Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Pinion Seal Protector Installer
(85 x 37)]
380001115 [SuperSteer™ / Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 10
380040228 [Large Frame Axle support - Special tools 25.100 / 12
380040228 [Large Frame Axle support - Special tools 25.100 / 12
297471 [Tractor Separation Powered front axle - Remove Supersteer™ axle 25.100 / 34
Stand]
297471 [Tractor Separation Powered front axle - Install 25.100 / 38
Stand]
380000569 [Tractor Axle support - Remove 25.100 / 61
Separation Trolley]
380000253 [Differential Ring Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash 25.102 / 13
Nut Wrench]
380000503 [Bevel Pinion Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash 25.102 / 20
Slotted Retainer (Class 3
Axles)]
380000253 [Differential Ring Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Backlash 25.102 / 20
Nut Wrench]
380200095 [Standard Axle Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload 25.102 / 24
(85 x 37)]
x 37 x 15)]
(85 x 37)]
x 37 x 15)]
(85 x 37)]
08/11/2012
15
x 37 x 15)]
380000268 [Bevel Pinion Ring Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload 25.102 / 36
Nut Wrench]
380000257 [Bevel Gear Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload 25.102 / 36
Socket]
380200042 [Differential Pinion Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload 25.102 / 36
Shield Installer]
380000268 [Bevel Pinion Ring Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload 25.102 / 44
Nut Wrench]
380000257 [Bevel Gear Bevel gear set and differential carrier - Preload 25.102 / 44
Socket]
Shield Installer]
380000253 [Differential Ring Differential - Disassemble 25.102 / 45
Nut Wrench]
380000253 [Differential Ring Differential - Assemble 25.102 / 55
Nut Wrench]
380000248 [Bevel Pinion Differential - Overhaul 25.102 / 65
380000463 [Adjuster For Axle Differential - Overhaul 25.102 / 65
380000249 [Universal Pinion Differential - Overhaul 25.102 / 66
08/11/2012
16
380000248 [Bevel Pinion Differential Input shaft assembly - Install 25.102 / 73
380000463 [Adjuster For Axle Differential Input shaft assembly - Install 25.102 / 73
380001115 [SuperSteer™ / Differential Input shaft assembly - Install 25.102 / 73
380000249 [Universal Pinion Differential Input shaft assembly - Install 25.102 / 74
380000253 [Differential Ring Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Assemble 25.102 / 82
Nut Wrench]
380000253 [Differential Ring Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Disassemble 25.102 / 85
Nut Wrench]
380002719 [MFD Hub Seal Wheel hub - Assemble 25.108 / 32
Installer (Class IV) Standard
Axle With Brakes]
380000482 [Wheel Hub Seal Wheel hub - Assemble 25.108 / 32
Installer]
380200020 [Adapter Sleeve] Wheel hub - Assemble 25.108 / 32
380002719 [MFD Hub Seal Wheel hub - Assemble 25.108 / 32
Installer (Class IV) Standard
Axle With Brakes]
380000482 [Wheel Hub Seal Wheel hub - Assemble 25.108 / 32
Installer]
380200020 [Adapter Sleeve] Wheel hub - Assemble 25.108 / 32
380200135 [Front Axle Hub Wheel hub - Assemble 25.108 / 34
Seal Installer]
08/11/2012
17
380000269 [Wheel Hub Wheel hub - Assemble 25.108 / 34
Bearing Ring Socket]
380000265 [Swivel Housing Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.108 / 39
Pin Pivot Puller] Four Wheel Drive Axle
380000234 [Swivel Pin Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.108 / 39
Bearing Outer Race Puller] Four Wheel Drive Axle
380000234 [Swivel Pin Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.108 / 40
Bearing Outer Race Puller] Four Wheel Drive Axle
380002489 [Bearing Extractor] Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.108 / 40
Four Wheel Drive Axle
380000265 [Swivel Housing Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.108 / 40
Pin Pivot Puller] Four Wheel Drive Axle
380000235 [Swivel Housing Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Preload 25.108 / 41
380001143 [Front Axle Shaft Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Preload 25.108 / 41
to Swivel Housing Mounting
Guide (Class 3)]
380040228 [Large Frame Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 5
380001116 [Transmission Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 5
Lifting Eyebolts]
380000301 [Rotating Engine Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 5
Stand]
380000249 [Universal Pinion Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 5
380001144 [Bevel Gear & Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 5
Crownwheel Differential Lifting
Hook]
380000237 [Rear Wheel Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 5
Lifting Hook]
380000462 [Differential Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 6
Overhaul Stand]
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 6
380000403 [Lifting Brackets Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 6
(Set of Two)]
380001113 [Final Drive Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 6
Housing Lifting Bracket]
380001114 [Crown Wheel Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.100 / 6
Backlash and Differential
Support Bearing Adjustment
Tool]
380000569 [Tractor Powered rear axle - Remove 27.100 / 16
Separation Trolley]
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Powered rear axle - Disassemble 27.100 / 19
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Powered rear axle - Disassemble 27.100 / 21
380000249 [Universal Pinion Bevel gear - Adjust 27.106 / 6
380000249 [Universal Pinion Bevel gear - Adjust 27.106 / 7
380001114 [Crown Wheel Bevel gear - Adjust 27.106 / 11
Tool]
Tool]
08/11/2012
18
Tool]
380001113 [Final Drive Final drive housing - Remove 27.120 / 11
380001113 [Final Drive Final drive housing - Install 27.120 / 13
293997 [PTO Clutch Drive Three-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.116 / 4
Shaft Roller Bearing Installer]
293800 [Handgrip Attachment Three-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.116 / 4
For Tools 293993 And 293997]
293993 [PTO Clutch drive Three-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.116 / 4
shaft seal installer]
For Tools 293993 And 293997]
290785 [PTO Clutch Drum Three-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.116 / 4
Seal Mounting Protector]
For Tools 293993 And 293997]
293993 [PTO Clutch drive Three-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.116 / 4
shaft seal installer]
293997 [PTO Clutch Drive Three-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.116 / 4
Shaft Roller Bearing Installer]
293998 [Clutch shaft cup Three-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.116 / 4
installer]
292927 [Slide Hammer] Three-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.116 / 4
380001158 [Control Piston Front Power Take-Off 31.142 / 6
Spanner (50 mm)]
Spanner (50 mm)]
Spanner (50 mm)]
Spanner (50 mm)]
380000982 [Parking Brake Parking brake / Parking lock - Special tools 33.110 / 3
Disc Alignment Tool]
380000982 [Parking Brake Parking brake housing - Install 33.110 / 11
292888 [Alignment Pins - M12 Front axle brake - Disassemble 33.204 / 4
x 1.25]
292888 [Alignment Pins - M12 Front axle brake - Assemble 33.204 / 12
x 1.25]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Trailer brake hydraulic control - Special tools 33.220 / 3
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
291924 [Hydraulic Test Quick Trailer brake hydraulic control - Special tools 33.220 / 3
Release Coupler]
380000545 [Pressure Gauge Trailer brake hydraulic control - Special tools 33.220 / 3
Hose]
Hose]
380000550 [Trailer Brake Trailer brake hydraulic control - Special tools 33.220 / 3
Fitting]
0 - 40 Bar]
08/11/2012
19
293242 [Pressure Gauge 0-40 Trailer brake hydraulic control - Special tools 33.220 / 3
Bar]
0-250 Bar]
0-250 Bar]
380000550 [Trailer Brake Trailer brake valve - Pressure test 33.220 / 27
Fitting]
380000553 [Pressure Gauge Trailer brake valve - Pressure test 33.220 / 27
0-250 Bar]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Trailer brake valve - Pressure test 33.220 / 27
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
Fitting]
Fitting]
0-250 Bar]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
Fitting]
Fitting]
0 - 40 Bar]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
Fitting]
Fitting]
0 - 40 Bar]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
Fitting]
Fitting]
0 - 40 Bar]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
Fitting]
08/11/2012
20
380000570 [Tee Adapter, 1/4 Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
ORFS (Female) x 1/4 ORFS
(Male) x 7/16 UNF (Female)]
380000572 [Adapter, M10 Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Banjo x 7/16 UNF (Female)]
380000577 [Adapter 7/16 Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
UNF (Internal) x M12 x 1.5p
(External)]
380000999 [Driver Handle For Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
380000579 [Adapter M14 Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
380000580 [Tee Adapter 7/16 Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
UNF Female X 1/4 BSP Hose
Tail X 1 / 2 Hose]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
380000493 [Adapter M10 Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
x 1 (External) x 7/16 UNF
(Internal)]
380000217 [Lift Relief Valve Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Adapter ]
380001146 [90° Quick Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
1mm Male)]
380000599 [Blanking Cap, Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
11/16 ORFS]
380000551 [Pressure Gauge Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
(0 - 10 Bar)]
0 - 40 Bar]
0-250 Bar]
380000554 [Remote Valve Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Coupling]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
380000544 [Adaptor 1/8 Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
NPT Fitting to Attach Hose
380000545 to Gauge]
380000842 [Tee Adapter, Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
13/16 ORFS Female 13/16
ORFS Male x 7/16 UNF
Female]
380000494 [Adaptor M10 x Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
1.0p (External) x 7/16 JIC
(Internal)]
380000488 [Diagnostic Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Simulator And HH Menu
Access]
380001147 [Bypass Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Connector]
380000561 [DCommand Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Pressure Test Bypass
Connector]
380000550 [Trailer Brake Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Fitting]
08/11/2012
21
380000231 [Wrench for Lift Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Pressure Relief Setting Ring
Nut]
380000240 [Hydraulic Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Pressure Test Kit]
380002720 [Load Check Valve Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Remover and Installer]
380200015 [Charge Pump Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Pressure Test Adapter ]
380200012 [Lift Ram Pressure Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Test Tee Piece 13/16 ORFS]
380200006 [Oil Cooler Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Pressure Test Adaptor]
380200090 [Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Pressure Test Adapter]
380200091 [Lubrication Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Pressure Test Adapter]
380001146 [90° Quick Pump - Pressure test 35.106 / 11
1mm Male)]
380000552 [Pressure Gauge Pump - Pressure test 35.106 / 11
0 - 40 Bar]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Pump - Pressure test 35.106 / 11
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
380001146 [90° Quick Pump - Pressure test 35.106 / 12
1mm Male)]
0-250 Bar]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
380000493 [Adapter M10 Pump - Pressure test 35.106 / 13
(Internal)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Pump - Pressure test 35.106 / 13
(0 - 10 Bar)]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
380000577 [Adapter 7/16 Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 3
UNF (Internal) x M12 x 1.5p
(External)]
380001146 [90° Quick Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 3
1mm Male)]
380000552 [Pressure Gauge Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 3
0 - 40 Bar]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 3
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
08/11/2012
22
Hose]
380000493 [Adapter M10 Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 5
(Internal)]
380001146 [90° Quick Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 5
1mm Male)]
380000572 [Adapter, M10 Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 5
Banjo x 7/16 UNF (Female)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 5
0 - 40 Bar]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
380000493 [Adapter M10 Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 6
(Internal)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Low pressure valve Priority valve - Pressure test 35.322 / 6
0 - 40 Bar]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose]
297612 [Lifting Hooks] Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - 35.204 / 4
Special tools
380002720 [Load Check Valve Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - 35.204 / 66
Remover and Installer] Disassemble
380002720 [Load Check Valve Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - 35.204 / 72
Remover and Installer] Assemble
380000281 [Rotoglyd Steering Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.200 / 3
Seal Installer]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.200 / 3
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.200 / 3
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000545 [Pressure Gauge Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.200 / 3
Hose]
380000553 [Pressure Gauge Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.200 / 3
0-250 Bar]
380000570 [Tee Adapter, 1/4 Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.200 / 3
ORFS (Female) x 1/4 ORFS
(Male) x 7/16 UNF (Female)]
380000599 [Blanking Cap, Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.200 / 3
11/16 ORFS]
380000281 [Rotoglyd Steering Power steering control valve - Assemble 41.200 / 30
Seal Installer]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Air conditioning - Special tools 50.200 / 4
Portable System]
08/11/2012
23
380000315 [Recovery Air conditioning - Special tools 50.200 / 4
And Rrecharge Portable
System (For Discharging
And Recovering Of The
Refrigerant)]
380000312 [Evaporator And Air conditioning - Special tools 50.200 / 4
Condenser Fin Cleaner]
380000314 [Electronic Gas Air conditioning - Special tools 50.200 / 4
Leakage Detector (R12 and
R134a)]
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Air conditioning - Special tools 50.200 / 4
Compressor Overload Kit]
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble 50.200 / 44
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble 50.200 / 47
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Air-conditioning compressor Shaft seal - Replace 50.200 / 50
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Air-conditioning compressor - Filling 50.200 / 54
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronic module - Configure H-Menu Overview 55.640 / 4
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronic module Central Control Unit 55.640 / 72
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit 55.640 / 172
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit 55.640 / 176
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Fast steering control module - H1 - Calibration procedures 55.047 / 9
Switch]
380001157 [Cab Lifting Cab - Special tools 90.150 / 4
Bracket]
380001157 [Cab Lifting Cab - Special tools 90.150 / 6
Bracket]
Kit Reference PAGE
380001159 [Hydraulic Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
Transmission Overhaul
Kit]
380001159 [Hydraulic Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.111 / 8
Transmission Overhaul
Kit]
292870 [Hydraulic Pressure Powered front axle - Special tools 25.100 / 9
Test Kit]
380000464 [Hydraulic Hydraulic systems - Special tools 35.000 / 3
Pressure Test Adapter Kit]
08/11/2012
24
08/11/2012
25
PRINTED IN FRANCE
47461574 08/11/2012
EN

Manual Service

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Service

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE SERVICE MANUAL

T6.120 , T6.140 , T6.150 , T6.155 , T6.160 , T6.165 , T6.175

Product Market Product Engine

Pan and covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.102

Air cleaners and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.202

Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.254

Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.400

Fan and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.414

Semi-Powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.111

Semi-Powershift transmission internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.152

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system .................................................. 23

Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.314

Front axle system ....................................................................... 25

Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.108

Axle suspension control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.122

Rear axle system........................................................................ 27

Planetary and final drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.120

Power Take-Off (PTO) ................................................................. 31

Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.114

Three-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.116

Front Power Take-Off (PTO) control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.142

Front Power Take-Off (PTO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.146

Brakes and controls .................................................................... 33

Parking brake / Parking lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.110

Front axle brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.204

Trailer brake pneumatic control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.224

Reservoir, cooler, and filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.300

Fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.104

Variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.106

Charge pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.105

Regulated/Low pressure system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.322

Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.204

Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings.................................. 37

Tie rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.106

Cab climate control ..................................................................... 50

Electrical systems ....................................................................... 55

Harnesses and connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.100

External lighting switches and relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.405

Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.408

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) electrical system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.988

Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.012

Electronic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.640

Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.050

Steering control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.047

Three-point rear hitch electronic control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.130

Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.911

FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.DTC

Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals ............................................. 90

No reproduction, though partial of text and illustrations allowed.

Foreword - How to use and navigate through this manual

That information could be:

Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:

ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Dynamic description (10.001 - C.30.A.10) 6

ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - General specification (10.001 - D.40.A.10) 4

ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Remove (10.001 -F.10.A.10) 8

ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Troubleshooting (10.001 - G.40.A.10) 10

Information units and information search

Example information Engine block cover - Front – Remove (10.102.AP.01 - F.10.A.10)

Page header and footer

The page footer will contain the following references:

Foreword Ecology and the Environment

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR FLUID POWER SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS - HY-

• Keep bystanders away.